diff --git a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/modify-document.md b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/modify-document.md index b61b9302..c91d4baf 100644 --- a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/modify-document.md +++ b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/modify-document.md @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ --- name: Modify document about: Modify a document for the Clear Linux* Project +title: '' +labels: P2 +assignees: '' --- diff --git a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/new-document.md b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/new-document.md index cf63a349..7c367e04 100644 --- a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/new-document.md +++ b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/new-document.md @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ --- name: New document about: Request a new document for the Clear Linux* project +title: '' +labels: P2 +assignees: '' --- diff --git a/.github/workflows/check.yml b/.github/workflows/check.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ad76c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/check.yml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +name: Check + +on: [pull_request] + + +jobs: + build: + + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + + steps: + - uses: actions/checkout@v1 + - name: Install dependencies + run: | + export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH" + sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools + pip3 install --user -r requirements.txt + - name: Build the docs + run: | + export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH" + make py + make htmlall + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/.github/workflows/greetings.yml b/.github/workflows/greetings.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eec14f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/greetings.yml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +name: Greetings + +on: [pull_request, issues] + +jobs: + greeting: + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + steps: + - uses: actions/first-interaction@v1 + with: + repo-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }} + issue-message: 'Welcome to Clear Linux* OS Docs. Thanks for submitting your first issue.' + pr-message: 'Welcome to Clear Linux* OS Docs. Thanks for submitting your first PR.' diff --git a/.github/workflows/main.yml b/.github/workflows/main.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2831e86e --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/main.yml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +name: CI + +on: + push: + branches: + - master + +jobs: + build: + + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + + steps: + - uses: actions/checkout@v1 + - name: Install dependencies + run: | + export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH" + sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools + pip3 install --user -r requirements.txt + - name: Build the docs + run: | + export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH" + make py + make htmlall + - name: Pre-deploy + run: | + wget https://github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation-zh-CN/releases/latest/download/clearlinux-docs-zh-CN.tar.gz + mkdir source/_build/html/zh_CN + tar xvzf clearlinux-docs-zh-CN.tar.gz -C source/_build/html/zh_CN + mv source/_build/html $HOME/output + - name: Deploy the docs + run: | + cd $HOME/output + git init + git config --global user.name "${GITHUB_ACTOR}" + git config --global user.email "${GITHUB_ACTOR}@github.com" + git add . + git commit -m "latest html output" + git push -f https://${GITHUB_ACTOR}:${{secrets.ACCESS_TOKEN}}@github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation.git HEAD:developmentHTML diff --git a/.github/workflows/publish.yml b/.github/workflows/publish.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e02ebb06 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/publish.yml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +name: Publish + +on: + push: + branches: + - publish + +jobs: + build: + + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + + steps: + - uses: actions/checkout@v1 + - name: Install dependencies + run: | + export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH" + sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools + pip3 install --user -r requirements.txt + - name: Build the docs + run: | + export PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH" + make py + make htmlall + - name: Pre-deploy + run: | + wget https://github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation-zh-CN/releases/latest/download/clearlinux-docs-zh-CN.tar.gz + mkdir source/_build/html/zh_CN + tar xvzf clearlinux-docs-zh-CN.tar.gz -C source/_build/html/zh_CN + mv source/_build/html $HOME/output + - name: Deploy the docs + run: | + cd $HOME/output + git init + git config --global user.name "${GITHUB_ACTOR}" + git config --global user.email "${GITHUB_ACTOR}@github.com" + git add . + git commit -m "latest html output" + git push -f https://${GITHUB_ACTOR}:${{secrets.ACCESS_TOKEN}}@github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation.git HEAD:latestHTML + - name: Publish the docs + run: | + wget ${{secrets.PUBLISH_URL}} + cat clearlinux-latest diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 992f177f..ce9ec15f 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -10,3 +10,10 @@ source/_build # ignore .mo translation files *.mo + +# ignore artifacts generated by running make py +cloned_repo +bundles.html.txt + +# ignore the venv, used for running make py +venv diff --git a/.gitlab-ci.yml b/.gitlab-ci.yml index c93851df..995586cf 100644 --- a/.gitlab-ci.yml +++ b/.gitlab-ci.yml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ pages: script: - apk --no-cache add python3 - python3 -m ensurepip - - pip3 install sphinx==1.7.5 docutils==0.14 sphinx_rtd_theme breathe==4.9.1 sphinxcontrib-plantuml sphinx-intl==2.0.0 + - pip3 install sphinx==1.8.0 docutils==0.14 sphinx_rtd_theme breathe==4.9.1 sphinxcontrib-plantuml sphinx-intl==2.0.0 sphinx-sitemap==1.0.2 - apk --no-cache add make - apk --no-cache add doxygen - apk --no-cache add graphviz diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml deleted file mode 100644 index 8e371380..00000000 --- a/.travis.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -language: python - -python: - - "3.6" - -# command to install dependencies -install: - - pip3 install -q -r requirements.txt - - pip3 install -q -r source/_scripts/_python/requirements.txt - -# command to run tests -script: - - make py - - make htmlall - #- make linkcheck - -deploy: - provider: pages - skip_cleanup: true - github_token: $GITHUB_TOKEN - target-branch: latestHTML - on: - branch: rtd-theme - local_dir: source/_build/html/ - -after_deploy: - - wget $PUBLISH_URL - - cat clearlinux-latest \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile index 1490067a..bb3a8c22 100644 --- a/Makefile +++ b/Makefile @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@ # Makefile for Sphinx documentation -# + +SHELL := /bin/bash + +PY_VERSION ?= 3.6 all: make -C source html @@ -28,4 +31,9 @@ help: clean: make -C source clean + rm -rf venv +venv: + virtualenv venv;\ + source venv/bin/activate; \ + pip3 install -r requirements.txt; diff --git a/README.rst b/README.rst index af12a1be..45c04084 100644 --- a/README.rst +++ b/README.rst @@ -10,38 +10,46 @@ documentation locally for development and testing. Please make yourself familiar with our `contribution guidelines`_ before submitting a contribution. -Requirements -************ - -Make sure you have Python and Sphinx installed. We use Python 3 and -Sphinx 1.7.5 - -The Sphinx documentation provides `instructions for installing Sphinx`_ on various -platforms. - Clone the documentation repository ********************************** -Once Sphinx is installed, clone the documentation repository to your -local machine. +Clone the documentation repository to your local machine. -.. code-block:: console +.. code-block:: bash - $ git clone https://github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation + git clone https://github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation + +Requirements +************ + +Make sure you have Python 3 installed to start. + +The Sphinx documentation provides `instructions for installing Sphinx`_ +on various platforms. + +Use pip3 to install additional Python dependencies listed in the +requirements.txt file found in the repository: + +.. code-block:: bash + + pip3 install -r requirements.txt Run the build ************* We build our documentation using Sphinx. In the source directory of your -local clear-linux-documentation repository, build the documentation by running -**make html**: +local clear-linux-documentation repository, preview changes to the +documentation by building the docs in the default language (English) by +running ``make html``: + +.. code-block:: bash + + make html .. code-block:: console - $ make html - > sphinx-build -b html -d _build/doctrees . _build/html - Running Sphinx v1.7.5 + Running Sphinx v1.8.0 making output directory... . . @@ -52,28 +60,134 @@ local clear-linux-documentation repository, build the documentation by running Build finished. The HTML pages are in _build/html. -Open one of the HTML pages in a web browser to view the rendered -documentation. +Open one of the HTML pages found in ``source/_build/html`` in a web browser +to view the rendered documentation. + +If you want to build the documentation exactly as seen on the website, use +``make py`` followed by ``make htmlall``. This builds some +external dependencies and all supported languages. + +Use virtualenv +************** + +To develop documentation in a ``virtualenv``, use the ``venv`` target. +The Clear Linux OS documentation make target ``venv`` provides a +simple development environment that ensures that you have the +latest packages and that you manage Python versions separately. Use of the +``virtualenv`` requires **Python 3.6** or higher. For Windows examples below, use Powershell as an Administrator. + +The **virtual environment** uses the same version of Python that was used to **create the virtual environment**. + +Verify ``pip`` is installed. A file path to pip should appear. + +On Clear Linux OS and macOS\*: + +.. code-block:: bash + + which pip + +On Windows\* 10 OS: + +.. code-block:: bash + + pip --version + +If ``pip`` is not installed, install it. + +On Clear Linux OS and macOS: + +.. code-block:: bash + + python3 -m pip install --user --upgrade pip + +On Windows 10 OS: + +.. code-block:: bash + + py -m pip install --upgrade pip + +.. note:: + + This assumes Python was already added to your Windows path. + +Install virtualenv +================== + +Install ``virtualenv``. + +On Clear Linux OS and macOS\*: + +.. code-block:: bash + + python3 -m pip install --user virtualenv + +On Windows 10 OS: + +.. code-block:: bash + + py -m pip install --user virtualenv + +Create the ``virtualenv`` and install the required packages: + +.. code-block:: bash + + make venv + +Activate the ``venv``. + +.. code-block:: bash + + source venv/bin/activate + +Follow `Run the build`_ section to start developing documentation. + +Remove the ``venv`` when finished developing. + +.. code-block:: bash + + deactivate + +Additional help +*************** + +Cleaning up +=========== When testing changes in the documentation, make sure to remove the previous -build before building again by running **make clean**: +build before building again by running ``make clean``: -.. code-block:: console +.. code-block:: bash - $ make clean - > - rm -rf _build/* + make clean -This will completely remove the previous build output. +This will completely remove the previous build output, including artifacts +from the `make venv` target when done outside an active venv. +Convenience script +================== + +This bash script (Linux only) includes both ``make clean`` and +``make html``. It also starts a simple Python web server that +displays a preview of the site at http://localhost:8000 on your local machine. + +.. code-block:: bash + + ./checkwork.sh + +To stop the web server simply use ``ctrl-c``. + +<<<<<<< HEAD ### Silly header to test dev branch .. _Clear Linux\* OS documentation: https://clearlinux.org/documentation +======= +.. _Clear Linux\* OS documentation: https://docs.01.org/clearlinux/ +>>>>>>> 550b919bc013159156f80110867aa1ab7c858d29 .. _Sphinx: http://sphinx-doc.org/ .. _reStructuredText: http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/restructuredtext/basics.html -.. _contribution guidelines: https://clearlinux.org/documentation/clear-linux/reference/collaboration +.. _contribution guidelines: https://docs.01.org/clearlinux/latest/collaboration/collaboration.html .. _instructions for installing Sphinx: https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/installation.html diff --git a/checkwork.sh b/checkwork.sh new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4acda3a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/checkwork.sh @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#! /bin/bash + +# run with no arguments +# 1. deletes previous build output +# 2. builds default language version of docs only (English) +# 3. changes directory to html output +# 4. runs http server for local review of docs +# +# Requires python 3 + +make clean +make html +cd source/_build/html +python3 -m http.server diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4ad15c47..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:4 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Below is a list of commonly asked questions with answers sourced from the" -" |CL-ATTR| team and `Clear Linux community forums`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:14 -msgid "General" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:17 -msgid "Why did you make another distro?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team felt that performance was left on the table with Linux " -"software. |CL| takes a holistic approach to improving performance across " -"the stack. We also wanted to take more modern approaches with OS updates " -"and tooling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:26 -msgid "Can other distros copy |CL| improvements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:28 -msgid "Yes, we absolutely love open source reuse and upstreaming improvements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:33 -msgid "How often do you update?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team puts out multiple releases a week, often releasing 2 or " -"more times a day. This rolling release approach allows |CL| to remain " -"agile to upstream changes and security patches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:42 -msgid "Is telemetry required?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The telemetry solution provided by |CL| is entirely optional and " -"customizable. It is disabled by default. If you do choose to enable " -"telemetry, the data helps the |CL| team proactively identify and resolve " -"bugs. See the :ref:`telemetry ` page for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:52 -msgid "What is the default firewall?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:54 -msgid "" -"|CL| packages :command:`iptables` as a bundle, however, there are no " -"default firewall rules. All network traffic is allowed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:60 -msgid "Where are the files that I usually see under /etc like fstab?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:62 -msgid "" -"|CL| has a stateless design that maintains a separation between system " -"files and user files. Default values are stored under " -":file:`/usr/share/defaults/`. Files under :file:`/etc/` are not created " -"unless you create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:66 -msgid "" -"A blog post explaining how this is accomplished with :file:`/etc/fstab/` " -"specifically is available here: https://clearlinux.org/news-blogs/where-" -"etcfstab-clear-linux" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:73 -msgid "Software packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:76 -msgid "How is software installed and updated?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:78 -msgid "" -"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles ` and " -"updates software with :ref:`swupd `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -":ref:`FlatPak\\* ` is an application virtualization solution " -"that allows more software to be available to |CL| users by augmenting the" -" software |CL| packages natively with software available through FlatPak." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Our goal is to have software packaged natively and made available through" -" bundles whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:91 -msgid "Does |CL| use RPMs like other distros?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:93 -msgid "" -"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles `. The" -" RPM format is used as an intermediary step for packaging and determining" -" software dependencies at OS build time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Individual RPMs can sometimes be manually installed on a |CL| system with" -" the right tools, but that is not the intended use case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:103 -msgid "Can I install a software package from another OS on |CL|?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Software that is packaged in other formats for other Linux distributions " -"is not guaranteed to work on |CL| and may be impacted by |CL| updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:108 -msgid "" -"If the software you're seeking is open source, please submit a request to" -" add it to |CL|. Submit requests on GitHub\\* here: " -"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:115 -msgid "Software availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:118 -msgid "What software is available on |CL|?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Available software can be found in the `Software Store`_, through the " -"GNOME\\* Software application on the desktop, or by using :ref:`swupd " -"search `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:126 -msgid "Is Google\\* Chrome\\* available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The Google Chrome web browser is not distributed as a bundle in |CL| due " -"to copyright and licensing complexities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:131 -msgid "" -"A discussion on manually installing and maintaining Google Chrome can be " -"found on GitHub: https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/422" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:137 -msgid "Is FFmpeg available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:139 -msgid "" -"`FFmpeg`_ is a multimedia software suite, which is commonly used for " -"various media encoding/decoding, streaming, and playback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:142 -msgid "" -"|CL| does not distribute FFmpeg due to well-known licensing and legal " -"complexities (See https://www.ffmpeg.org/legal.html and " -"http://blog.pkh.me/p/13-the-ffmpeg-libav-situation.html)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Read more in the |CL| repository, including discussion of an alternative " -"hardware-based solution: " -"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/429." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:150 -msgid "" -"While |CL| cannot distribute FFmpeg, a manual solution to build and " -"install FFmpeg under :file:`/usr/local` has been shared on the community " -"forums: https://community.clearlinux.org/t/how-to-h264-etc-support-for-" -"firefox-including-ffmpeg-install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:157 -msgid "Is ZFS\\* available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"ZFS is not available with |CL| because of copyright and licensing " -"complexities. BTRFS is an alternative filesystem that is available in " -"|CL| natively." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:163 -msgid "" -"A user on GitHub notes that the ZFS kernel module can be compiled, built," -" and installed manually: " -"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/631" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:169 -msgid "Can you add a driver that I need?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:171 -msgid "" -"If a kernel module is available as part of the Linux kernel source tree " -"but not enabled in the |CL| kernels, in many cases the |CL| team will " -"enable it upon request. Submit requests on GitHub here: " -"https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:176 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team does not typically add out-of-tree kernel modules as a " -"matter of practice because of the maintenance overhead. If the driver was" -" unable to be merged upstream, there is a good chance we may be unable to" -" merge it for similar reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Kernel modules can be individually built and installed on |CL|. See the " -":ref:`kernel modules ` page for more information." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.mo deleted file mode 100644 index f911f469..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 88dbf688..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:4 -msgid "Autospec" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"``autospec`` is a tool to assist in the automated creation and " -"maintenance of RPM packaging in |CL-ATTR|. Where a standard RPM build " -"process using ``rpmbuild`` requires a tarball and .spec file to start, " -"``autospec`` requires only a tarball and package name to start." -msgstr "" -"``autospec`` ist ein Werkzeug zur automatisierten Erstellung und Pflege von RPM-Verpackungen in |CL-ATTR| zu unterstützen. Ein Standard-RPM Build-Prozess" -"unter Verwendung von ``rpmbuild`` erfordert einen Tarball und .spec Datei zu " -"begginen. Vergleichsweise, ``autospec`` erfordert nur einen Tarball und " -"Paketnamen um zu starten." - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:12 -msgid "How autospec works" -msgstr "Wie autospec functioniert" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:14 -msgid "" -"``autospec`` attempts to infer the requirements of the .spec file by " -"analyzing the source code and :file:`Makefile` information. It will " -"continuously run updated builds based on new information discovered from " -"build failures until it has a complete and valid .spec file. Although not" -" required, you can influence the behavior of ``autospec`` by providing " -":ref:`control files `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:20 -msgid "The basic process is described in the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The :command:`make autospec` command generates a .spec based on analysis " -"of code and control files, if present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:25 -msgid "``autospec`` creates a ``build root`` with ``mock`` config." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:27 -msgid "``autospec`` attempts to build an RPM from the generated .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:29 -msgid "``autospec`` detects any missed declarations in the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If build errors occur, ``autospec`` will scan the build log to try and " -"detect the root cause." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If ``autospec`` detects the root cause and knows how to continue, it will" -" restart the build automatically at step 1 with updated build " -"instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, ``autospec`` will stop the build for user inspection and " -"editing of control files to resolve the errors. The user resumes the " -"process at step 1 after errors are resolved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Following these steps, ``autospec`` continues to rebuild the package, " -"based on new information discovered from build failures, until it has a " -"valid .spec. If no build errors occur, RPM packages are successfully " -"built." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:47 -msgid "Control files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:49 -msgid "" -"It is possible to influence the behavior of ``autospec`` by providing " -"control files. These files may be used to alter the default behavior of " -"the configure routine, to blacklist build dependencies, etc. Control " -"files must be located in the same directory as the resulting .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:54 -msgid "Table 1 shows control files used to control dependencies, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:56 -msgid "**Table 1. Control files to control dependencies**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:60 -msgid "Filename" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:61 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:62 -msgid "buildreq_add" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file provides the name of a package to add as a build " -"dependency to the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:65 -msgid "buildreq_ban" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file is a build dependency that under no circumstance " -"should be automatically added to the build dependencies. This is useful " -"to block automatic configuration routines adding undesired functionality," -" or to omit any automatically discovered dependencies during tarball " -"scanning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:71 -msgid "pkgconfig_add" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file is assumed to be a pkgconfig() build dependency. " -"Add the pkg-config names here, as ``autospec`` will automatically " -"transform the names into their ``pkgconfig($name)`` style when generating" -" the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:76 -msgid "pkgconfig_ban" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Each line in this file is a pkgconfig() build dependency that should not " -"be added automatically to the build, much the same as `` buildreq_ban``. " -"As with ``pkgconfig_add``, these names are automatically transformed by " -"``autospec`` into their correct ``pkgconfig($name))`` style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:82 -msgid "requires_add" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file provides the name of a package to add as a runtime " -"dependency to the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:85 -msgid "requires_ban" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file is a runtime dependency that under no circumstance " -"should be automatically added to the runtime dependencies. This is useful" -" to block automatic configuration routines adding undesired " -"functionality, or to omit any automatically discovered dependencies " -"during tarball scanning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Further control of the build can be achieved through the use of the " -"``options.conf`` file. If this file does not exist, it is created by " -"``autospec`` with default values. If certain deprecated configuration " -"files exists ``autospec`` will use the value indicated by those files and" -" remove them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:98 -msgid "For a comprehensive list of control files, view the `autospec readme`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:101 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:103 -msgid ":ref:`autospec`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:104 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 48be697c..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:4 -msgid "Bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Linux-based operating systems contain the code of several hundred, if not" -" thousands, of open source projects. To make this manageable, " -"distributions use a concept called \"packages\" to configure and compile " -"the source code of these projects into binaries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Many distributions then split the content of these compiled packages into" -" so-called sub-packages, which are the granularity at which these " -"distributions deploy their software. With those kinds of distributions, " -"system administrators can then install and update sub-packages " -"individually or as a set, using tools such as \"yum\" and \"apt-get.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The |CL-ATTR| takes a slightly different approach. While we also use the " -"concept of packages to manage compiling source code into binaries, we do " -"not use the package concept to deploy software. Instead, we provide " -"software \"bundles\" that are installed and managed using :ref:`swupd" -"`. Each bundle contains as many or as few open source " -"projects needed to provide a complete functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:24 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:26 -msgid "To put this concept into practice, see the following resources:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`bundles`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`bundle-commands`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`compatible-kernels`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 58d238c7..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:4 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| is a powerful, modular, and customizable OS. Upstream |CL| " -"offers many images to support different environments and use-cases. " -"There are hundreds of bundles that will meet most, if not all, of your OS" -" and software needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:11 -msgid "" -"However, if you need additional customization or content, |CL| provides " -"the mixer tool. Depending on your needs, the mixer tool allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:15 -msgid ":ref:`create-mix` to create a distinct derivative of the |CL| that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:15 -msgid "contains your custom software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:20 -msgid "Create a mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:22 -msgid "When creating a mix, you can" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:24 -msgid "Use any existing upstream bundles with no modification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:25 -msgid "Redefine what goes into existing bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:26 -msgid "Create completely new, custom bundles with your own custom packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:28 -msgid "" -"With mixer you are not required to incorporate every upstream release " -"into your mix. You decide which upstream versions to update your " -"derivative to, as illustrated in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Figure 1: With a custom mix, you add your custom bundle and decide which " -"upstream versions to update your mix to, on your own release cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Creating your own mix forks away from the |CL| upstream and requires that" -" you act as your own OSV. There is a greater level of responsibility, " -"requiring more infrastructure and processes to adopt. However, with this " -"approach, you have a higher degree of control and customization of your " -"custom |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:45 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:47 -msgid "" -"|CL| provides flexibility in how you customize your OS. Learn more about " -"mixer and related topics to decide which customization approach is best " -"for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:52 -msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:53 -msgid ":ref:`swupd-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:54 -msgid ":ref:`deploy-at-scale`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.po deleted file mode 100644 index afb3649d..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:4 -msgid "Restart system services after an OS update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The software life cycle describes how software is created, developed, and" -" deployed, and includes how to replace or update software. A good OS " -"provides tools for the entire software life cycle. These tools must " -"include ways to remove software components properly when replaced with " -"something else." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Most of the work on software update code in |CL| was focused on adding " -"new software to the system. We recommended that users reboot their system" -" once in a while, but we did not provide any tools to restart services " -"easily, until now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:18 -msgid "User challenges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:20 -msgid "" -"It is difficult to determine which services to restart. You can either " -"evaluate each system and reboot manually, or figure out which services to" -" restart based on documentation like the |CL| release notes. Since " -"neither option solves the issue completely, the |CL| team created a " -"solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Over the years, several OSes approached the problem and created partial " -"solutions such as the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:28 -msgid "Automatically restart services during an upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:29 -msgid "Evaluate services using these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:31 -msgid "Mark updates requiring a reboot, such as kernel updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:32 -msgid "Inform the user of those updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:33 -msgid "Ask the user to restart the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Both solutions are acceptable for many OSes. However, |CL| updates " -"software automatically and users do not see notices from the updater " -"unless they review the journal. |CL| requires a completely different " -"solution, with the following requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Eliminate the guesswork about what to restart and under what " -"circumstances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Cannot restart everything. Many service daemons do not support an " -"automatic background restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:43 -msgid "Fit into the |CL| architectural perspective: be small, quick, and lean." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:46 -msgid "clr-service-restart functionality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:48 -msgid "Typical reasons to restart a service daemon include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:50 -msgid "A new version replaces the executable file itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:51 -msgid "A new version replaces a library component used by a service daemon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Our method restarts daemons when it is really needed, especially in the " -"case of security updates. The tool restarts daemons by reading various " -"files in the :file:`procfs` filesystem provided by the kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The second part of the problem is to determine whether or not running " -"processes are part of a system service. The tool focuses on system " -"services because most system services are background tasks with no direct" -" user interaction. Fortunately, :command:`systemd` provides a simple way " -"to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:62 -msgid "Determine which active tasks are within the system domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:63 -msgid "Determine which tasks map to which service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We combined both solutions into a low-overhead tool that shows which " -"system daemons require a restart, as shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:68 -msgid "Figure 1: Invoke :command:`clr-service-restart`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:83 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` implements a whitelist to identify which " -"daemons can be restarted. The system administrator can customize the " -"default |CL| OS whitelist using *allow* or *disallow* options for " -"restarting system services. When a software update occurs, :command:`clr-" -"service-restart` consults the whitelist to see if a service daemon is " -"allowed to be restarted or not. See the options section for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:93 -msgid "Options for clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The *allow* option identifies a daemon to restart after an OS software " -"update. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a symlink in " -":file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` as a record. The example below tells " -":command:`clr-service-restart` to restart the *tallow* daemon after an OS" -" software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The *disallow* option tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not to restart" -" the specified daemon even if the OS defaults permit the daemon to be " -"restarted. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a symlink in" -" :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` that points to :file:`/dev/null` as a " -"record. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not to " -"restart the *rngd* daemon after an OS software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The *default* option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` revert back to " -"the OS defaults and delete any symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-" -"restart`. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` to " -"restart *rngd* automatically again, because *rngd* is whitelisted for " -"automatic service restarts by default in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:128 -msgid "Monitor options for clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:130 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` works in the background and is invoked " -"with :command:`swupd` automatically. Review the journal output to verify " -"that services are restarted after an OS software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To monitor :command:`clr-service-restart`, use one or both options " -"described below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` perform no restarts. " -"Instead it displays the services that could potentially be restarted. " -"When used, :command:`clr-service-restart` outputs a list of messages " -"showing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:144 -msgid "Which service needs a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:145 -msgid "What unit it is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:146 -msgid "Why it needs a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:147 -msgid "Which command is required to restart the unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` consider all system " -"services, not only the ones that are whitelisted. Because the default " -"whitelist in |CL| is relatively short, you can use this option to restart" -" all impacted services when you log in on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:156 -msgid "" -"If you pass both options (:option:`-a` and :option:`-n`), :command:`clr-" -"service-restart` displays a complete list of system services that require" -" a restart. Use both options to verify that all desired daemons are " -"restarted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:163 -msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:165 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` may cause problems such as a short service" -" outage when a daemon is being restarted, or if a daemon fails to " -"properly restart. To minimize issues, :command:`clr-service-restart` " -"creates a telemetry record and sends it to the optional |CL| telemetry " -"service if both conditions below are met:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:171 -msgid "If a unit fails to automatically restart after an OS update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:172 -msgid "" -"If that unit resides in the system location " -":file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If you do not install the |CL| telemetrics bundle, the data is discarded." -" If you install the telemetrics bundle and you opt to send telemetry, " -"then the system unit name is sent to the |CL| telemetry service. We " -"evaluate the report and update the whitelist to remove services that are " -"not safe to restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:182 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:184 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team enjoys coming up with simple and efficient solutions to " -"make your work easier. We made a github project of :command:`clr-service-" -"restart` and we invite you to look at the code, share your thoughts, and " -"work with us on improving the project. You can find the project at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:189 -msgid "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.po deleted file mode 100644 index 87326a37..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:4 -msgid "OS Security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| aims to make systemic and layered security-conscious decisions " -"that are both performant and practical. This security philosophy is " -"rooted within the project's codebase and operating culture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:17 -msgid "Security in Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team believes in the benefits of software security through open " -"sourcing, incremental updates, and rapidly resolving known security " -"advisories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:26 -msgid "The latest Linux* codebase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:28 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses the newest version of the Linux kernel which allows the " -"operating system to leverage the latest features from the upstream Linux " -"kernel, including security fixes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:36 -msgid "Automated Effective Updating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:38 -msgid "|CL| is incrementally updated multiple times per day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:40 -msgid "" -"This `rolling release model`_ allows |CL| to consume the latest security " -"fixes of software packages as soon as they become available. There is no " -"waiting for major or minor releases on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An update is not effective if it is just simply downloaded onto a system." -" It needs to be obtained *AND* ensured that the new patched copy is being" -" used; not an older copy loaded into memory. |CL| will let you know when " -"a service needs to be rebooted or do it for your automatically after a " -"software update, if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In |CL| updates are delivered automatically, efficiently, and " -"effectively. For more information see `documentation about Software " -"Updates`_ in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:60 -msgid "Automated CVE Scanning and Remediation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The sheer number of software packages and security vulnerabilities is " -"growing exponentially. Repositories of Common Vulnerabilities and " -"Exposures (CVEs) and their fixes, if known, are published by :abbr:`NIST`" -" in a National Vulnerability Database \\ |NVD|\\ and at \\ |MITRE|\\ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:68 -msgid "" -"|CL| employs a proactive and measured approach to addressing known and " -"fixable :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`. Packages are" -" automatically scanned against :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and " -"Exposures)` daily, and security patches are deployed as soon as they are " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:74 -msgid "" -"These combined practices minimize the amount of time |CL| systems are " -"exposed to unnecessary security risk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:82 -msgid "Security in Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:86 -msgid "Minimized attack surface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:88 -msgid "" -"|CL| removes legacy, unneeded, or redundant standards and components as " -"much as possible to enable the use of best known security standards. " -"Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:92 -msgid "" -"`RC4`, `SSLv3`, `3DES`, and `SHA-1` ciphers which have had known " -"vulnerabilities, have been explicitly disabled within many |CL| packages " -"to avoid their accidental usage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Services and subsystems which expose sensitive system information have " -"been removed such as the `finger` and `tcpwrappers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:99 -msgid "`SFTP` has been disabled by default due to security considerations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:104 -msgid "Verified trust" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:106 -msgid "" -"|CL| encourages the use of secure practices such as encryption and " -"digital signature verification throughout the system and discourages " -"blind trust. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:110 -msgid "" -"All update operations from swupd are transparently encrypted and checked " -"against the |CL| maintainers' public key for authenticity. More " -"information can be found in this blog post: `blog post about swupd " -"security`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Before being built, packages available from |CL| verify checksums and " -"signatures provided by third party project codebases and maintainers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:118 -msgid "" -"|CL| features a unified certificate store, `clrtrust`_ which comes ready " -"to work with well-known Certificate Authorities out of the box. " -"`clrtrust`_ also offers an easy to use command line interface for " -"managing system-wide chains of trust, instead of ignoring foreign " -"certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:129 -msgid "Compiled with secure options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:131 -msgid "" -"While |CL| packages are optimized for performance on Intel® architecture," -" security conscious kernel and compiler options are sensibly taken " -"advantage of. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Kernels shipped with |CL| are signed and disallow the usage of custom " -"kernel modules to maintain verifiable system integrity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:139 -msgid "" -"`Address space layout randomization (ASLR)`_ and `Kernel address space " -"layout randomization (KASLR)`_ are kernel features which defend against " -"certain memory based attacks. More information can be found in a `blog " -"post about PIE executables`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:150 -msgid "Security in System Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Simple, yet effective, techniques are used throughout the |CL| system " -"design to defend against common attack vectors and enable good security " -"hygiene. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Full disk encryption using `Linux Unified Key Setup`_ (LUKS) is " -"available during installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:160 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses the PAM cracklib module to harden user login and password " -"security resulting in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:163 -msgid "" -"No default username or root password set out of the box with |CL|, you " -"will be asked to set your own password immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Simple password schemes, which are known to be easily compromised, cannot" -" be set in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:169 -msgid "" -"A password blacklist, to avoid system passwords being set to passwords " -"which have been compromised in the past." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:172 -msgid "" -"`Tallow`_, a lightweight service which monitors and blocks suspicious SSH" -" login patterns, is installed with the :command:`openssh-server` bundle." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.po deleted file mode 100644 index 976be398..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:4 -msgid "Stateless" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:6 -msgid "" -"In most operating systems, files can become intermingled with user and " -"system data and configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the " -"filesystem over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:16 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy of which the goal is to " -"provide an :abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive" -" user configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does " -"*not* mean ephemeral or non-persistent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:26 -msgid "File-level separation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is " -"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the " -"filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:39 -msgid "System areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:40 -msgid "" -"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system " -"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get " -"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd `.This " -"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of " -"system files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:46 -msgid "User areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` " -"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| " -"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` " -"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. " -"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the " -"configuration that makes their system unique." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:55 -msgid "Software Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:57 -msgid "" -"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in " -"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-" -"provided configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:62 -msgid "Default configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is " -"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:67 -msgid "" -"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include " -"default configuration values or default configuration files may be " -"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be " -"referenced as templates for customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed " -"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:77 -msgid "Overriding configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be " -"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does " -"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:83 -msgid "" -"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of " -"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:86 -msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:88 -msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:94 -msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:100 -msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:106 -msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:113 -msgid "" -"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs " -"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:118 -msgid "System reset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be" -" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and " -":file:`/var`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it " -"was just installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:132 -msgid "" -"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that " -"renders a system unable to boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:136 -msgid "Additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:138 -msgid "`stateless man page`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:140 -msgid "" -"`Where is /etc/fstab in Clear Linux? `_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0624a47a..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:4 -msgid "swupd: software updater" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` is an operating system software manager and update " -"program that operates at a file-level to enable verifiable integrity and " -"update efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:10 -msgid "Visit the `swupd man page`_ for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:13 -msgid "Versioning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Using package managers to keep track of software version compatibility or" -" compare multiple systems on many Linux distributions can be cumbersome." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With |CL| :command:`swupd`, versioning happens at the individual file-" -"level. This means |CL| generates an entirely new OS version with any set " -"of software changes to the system (including software downgrades or " -"removals). This rolling release versioning model is similar to " -":command:`git` internal version tracking, where any of the individual " -"file commits are tracked and move the pointer forward when changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:23 -msgid "" -"While administrators can pick and choose which `bundles`_ a system has " -"installed, a single |CL| version number strictly represents one " -"combination of all software versions that can be installed onto a system " -"of that |CL| version. This method of whole OS versioning offers unique " -"advantages. Namely, system administrators can quickly compare multiple " -"|CL| systems that share the same version for important software and " -"security fixes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:31 -msgid "Updating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:33 -msgid "" -"|CL| promotes regular and automated updating of software to ensure " -"integration of new enhancements and security fixes. Refer to " -":ref:`security` documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:37 -msgid "Learn how to update your system using :ref:`swupd `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:40 -msgid "Update efficiency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Because :command:`swupd` operates at the individual file-level instead of" -" a package-level, |CL| updates are small and fast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On many Linux\\* distributions, updates to a particular software package " -"require the whole software package to be downloaded and replaced --even " -"for one line of code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In |CL|, updates are generated using the :ref:`mixer ` tool." -" Mixer calculates the difference between two |CL| versions and makes " -"available *binary deltas*, which contain only the changed portion of " -"files. This *binary delta technology* [1]_ means :command:`swupd` on |CL|" -" systems only needs to download and apply a small fraction of a package " -"in order to receive an update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The :ref:`mixer ` tool additionally computes updates files " -"in multiple compression formats, allowing :command:`swupd` to utilize the" -" most efficiently compressed format for a |CL| system to minimize the " -"cost to update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:61 -msgid "Update integrity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:63 -msgid "" -"This is the basis of the :command:`swupd diagnose` subcommand, which " -"allows a |CL| system to check for any discrepancies to system files. As " -"necessary, :command:`swupd repair` provides a useful way for software " -"developers to remediate these discrepancies and return to a known " -"filesystem state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:67 -msgid "Bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:69 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| approaches software management differently than many other " -"Linux-based operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Instead of deploying granular software packages, |CL| uses the concept of" -" bundles with pre-associated software. Each bundle encapsulates a " -"particular use-case, which is enabled by composing all the required " -"upstream open-source projects and packages into one logical unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:77 -msgid "This bundle-based approach offers some unique advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Bundles provide a particular functionality, or stack, which include all " -"associated runtime dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Software package dependencies are resolved on the server, so file-level " -"conflicts do not occur on the target system after an update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:85 -msgid "All combinations of bundles are able to co-exist on a |CL| system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:87 -msgid "For more information on bundles, visit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:89 -msgid ":ref:`bundles`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:90 -msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:91 -msgid ":ref:`bundle-commands`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:92 -msgid ":ref:`compatible-kernels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The software update technology for |CL-ATTR| was first presented at the " -"Linux Plumbers conference in 2012." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index f5ba1195..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:4 -msgid "Telemetrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"One of the key features of |CL-ATTR| is telemetry, which is used to " -"monitor system health. Telemetry enables developers to observe and " -"proactively address issues before end users are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:10 -msgid "*Telemetrics* is a combination word made from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:12 -msgid "*Telemetry* which is sensing and reporting data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Analytics* which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to " -"make sense of the reported data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:16 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using " -"specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as :abbr:`swupd " -"(software updater)`, kernel oops, machine error checks, and BIOS error " -"report table for unhandled hardware failures. Telemetry enables real-time" -" issue reporting to allow system developers to quickly focus on an issue " -"and monitor corrective actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:22 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software " -"development for debugging purposes. You can use **libtelemetry** in your " -"code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use **telem-record-" -"gen** in script files or call it from another program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The |CL| telemetry client is disabled by default until you decide to " -"enable it. Telemetry is an **opt-in** solution and can be easily enabled" -" or disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:32 -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:34 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in figure " -"1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Backend: captures records sent from the client and displays the " -"cumulative content through a specialized interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to capture your own records for analysis, you must set up " -"your own backend server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:49 -msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux Telemetry Architecture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The telemetry client provides the front end of a complete telemetrics " -"solution and includes the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**telemprobd**, a daemon that prepares the telemetry records and spools " -"them on disk prior to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**telempostd**, a daemon that sends the records to the telemetry backend " -"server or leaves them on disk until deleting after the record expires." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:57 -msgid "**probes**, that collect specific types of data from the operating system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**libtelemetry**, that telemetrics probes use to create telemetrics " -"records and send them to the telemprobd daemon for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of a complete " -"telemetrics solution and consists of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:65 -msgid "Nginx web server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:66 -msgid "Two Flask apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Collector, an ingestion web app for records received from telemetrics-" -"client probes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:69 -msgid "" -"TelemetryUI, a web app that exposes several views to visualize the " -"telemetry data and also provides a REST API to perform queries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:72 -msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The default telemetry backend server reports back to the |CL| development" -" team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. If you want to " -"collect your own records, then you must set up your own telemetry backend" -" server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:79 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:81 -msgid "To put this concept into practice, refer to :ref:`telem-guide`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/disclaimers.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/disclaimers.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/disclaimers.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/disclaimers.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/disclaimers.po deleted file mode 100644 index 46d60de2..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/disclaimers.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../disclaimers.rst:7 -msgid "Disclaimer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../disclaimers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This documentation is a work in progress and is being provided for " -"informative purposes only. Because it is a work in progress, there are " -"parts that are either missing or will be revised as code development " -"continues." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/documentation_license.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/documentation_license.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/documentation_license.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/documentation_license.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/documentation_license.po deleted file mode 100644 index cfdc38ce..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/documentation_license.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po deleted file mode 100644 index 169cb1f6..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1013 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| from the live desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to boot the |CL-ATTR| live desktop image, from " -"which you can install |CL| or explore without modifying the host system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:14 -msgid "System requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " -"installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:23 -msgid "Preliminary steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:25 -msgid "Visit our `Downloads`_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Download the file :file:`clear--live-desktop.iso`, also " -"called the |CL| Desktop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:32 -msgid " is the latest |CL| auto-numbered release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:34 -msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:36 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:38 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:45 -msgid "Install from live image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:47 -msgid "" -"After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow" -" these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:50 -msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:52 -msgid "Power on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " -"setup menu entry point may vary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " -"first option in the device boot order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:60 -msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:62 -msgid "Reboot the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:64 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:70 -msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:75 -msgid "Software (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Explore |CL| bundles and other software. Double-click the " -":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities menu, shown in Figure 2. " -"Ensure a network connection exists before launching the Software " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:83 -msgid "" -"While running the |CL| live desktop image, the Software application is " -"intended only for exploration. Do not attempt to install applications " -"during exploration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:88 -msgid "Launch the |CL| installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:90 -msgid "" -"After the live desktop image boots, scroll over the vertical " -":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:93 -msgid "Click the |CL| penguin icon to launch the installer, shown in Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:99 -msgid "Figure 2: |CL| installer icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:101 -msgid "After the installer is launched, it will appear as shown in Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:107 -msgid "Figure 3: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Select Language`, select a language from the options, or " -"type your preferred language in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115 -msgid "Checking prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The installer automatically launches :guilabel:`Checking Prerequisites`, " -"which checks your target system for compatibility and network " -"connectivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:120 -msgid "" -"After the installer shows `Prerequisites passed`, select :guilabel:`Next`" -" to proceed with installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:127 -msgid "Figure 4: Checking Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:130 -msgid "Network Proxy (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:132 -msgid "Configure :guilabel:`Network Proxy` settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:134 -msgid "In the top right menu bar, select the :guilabel:`Power button`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:136 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Wired Connected` and then :guilabel:`Wired Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:141 -msgid "Select an option from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:143 -msgid "Close :guilabel:`Network Proxy`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:145 -msgid "Close :guilabel:`Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:150 -msgid "Minimum installation requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:152 -msgid "" -"To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " -"options`_. We also recommend completing `Advanced options`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The :kbd:`Install` button is only highlighted **after** you complete " -"`Required options`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:160 -msgid "Check marks indicate a selection has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:162 -msgid "" -"An Internet connection is required. You may want to launch a browser " -"prior to installation to verify your Internet connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:166 -msgid "|CL| Desktop Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:168 -msgid "" -"The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 5. To " -"meet the minimum requirements, enter values in all submenus for the " -":guilabel:`Required options`. After you complete them, your selections " -"appear below submenus and a check mark appears at right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:177 -msgid "Figure 5: Clear Linux OS Desktop Installer - Main Menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:180 -msgid "Navigation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182 -msgid "Use the :kbd:`mouse` to navigate or select options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Use :kbd:`Tab` key to navigate between :guilabel:`Required options` and " -":guilabel:`Advanced options`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187 -msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate the submenus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:189 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`, or :kbd:`Cancel` in submenus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:192 -msgid "Required options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195 -msgid "Select Time Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:197 -msgid "" -"From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`. `UTC` is " -"selected by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:200 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate to the desired time zone. Or " -"start typing the region and then the city. (.e.g., " -":file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:204 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:220 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:210 -msgid "Figure 6: Select System Time Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:213 -msgid "Select Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Navigate to your desired keyboard layout. We select \"us\" for the United" -" States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:226 -msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:229 -msgid "Select Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:231 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Choose an installation method: `Safe Installation`_ or `Destructive " -"Installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:240 -msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:243 -msgid "Safe Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " -"alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " -"schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:251 -msgid "" -"|CL| allows installation alongside another OS. Typically, when you boot " -"your system, you can press an `F key` to view and select a bootable " -"device or partition during the BIOS POST stage. Some BIOSes present the " -"|CL| partition, and you can select and boot it. However, other BIOSes may" -" only show the primary partition, in which case you will not be able boot" -" |CL|. Be aware of this possible limitation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:260 -msgid "Destructive Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " -"|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:266 -msgid "Disk encryption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:268 -msgid "" -"For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS. Encryption" -" is optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To encrypt the root partition, select :guilabel:`Enable Encryption`, as " -"shown in Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:278 -msgid "Figure 9: Enable Encryption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:280 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` appears, enter a passphrase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:286 -msgid "Figure 10: Encryption Passphrase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:290 -msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:292 -msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the second field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:294 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in the dialogue box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:298 -msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:300 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in submenu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:303 -msgid "Manage User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:305 -msgid "In Required Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:307 -msgid "In :guilabel:`User Name`, enter a user name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:313 -msgid "Figure 11: Manage User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:315 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Login`, create a login name. It must start with a letter " -"and can use numbers, hyphens, and underscores. Maximum length is 31 " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:319 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Password`, enter a password. Minimum length is 8 " -"characters. Maximum length is 255 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:322 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:326 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights are selected by default. For security " -"purposes, the default user must be assigned as an Administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:330 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:396 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:466 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:334 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:337 -msgid "Modify User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:339 -msgid "In Manager User, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:341 -msgid "Modify user details as desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:343 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Optional: Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu to revert " -"changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:350 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:406 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429 -msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:353 -msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Choose whether to participate in `telemetry`. :ref:`telem-guide` is a " -"|CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to the |CL| development " -"team for improvements. For more information, see :ref:`telemetry-about`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:359 -msgid "From :guilabel:`Required Options`, select :guilabel:`Telemetry`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:361 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Yes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:367 -msgid "Figure 12: Enable Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:369 -msgid "If you don't wish to participate, select :kbd:`No`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:372 -msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:374 -msgid "" -"After you complete the `Required options`_, we recommend completing " -":guilabel:`Advanced options`--though they're not required. Doing so " -"customizes your development environment, so you're ready to go " -"immediately after reboot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:381 -msgid "You can always add more bundles later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:384 -msgid "Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:386 -msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:388 -msgid "Select your desired bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:394 -msgid "Figure 13: Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:398 -msgid "View the bundles that you selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404 -msgid "Figure 14: Bundle Selections - Advanced Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:409 -msgid "Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:411 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:413 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:419 -msgid "Figure 15: Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " -"alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" -" characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:432 -msgid "Kernel Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:434 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Kernel Configuration`, navigate to select your desired " -"kernel. :guilabel:`Native` is selected by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:441 -msgid "Figure 16: Kernel Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:443 -msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:445 -msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:450 -msgid "Software Updater Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:452 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Software Updater Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:454 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Mirror URL`, follow the instructions if you wish to specify" -" a different installation source." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:457 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Enable Auto Updates` is selected by default. If you **do not**" -" wish to enable automatic software updates, uncheck the box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464 -msgid "Figure 17: Software Updater Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:469 -msgid "Finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:471 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, select " -":guilabel:`Install`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:478 -msgid "Figure 18: Finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:485 -msgid "" -"If you do not enter a selection for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" -" :guilabel:`Install` button remains disabled, as shown in Figure 19. " -"Return to `Required Options`_ and make selections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:493 -msgid "Figure 19: Required Options - Incomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:495 -msgid "After installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:497 -msgid "Shut down the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:499 -msgid "Remove the USB or any installation media." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:501 -msgid "Power on your system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Allow time for the graphical login to appear. A login prompt shows the " -"administrative user that you created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:507 -msgid "Log in as the administrative user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:509 -msgid "Congratulations. You successfully installed |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:512 -msgid "Default partition schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:514 -msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:516 -msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:520 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:521 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:522 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:523 -msgid "Default size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:525 -msgid "**VFAT(FAT32)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:526 -msgid "boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:527 -msgid "/boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:528 -msgid "150MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:530 -msgid "**linux-swap**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:531 -msgid "swap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:533 -msgid "256MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:535 -msgid "**ext[234] or XFS**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:536 -msgid "root" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:537 -msgid "/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:538 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The live desktop allows you to " -#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" -#~ " without modifying the host system, " -#~ "offering the chance to explore " -#~ "developing on |CL|. Better yet, launch" -#~ " the |CL| installer to install on " -#~ "your target system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download the file :file:`clear--live-desktop.iso`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Confirm network connection" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Confirm there is a network connection" -#~ " before launching the installer. Choose " -#~ "a method: `Wired Connection`, or `WiFi" -#~ " Connected`. This guide shows an " -#~ "example of a **Wired Connection**." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the upper right of the top " -#~ "menu bar, select the square icon " -#~ "to view Network settings, shown in " -#~ "Figure 2." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 2: Software icon, Network settings" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "View the :guilabel:`Wired` menu to " -#~ "assure that you're target system and " -#~ "installer are connected to a network." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Optional: Configure Proxy settings." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "To view :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select its :guilabel:`Gear` icon." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled` as desired." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Close the dialogue box." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view Network settings." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If desired, select :guilabel:`Connect " -#~ "automatically`. Select other options as " -#~ "desired." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`Apply` button to confirm change to settings." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Software" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Optional: Explore |CL| bundles and other" -#~ " software available. Double-click the " -#~ ":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities" -#~ " menu, shown in Figure 2." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Sofware` application is *only intended " -#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " -#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" -#~ " to install them." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Assure there is a network connection before launching `Software`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After the live desktop image boots, " -#~ "find the |CL| icon in the " -#~ ":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left, shown " -#~ "in Figure 3." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click the icon, :guilabel:`Install Clear Linux OS`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 3: Install Clear Linux OS icon" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The installer is launched, as shown in Figure 4." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 4: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Checkmarks indicate a selection has been made." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu " -#~ "appears as shown in Figure 5. To" -#~ " meet the minimum requirements, enter " -#~ "values in all submenus for the " -#~ ":guilabel:`Required options`. After you " -#~ "complete them, your selections appear " -#~ "below submenus and a checkmark appears" -#~ " at right." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate submenu list." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate " -#~ "to the desired time zone. Or start" -#~ " typing the region and then city. " -#~ "(.e.g., :file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Bundle Selection`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Assign Hostname`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "As for bundles, you can always add more later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 16: Finish installation" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not enter a selection" -#~ " for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" -#~ " :guilabel:`Install` button remains greyed " -#~ "out, as shown in Figure 17. Return" -#~ " to `Required Options`_ and make " -#~ "selections." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 17: Required Options - Incomplete" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Log in as the adminstrative user." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Table 1 shows the defult partition " -#~ "schema with the exception of root, " -#~ "which varies." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The live desktop allows you to " -#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" -#~ " without modifying the host system, " -#~ "offering you the chance to explore " -#~ "developing on |CL| or install it. " -#~ "In this document, we show how to" -#~ " install |CL| on a target system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Explore |CL| bundles and other software." -#~ " Double-click the :guilabel:`Software` icon" -#~ " from the Activities menu, shown in" -#~ " Figure 2. Assure a network " -#~ "connection exists before launching `Software`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Software` application is *only intended " -#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " -#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" -#~ " to install them." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Table 1 shows the default partition " -#~ "schema with the exception of root, " -#~ "which varies." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Minimum size" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``VFAT``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "150M" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``swap``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``root``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Next steps" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`guides`" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po deleted file mode 100644 index 281b3912..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1312 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| on bare metal with live server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to install |CL-ATTR| on bare metal from a bootable" -" USB drive using a live server image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:14 -msgid "System requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " -"installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:23 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| live server image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| installer image from the `Downloads`_ page. Look for " -"the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:28 -msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:32 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:37 -msgid "Install |CL| on your target system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Ensure that your system is configured to boot UEFI. The installation " -"method described below requires a wired Internet connection with DHCP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can install |CL| over a wireless connection by first " -"using `nmtui`. Follow the `nmtui` instructions shown in Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:47 -msgid "Follow these steps to install |CL| on the target system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:49 -msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:51 -msgid "Power on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " -"setup menu entry point may vary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:57 -msgid "" -"|CL| supports UEFI boot. Some hardware may list UEFI and non-UEFI USB " -"boot entries. In this case, you should select the `UEFI` boot option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " -"first option in the device boot order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:64 -msgid "Save these settings and exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:66 -msgid "Reboot the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:68 -msgid "This action launches the |CL| installer boot menu, shown in figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:74 -msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS Installer boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:76 -msgid "With :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:79 -msgid "Launch the |CL| Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:81 -msgid "At the :guilabel:`login` prompt, enter :command:`root`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Follow the onscreen instructions, shown in Figure 2, and enter a " -"temporary password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:90 -msgid "Figure 2: root login" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:92 -msgid "" -"At the :guilabel:`root` prompt, enter :command:`clr-installer` and press " -":kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:99 -msgid "Figure 3: clr-installer command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:102 -msgid "Minimum installation requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " -"options`_. While not required, we encourage you to apply the `Recommended" -" options`_. `Advanced options`_ are optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The :kbd:`Install` button is **only highlighted after** you complete " -"`Required options`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:114 -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:115 -msgid "The |CL| Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:121 -msgid "Figure 4: Clear Linux OS Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:123 -msgid "" -"The |CL| Installer Main Menu has two tabs: :guilabel:`[R] Required " -"options` and :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`. Navigate between tabs " -"using the arrow these shortcut keys:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:127 -msgid ":kbd:`Shift+A` for :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:128 -msgid ":kbd:`Shift+R` for :guilabel:`[R] Required options`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To meet the minimum requirements, enter your choices in the " -":guilabel:`Required options`. After confirmation, your selections appear " -"beside the :guilabel:`>>` chevron, below the menu options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:135 -msgid "Navigation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:137 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows to highlight your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:139 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` or :kbd:`Spacebar` to confirm your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:141 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Cancel` or :kbd:`Esc` to cancel your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:144 -msgid "Required options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:147 -msgid "Choose Timezone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:149 -msgid "" -"From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Timezone`. `UTC` is the" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:152 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:172 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:189 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:681 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:154 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Select System Timezone`, use :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows navigate" -" to the desired timezone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:159 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:176 -msgid "Press :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:165 -msgid "Figure 5: Select System Timezone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:168 -msgid "Choose Language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:170 -msgid "From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Language`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:174 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Select System Language`, navigate to your desired language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:182 -msgid "Figure 6: Select System Language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:185 -msgid "Configure the Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:187 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure the Keyboard`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:191 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`, navigate to the desired option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:193 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Optional: In :guilabel:`Test keyboard`, type text to assure that the keys" -" map to your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:202 -msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:205 -msgid "Configure Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:207 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:209 -msgid "" -"Choose an installation method: * `Safe Installation`_ * `Destructive " -"Installation`_ * `Advanced Configuration`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:219 -msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:221 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Rescan Media` to show available installation targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:226 -msgid "Safe Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " -"alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " -"schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed. See " -"also `Troubleshooting`_ below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:234 -msgid "Destructive Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " -"|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:241 -msgid "" -"From the :guilabel:`Select Installation Media` menu, select " -":guilabel:`Enable Encryption` to encrypt the root filesystem for either " -"option above. See also `Disk encryption`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:246 -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Use this method to manually configure partitions. These must meet " -"`Default partition schema`_. You may also choose `Disk encryption`_ " -"during configuration of each partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:254 -msgid "" -"`Advanced Configuration` is available in the installer versions 1.2.0 and" -" above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:257 -msgid "" -"From :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`, shown in Figure 8 above, " -"select :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:260 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`, navigate to :file:`/dev/sda` and " -"then press :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:267 -msgid "Figure 9: Advanced configuration menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:269 -msgid "Choose a partition method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:271 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Auto Partition` Select this option to accept the `Default " -"partition schema`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:274 -msgid "Navigate to and press :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:276 -msgid "Continue with installation configuration. Jump to `Telemetry`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:278 -msgid "`Manual Partition`_ Continue below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:281 -msgid "Manual Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:283 -msgid "We provide a simple example below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:285 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the unallocated media (e.g.,`/dev/sda`) until highlighted, as" -" shown in Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:288 -msgid "Press :guilabel:`Enter` to edit the partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:290 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Partition Setup` menu appears, shown in Figure 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:294 -msgid "" -"After adding the first partition, select :guilabel:`Free Space` to add " -"another partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:297 -msgid "root partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:299 -msgid "" -"We configure the `root` partition as shown in Figure 10. Configuration of" -" the `root` partition varies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:306 -msgid "Figure 10: root partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:308 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:321 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:335 -msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Add` and press :guilabel:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:311 -msgid "boot partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:313 -msgid "We configure the `boot` partition as shown in Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:319 -msgid "Figure 11: boot partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:324 -msgid "swap partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:326 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`File System` pulldown menu, select `swap`, and enter a " -"label. We enter the minimum required size (e.g., 256M)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:333 -msgid "Figure 12: swap partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:337 -msgid "" -"Next, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :guilabel:`Enter`, shown " -"in Figure 13." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:340 -msgid "Manual partitioning is complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:346 -msgid "Figure 13: Final configuration of disk partitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:348 -msgid "You may skip to the `Telemetry`_ section below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:351 -msgid "Disk encryption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:353 -msgid "" -"For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS for the any" -" partition except `/boot` on |CL|. To encrypt the root partition, see the" -" example below. Encryption is optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:358 -msgid "Encryption Passphrase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:360 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses a single passphrase for encrypted partitions. Additional keys " -"may be configured post-installation using the ``cryptsetup`` tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:363 -msgid "" -"Optional: Select :guilabel:`[X] Encrypt` to encrypt the root partition, " -"as shown in Figure 14." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:370 -msgid "Figure 14: Encrypt partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:372 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` dialogue appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:376 -msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:382 -msgid "Figure 15: Encryption Passphrase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:384 -msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the first and second field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:386 -msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:390 -msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:393 -msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:395 -msgid "" -":ref:`telem-guide` is a |CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to" -" the |CL| development team for improvements. For more detailed " -"information, visit our :ref:`telemetry-about` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:399 -msgid "Select your desired option on whether to participate in `telemetry`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:401 -msgid "" -"In the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Telemetry` and select " -":kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:404 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` to highlight your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:406 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:412 -msgid "Figure 16: Enable Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:415 -msgid "Recommended options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:417 -msgid "" -"After you complete the `Required options`_, we highly recommend " -"completing these selected `Advanced options`_ at minimum:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:420 -msgid "`Manage User`_ Assign a new user with administrative rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:421 -msgid "`Assign Hostname`_ Simplify your development environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:424 -msgid "Skip to finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:426 -msgid "" -"After selecting values for all :guilabel:`Required options`, you may skip" -" to `Finish installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:429 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, continue below. In the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Advanced " -"options` for additional configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:433 -msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:436 -msgid "Configure Network Interfaces" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:438 -msgid "" -"By default, |CL| is configured to automatically detect the host network " -"interface using DHCP. However, if you want to use a static IP address or " -"if you do not have a DHCP server on your network, follow these " -"instructions to manually configure the network interface. Otherwise, " -"default network interface settings are automatically applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:446 -msgid "If DHCP is available, no user selection may be required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:448 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :guilabel:`Configure Network Interfaces` and select " -":kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:451 -msgid "Navigate to the network :guilabel:`interface` you wish to change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:453 -msgid "" -"When the desired :guilabel:`interface` is highlighted, select " -":guilabel:`Enter` to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:456 -msgid "Multiple network interfaces may appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:462 -msgid "Figure 17: Configure Network Interfaces" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:464 -msgid "Notice :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` is selected by default (at bottom)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:466 -msgid "" -"Optional: Navigate to the checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` and " -"select :kbd:`Spacebar` to deselect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:473 -msgid "Figure 18: Network interface configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:475 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the appropriate fields and assign the desired network " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:478 -msgid "To save settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:483 -msgid "" -"To revert to previous settings, navigate to the :guilabel:`Cancel` and " -"select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:486 -msgid "" -"Upon confirming network configuration, the :guilabel:`Testing Networking`" -" dialogue appears. Assure the result shows success. If a failure occurs, " -"your changes will not be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:490 -msgid "" -"Upon confirmation, you are returned to :guilabel:`Network interface` " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:493 -msgid "Navigate to and select :guilabel:`Main Menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:495 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:523 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:544 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:568 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:668 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:698 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:718 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:737 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:762 -msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:498 -msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:500 -msgid "" -"|CL| automatically attempts to detect proxy settings, as described in " -":ref:`autoproxy`. If you need to manually assign proxy settings, follow " -"this instruction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:504 -msgid "" -"From the Advanced options menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Proxy`, and select" -" :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:507 -msgid "Navigate to the field :guilabel:`HTTPS Proxy`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:513 -msgid "Figure 19: Configure the network proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:515 -msgid "" -"Enter the desired proxy address and port using conventional syntax, such " -"as: \\http://address:port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:518 -msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:520 -msgid "" -"To revert to previous settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Cancel` and select" -" :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:526 -msgid "Test Network Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To manually assure network connectivity before installing |CL|, select " -":guilabel:`Test Network Settings` and select :guilabel:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:531 -msgid "A progress bar appears as shown in Figure 20." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:537 -msgid "Figure 20: Testing Networking dialogue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:541 -msgid "" -"Any changes made to network settings are automatically tested during " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:547 -msgid "Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:549 -msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:551 -msgid "Navigate to the desired bundle using :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:553 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the checkbox for each desired bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:559 -msgid "Figure 21: Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:561 -msgid "" -"Optional: To start developing with |CL|, we recommend adding :file:`os-" -"clr-on-clr`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:564 -msgid "Navigate to and select :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:566 -msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Advanced options` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:571 -msgid "Manage User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:574 -msgid "Add New User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:576 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:578 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add New User` as shown in Figure 22." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:584 -msgid "Figure 22: Add New User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:586 -msgid "Optional: Enter a :guilabel:`User Name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:596 -msgid "Figure 23: User Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:598 -msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Login`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:602 -msgid "" -"The User Login must be alphanumeric and can include hyphens and " -"underscores. Maximum length is 31 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:604 -msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Password`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:610 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Optional: Navigate to the :guilabel:`Administrative` checkbox and select " -":kbd:`Spacebar` to assign administrative rights to the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:617 -msgid "Selecting this option enables sudo privileges for the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:619 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:696 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:729 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:760 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:623 -msgid "If desired, select :guilabel:`Reset` to reset the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:625 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:627 -msgid "With :guilabel:`Confirm` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:630 -msgid "Modify / Delete User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:632 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to the user you wish to modify until" -" highlighted, as shown in Figure 24." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:635 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to modify the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:641 -msgid "Figure 24: Modify User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:643 -msgid "Modify user details as desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:645 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:664 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:758 -msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:649 -msgid "Optional: Select :guilabel:`Reset` to rest the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:651 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:653 -msgid "" -"Optional: In :guilabel:`Modify User`, to delete the user, navigate to the" -" :guilabel:`Delete` button and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:660 -msgid "Figure 25: Delete User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:662 -msgid "You are returned to :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:666 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Enter` to complete :guilabel:`Manage User` options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:671 -msgid "Kernel Command Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:673 -msgid "" -"For advanced users, |CL| provides the ability to add or remove kernel " -"arguments. If you want to append a new argument, enter the argument here." -" This argument will be used every time you install or update a new " -"kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:678 -msgid "" -"In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Tab` to highlight " -":guilabel:`Kernel Command Line`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:687 -msgid "Figure 26: kernel command line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:689 -msgid "Choose from the following options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:691 -msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:693 -msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:701 -msgid "Kernel Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:703 -msgid "" -"Select a kernel option. By default, the latest kernel release is " -"selected. Native kernel is shown in Figure 27." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:706 -msgid "To select a different kernel, navigate to it using :guilabel:`Tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:712 -msgid "Figure 27: Kernel selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:714 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the desired option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:716 -msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:721 -msgid "Swupd Mirror" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:723 -msgid "If you have your own custom mirror of |CL|, you can add its URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:725 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Swupd Mirror`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:727 -msgid "To add a local swupd mirror, enter a valid URL in :guilabel:`Mirror URL:`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:735 -msgid "Figure 28: Swupd Mirror" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:740 -msgid "Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:742 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:744 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:748 -msgid "" -"Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " -"alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" -" characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:756 -msgid "Figure 29: Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:765 -msgid "Automatic OS Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:767 -msgid "" -"Automatical OS updates are enabled by default. In the rare case that you " -"need to disable automatic software updates, follow the onscreen " -"instructions, shown in Figure 30." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:771 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Automatic OS Updates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:773 -msgid "Select the desired option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:779 -msgid "Figure 30: Automatic OS Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:781 -msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Main Menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:784 -msgid "Save Configuration Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:786 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Save Configuration Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:788 -msgid "" -"A dialogue box shows the installation configuration was saved to :file" -":`clr-installer.yaml`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:795 -msgid "Figure 31: Automatic OS Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:797 -msgid "" -"Use the :file:`clr-installer.yaml` file to install |CL|, with the same " -"configuration, on multiple targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:801 -msgid "Finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:803 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, navigate to " -":guilabel:`Install` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:810 -msgid "Figure 32: Select Install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:812 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`reboot`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:816 -msgid "" -"If you do not assign an administrative user, upon rebooting, enter `root`" -" and set the root password immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:819 -msgid "When the system reboots, remove any installation media present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:822 -msgid "Default partition schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:824 -msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:826 -msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:830 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:831 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:832 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:833 -msgid "Default size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:835 -msgid "``VFAT(FAT32)``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:836 -msgid "boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:837 -msgid "/boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:838 -msgid "150MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:840 -msgid "``linux-swap``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:841 -msgid "swap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:843 -msgid "256MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:845 -msgid "``ext[234] or XFS``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:846 -msgid "root" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:847 -msgid "/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:848 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:851 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:854 -msgid "For Configure Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:856 -msgid "" -"If a warning message appears that no media or space is available after " -"entering :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:859 -msgid "Verify that target media has enough free space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:861 -msgid "Confirm the USB is properly connected to and mounted on target media." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:863 -msgid "Review the size of existing partitions on the target media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:865 -msgid "Linux\\* OS: :command:`lsblk -a`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:866 -msgid "Windows\\* OS: :command:`diskpart`, then :command:`list disk`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:867 -msgid "macOS\\* platform: :command:`diskutil list`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get the latest |CL| installer image " -#~ "from the `downloads page`_. Look for " -#~ "the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso`" -#~ " file." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| automatically attempts to detect " -#~ "proxy settings, as described in " -#~ "`Autoproxy`_. If you need to manually" -#~ " assign proxy settings, follow this " -#~ "instruction." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These instructions guide you through " -#~ "installing |CL-ATTR| on bare metal " -#~ "from a bootable USB drive using a" -#~ " live server image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After downloading the image, verify and" -#~ " decompress the file per your OS." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To add partitions manually, see " -#~ "`Advanced configuration`_ below, and create" -#~ " partitions per requirements in Table " -#~ "1." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Minimum size" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``VFAT``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "150M" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``swap``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``root``" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.po deleted file mode 100644 index 49c81fe9..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:4 -msgid "Create a bootable USB drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Follow the instructions applicable to your system to create a bootable " -"|CL-ATTR| USB drive:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:9 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-linux`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:10 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:11 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-windows`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:16 -msgid "Use an **8GB** or larger USB drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the |CL| live boot image or interactive installer image from the" -" `Downloads`_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:23 -msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on Linux\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:25 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:108 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:167 -msgid "Make sure you have have completed all `Prerequisites`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress" -" your image `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:31 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:114 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:173 -msgid "Burn the |CL| image onto a USB drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:35 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:118 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:177 -msgid "|CAUTION-BACKUP-USB|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:37 -msgid "Open a terminal emulator and get root privilege." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:43 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:122 -msgid "Go to the directory with the decompressed image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:45 -msgid "Plug in the USB drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Identify the USB drive using the :command:`lsblk` command. This shows all" -" drives attached to the system, including the primary hard disk. In the " -"example output below, there are 4 drives (`/dev/sda`, `/dev/sdb`, " -"`/dev/sdc`, and `/dev/sdd`) attached, where `/dev/sda` is primary drive. " -"The remaining are three USB drives. The output also shows the mounted " -"partitions (under the `MOUNTPOINT` column) for each drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:59 -msgid "Example output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You must unmount a USB drive before burning an image onto it. Note that " -"some Linux distros automatically mount a USB drive when it is plugged in." -" Unmount a USB drive with the :command:`umount` command followed by the " -"device identifier/partition. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Burn the image onto the USB drive. The example below burns an " -"uncompressed image onto ``:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:101 -msgid "|CAUTION-UNMOUNT-USB-PARTITIONS|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:106 -msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on macOS\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress" -" your image `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:120 -msgid "Launch the Terminal app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:124 -msgid "Plug in a USB drive and get its identifier:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:130 -msgid "This will list available disks and their partitions, as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:136 -msgid "Figure 1: macOS - Get USB drive identifier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:138 -msgid "Unmount the USB drive identified in the previous step. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Burn the image onto the drive using the :command:`dd` command. The " -"example below burns an uncompressed image onto ``:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To speed up the imaging process, add an ‘r’ in front of the disk " -"identifier. For example `/dev/rdisk2`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:154 -msgid "Press :kbd:`-T` to check imaging progress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:156 -msgid "Eject the USB drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:165 -msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on Windows\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress" -" your image `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Download the `Rufus`_ utility to burn the image onto a USB drive. We use " -"Rufus 3.5 here. **Only use the latest version of Rufus**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:182 -msgid "Plug in the USB drive and open Rufus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:184 -msgid "Under `Boot selection`, click the :guilabel:`SELECT` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:186 -msgid "Find and select the previously extracted |CL| image file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:188 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`START` button. See Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:194 -msgid "Figure 2: Rufus utility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:196 -msgid "" -"When the dialogue appears, select :guilabel:`Write in ISO image mode " -"(Recommended)`. See Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:203 -msgid "Figure 3: ISOHybrid image detected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:205 -msgid "Select the Windows taskbar menu for USB and select eject." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Instructions to create a |CL-ATTR| " -#~ "USB drive vary depending on your " -#~ "operating system. Follow the instructions " -#~ "applicable to your system:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Download`_ the |CL| live boot image or interactive installer image." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po deleted file mode 100644 index cfe8323f..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:4 -msgid "Check processor and EFI firmware compatibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Before installing |CL-ATTR|, check your host system's processor and EFI " -"firmware compatibility. To check compatibilty, choose one of the " -"following paths:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:9 -msgid "" -"From a system with a Linux\\* OS installed, follow the instructions to " -":ref:`check-compatibility-steps`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From a non-Linux OS, first :ref:`bare-metal-install-desktop` and then " -"follow the instructions to :ref:`check-compatibility-steps`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This does not check other system components (for example: storage and " -"graphics) for compatibility with |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:21 -msgid "Check compatibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:23 -msgid "Download the `clear-linux-check-config.sh`_ file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:25 -msgid "If a browser is not available, use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:31 -msgid "Make the script executable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:37 -msgid "Run the script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Check to see if the host's processor and EFI firmware is capable of " -"running |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:46 -msgid "Check to see if the host is capable of running |CL| in a container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/compatibility-check.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The script prints a list of test results similar to the output below. All" -" items should return a `SUCCESS` status. This example indicates the " -"host's processor and EFI firmware support running |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On a system that is currently " -#~ "running a Linux\\* operating system, " -#~ "follow the instructions below to " -#~ "determine if your system's processor and" -#~ " EFI firmware is capable of running" -#~ " |CL-ATTR|. Otherwise, :ref:`bare-metal-" -#~ "install-desktop` and then perform the" -#~ " steps below." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The script will print a list of" -#~ " test results similar to the output" -#~ " below. All items should return a " -#~ "`SUCCESS` status. This example indicates " -#~ "the host's processor and EFI firmware" -#~ " support running |CL|." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0635e829..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:4 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The Get Started section guides you through the requirements and " -"installation of |CL-ATTR|. Follow these step-by-step intructions to get " -"started with |CL|, fast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:10 -msgid "Pre-install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:12 -msgid "There are a couple of things to take care of before you install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:15 -msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:16 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:18 -msgid "When installing |CL-ATTR| in a VM, consider which kernel to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`Compatible VM kernels `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:30 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:42 -msgid "Install in a virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Get Started section will get " -#~ "you up and running fast with " -#~ "|CL-ATTR|. Use these step-by-step " -#~ "instructions to guide you through the" -#~ " installing |CL| from a live desktop" -#~ " or to a virtual machine." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/install-configfile.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/install-configfile.po deleted file mode 100644 index bec8e044..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/install-configfile.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:4 -msgid "Install using clr-installer and a configuration file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to install |CL-ATTR| using the clr-installer tool " -"with a configuration file. The configuration file (:file:`clr-" -"installer.yaml`) can be reused to duplicate the same installation " -"configuration on additional machines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:16 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:18 -msgid "Ensure that your target system supports the installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:21 -msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:24 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:26 -msgid "" -"This guide describes two methods for using a configuration file with the " -"clr-installer tool. You can use either method to achieve the same goal. " -"Choose the method that works best for your setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:30 -msgid "If you are installing |CL| for the first time, we recommend Example 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:32 -msgid "To clone an existing |CL| setup on another system, we recommend Example 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:35 -msgid "Example 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:37 -msgid "" -"This method uses a configuration file template to perform a new " -"installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:39 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:146 -msgid "Perform the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:41 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:163 -msgid "Go to `Downloads`_ and download the latest Clear Linux OS Server image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:43 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:165 -msgid "" -"For example: " -"https://download.clearlinux.org/releases/30010/clear/clear-30010-live-" -"server.iso.xz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:46 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:168 -msgid "Follow the instructions to :ref:`bootable-usb` based on your OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:48 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:170 -msgid "Boot up the USB thumb drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:49 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:171 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` from the menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:50 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:172 -msgid "In the console window, log in as root and set a password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:51 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Verify you have a network connection to the Internet and configure proxy " -"settings if you're working behind a firewall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:53 -msgid "Download a :file:`live-server.yaml` template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:55 -msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:61 -msgid "Edit the template and change the settings as needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:63 -msgid "Commonly-changed settings include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Under *block-devices*, set “file: \"/dev/sda\"” or enter your preferred " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Under *targetMedia*, set the third partition size to “0” to use the " -"entire disk space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:69 -msgid "Under *bundles*, add additional bundles as needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Delete the *post-install* section unless you have post-installation " -"scripts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Under *Version*, set a version number. To use the latest version, set to " -"“0”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Commonly-changed settings are shown in lines 15, 34, 37, and 51 below. " -"See `Installer YAML Syntax`_ for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:134 -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:177 -msgid "Start the installation with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:141 -msgid "Example 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:143 -msgid "" -"This method uses a saved configuration file from a previous installation," -" which you can use to easily duplicate the installation on additional " -"machines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Open a console window on a system where |CL| was installed to retrieve a " -"copy of the configuration file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:151 -msgid "In the console window, log in as root and enter your password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Change directory to :file:`/root` and copy the :file:`clr-installer.yaml`" -" file to a USB thumb drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:161 -msgid "Start the installation on the target with the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Plug in and mount the USB thumb drive containing the retrieved :file" -":`clr-installer.yaml` configuration file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:184 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:186 -msgid "`Clear Linux Installer`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:187 -msgid "`Installer YAML Syntax`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.po deleted file mode 100644 index 377ebf08..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,448 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:4 -msgid "Launch |CL-ATTR| Compute Engine on Google Cloud Platform\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains the steps to create a virtual machine instance of |CL-" -"ATTR| on `Google Cloud Platform`_ (:abbr:`GCP (Google Cloud Platform)`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:16 -msgid "Set up a Google account and a GCP billing account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Generate and install a user SSH key in the Linux PCs that will connect to" -" the VMs in GCP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:22 -msgid "Setup |CL| VM on GCP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Sign in to your Google\\* account on the `Google Cloud Console " -"`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:31 -msgid "Figure 1: Google sign in screen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Google Cloud Platform uses **Projects** to manage resources. Select or " -"create a new project for hosting the |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Refer to the `Quickstart Using a Linux VM " -"`_ guide to learn" -" about the process of creating VM instances on GCP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the latest |CL| `release folder " -"`_ to view the " -"currently released :abbr:`GCE (Google Compute Engine\\*)` image, and " -"download the :file:`clear--gce.tar.gz` image archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You don't need to uncompress the image archive, the intact file will be " -"uploaded to the Google Cloud Storage later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Create a *Storage Bucket* for hosting the |CL| image source archive " -"downloaded in the previous step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:54 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:112 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:158 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Navigation menu` icon on the upper left screen menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Select the :menuselection:`Storage` item from the side bar on the left. " -"You will be sent to the Storage Browser tool or the Cloud Storage " -"overview page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:63 -msgid "Figure 2: Browse Google Cloud Storage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You may need to create a billing account and link to this project before " -"you create a bucket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:73 -msgid "Figure 3: Cloud Storage Browser tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`CREATE BUCKET` button to enter the bucket creation " -"tool. The bucket name must be unique because buckets in the Cloud Storage" -" share a single global namespace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Leave the remaining options set to the defaults, and click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button at the bottom to create a *Bucket*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:86 -msgid "Figure 4: Set bucket name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Once the bucket is created, click the :guilabel:`Upload files` button on " -"the Bucket details page to upload the |CL| GCE image archive to the named" -" bucket:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:96 -msgid "Figure 5: Cloud Storage bucket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:102 -msgid "Figure 6: Uploading the image source archive file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:108 -msgid "Figure 7: Importing complete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:110 -msgid "Browse the Compute Engine Image library page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Select the :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> Images` from the side bar " -"on the left." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:121 -msgid "Figure 8: Image library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:123 -msgid "" -"On the Compute Engine Image library page, click the :guilabel:`[+] CREATE" -" IMAGE` menu item to create a custom image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:130 -msgid "Figure 9: Create image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:132 -msgid "" -"In the VM image creation page, change the image source type to *Cloud " -"Storage file*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:135 -msgid "Under :guilabel:`Source`, select :guilabel:`Browse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Locate the :file:`clear--gce.tar.gz` file, and click " -":guilabel:`Select`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:144 -msgid "Figure 10: Create image using imported object" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Accept all default options, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button at " -"the bottom to import the Clear Linux GCE image to the image library." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:153 -msgid "Figure 11: Image is created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:155 -msgid "" -"After the |CL| image is imported, you can launch a VM instance running " -"|CL|:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Select :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> VM Instances` from the side bar" -" on the left." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:167 -msgid "Figure 12: VM instances catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If no VM instance was created in this project, you will be prompted to " -"create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:172 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`CREATE INSTANCE` button on the VM " -"instances page to create a VM instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:179 -msgid "Figure 13: VM creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:185 -msgid "Figure 14: VM instances list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Under :guilabel:`Region`, choose a region based on the `Best practices " -"for Compute Engine regions selection`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:190 -msgid "Under :guilabel:`Boot disk`, click the :guilabel:`Change` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:196 -msgid "Figure 15: Use custom image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Select the :menuselection:`Custom images` tab for using Clear Linux OS " -"GCE image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:204 -msgid "Figure 16: Select Clear Linux boot disk to create a VM instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Scroll down to the bottom of the VM instance creation page, expand the " -":guilabel:`Management, security, disks, networking, sole tenancy` group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:214 -msgid "Figure 17: Set up SSH keys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:217 -msgid "" -"|CL| does not allow SSH login with a root account by default. As a " -"result, you must configure the VM instance with your SSH public key, so " -"that you are able to access it remotely." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:221 -msgid "Refer to :ref:`security` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Click the :menuselection:`Security` tab, copy and paste your SSH public " -"key:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:229 -msgid "Figure 18: Set SSH key for remote login" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:233 -msgid "" -"The username is assigned from characters preceding ``@`` in the email " -"address, included in the SSH key. The dot symbol \".\" is not allowed, " -"because it is an invalid character while creating user accounts in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:238 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:240 -msgid "The Clear Linux VM instance is created and assigned a public IP address:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:246 -msgid "Figure 19: Clear Linux VM instance is created and started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can now SSH login to the VM using the IP address obtained in the " -"previous step, and the username associated with the SSH public key:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:255 -msgid "Figure 20: SSH login to Clear Linux VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:258 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:260 -msgid ":ref:`azure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:261 -msgid ":ref:`aws-web`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This tutorial walks you through the " -#~ "steps to create a virtual machine " -#~ "instance of |CL-ATTR| on `Google " -#~ "Cloud Platform`_ (:abbr:`GCP (Google Cloud " -#~ "Platform)`)." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Process" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click the *Navigation menu* icon on the upper left screen menu." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the *Storage* item from the " -#~ "side bar on the left. You will " -#~ "be sent to the Storage Browser " -#~ "tool or the Cloud Storage overview " -#~ "page." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the ``CREATE BUCKET`` button to" -#~ " enter the bucket creation tool. The" -#~ " bucket name must be unique because" -#~ " buckets in the Cloud Storage share" -#~ " a single global namespace." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Leave the remaining options set to " -#~ "the defaults, and select the ``Create``" -#~ " button at the bottom to create " -#~ "a *Bucket*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the bucket is created, click " -#~ "the ``Upload files`` button on the " -#~ "Bucket details page to upload the " -#~ "|CL| GCE image archive to the " -#~ "named bucket:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Hover your mouse over the *Compute Engine* menu and select *Images*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the Compute Engine Image library " -#~ "page, click the ``[+] CREATE IMAGE`` " -#~ "menu item to create a custom " -#~ "image:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Under :guilabel:`Cloud Storage file`, select :guilabel:`Browse`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Accept all default options, and click" -#~ " the ``Create`` button at the bottom" -#~ " to import the Clear Linux GCE " -#~ "image to the image library." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Hover your mouse over the *Compute " -#~ "Engine* menu group and select the " -#~ "*VM instances* item." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Alternatively, click the ``CREATE INSTANCE``" -#~ " button on the VM instances page " -#~ "to create a VM instance." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In :guilabel:`Region`, choose a region " -#~ "based on the `Best practices for " -#~ "Compute Engine regions selection`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Under *Boot disk*, click the ``Change`` button." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select the *Custom images* tab for using Clear Linux OS GCE image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Scroll down to the bottom of the" -#~ " VM instance creation page, expand " -#~ "the *Management, security, disks, networking," -#~ " sole tenancy* group." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click the *Security* tab, copy and paste your SSH public key:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click the ``Create`` button to create the |CL| VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following tutorials describe a " -#~ "similar process and may be useful " -#~ "references:" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7ca1fa34..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:4 -msgid "Use Hyper-V\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to run |CL-ATTR| inside a `Windows Server " -"Virtualization`_\\* or **Hyper-V** environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:16 -msgid "Enable `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Enable `Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® VT-d)" -" in your BIOS/UEFI firmware configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:22 -msgid "Enable Hyper-V" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Please refer to `Install Hyper-V on Windows 10`_ to enable and configure " -"*Hyper-V* on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:28 -msgid "Create a virtual network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once *Hyper-V* has been enabled on your Windows system you will need to " -"create a virtual network in the **Hyper-V Manager**. Refer to the " -"`Create a virtual network`_ documentation to create and configure a " -"virtual network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:36 -msgid "Create a virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Download and decompress the latest hyperv disk image :file:`clear-XXXXX-" -"hyperv.img.gz`, where XXXXX is the latest available version of |CL| from " -"our `Downloads`_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:42 -msgid "Create a virtual machine using the **Hyper-V Manager**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:44 -msgid "Choose **Generation 2** when prompted to *specify VM generation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Choose **Use an existing virtual hard disk** and browse to find the :file" -":`clear-XXXX-hyperv.vhdx` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When finished, open VM settings, select Firmware Section and in Secure " -"Boot config, **uncheck** Enable Secure Boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:50 -msgid "Currently, |CL| does not boot with `secure boot` enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:53 -msgid "Connect to your new VM and start it. You should see a prompt:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:59 -msgid "Set a root user password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:61 -msgid "Your virtual machine running |CL| is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section explains how to run " -#~ "|CL-ATTR| inside a `Windows Server " -#~ "Virtualization`_\\* or **Hyper-V** environment." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please ensure you have enabled `Intel®" -#~ " Virtualization Technology " -#~ "`_ (Intel® VT) and `Intel® " -#~ "Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O " -#~ "`_ " -#~ "(Intel® VT-d) in your BIOS/UEFI firmware" -#~ " configuration." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to the `Microsoft " -#~ "documentation`_ to enable and configure " -#~ "*Hyper-V* on your machine." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once *Hyper-V* has been enabled on " -#~ "your Windows system you will need " -#~ "to create a virtual network in the" -#~ " **Hyper-V Manager**. Refer to the " -#~ "`Create a Virtual Network documentation`_ " -#~ "to create and configure a virtual " -#~ "network." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Download and decompress the latest " -#~ "hyperv disk image :file:`clear-XXXXX-" -#~ "hyperv.img.gz`, where XXXXX is the " -#~ "latest available version of |CL| from" -#~ " our `downloads`_ section." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po deleted file mode 100644 index b6574db5..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:4 -msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| as a KVM guest OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to run |CL-ATTR| in a virtualized environment " -"using :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based Virtual Machine)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:14 -msgid "Install QEMU-KVM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Enable the `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT) and the " -"`Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® VT-d) in the" -" host machine’s BIOS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:20 -msgid "Log in and open a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:22 -msgid "Install `QEMU*-KVM` on the host machine. Below are some example distros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:24 -msgid "On |CL|:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:30 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:159 -msgid "On Ubuntu\\* 18.04 LTS Desktop:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:36 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:165 -msgid "On Mint\\* 19.1 “Cinnamon” Desktop:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:42 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:171 -msgid "On Fedora\\* 30 Workstation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:49 -msgid "Download and launch the virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Download the latest pre-built |CL| KVM image file from the `image " -"`_ directory. Look for " -"``clear--kvm.img.xz``. You can also use this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:59 -msgid "Uncompress the downloaded image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Download the 3 OVMF files (`OVMF.fd`, `OVMF_CODE.fd`, `OVMF_VARS.fd`) " -"that provides UEFI support for virtual machines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The default OVMF files from |CL| may not work for some distro version(s)." -" You may get an `ASSERT` in the `debug.log` file when starting the VM. If" -" that is the case, use the distro-specific-OVMF files instead. For " -"example, the |CL| OVMF files work for Ubuntu 18.04 LTS, but not for " -"Ubuntu 19.04 LTS. Installing and using the OVMF files for Ubuntu 19.04 " -"LTS resolved the `ASSERT` issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Download the `start_qemu.sh`_ script from the `image " -"`_ directory. This script " -"will launch the |CL| VM and provide console interaction within the same " -"terminal emulator window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:91 -msgid "Make the script executable:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:97 -msgid "Start the |CL| KVM virtual machine:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:103 -msgid "Log in as ``root`` user and set a new password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:106 -msgid "SSH access into the virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To interact with the |CL| VM through SSH instead of the console it was " -"launched from, follow these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:111 -msgid "Configure SSH in the |CL| VM to allow root login:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:119 -msgid "Enable and start SSH server in the |CL| VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:126 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:215 -msgid "" -"Determine the IP address of the host on which you will launch the VM. " -"Substitute in the next step with this information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:133 -msgid "SSH into the |CL| VM using the default port of `10022`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:140 -msgid "Optional: Add the GNOME Display Manager (GDM)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To add :abbr:`GDM (GNOME Display Manager)` to the |CL| VM, follow these " -"steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:144 -msgid "Shutdown the active |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Install the Spice viewer on the local host or remote system. Below are " -"some example distros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:153 -msgid "On Clear Linux:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Modify the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script to increase memory (`-m`), add " -"graphics driver (`-vga`), and add Spice (`-spice`, `-usb`, and `-device`)" -" support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Due to changes in the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script from the previous " -"step, using the same OVMF files will result in the VM not booting " -"properly and you end up in the the UEFI shell. The easiest way to avoid " -"this is to delete the OVMF files and restore the originals before " -"relaunching the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:203 -msgid "Increase the size of the VM by 10GB to accommodate the GDM installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:209 -msgid "Relaunch the |CL| VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:222 -msgid "" -"From the local host or remote system, open a new terminal emulator window" -" and connect into the |CL| VM using the Spice viewer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:229 -msgid "Log in as `root` user into the |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Follow these steps from :ref:`increase-virtual-disk-size` to resize the " -"partition of the virtual disk of the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:233 -msgid "Add GDM to the |CL| VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:239 -msgid "Reboot the |CL| VM to start GDM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:245 -msgid "Go through the GDM out-of-box experience (OOBE)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The default aspect ratio of the GDM GUI for the |CL| VM is 4:3. To change" -" it, use GDM's `Devices > Displays` setting tool (located at the top-" -"right corner)." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide explains how to run " -#~ "|CL-ATTR| in a virtualized environment " -#~ "using :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based Virtual " -#~ "Machine)`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable the `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_" -#~ " (Intel® VT) and the `Intel®Virtualization" -#~ " Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® " -#~ "VT-d) in the host machine’s BIOS." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Download the `QEMU-KVM launcher`_ script" -#~ " from the `image " -#~ "`_ directory. " -#~ "This script will launch the |CL| " -#~ "VM and provide console interaction " -#~ "within the same terminal emulator " -#~ "window." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Follow these steps to `resize the " -#~ "partition`_ of the virtual disk of " -#~ "the VM." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po deleted file mode 100644 index f508d44b..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,703 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:4 -msgid "Install a |CL-ATTR| VM in VirtualBox\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to create a virtual machine on the `VirtualBox`_ " -"hypervisor with |CL-ATTR| as the guest operating system. These " -"instructions support the |CL| live-server installer to create the |CL| " -"virtual machine (VM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:15 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Enable virtualization, such as `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ " -"(Intel® VT), on the host system from EFI/BIOS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Download and install |VB| **version 6.0 or greater** from `VirtualBox`_ " -"using the `VirtualBox Installation Instructions`_ for your platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:25 -msgid "Download and extract the |CL| installer ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Download the :file:`clear--live-server.iso.xz` of |CL| on the " -"`Downloads`_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Validate the integrity of the downloaded image by checking the file hash " -"and signatures. Refer to :ref:`validate-signatures` for detailed steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:33 -msgid "Decompress the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:35 -msgid "" -"On Windows you can use `7zip`_ to extract the file by right-clicking the " -"file to *Extract Here* (in the same directory)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:42 -msgid "Figure 1: 7zip extract here command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:44 -msgid "On Linux :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:50 -msgid "Delete the originally downloaded compressed file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:53 -msgid "Create a new |VB| virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:55 -msgid "" -"A new :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` needs to be created in |VBM| where " -"|CL| will be installed. General instructions for creating a virtual " -"machine and details about using different settings are available in the " -"VirtualBox manual section `Creating Your First Virtual Machine`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:59 -msgid "Launch the |VBM| from your host system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:61 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:63 -msgid "Choose :guilabel:`Expert mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Create Virtual Machine` screen, enter the following " -"settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:67 -msgid "**Name**: Choose name (e.g. ClearLinuxOS-VM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:68 -msgid "**Type**: Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:69 -msgid "**Version**: **Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x (64-bit)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:70 -msgid "**Hard disk**: `Create a virtual hard disk now`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:71 -msgid "**Memory size default**: 2048 MB (Adjust appropriately.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Later, if you want to change the amount of RAM allocated, power down your" -" VM. Return to :file:`Settings > System` and change :guilabel:`Base " -"Memory` to the desired size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:81 -msgid "Figure 2: Create Virtual Machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:83 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:98 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:85 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create Virtual Hard Disk` screen, select:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:87 -msgid "**File location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:88 -msgid "**File size**: **32.00 GB**. Adjust size to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:89 -msgid "**Hard disk file type**: `VDI (VirtualBox Disk Image)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:90 -msgid "**Storage on physical hard disk**:`Dynamically allocated`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:96 -msgid "Figure 3: Create Virtual Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:100 -msgid "A new virtual machine will be created and appear in the |VBM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:102 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:218 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Settings` to configure the |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:104 -msgid "In the left-hand menu, navigate to the :menuselection:`System` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:106 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Motherboard` tab, select the :guilabel:`Chipset` menu, " -"and then select :menuselection:`ICH9`. See Figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can select which chipset will be presented to the virtual machine. " -"Consult the `VM VirtualBox User Manual`_ for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:114 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Enabled Features`, check these boxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:116 -msgid "**Enable I/O APIC**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:117 -msgid "**Enable EFI (special OSes only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:123 -msgid "Figure 4: Settings > System" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:127 -msgid "" -"By default, only 1 virtual CPU is allocated to the new VM. Consider " -"increasing the number of virtual processors allocated to the virtual " -"machine under Settings > System > Processor for increased performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:132 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`OK`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:135 -msgid "Install |CL| on the |VB| VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:137 -msgid "|CL| is ready to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:140 -msgid "Mount the installation ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The |CL| installer ISO needs to be mounted as a virtual CD-ROM on the VM " -"before powering the VM on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:145 -msgid "" -"From the *ClearLinux-OS* :guilabel:`Settings` menu at left, select " -":guilabel:`Storage`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:148 -msgid "" -"From :guilabel:`Storage Devices`, middle column, click the blue disk " -"labeled :guilabel:`Empty`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:151 -msgid "" -"From the :guilabel:`Attributes` menu, click the blue CD disk next to the " -":guilabel:`Optical Drive` drop down menu and click :guilabel:`Choose " -"Virtual Optical Disk File...`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:159 -msgid "Figure 5: Choose Virtual Optical Disk Drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Where there appears :guilabel:`Please choose a virtual optical disk " -"file`, select the ISO file and click *Open*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:168 -msgid "Figure 6: Mounting an ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:170 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`OK` to exit and return to the main |VBM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:173 -msgid "Install |CL| with live-server installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:175 -msgid "" -"In the |VBM|, select virtual machine you created and click " -":guilabel:`Start`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:181 -msgid "Figure 7: Start the installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:185 -msgid "" -"To release the mouse cursor from the VM console window, press the right " -":kbd:`Ctrl` key on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Clear Linux Installer` in boot manager appears, select " -":kbd:`Enter`. Do not install the bundle `desktop-autostart`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:191 -msgid "" -"Follow the steps in :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` to install |CL| onto" -" the VM virtual disk. Note:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:194 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`, navigate top VBOX HARDDISK, " -"and then select :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:197 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Advanced options --> Manage User`, create an " -"administrative user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:200 -msgid "Do not install the bundle `desktop-autostart`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:202 -msgid "When |CL| installation is complete, click :guilabel:`Exit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:204 -msgid "At the prompt, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:211 -msgid "Unmount the ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:213 -msgid "" -"The |CL| installer ISO needs to be unmounted to allow the VM to boot from" -" the virtual hard disk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:216 -msgid "Return to the |VBM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:220 -msgid "" -"From the VM :guilabel:`Settings` window, navigate to the " -":guilabel:`Storage` pane in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:223 -msgid "" -"From the middle :guilabel:`Storage Devices` column, click the blue CD " -"disk labeled :guilabel:`clear--live-server.iso` under the " -":guilabel:`Controller: IDE`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:227 -msgid "" -"From the :guilabel:`Attributes` column at right, in :guilabel:`Optical " -"Drive`, select the blue CD icon beside and click :guilabel:`Remove Disk " -"from Virtual Drive`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:235 -msgid "Figure 8: Remove Disk from Virtual Drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:237 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`OK` to exit the :guilabel:`VM Settings` menu and return " -"to the main |VBM|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:241 -msgid "Install |VB| Linux Guest Additions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:243 -msgid "" -"|CL| provides Linux Guest Additions drivers for full compatibility using " -"an install script in the **kernel-lts** (Long Term Support) bundle by " -"|CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:246 -msgid "From the |VBM| select the |CL| VM, and select :guilabel:`Start`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:248 -msgid "In the VM Console, log in as the administrative user previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:251 -msgid "" -"A message may appear: \"A kernel update is available: you may wish to " -"reboot the system.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:254 -msgid "To update the kernel, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:260 -msgid "At initial login, enter the administrative user's password and continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Validate the installed kernel is **kernel-lts** by checking the output of" -" the :command:`uname -r` command. It should end in **.lts** or " -"**.lts2018**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:270 -msgid "" -"If the running kernel is not **lts**: install the LTS kernel manually, " -"update the bootloader, and check again:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Remove any kernel bundles that do not end in *-lts* or *kernel-install* " -"to simplify and avoid conflicts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:288 -msgid "" -"In the VM Console top menu, click :guilabel:`Devices`, and select " -":guilabel:`Insert Guest Additions CD image...` to mount the |VB| driver " -"installation to the |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:296 -msgid "Figure 9: Insert Guest Additions CD image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:298 -msgid "" -"If a dialogue appears, \"VBx_GAs_6.0.8... Would you like to run it?\", " -"select :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:301 -msgid "Instead, we provide a script to patch and install |VB| drivers on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:303 -msgid "Open a Terminal and enter the script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:311 -msgid "" -"Successful installation shows: \"Guest Additions installation complete\"." -" If drivers are already installed, don't re-install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:314 -msgid "Shut down the system. Select :menuselection:`Machine --> ACPI Shutdown`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:320 -msgid "Figure 10: Powering off a VirtualBox VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:322 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Settings`, :guilabel:`Display`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:324 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Graphics Controller`, select :guilabel:`VBoxSVGA` to adjust" -" screen size dynamically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:331 -msgid "Figure 11: VirtualBox hardware acceleration error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:333 -msgid "In the |VBM|, select :guilabel:`Start`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:335 -msgid "In the VM console, login and verify the |VB| drivers are loaded:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:341 -msgid "" -"You should see drivers loaded with names beginning with **vbox**: (e.g., " -"vboxvideo, vboxguest)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:344 -msgid "Add `desktop-autostart` for a full desktop experience." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:350 -msgid "Reboot the VM and log in with the administrative user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:356 -msgid "The |CL| VM running on |VB| is ready to develop and explore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:359 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:361 -msgid "" -"**Problem:** On a Microsoft\\* Windows\\* OS, |VB| encounters an error " -"when trying to start a VM indicating *VT-X/AMD-v hardware acceleration is" -" not available on your system.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:369 -msgid "Figure 12: VirtualBox hardware acceleration error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:371 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** First, double check the `Prerequisites`_ section to make " -"sure *Hardware accelerated virtualization* extensions have been enabled " -"in the host system's EFI/BIOS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:375 -msgid "" -"*Hardware accelerated virtualization*, may get disabled for |VB| when " -"another hypervisor, such as *Hyper-V* is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:378 -msgid "" -"To disable *Hyper-V* execute this command in an **Administrator: Command " -"Prompt or Powershell**, and reboot the system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:385 -msgid "" -"To enable Hyper-V again, execute this command in an **Administrator: " -"Command Prompt or Powershell**, and reboot the system:" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Oracle\\* VirtualBox\\* is a type 2 " -#~ "hypervisor. This document explains how " -#~ "to create a virtual machine on the" -#~ " `VirtualBox hypervisor`_ with |CL-ATTR|" -#~ " as the guest operating system. These" -#~ " instructions support use of the |CL|" -#~ " live-server installer to create |CL|" -#~ " virtual machine (VM)." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Before continuing, assure you have:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enabled virtualization, such as Intel® " -#~ "`Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT), on" -#~ " the host system from EFI/BIOS." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Downloaded and installed |VB| **version " -#~ "6.0 or greater** from the `official " -#~ "VirtualBox website`_ per the `appropriate " -#~ "instructions`_ for your platform." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Download the :file:`clear--live-" -#~ "server.iso.xz` of |CL| on the `downloads" -#~ " page`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Validate the integrity of the downloaded" -#~ " image by checking the file hash " -#~ "and signatures. Refer :ref:`validate-" -#~ "signatures` for detailed steps." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A new :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` needs" -#~ " to be created in |VBM| where " -#~ "|CL| will be installed. General " -#~ "instructions for creating a virtual " -#~ "machine and details about using " -#~ "different settings are available on the" -#~ " `VirtualBox manual section on Creating " -#~ "a VM`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click the *New* button to create a new VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In :guilabel:`Create Virtual Machine`, enter the following settings:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`Create`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In :guilabel:`Create Virtual Hard Disk`, select:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click *Create*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click *Settings* to configure the |CL| VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In the left-hand menu, navigate to the :guilabel:`System` menu." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the :guilabel:`Motherboard` tab, select " -#~ "the `Chipset` pulldown menu, and then" -#~ " select :guilabel:`ICH9`. See Figure 4." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`OK`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the *ClearLinux-OS* :guilabel:`Settings`" -#~ " at left, select :guilabel:`Storage`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From :guilabel:`Storage Devices`, middle " -#~ "column, click the blue disk labeled " -#~ "*Empty*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the :guilabel:`Attributes` menu, click" -#~ " the blue CD disk next to the" -#~ " *Optical Drive* drop down menu and" -#~ " click *Choose Virtual Optical Disk " -#~ "File...*" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`OK` to exit and return to the main |VBM|." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In the |VBM|, select virtual machine you created and click *Start*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In :guilabel:`Advanced options` > " -#~ ":guilabel:`Manage User`, create an " -#~ "administrative user." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "When |CL| installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the *VM - Settings* window, " -#~ "navigate to the *Storage* pane from " -#~ "the left-hand side." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the middle *Storage Devices* " -#~ "column, click the blue CD disk " -#~ "labeled *clear--live-server.iso* under " -#~ "the *Controller: IDE* from." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the *Attributes* column at right," -#~ " in *Optical Drive*, select the blue" -#~ " CD icon beside and click *Remove " -#~ "Disk from Virtual Drive*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click *OK* to exit the *VM Settings* menu and return to the main |VBM|." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the VM Console top menu, click" -#~ " *Devices*, and select *Insert Guest " -#~ "Additions CD image...* to mount the " -#~ "|VB| driver installation to the |CL| " -#~ "VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Shut down the system. Select :guilabel:`Machine>ACPI Shutdown`." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6fe447c4..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,672 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Run pre-configured |CL-ATTR| image as a VMware\\* Workstation Player " -"guest OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to deploy a pre-configured |CL| VMware image on " -"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:16 -msgid "" -"VMware Workstation 14 Player is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of " -"another operating system such as Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " -"ESXi, you can create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " -"(Virtual Machines)` on your local system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Screenshots in this document show VMware Workstation 14 Player for " -"Windows. Menus and prompts in the Linux version have minor wording " -"differences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:27 -msgid "Install the VMware Workstation Player hypervisor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Enable :abbr:`Intel® VT (Intel® Virtualization Technology)` and " -":abbr:`Intel® VT-d (Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)` " -"in your system's BIOS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. " -"Download your preferred version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Depending on which OS you're running, install it by following one of " -"these instructions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:39 -msgid "On supported Linux distros:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:41 -msgid "Enable a GUI desktop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:43 -msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Start the installer by issuing the command below and following the guided" -" steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:52 -msgid "On Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:54 -msgid "Start the installer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:55 -msgid "Follow the setup wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:57 -msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player Documentation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:60 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| VMware image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| VMware image from the `image`_ repository. Look for " -":file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`. You can also use this " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available " -"|CL| images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:11 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:12 -msgid "Start Command Prompt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:13 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:14 -msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" -" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:24 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:30 -msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:31 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:32 -msgid "" -"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " -":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:39 -msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:44 -msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 -msgid "" -"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " -"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " -"platform specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:6 -msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:10 ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 -msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:11 ../../reference/image-types.rst:24 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 -msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:14 -msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:16 -msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:17 -msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:19 -msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 -msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:27 -msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:29 -msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 -msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:32 -msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " -"Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 -msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " -"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 -msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 -msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 -msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 -msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " -"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 -msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " -"kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 -msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " -"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 -msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 -msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 -msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " -"Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:75 -msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:77 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:80 -msgid "Create and configure a new VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:82 -msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:83 -msgid "" -"On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " -"figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:90 -msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:92 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " -"select the :guilabel:`I will install the operating system later` option. " -"See figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select install operating system " -"later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:103 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:119 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:130 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:229 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System` screen, set the " -":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " -"figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system " -"type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Set :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later " -"kernel 64-bit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:121 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, give your new VM a " -"name. See figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:128 -msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:132 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, click the " -":guilabel:`Next` button. Keep the default disk settings unchanged. When " -"we attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, we will remove the " -"default virtual disk and replace it with the pre-configured one. See " -"figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:142 -msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:144 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " -":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See figure 6." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:151 -msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " -"figure 7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:160 -msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " -":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:166 -msgid "" -"To disconnect the virtual CD/DVD (IDE) since it is not needed, under the " -":guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`New CD/DVD (IDE)`. See figure " -"8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:173 -msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD (IDE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck :guilabel:`Connect " -"at power on`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:178 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:180 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:257 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:183 -msgid "Attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:185 -msgid "" -"Move the downloaded and decompressed pre-configured |CL| VMware image " -"file :file:`clear-[version number]-basic.vmdk` to the directory where " -"your newly-created VM resides." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:191 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:276 -msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:193 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:278 -msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:194 -msgid "On Windows: :file:`C:\\Users\\username\\Documents\\Virtual Machines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:196 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " -"newly-created VM. See figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:203 -msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit virtual machine settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:205 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Edit virtual machine settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To remove the default hard disk, under the :guilabel:`Device` list, " -"select :guilabel:`Hard Disk (SCSI)`. See figure 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:214 -msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Remove hard drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:216 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Remove` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:218 -msgid "" -"To add a new hard disk and attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, " -"click the :guilabel:`Add...` button. See Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:225 -msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Add new hard drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Hardware types` section, select :guilabel:`Hard " -"Disk`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:231 -msgid "Select your preferred :guilabel:`Virtual disk type`. See figure 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:237 -msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select virtual disk type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:239 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Use an existing virtual disk` option. See figure 13." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:245 -msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Use existing virtual disk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:247 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the pre-configured |CL| " -"VMware image file. See figure 14." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Figure 14: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select ready-made VMware |CL| " -"image file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:261 -msgid "" -"When asked to convert the existing virtual disk to a newer format, " -"selecting either option works." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:265 -msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:267 -msgid "" -"|CL| needs UEFI support to boot.To enable it, add the following line to " -"the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:279 -msgid "" -"On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " -"Machines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:282 -msgid "Power on the VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:284 -msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:286 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM." -" See figure 15." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:293 -msgid "Figure 15: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:295 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:298 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:300 -msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:302 -msgid ":ref:`vmw-player`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303 -msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:304 -msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a " -#~ "type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top" -#~ " of another operating system such as" -#~ " Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " -#~ "ESXi, you can create, configure, manage," -#~ " and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " -#~ "(Virtual Machines)` on your local " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section shows how to deploy a" -#~ " pre-configured |CL| VMware image on" -#~ " VMware Workstation 14 Player." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In this tutorial, we perform the following steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The screenshots on this document show" -#~ " the Windows version of the VMware" -#~ " Workstation 14 Player. The menus and" -#~ " prompts are similar to those in " -#~ "the Linux version save some minor " -#~ "wording differences." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3b4fa683..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,656 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* Workstation Player guest OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to create a new VM and install |CL| on it with the" -" VMware Workstation Player hypervisor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`VMware Workstation Player`_ is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of " -"Windows\\* or Linux\\* operating systems. With VMware ESXi, you can " -"create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs (Virtual " -"Machines)` on your local system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:21 -msgid "" -"VMware offers a type 1 hypervisor called `VMware ESXi`_ designed for the " -"cloud environment. For information on how to install |CL| as guest OS on " -"it, see :ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The screenshots on this document show the Windows version of the VMware " -"Workstation 15 Player. The menus and prompts are similar to those in " -"other versions and for the Linux OS save some minor wording differences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, see our " -":ref:`vmw-player-preconf` guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:35 -msgid "Install the VMware Workstation Player hypervisor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Enable :abbr:`Intel® VT (Intel® Virtualization Technology)` and " -":abbr:`Intel® VT-d (Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)` " -"in your system's BIOS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:41 -msgid "" -"`VMware Workstation Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. Download" -" your preferred version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:46 -msgid "" -"By default, selecting download means you receive the latest version of " -"this application. Commands may differ based on the version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Install VMware Workstation Player following the instructions appropriate " -"for your system's OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:52 -msgid "On supported Linux distros:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:54 -msgid "Enable a GUI desktop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:55 -msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Start the installer by issuing the command below and follow the guided " -"steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:63 -msgid "On Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:65 -msgid "Start the installer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:66 -msgid "Follow the setup wizard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:68 -msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player Documentation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:71 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:73 -msgid "Get the latest installer with |CL| OS Desktop from the `downloads`_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available " -"|CL| images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " -"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:81 -msgid "Create and configure a new VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:83 -msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " -"Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:92 -msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation Player - Create a new virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:95 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " -"select the :guilabel:`Installer disc image file (iso)` option. See Figure" -" 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:103 -msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the decompressed |CL| " -"installer ISO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:108 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:124 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:135 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:151 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System`, set the " -":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " -"Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:118 -msgid "Figure 3: VMware Workstation Player - Select guest operating system type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 4.x or " -"later kernel 64-bit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, name the new VM. See " -"Figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:133 -msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation Player - Name virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:137 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, set the VM's maximum " -"disk size. See Figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:144 -msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation Player - Set disk capacity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For optimal performance with the |CL| Desktop image, we recommend 32GB of" -" drive space. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:153 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " -":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See Figure 6." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:160 -msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation Player - Customize hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:162 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Memory` and set the size to 2GB. See Figure 7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:168 -msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation Player - Set memory size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM. After completing " -"installation, |CL| can run on as little as 128MB of RAM. Thus, you can " -"reduce the memory size if needed. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more" -" details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " -"Figure 8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:183 -msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation Player - Set virtualization engine option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " -":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:189 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:191 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:194 -msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Select the newly-created VM and click the :guilabel:`Play virtual " -"machine` button. See Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:203 -msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation Player - Power on virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " -"installation of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:208 -msgid "" -"After the installation completes, reboot the VM. This reboot restarts the" -" |CL| installer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:212 -msgid "Detach the |CL| installer ISO from the VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:214 -msgid "" -"To enable the mouse pointer so you access VMware Workstation Player's " -"menus, press :kbd:`` + :kbd:`` on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " -"again, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:224 -msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:226 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Disconnect`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:228 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`OK` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:231 -msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:233 -msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable UEFI:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:235 -msgid "Power off the VM. click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:241 -msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation Player - Power off virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:243 -msgid "Go to :guilabel:`Power` and select :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:245 -msgid "Add the following line to the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:253 -msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:255 -msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:256 -msgid "" -"On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " -"Machines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:259 -msgid "" -"After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." -" On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " -"VM. See Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:263 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Install Open VM Tools. You may want to install the `open-vm-tools` in " -"your virtual machine. The Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) are " -"the open source implementation of VMware Tools for Linux guest operating " -"systems. In |CL| you can use the following to install the bundle in your " -"VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:275 -msgid "" -"More information is available on the `VMWare Tools Product " -"Documentation`_ site." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:278 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:280 -msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:282 -msgid ":ref:`vmw-player-preconf`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:283 -msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:284 -msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section shows how to create a" -#~ " new VM and install |CL| into " -#~ "it with the VMware Workstation 14 " -#~ "Player hypervisor. Installing |CL| into " -#~ "a new VM provides you flexibility " -#~ "when configuring the VM. You can " -#~ "configure the VM's size, number of " -#~ "partitions, installed bundles, etc." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In this tutorial, we perform the following steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The screenshots on this document show" -#~ " the Windows version of the VMware" -#~ " Workstation 14 Player. The menus and" -#~ " prompts are similar to those in " -#~ "the Linux version save some minor " -#~ "wording differences." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This page explains how to create a" -#~ " new VM and install |CL| on it" -#~ " with the VMware Workstation 14 " -#~ "Player hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a " -#~ "type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top" -#~ " of another operating system such as" -#~ " Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " -#~ "ESXi, you can create, configure, manage," -#~ " and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " -#~ "(Virtual Machines)` on your local " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installing |CL| into a new VM " -#~ "provides you flexibility when configuring " -#~ "the VM. You can configure the VM's" -#~ " size, number of partitions, installed " -#~ "bundles, etc." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Screenshots in this document show VMware" -#~ " Workstation 14 Player for Windows. " -#~ "Menus and prompts in the Linux " -#~ "version have minor wording differences." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is " -#~ "available for Windows and Linux. " -#~ "Download your preferred version." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Install VMware Workstation 14 Player " -#~ "following the instructions appropriate for " -#~ "your system's OS:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get the latest |CL| installer ISO " -#~ "image from the `image`_ repository. Look" -#~ " for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Before you use a downloaded |CL| " -#~ "image, verify its integrity. This action" -#~ " eliminates the small chance of a " -#~ "corrupted image due to download issues." -#~ " To support verification, each released " -#~ "|CL| image has a corresponding SHA512" -#~ " checksum file designated with the " -#~ "suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Start Command Prompt." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Manually compare the output with the " -#~ "original checksum value shown in the " -#~ "downloaded checksum file and make sure" -#~ " they match." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" -#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" -#~ " the target platform or environment. " -#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" -#~ " steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the pop-up menu, select " -#~ ":guilabel:`7-Zip` and select :guilabel:`Extract " -#~ "Here` as shown in Figure 1." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player" -#~ " - Select guest operating system type" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to " -#~ ":guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later " -#~ "kernel 64-bit`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A minimal |CL| installation can exist" -#~ " on 600MB of drive space. See " -#~ ":ref:`system-requirements` for more details." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set memory size" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player" -#~ " - Set virtualization engine option" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Settings`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the :guilabel:`Device status` section, " -#~ "uncheck the :guilabel:`Connected` and the " -#~ ":guilabel:`Connect at power on` settings. " -#~ "See Figure 11." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "To power off the VM, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 12." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power off virtual machine" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. " -#~ "To enable UEFI, add the following " -#~ "line to the end of your VM's " -#~ ":file:`.vmx` file:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Power on the VM" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After configuring the settings above, " -#~ "power on your |CL| virtual machine." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player`" -#~ " home screen, select your VM. See " -#~ "Figure 13." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po deleted file mode 100644 index 93fd3a0a..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,519 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to create a new :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` and " -"manually install |CL-ATTR| on the new VM with VMware ESXi 6.5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`VMware ESXi`_ is a type 1 bare-metal hypervisor that runs directly on " -"top of server hardware. With VMware ESXi, you can create, configure, " -"manage, and run |CL| virtual machines in the cloud." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Manually installing |CL| on a new VM gives additional configuration " -"flexibility during installation. For example: alternate disk sizes, " -"number of partitions, pre-installed bundles, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you prefer to use a preconfigured |CL| VMware image instead, refer to " -":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:29 -msgid "" -"VMware also offers a type 2 hypervisor designed for the desktop " -"environment, called `VMware Workstation Player`_. Refer to :ref:`vmw-" -"player-preconf` or :ref:`vmw-player` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:33 -msgid "Visit :ref:`image-types` to learn more about all available images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:36 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| installer ISO image from the `image`_ repository. " -"Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:41 -msgid "" -"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " -"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:45 -msgid "Upload the |CL| installer ISO to the VMware server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Connect to the VMware server and log into an account with sufficient " -"permission to create and manage VMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Storage`. See " -"Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " -"browser` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:58 -msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " -"`ISOs`. See Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:67 -msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " -"button. See Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:76 -msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Select the decompressed |CL| installer ISO file :file:`clear-[version " -"number]-installer.iso` and upload it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:82 -msgid "Create and configure a new VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters" -" such as drive size, number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the " -"|CL| installer ISO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Machines`. See Figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:89 -msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:95 -msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:97 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:99 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:101 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:115 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:126 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:179 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:107 -msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:109 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:111 -msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " -"machine`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:113 -msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " -"later Linux (64-bit)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:121 -msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:123 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:125 -msgid "Accept the default option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:128 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:130 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " -"virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " -"virtualization to the guest OS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:138 -msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:140 -msgid "Set :guilabel:`Memory` size to 2048MB (2GB). See Figure 8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:146 -msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Set memory size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM to work properly. " -"You can reduce the memory size after the installation completes if you " -"want, because a minimum |CL| installation can function on as little as " -"128MB of RAM. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:155 -msgid "Set :guilabel:`Hard disk 1` to the desired capacity. See Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:161 -msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Set hard disk size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:165 -msgid "" -"A minimum |CL| installation can exist on 600MB of drive space. See :ref" -":`system-requirements` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Attach the |CL| installer ISO. For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` " -"setting, click the drop-down list to the right of it and select the " -":guilabel:`Datastore ISO file` option. Then select the |CL| installer " -"ISO :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso` that you previously " -"uploaded to the VMware server. See Figure 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:177 -msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Set CD/DVD to boot installer ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:180 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:183 -msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:185 -msgid "Power on the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Machines`. See Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:189 -msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:190 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:270 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:191 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:271 -msgid "" -"Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize " -"its window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:198 -msgid "Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " -"installation of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:202 -msgid "" -"After the installation is complete, follow the |CL| instruction to reboot" -" it. This will restart the installer again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:206 -msgid "Reconfigure the VM's settings to boot the newly-installed |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:208 -msgid "" -"After |CL| has been installed using the installer ISO, it must be " -"detached so it will not run again. Also, in order to boot the newly-" -"installed |CL|, you must enable UEFI support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:212 -msgid "Power off the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button - located on the top-right corner of" -" the VM's windows - and go to the :guilabel:`Power` setting and select " -"the :guilabel:`Power off` option. See Figure 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:222 -msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Actions > Power off" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:224 -msgid "Edit the VM settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button again and select :guilabel:`Edit " -"settings`. See Figure 13." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:233 -msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Actions > Edit settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:235 -msgid "" -"Disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " -"again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:237 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 14." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:238 -msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` setting, uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:245 -msgid "Figure 14: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:247 -msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:249 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 15." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:250 -msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:251 -msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " -"right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:258 -msgid "Figure 15: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:260 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:263 -msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:265 -msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Machines`. See Figure 16." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:269 -msgid "In the right window, select the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:278 -msgid "Figure 16: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:281 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:283 -msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`VMware ESXi`_ is a type 1 " -#~ "bare-metal hypervisor which runs directly" -#~ " on top of server hardware. With " -#~ "VMware ESXi, you can create, configure," -#~ " manage, and run |CL-ATTR| virtual" -#~ " machines in the cloud." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section shows you how to " -#~ "create a new :abbr:`VM (Virtual " -#~ "Machine)` and manually install |CL| into" -#~ " it with VMware ESXi 6.5." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Manually installing |CL| into a new " -#~ "VM provides you some additional " -#~ "configuration flexibility during installation. " -#~ "For example: alternate disk sizes, " -#~ "number of partitions, pre-installed " -#~ "bundles, etc." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you would prefer to use a " -#~ "preconfigured |CL| VMware image instead, " -#~ "see :ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-" -#~ "image`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "VMware also offers a type 2 " -#~ "hypervisor called `VMware Workstation Player`_" -#~ " which is designed for the desktop" -#~ " environment." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "See :ref:`vmw-player-preconf` or see :ref:`vmw-player`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Install steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" -#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" -#~ " the target platform or environment. " -#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" -#~ " steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po deleted file mode 100644 index 79301b8d..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,520 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:4 -msgid "Run preconfigured |CL-ATTR| image as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to deploy a preconfigured |CL| VMware :abbr:`VM " -"(Virtual Machine)` image on a VMware ESXi 6.5 host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`VMware ESXi`_ is a type 1 bare-metal hypervisor which runs directly on " -"top of server hardware. With VMware ESXi, you can create, configure, " -"manage, and run |CL-ATTR| virtual machines at scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:20 -msgid "" -"We provide a preconfigured |CL| VMware image that can be run on a VMware " -"ESXi 6.5 host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If manuall installation is preferred, refer to :ref:`vmware-esxi-install-" -"cl`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:27 -msgid "" -"VMware also offers a type 2 hypervisor designed for the desktop " -"environment, called `VMware Workstation Player`_. Refer to :ref:`vmw-" -"player-preconf` or :ref:`vmw-player` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:32 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| VMware image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| VMware prebuilt image from the `image`_ repository. " -"Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`. You can also use " -"this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available " -"|CL| images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:44 -msgid "" -"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " -"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:48 -msgid "Upload the |CL| image to the VMware server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been downloaded and decompressed " -"on your local system, it must be uploaded to a datastore on the VMware " -"ESXi server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The steps in this section can also be referenced from the VMware " -"documentation `Using Datastore File Browser in the VMware Host Client`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Connect to the VMware ESXi server and login to an account with sufficient" -" permission to create and manage VMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window on the left side, select " -":guilabel:`Storage`. See Figure 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " -"browser` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:71 -msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " -"`Clear Linux VM`. See Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:80 -msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " -"button. See Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:89 -msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload VMware image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Select the decompressed |CL| VMware image file :file:`clear-[version " -"number]-vmware.vmdk` and upload it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:95 -msgid "Convert the |CL| image to an ESXi-supported format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been uploaded to the VMware ESXi " -"datastore, it must be converted to a format for usable with VMware's ESXi" -" hypervisor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The steps in this section can also be referenced from the VMware " -"documentation on `Cloning and converting virtual machine disks with " -"vmkfstools`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:103 -msgid "" -"SSH into the `vSphere Management Assistant`_ appliance that is managing " -"the ESXi host or connect to the vSphere hosting using the `vSphere CLI`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:108 -msgid "" -"If there is no :abbr:`vMA (vSphere Management Assistant)` appliance or " -":abbr:`vCLI (vSphere CLI)` configured and available, you can temporarily " -"enable SSH directly on the ESXi host by following the steps described in " -"`Enable the Secure Shell (SSH) in the VMware Host Client`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:112 -msgid "" -"As a security best practice, remember to disable SSH access after " -"following the steps in this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Locate the uploaded image, which is typically found in " -":file:`/vmfs/volumes/datastore1`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Use the :command:`vmkfstools` command to perform the conversion, as shown" -" below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:125 -msgid "Two files should result from this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:127 -msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi-flat.vmdk`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:128 -msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file will be used in the " -"next section when you create a new VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:134 -msgid "Create and configure a new VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:136 -msgid "" -"In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters" -" such as number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the converted |CL| " -"VMware image. Also, in order to boot |CL|, you must enable UEFI support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Machines`. See Figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:143 -msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:149 -msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:151 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:153 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:156 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:173 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:184 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:255 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:162 -msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:164 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:166 -msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " -"machine`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:170 -msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " -"later Linux (64-bit)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:179 -msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:181 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:183 -msgid "Accept the default option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:186 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:188 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " -"virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " -"virtualization to the guest OS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:197 -msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:199 -msgid "" -"Remove the default :guilabel:`Hard drive 1` setting by clicking the `X` " -"icon on the right side. See Figure 8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:206 -msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Remove hard drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Since a preconfigured image will be used, the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` " -"setting will not be needed. Disable it by unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox. See Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:216 -msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Attach the :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file that was " -"converted from the preconfigured |CL| VMware image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Add hard disk` button and select the " -":guilabel:`Existing hard drive` option. See Figure 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:228 -msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Add an existing hard drive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:230 -msgid "" -"Select the converted :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file. Do " -"not use the original unconverted :file:`clear-[version " -"number]-vmware.vmdk` file. See Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Select the converted :file:`clear-[version " -"number]-esxi.vmdk` file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:241 -msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable UEFI boot support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:243 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:244 -msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:245 -msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " -"right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:252 -msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:254 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:256 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:259 -msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:261 -msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " -"Machines`. See Figure 13." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:265 -msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:266 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize " -"its window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:274 -msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:277 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:279 -msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section shows you how to " -#~ "deploy a preconfigured |CL| VMware " -#~ ":abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` image on a" -#~ " VMware ESXi 6.5 host." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you would prefer to perform a" -#~ " manual installation of |CL| into a" -#~ " new VMware ESXi :abbr:`VM (Virtual " -#~ "Machine)` instead, see :ref:`vmware-esxi-" -#~ "install-cl`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "VMware also offers a type 2 " -#~ "hypervisor called `VMware Workstation Player`" -#~ " which is designed for the desktop" -#~ " environment." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "See :ref:`vmw-player-preconf` or see :ref:`vmw-player`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Install steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The steps in this section can also" -#~ " be referenced from the `VMware " -#~ "documentation on Using the Datastore " -#~ "File Browser`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The steps in this section can also" -#~ " be referenced from the `VMware " -#~ "documentation on Cloning and converting " -#~ "virtual machine disks with vmkfstools`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there is no :abbr:`vMA (vSphere " -#~ "Management Assistant)` appliance or " -#~ ":abbr:`vCLI (vSphere CLI)` configured and " -#~ "available, you can temporarily enable " -#~ "SSH directly on the ESXi host by" -#~ " referencing the `VMware documentation on" -#~ " Enable the Secure Shell (SSH)`_ ." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" -#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" -#~ " the target platform or environment. " -#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" -#~ " steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po deleted file mode 100644 index d7f2b02c..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:4 -msgid "Guides" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:6 -msgid "The following guides provide step-by-step instructions on using |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:10 -msgid "As of 22 May 2019 :file:`mixin` is no longer supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:13 -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:23 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:32 -msgid "Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:41 -msgid "Stacks" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8af53a76..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,641 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:4 -msgid "Kernel development" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide shows how to obtain and compile a Linux\\* kernel source using" -" |CL-ATTR| development tooling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:15 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The :ref:`compatible-kernels` available in |CL| aim to be performant and " -"practical. In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to " -"suit your specific needs or test new kernel code as a developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:21 -msgid "" -"`Source RPMs (SRPMS)`_ are also available for all |CL| kernels, and can " -"be used for development instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:25 -msgid "Request changes be included with the |CL| kernel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If the kernel modification you need is already open source and likely to " -"be useful to others, consider submitting a request to include it in the " -"|CL| kernels.If your change request is accepted, you do not need to " -"maintain your own modified kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project`_ on " -"GitHub\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:35 -msgid "Set up kernel development environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to suit your " -"specific needs or to test new kernel code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:40 -msgid "You can build and install a custom kernel; however you must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:42 -msgid "Disable Secure Boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:43 -msgid "Maintain any updates to the kernel going forward" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To create a custom kernel, start with the |CL| development environment. " -"Then make changes to the kernel, build it, and install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:50 -msgid "Install the |CL| development tooling framework" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:3 -msgid "" -"Setup of the workspace and tooling used for building source in |CL| is " -"mostly automated for you with a setup script. It uses tools from the " -":command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:7 -msgid "" -"The setup script creates a workspace in the :file:`clearlinux` folder, " -"with the subfolders :file:`Makefile`, :file:`packages`, and " -":file:`projects`. The :file:`projects` folder contains the main tools " -"used for making packages in |CL| :file:`autospec` and :file:`common`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:12 -msgid "Follow these steps to setup the workspace and tooling for building source:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:14 -msgid "Install the :command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:20 -msgid "Download the :file:`user-setup.sh` script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:26 -msgid "Make :file:`user-setup.sh` executable:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:32 -msgid "Run the script as an unprivileged user:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:38 -msgid "" -"After the script completes, log out and log in again to complete the " -"setup process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:41 -msgid "Set your Git user email and username for the repos on your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:48 -msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:57 -msgid "Clone the kernel package" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Clone the existing kernel package repository from |CL| as a starting " -"point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Clone the Linux kernel package from |CL|. Using the :command:`make " -"clone_` command in the :file:`clearlinux/` directory clones " -"the package from the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:71 -msgid "Navigate into the cloned package directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The \"linux\" package is the kernel that comes with |CL| in the :command" -":`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you can use a different kernel " -"variant as the base for modification. For a list of kernel package names " -"which you can clone instead, see the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The latest version of the |CL| kernel package is pulled as a starting " -"point. An older version can pulled by switching to different git tag by " -"using :command:`git checkout tag/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:90 -msgid "Change the kernel version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:92 -msgid "" -"|CL| tends to use the latest kernel available from `kernel.org`_, the " -"Linux upstream. The kernel version that will be built can be changed in " -"the RPM SPEC file. While most packages in Clear Linux are typically " -"packaged using :ref:`autospec-about`, the kernel is not. This means " -"control files provided by autospec are not available and changes must be " -"made manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:98 -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:294 -msgid "Open the Linux kernel package RPM SPEC file in an editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Modify the Version, Release, and Source0 URL entries at the top of the " -"file to change the version of Linux kernel that will be compiled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:107 -msgid "" -"A list of current and available kernel release can be found on " -"`kernel.org`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Consider changing the Name from *linux* in the RPM spec file to easily " -"identify a modified kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Consider changing the ktarget from *native* in the RPM spec file to " -"easily identify a modified kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:132 -msgid "Commit and save the changes to the file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:137 -msgid "Pull a copy of the Linux kernel source code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:139 -msgid "Obtain a local copy of the source code to make modifications against." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Run make sources to pull the kernel source code specified in the RPM SPEC" -" file. In the example, it downloads the :file:`linux-4.20.8.tar.xz` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Extract the kernel source code archive. This will create a working copy " -"of the Linux source that you can modify." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the extracted directory. In this example, it has been " -"extracted into a :file:`linux-4.20.8` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:165 -msgid "Customize the Linux kernel source" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:167 -msgid "" -"After the kernel sources have been obtained, customizations to the kernel" -" configuration or source code can be made for inclusion with the kernel " -"build. These customizations are optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:172 -msgid "Modify kernel configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The kernel source has many configuration options available to pick " -"support for different hardware and software features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:177 -msgid "" -"These configuration values must be provided in the :file:`.config` file " -"at compile time. You will need to make modifications to the " -":file:`.config` file, and include it in the kernel package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:182 -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have followed the steps to :ref:`pull-copy-kernel-source` " -"and are in the kernel source working directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If you have an existing :file:`.config` file from an old kernel, copy it " -"into the working directory as :file:`.config` for comparison. Otherwise, " -"use the |CL| kernel configuration file as template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Make any desired changes to the :file:`.config` using a kernel " -"configuration tool. Below are some popular options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:198 -msgid "" -":command:`$EDITOR .config` - the .config file can be directly edited for " -"simple changes with names that are already known." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:201 -msgid "" -":command:`make config` - a text-based tool that asks questions one-by-one" -" to decide configuration options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:204 -msgid "" -":command:`make menuconfig` - a terminal user interface that provides " -"menus to decide configuration options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:207 -msgid "" -":command:`make xconfig` - a graphical user interface that provides tree " -"views to decide configuration options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:211 -msgid "" -"More configuration tools can be found by looking at the make help: " -":command:`make help | grep config`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:214 -msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`.config` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Copy the :file:`.config` file from the kernel source directory into the " -"kernel package directory as :file:`config` for inclusion in the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:224 -msgid "Modify kernel source code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Changes to kernel code are applied with patch files. Patch files are " -"formatted git commits that can be applied to the main source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:229 -msgid "" -"You will need to obtain a copy of the source code, make modifications, " -"generate patch file(s), and add them to the RPM SPEC file for inclusion " -"during the kernel build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:233 -msgid "" -"If you have a large number of patches or a more complex workflow, " -"consider using a patch management tool in addition to Git such as " -"`Quilt`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Initialize the kernel source directory as a new git repo and create a " -"commit with all the existing source files to begin tracking changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:252 -msgid "" -"Apply patches provided by the |CL| kernel package to the kernel source in" -" the working directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:260 -msgid "Make any of your desired code changes to the Linux source code files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:263 -msgid "Track and commit your changes to the local git repo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:271 -msgid "" -"Generate a patch file based on your git commits. represents the " -"number of local commits to create patch file. See the `git-format-patch`_" -" documentation for detailed information on using :command:`git format-" -"patch`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Copy the patch files from the patches directory in the linux source tree " -"to the RPM build directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:288 -msgid "Navigate back to the RPM build directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:300 -msgid "" -"Locate the section of the SPEC file that contains existing patch variable" -" definitions and append your patch file name. Ensure the patch number " -"does not collide with an existing patch. In this example, the patch file " -"is called :file:`2001-my-patch-for-driver-A.patch`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:323 -msgid "" -"Locate the section of the SPEC file further down that contains patch " -"application and append your patch file number used in the step above. In " -"this example, patch2001 is added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:342 -msgid "Commit and save the changes to the RPM SPEC file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:345 -msgid "Modify kernel boot parameters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:346 -msgid "" -"The kernel boot options are passed from the bootloader to the kernel with" -" command-line parameters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:349 -msgid "" -"While temporary changes can be made to kernel parameters on a running " -"system or on a during boot, you can also modify the default parameters " -"that are persistent and distributed with a customized kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:354 -msgid "Open the kernel :file:`cmdline` file in an editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:361 -msgid "" -"Make any desired change to the kernel parameters. For example, you can " -"remove the :command:`quiet` parameter to see more verbose output of " -"kernel log messages during the boot process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:365 -msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`cmdline` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:367 -msgid "" -"See the `kernel parameters`_ documentation for a list of available " -"parameters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:371 -msgid "Build and install the kernel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:372 -msgid "" -"After changes have been made to the kernel source and RPM SPEC file, the " -"kernel is ready to be compiled and packaged into an RPM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:375 -msgid "" -"The |CL| development tooling makes use of :command:`mock` environments to" -" isolate building of packages in a sanitized workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:378 -msgid "" -"Start the compilation process by issuing the :command:`make build` " -"command. This process is typically resource intensive and will take a " -"while." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:386 -msgid "" -"The mock plugin `ccache`_ can be enabled to help speed up any future " -"rebuilds of the kernel package by caching compiler outputs and reusing " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:391 -msgid "" -"The result will be multiple :file:`.rpm` files in the :file:`rpms` " -"directory as output." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:398 -msgid "" -"The kernel RPM will be named " -":file:`linux--.x86_64.rpm`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:402 -msgid "" -"The kernel RPM file can be input to the :ref:`mixer` to create a custom " -"bundle and mix of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:405 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, the kernel RPM bundle can be installed manually on a local" -" machine for testing. This approach works well for individual development" -" or testing. For a more scalable and customizable approach, consider " -"using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel with updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:410 -msgid "" -"Install the kernel onto the local system by extracting the RPM with the " -":command:`rpm2cpio` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:418 -msgid "Update the |CL| boot manager using :command:`clr-boot-manager` and reboot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:428 -msgid "After a reboot, verify the customized kernel is running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:435 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:437 -msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:438 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This document shows how to obtain " -#~ "and compile a Linux* kernel source " -#~ "using |CL-ATTR| development tooling." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `kernels available`_ in |CL| aim" -#~ " to be performant and practical. In" -#~ " some cases, it may be necessary " -#~ "to modify the kernel to suit your" -#~ " specific needs or test new kernel" -#~ " code as a developer." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Source RPM files (SRPM) are also " -#~ "available for all |CL| kernels, and " -#~ "can be used for development instead. " -#~ "Select this link to view the " -#~ "latest `source RPM files`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `distribution on GitHub`_ ." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Clone the Linux kernel package from " -#~ "|CL|. Using the :command:`make " -#~ "clone_` command in the " -#~ ":file:`clearlinux/` directory clones the " -#~ "package from the `clearlinux-pkgs " -#~ "GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"linux\" package is the kernel " -#~ "that comes with |CL| in the " -#~ "`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you " -#~ "can use a different kernel variant " -#~ "as the base for modification. For " -#~ "a list of kernel package names " -#~ "which you can clone instead, see " -#~ "the `clearlinux-pkgs GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Generate a patch file based on " -#~ "your git commits. represents the " -#~ "number of local commits to create " -#~ "patch file. See the `git-format-" -#~ "patch Documentation`_ for detailed information" -#~ " on using :command:`git format-patch`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See the `Kernel parameters documentation`_ " -#~ "for a list of available parameters." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `ccache plugin for mock`_ can " -#~ "be enabled to help speed up any" -#~ " future rebuilds of the kernel " -#~ "package by caching compiler outputs and" -#~ " reusing them." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide shows how to obtain and" -#~ " compile a Linux* kernel source using" -#~ " |CL-ATTR| development tooling." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" -#~ " `Distribution Project`_ on GitHub." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The \"linux\" package is the kernel " -#~ "that comes with |CL| in the " -#~ "`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you " -#~ "can use a different kernel variant " -#~ "as the base for modification. For " -#~ "a list of kernel package names " -#~ "which you can clone instead, see " -#~ "the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure you have followed the " -#~ "steps to `Pull a copy of the " -#~ "Linux kernel source code`_ and are " -#~ "in the kernel source working directory." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po deleted file mode 100644 index df321a87..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,565 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:4 -msgid "Add kernel modules with DKMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to add kernel modules with :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic " -"Kernel Module System)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use " -"additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you" -" may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add " -"kernel modules with :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` or refer " -"to :ref:`kernel-modules`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:22 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being " -"inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware " -"driver. Kernel modules may already be part of the Linux source tree (in-" -"tree) or may come from an external source, such as directly from a vendor" -" (out-of-tree)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:29 -msgid "" -":abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` is a framework that " -"facilitates the building and installation of kernel modules. DKMS allows " -"|CL| to provide hooks that automatically rebuild modules against new " -"kernel versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4 -msgid "Kernel module availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL| comes with many upstream kernel modules available for use. Using an " -"existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature" -" verification of the |CL| kernel. For more information on |CL| security " -"practices, see the :ref:`security` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is " -"already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:16 -msgid "Check if the module is already available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:19 -msgid "" -"You can search for kernel module file names, which end with the " -":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as" -" shown in the following example. See :ref:`swupd-guide` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:29 -msgid "Submit a request to add the module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the" -" Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a" -" request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35 -msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:38 -msgid "Install DKMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle provides the :command:`dkms` " -"program and Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel" -" modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:45 -msgid "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Adds a `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" -"kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a " -"kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Disables kernel module signature verification by appending a kernel " -"command-line parameter (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`) from the " -":file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Adds a notification to the Message of the Day (MOTD) indicating kernel " -"module signature verification is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:61 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you always review the :command:`swupd update` output to" -" make sure kernel modules were successfully rebuilt against the new " -"kernel. This is especially important for systems where a successful boot " -"relies on a kernel module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Install the :command:`kernel-native-dkms` or :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` " -"bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. Only the *native* and " -"*lts* kernels are enabled to build and load out-of-tree kernel modules " -"with DKMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:78 -msgid "Ensure *.native* or *.lts* is in the kernel name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Install the DKMS bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. Use " -":command:`kernel-native-dkms` for the native kernel or :command:`kernel-" -"lts-dkms` for the lts kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:88 -msgid "or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:95 -msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:105 -msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or " -"testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " -"through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend" -" using :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:113 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:115 -msgid "Before you begin, you must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Disable Secure Boot in UEFI/BIOS. The loading of new out-of-tree modules " -"modifies the signatures that Secure Boot relies on for trust." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Obtain a kernel module package in the form of source code or pre-compiled" -" binaries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:124 -msgid "Obtain kernel module source" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A required :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the kernel module's source " -"code directory informs DKMS how the kernel module should be compiled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:129 -msgid "Kernel modules may come packaged as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:131 -msgid "Source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:132 -msgid "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file and precompiled module " -"binaries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:135 -msgid "Precompiled module binaries only (without source code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Of the package types listed above, only precompiled kernel module " -"binaries will not work, because |CL| requires kernel modules to be built " -"against the same kernel source tree before they can be loaded. If you are" -" only able to obtain source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file, you " -"must manually create a :file:`dkms.conf` file, described later in this " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:143 -msgid "Download the kernel module's source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Review the available download options. Some kernel modules provide " -"separate archives that are specifically enabled for DKMS support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Review the README documentation, because it often provides required " -"information to build the module with DKMS support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:159 -msgid "Build kernel module with an existing dkms.conf" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:161 -msgid "" -"If the kernel module maintainer packaged the source archive with the " -":command:`dkms mktarball` command, the entire archive can be passed to " -"the :command:`dkms ldtarball` which completes many steps for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:165 -msgid "" -"The archive contains the required :file:`dkms.conf` file, and may contain" -" a :file:`dkms_source_tree` directory and a :file:`dkms_binaries_only` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Run the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command against the kernel module " -"archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:177 -msgid "" -":command:`dkms ldtarball` places the kernel module source under " -":file:`/usr/src/-/`, builds it if necessary," -" and adds the module into the DKMS tree." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Verify the kernel module is detected by checking the output of the " -":command:`dkms status` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:190 -msgid "Install the kernel module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:197 -msgid "Build kernel module without an existing dkms.conf" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:199 -msgid "" -"If the kernel module source does not contain a :file:`dkms.conf` file or " -"the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command encounters errors, you must " -"manually create the file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Review the kernel module README documentation for guidance on what needs " -"to be in the :file:`dkms.conf` file, including special variables that may" -" be required to build successfully." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:207 -msgid "Here are some additional resources that can be used for reference:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:209 -msgid "" -"DKMS manual page (:command:`man dkms`) shows detailed syntax in the " -"DKMS.CONF section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Ubuntu community wiki entry for the `Kernel DKMS Package`_ shows an " -"example where a single package contains multiple modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:215 -msgid "Sample `dkms.conf`_ file in the GitHub\\* repository for the DKMS project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:219 -msgid "" -":command:`AUTOINSTALL=yes` must be set in the dkms.conf for the module to" -" be automatically recompiled with |CL| updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:222 -msgid "The instructions below show a generic example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Create or modify the :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the extracted " -"source code directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:240 -msgid "" -"This example identifies a kernel module named *custom_module* with " -"version *1.0*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:243 -msgid "Copy the kernel module source code into the :file:`/usr/src/` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:252 -msgid "" -"** and ** must match the entries in the " -":file:`dkms.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:255 -msgid "Add the kernel module to the DKMS tree so that it is tracked by DKMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:261 -msgid "" -"Build the kernel module using DKMS. If the build encounters errors, you " -"may need to edit the :file:`dkms.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:268 -msgid "Install the kernel module using DKMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:275 -msgid "Load kernel module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:277 -msgid "" -"By default, DKMS installs modules \"in-tree\" under :file:`/lib/modules` " -"so the :command:`modprobe` command can be used to load them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:280 -msgid "Load the installed module with the :command:`modprobe` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:286 -msgid "Validate the kernel module is loaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:293 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4 -msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 -msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:8 -msgid "" -":command:`modprobe` may add or remove more than one module due to module " -"interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual " -"modules, by using configuration files under the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:16 -msgid "" -"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` directory that end with " -"the :file:`.conf` extension specify module options to use when loading. " -"You can use :file:`.conf` files to create convenient aliases for modules " -"or to override the normal loading behavior altogether for those with " -"special requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:21 -msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:28 -msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify " -"kernel modules to load automatically at boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:37 -msgid "" -"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end " -"with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of " -"aliases (one per line) to load at boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:41 -msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:300 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:302 -msgid "`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS)`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:304 -msgid "" -"`Dell Linux Engineering Dynamic Kernel Module Support: From Theory to " -"Practice " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:306 -msgid "" -"`Linux Journal: Exploring Dynamic Kernel Module Support " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| distribution `on GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Follow the steps in this section " -#~ "if you are an individual user or" -#~ " testing, and you need an out-" -#~ "of-tree kernel module that is not " -#~ "available through |CL|. For a more " -#~ "scalable and customizable approach, we " -#~ "recommend using the `mixer tool`_ to " -#~ "provide a custom kernel and updates." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Ubuntu community wiki`_ shows an " -#~ "example where a single package contains" -#~ " multiple modules." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Sample dkms.conf file`_ in the " -#~ "GitHub\\* repository for the DKMS " -#~ "project." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS) " -#~ "project on GitHub `_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" -#~ " `Distribution Project " -#~ "`_ on GitHub." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides" -#~ " the :command:`dkms` program and Linux " -#~ "kernel headers, which are required for" -#~ " compiling kernel modules." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Adds a systemd update trigger " -#~ "(:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-kernel.service`)" -#~ " to automatically run DKMS to rebuild" -#~ " modules after a kernel upgrade " -#~ "occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Follow the steps in this section " -#~ "if you are an individual user or" -#~ " testing, and you need an out-" -#~ "of-tree kernel module that is not " -#~ "available through |CL|. For a more " -#~ "scalable and customizable approach, we " -#~ "recommend using the :ref:`mixer` tool to" -#~ " provide a custom kernel and updates." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Obtain a kernel module package in " -#~ "the form of source code and/or " -#~ "precompiled binaries." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3fa6972b..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4 -msgid "Add kernel modules manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 -msgid "This guide describes how to add kernel modules manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:13 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use " -"additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you" -" may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add " -"kernel modules manually, or refer to :ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:21 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being " -"inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware " -"driver. Kernel modules may already be part of the Linux source tree (in-" -"tree) or may come from an external source, such as directly from a vendor" -" (out-of-tree)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:32 -msgid "Kernel module availability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:34 -msgid "" -"|CL| comes with many upstream kernel modules available for use. Using an " -"existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature" -" verification of the |CL| kernel. For more information on |CL| security " -"practices, see the :ref:`security` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is " -"already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:44 -msgid "Check if the module is already available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can search for kernel module file names, which end with the " -":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as" -" shown in the following example. See :ref:`swupd-guide` for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:57 -msgid "Submit a request to add the module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the" -" Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a" -" request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:63 -msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:69 -msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or " -"testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " -"through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend" -" using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:78 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:80 -msgid "Before you begin, you must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:82 -msgid "Disable Secure Boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:83 -msgid "Disable kernel module integrity checking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:84 -msgid "Have a kernel module package in the form of source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:85 -msgid "Rebuild the module against new versions of the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Any time the kernel is upgraded on your Clear Linux system, you must " -"rebuild your out-of-tree modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:94 -msgid "Build and install kernel module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. In the example below, " -"the *native* kernel is in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Install the kernel dev bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. The " -"kernel dev bundle contains the kernel headers, which are required for " -"compiling kernel modules. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:108 -msgid ":command:`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:109 -msgid ":command:`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Follow instructions from the kernel module source code to compile the " -"kernel module. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:128 -msgid "Load kernel module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Disable Secure Boot in your system's UEFI settings, if you have enabled " -"it. The loading of new out-of-tree modules modifies the signatures that " -"Secure Boot relies on for trust." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Disable signature checking for the kernel by modifying the kernel boot " -"parameters and reboot the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:137 -msgid "" -"All kernel modules from |CL| have been signed to enforce kernel security." -" However, out-of-tree modules break this chain of trust so this mechanism" -" needs to be disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Update the boot manager and reboot the system to implement the changed " -"kernel parameters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:156 -msgid "" -"If successful, the :command:`clr-boot-manager update` command does not " -"return any console output." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:159 -msgid "" -"After rebooting, manually load out-of-tree modules using the " -":command:`insmod` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:167 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:172 -msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:174 -msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:176 -msgid "" -":command:`modprobe` may add or remove more than one module due to module " -"interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual " -"modules, by using configuration files under the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:184 -msgid "" -"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` directory that end with " -"the :file:`.conf` extension specify module options to use when loading. " -"You can use :file:`.conf` files to create convenient aliases for modules " -"or to override the normal loading behavior altogether for those with " -"special requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:189 -msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:196 -msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify " -"kernel modules to load automatically at boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:205 -msgid "" -"All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end " -"with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of " -"aliases (one per line) to load at boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:209 -msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:219 -msgid "Related topic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:221 -msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| distribution `on GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Follow the steps in this section " -#~ "if you are an individual user or" -#~ " testing, and you need an out-" -#~ "of-tree kernel module that is not " -#~ "available through |CL|. For a more " -#~ "scalable and customizable approach, we " -#~ "recommend using the `mixer tool`_ to " -#~ "provide a custom kernel and updates." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" -#~ " `Distribution Project " -#~ "`_ on GitHub." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8a1884d1..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:4 -msgid "Architect the life-cycle of |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes the basic, recommended infrastructure and workflow " -"for maintaining a |CL-ATTR| derivative." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:16 -msgid "" -"A repository with software RPM artifacts and a CI/CD system with a |CL| " -"machine for building `mixes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:19 -msgid "Experience using :ref:`mixer ` to create a |CL|-based distro" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Experience using :ref:`swupd ` for maintaining the |CL| " -"build environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:24 -msgid "Familiarity with |CL| architecture and reuse of its content in releases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:27 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:29 -msgid "Maintaining a |CL| derivative requires:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:31 -msgid "Monitoring upstream |CL| for new releases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:32 -msgid "Building software packages and staging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:33 -msgid "Employing CI/CD automation for building releases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:34 -msgid "Integrating Quality Assurance for testing and validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to automate the life-cycle of your" -" |CL| derivative. We divide deployment of this infrastucture in two " -"parts: *Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*, shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:44 -msgid "Figure 1: Architect the life-cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:47 -msgid "Content Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Content Workflow (Figure 1) orchestrates the processes used to manage" -" the creation of content for the distribution. This includes everything " -"from detecting a new release in a custom software repository to " -"generating RPM package files. The RPM files serve as intermediary " -"artifacts that track software dependencies and provide file-level data " -"consumed in a Release Workflow. The `Watcher Pipeline`_ checks |CL| and " -"a content provider, such as Koji, to determine if a new release is " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:58 -msgid "Release Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Release Workflow (Figure 1) gathers the content of the RPMs and " -"ensures it can be consumed by :ref:`mixer `. A content web server " -"hosts the |CL| derivative, to which targets connect for updating their " -"OSes. As an integral part of this toolchain, the `Release Pipeline`_ " -"enables these derivatives to incorporate |CL| content into their own " -"custom content. The Watcher Pipeline triggers the Release Pipeline to " -"create new releases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:69 -msgid "Implementation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The |CL| Distro Factory manages the Release Workflow. For detailed " -"information about Distro Factory deployment, refer to the `clr-distro-" -"factory`_ GitHub\\* repo." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Distro factory implements the *Release " -#~ "workflow*. To get started on a " -#~ "full implementation, visit |CL| `Distro " -#~ "factory documentation`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide provides DevOps with a " -#~ "model to architect the life-cycle " -#~ "of a |CL| derivative that integrates " -#~ "custom software and content using " -#~ "distinct workflows." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "This guide provides the foundation of the recommended infrastructure." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to " -#~ "automate the life-cycle of your " -#~ "|CL| derivative. We divide deployment of" -#~ " this infrastucture in two parts: " -#~ "*Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*," -#~ " shown in Figure 1. Distro Factory" -#~ " manages the *Release Workflow* while " -#~ "capturing the requirements for maintaining " -#~ "a long-term release cadence." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Content workflow" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The *Content Workflow* (Figure 1) " -#~ "orchestrates the processes used to " -#~ "manage the creation of content for " -#~ "the distribution. This includes everything " -#~ "from detecting a new release in a" -#~ " custom software repository to generating" -#~ " RPM package files. The RPM files " -#~ "serve as intermediary artifacts that " -#~ "track software dependencies and provide " -#~ "file-level data consumed in a " -#~ "*Release Workflow*. The `Watcher Pipeline`_" -#~ " checks |CL| and a content provider," -#~ " such as Koji, to determine if " -#~ "a new release is necessary." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Release workflow" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The *Release Workflow* (Figure 1) " -#~ "gathers the content of the RPMs " -#~ "and ensures it can be consumed by" -#~ " :ref:`mixer `. A content web " -#~ "server hosts the |CL| derivative, to " -#~ "which targets connect for updating their" -#~ " OSes. As an integral part of " -#~ "this toolchain, the *Release Pipeline* " -#~ "enables these derivatives to incorporate " -#~ "|CL| content into their own custom " -#~ "content. The *Watcher Pipeline* triggers " -#~ "the `Release Pipeline`_ to create new" -#~ " releases." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Distro factory implements the *Release " -#~ "workflow*. To get started on a " -#~ "full implementation, visit |CL| `Distro " -#~ "Factory`_ documentation." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po deleted file mode 100644 index 50f13c0b..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:4 -msgid "Assign a static IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:7 -msgid "" -"This guide explains how to assign a static IP address. This may be " -"helpful in scenarios such as a network with no DHCP server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:15 -msgid "Identify which program is managing the interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:17 -msgid "" -"New installations of |CL-ATTR| use NetworkManager as the default network " -"interface manager for all network connections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The cloud |CL| images continue to use `systemd-networkd` to manage " -"network connections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In earlier |CL| versions, `systemd-network` was used to manage Ethernet " -"interfaces and NetworkManager was used for wireless interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Before defining a configuration for assigning a static IP address, verify" -" which program is managing the network interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Check the output of :command:`nmcli device` to see if NetworkManager is " -"managing the device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If the STATE column for the device shows *connected* or *disconnected*, " -"the network configuration is being managed by NetworkManager, then use " -"the instructions for :ref:`using NetworkManager `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the STATE column for the device shows *unmanaged*, then check if the " -"device is being managed by systemd-networkd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Check the output of :command:`networkctl list` to see if `systemd-" -"networkd` is managing the device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If the SETUP column for the device shows *configured*, the network " -"configuration is being managed by `systemd-networkd`, then use the " -"instructions for :ref:`using systemd-networkd `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:62 -msgid "Using NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Network connections managed by NetworkManager are stored as files with " -"the :file:`.nmconnection` file extension in the " -":file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A few tools exists to aid to manipulate network connections managed by " -"NetworkManager:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:71 -msgid "nmcli - a command-line tool" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:73 -msgid "" -"nmtui - a text user interface that provides a pseudo graphical menu in " -"the terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:76 -msgid "nm-connection-editor - a graphical user interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The method below uses the command line tool nmcli to modify network " -"connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:82 -msgid "Identify the existing connection name:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:88 -msgid "Sample output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If a connection does not exist, create it with the :command:`nmcli " -"connection add` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Modify the connection to use a static IP address. Replace the variables " -"in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace *[CONNECTION_NAME]* with" -" the NAME from the command above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:112 -msgid "" -"See the `nmcli developer page " -"`_ for more" -" configuration options. For advanced configurations, the " -":file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/*.nmconnection`. can be " -"edited directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:118 -msgid "Restart the NetworkManager server to reload the DNS servers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:125 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:179 -msgid "Verify your static IP address details have been set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:136 -msgid "Using systemd-networkd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Network connections managed by systemd-networkd are stored as files with " -"the :file:`.network` file extension the :file:`/etc/systemd/network/` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Files to manipulate network connections managed by systemd-networkd must " -"be created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory if it does not already " -"exist:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Create a :file:`.network` file and add the following content. Replace the" -" variables in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace " -"*[INTERFACE_NAME]* with LINK from the output of the :command:`networkctl " -"list` command that was run previously." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:168 -msgid "" -"See the `systemd-network man page " -"`_" -" for more configuration options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:172 -msgid "Restart the `systemd-networkd` service:" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, your |CL-ATTR| system " -#~ "automatically gets an IP address from" -#~ " your network via DHCP. If you " -#~ "do not have a DHCP server on " -#~ "your network or simply want to use" -#~ " a static IP address, follow the " -#~ "steps in this guide." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New installations of |CL| use " -#~ "NetworkManager as the default network " -#~ "interface manager for all network " -#~ "connections." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The *cloud* |CL| images continue to " -#~ "use systemd-networkd to manage network" -#~ " connections." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In earlier |CL| versions, systemd-" -#~ "network was used to manage Ethernet " -#~ "interfaces and NetworkManager was used " -#~ "for wireless interfaces." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Before defining a configuration for " -#~ "assigning a static IP address, you " -#~ "should verify which program is managing" -#~ " the network interface." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the STATE column for the device" -#~ " shows *connected* or *disconnected*, the" -#~ " network configuration is being managed " -#~ "by NetworkManager and the instructions " -#~ "for :ref:`using NetworkManager ` should be used." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the STATE column for the device" -#~ " shows *unmanaged*, check to see if" -#~ " the device is being managed by " -#~ "systemd-networkd" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check the output of :command:`networkctl " -#~ "list` to see if systemd-networkd " -#~ "is managing the device." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the SETUP column for the device" -#~ " shows *configured*, the network " -#~ "configuration is being managed by " -#~ "systemd-networkd and the instructions for" -#~ " :ref:`using systemd-networkd ` should be used." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The method below uses the command " -#~ "line tool *nmcli* to modify network " -#~ "connection." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The output will look like this:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a connection does not exist, it" -#~ " will need to be created with " -#~ ":command:`nmcli connection add`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Modify the connection to use a " -#~ "static IP address. Replace the variables" -#~ " in brackets with the appropriate " -#~ "values. *[CONNECTION_NAME]* should be replaced" -#~ " with the NAME from the command " -#~ "above." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory" -#~ " if it doesn't exist already:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create a :file:`.network` file and add" -#~ " the following content. Replace the " -#~ "variables in brackets with the " -#~ "appropriate values. *[INTERFACE_NAME]* should " -#~ "be replaced with LINK from the " -#~ "output of :command:`networkctl list` ran " -#~ "previously." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Restart the systemd-networkd service:" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po deleted file mode 100644 index ee809b37..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,354 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:4 -msgid "Bulk provision" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide explains how to perform a bulk provision of |CL-ATTR| using a " -"combination of the |CL| installer, Ister, and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud " -"Init Service)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:15 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:17 -msgid "To configure a bulk provision:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:19 -msgid "Define Ister configuration files to customize the installation process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:20 -msgid "Define cloud-init\\* files to customize the installation instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Host the configuration files in ICIS to allow Ister to use them during " -"the installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Figure 1 depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE " -"client that needs to be set up to perform a bulk provision." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:30 -msgid "Figure 1: Bulk provision information flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:33 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Before performing a bulk provision, verify you have a PXE server capable " -"of performing network boots of |CL|. Please refer to our :ref:`guide on " -"how to perform an iPXE boot` using :abbr:`NAT (network " -"address translation)` for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Because a bulk provision relies on a reboot, ensure the following " -"preparations have been made:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:43 -msgid "No existing disks are bootable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:44 -msgid "" -"The network boot option must come immediately after the disk boot option " -"on any computer performing the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:48 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Install ICIS by following the getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " -"GitHub\\* repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create an Ister installation file and save it to the :file:`static/ister`" -" directory within the web hosting directory for ICIS. The installation " -"file is a JSON block and provides Ister with the steps it needs to " -"perform an installation. The file outlines what partitions, file systems," -" and mount points Ister should set up. Lastly, the file outlines which " -"bundles to install. See our :ref:`bundles` document for the list of " -"available bundles. The following example shows the contents of an Ister " -"installation file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Every Ister installation file hosted on ICIS must contain the the " -"`IsterCloudInitSvc` parameter as well as the :command:`os-cloudguest` " -"bundle. These entries allow Ister to customize an instance of of an " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Create an Ister configuration file to define the location of the Ister " -"installation file. Save it to the :file:`static/ister` directory within " -"the web hosting directory of ICIS. The following example shows an Ister " -"configuration file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Modify the iPXE boot script by adding a kernel parameter to the command " -"line for booting the network image. Add the kernel parameter `isterconf` " -"with the location of the Ister configuration file hosted on ICIS as the " -"kernel parameter value. The following example shows an iPXE boot script " -"with the `isterconf` parameter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:121 -msgid "" -"After the network image of |CL| boots, Ister inspects the parameters used" -" during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` to find the location of the Ister " -"configuration file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Write a cloud-init document to customize the instance of the installation" -" according to your requirements. The `cloud-init`_ documentation provides" -" a guide on how to write a cloud-init document. The guide covers the " -"customization options provided by cloud-init after an installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Save the cloud-init document to the :file:`static/roles` directory within" -" the web hosting directory for ICIS with the name of a role you would " -"like to create. For example, a role may be \"database\", \"web\", or " -"\"ciao\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:134 -msgid "" -"After creating the roles, also known as cloud-init files, assign roles to" -" MAC addresses of PXE clients. To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt` " -"file in the :file:`static` directory within the web hosting directory of " -"ICIS. The following example shows an example assignment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If MAC addresses of PXE clients are not listed within the " -":file:`config.txt` file, a default role for those MAC address may be " -"defined as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:153 -msgid "Verify the following URLs are accessible on your local network:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:155 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:156 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:157 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:158 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:159 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:161 -msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch it boot and install |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:163 -msgid "Power-cycle the PXE client and watch it customize the |CL| installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:165 -msgid "" -"**Congratulations!** You have successfully performed a bulk provision of " -"|CL|." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Install **ICIS** by following the " -#~ "getting started guide on the `ICIS " -#~ "GitHub repository`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Write a cloud-init document to " -#~ "customize the instance of the " -#~ "installation according to your requirements." -#~ " The `cloud-init Read the Docs`_ " -#~ "provides a guide on how to write" -#~ " a cloud-init document. The guide " -#~ "covers the customization options provided " -#~ "by cloud-init after an installation." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The |CL-ATTR| can be automatically " -#~ "provisioned in bulk using a combination" -#~ " of the |CL| installer, **Ister**, " -#~ "and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init " -#~ "Service)`. This guide covers how to " -#~ "perform a bulk provision of |CL| " -#~ "using **Ister** and **ICIS**." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a bulk provision, Ister " -#~ "configuration files and cloud-init files" -#~ " must be defined. Hosting the " -#~ "configuration files in **ICIS** allows " -#~ "**Ister** to use them during the " -#~ "installation. The Ister configuration files" -#~ " allow us to customize the " -#~ "installation process. The cloud-init\\* " -#~ "files allow us to customize the " -#~ "instance of the installation." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Install **ICIS** by following the " -#~ "getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " -#~ "GitHub repository." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create an Ister installation file and" -#~ " save it to the :file:`static/ister` " -#~ "directory within the web hosting " -#~ "directory for **ICIS**. The installation " -#~ "file is a JSON block and provides" -#~ " **Ister** with the steps it needs" -#~ " to perform an installation. The file" -#~ " outlines what partitions, file systems," -#~ " and mount points **Ister** should " -#~ "set up. Lastly, the file outlines " -#~ "which bundles to install. See our " -#~ ":ref:`bundles` document for the list of" -#~ " available bundles. The following example" -#~ " shows the contents of an Ister " -#~ "installation file:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Every Ister installation file hosted on" -#~ " **ICIS** must contain the the " -#~ "``IsterCloudInitSvc`` parameter as well as " -#~ "the ``os-cloudguest`` bundle. These " -#~ "entries allow **Ister** to customize an" -#~ " instance of of an install." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create an Ister configuration file to" -#~ " define the location of the Ister " -#~ "installation file. Save it to the " -#~ ":file:`static/ister` directory within the web" -#~ " hosting directory of **ICIS**. The " -#~ "following example shows an Ister " -#~ "configuration file:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Modify the iPXE boot script by " -#~ "adding a kernel parameter to the " -#~ "command line for booting the network " -#~ "image. Add the kernel parameter " -#~ "``isterconf`` with the location of the" -#~ " Ister configuration file hosted on " -#~ "**ICIS** as the kernel parameter value." -#~ " The following example shows an iPXE" -#~ " boot script with the ``isterconf`` " -#~ "parameter:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After the network image of |CL| " -#~ "boots, **Ister** inspects the parameters " -#~ "used during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` " -#~ "to find the location of the Ister" -#~ " configuration file." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Save the cloud-init document to " -#~ "the :file:`static/roles` directory within the" -#~ " web hosting directory for **ICIS** " -#~ "with the name of a role you " -#~ "would like to create. For example, " -#~ "a role may be \"database\", \"web\", " -#~ "or \"ciao\"." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After creating the roles, also known " -#~ "as cloud-init files, assign roles " -#~ "to MAC addresses of PXE clients. " -#~ "To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt`" -#~ " file in the ``static`` directory " -#~ "within the web hosting directory of " -#~ "**ICIS**. The following example shows " -#~ "one such assignment:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt``" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po deleted file mode 100644 index ed3cc8e7..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:4 -msgid "CPU Power and Performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:6 -msgid "This guide explains the CPU power and performance mechanisms in |CL-ATTR|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:13 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Modern x86 :abbr:`CPUs (central processing units)` employ a number of " -"features and technologies to balance performance, energy, and thermal " -"efficiencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:18 -msgid "" -"By default, |CL| prioritizes maximum CPU performance with the philosophy " -"that the faster the program finishes execution, the faster the CPU can " -"return to a low energy idle state. It is important to understand and " -"evaluate all of these technologies when troubleshooting or considering " -"changing the defaults." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:28 -msgid "CPU power saving mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:30 -msgid "" -"C-states and P-states are both CPU power saving mechanisms that are " -"entered under different operating conditions. The tradeoff is a slightly " -"longer time to exit these states when the CPU is needed once again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:37 -msgid "C-states (idle states)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:39 -msgid "" -"C-states are hardware sleep states that are entered when it is determined" -" that the CPU is idle and not executing instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:42 -msgid "" -"C-states aim to reduce power utilization by increasingly reducing clock " -"frequency, voltages, and features in each state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Although C-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's UEFI" -" or BIOS configuration, these settings are overridden when the " -"`intel_idle driver`_ is in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:49 -msgid "To view the current cpuidle driver run this command in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:55 -msgid "" -"For troubleshooting, C-states can be limited with a kernel command line " -"boot parameter by adding :command:`processor.max_cstate=N " -"intel_idle.max_cstate=N` or completely disabled with " -":command:`idle=poll`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:61 -msgid "" -":command:`processor.max_cstate=0` is changed to " -":command:`processor.max_cstate=1` by the kernel to be a valid value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:64 -msgid "" -":command:`intel_idle.max_cstate=0` disables the Intel Idle driver, not " -"set it to C-state 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:70 -msgid "P-states (performance states)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:72 -msgid "" -"P-states, also known as *Intel SpeedStep® technology* on Intel processors" -" or *Cool'n'Quiet* on AMD processors, are states entered while the CPU is" -" active and executing instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:76 -msgid "" -"P-states aim to reduce power utilization by adjusting CPU clock frequency" -" and voltages based on CPU demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:79 -msgid "" -"P-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's firmware " -"(UEFI/BIOS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:82 -msgid "Turbo boost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:84 -msgid "" -"`Intel® Turbo Boost Technology`_, found on some modern Intel CPUs, allows" -" core(s) on a processor to temporarily operate at a higher than rated CPU" -" clock frequency to accommodate demanding workloads if the CPU is under " -"defined power and thermal thresholds." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Turbo boost is an extension of P-states. As such, changing or limiting " -"C-states or P-states impact the ability of a process to enter Turbo " -"boost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Turbo boost can be disabled in a system's UEFI or BIOS. Turbo boost can " -"also be disabled within |CL| with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:100 -msgid "Linux CPU clock frequency scaling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The CPUFreq subsystem in Linux allows the OS to control :ref:`C-states ` and :ref:`P-states ` via CPU drivers " -"and governors that provide algorithms that define how and when to enter " -"these states." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:108 -msgid "Scaling driver" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_, :command:`intel_pstate`, for " -"modern Intel processors from the Sandy Bridge generation or newer. Other " -"processors may default to the :command:`acpi-cpufreq*` driver which reads" -" values from the systems UEFI or BIOS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To view the current CPU frequency scaling driver run this command in a " -"terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:122 -msgid "Scaling governor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:124 -msgid "" -"|CL| sets the CPU governor to *performance* which calls for the CPU to " -"operate at maximum clock frequency. In other words, P-state P0. While " -"this may sound wasteful at first, it is important to remember that power " -"utilization does not increase significantly simply because of a locked " -"clock frequency without a workload." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To view the current CPU frequency scaling governor run this command in a " -"terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:136 -msgid "To change the CPU frequency scaling governor:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:138 -msgid "Disable |CL| enforcement of certain power and performance settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Change the governor. In the example below, the governor is set to " -"*performance*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:151 -msgid "" -"The list of all governors can be found in the Linux kernel documentation " -"on `CPUFreq Governors`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:156 -msgid "" -"The intel_pstate driver only supports *performance* and *powersave* " -"governors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:159 -msgid "Thermal management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`thermald`_ is a Linux thermal management daemon used to prevent the " -"overheating of platforms. When temperature thresholds are exceeded, " -"thermald forces a C-state by inserting CPU sleep cycles and adjusts " -"available cooling methods. This can be especially desirable for laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:166 -msgid "" -"By default, thermald is disabled in |CL| and starts automatically if " -"battery power is detected. thermald can be manually enabled using the " -"systemd service by running the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:175 -msgid "For more information, see the thermald man page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:181 -msgid "" -"`ThermalMonitor`_ is a GUI application that can visually graph and log " -"temperatures from thermald. To use ThermalMonitor, add the :command" -":`desktop-apps-extras` bundle and add your user account to the power " -"group:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:194 -msgid "" -"After adding a new group, you must log out and log back in for the new " -"group to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The list of all governors can be" -#~ " found in the `Linux kernel " -#~ "documentation on CPUFreq Governors`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "P-states, also known as *SpeedStep* on" -#~ " Intel processors or *Cool'n'Quiet* on " -#~ "AMD processors, are states entered while" -#~ " the CPU is active and executing " -#~ "instructions." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Turbo Boost technology`_, found on some" -#~ " modern Intel CPUs, allows core(s) on" -#~ " a processor to temporarily operate " -#~ "at a higher than rated CPU clock" -#~ " frequency to accommodate demanding " -#~ "workloads if the CPU is under " -#~ "defined power and thermal thresholds." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_," -#~ " *intel_pstate*, for modern Intel " -#~ "processors from the Sandy Bridge " -#~ "generation or newer. Other processors " -#~ "may default to the *acpi-cpufreq* " -#~ "driver which reads values from the " -#~ "systems UEFI or BIOS." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`ThermalMonitor`_ is a GUI application " -#~ "that can visually graph and log " -#~ "temperatures from thermald. To use " -#~ "ThermalMonitor, add the desktop-apps-" -#~ "extras bundle and add your user " -#~ "account to the power group:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After adding a new group you must" -#~ " log out and log back in for" -#~ " the new group to take affect." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po deleted file mode 100644 index 43a022c7..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,286 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:4 -msgid "Developer Workstation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide helps you find the minimum set of bundles needed to start your" -" |CL-ATTR| development project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Before continuing, review the :ref:`swupd ` guide to learn " -"more about the swupd tool and how |CL| simplifies software versioning " -"compared to other Linux\\* distributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:18 -msgid "Workstation Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"After installing the minimum set of bundles required to get started, you " -"can add more bundles relevant to your specific use case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:23 -msgid "" -"To run any process required for |CL| development, you can add the large " -"bundle :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* `. However, given how " -"many packages this bundle contains, you may want to deploy a leaner OS " -"with only bundles relevant to your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Use Table 1, *Developer Profiles*, to identify the *minimum required " -"bundles* to get started developing based on your role or project. While " -"your role may not neatly fit in one of these categories, consider Table 1" -" as a starting point." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:33 -msgid "**Table 1. Developer Profiles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:37 -msgid "|CL| Bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:38 -msgid "*Internet of Things (IoT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:39 -msgid "*System Administrator*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:40 -msgid "*Client/Cloud/Web Developer*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:42 -msgid ":command:`editors`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:43 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:44 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:45 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:48 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:49 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:50 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:53 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:54 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:55 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:59 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:60 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:64 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:65 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:69 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:70 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:73 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:74 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:75 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:80 -msgid "✓" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:47 -msgid ":command:`network-basic`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:52 -msgid ":command:`openssh-server`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:57 -msgid ":command:`webserver-basic`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:62 -msgid ":command:`application-server`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:67 -msgid ":command:`database-basic`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:72 -msgid ":command:`desktop-autostart`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:77 -msgid ":command:`dev-utils`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:83 -msgid "swupd search" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"We recommend learning about :ref:`swupd `, to learn the " -"commands to search for and add bundles relevant to your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:88 -msgid "" -"The guide provides an :ref:`example `" -" that shows you how to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:91 -msgid "Use swupd to search for bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:92 -msgid "Use swupd to add bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:95 -msgid "Core Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:97 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you understand these core concepts in |CL| *before* " -"developing your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:100 -msgid ":ref:`Software update `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:101 -msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:102 -msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:105 -msgid "Other resources for developers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:107 -msgid "`Developer Tooling Framework`_ for |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:108 -msgid "`Bundle Definition Files`_" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Bundle definition files`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "*Developer Workstation* helps you find " -#~ "the :ref:`bundles-about` you need to " -#~ "start your |CL-ATTR| development " -#~ "project." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Before continuing, we recommend that you" -#~ " learn how to use :ref:`swupd " -#~ "`. Visit our :ref:`swupd-" -#~ "about` page to understand how |CL| " -#~ "simplifies software versioning compared to " -#~ "other Linux\\* distributions." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide helps you understand the " -#~ "minimum bundles required to get started." -#~ " After installing them, you can add" -#~ " more bundles relevant to your use" -#~ " case. To run any process required" -#~ " for |CL| development, you can add" -#~ " the large bundle :ref:`*os-clr-" -#~ "on-clr* `. However, " -#~ "given how many packages this bundle " -#~ "contains, you may want instead to " -#~ "deploy a leaner OS with only those" -#~ " bundles relevant to your project. " -#~ "Developer Workstation responds to this " -#~ "need." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Table 1, *Developer Profiles*, to" -#~ " identify the *minimum required bundles*" -#~ " to get started developing based on" -#~ " your role or project. While your " -#~ "role may not neatly fit in one " -#~ "of these categories, consider using " -#~ "Table 1 as a starting point." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`editors`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`network-basic`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`openssh-server`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`webserver-basic`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`application-server`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`database-basic`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`desktop-autostart`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`dev-utils`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`swupd` search" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Use `swupd` to search for bundles" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Use `swupd` to add bundles" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`Bundles `" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`Software update `" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2bd2ccf6..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,282 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4 -msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes the types of |CL| images available, where to " -"download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to " -"decompress it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:9 -msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:15 -msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " -"environments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 -msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 -msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " -"corresponding file format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " -"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " -"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " -"platform specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 -msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 ../../reference/image-types.rst:43 -msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:31 ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 -msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:34 -msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 -msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:37 -msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 -msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:46 -msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 -msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:49 -msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:50 -msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 -msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " -"Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 -msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " -"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 -msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:61 -msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:62 -msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:64 -msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " -"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:67 -msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " -"kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:71 -msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " -"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:74 -msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:75 -msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:77 -msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " -"Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:23 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:30 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:31 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:57 -msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:32 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum" -" with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " -"checksum, a warning is displayed with a message indicating the computed " -"checksum does **not** match. Otherwise, the name of the image is printed " -"on the screen followed by `OK`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:45 -msgid "" -"For a more in-depth discussion of image verification including checking " -"the certificate see :ref:`image-content-validation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:51 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:58 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:60 -msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:66 -msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5e08c128..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:4 -msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on macOS\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes the types of |CL| images available, where to " -"download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to " -"decompress it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:9 -msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:11 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:15 -msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " -"environments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 -msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 -msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " -"corresponding file format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " -"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " -"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " -"platform specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 -msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 ../../reference/image-types.rst:43 -msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:31 ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 -msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:34 -msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 -msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:37 -msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 -msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:46 -msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 -msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:49 -msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:50 -msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 -msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " -"Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 -msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " -"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 -msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:61 -msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:62 -msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:64 -msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " -"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:67 -msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " -"kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:71 -msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " -"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:74 -msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:75 -msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:77 -msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " -"Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:23 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:30 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:31 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:51 -msgid "Start the Terminal app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:32 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum" -" with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " -"checksum, the differences will be displayed. Otherwise, an empty output " -"indicates a match and your downloaded image is good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:45 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:47 -msgid "" -"We compress all released |CL| images by default with either GNU zip " -"(`.gz`) or xz (`.xz`). The compression type we use depends on the target " -"platform or environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:52 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Use the :command:`gunzip` command to decompress either compression type. " -"For example:" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po deleted file mode 100644 index 928bbb5d..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,277 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4 -msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on Windows\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes the types of |CL-ATTR| images available, where to " -"download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to " -"decompress it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:9 -msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:15 -msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " -"environments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 -msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 -msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " -"corresponding file format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " -"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " -"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " -"platform specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 -msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 ../../reference/image-types.rst:43 -msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:31 ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 -msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:34 -msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 -msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:37 -msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 -msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:46 -msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 -msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:49 -msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:50 -msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 -msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " -"Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 -msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " -"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 -msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:61 -msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:62 -msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:64 -msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " -"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:67 -msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " -"kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:71 -msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " -"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:74 -msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:75 -msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:77 -msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " -"Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:23 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31 -msgid "Start Command Prompt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:33 -msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" -" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:43 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:49 -msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:50 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:51 -msgid "" -"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " -":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:58 -msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po deleted file mode 100644 index 589a018a..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,349 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 -msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes the available types of |CL| images, where to " -"download them, how to verify their integrity, and how to decompress them." -" Follow the steps for your OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " -"environments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 -msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 -msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " -"corresponding file format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " -"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:22 -msgid "Linux OS steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:27 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:86 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:131 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:29 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:88 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:34 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:93 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:138 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:35 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:61 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:94 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:114 -msgid "Open a Terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:36 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:95 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:140 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:37 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum" -" with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " -"checksum, a warning is displayed with a message indicating the computed " -"checksum does **not** match. Otherwise, the name of the image is printed " -"on the screen followed by `OK`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For a more in-depth discussion of image verification including checking " -"the certificate see :ref:`image-content-validation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:55 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:108 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:151 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:57 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:62 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:115 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:64 -msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:70 -msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:81 -msgid "macOS\\* steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " -"checksum, the differences will be displayed. Otherwise, an empty output " -"indicates a match and your downloaded image is good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:110 -msgid "" -"We compress all released |CL| images by default with either GNU zip " -"(`.gz`) or xz (`.xz`). The compression type we use depends on the target " -"platform or environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Use the :command:`gunzip` command to decompress either compression type. " -"For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:126 -msgid "Windows\\* OS steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:139 -msgid "Start Command Prompt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:141 -msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" -" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:157 -msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:158 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:159 -msgid "" -"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " -":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:166 -msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:171 -msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 -msgid "" -"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " -"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " -"platform specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:6 -msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:10 ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 -msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:11 ../../reference/image-types.rst:24 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 -msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:14 -msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:16 -msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:17 -msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:19 -msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 -msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:27 -msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:29 -msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 -msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:32 -msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " -"Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 -msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " -"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 -msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 -msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 -msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 -msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " -"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 -msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " -"kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 -msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " -"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 -msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 -msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 -msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " -"Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po deleted file mode 100644 index 69d5368e..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:4 -msgid "Create and enable a new user space" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide provides steps to complete the following basic setup tasks for" -" a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:14 -msgid "Create a new user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To create a new user and set a password for that user, enter the " -"following commands as a root user:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Replace the with the name of the user account you want to create" -" including the password for that user. The :command:`passwd` command " -"prompts you to enter a new password. Retype the new password for the new " -"user account just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:30 -msgid "Add the new user to the *wheel* group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Before logging off as root and logging into your new user account, enable" -" the :command:`sudo` command for your new ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To be able to execute all applications with root privileges, add the " -" to the `wheel group`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:38 -msgid "Add to the wheel group:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:44 -msgid "Log out of root and into the new ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:46 -msgid "To log off as root, enter :command:`exit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:48 -msgid "Enter the new and the password created earlier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:50 -msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:53 -msgid "Install and update the OS software to its current version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The |CL| software utility :ref:`swupd ` allows you to " -"perform system updates while reaping the benefits of upstream " -"development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:58 -msgid "To update your newly installed OS, run:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:65 -msgid "Add a bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Software applications are installed as bundles using the command " -":command:`swupd bundle-add`. Experienced Linux users might compare swupd " -"to running :command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install` for package " -"management. However |CL| manages packages at the level of bundles, which " -"are integrated stacks of packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:73 -msgid "" -"For example, the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle installs the majority " -"of applications useful to a system administrator. To install it, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:80 -msgid "" -"View a full list of bundles and packages installed with the `sysadmin-" -"basic`_ bundle. You can also view all `bundles`_ for |CL|, active or " -"deprecated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Expand your knowledge of :command:`swupd` and check out our developer " -"resources:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:85 -msgid ":ref:`swupd-guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:86 -msgid ":ref:`developer-workstation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:89 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:91 -msgid "Check out our guides and tutorials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:93 -msgid ":ref:`guides`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:94 -msgid ":ref:`tutorials`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "View a full list of bundles and" -#~ " packages installed with the `sysadmin-" -#~ "basic`_ bundle. You can also view " -#~ "`all bundles`_ for |CL|, active or " -#~ "deprecated." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section provides steps to complete" -#~ " the following basic setup tasks for" -#~ " a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To create a new user and set " -#~ "a password for that user, enter " -#~ "the following commands as a `root` " -#~ "user:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Add the new user to the `wheel` group" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Before logging off as root and " -#~ "logging into your new user account, " -#~ "enable the :command:`sudo` command for " -#~ "your new ``." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To be able to execute all " -#~ "applications with root privileges, add " -#~ "the `` to the `wheel group`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Add `` to the `wheel` group:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Log out of root and into the new ``." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Enter the new `` and the password created earlier." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ``." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Software applications are installed as " -#~ "bundles using the command :command:`swupd " -#~ "bundle-add`. Experienced Linux* users " -#~ "might compare `swupd` to running " -#~ ":command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install`" -#~ " for package management. Yet |CL| " -#~ "manages packages at the level of " -#~ "bundles, which are integrated stacks of" -#~ " packages." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For example, the `sysadmin-basic` bundle" -#~ " installs the majority of applications " -#~ "useful to a system administrator. To " -#~ "install it, enter:" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1d2fb86c..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:4 -msgid "Fix a broken installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide explains how to fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR| using a" -" live desktop image on a USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on a target system, but the OS" -" does not boot or function properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The process described in this guide can only verify and fix files that " -":ref:`swupd` owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of this " -"path, such as :file:`/home/`, :file:`/etc`, :file:`/var`, etc., cannot be" -" repaired by this process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:25 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Download and install the live desktop image on a USB. See :ref:`bare-" -"metal-install-desktop` for install instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:31 -msgid "Boot a live desktop image to fix target system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:33 -msgid "Boot the |CL| live desktop image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:4 -msgid "Install from live image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6 -msgid "" -"After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow" -" these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:11 -msgid "Power on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " -"setup menu entry point may vary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " -"first option in the device boot order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19 -msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:21 -msgid "Reboot the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:23 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:29 -msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:40 -msgid "Mount root partition, verify, and fix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:42 -msgid "Open a Terminal window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:44 -msgid "Ensure the system is connected to the network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:46 -msgid "Mount the system’s root partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:48 -msgid "To find the root partition, run:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:54 -msgid "We'll use :file:`/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:56 -msgid "Next, mount the partition to the :file:`/mnt` folder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Verify that you mounted the correct root partition by checking for some " -"files commonly found on |CL| systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:70 -msgid "Next, run swupd to fix any issues on the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:76 -msgid ":ref:`Learn more about how swupd works `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:78 -msgid "After the process is complete, unmount the root partition:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Reboot the system, remove the live desktop USB drive, and boot into the " -"repaired system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:91 -msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully restored |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR|" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide explains how to fix a" -#~ " broken installation of |CL| using a" -#~ " live desktop image on a USB. " -#~ "It's assumed you already installed |CL|" -#~ " on a target system, but your " -#~ "operating system does not boot or " -#~ "function properly." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This process can only verify and " -#~ "fix files that :ref:`swupd` " -#~ "owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of" -#~ " this path, such as /home/, /etc, " -#~ "/var, etc., cannot be repaired by " -#~ "this process." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ ":ref:`Download and install the live " -#~ "desktop image on a USB `" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Assure the system is connected to the network." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "We'll use `/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Next, mount the partition to the `/mnt` folder." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po deleted file mode 100644 index f9983fd9..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:4 -msgid "Modify hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to modify and view the hostname of your |CL-" -"ATTR| system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:16 -msgid "" -"By default, |CL| installations have a machine generated name, which is a " -"long string of letters and numbers. The generated name is fine for " -"computers but is not human-friendly. Administrators and users will often " -"want to rename their machines with a name that is easier to remember, " -"type, and search for. Renaming a machine also makes it easier to " -"identify, by including meaningful data in the name. The following " -"examples show human-friendly machine names:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:24 -msgid "*regression-test*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:25 -msgid "*sally-test-box1*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:26 -msgid "*az-bldg2-lab*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:29 -msgid "Set your hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:31 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command to display and modify the " -"machine name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of the :command:`os-core` " -"bundle, which provides a basic Linux\\* user space and utilities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:35 -msgid "" -"This example sets the hostname to *telemetry-test-2-h15*, to identify a " -"|CL| telemetry test machine on the second floor at grid location H15. " -"Make sure to reboot after setting a new hostname." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:46 -msgid "" -"There are three types of hostname: *static*, *transient*, and *pretty*. " -"The most common is the static hostname. Static hostnames must be between " -"two and 63 characters long, must start and end with a letter or number, " -"and may contain letters (case-insensitive), numbers, dashes, or dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If the static hostname exists, it is used to generate the transient " -"hostname, which is maintained by the kernel. The transient hostname can " -"be changed by DHCP or mDNS at runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The pretty hostname is a free-form UTF8 name used for presentation to the" -" user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:58 -msgid "View your hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:60 -msgid "View your current hostname using the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:66 -msgid "You should see output similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:81 -msgid "" -"**Congratulations!** You successfully modified the hostname of your |CL| " -"system." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Modify hostname on |CL-ATTR|" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command" -#~ " to display and modify the machine" -#~ " name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of" -#~ " the **os-core** bundle, which " -#~ "provides a basic Linux\\* user space " -#~ "and utilities." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0228dca0..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:4 -msgid "Increase virtual disk size of an image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to increase the disk size of your prebuilt |CL-" -"ATTR| image if you need more capacity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:14 -msgid "Determine the partition order and sizes of the prebuilt image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:16 -msgid "" -"|CL| prebuilt images come in different sizes, ranging from 300 MB to 20 " -"GB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:19 -msgid "" -"There are two methods to find the order and sizes of partitions virtual " -"disk of your prebuilt |CL| image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V image has a disk size of 8.5 GB " -"with :file:`/dev/sda3` being the partition for the root filesystem (/)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:26 -msgid "Checking :command:`lsblk` on the VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The first method is to boot up your :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` and " -"execute the :command:`lsblk` command as shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:35 -msgid "An example output of the :command:`lsblk` command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:45 -msgid "An example of this can also be seen in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:48 -msgid "Checking :file:`config.json` used to build the image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The second method to determine partition to check the :file:`config.json`" -" file used to create prebuilt image, located in the `releases`_ " -"repository. For example, to find the size of the Hyper-V\\* image version" -" number 20450, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:55 -msgid "Go to the `releases`_ repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:56 -msgid "Drill down into the `20450 > clear > config > image` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:57 -msgid "Open the :file:`hyperv-config.json` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:58 -msgid "Locate the `PartitionLayout` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The example shows 512 MB for the EFI partition, 32 MB for the swap " -"partition, and 8 GB for the root partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:80 -msgid "Increase virtual disk size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you have determined the disk and partition to be increased, you are " -"ready to perform the actual increase of the disk, partition, and " -"filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:85 -msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To increase the virtual disk size for a prebuilt image, perform the steps" -" below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:90 -msgid "Shut down your VM if it is running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Use the process defined by your hypervisor or cloud provider to increase" -" the virtual disk size of your |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:93 -msgid "Power up the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:97 -msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:99 -msgid "Log in to an account with root privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:100 -msgid "Open a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Add the :command:`storage-utils` bundle to install the :command:`parted` " -"and :command:`resize2fs` tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:108 -msgid "Launch the `parted` tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:114 -msgid "In the `parted` tool, perform these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:116 -msgid "Press :command:`p` to print the partitions table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:117 -msgid "If the warning message below is displayed, enter :command:`Fix`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Enter :command:`resizepart [partition number]` where *[partition number]*" -" is the partition number of the partition to modify." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:129 -msgid "Enter :command:`yes` when prompted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:130 -msgid "Enter the new End size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If you want a partition to take up the remaining disk space, then enter " -"the total size of the disk. When you print the partitions table with the " -":command:`p` command, the total disk size is shown after the " -":guilabel:`Disk` label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:139 -msgid "An example of this can be seen in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Enter :command:`q` to exit `parted` when you are finished resizing the " -"image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Figure 1 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " -"virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:150 -msgid "Figure 1: Increase root partition size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:153 -msgid "Resize the filesystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]` where " -"*[modified partition name]* is the partition that was changed in the " -"`parted` tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:159 -msgid "Run the :command:`df -h` to verify that the filesystem size has increased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Figure 2 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " -"virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:169 -msgid "Figure 2: Increase root filesystem size after partition has been expanded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:171 -msgid "" -"**Congratulations!** You have resized the disk, partition, and " -"filesystem. At this point, the increase in disk capacity is usable." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Increase virtual disk size of a |CL-ATTR| image" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL-ATTR| prebuilt images come in " -#~ "different sizes, ranging from 300 MB " -#~ "to 20 GB. This guide describes how" -#~ " to increase the size of your " -#~ "prebuilt |CL| image if you need " -#~ "more capacity." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "This guide will cover:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V" -#~ " image has a disk size of 8.5" -#~ " GB with / dev/sda3 being the " -#~ "partition for the root filesystem (/)" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the process defined by your " -#~ "hypervisor or cloud provider to increase" -#~ " the virtual disk size of your " -#~ "|CL| VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the |CL| `storage-utils` bundle " -#~ "to install the :command:`parted` and " -#~ ":command:`resize2fs` tools." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Enter the new `End` size." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want a partition to take" -#~ " up the remaining disk space, then" -#~ " enter the total size of the " -#~ "disk. When you print the partitions " -#~ "table with the :command:`p` command, the" -#~ " total disk size is shown after " -#~ "the `Disk` label." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Resize the filesytem" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p " -#~ "/dev/[modified partition name]` where " -#~ "*[modified partition name]* is the " -#~ "partition that was changed in `parted`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Congratulations! You have resized the " -#~ "disk, partition, and filesystem. At this" -#~ " point, the increase in disk capacity" -#~ " is usable." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po deleted file mode 100644 index 80577672..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:4 -msgid "Query package info from upstream repository" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to query package information from the |CL| " -"upstream repositories. This guide is intended for developers and advanced" -" users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:15 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In |CL-ATTR|, the :ref:`swupd` tool manages software " -"dependencies and installs bundles instead of packages. Although a bundle " -"is a collection of one or more packages, |CL| does not work with packages" -" on the client side. However, on the upstream/factory side, |CL| does " -"work with packages using a process called *mixing*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Currently, :command:`swupd` does not report which packages are installed," -" provide package version information, or return other package details. " -"This guide describes a method for retrieving package information from the" -" |CL| upstream repositories using :abbr:`DNF(Dandified Yum)` commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:29 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " -"the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:42 -msgid "Configure DNF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:44 -msgid "Install the DNF bundle with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:50 -msgid "Create a :file:`dnf.conf` file with the commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Edit the :file:`/etc/dnf/dnf.conf` file and set the **baseurl** variable " -"for binary and source RPMs as shown in lines 3 and 9 in the following " -"example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:78 -msgid "Initialize the RPM database with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:86 -msgid "DNF command usage examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:93 -msgid "List all binary and source RPMs in the current release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:95 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:129 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:150 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:173 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:196 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:215 -msgid "Command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:101 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:135 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:156 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:179 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:202 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:221 -msgid "Sample output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:125 -msgid "Show version information for a package in current release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:127 -msgid "This example queries version information for the zstd package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:145 -msgid "Show version information for a package in a specific release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:147 -msgid "" -"This example queries version information for the zstd package in release " -"21000." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:168 -msgid "" -"Show only version and release information for a package in a specific " -"release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:170 -msgid "" -"This example queries version and release information for the zstd package" -" in release 15000." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:191 -msgid "Show the binary package for a specified binary file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:193 -msgid "" -"This example returns the binary package that contains the " -":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:210 -msgid "Show the source package for a specified binary file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:212 -msgid "" -"This example returns the source package that contains the " -":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po deleted file mode 100644 index 00f2f43e..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:4 -msgid "Restart system services after an OS update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:6 -msgid "This guide describes how to use the :command:`clr-service-restart` tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:13 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:15 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| includes a :command:`clr-service-restart` tool that shows which" -" system daemons require a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:18 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` reads various files in the :file:`procfs` " -"filesystem provided by the kernel and relies on :command:`systemd` to " -"determine which services to restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:24 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:26 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` implements a whitelist to identify which " -"daemons can be restarted. As a system administrator, you can customize " -"the default |CL| OS whitelist using :command:`allow` or " -":command:`disallow` options for restarting system services. When a " -"software update occurs, :command:`clr-service-restart` consults the " -"whitelist to see if a service daemon is allowed to be restarted or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:35 -msgid "Basic options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:37 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` has three basic options: :command:`allow`," -" :command:`disallow`, and :command:`default`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:41 -msgid "allow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The :command:`allow` option identifies a daemon to restart after an OS " -"software update. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a " -"symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` as a record. The example " -"below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` to restart the *tallow* daemon" -" after an OS software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:54 -msgid "disallow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The :command:`disallow` option tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not " -"to restart the specified daemon even if the OS defaults permit the daemon" -" to be restarted. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a " -"symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` that points to " -":file:`/dev/null` as a record. The example below tells :command:`clr-" -"service-restart` not to restart the *rngd* daemon after an OS software " -"update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:68 -msgid "default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The :command:`default` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` revert" -" back to the OS defaults and delete any symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-" -"service-restart`. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart`" -" to restart *rngd* automatically again, because *rngd* is whitelisted for" -" automatic service restarts by default in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:81 -msgid "Monitor options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:83 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` works in the background and is invoked " -"with :command:`swupd` automatically. Review the journal output to verify " -"that services are restarted after an OS software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:87 -msgid "" -"If you pass both options (:command:`-a` and :command:`-n`) described " -"below, :command:`clr-service-restart` displays a complete list of system " -"services that require a restart. Use both options to verify that all " -"desired daemons are restarted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:94 -msgid "-n option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The :command:`-n` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` perform no " -"restarts. Instead it displays the services that could potentially be " -"restarted. When used, :command:`clr-service-restart` outputs a list of " -"messages showing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:100 -msgid "Which service needs a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:101 -msgid "What unit it is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:102 -msgid "Why it needs a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:103 -msgid "Which command is required to restart the unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:106 -msgid "-a option" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The :command:`-a` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` consider " -"all system services, not only the ones that are whitelisted. Because the " -"default whitelist in |CL| is relatively short, you can use this option to" -" restart all impacted services when you log in on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:114 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:116 -msgid "" -"In the example below, :command:`clr-service-restart` is invoked with both" -" the :command:`-a` and :command:`-n` options, which displays a complete " -"list of system services that require a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:120 -msgid "Command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:126 -msgid "Sample output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:138 -msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:140 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` may cause problems such as a short service" -" outage when a daemon is being restarted, or if a daemon fails to " -"properly restart. To minimize issues, :command:`clr-service-restart` " -"creates a telemetry record and sends it to the optional |CL| telemetry " -"service if both conditions below are met:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:146 -msgid "If a unit fails to automatically restart after an OS update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:147 -msgid "" -"If that unit resides in the system location " -":file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:149 -msgid "" -"If you do not install the |CL| telemetrics bundle, the data is discarded." -" If you install the telemetrics bundle and you opt to send telemetry, " -"then the system unit name is sent to the |CL| telemetry service. We " -"evaluate the report and update the whitelist to remove services that are " -"not safe to restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:157 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team enjoys coming up with simple and efficient solutions to " -"make your work easier. We made a GitHub\\* project of :command:`clr-" -"service-restart` and we invite you to look at the code, share your " -"thoughts, and work with us on improving the project. You can find the " -"project at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:164 -msgid "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9846debc..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:4 -msgid "Set the time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to reset the time in your |CL-ATTR| system when " -"the default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` servers cannot be " -"reached." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:9 -msgid "|CL| uses the `systemd-timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:12 -msgid "Install the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:18 -msgid "Set your time zone. This example uses Los Angeles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To see a list of time zones, use the command: :command:`timedatectl list-" -"timezones | grep `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:29 -msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/systemd/` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Create a new file named :file:`/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf` and enter the" -" following text." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:44 -msgid "Enable the `systemd-timesyncd` service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To check the service status, use the :command:`timedatectl status` " -"command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To restart the `timesyncd` daemon, enter :command:`systemctl restart " -"systemd-timesyncd` into your terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:57 -msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully set up the time in your |CL| system." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL-ATTR| uses the `systemd-" -#~ "timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide describes how to reset " -#~ "the time in your |CL| system when" -#~ " the default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time " -#~ "Protocol)` servers cannot be reached." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Install the `sysadmin-basic` bundle." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po deleted file mode 100644 index 187531b6..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:4 -msgid "Validate signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:7 -msgid "This guide describes how to validate the contents of a |CL-ATTR| image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Validating the contents of an image is a manual process and is the same " -"process that :ref:`swupd-guide` performs internally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:19 -msgid "" -"|CL| offers a way to validate the content of an image or an update. All " -"validation of content works by creating and signing a hash. A valid " -"signature creates a chain of trust. A broken chain of trust, seen as an " -"invalid signature, means the content is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:28 -msgid "Image content validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In the steps below, we used the installer image of the latest release of " -"|CL|. You may use any image of |CL| you choose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Download the image, the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image, and the" -" |CL| certificate used for signing the SHA512 sum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:45 -msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate matches the " -"following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:58 -msgid "Generate the SHA512 sum of the image and save it to a file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Ensure the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image was created using the" -" |CL| certificate. This confirms that the image is trusted and has not " -"been modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:74 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:125 -msgid "" -"The :command:`-purpose any` option is required when using OpenSSL 1.1. If" -" you use an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit this option to perform " -"signature validation. The :command:`openssl version` command may be used" -" to determine the version of OpenSSL in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The output should contain \"Verification successful\". If the output " -"contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the image is not trustworthy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:83 -msgid "Update content validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**swupd** validates all update content automatically before applying the " -"update content. The process swupd follows internally is illustrated here " -"with manual steps using the latest |CL| release. There is no need to " -"perform these steps manually when performing a :command:`swupd update`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Download the :abbr:`MoM (top-level manifest)`, the signature of the MoM, " -"and the Swupd certificate used for signing the signature of the MoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:102 -msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Confirm that the generated SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate matches " -"the SHA256 sum shown below to verify the integrity of the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Confirm that the signature of the MoM was created using the Swupd " -"certificate. This signature validates the update content is trustworthy " -"and has not been modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The SHA512 sum of the MoM is not generated and then signed. Instead, the " -"MoM is signed directly because it is small in size compared to an image " -"of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The output should contain \"Verification successful\". If the output " -"contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the MoM cannot be trusted. " -"Because the MoM contains a list of hashes for bundle manifests, if the " -"MoM cannot be trusted, then the bundle content cannot be trusted." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL-ATTR| offers a way to validate" -#~ " the content of an image or an" -#~ " update. All validation of content " -#~ "works by creating and signing a " -#~ "hash. A valid signature creates a " -#~ "chain of trust. A broken chain of" -#~ " trust, seen as an invalid signature," -#~ " means the content is not valid." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide covers how to validate " -#~ "the contents of an image, which is" -#~ " a manual process and is the " -#~ "same process ``swupd`` performs internally " -#~ "to validate an update." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For the outlined steps, the installer" -#~ " image of the latest release of " -#~ "|CL| is used for illustrative purposes." -#~ " You may use any image of |CL|" -#~ " you choose." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ensure the signature of the SHA512 " -#~ "sum of the image was created using" -#~ " the |CL| certificate. This validates " -#~ "the image is trusted and it has" -#~ " not been modified." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `-purpose any` option is required" -#~ " when using OpenSSL 1.1. If using" -#~ " an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit" -#~ " this option to perform signature " -#~ "validation. The `openssl version` command " -#~ "may be used to determine the " -#~ "version of OpenSSL in use." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The output should contain ``Verification " -#~ "successful``. If the output contains " -#~ "``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the image " -#~ "is not trustworthy." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "``swupd`` validates all update content " -#~ "automatically before applying the update " -#~ "content. The process ``swupd`` follows " -#~ "internally is illustrated here with " -#~ "manual steps using the latest |CL| " -#~ "release. There is no need to " -#~ "perform these steps manually when " -#~ "performing a ``swupd update``." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of " -#~ "the Swupd certificate matches following " -#~ "SHA256 sum to verify the integrity " -#~ "of the certificate." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ensure the signature of the MoM " -#~ "was created using the Swupd certificate." -#~ " This signature validates the update " -#~ "content is trustworthy and has not " -#~ "been modified." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The output should contain ``Verification " -#~ "successful``. If the output contains " -#~ "``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the MoM " -#~ "cannot be trusted. Because the MoM " -#~ "contains a list of hashes for " -#~ "bundle manifests, if the MoM cannot " -#~ "be trusted, then the bundle content " -#~ "cannot be trusted." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9a7897f8..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:4 -msgid "Build a custom |CL-ATTR| based Docker container image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide contains the steps to build a custom container image. The " -"official base |CL-ATTR| container image is published on Docker\\* Hub and" -" is updated on a regular basis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:15 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You must perform these steps on a |CL| system because the :abbr:`swupd " -"(software updater)` is used to manage bundles in the container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You must install the :file:`containers-basic` bundle on the |CL| system " -"or Docker will not work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:22 -msgid "You have a basic understanding of Docker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:25 -msgid "Build the base container image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:27 -msgid "Log in and get root privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:33 -msgid "Verify Docker is installed and running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:39 -msgid "If Docker is installed and running, the output is similar to this example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:82 -msgid "If Docker is not installed, enter the commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:89 -msgid "Use :command:`os-install` to download and install the bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:96 -msgid "The swupd example uses the following flags:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:98 -msgid ":command:`os-install` tells swupd to download and install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:99 -msgid ":command:`-V / --version` specifies the version of the |CL| bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:100 -msgid ":command:`--url` specifies the URL of the bundles repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:101 -msgid "" -":command:`--statedir` specifies the state directory where downloaded " -"bundles and any state information are stored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:103 -msgid "" -":command:`--no-boot-update` tells swupd to skip updating boot files " -"because boot files are not required for a container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:106 -msgid "" -"For more information on swupd flags, enter the :command:`swupd os-install" -" -h` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:109 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:172 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:199 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:233 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:295 -msgid "Example output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:146 -msgid "The WARNING message is expected and can be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:148 -msgid "Create a tarball and compress it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:155 -msgid "Create the Dockerfile to build the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:166 -msgid "Build the |CL| container image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:193 -msgid "List the newly created |CL| container image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:206 -msgid "Launch the built |CL| container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:213 -msgid "Manage bundles in a container" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:215 -msgid "" -"You can add and remove bundles from a |CL| container using the " -":command:`RUN swupd` command in the Dockerfile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:219 -msgid "Add a bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:221 -msgid "" -"This example Dockerfile adds the :file:`pxe-server` bundle to an existing" -" |CL| Docker image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:277 -msgid "" -"The WARNING message can be ignored because systemd does not run inside a " -"container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:281 -msgid "Remove a bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:283 -msgid "" -"This example Dockerfile removes the :file:`pxe-server` bundle from an " -"existing |CL| Docker image:" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The official base |CL-ATTR| container" -#~ " image is published on Docker\\* Hub" -#~ " and is updated on a regular " -#~ "basis. This guide contains the steps " -#~ "to build a custom container image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Use `os-install` to download and install the bundles." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The `swupd` example uses the following flags:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":command:`os-install` tells `swupd` to download and install." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ ":command:`--no-boot-update` tells `swupd` " -#~ "to skip updating boot files because " -#~ "boot files are not required for a" -#~ " container." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more information on `swupd` flags," -#~ " enter the :command:`swupd os-install " -#~ "-h` command." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The `WARNING` message is expected and can be ignored." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `WARNING` message can be ignored " -#~ "because systemd does not run inside " -#~ "a container." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po deleted file mode 100644 index a6d64105..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,437 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:4 -msgid "Use DPDK to send packets between platforms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:6 -msgid "This guide describes how to send packets between two platforms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:13 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Figure 1 shows how to send packets between two platforms in a simple " -"configuration. The example uses the :abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit " -"(DPDK)`, which is a set of libraries, drivers, sample applications, and " -"tools for fast packet processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:24 -msgid "Figure 1: Environment for l3fwd DPDK application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:26 -msgid "This example uses the following DPDK components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:28 -msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen`_ documentation for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:29 -msgid "" -"l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example application. See `l3fwd`_ documentation" -" for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:33 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:35 -msgid "Two platforms using |CL-ATTR| release `13330`_ or higher." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:36 -msgid "Both images must include the :command:`kernel-native` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:37 -msgid "Install the :command:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Each platform must have at least one :abbr:`NIC (Network Interface " -"Card)`. Check the `DPDK project`_ for the list of supported `dpdk.org " -"NICs`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:46 -msgid "Two network cables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:49 -msgid "Install dpdk and build l3fwd example (Platform B)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:51 -msgid "Change to the :file:`l3fwd` example directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:57 -msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the makefiles path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` variable to the location of the gcc\\* config" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Build the `l3fwd` application and add the configuration header to the " -":makevar:`CFLAGS` variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:79 -msgid "Build pktgen (Platform A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:81 -msgid "Download the `pktgen tar package`_ v3.1.2 or newer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:83 -msgid "Decompress packages and move to uncompressed source directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:85 -msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the path where makefiles are located." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:91 -msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` to the location of the gcc config file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Build the `pktgen` project and set the " -":makevar:`CONFIG_RTE_BUILD_SHARED_LIB` variable to \"n\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:105 -msgid "Bind NICs to DPDK kernel drivers (Platforms A and B)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The `l3fwd` application uses two NICs. The DPDK includes tools for " -"binding NICs to DPDK modules to run DPDK applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:110 -msgid "Load the DPDK I/O kernel module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Check the NIC status to determine which network cards are not busy. When " -"another application is using them, the status shows \"Active\", and those" -" NICs cannot be bound." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Bind two available NICs. The general syntax for binding is: :command" -":`dpdk-devbind --bind=vfio-pci `. A working example is " -"shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Check the NIC status to verify that the NICs are bound correctly. If " -"successful, `drv` displays the value `igb_uio`, which confirms that the " -"NICs are using the DPDK modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:138 -msgid "Set hugepages (Platforms A and B)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:140 -msgid "" -"|CL| supports `hugepages` for the large memory pool allocation used for " -"packet buffers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:143 -msgid "Set the number of hugepages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:149 -msgid "Allocate pages on NUMA machines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:156 -msgid "Make memory available for DPDK." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:162 -msgid "" -"For more information, refer to the `DPDK guide`_ System Requirements " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:167 -msgid "Set up the physical environment (Platforms A and B)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Connect the NICs on Platform A to the NICs on Platform B using the " -"network cables as shown in figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:174 -msgid "Figure 2: Physical network environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:178 -msgid "Run l3fwd application (Platform B)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:180 -msgid "" -"The `l3fwd` application is one of the DPDK examples available when you " -"install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. `l3fwd` forwards packets from one " -"NIC to another. For details, refer to the `l3fwd`_ documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:184 -msgid "Open the l3fwd example directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:190 -msgid "**This step is very important.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:192 -msgid "DPDK needs poll mode drivers to operate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:193 -msgid "Poll mode drivers are shared objects in :file:`/usr/lib64`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:194 -msgid "See the full list of supported NICs at `dpdk.org NICs`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:195 -msgid "" -"You must know which kernel module each NIC is using and choose a poll " -"mode driver that corresponds to your NICs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:198 -msgid "" -"NIC binding and `pktgen` configuration depends upon network use cases and" -" available system resources. Use the :command:`-d` flag to set the poll " -"mode driver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:202 -msgid "" -"The following example assumes that the NICs use the `e1000` network " -"driver and the `e1000` poll mode driver. The :file:`librte_pmd_e1000.so` " -"is located in :file:`/usr/lib64` in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:210 -msgid "" -"The `l3fwd` application shows port initialization details at startup. " -"After port 0 initialization completes, `l3fwd` shows a MAC address and " -"information for port 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:214 -msgid "Save the MAC address for configuring the `pktgen` project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:217 -msgid "Run pktgen application (Platform A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:219 -msgid "`pktgen` is a network traffic generator included in the DPDK." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:221 -msgid "" -"`pktgen` configuration depends upon the network setup and the available " -"system resources. The following example shows a basic configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:229 -msgid "Enable active colorful output (optional)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:235 -msgid "" -"Use the MAC addresses shown by the `l3fwd` application during " -"initialization. The command to set the MAC addresses in `pktgen` has the " -"format:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:242 ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:301 -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:319 -msgid "Here is a working example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:249 -msgid "Send packets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:255 -msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen`_ documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:258 -msgid "Appendix A: Use pass-through for virtual machines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:260 -msgid "" -"This section explains how to set up a virtual environment where virtual " -"machines control the NICs on the host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:263 -msgid "Create a new directory and move to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Download or create a :file:`start_qemu.sh` script for running a kvm " -"virtual machine:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:272 -msgid "Download a bare-metal image of |CL| and rename it as :file:`clear.img`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:274 -msgid "Look for an Ethernet\\* device entry that contains vendor and device ID:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:280 -msgid "An example output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:286 -msgid "" -"where `03:00.0` is the device entry and `8086:1521` is the `vendor:device" -" ID`. Record this information, because you need it to unbind the NICs " -"from a host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:291 -msgid "" -"Unbind the NICs from the host to do pass-through with virtual machines. " -"|CL| supports this action. The commands take the format:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:310 -msgid "" -"Assign the unbound NICs to the KVM virtual machine (guest). Modify the " -":file:`start_qemu.sh` script in `qemu-system-x86_64` arguments, and add " -"the lines with the host's NICs information in the format:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Add more NUMA machines to the virtual machine by adding lines to the " -"Makefile boot target in the format:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:333 -msgid "" -"Here is a working example for a virtual machine with 4096 memory and four" -" CPUs:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:341 -msgid "Each NUMA machine must use the same quantity of memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:343 -msgid "Run the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This document describes how to send " -#~ "packets between two platforms in the " -#~ "simple configuration shown in :ref:`Figure " -#~ "1 `. The example uses the " -#~ ":abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK)`, " -#~ "which is a set of libraries, " -#~ "drivers, sample applications, and tools " -#~ "for fast packet processing." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen documentation`_ for details." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example " -#~ "application. See `l3fwd documentation`_ for" -#~ " details." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Both images must include the :file:`kernel-native bundle`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Install the :file:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check the NIC status to determine " -#~ "which network cards are not busy. " -#~ "When another application is using them," -#~ " the status shows `Active`, and those" -#~ " NICs cannot be bound." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Connect the NICs on Platform A to" -#~ " the NICs on Platform B using " -#~ "the network cables as shown in " -#~ ":ref:`Figure 2`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `l3fwd` application is one of " -#~ "the DPDK examples available when you " -#~ "install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. " -#~ "`l3fwd` forwards packets from one NIC" -#~ " to another. For details, refer to" -#~ " the `l3fwd documentation`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen documentation`_." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po deleted file mode 100644 index 29157ea6..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,405 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:4 -msgid "Install over the network with iPXE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to install |CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot " -"Execution Environment)` over the network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:16 -msgid "" -"PXE is an industry standard that describes client-server interaction with" -" network-boot software and uses the DHCP and TFTP protocols. This guide " -"shows one method of using the PXE environment to install |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The PXE extension called `iPXE`_ adds support for additional protocols " -"such as HTTP, :abbr:`iSCSI (Internet Small Computer Systems Interface)`, " -":abbr:`AoE (ATA over Ethernet\\*)`, and :abbr:`FCoE (Fiber Channel over " -"Ethernet\\*)`. iPXE enables network booting on computers with no built-in" -" PXE support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To install |CL| through iPXE, you must create a PXE client. Figure 1 " -"depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:31 -msgid "Figure 1: PXE information flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The |CL| image that boots through the PXE process automatically erases " -"all data and partitions on the PXE client system and creates 3 new " -"partitions to install onto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:40 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:42 -msgid "Before booting with iPXE, make the following preparations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Connect the PXE server and PXE clients to a switch on a private network, " -"as shown in figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:50 -msgid "Figure 2: Network topology." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Your PXE client must have a boot order where the network boot option is " -"prioritized before the disk boot option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:55 -msgid "Your PXE server must have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:57 -msgid "Ethernet/LAN boot option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:58 -msgid "At least two network adapters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:59 -msgid "Connection to a public network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:60 -msgid "Secure boot option disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:64 -msgid "" -"You must disable the secure boot option in the BIOS because the UEFI " -"binaries used to boot |CL| are not signed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:69 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To set up |CL| using iPXE automatically, use the :file:`configure-" -"ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init Service)`. " -"For additional instructions on the script, refer to the guide on the " -"`ister-cloud-init-svc`_ GitHub\\* repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:76 -msgid "To set up |CL| manually, perform the steps below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:78 -msgid "Define the variables used for iPXE boot configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:94 -msgid "Log in and get root privilege." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Add the :command:`pxe-server` bundle to your |CL| system. The bundle " -"contains all files needed to run a PXE server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Download the latest network-bootable release of |CL| and extract the " -"files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the initial ramdisk file is named :file:`initrd` and the " -"kernel file is named :file:`linux`, which is a symbolic link to the " -"actual kernel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:125 -msgid "" -"Create an iPXE boot script with the following contents. During an iPXE " -"boot, the iPXE boot script directs the PXE client to download the files " -"to boot and install |CL|. Use the names previously given to the initial " -"ramdisk and kernel files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight web-server known " -"as nginx. Create a configuration file for nginx to serve |CL| to PXE " -"clients with the following contents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Create a separate nginx configuration file to serve network-bootable " -"images on a non-standard port number. This action saves existing nginx " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:167 -msgid "Start nginx and enable the startup on boot option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight DNS server which " -"conflicts with the DNS stub listener provided in `systemd-resolved`. " -"Disable the DNS stub listener and temporarily stop `systemd-resolved`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Assign a static IP address to the network adapter for the private network" -" and restart `systemd-networkd` with the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:204 -msgid "" -"Configure :abbr:`NAT (Network Address Translation)` to route traffic from" -" the private network to the public network. This action makes the PXE " -"server act as a router. To make these changes persistent during reboots, " -"save the changes to the firewall with the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:220 -msgid "" -"The firewall masks packets to make them appear as coming from the PXE " -"server and hides PXE clients from the public network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Configure the kernel to forward network packets to different interfaces. " -"Otherwise, NAT will not work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:232 -msgid "" -"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE firmware images that allow" -" computers without an iPXE implementation to perform an iPXE boot. Create" -" a TFTP hosting directory and populate the directory with the iPXE " -"firmware images with the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:242 -msgid "" -"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight TFTP, DNS, and " -"DHCP server known as `dnsmasq`. Create a configuration file for `dnsmasq`" -" to listen on a dedicated IP address for those functions. PXE clients on " -"the private network will use this IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Add the options to serve iPXE firmware images to PXE clients over TFTP to" -" the `dnsmasq` configuration file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Add the options to host a DHCP server for PXE clients to the " -":file:`dnsmasq` configuration file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:285 -msgid "The configuration provides the following important functions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:287 -msgid "" -"Directs PXE clients without an iPXE implementation to the TFTP server to " -"acquire architecture-specific iPXE firmware images that allow them to " -"perform an iPXE boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Activates only on the network adapter that has an IP address on the " -"defined subnet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:292 -msgid "Directs PXE clients to the DNS server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:293 -msgid "Directs PXE clients to the PXE server for routing via NAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Divides the private network into two pools of IP addresses. One pool is " -"for network boot and one pool is used after boot. Each pool has their own" -" lease times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Create a file for `dnsmasq` to record the IP addresses it provides to PXE" -" clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:306 -msgid "Start `dnsmasq` and enable startup on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:313 -msgid "Start `systemd-resolved`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:321 -msgid "" -"`systemd-resolved` dynamically updates the list of DNS servers for the " -"private network if you use the `dnsmasq` DNS server. The setup creates a " -"pass-through DNS server that relies on the DNS servers listed in " -":file:`/etc/resolv.conf`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:326 -msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch the client boot and install |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:328 -msgid "" -"After booting, |CL| automatically partitions the hard drive, installs " -"itself, updates to the latest version, and reboots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:332 -msgid "" -"**Congratulations!** You have successfully installed and configured a PXE" -" server that enables PXE clients to boot and install |CL| over the " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| over the network with iPXE" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This guide describes how to install " -#~ "|CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot " -#~ "Execution Environment)`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Connect the PXE server and PXE " -#~ "clients to a switch on a private" -#~ " network, as shown in Figure 2." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To set up |CL| using iPXE " -#~ "automatically, use the :file:`configure-" -#~ "ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS " -#~ "(Ister Cloud Init Service)`. For " -#~ "additional instructions on the script, " -#~ "refer to the guide on the `ICIS" -#~ " GitHub repository`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the `pxe-server` bundle to " -#~ "your |CL| system. The bundle contains" -#~ " all files needed to run a PXE" -#~ " server." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " -#~ "lightweight web-server known as `nginx`." -#~ " Create a configuration file for " -#~ "`nginx` to serve |CL| to PXE " -#~ "clients with the following contents:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create a separate `nginx` configuration " -#~ "file to serve network-bootable images" -#~ " on a non-standard port number. " -#~ "This action saves existing `nginx` " -#~ "configurations." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Start `nginx` and enable the startup on boot option." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " -#~ "lightweight DNS server which conflicts " -#~ "with the DNS stub listener provided " -#~ "in `systemd-resolved`. Disable the DNS" -#~ " stub listener and temporarily stop " -#~ "`systemd-resolved`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE" -#~ " firmware images that allow computers " -#~ "without an iPXE implementation to " -#~ "perform an iPXE boot. Create a " -#~ "TFTP hosting directory and populate the" -#~ " directory with the iPXE firmware " -#~ "images with the following commands:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " -#~ "lightweight TFTP, DNS, and DHCP server" -#~ " known as `dnsmasq`. Create a " -#~ "configuration file for `dnsmasq` to " -#~ "listen on a dedicated IP address " -#~ "for those functions. PXE clients on " -#~ "the private network will use this " -#~ "IP address." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the options to host a DHCP " -#~ "server for PXE clients to the " -#~ "`dnsmasq` configuration file." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po deleted file mode 100644 index ccad1e44..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:4 -msgid "Combine multiple interfaces with network bonding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to configure systemd to use the " -":command:`bonding` driver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Network bonding combines multiple network interfaces into a single " -"logical interface to provide redundancy and bandwidth aggregation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:12 -msgid "|CL-ATTR| includes the Linux `Bonding driver`_ and `Team driver`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:14 -msgid "The example demonstrates how to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:16 -msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in 802.3ad mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:18 -msgid "Enable jumbo frames to optimize large data transfers on the local network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Your NICs and network switch must support 802.3ad mode and jumbo frames. " -"The example explains how to configure your NICs for both features. Your " -"switch may require additional configuration. See your switch " -"documentation for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:26 -msgid "You must run all commands in this guide as root." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:28 -msgid "Log in and get root privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:34 -msgid "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory contains configuration files " -"and network settings for the virtual device and its underlying physical " -"interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Configure systemd to create a virtual network device called `bond1`. Use " -"a text editor to create a file named :file:`30-bond1.netdev`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Refer to the `systemd.netdev`_ manpage for :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file " -"syntax. This example is based on Example 9 on the manpage. Modify the " -"example for your configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Configure the slave interfaces. Create a text file named " -":file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`. Assign the slave interfaces to the " -"virtual `bond1` device and use the syntax shown in `systemd.network`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The example bonds all four ports of a quad-port NIC as a slave of " -"`bond1`. The example uses a wildcard match because the NIC names are in " -"the range `enp1s0f0-enp1s0f3`. If your NIC names are not wildcard-" -"compatible, create a separate :file:`.network` file for each NIC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For best results, do not assign addresses or DHCP support to the " -"individual NICs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The `MTUBytes` setting enables jumbo frames of up to 9000 bytes. Your " -"switch may require additional configuration to support this setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:89 -msgid "Configure the bonded interface in a file named :file:`30-bond1.network`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:103 -msgid "`bond1` is a virtual interface with no physical link status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:105 -msgid "" -"`BindCarrier` indicates that the `bond1` link status is determined by the" -" status of the listed slave devices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:108 -msgid "" -"`Address` contains an IP address that you assign to the logical " -"interface. DHCP bonded interfaces are complex and outside the scope of " -"this example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:111 -msgid "" -"`MTUBytes` must be set to 9000 on all slave interfaces and on the bonded " -"interface for successful jumbo frames operation. If `MTUBytes` is not the" -" same on all interfaces, then the lowest value is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:115 -msgid "Apply the new network configuration with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:121 -msgid "" -"The `MTUBytes` settings do not take effect until you reboot or manually " -"apply the settings with a utility such as ifconfig." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL-ATTR| includes Linux bonding_ and" -#~ " team_ drivers. This guide describes " -#~ "how to configure systemd to use " -#~ "the `bonding` driver." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in `802.3ad` mode." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your NICs and network switch must " -#~ "support `802.3ad` mode and jumbo frames." -#~ " The example explains how to " -#~ "configure your NICs for both features." -#~ " Your switch may require additional " -#~ "configuration. See your switch documentation" -#~ " for details." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Refer to the systemd.netdev_ manpage for" -#~ " :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file syntax. This " -#~ "example is based on Example 9 on" -#~ " the manpage. Modify the example for" -#~ " your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the slave interfaces. Create a" -#~ " text file named :file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`." -#~ " Assign the slave interfaces to the" -#~ " virtual `bond1` device and use the" -#~ " syntax shown in systemd.network_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `MTUBytes` settings do not take " -#~ "effect until you reboot or manually " -#~ "apply the settings with a utility " -#~ "such as `ifconfig`." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po deleted file mode 100644 index 40be3800..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1148 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:4 -msgid "Remote-desktop to a host using VNC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to use :abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` " -"to connect to a remote |CL-ATTR| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:9 -msgid "" -"VNC is a client-server GUI-based tool that allows you to connect via " -"remote-desktop to your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:17 -msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your host" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:19 -msgid "To configure VNC to work on your |CL| host, install these bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:21 -msgid "" -":command:`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop " -"Manager)`, sets it to start automatically on boot, and installs TigerVNC " -"Viewer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:23 -msgid ":command:`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:25 -msgid "Follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:27 -msgid "Log into your |CL| host and get root privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:33 -msgid "Install the |CL| bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:39 -msgid "Reboot your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:42 -msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your host" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:44 -msgid "" -"There are three methods you can use to configure and start the VNC server" -" on your |CL| host:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:47 -msgid "Table 1: VNC-server-start Configuration Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:51 -msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:52 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:90 -msgid "Method 1: Manually start a VNC session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:53 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:151 -msgid "Method 2: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:54 -msgid "Method 3: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:55 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is the traditional method where you SSH into the |CL| host, manually" -" start a VNC session to get a display ID, and connect to it by supplying " -"the display ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The system administrator sets up a systemd service script for you with a " -"pre-assigned display ID. You make a VNC connection and supply your pre-" -"assigned display ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The system adminstrator configures GDM to accept connection requests. " -"When you make a VNC connection to the |CL| host, you see the GDM login " -"screen and authenticate as if you are local." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:65 -msgid "Who configures VNC settings?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:66 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:70 -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:74 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:75 -msgid "You" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:67 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:68 -msgid "System adminstrator" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:69 -msgid "Who starts VNC session?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:71 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:72 -msgid "Set to start automatically on boot by system administrator" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:73 -msgid "Who ends VNC sesssion?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:76 -msgid "System administrator can disable VNC service altogether" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:77 -msgid "Requires VNC password to authenticate?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:78 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:79 -msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:80 -msgid "No. Use |CL| account username and password through GDM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Although all three methods can coexist on the same |CL| host, we " -"recommend you pick a method that suits your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:86 -msgid "" -"For simplicity, the rest of this guide refers to these methods as Method " -"1, Method 2, and Method 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:92 -msgid "" -"You (and each user) must perform these steps to initialize your VNC " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:94 -msgid "Log in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:95 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:554 -msgid "Open a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Start VNC with the :command:`vncserver` command. Since this is your " -"first time starting VNC, it adds default configuration files and asks you" -" to set a VNC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:104 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:429 -msgid "Example output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Upon completion, you can find the default configuration files and the " -"password file hidden in the :file:`.vnc` directory in your home " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:125 -msgid "" -"A VNC session starts and shows a unique display ID, which is the number " -"following the hostname and the colon \":\". In the above example, the " -"display ID is 2. In a later step, you will supply the display ID to your" -" VNC viewer app for connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Kill the active VNC session for the time being with the " -":command:`vncserver -kill :[display ID]` command. Substitute [display " -"ID] with your active VNC session display ID. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you do not recall the active session display ID, use the " -":command:`vncserver -list` command to find it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:143 -msgid "Optional configurations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:145 -msgid "" -"To customize settings such as screen size, security type, etc., modify " -"the :file:`$HOME/.vnc/config` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:147 -msgid "" -"To customize the applications to run at startup, modify the " -":file:`$HOME/.vnc/xstartup` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:153 -msgid "" -"To configure VNC for this method, you must have root privileges. You " -"will set up a systemd service file for all intended VNC users with their " -"own preassigned unique display ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:157 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:243 -msgid "Log in and get root privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Make sure the user accounts already exist. Use the following command to " -"list all users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:171 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:249 -msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/systemd/system`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Create a systemd service script file :file:`vncserver@:[X].service`, " -"where [X] is the display ID, for each user in :file:`/etc/systemd/system`" -" Each user must be assigned a unique display ID. Be sure the correct " -"username is entered in the :guilabel:`User` field. The example below " -"shows user vnc-user-b who is assigned the display ID 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Have each user log into their account and set a VNC password with the " -":command:`vncpasswd` command before proceeding to the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Start the VNC service script and set it to start automatically on boot " -"for each user. Replace the [X] with the display ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:217 -msgid "After starting the services, verify they are running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:223 -msgid "" -"The example below shows 2 VNC sessions that were successfully started for" -" users vnc-user-b with display ID 5 and vnc-user-c with display ID 6." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:235 -msgid "Method 3: Multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:237 -msgid "" -"For this method, VNC is configured as a systemd service that listens on " -"port 5900 and GDM is configured to accept access requests from VNC. When " -"you make a VNC connection to your |CL| host, you are presented with the " -"GDM login screen and you authenticate as if you are local. You must have" -" root privileges to perform this configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:255 -msgid "Create a systemd socket file :file:`xvnc.socket` and add the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:273 -msgid "Create a systemd service file :file:`xvnc@.service` and add the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:290 -msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/gdm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:297 -msgid "Create a GDM :file:`custom.conf` file and add the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:309 -msgid "Start the VNC socket script and set it to start automatically on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:317 -msgid "After starting the socket, verify it is running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:323 -msgid "The example below shows the xvnc.socket is running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:332 -msgid "See the vncserver Man page for additional information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:335 -msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:337 -msgid "" -"You need a VNC viewer app on your client system to connect to your |CL| " -"host. An SSH client is only needed if you chose to use Method 1 or you " -"plan to encrypt your VNC traffic, which is discussed later in this guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:341 -msgid "Perform the steps below to add these apps to your client system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:344 -msgid "Install a VNC viewer app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:346 -msgid "On |CL|:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:352 -msgid "On Ubuntu\\*, Mint\\*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:358 -msgid "On Fedora\\*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:364 -msgid "On Windows\\*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:366 -msgid "Install `RealVNC for Windows`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:368 -msgid "On macOS\\*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:370 -msgid "Install `RealVNC for macOS`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:373 -msgid "Install an SSH client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:375 -msgid "" -"On most Linux distros (|CL|, Ubuntu, Mint, Fedora, etc.) and macOS, SSH " -"is built-in so you don't need to install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:377 -msgid "On Windows, you can install `Putty`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:380 -msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your host" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:382 -msgid "" -"Depending on the VNC-server-configuration method chosen, use the " -"appropriate VNC connection:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:385 -msgid "" -"If you chose Method 1, you must take a few extra steps by using SSH to " -"connect to your |CL| host and then manually launching VNC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:388 -msgid "" -"If you chose Method 2, get your preassigned VNC display ID from your " -"system administrator first and then proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-" -"session` section below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:392 -msgid "If you chose Method 3, proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:396 -msgid "SSH into your host and launch VNC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:398 -msgid "SSH into your |CL| host" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:400 -msgid "On Linux distros and macOS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:406 -msgid "On Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:408 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:725 -msgid "Launch Putty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:409 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:728 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, select :guilabel:`Session`. See " -"Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:411 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:730 -msgid "" -"Enter the IP address of your |CL| host in the :guilabel:`Host Name (or IP" -" address)` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:413 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:732 -msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Connection type` option to :guilabel:`SSH`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:414 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:754 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Open` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:420 -msgid "Figure 1: Putty - configure SSH session settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:422 -msgid "Log in with your |CL| username and password. Do not use your VNC password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:423 -msgid "Start a VNC session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:438 -msgid "" -"Take note of the generated display ID because you will input it into the " -"VNC viewer app to establish the connection. The above example shows the " -"display ID is 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:444 -msgid "" -"VNC automatically picks a unique display ID unless you specify one. To " -"specify a display ID, enter a unique number that is not already in use " -"after the colon. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:452 -msgid "" -"You can now end the SSH connection by logging out. This does not " -"terminate your active VNC session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:458 -msgid "Connect to your VNC session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:460 -msgid "" -"For Method 1 and Method 2, you must connect to a specific active session " -"or display ID using one of two options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:463 -msgid "" -"Use a fully-qualified VNC port number, which consists of the default VNC " -"server port (5900) plus the display ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:465 -msgid "Use the display ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:467 -msgid "" -"For example, if the display ID is 3, it can be specified as 5903 or just " -"as 3. For Method 3, VNC does not expect a display ID. Use 5900. For " -"simplicity, the instructions below use the fully-qualified VNC port " -"number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:471 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:763 -msgid "**On Linux distros:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:473 -msgid "Open a terminal emulator and enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:479 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:508 -msgid "Enter your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:481 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:510 -msgid "" -"For Method 1 and Method 2, enter your VNC password. No username is " -"required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:483 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:512 -msgid "For Method 3, enter your |CL| account username and password through GDM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:488 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:517 -msgid "" -"With Method 3, you cannot remotely log into your |CL| host through VNC if" -" you are logged in locally and vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:491 -msgid "**On Windows and macOS using RealVNC app:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:493 -msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app. See Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Enter the IP address of the |CL| host and the fully-qualified VNC port " -"number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:497 -msgid "" -"The following screenshot shows connecting to |CL| host 192.168.25.54 with" -" a fully-qualified VNC port number 5902." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:504 -msgid "Figure 2: RealVNC Viewer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:506 -msgid "Press the :kbd:`Enter` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:521 -msgid "Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:523 -msgid "" -"To increase the RealVNC viewer image quality, manually change the " -":guilabel:`ColorLevel` value. Follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:526 -msgid "" -"Right-click a connection node and select :guilabel:`Properties...`. See " -"Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:533 -msgid "Figure 3: RealVNC Viewer - change connection node properties" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:535 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Expert` tab. See Figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:537 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`ColorLevel` setting and change it to your preferred" -" setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:544 -msgid "Figure 4: RealVNC Viewer - change :guilabel:`ColorLevel`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:547 -msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your host" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:549 -msgid "" -"For Method 1 and Method 2, once started, a VNC session remains active on " -"your |CL| host even if you close your VNC viewer app. If you want to " -"truly terminate an active VNC session, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:553 -msgid "SSH into your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:555 -msgid "" -"Find the active VNC session display ID with the command " -":command:`vncserver -list`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:562 -msgid "" -"Terminate it with the :command:`vncserver -kill` command followed by a " -"colon and the display ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:569 -msgid "" -"For Method 3, only the system administrator can stop and disable the VNC " -"service by using these commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:579 -msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:581 -msgid "" -"By default, VNC traffic is not encrypted. Figure 6 shows an example " -"warning from RealVNC Viewer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:588 -msgid "Figure 6: RealVNC Viewer - Connection not encrypted warning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:590 -msgid "" -"To add security, VNC traffic can be routed through an SSH tunnel. This is" -" accomplished by following these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:593 -msgid "" -"Configure the VNC server to only accept connection from localhost by " -"adding the :command:`-localhost` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:595 -msgid "" -"Set up an SSH tunnel between your client system and your |CL| host. Your " -"client system will forward traffic from the localhost (the client) " -"destined for a specified fully-qualified VNC port number (on the client) " -"to your |CL| host with the same port number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:599 -msgid "" -"The VNC viewer app on your client system will now connect to localhost, " -"instead of the IP address of your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:603 -msgid "Configure VNC to only accept connection from localhost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:605 -msgid "For Method 1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Edit the :file:`config` file located in :file:`$HOME/.vnc` and uncomment " -"the `# localhost` line. It should look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:623 -msgid "If an active session exists, kill it, and then restart it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:625 -msgid "For Method 2:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:627 -msgid "" -"Edit the systemd service script :file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in" -" :file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add :command:`-localhost` to the " -"`ExecStart` line. The example below uses vncserver@:5.service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:649 -msgid "Restart the service script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:656 -msgid "For Method 3:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:658 -msgid "No change is needed to the :file:`xvnc@service` script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:660 -msgid "" -"After you have restarted your VNC session, you can verify that it only " -"accepts connections from localhost by using the :command:`netstat` " -"command like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:670 -msgid "" -"Add the |CL| :command:`network-basic` bundle to get the " -":command:`netstat` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:673 -msgid "" -"Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections " -"from any host as specified by the `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the " -":command:`-localhost` option was used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:681 -msgid "Figure 7: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections from any host" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:683 -msgid "" -"Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting " -"connections from localhost as specified by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after " -"the :command:`-localhost` option was used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:691 -msgid "" -"Figure 8: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting connections from " -"localhost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:694 -msgid "Set up an SSH tunnel from your client system to your |CL| host" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:696 -msgid "**On Linux distros and macOS:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:698 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:765 -msgid "Open terminal emulator and enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:705 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:755 -msgid "Enter your |CL| account password (not your VNC password)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:709 -msgid "" -"`-L` specifies that [client port number] on the localhost (on the client " -"side) is forwarded to [fully-qualified VNC port number] (on the server " -"side)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:712 -msgid "" -"Replace `[client port number]` with an available client port number (for " -"example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `[client port number]` " -"the same as the `[fully-qualified VNC port number]`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:715 -msgid "" -"Replace `[fully-qualified VNC port number]` with 5900 (default VNC port) " -"plus the display ID. For example, if the display ID is 2, the fully-" -"qualified VNC port number is is 5902." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:718 -msgid "`-N` tells SSH to only forward ports and not execute a remote command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:720 -msgid "`-f` tells SSH to go into the background before command execution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:721 -msgid "`-l` specifies the username to log in as." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:723 -msgid "**On Windows:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:726 -msgid "Specify the |CL| VNC host to connect to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:734 -msgid "Configure the SSH tunnel. See Figure 9 for an example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:736 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, go to :guilabel:`Connection` > " -":guilabel:`SSH` > :guilabel:`Tunnels`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:739 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Source port` field, enter an available client port " -"number (for example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `Source " -"port` the same as the fully-qualified VNC port number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:743 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Destination` field, enter `localhost:` plus the fully-" -"qualified VNC port number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:746 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:752 -msgid "Figure 9: Putty - configure SSH tunnel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:758 -msgid "Connect to a VNC session through an SSH tunnel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:760 -msgid "" -"After you have set up an SSH tunnel, follow these instructions to connect" -" to your VNC session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:771 -msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC`:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:773 -msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:774 -msgid "" -"Enter `localhost` and the fully-qualified VNC port number. See Figure 10" -" for an example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:781 -msgid "Figure 10: RealVNC viewer app connecting to `localhost:1234`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:785 -msgid "" -"RealVNC will still warn that the connection is not encrypted even though " -"its traffic is going through the SSH tunnel. You can ignore this " -"warning." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Remote-desktop to a |CL-ATTR| host using VNC" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ ":abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` is " -#~ "a client-server GUI-based tool " -#~ "that allows you to connect via " -#~ "remote-desktop to your |CL-ATTR| " -#~ "host." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "This guide shows you how to:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your |CL| host." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your |CL| host." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your |CL| host." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your |CL| host." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM " -#~ "(Gnome Desktop Manager)`, sets it to " -#~ "start automatically on boot, and " -#~ "installs TigerVNC Viewer." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Method 1`: Manually start a VNC session" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Method 2`: Automatically start a VNC" -#~ " session via a systemd service script" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Method 3`: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For simplicity, the rest of this " -#~ "guide refers to these methods as " -#~ "`Method 1`, `Method 2`, and `Method " -#~ "3`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Upon completion, you can find the " -#~ "default configuration files and the " -#~ "password file hidden in the `.vnc` " -#~ "directory in your home directory." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Also, a VNC session starts and " -#~ "shows a unique display ID, which " -#~ "is the number following the hostname " -#~ "and the colon `:`. In the above" -#~ " example, the display ID is 2. " -#~ "In a later step, you will supply" -#~ " the display ID to your VNC " -#~ "viewer app for connection." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create a systemd service script file " -#~ ":file:`vncserver@:[X].service`, where [X] is " -#~ "the display ID, for each user in" -#~ " :file:`/etc/systemd/system` Each user must " -#~ "be assigned a unique display ID. " -#~ "Be sure the correct username is " -#~ "entered in the `User` field. The " -#~ "example below shows user `vnc-user-b`" -#~ " who is assigned the display ID " -#~ "`5`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The example below shows 2 VNC " -#~ "sessions that were successfully started " -#~ "for users `vnc-user-b` with display " -#~ "ID 5 and `vnc-user-c` with display" -#~ " ID 6." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "See the `vncserver` Man page for additional information." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You need a VNC viewer app on " -#~ "your client system to connect to " -#~ "your |CL| host. An SSH client is" -#~ " only needed if you chose to " -#~ "use `Method 1` or you plan to " -#~ "encrypt your VNC traffic, which is " -#~ "discussed later in this guide." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "On Ubuntu, Mint:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "On Fedora:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "On macOS:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you chose `Method 1`, you must" -#~ " take a few extra steps by " -#~ "using SSH to connect to your |CL|" -#~ " host and then manually launching " -#~ "VNC." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you chose `Method 2`, get your" -#~ " preassigned VNC display ID from your" -#~ " system administrator first and then " -#~ "proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-" -#~ "session` section below." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you chose `Method 3`, proceed " -#~ "to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` " -#~ "below." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, you" -#~ " must connect to a specific active" -#~ " session or display ID using one " -#~ "of two options:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For example, if the display ID is" -#~ " 3, it can be specified as " -#~ "`5903` or just as `3`. For `Method" -#~ " 3`, VNC does not expect a " -#~ "display ID. Use `5900`. For simplicity," -#~ " the instructions below use the " -#~ "fully-qualified VNC port number." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, " -#~ "enter your VNC password. No username" -#~ " is required." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For `Method 3`, enter your |CL| " -#~ "account username and password through " -#~ "GDM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With `Method 3`, you cannot remotely " -#~ "log into your |CL| host through " -#~ "VNC if you are logged in locally" -#~ " and vice versa." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC` app:**" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To increase the RealVNC viewer image " -#~ "quality, manually change the `ColorLevel` " -#~ "value. Follow these steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, " -#~ "once started, a VNC session remains " -#~ "active on your |CL| host even if" -#~ " you close your VNC viewer app. " -#~ "If you want to truly terminate an" -#~ " active VNC session, follow these " -#~ "steps:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For `Method 3`, only the system " -#~ "administrator can stop and disable the" -#~ " VNC service by using these commands:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the VNC server to only " -#~ "accept connection from localhost by " -#~ "adding the `-localhost` option." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For `Method 1`:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For `Method 2`:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Edit the systemd service script " -#~ ":file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in " -#~ ":file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add `-localhost` " -#~ "to the `ExecStart` line. The example " -#~ "below uses vncserver@:5.service:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "For `Method 3`:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the |CL| `network-basic` bundle " -#~ "to get the :command:`netstat` command." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions " -#~ "(5901 and 5905) accepting connections " -#~ "from any host as specified by the" -#~ " `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the " -#~ "`-localhost` option was used." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions " -#~ "(5901 and 5905) only accepting " -#~ "connections from localhost as specified " -#~ "by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after the " -#~ "`-localhost` option was used." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5860287f..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:4 -msgid "Data Analytics Reference Stack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide explains how to use the :abbr:`DARS (Data Analytics Reference " -"Stack)`, and to optionally build your own DARS container image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Any system that supports Docker\\* containers can be used with DARS. This" -" steps in this guide use |CL-ATTR| as the host system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:17 -msgid "The Data Analytics Reference Stack release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack (DARS) provides developers and " -"enterprises a straightforward, highly optimized software stack for " -"storing and processing large amounts of data. More detail is available " -"on the `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack provides two pre-built Docker images, " -"available on `Docker Hub`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:26 -msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with OpenBlas`_ stack optimized for `OpenBLAS`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:27 -msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with Intel® MKL`_ stack optimized for `MKL`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:29 -msgid "" -"We recommend you view the latest component versions for each image in the" -" :file:`README` found in the `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* " -"repository. Because |CL| is a rolling distribution, the package version " -"numbers in the |CL|-based containers may not be the latest released by " -"|CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece " -"of software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DARS " -"Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Data " -"Analytics Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:42 -msgid "Using the Docker images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:44 -msgid "" -"To immediately start using the latest stable DARS images, pull an image " -"directly from `Docker Hub`_. This example uses the `DARS with Intel® " -"MKL`_ Docker image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:48 -msgid "Once you have downloaded the image, you can run it with" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:54 -msgid "" -"This will launch the image and drop you into a bash shell inside the " -"container. You will see output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The :command:`--ulimit nofile` parameter is currently required in order " -"to increase the number of open files opened at certain point by the spark" -" engine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:80 -msgid "Building DARS images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you choose to build your own DARS container images, you can customize " -"them as needed. Use the provided Dockerfile as a baseline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:85 -msgid "" -"To construct images with |CL|, start with a |CL| development platform " -"that has the :command:`containers-basic-dev` bundle installed. Learn more" -" about bundles and installing them by using :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:89 -msgid "Clone the `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Inside the DARS directory, run :command:`make` to build OpenBLAS and MKL " -"images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Run :command:`make baseline` to build the baseline CentOS image. " -"Depending on the system, it may take a while to finish building." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:108 -msgid "Once completed, check the resulting images with :command:`Docker`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can use any of the resulting images to launch fully functional " -"containers. If you need to customize the containers, you can edit the " -"provided :file:`Dockerfile`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po deleted file mode 100644 index 81db0f29..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,616 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:4 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes how to run benchmarking workloads for TensorFlow\\*," -" PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow in |CL-ATTR| using the Deep Learning Reference " -"Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:16 -msgid "" -"We created the Deep Learning Reference Stack to help AI developers " -"deliver the best experience on Intel® Architecture. This stack reduces " -"complexity common with deep learning software components, provides " -"flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly " -"prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this guide to run " -"benchmarking workloads on your solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:23 -msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:25 -msgid "" -"`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_, which is optimized using Intel® Math Kernel " -"Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) primitives and " -"introduces support for Intel® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions " -"(VNNI)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:28 -msgid "" -"`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using" -" Intel® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) " -"primitives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:31 -msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for Intel® architecture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:32 -msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:33 -msgid "" -"`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using " -"Intel® Math Kernel Library (Intel® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To take advantage of the Intel® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality with the " -"Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must use the following hardware:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:41 -msgid "Intel® AVX-512 images require an Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:42 -msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:45 -msgid "Stack features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:47 -msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:48 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow " -"benchmark`_ results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:52 -msgid "" -"`DLRS Release notes`_ on Github\\* for the latest release of Deep " -"Learning Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The Deep Learning Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece of" -" software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DLRS " -"Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep " -"Learning Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:62 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:64 -msgid ":ref:`Install ` |CL| on your host system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:65 -msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:66 -msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In |CL|, :command:`containers-basic` includes Docker\\*, which is " -"required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the " -":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and " -":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-" -"basic` bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-" -"basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow " -"the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:95 -msgid "Version compatibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:97 -msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:99 -msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:100 -msgid "Docker 18.06.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:101 -msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:102 -msgid "Go 1.11.12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The Deep Learning Reference Stack was developed to provide the best user " -"experience when executed on a |CL| host. However, as the stack runs in a" -" container environment, you should be able to complete the following " -"sections of this guide on other Linux* distributions, provided they " -"comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed " -"above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages" -" and manage Docker services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:112 -msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:114 -msgid "" -"This section describes running the `TensorFlow Benchmarks`_ in single " -"node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These " -"steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can " -"invoke TensorFlow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for " -"this guide were obtained using `runc` as the runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from " -"`Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:127 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:169 -msgid "Run the image with Docker:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:136 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts " -"interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in " -"the running container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:140 -msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:146 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:187 -msgid "Execute the benchmark script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:154 -msgid "" -"You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the " -"TensorFlow benchmarks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:157 -msgid "" -"If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 " -"model using `Intel® quantization tools`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:161 -msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in " -"single node." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel " -"MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:181 -msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:197 -msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:199 -msgid "" -"The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The guide uses " -"`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you choose the Intel® MKL-DNN or Intel® MKL-DNN-VNNI image, your " -"platform must support the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an " -"*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you won’t be able to complete" -" this guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:210 -msgid "Kubernetes setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:212 -msgid "" -"Follow the instructions in the :ref:`kubernetes` tutorial to get set up " -"on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has instructions for creating a " -"cluster, described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with " -"kubeadm`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:217 -msgid "Kubernetes networking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:219 -msgid "" -"We used `flannel`_ as the network provider for these tests. If you prefer" -" a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes network documentation" -" described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with kubeadm`_ for" -" setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:224 -msgid "Kubectl" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:226 -msgid "" -"You can use kubectl to run commands against your Kubernetes cluster. " -"Refer to the `Overview of kubectl`_ for details on syntax and operations." -" Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML " -"script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:231 -msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:248 -msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:254 -msgid "" -"This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a " -"deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the " -"container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:258 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You must add `launcher.py`_ to the Docker image to include the Deep " -"Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct " -"location. Note that this guide uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot guarantee" -" results if you use a different version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:264 -msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:273 -msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:275 -msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:278 -msgid "ksonnet\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it " -"before setting up Kubeflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:283 -msgid "" -"ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| " -"version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), " -"you must manually install ksonnet as described below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:287 -msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:298 -msgid "" -"After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is " -"accessible across the environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:302 -msgid "Kubeflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:304 -msgid "" -"Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by " -"following these instructions from the `Getting Started with Kubeflow`_ " -"guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:322 -msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:332 -msgid "" -"This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a " -"TFJob." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:335 -msgid "Run a TFJob" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:337 -msgid "Get the ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs from `dlrs-tfjob`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:339 -msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:347 -msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:355 -msgid "Replace with the image name you specified in previous steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using " -"these commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:367 -msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:370 -msgid "Results of running this guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:372 -msgid "" -"You must parse the logs of the Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance " -"data. The pods will still exist post-completion and will be in " -"‘Completed’ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect " -"the benchmark results. More information about Kubernetes logging is " -"available in the Kubernetes `Logging Architecture`_ documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:379 -msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:381 -msgid "" -"This example uses the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ container image. After it " -"is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the " -"shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port " -"8888." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:389 -msgid "" -"After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command " -"is executed inside the container image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:396 -msgid "" -"After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the " -"following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:404 -msgid "" -"From your host system, or any system that can access the host's IP " -"address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running " -"the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP " -"address of the host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:412 -msgid "Your browser displays the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:418 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:421 -msgid "" -"To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select " -":guilabel:`Python 3`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:427 -msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:429 -msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:436 -msgid "" -"To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the " -"blank cell, and run the cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:450 -msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:456 -msgid "" -"You can continue working in this notebook, or you can download existing " -"notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's " -"optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:461 -msgid "Uninstallation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:463 -msgid "" -"To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop " -"the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop " -"the container and delete it to free storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:467 -msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:469 -msgid "Find the container's ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:475 -msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:482 -msgid "" -"You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This " -"example uses the name \"oss\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:490 -msgid "Verify that the container is not running" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:497 -msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:503 -msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:511 -msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only " -"the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the" -" system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:529 -msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:537 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:539 -msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:540 -msgid "`TensorFlow Benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:541 -msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:542 -msgid "`Kubeflow`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:543 -msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:544 -msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po deleted file mode 100644 index cfe33192..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,664 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:4 -msgid "Enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINO™ toolkit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide explains how to enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINO™ " -"toolkit. Specifically, the guide demonstrates how to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:9 -msgid "Set up the Intel® edge device with |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Install the OpenVINO™ toolkit and Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) " -"Greengrass\\* software stacks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Use AWS Greengrass\\* and AWS Lambda\\* to deploy the FaaS samples from " -"the cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:20 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Hardware accelerated Function-as-a-Service (FaaS) enables cloud " -"developers to deploy inference functionalities [1] on Intel® IoT edge " -"devices with accelerators (CPU, Integrated GPU, Intel® FPGA, and Intel® " -"Movidius™ technology). These functions provide a great developer " -"experience and seamless migration of visual analytics from cloud to edge " -"in a secure manner using a containerized environment. Hardware-" -"accelerated FaaS provides the best-in-class performance by accessing " -"optimized deep learning libraries on Intel® IoT edge devices with " -"accelerators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:32 -msgid "Supported platforms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:34 -msgid "Operating System: |CL| latest release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:35 -msgid "Hardware: Intel® core platforms (that support inference on CPU only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:38 -msgid "Sample description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The AWS Greengrass samples are located at `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_. This " -"guide uses the 1.0 version of the source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:43 -msgid "|CL| provides the following AWS Greengrass samples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:45 -msgid "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This AWS Greengrass sample classifies a video stream using classification" -" networks such as AlexNet and GoogLeNet and publishes top-10 results on " -"AWS\\* IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:51 -msgid "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:53 -msgid "" -"This AWS Greengrass sample detects objects in a video stream and " -"classifies them using single-shot multi-box detection (SSD) networks such" -" as SSD Squeezenet, SSD Mobilenet, and SSD300. This sample publishes " -"detection outputs such as class label, class confidence, and bounding box" -" coordinates on AWS IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:61 -msgid "Install the OS on the edge device" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system, using the :ref" -":`bare-metal-install-desktop`, found in :ref:`get-started`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:67 -msgid "Create user accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:69 -msgid "" -"After |CL| is installed, create two user accounts. Create an " -"administrative user in |CL| and create a user account for the Greengrass " -"services to use ( see Greengrass user below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Create a new user and set a password for that user. Enter the following " -"commands as ``root``:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Next, enable the :command:`sudo` command for your new . Add " -" to the `wheel` group:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:88 -msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/fstab` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:96 -msgid "" -"By default, |CL| does not create an :file:`/etc/fstab` file. You must " -"create this file before the Greengrass service runs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:100 -msgid "Add required bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Use the :command:`swupd` software updater utility to add the prerequisite" -" bundles for the OpenVINO software stack:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:111 -msgid "Learn more about how to :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The :command:`computer-vision-basic` bundle installs the OpenVINO™ " -"toolkit, and the sample models optimized for Intel® edge platforms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:117 -msgid "Convert deep learning models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:120 -msgid "Locate sample models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:122 -msgid "" -"There are two types of provided models that can be used in conjunction " -"with AWS Greengrass for this guide: classification or object detection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:125 -msgid "" -"To complete this guide using an image classification model, download the " -"BVLC AlexNet model files `bvlc_alexnet.caffemodel`_ and " -"`deploy.prototxt`_ to the default model_location at " -":file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. Any custom pre-trained classification" -" models can be used with the classification sample." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:131 -msgid "" -"For object detection, the sample models optimized for Intel® edge " -"platforms are included with the computer-vision-basic bundle installation" -" at :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. These models are provided as an " -"example; you may also use a custom SSD model with the Greengrass object " -"detection sample." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:137 -msgid "Run model optimizer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Follow the instructions in the `Model Optimizer Developer Guide`_ for " -"converting deep learning models to Intermediate Representation using " -"Model Optimizer. To optimize either of the sample models described above," -" run one of the following commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:143 -msgid "For classification using BVLC AlexNet model:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:152 -msgid "For object detection using SqueezeNetSSD-5Class model:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:161 -msgid "In these examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:163 -msgid "`` is :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:165 -msgid "`` is FP32 or FP16, depending on target device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:167 -msgid "" -"`` is the directory where the Intermediate Representation " -"(IR) is stored. IR contains .xml format corresponding to the network " -"structure and .bin format corresponding to weights. This .xml file should" -" be passed to :command:``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:172 -msgid "" -"In the BVLC AlexNet model, the prototxt defines the input shape with " -"batch size 10 by default. In order to use any other batch size, the " -"entire input shape must be provided as an argument to the model " -"optimizer. For example, to use batch size 1, you must provide: " -"`--input_shape [1,3,227,227]`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:180 -msgid "Configure AWS Greengrass group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:182 -msgid "" -"For each Intel® edge platform, you must create a new AWS Greengrass group" -" and install AWS Greengrass core software to establish the connection " -"between cloud and edge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To create an AWS Greengrass group, follow the instructions in `Configure " -"AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:189 -msgid "" -"To install and configure AWS Greengrass core on edge platform, follow the" -" instructions in `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_. In step " -"8(b), download the x86_64 Ubuntu\\* configuration of the AWS Greengrass " -"core software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:196 -msgid "" -"You do not need to run the :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` script in step #6 of" -" Module 1 of the `AWS Greengrass Developer Guide`_ because this is " -"enabled already in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Be sure to download both the security resources and the AWS Greengrass " -"core software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:205 -msgid "Security certificates are linked to your AWS account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:209 -msgid "Create and package Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Complete steps 1-4 of the AWS Greengrass guide at `Create and Package a " -"Lambda Function`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:216 -msgid "" -"This creates the tarball needed to create the AWS Greengrass environment " -"on the edge device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In step 5, replace :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` with the " -"classification or object detection Greengrass sample from `Edge-" -"Analytics-Faas`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:223 -msgid "Classification: `greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:225 -msgid "Object Detection: `greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Zip the selected Greengrass sample with the extracted Greengrass SDK " -"folders from the previous step into " -":file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:230 -msgid "The zip should contain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:232 -msgid "greengrasssdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:234 -msgid "greengrass classification or object detection sample" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:236 -msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Return to the AWS documentation section called `Create and Package a " -"Lambda Function`_ and complete the procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:248 -msgid "" -"In step 9(a) of the AWS documentation, while uploading the zip file, make" -" sure to name the handler to one of the following, depending on the AWS " -"Greengrass sample you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:252 -msgid "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:253 -msgid "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:257 -msgid "Configure Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:259 -msgid "" -"After creating the Greengrass group and the Lambda function, start " -"configuring the Lambda function for AWS Greengrass." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Follow steps 1-8 in `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT " -"Greengrass`_ in the AWS documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:265 -msgid "" -"In addition to the details mentioned in step 8, change the Memory limit " -"to 2048 MB to accommodate large input video streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Add the following environment variables as key-value pairs when editing " -"the Lambda configuration and click on update:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:271 -msgid "**Table 1. Environment variables: Lambda configuration**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:275 -msgid "Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:276 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:277 -msgid "PARAM_MODEL_XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:278 -msgid "" -"/, where is user specified and contains " -"IR.xml, the Intermediate Representation file from Intel® Model Optimizer." -" For this guide, should be set to " -"'/usr/share/openvino/models' or one of its subdirectories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:282 -msgid "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:283 -msgid "/input.webm to be specified by user. Holds both input and" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:284 -msgid "output data. For webcam, set PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE to ‘/dev/video0’" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:285 -msgid "PARAM_DEVICE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:286 -msgid "\"CPU\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:287 -msgid "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:288 -msgid "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:289 -msgid "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:290 -msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:292 -msgid "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:293 -msgid "" -"User specified for classification sample. (e.g. 1 for top-1 result, 5 for" -" top-5 results)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:296 -msgid "" -"Add subscription to subscribe, or publish messages from AWS Greengrass " -"Lambda function by completing the procedure in `Configure the Lambda " -"Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:301 -msgid "" -"The optional topic filter field is the topic mentioned inside the Lambda " -"function. In this guide, sample topics include the following: " -":command:`openvino/ssd` or :command:`openvino/classification`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:305 -msgid "Add local resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:307 -msgid "" -"Refer to the AWS documentation `Access Local Resources with Lambda " -"Functions and Connectors`_ for details about local resources and access " -"privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:310 -msgid "The following table describes the local resources needed for the CPU:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:312 -msgid "**Local resources**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:316 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:317 -msgid "Resource type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:318 -msgid "Local path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:319 -msgid "Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:321 -msgid "ModelDir" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:322 -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:332 -msgid "Volume" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:323 -msgid " to be specified by user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:324 -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:329 -msgid "Read-Only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:326 -msgid "Webcam" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:327 -msgid "Device" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:328 -msgid "/dev/video0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:331 -msgid "DataDir" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:333 -msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:335 -msgid "Read and Write" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:338 -msgid "Deploy Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:340 -msgid "" -"Refer to the AWS documentation `Deploy Cloud Configurations to an AWS IoT" -" Greengrass Core Device`_ for instructions on how to deploy the lambda " -"function to AWS Greengrass core device. Select *Deployments* on the group" -" page and follow the instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:344 -msgid "Output consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:346 -msgid "" -"There are four options available for output consumption. These options " -"are used to report, stream, upload, or store inference output at an " -"interval defined by the variable :command:`reporting_interval` in the AWS" -" Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:350 -msgid "IoT cloud output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:352 -msgid "" -"This option is enabled by default in the AWS Greengrass samples using the" -" :command:`enable_iot_cloud_output` variable. You can use it to verify " -"the lambda running on the edge device. It enables publishing messages to " -"IoT cloud using the subscription topic specified in the lambda. (For " -"example, topics may include :command:`openvino/classification` for " -"classification and :command:`openvino/ssd` for object detection samples.)" -" For classification, top-1 result with class label are published to IoT " -"cloud. For SSD object detection, detection results such as bounding box " -"coordinates of objects, class label, and class confidence are published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Refer to the AWS documentation `Verify the Lambda Function Is Running on " -"the Device`_ for instructions on how to view the output on IoT cloud." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:366 -msgid "Kinesis streaming:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:368 -msgid "" -"This option enables inference output to be streamed from the edge device " -"to cloud using Kinesis [3] streams when :command:`enable_kinesis_output` " -"is set to True. The edge devices act as data producers and continually " -"push processed data to the cloud. You must set up and specify Kinesis " -"stream name, Kinesis shard, and AWS region in the AWS Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:375 -msgid "Cloud storage using AWS S3 bucket:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:377 -msgid "" -"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " -"enables uploading and storing processed frames (in jpeg format) in an AWS" -" S3 bucket. You must set up and specify the S3 bucket name in the AWS " -"Greengrass samples to store the JPEG images. The images are named using " -"the timestamp and uploaded to S3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:383 -msgid "Local storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:385 -msgid "" -"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " -"enables storing processed frames (in jpeg format) on the edge device. The" -" images are named using the timestamp and stored in a directory specified" -" by :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:391 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:393 -msgid "AWS Greengrass: https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:394 -msgid "AWS Lambda: https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:395 -msgid "AWS Kinesis: https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po deleted file mode 100644 index 700ac6a4..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../index.rst:4 -msgid "|CL-PRJ|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the |CL-ATTR| documentation pages, the source for |CL| " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:12 -msgid "Our documentation is divided into the following sections:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:15 -msgid ":ref:`get-started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../includes/get-started.txt:1 -msgid "" -"If you are new to |CL|, get started fast with tutorials for installing " -"|CL| on bare metal, in a virtual environment, or as a live image on a USB" -" stick." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`tooling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Clear Linux is a little different from other distros. Here are some " -"important tools and concept for managing your install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:24 -msgid ":ref:`guides`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Guides show how to complete common tasks that help you leverage |CL| " -"native features effectively. From basic system configuration to advanced " -"management of a cloud installation, there is a guide for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`tutorials`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:27 -msgid "" -"|CL| tutorials provide step-by-step instructions on how |CL| features can" -" be used and extended, frequently with third-party tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`reference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Find the detailed information you need to enable your configuration or " -"task in our |CL| reference section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:35 -msgid ":ref:`faq`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:35 -msgid "Refer to our FAQ section to read commonly asked questions and answers." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4691ea79..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:4 -msgid "Useful bundle commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:6 -msgid "To see a list of currently installed bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:12 -msgid "To see the list of all available bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can view our :ref:`available bundles ` " -"webpage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:21 -msgid "To search for bundles and their contents, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:27 -msgid "To add a bundle, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:34 -msgid "Additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:36 -msgid "For additional :command:`swupd` commands, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:42 -msgid "To reference the :command:`swupd` man page, enter:" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po deleted file mode 100644 index 44329562..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:4 -msgid "Available bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This document provides a current list of available bundles. View the " -"`clr-bundles repo`_ on GitHub\\*, or select the bundle :file:`Name` for " -"more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To learn more about how |CL-ATTR| uses bundles for software deployment, " -"visit :ref:`bundles-about`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:13 -msgid "Bundle list" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.po deleted file mode 100644 index d0cefde9..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:4 -msgid "openssh-server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The **openssh-server** bundle provides the OpenSSH\\* package needed to " -"enable an SSH service in |CL-ATTR|. Remote users require an SSH service " -"to be able to use an encrypted login shell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:10 -msgid "" -"|CL| enables the `sshd.socket` unit, which will listen on port 22 by " -"default and start the OpenSSH service as required. The first time OpenSSH" -" starts, it generates the server SSH keys needed for the service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:15 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:17 -msgid "Assure the bundle :file:`openssh-server` is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:19 -msgid "To check it it's on your host, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:25 -msgid "To add it, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:32 -msgid "Change default port" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Perform the following steps to change the default listening port for the " -"OpenSSH service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:37 -msgid "Open the sshd.socket file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Add the `[Socket]` section and `ListenStream` option to the sshd.socket " -"file as shown below. The first `ListenStream` entry removes the |CL| " -"default listen port value. The second `ListenStream` entry sets the new " -"default listen port value. In this example, we set the new default port " -"to 4200:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Make sure to include a new line after the last line of text in the " -"sshd.socket file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:58 -msgid "Verify your changes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:64 -msgid "You should see the following output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:72 -msgid "Reload the systemd daemon configurations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:78 -msgid "Restart the sshd.socket unit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:84 -msgid "Confirm the the sshd.socket unit is listening on your new port:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:92 -msgid "Output should show :guilabel:`Active:` as `active(listening)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:95 -msgid "Enable SFTP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:97 -msgid "" -"|CL| *disables* the :abbr:`SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol)` subsystem " -"by default due to security considerations. To enable the SFTP subsystem, " -"perform the following configuration of the :abbr:`SSHD (SSH Daemon)` " -"service file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:101 -msgid "Create a systemd drop-in directory for the SSHD service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Create the following file: " -":file:`/etc/systemd/system/sshd@.service.d/sftp.conf`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:110 -msgid "Add the OPTIONS environment variable to the sftp.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:117 -msgid "Reload systemd configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:123 -msgid "Congratulations! The SFTP subsystem is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:126 -msgid "Enable root login" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:128 -msgid "To enable root login via SSH, perform the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:130 -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:153 -msgid "Create a *ssh* directory in :file:`/etc`, if it does not already exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:136 -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Create the following file, if it does not already exist: " -":file:`/etc/ssh/sshd_config`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:139 -msgid "Set the configuration variable in /etc/ssh/sshd_config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:146 -msgid "Enable X11-forwarding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:148 -msgid "" -"X11 forwarding allows you to securely run graphical applications (i.e., X" -" clients) over the ssh conection. This will alow for remote gui apps " -"without the need for full VNC/remotedesktop. To enable X11-forwarding via" -" SSH, perform the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:162 -msgid "Set the configuration variables." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/collaboration.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/collaboration.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/collaboration.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/collaboration.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/collaboration.po deleted file mode 100644 index c3b1a476..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/collaboration.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:4 -msgid "Documentation guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "" -"See a missing topic in the documentation? Find an existing document that " -"could be improved? Help us out by contributing! If you haven't " -"contributed before, take a moment to review our `Contribution " -"guidelines`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Do you have questions about the documentation that were not answered by " -"these guidelines? Send your question to the `mailing list`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:14 -msgid "Contribution guidelines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The |CL| documentation is hosted in GitHub and is written using " -"reStructuredText. Use our guidelines and best practices to write " -"consistent, readable documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:27 -msgid "How to contribute" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:29 -msgid "There are multiple ways to contribute and help improve our documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Make a suggestion**: Have a documentation suggestion but no time to " -"write it yourself? Send your suggestion to the `mailing list`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:33 -msgid "" -"**Log an issue**: If you find a problem in our documentation (such as " -"typos or out-of-date information), log an issue in the `documentation " -"repository`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:35 -msgid "" -"**Contribute directly via GitHub**: Whether you've found a typo, have " -"better instructions or examples, or have a new page to add, submit your " -"improvement or addition as a pull request on the `documentation " -"repository`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Test documentation**: Step through our instructional guides and " -"tutorials to verify the instructions. Log or correct any out-of-date " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "All contributions must follow our `code of conduct`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:44 -msgid "Contribute via GitHub" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is hosted in GitHub and we follow the standard `GitHub " -"flow`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Clone the `documentation repository`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "Create your own fork of the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:52 -msgid "Create a branch for your contribution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:54 -msgid "Add your commits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:56 -msgid "Open a pull request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:58 -msgid "Discuss, review, and update your contributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once the maintainer approves, your contribution is merged and published " -"as part of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:66 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We use the following references to guide the grammar, style, and " -"formatting of our documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:71 -msgid "`Microsoft Writing Style Guide`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:72 -msgid "`Merriam-Webster Dictionary`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The Chicago Manual of Style (15th edition), The University of Chicago " -"Press" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:74 -msgid "Microsoft Press Computer Dictionary, Microsoft Press" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/collaboration.rst:75 -msgid "Read Me First!, Oracle Technical Publications" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f0d340e..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,890 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:4 -msgid "Structure and formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Content should be organized to support scanning. Consistent organization," -" formatting, and writing style helps readers quickly find what they need " -"and to understand the content more effectively. This document describes " -"our organization and formatting guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Refer to :ref:`writing-guide` to learn how we keep our documents clear " -"and concise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:18 -msgid "Markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Our documentation is written in the reStructuredText markup language, " -"using Sphinx roles and directives. We use Sphinx to generate the final " -"documentation. You can read more about reStructuredText and Sphinx on " -"their respective websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:25 -msgid "`Sphinx documentation`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:26 -msgid "`reStructuredText Primer`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can view the content directly in the .rst markup files, or generate " -"the HTML content by installing and building the documentation locally. To" -" run the documentation locally, follow the instructions found in the " -"`documentation repository`_ README." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:34 -msgid "New pages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:36 -msgid "" -"There are a few additional steps to consider when adding a new page to " -"the documentation. First, identify where your new page should be located " -"within the existing `Documentation organization`_. Second, make sure the " -"new page is picked up in the Sphinx build and easily linkable from other " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Each page must be included in a `Sphinx toctree`_ in order to be included" -" in the documentation content tree. Typically, pages are added to the " -"section landing page toctree." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:45 -msgid "For example, the :ref:`collaboration` page toctree looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Additionally, each page must include a uniquely named reST label directly" -" before the page title, to enable the `Sphinx ref role`_ for linking to a" -" page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"For example, this page \"Structure and formating\" has the label ``.. " -"_structure-formatting``:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:68 -msgid "" -"This page can then be referenced from other pages in the documentation " -"using the `:ref:` role:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:76 -msgid "Documentation organization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:78 -msgid "The documentation is organized into five general sections:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Concepts**: Introduction and overview of |CL| specific concepts or " -"features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:82 -msgid "**Get started**: Information about getting started with |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:83 -msgid "**Guides**: Detailed information and instruction on using |CL| features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:84 -msgid "" -"**Tutorials**: Step-by-step instruction for using |CL| in specific use " -"cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:85 -msgid "**Reference**: Supplementary and reference information for |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:88 -msgid "Page structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:90 -msgid "Each page in the documentation should follow the basic format of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:92 -msgid "Overview: 1-2 sentences describing what this page shows and why it matters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Prerequisites: Describe any pre-work necessary to the content (if " -"appropriate)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:94 -msgid "Content" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:95 -msgid "Next steps: List links to next steps (if appropriate)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:96 -msgid "Related topics: List links to related content (if appropriate)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:99 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Use headings to section and organize your content for better readability " -"and clarity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:104 -msgid "All files must have a top level heading, which is the title for the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Up to three additional levels of headings are allowed under the title " -"heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Each heading should be followed by at least one paragraph of content. " -"Avoid two or more consecutive headings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Refer to the :ref:`writing-guide` for tips on using headings to create " -":ref:`scannable content `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:112 -msgid "To mark up headings in the .rst file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:114 -msgid "Use hash-tags to underline the file's main title:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:121 -msgid "Use asterisks to underline the file's first level headings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:128 -msgid "Use equal signs to underline the file's second level of headings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:135 -msgid "Use dashes to underline the file's third level of headings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:143 -msgid "In-page navigation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If a page has three or more sections, provide quick links to each " -"section. Place the quick links after the overview section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:148 -msgid "Use the standard `reST contents directive`_ with depth: 1 for quick links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:151 -msgid "Inline text formatting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:153 -msgid "" -"We use the `Microsoft Writing Style Guide`_ as our starting point for " -"text formatting. We apply the formatting using reST and Sphinx markup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:156 -msgid "Use our quick reference for the most commonly used inline text elements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:159 -msgid "**Element**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:159 -msgid "**Convention**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:159 -msgid "**reST/Sphinx**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:161 -msgid "Acronyms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Define acronym when first used. After first use and definition, use the " -"acronym only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:161 -msgid "Use the ``:abbr:`` role, in the following format:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:164 -msgid "``:abbr:`Acronym (Def)```" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:166 -msgid "Bundle names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:166 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:174 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:176 -msgid "Bold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:166 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:174 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:176 -msgid "Use the ``:command:`` role." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:168 -msgid "Callouts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:168 -msgid "Use ``.. note::``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:170 -msgid "Code/command examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Monospace, visually distinct from rest of text. Use an indented call-out " -"box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:170 -msgid "Use ``.. code-block::`` with the correct language setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:174 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:176 -msgid "Command flags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:178 -msgid "Console output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Monospace, visual distinction from rest of text. Use an indented call-out" -" box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:178 -msgid "Use ``.. code-block::`` with console as the language setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:182 -msgid "Emphasis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:182 -msgid "Italic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:182 -msgid "``*strong*``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:184 -msgid "Environment variables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:184 -msgid "Use the case format of the environment variable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:184 -msgid "Use ``:envvar:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:187 -msgid "Example commands with optional or replaceable parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:187 -msgid "Use angle brackets for swapping in the specific name, e.g. ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:191 -msgid "Use square brackets for optional parts, e.g. [--build]." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:195 -msgid "Example URLs (not linked)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:195 -msgid "Plain text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:197 -msgid "File extensions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:197 -msgid "Lowercase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:199 -msgid "File names, directories, paths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:199 -msgid "Title style capitalization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:199 -msgid "Use the ``:file:`` role." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:201 -msgid "GUI labels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:201 -msgid "Use ``:guilabel:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:203 -msgid "Inline comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:203 -msgid "Use ``..``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:205 -msgid "Keystrokes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:205 -msgid "Use ``:kbd:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:207 -msgid "Local navigation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:207 -msgid "``.. contents:: :local:`` with a depth of 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:210 -msgid "Menu selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:210 -msgid "Use ``:menuselection:``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:212 -msgid "New terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:212 -msgid "Italic for first use, normal for all subsequent uses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:215 -msgid "If it is used outside of the source of definition, link the term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:212 -msgid "``*term*``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:218 -msgid "Product name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:218 -msgid "Follow correct trademark and attribution guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:221 -msgid "Tool names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:221 -msgid "Correctly capitalized, no quotes, bold, or italics as the basic rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"If the tool name is the command, like most Linux tools, treat it like a " -"command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:228 -msgid "" -"If the tool name is lowercase and used at the start of a sentence, use " -"bold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:234 -msgid "White space and line length" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Limit line length to 78 characters. The GitHub web interface forces this " -"limitation for readability." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:239 -msgid "Remove trailing whitespace from your documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:242 -msgid "Code blocks and examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:244 -msgid "" -"When providing example code or commands use the `Sphinx code-block " -"directive`_. Select the appropriate syntax highlighting for the example " -"command or code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:247 -msgid "For example, if showing console output, use console highlighting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:253 -msgid "Sphinx provides other ways of `marking up example code`_ if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:256 -msgid "Lists and instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:258 -msgid "" -"Use a numbered list when the order or priority of the items is important," -" such as step-by-step instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:261 -msgid "Use a bulleted list when the order of the items is not important." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:263 -msgid "" -"For both list types, keep all items in the list parallel. See " -":ref:`parallelism`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:266 -msgid "Use standard `reST list markup`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:269 -msgid "Numbered lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:271 -msgid "" -"Numbered lists are most frequently used for procedures. Use numbered " -"lists to show sequence for the items. Follow our guidelines for numbered " -"lists:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:274 -msgid "Make sure the list is sequential and not just a collection of items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:275 -msgid "" -"Introduce a numbered list with a sentence. End the setup text with a " -"colon. Example: \"To configure the unit, perform the following steps:\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:277 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:299 -msgid "Each item in the list should be parallel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Treat numbered list items as full sentences with correct ending " -"punctuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:280 -msgid "" -"You may interrupt numbered lists with other content, if relevant, e.g. " -"explanatory text, commands, or code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:282 -msgid "Second-level steps are acceptable; avoid third-level steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Avoid single-step procedures; the minimum number of steps in a procedure " -"is two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:285 -msgid "" -"Do not create numbered lists that emulate flowcharts. The reader should " -"be able to execute the list of steps from first to last without branching" -" or looping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:288 -msgid "" -"Avoid over-using numbered lists, except in procedural documents such as " -"tutorials and step-by-step guides." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:292 -msgid "Bulleted lists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Use bulleted lists to reduce wordiness and paragraph density, especially " -"when a sequence is not required. Here are some guidelines for bulleted " -"lists:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Introduce a bulleted list with a sentence. End the setup text with a " -"colon. Example: \"To repair the unit, you will need the following " -"items:\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:300 -msgid "Avoid interrupting bulleted lists with other paragraph styles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:301 -msgid "Second-level bullets are acceptable; avoid third-level bullets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:303 -msgid "" -"Use the correct ending punctuation for sentence style bullet lists. For " -"example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:305 -msgid "**Use this:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:315 -msgid "**Not this:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:327 -msgid "Instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:329 -msgid "" -"When presenting instructions, such as in a tutorial, present them in a " -"numbered list according to these guidelines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:332 -msgid "Each step (list item) should describe one action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:334 -msgid "" -"If the same steps are repeated, refer to the earlier steps rather than " -"repeating them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:337 -msgid "" -"When a step includes a command or code block as an example, put the " -"command or code block after the step that includes them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:340 -msgid "" -"Use supporting images where appropriate. If the series of steps is " -"supported by one figure, refer to the figure in the introductory text." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:343 -msgid "For example: \"See Figure 15 and do the following:\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:345 -msgid "" -"When a series of steps is supported by two or more figures, refer to the " -"specific figure in the relevant step and show the figure immediately " -"after the reference. **Do not write**: \"See figures 15 through 22 and do" -" the following:\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:351 -msgid "Notices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:353 -msgid "" -"We use four special types of notices: notes, cautions, warnings, and " -"dangers. Here are some specific rules and tips regarding use of these " -"notices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:356 -msgid "" -"Do not use a notice directly after a heading. Notices must follow a " -"variant of body text." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:358 -msgid "Do not include more than one notice in a single notice block." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:359 -msgid "Avoid back-to-back notices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:360 -msgid "" -"If back-to-back notices are not avoidable, make sure each distinct notice" -" in the notice block is clearly defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:363 -msgid "Use the standard `reST admonition directive`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:366 -msgid "Notes, cautions, and warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:368 -msgid "" -"Use notes sparingly. Avoid having more than one note per section. If you " -"exceed this number consistently, consider rewriting the notes as main " -"body text." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:371 -msgid "" -"Use cautions and warnings to alert readers of potential problems or " -"pitfalls. Use conditional phrases in cautions and warnings, such as \"If " -"you do X, then Y will occur.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:375 -msgid "These are examples of typical notices and the conditions for their usage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:378 -msgid "" -"Notes are extra bits of information that supplement the main content. " -"Notes should be relatively short." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:382 -msgid "" -"Cautions are low-level hazard messages that alert the user of possible " -"equipment, product, and software damage, including loss of data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:386 -msgid "Warnings are mid-level hazards that are likely to cause product damage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:389 -msgid "Links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:391 -msgid "Use the standard `reST markup for links`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:393 -msgid "" -"To add a cross-reference to another documentation page, use the `:ref:` " -"role:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:399 -msgid "" -"To add an external link, we use named references that refer to a defined " -"link/label at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:402 -msgid "" -"For example, an external link is defined at the bottom of the page like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:408 -msgid "The defined link is then used in the content like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:415 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:417 -msgid "" -"Use images or figures to convey information that may be difficult to " -"explain using words alone. Well-planned graphics reduce the amount of " -"text required to explain a topic or example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Follow these guidelines when using graphics in support of your " -"documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Keep it simple. Use images that serve a specific purpose in your " -"document, and contain only the information the reader needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:426 -msgid "" -"Avoid graphics that will need frequent updating. Don't include " -"information in a graphic that might change with each release, such as " -"product versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:429 -msgid "" -"Use either PNG or JPEG bitmap files for screenshots and SVG files for " -"vector graphics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:432 -msgid "" -"Place the image immediately after the text it helps clarify, or as close " -"as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:435 -msgid "" -"Use the `Sphinx figure directive`_ to insert images and figures into the " -"document. Include both alt text, a figure name, and caption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:438 -msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:447 -msgid "" -"Include at least one direct reference to an image from the main text, " -"using the figure number. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:450 -msgid "**Use this:** ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:454 -msgid "**Not this:** ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:458 -msgid "Images should follow these naming and location conventions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:460 -msgid "" -"Save the image files in a :file:`figures` folder at the same level as the" -" file that will reference the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:462 -msgid "Name image files according to the following rules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:464 -msgid "Use only lower case letters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:465 -msgid "Separate multiple words in filenames using dashes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/structure-formatting.rst:466 -msgid "" -"Name images using the filename of the file they appear on and add a " -"number to indicate their place in the file. For example, the third figure" -" added to the :file:`welcome.rst` file must be named " -":file:`welcome-3.png`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9167d289..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/collaboration/writing-guide.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,689 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:4 -msgid "Writing guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:6 -msgid "" -"We want our documentation to be easy to read and understand. This " -"document describes guidelines for writing documentation that is clear, " -"concise, confident, and courteous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Refer to :ref:`structure-formatting` for details on organizing content " -"and how we use reStructuredText and Sphinx." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:17 -msgid "Use simple English" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Write using simple English: Be brief and communicate only the information" -" that is needed. Be friendly and informative. Emphasize clarity and avoid" -" unecessary complicated or technical terms. Make the content accessible " -"to non-native speakers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:25 -msgid "Be brief" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Use short sentences and paragraphs. Stick to the principle of one main " -"idea per sentence, plus one additional point if needed. Each paragraph " -"should address one main idea. Remember the basic structure of a " -"paragraph: Introduction, body, and conclusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:33 -msgid "Be friendly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We write for our peers and want to be familiar. Take a personal tone as " -"if you were speaking directly to the reader. Use \"you\" to address the " -"reader and \"we\" to refer to our view. Be professional, respectful, and " -"cooperative." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Assume your audience has the same level of technical understanding and " -"expertise as you did when you first started collaborating. Do not talk " -"down to our readers, but also do not assume they know everything about " -"the subject. Offer brief explanations or summaries of common knowledge if" -" a significant portion of readers might benefit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:46 -msgid "Use simple words" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Use simple words to increase reader comprehension and reduce ambiguity. " -"Follow our tips for making good word choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Avoid jargon**: Write for your audience, using everyday language where " -"possible, and technical terms where appropriate. Avoid clichés, idioms, " -"and metaphors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Be consistent**: Use one term for each concept or action and use it " -"consistently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Avoid \"fancy\" words and phrases**: If there is a simpler word or " -"phrase, use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:59 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:151 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:202 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:213 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:258 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:368 -msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:62 -msgid "Use this" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:62 -msgid "Not this" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:64 -msgid "start, begin" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:64 -msgid "commence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:65 -msgid "so" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:65 -msgid "consequently" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:66 -msgid "more than" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:66 -msgid "in excess of" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:67 -msgid "if" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:67 -msgid "in the event of" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:68 -msgid "before" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:68 -msgid "prior to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:69 -msgid "if you want" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:69 -msgid "should one wish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:70 -msgid "use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:70 -msgid "utilize" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:71 -msgid "example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:71 -msgid "instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:75 -msgid "Avoid overuse of product name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Use product names only when necessary. Typically, you can rewrite " -"sentences to remove the product name with no change in meaning, which " -"keeps the content concise and scannable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:81 -msgid "Avoid using the product name in page titles and headings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:86 -msgid "Make content scannable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Organize your content to make it scannable for the reader, which helps " -"them find what they need quickly, and to understand the information more " -"efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Put the most important content first.** Make sure your introduction " -"clearly communicates what the reader can find on the page. Present the " -"point of the document first, and organize supporting information towards " -"the end of the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:95 -msgid "" -"**Write scannable headings.** Expect readers of documentation to skim and" -" scan the content, and to leave if they dont find what they need quickly." -" Good headings add organization to your content and help the reader to " -"find and understand content more effectively. Follow our guidelines for " -"writing effective `Headings`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Write great link text.** Great link text tells the reader what they can" -" expect when they click on a link. It also helps make the page more " -"scannable. Follow our guidelines for writing `Link text`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:105 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:107 -msgid "Use these guidelines to write effective headings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:109 -msgid "" -"**Be concise and descriptive.** Use only the words necessary to describe " -"the section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:111 -msgid "" -"**Use sentence case.** Capitalize only the first word and proper nouns in" -" a heading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:113 -msgid "" -"**Avoid punctuation.** Unless your heading is a question, don't use " -"sentence punctuation in headings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:115 -msgid "" -"**Use parallel structure.** Headings at the same level should use the " -"same grammatical pattern. This provides structure to the document and " -"helps users find information more easily. See :ref:`parallelism`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Use strong verbs.** Strong, active verbs get to the point. Avoid -ing " -"verbs, such as *Running*, *Testing*, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:121 -msgid "For example, two headings at the same level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:123 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:153 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:173 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:189 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:215 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:225 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:239 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:260 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:270 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:285 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:401 -msgid "**Use this:** ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:129 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:157 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:177 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:193 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:219 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:229 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:243 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:264 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:274 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:289 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:405 -msgid "**Not this:** ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:136 -msgid "Link text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:138 -msgid "All links in content should follow these guidelines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:140 -msgid "" -"**Write descriptive link text**: Link text should describe where the link" -" goes, without having to read the surrounding text." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:142 -msgid "" -"**Keep link text concise**: Use only the words needed to accurately " -"describe the destination." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:144 -msgid "" -"**Use unique link text**: Each link on a page should be unique. If users " -"see the same link text twice on a page, they'll assume it goes to the " -"same place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:146 -msgid "" -"**Start link text with keywords**: Frontload the link text with the most " -"important words to help users scan the text." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:148 -msgid "" -"**Avoid generic text**: Don't use generic, uninformative link text such " -"as \"click here\" or \"read more\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:162 -msgid "Use strong verbs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Passive verbs make writing stuffy and formal. Use strong verbs to get to " -"the point and avoid unnecessary words and phrases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:168 -msgid "Use imperatives" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Commands, also called imperatives, are the fastest and most direct way of" -" giving someone instructions. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:182 -msgid "Use present tense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Use simple present tense instead of future tense for most text. Search " -"for the words \"will\" or \"shall\" to find future tense instances. " -"Future tense is acceptable for conditional statements, such as in a " -"caution or a warning. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:198 -msgid "Avoid nominalizations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:200 -msgid "Avoid nominalizations, which are nouns formed from verbs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:205 -msgid "Verb" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:205 -msgid "Nominalization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:207 -msgid "complete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:207 -msgid "completion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:208 -msgid "provide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:208 -msgid "provision" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:209 -msgid "fail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:209 -msgid "failure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:210 -msgid "install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:210 -msgid "installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:223 -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:268 -msgid "Or:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:234 -msgid "Avoid words ending in -ing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Avoid using words ending in -ing unless they are part of a technical " -"name. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:248 -msgid "Use the active voice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:250 -msgid "" -"Use active voice whenever possible to show who or what is performing an " -"action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"Active voice follows standard English word order: SUBJECT–VERB–OBJECT " -"(where the OBJECT is optional)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:255 -msgid "" -"Passive voice reverses the order and weakens the verb: OBJECT–be VERB–by " -"SUBJECT (where the OBJECT is optional)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:279 -msgid "Avoid long noun phrases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Noun phrases (a noun and other words that describe or modify it) can be " -"difficult to understand. Try to limit the number of modifiers in a noun " -"phrase to two. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:296 -msgid "Parallelism" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Parallelism refers to the practice of using similar patterns of grammar, " -"and sometimes length, to coordinate words, phrases, and clauses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Use parallel construction in lists. The table below shows some unparallel" -" structures and how they can be made parallel with a little rewording." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:305 -msgid "Parallel (do)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:305 -msgid "Unparallel (don't)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:307 -msgid "Mount the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:308 -msgid "Install the battery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:309 -msgid "Wire the keypad." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:308 -msgid "Battery installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:309 -msgid "Wiring the keypad." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"I like practicing my accordion, reading sci-fi, and eating peanut butter " -"and pickle sandwiches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:311 -msgid "" -"I like practicing my accordion, reading sci-fi, and to eat peanut butter " -"and pickle sandwiches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:316 -msgid "For breakfast he likes coffee and bacon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:316 -msgid "For breakfast he likes coffee and to fry bacon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:319 -msgid "Apples or bananas are a good snack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:319 -msgid "Apples or a banana are a good snack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:324 -msgid "Grammar and punctuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:326 -msgid "" -"This section covers common grammatical topics relevant to our " -"documentation. For detailed explanations of correct grammar and " -"punctuation, use one of our :ref:`preferred references `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:331 -msgid "Capitalization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:333 -msgid "" -"The capitalization style for all documentation is sentence case. Words " -"should only be capitalized when they are proper nouns or refer to " -"trademarked product names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:338 -msgid "" -"Do not capitalize a word to indicate it is more important than other " -"words. Never change the case of variable, function or file names - always" -" keep the original case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:343 -msgid "Menu capitalization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:345 -msgid "" -"When referring to software menu items by name, use the same " -"capitalization as seen in the actual menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:348 -msgid "A few other tips when referring to menu items:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Reference the specific menu item using \"Select :menuselection:`File --> " -"New`.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Put the option to be selected last. \"Select :menuselection:`View --> " -"Side Bar --> Hide Side Bar`\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Do not include more than 3 navigation steps in a menu selection. If more " -"than three steps are needed, divide the steps using ``:guilabel:`` or " -"``:menuselection:``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:359 -msgid "" -"For example: \"Go to :guilabel:`File` and select :menuselection:`Print " -"--> Print Preview --> Set Up`.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:363 -msgid "Software version capitalization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:365 -msgid "" -"When listing software or hardware version numbers, the word “version” or " -"letter \"v\" are lowercase. The v is closed with the number (no period)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:370 -msgid "Widget Pro version 5.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:371 -msgid "Widget Master v2.1.12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:374 -msgid "Contractions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:376 -msgid "" -"Avoid using contractions, such as it's, they're, and you're, because they" -" may be unclear to non-native English-speaking audiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:380 -msgid "Quotation marks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:382 -msgid "Follow these guidelines for quotation marks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:384 -msgid "Restrict use of quotation marks to terms as terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:385 -msgid "Do not use quotation marks for emphasis; use *italics* for emphasis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:386 -msgid "Avoid using single-quote marks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:389 -msgid "Commas and colons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:391 -msgid "" -"This section addresses common use of commas, semicolons, and colons in " -"our documentation. Refer to one of our :ref:`preferred references " -"` for further details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:396 -msgid "Use the serial comma" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/collaboration/writing-guide.rst:398 -msgid "" -"When writing a series of items, use the serial comma before the final " -"*and* and *or* to avoid confusion and ambiguity. For example:" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/compatible-hardware.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/compatible-hardware.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/compatible-hardware.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/compatible-hardware.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/compatible-hardware.po deleted file mode 100644 index 77baec94..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/compatible-hardware.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:4 -msgid "Compatible Hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This document describes hardware that has been tested and confirmed as " -"compatible with |CL-ATTR|. This list is not comprehensive and will " -"continue to grow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:10 -msgid "**Table 1. Compatible Hardware**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:14 -msgid "Processor SKU" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:15 -msgid "Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:17 -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:98 -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:110 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-6260U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:20 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-6560U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:21 -msgid "Dell XPS\\* 13 9350" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:23 -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:92 -msgid "Intel® Celeron® J3455" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:24 -msgid "NUC6CAYS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:26 -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:65 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-4250U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:29 -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:101 -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:107 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-5557U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:32 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i9-7900X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:33 -msgid "Gigabyte\\* X299" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:35 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i3-4130" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:36 -msgid "Lenovo Thinkserver\\* TS140" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:38 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-7567U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:39 -msgid "NUC7i7BNH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:41 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-8809G" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:42 -msgid "NUC8i7HVK" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:44 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-7260U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:45 -msgid "NUC7i5BNH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:47 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-8650U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:48 -msgid "NUC7i7DNKE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:50 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-7300U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:51 -msgid "NUC7i5DNHE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:53 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® Gold 6138" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:56 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® E5-2699A v4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:57 -msgid "Dell PowerEdge\\* R630" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:59 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® E5-2620 v3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:62 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-6600" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:63 -msgid "Gigabyte\\* Z170X-UD5" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:66 -msgid "D54250WYK" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:68 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® E5-2699 v3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:69 -msgid "S2600WT2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:71 -msgid "Intel® Atom™ J3455" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:72 -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:93 -msgid "NUC6CAYB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:74 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® Bronze 3104" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:75 -msgid "0W23H8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:77 -msgid "Intel® Atom™ C2750" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:78 -msgid "SuperMicro\\* A1SAi" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:80 -msgid "Intel® Atom™ E3825" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:81 -msgid "CircuitCo MinnowBoard MAX\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:83 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-8700" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:84 -msgid "Gigabyte\\* H370 WIFI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:86 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-3667U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:87 -msgid "Lenovo ThinkPad\\* X1 Carbon laptop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:89 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i5-4210U" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:90 -msgid "Dell XPS\\* 13 laptop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:95 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-4790" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:96 -msgid "Gigabyte\\* desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:99 -msgid "NUC6I6SYH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:102 -msgid "NUC5I7RYH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:104 -msgid "Intel® Core™ i7-4700MQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:105 -msgid "Lenovo ThinkPad\\* T540p" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:108 -msgid "NUC5I7RYB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:111 -msgid "NUC6I5SYH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/compatible-hardware.rst:113 -msgid "\\* Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.po deleted file mode 100644 index f6cbfb7f..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:4 -msgid "How to Clear training overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The existing Linux\\* ecosystem can be challenging to users because of " -"long intervals between :abbr:`OS (operating system)` updates, which leads" -" to large update downloads. Users can also be frustrated when managing " -"complicated component dependencies. |CL-ATTR| solves these problems by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:11 -msgid "Allowing you to update frequently, even multiple times per day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:12 -msgid "Preventing you from combining incompatible components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team delivers technology advances with the |CL| OS and its " -"tooling, concepts, and content. The team has created training materials " -"as a GitHub\\* project to get you up and running quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The training provides complete details on the methods used to create " -"updates and how to deploy the updates to targets. The following items " -"provide an overview of these |CL| mechanisms:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Update server: an https-enabled web server where the content files are " -"served as static content. |CL| periodically queries the data on the " -"update server and determines whether updates are available. The update " -"content files provide the data and metadata to perform the required " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Software delivery mechanism: :abbr:`swupd (software updater)` queries " -"metadata from the update server and calculates what to do and which " -"content to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Tools: `mixer-tools` software suite generates the update server content " -"using |CL| official software update content, local bundle definitions, " -"and local RPM files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The training helps you create a customized OS that is based on |CL|. The " -"training content is self-contained and hosted on GitHub. You need a clean" -" |CL| installation and a functional network connection to complete the " -"training. For convenience, the project includes the training files you " -"need for the exercises." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:40 -msgid "" -"We appreciate your feedback and comments, especially in the form of Pull " -"Requests. Please visit the `how-to-clear project`_ page to access the " -"training materials, open a ticket, or clone/branch the training and help " -"us improve |CL|." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/image-types.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/image-types.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/image-types.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/image-types.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/image-types.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1a68069c..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/image-types.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:4 -msgid "|CL-ATTR| image types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:8 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " -"environments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:12 -msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 -msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " -"corresponding file format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " -"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " -"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " -"platform specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:31 -msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 -msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 ../../reference/image-types.rst:49 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 -msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 -msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 -msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 -msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 -msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 -msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 -msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 -msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 -msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 -msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " -"Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:60 -msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " -"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:63 -msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:66 -msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:67 -msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:69 -msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " -"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:72 -msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " -"kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:76 -msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " -"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:79 -msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:80 -msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:82 -msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " -"Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5e6b455b..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:4 -msgid "Recommended minimum system requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| can run on most modern hardware and is capable of running with " -"modest hardware resources. Out of the box, |CL| can run on a single CPU " -"core, 1 GB RAM, and 2 GB of disk space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:10 -msgid "" -"For use cases requiring minimal resources, |CL| :ref:`tooling ` " -"can be used to create a highly customized installation that can even run " -"on a system with a 128MB of memory and 600MB of disk space, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:16 -msgid "Installer requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The *live desktop* installer requires at least 1 GB of RAM because more " -"resources are required to run in live mode than after |CL| is installed " -"onto persistent storage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For hardware with less resources, use the *live server* installer because" -" it has a smaller memory footprint." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:25 -msgid "See https://clearlinux.org/downloads for more download options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:29 -msgid "System requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:31 -msgid "" -"|CL| requires an x86 64-bit processor which supports Intel® Streaming " -"SIMD Extensions 4.1 (Intel® SSE 4.1), and it requires a system that " -"supports UEFI." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The |CL| installer performs a system compatibility check upon booting. To" -" manually verify system compatibility with |CL|, run the " -":ref:`compatibility check tool` or go to " -"http://ark.intel.com and check for these features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:39 -msgid "Instruction Set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:41 -msgid "64-bit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:43 -msgid "Instruction Set Extensions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:45 -msgid "Supplemental Streaming SIMD Extension 3 (Intel® SSSE3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:46 -msgid "Intel® Streaming SIMD Extensions 4.1 (Intel® SSE 4.1)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:47 -msgid "Intel® Streaming SIMD Extensions 4.2 (Intel® SSE 4.2)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:48 -msgid "Intel® Advanced Encryption Standard New Instructions (Intel® AES-NI)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:49 -msgid "Carry-less Multiplication (PCLMUL)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:51 -msgid "The following processor families have been verified to run |CL|:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:53 -msgid "Intel® Core™ Processor Family (2nd generation or greater)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:54 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® E3-xxxx processor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:55 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® E5-xxxx processor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:56 -msgid "Intel® Xeon® E7-xxxx processor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:57 -msgid "Intel® Atom® processor C Series" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:58 -msgid "Intel® Atom® processor E Series" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:62 -msgid "Recommended configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:64 -msgid "For general |CL| desktop use the recommended minimum requirements include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:67 -msgid "Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:67 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:69 -msgid "Processor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:69 -msgid "Compatible x86 64-bit processor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:71 -msgid "Memory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:71 -msgid "4GB RAM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:73 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:73 -msgid "20 GB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:75 -msgid "Graphics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:75 -msgid "Device with openGL support (e.g. Intel HD/UHD Graphics)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:77 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:77 -msgid "Active Internet connection" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL-ATTR| can run on very minimal" -#~ " hardware. For example, it can run" -#~ " on a system with a single core" -#~ " CPU, 128MB of memory, and 600MB " -#~ "of disk space." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Different use cases and applications " -#~ "will require different configurations. For " -#~ "general |CL| use, in addition to a" -#~ " supported processor, the recommended " -#~ "minimum requirements include:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Processors:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL-ATTR| can run on any Intel®" -#~ " 64bit processors which support UEFI\\* " -#~ "and SSE\\* v4.1 streaming SIMD\\* " -#~ "instructions." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "2nd Generation, or later, Intel® Core™ processor family." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Intel® Xeon® Processor E3" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Intel® Xeon® Processor E5" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Intel® Xeon® Processor E7" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Intel® Atom™ processor C2000 product " -#~ "family for servers -- Q3 2013 " -#~ "version or later." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Intel® Atom™ processor E3800 series -- Q4 2013 version or later." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To help determine if a processor " -#~ "is supported, you can run a " -#~ ":ref:`compatibility check` or" -#~ " go to http://ark.intel.com and check " -#~ "for these features:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Instruction Set = 64-bit" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = SSSE3" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = SSE 4.1" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = SSE 4.2" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = AES" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Instruction Set Extensions = PCLMUL" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Memory: 4GB RAM" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Hard Disk: 20GB HDD" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Network: Active Internet connection" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Graphics: Intel HD Graphics (required if running a GUI desktop)" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.po deleted file mode 100644 index 298045a3..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:4 -msgid "Autoproxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Autoproxy is provided to enable |CL-ATTR| to work smoothly behind a " -"corporate proxy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:14 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Autoproxy tries to detect a Proxy Auto-Config (PAC) script and use it to " -"automatically resolve the proxy needed for a given connection. With " -"Autoproxy, you can use |CL| inside any proxy environment without having " -"to manually configure the proxies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Corporate and private networks can be very complex, needing to restrict " -"and control network connections for security reasons. The typical side " -"effects are limited or blocked connectivity, and require manual " -"configuration of proxies to perform the most mundane tasks, such as " -"cloning a repo or checking for updates. With |CL|, all of the work is " -"done behind the scenes to effortlessly use your network and have " -"connections “just work”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature removes severe complications with network connectivity due " -"to proxy issues. You can automate tasks, such as unit testing, without " -"worrying about the proxy not being set, and you can remove unset proxies " -"from the equation when dealing with network unavailability across " -"systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:34 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:36 -msgid "" -"We designed Autoproxy around tools provided by most Linux\\* " -"distributions with a few minor additions and modifications. We leveraged " -"the DHCP and network information obtained from systemd and created a PAC-" -"discovery daemon. The daemon uses the information to resolve a URL for a " -"PAC file. The daemon then passes the URL into PACrunner\\*. PACrunner " -"downloads the PAC file and uses the newly implemented Duktape\\* engine " -"to parse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:47 -msgid "Figure 1: Autoproxy Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:49 -msgid "" -"From that point on, any cURL\\* or network requests query PACrunner for " -"the correct proxy to use. We modified the cURL library to communicate " -"with PACrunner over DBus. However, cURL will ignore PACrunner and run " -"normally if no PAC file is loaded or if you manually set any proxies. " -"Thus, your environment settings are respected and no time is wasted " -"trying to resolve a proxy. All these steps happen in the background with " -"no user interaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:57 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Autoproxy allows |CL| to operate seamlessly behind a proxy because " -":ref:`swupd ` and other |CL| tools are implemented on top of" -" libcurl. Tools that do not use libcurl, like git, must be configured " -"independently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you are familiar with PAC files and WPAD, you can use " -":command:`pacdiscovery` and :command:`FindProxyForURL` to troubleshoot " -"problems with autproxy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:70 -msgid "Learn more about WPAD, PAC files, and PAC functions at `findproxyforurl`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:74 -msgid "Run :command:`pacdiscovery` with no arguments to indicate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:76 -msgid "if there is a problem resolving the :command:`WPAD` host name resolution:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:87 -msgid "or if the :command:`pacrunner` service is disabled (masked)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:98 -msgid "Unmask the :command:`pacrunner` service by running:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:104 -msgid "" -":command:`FindProxyForURL` with :command:`busctl` can also indicate if " -"the :command:`pacrunner.service` is masked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:117 -msgid "" -":command:`FindProxyForURL` returns the URL and port of the proxy server " -"when an external URL and host are provided as arguments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If a proxy server is not avialable, or if :command:`pacrunner` is running" -" without a PAC file, :command:`FindProxyForURL` will return \"DIRECT\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:141 -msgid "" -"Once :command:`pacdiscovery` is able to look up :command:`WPAD`, restart " -"the :command:`pacrunner` service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:151 -msgid "" -"A \"domain\" or \"search\" entry in :file:`/etc/resolv.conf` is required " -"for short name lookups to resolve. The :file:`resolv.conf` man page has " -"additional details." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9fd5da6b..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,590 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:4 -msgid "autospec" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:6 -msgid "" -"**autospec** is a tool used to assist with the automated creation and " -"maintenance of RPM packaging in |CL-ATTR|. Where a standard :abbr:`RPM " -"(RPM Package Manager)` build process using :command:`rpmbuild` requires a" -" tarball and :file:`.spec` file to start, autospec requires only a " -"tarball and package name to start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The autospec tool attempts to infer the requirements of the :file:`.spec`" -" file by analyzing the source code and :file:`Makefile` information. It " -"continuously runs updated builds based on new information discovered from" -" build failures until it has a complete and valid :file:`.spec` file. If " -"needed, you can influence the behavior of autospec and customize the " -"build by providing optional `control files`_ to the autospec tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:25 -msgid "" -"autospec uses **mock** as a sandbox to run the builds. Visit the `mock " -"wiki`_ for additional information on using mock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:28 -msgid "" -"For a general understanding of how an RPM works, visit the `rpm website`_" -" or the `RPM Packaging Guide`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:32 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:34 -msgid "Learn the autospec tool set up and process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:41 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The setup for building source in |CL| must be completed before using the " -"autospec tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Refer to `Setup environment to build source`_ for instructions on " -"completing the setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:50 -msgid "Create an RPM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:52 -msgid "The basic autospec process is described in the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The :command:`make autospec` command generates a :file:`.spec` file based" -" on the analysis of code and existing control files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Any control files should be located in the same directory as the " -"resulting :file:`.spec` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:60 -msgid "View the `autospec README`_ for more information on `control files`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:62 -msgid "autospec creates a build root with mock config." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:64 -msgid "autospec attempts to build an RPM from the generated :file:`.spec`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:66 -msgid "autospec detects any missed declarations in the :file:`.spec`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If build errors occur, autospec scans the build log to try to detect the " -"root cause." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If autospec detects the root cause and knows how to continue, it restarts" -" the build automatically at step 1 with updated build instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, autospec stops the build for user inspection to resolve the " -"errors. Respond to the build process output by fixing source code issues " -"and/or editing control files to resolve issues, which may include " -"dependencies or exclusions. See `autospec README`_ for more information " -"on control files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:80 -msgid "The user resumes the process at step 1 after errors are resolved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If a binary dependency doesn't exist in |CL|, you must build it before " -"running autospec again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Following these steps, autospec continues to rebuild the package, based " -"on new information discovered from build failures, until it has a valid " -":file:`.spec`. If no build errors occur, RPM packages are successfully " -"built." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:90 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:92 -msgid "Complete `Setup environment to build source`_ before using these examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:99 -msgid "Example 1: Build RPM with an existing spec file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:101 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to build a RPM from a pre-packaged upstream " -"package with an existing spec file. The example uses the ``dmidecode`` " -"package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:104 ../../tooling/autospec.rst:160 -msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace and clone the ``dmidecode`` package:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:113 -msgid "You can clone all package repos at once using the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:119 ../../tooling/autospec.rst:216 -msgid "The optional NUM is the number of threads to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For a list of available packages, view the " -":file:`~/clearlinux/projects/common/packages` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:124 -msgid "Navigate to the local copy of the ``dmidecode`` package and build it:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Build logs and additional RPMs " -"are in :file:`./results`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:135 -msgid "Example 2: Build a new RPM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:137 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to build a new RPM with no spec file. The example " -"will create a simple helloclear RPM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the autospec workspace and build the helloclear RPM. The " -":file:`Makefile` provides a :command:`make autospecnew` that can " -"automatically generate an RPM package using the autospec tool. You must " -"pass the URL to the source tarball and the NAME of the RPM you wish to " -"create:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/rpms`. Build logs " -"and additional RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/results`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:154 -msgid "Example 3: Generate a new spec file with a pre-defined package" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to modify an existing package to create a custom " -"RPM. In this example you will make a simple change to the ``dmidecode`` " -"package and rebuild the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:167 -msgid "Navigate into the *dmidecode* directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:173 -msgid "Open the :file:`excludes` file with an editor and add these lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:186 -msgid "" -"These files aren't needed by dmidecode, so we can remove them without any" -" issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:189 -msgid "" -"In the :file:`dmidecode` directory, build the modified ``dmidecode`` " -"package:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:195 -msgid "The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Logs are in :file:`./results`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:198 -msgid "Example 4: Provide control files to autospec" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:200 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to modify control files to correct build failures " -"that autospec is unable to resolve. In this example, you will add a " -"missing license and dependencies so autospec can complete a successful " -"build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:204 -msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:210 -msgid "If you have not already, clone all upstream package repos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In a later step of this example, we will search the cloned package repos " -"for a missing dependency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:223 -msgid "Build the opae-sdk RPM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:229 -msgid "This results in an error for a missing license file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:235 -msgid "Navigate to the package with build failures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:241 -msgid "" -"Add one or more valid license identifiers from the `SPDX License List " -"`_. In the example below, two different " -"licenses are appropriate based on the opae-sdk project licensing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:250 -msgid "Run autospec again:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:256 -msgid "This results in a generic error:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:262 -msgid "Open the build log to view the error details:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:268 -msgid "" -"The build log contains details for the specific failures. In this " -"instance, there are missing dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the json-c " -"library is available. In this case, it does exist and we'll add the " -"json-c 'dev' package into the buildreq_add:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:292 -msgid "" -"This search step works only if the user cloned all of the upstream " -"package repos. In this example, upstream package repos were cloned in a " -"previous step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:296 -msgid "" -"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the libuuid " -"library is available. In this case, it exists in the util-linux package, " -"so we'll add util-linux-dev package into the buildreq_add:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Run autospec again and find the successfully-generated RPMs in the " -":file:`rpms` directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:314 -msgid "" -"If you need a dependency that does not exist in the |CL| repo, you must " -"first build it manually (see `Example 2: Build a new RPM`_), then add the" -" repo so that autospec knows the package exists. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:324 -msgid "" -"You only need to add the dependency to the :file:`buildreq_add` control " -"file if autospec is not able to automatically find the correct dependency" -" on its own." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:329 -msgid "Test packaged software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:331 -msgid "" -"After software has been packaged with autospec, the resulting RPMs can be" -" tested for functionality before being integrated and deployed into a " -"|CL| image with the :ref:`Mixer tool `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:335 -msgid "" -"The |CL| development tooling offers two ways to quickly test autospec " -"generated RPMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:339 -msgid "" -"The methods outlined below should only be used for temporary testing on " -"development systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:344 -msgid "Test in a |CL| virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:346 -msgid "" -"The |CL| development tooling includes a method to install RPMs into a " -"|CL| virtual machine running on the KVM hypervisor. Using a :abbr:`VM " -"(Virtual Machine)` allows testing in a completely isolated environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:350 -msgid "To test an autospec-created package inside a VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Download the |CL| KVM image into the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory as " -":file:`clear.img`. The location and name :file:`clear.img.xz` is " -"important for the tooling to work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:361 -msgid "Extract the downloaded |CL| KVM image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:367 -msgid "" -"Copy the QEMU start script and virtual firmware needed for KVM into the " -":file:`~/clearlinux` directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Run :command:`make install` from the package's autospec directory. The " -":command:`make install` command mounts the downloaded |CL| KVM image and " -"installs the autospec-created RPM into it:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:384 -msgid "" -"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the " -"*install:* target in the `Makefile.common`_ file on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:387 -msgid "Return to the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory and start the |CL| VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:394 -msgid "" -"A new |CL| VM will launch in the console. Log into the VM as *root* and " -"set a new pasword for the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:397 -msgid "" -"Check that the software is installed in the |CL| VM as expected and " -"perform any relevant tests." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:400 -msgid "" -"After testing has been completed, the |CL| VM can be powered off and " -"deleted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:410 -msgid "Test directly on a development machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:412 -msgid "" -"The |CL| development tooling also includes a method to extract autospec-" -"created RPMs locally onto a |CL| development system for testing. " -"Extracting an RPM directly onto a system offers quicker testing; however" -" conflicts may occur and responsibility to remove the software after " -"testing is up to the developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:418 -msgid "" -"To test an autospec created package directly on the |CL| development " -"system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:420 -msgid "" -"Run :command:`make install-local` from the package's autospec directory. " -"The :command:`make install-local` command extracts the RPM directly onto " -"the filesystem of the running |CL| system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:429 -msgid "" -"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the " -"*install-local:* target in the `Makefile.common`_ file on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:432 -msgid "" -"Check that the software is installed as expected and perform any relevant" -" tests." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:435 -msgid "" -"After testing has been completed, the software and any related files must" -" be identified and deleted. The :command:`swupd repair --picky` command " -"can help restore the state of the :file:`/usr` directory (see :ref:`swupd" -" `) however any other files must be cleaned up manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:443 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:445 -msgid "" -"Reference the `autospec README`_ for details regarding `autospec` " -"commands and options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:448 -msgid "Setup environment to build source" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:452 -msgid "" -"Setup of the workspace and tooling used for building source in |CL| is " -"mostly automated for you with a setup script. It uses tools from the " -":command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:456 -msgid "" -"The setup script creates a workspace in the :file:`clearlinux` folder, " -"with the subfolders :file:`Makefile`, :file:`packages`, and " -":file:`projects`. The :file:`projects` folder contains the main tools " -"used for making packages in |CL| :file:`autospec` and :file:`common`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:461 -msgid "Follow these steps to setup the workspace and tooling for building source:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:463 -msgid "Install the :command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:469 -msgid "Download the :file:`user-setup.sh` script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:475 -msgid "Make :file:`user-setup.sh` executable:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:481 -msgid "Run the script as an unprivileged user:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:487 -msgid "" -"After the script completes, log out and log in again to complete the " -"setup process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:490 -msgid "Set your Git user email and username for the repos on your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:497 -msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:502 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:504 -msgid ":ref:`Mixer tool `" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The code that makes this possible " -#~ "can be viewed by searching for the" -#~ " *install:* target in the `Makefile.common" -#~ " file on GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The code that makes this possible " -#~ "can be viewed by searching for the" -#~ " *install-local:* target in the " -#~ "`Makefile.common file on GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2efca8ed..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:4 -msgid "Kernels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The |CL-ATTR| provides the following Linux kernels with a respective " -"bundle. This document describes the specific use cases these `bundles`_ " -"serve and provides links to their source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:11 -msgid "Bare metal only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:17 -msgid "Kernel native" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *kernel-native* bundle focuses on the bare metal platforms. It is " -"optimized for fast booting and performs best on the Intel® architectures " -"described on the :ref:`supported hardware list`. The" -" optimization patches are found in our `Linux`_ GitHub\\* repo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:22 -msgid "Also compatible with VMs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:32 -msgid "Kernel LTS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The *kernel-lts* bundle focuses on the bare metal platforms but uses the " -"latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel. It is optimized for " -"fast booting and performs best on the Intel® architectures described on " -"the :ref:`supported hardware list`. Additionally, " -"this kernel includes the VirtualBox\\* kernel modules, see our " -":ref:`instructions on using Virtualbox` for more" -" information. The optimization patches are found in our `Linux-LTS`_ " -"GitHub repo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:35 -msgid "VM only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:47 -msgid "Kernel KVM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The *kernel-kvm* bundle focuses on the Linux :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based " -"Virtual Machine)`. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on " -"Virtual Machines running on the Intel® architectures described on the " -":ref:`supported hardware list`. Use this kernel when" -" running |CL| as the guest OS on top of *qemu/kvm*. Use this kernel with " -"**cloud orchestrators** using *qemu/kvm* internally as their " -"**hypervisor** . This kernel can be used as a standalone |CL| VM, see our" -" :ref:`instructions on using KVM` for more information. The " -"optimization patches are found in our `Linux-KVM`_ GitHub repo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:58 -msgid "Kernel Hyper-V\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *kernel-hyperv* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft\\* " -"Hyper-V. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on Virtual " -"Machines running on the Intel® architectures described on the " -":ref:`supported hardware list`. Use this kernel when" -" running |CL| as the guest OS of **Cloud Instances** in projects such as " -"Microsoft `Azure`_\\*. This kernel can be used in a standalone |CL| VM, " -"see our :ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V` for more " -"information. The optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV`_ " -"GitHub repo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:71 -msgid "Kernel Hyper-V LTS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The *kernel-hyperv-lts* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft " -"Hyper-V but uses the latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel." -" It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on Virtual Machines " -"running on the Intel® architectures described on the :ref:`supported " -"hardware list`. Use this kernel when running |CL| as" -" the guest OS of **Cloud Instances** in projects such as Microsoft " -"`Azure`_. This kernel can be used in a standalone |CL| VM, see our " -":ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V` for more information. The " -"optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV-LTS`_ GitHub repo." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Container" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The *kernel-container* bundle contains " -#~ "the kernel used by the Intel® " -#~ "Clear Containers project. This kernel is" -#~ " optimized for fast booting and " -#~ "performs best on |CC| running on " -#~ "the Intel® architectures described on " -#~ "the :ref:`supported hardware list`. The optimization patches are" -#~ " found in our `Linux-Container`_ " -#~ "GitHub repo." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po deleted file mode 100644 index fd506e00..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1145 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:4 -msgid "mixer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:6 -msgid "" -"**mixer** is the tool used by the |CL-ATTR| team to generate official " -"update content and releases. The update content generated by mixer is " -"then consumed by swupd on a downstream client. The same mixer tool is " -"available as part of |CL| to create your own customized update content " -"and releases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:18 -msgid "mixer uses the following sources as inputs to generate update content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:20 -msgid "Upstream |CL| bundles with their corresponding RPM packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:21 -msgid "Locally-defined bundles with their corresponding local RPM packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:22 -msgid "Locally-defined bundles with upstream RPM packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Using the mixer tool, you select which set of content from these sources " -"will be part of your update. You can select content from each of these " -"sources to make a unique combination of functionality for your custom " -"update content, known as a **mix**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The update content that mixer generates consists of various pieces of OS " -"content, update metadata, as well as a complete image. The OS content " -"includes all files in an update, as well as zero- and delta-packs for " -"improved update performance. The update metadata, stored as manifests, " -"describes all of the bundle information for the update. Update content " -"produced by mixer is then published to a web server and consumed by " -"clients via swupd. Refer to :ref:`swupd ` for additional " -"information regarding updates and update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:32 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:34 -msgid "Learn the mixer tool set up and workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:41 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:43 -msgid ":command:`mixer` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add the mixer tool with the :command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to :ref" -":`swupd-guide` for more information on installing bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:48 -msgid "Docker\\* container" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:50 -msgid "" -"mixer by default runs all build commands in a Docker container to ensure " -"the correct tool versions are used. This also allows custom mixes to " -"automatically perform downstream format bumps when the upstream releases " -"a format bump. See `Format version`_ for additional information regarding" -" format bumps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:56 -msgid "Refer to `Configure and enable Docker`_ for instruction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:58 -msgid "Docker proxy (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " -"and create a proxy configuration file for the Docker daemon and " -"container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Consult your IT department for the correct values if you are behind a " -"corporate proxy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:66 -msgid "Refer to `Configure Docker proxy info`_ for instruction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:68 -msgid "Location to host the update content and images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In order for swupd to make use of your mix, the update content for your " -"mix must be hosted on a web server. Your mix will be configured with an " -"update location URL, which swupd will use to pull down updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Refer to `Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_ for an simple example of " -"setting up an update location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:78 -msgid "Mix setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Follow these steps to create and initialize the mixer workspace. Complete" -" the setup before you create a mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:83 -msgid "Create workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The mixer tool uses a simple workspace to contain all input and output in" -" a basic directory structure. The workspace is simply an empty folder " -"from which you execute the mixer commands. Each mix uses its own separate" -" workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:90 -msgid "Initialize the workspace and mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Before you create a mix, you must explicitly initialize the mixer " -"workspace. During initialization, the mixer workspace is configured and " -"the base for your mix is defined. By default, your mix is based on the " -"latest upstream version and starts with the minimum set of bundles. Your " -"first custom mix version number starts at 10. Alternatively, you can " -"select other versions or bundle sets from which to start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Initialization creates the directory structure within the workspace and " -"adds the :file:`builder.conf` file, which is used to configure the mixer " -"tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:102 -msgid "" -"View the `mixer.init man page`_ for more information on mixer " -"initialization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:105 -msgid "View the list of suitable `releases`_ from which to mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:107 -msgid "Edit builder.conf." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:109 -msgid "" -":file:`builder.conf` tells the mixer tool how to configure the mix. For " -"example, it allows you to configure where mixer output is located and " -"where swupd update content will be located." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:113 -msgid "" -"At minimum, set the URL of your update server so your custom OS knows " -"where to get update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:116 -msgid "Refer to the `builder.conf`_ section for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:119 -msgid "Create a mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:121 -msgid "A mix is created with the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:123 -msgid "Add custom RPMs and set up local repo (optional)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:125 -msgid "" -"If you are adding custom RPMs to your mix, you must add the RPMs to your " -"mix workspace and set up a corresponding local repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Go to the :ref:`autospec` guide to learn to build RPMs from " -"scratch. If the RPMs are not built on |CL|, make sure your configuration " -"and toolchain builds them correctly for |CL|. Otherwise there is no " -"guarantee they will be compatible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Refer to the :ref:`autospec` guide for more information on using autospec" -" to build RPMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:136 -msgid "Update and build bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Add, edit, or remove bundles that will be part of your content and build " -"them. mixer automatically updates the :file:`mixbundles` file when you " -"update the bundles in your mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:142 -msgid "" -"View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for more information on configuring " -"bundles in a mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:145 -msgid "View the `mixer.build man page`_ for more information on building bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:147 -msgid "" -"View the `Bundles`_ section for more information on how mixer manages " -"bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:150 -msgid "Create the update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:152 -msgid "" -"mixer creates update content with this step. Zero-packs are created " -"automatically, and delta-packs can be optionally created at the same time" -" (for all builds after version 0)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:156 -msgid "" -"A zero-pack is the full set of content needed to go from mix version 0 " -"(nothing) to the mix version for which you just built content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:159 -msgid "" -"A delta-pack provides the content *delta* between a `PAST_VERSION` to a " -"`MIX_VERSION` that allows the transition from one mix version to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:162 -msgid "View :ref:`swupd-guide` for more information on update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:164 -msgid "Create image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:166 -msgid "" -"mixer creates a bootable image from your updated content using the " -":ref:`ister` tool. In this step you can specify which bundles you want " -"*preinstalled* in the image. Users can later install other bundles " -"available in your mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:171 -msgid "Make update available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:173 -msgid "Deploy update content and images to your update server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:175 -msgid "" -"View the `Example 3: Deploy updates to target`_ for a simple deployment " -"scenario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:179 -msgid "Maintain or modify mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Update or modify your content to a new version by following the steps to " -"create a mix. Increment the mix version number for the next mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:185 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The following examples are designed to work together and in order. The " -"examples use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:190 -msgid "A stock installation of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:191 -msgid "A web server that comes with |CL| to host the content updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:192 -msgid "" -"A simple VM that updates against the locally produced content created in " -"Example 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:195 -msgid "Complete all `Prerequisites`_ before using these examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:198 -msgid "Example 1: Mix set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:200 -msgid "" -"This example shows the basic steps for the first-time setup of mixer for " -"a new mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:203 -msgid "Create an empty directory to use as a workspace for mixer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:209 -msgid "" -"In your mixer workspace, generate an initial mix based on the latest " -"upstream |CL| version, with minimum bundles. In the initialization " -"output, be aware that your initial mix version is set to 10 and that the " -"minimum bundles have been added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Edit :file:`builder.conf` to set the value of CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL " -"to the IP address of the nginx\\* server you set up in the prerequisite " -"`Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:229 -msgid "Example 2: Create a simple mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:231 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to create a simple custom mix using upstream " -"content. We'll create an image for a QEMU virtual machine that we can use" -" later to test our mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:235 -msgid "" -"We can use the default bundles that were added during initialization, but" -" these include the :command:`native-kernel` bundle that is intended to be" -" used on a bare metal system instead of a VM. So we will modify the " -"default bundle set to get a smaller kernel image, which will also be " -"faster to load." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:240 -msgid "Update bundles in mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:247 -msgid "" -"In this case, we will add the `editors` bundle from upstream, but we will" -" remove the `joe` editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:255 -msgid "Use an editor and manually remove `joe` from the bundle definition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:261 -msgid "List the bundles in the mix again to confirm removal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:268 -msgid "Build bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:274 -msgid "" -"Look in ~/mixer/update/image//full for the full chroot after" -" the :command:`build` command completes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Build update content. Browse to your \\http://localhost site and you'll " -"see the web page is now up, but with no update content. Build the update " -"content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Refresh your \\http://localhost site and now you can see the update " -"content for mix version 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:287 ../../tooling/mixer.rst:351 -msgid "" -"Look in ~/mixer/update/www/ to see the update content in " -"your workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Configure image. Edit the ister configuration file for your image to " -"include all of the bundles you want preinstalled in the image. If this is" -" the first time creating an image, first get a copy of the :file" -":`release-image-config.json` template file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:299 -msgid "" -"For this example, edit :file:`release-image-config.json` so that the root" -" partition size is \"5G\" and replace the \"kernel-native\" bundle with " -"\"kernel-kvm\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:319 -msgid "Build the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:325 -msgid "" -"The output from this step will be :file:`release.img`, which is a live " -"image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:327 -msgid "" -"Make the next mix. Create a new version of your mix, for the live image " -"to update to. Increment your mix version by 10:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:334 -msgid "Repeat steps 1-3 to add the upstream :command:`curl` bundle to the mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:342 -msgid "Build optional delta-packs, which helps reduce client update time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Refresh your \\http://localhost site to see the update content for mix " -"version 20." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:355 -msgid "Example 3: Deploy updates to target" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:357 -msgid "" -"The image created in Example 2 is directly bootable in QEMU. In this " -"example, we'll boot the image from Example 2 to verify it, and update the" -" image from mix version 10 (from which the image was built), to mix " -"version 20." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:361 -msgid "Set up the QEMU environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:363 -msgid "Install the :command:`kvm-host` bundle to your |CL|:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:369 -msgid "" -"Get the virtual EFI firmware, download the image launch script, and make " -"it executable:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:378 -msgid "Start your VM image (created in Example 2):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:384 -msgid "Log in as root and set a password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:386 -msgid "Try out your mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:388 -msgid "Take a look at the default bundles installed in your mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:396 -msgid "Now we will add the `editors` bundle that we modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Try to start the `joe` editor. It should not appear because we removed " -"it from the original `editors` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:405 -msgid "" -"Next we will update from version 10 to 20 to capture the newly available " -"bundles. Use :command:`swupd` to update your mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:414 -msgid "" -"Now your mix should be at version 20 and curl is now available. Try using" -" curl. This will fail because curl is not yet installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:422 -msgid "" -"Add the new bundle from your update server to your VM. Retry curl. It " -"works!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:429 -msgid "Shutdown your VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:441 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:443 -msgid "" -"Reference the `mixer man page`_ for details regarding mixer commands and " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:452 -msgid "builder.conf" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:454 -msgid "" -"mixer initialization creates a :file:`builder.conf` that stores the basic" -" configuration for the mixer tool. The items of primary interest are " -"CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL, which will be used by systems updating against" -" your custom content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Additional explanation of variables in :file:`builder.conf` is provided " -"in Table 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 -msgid "**Variable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 -msgid "**Explanation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 -msgid "`CERT`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Sets the path where mixer stores the certificate file used to sign " -"content for verification. mixer automatically generates the certificate " -"if you do not provide the path to an existing one, and signs the " -":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for the updated content you" -" create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:500 -msgid "" -"chroot-builder uses the certificate file to sign the root " -":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for content verification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:504 -msgid "" -"swupd uses this certificate to verify the :file:`Manifest.MoM` file's " -"signature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:507 -msgid "" -"For now, we strongly recommend that you do not modify this variable, as " -"swupd expects a certificate with a very specific configuration to sign " -"and verify properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 -msgid "`CONTENTURL` and `VERSIONURL`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 -msgid "" -"Set these variables to the IP address of the web server hosting the " -"update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:515 -msgid "" -"VERSIONURL is the IP address where the swupd client looks to determine if" -" a new version is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:518 -msgid "CONTENTURL is the location from which swupd pulls content updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:521 -msgid "" -"If the web server is on the same machine as the SERVER_STATE_DIR " -"directory, you can create a symlink to the directory in your web server's" -" document root to easily host the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:526 -msgid "These URLs are embedded in the images created by mixer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 -msgid "`DOCKER_IMAGE_PATH`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 -msgid "" -"Sets the base name of the docker image that mixer pulls down to run " -"builds in the proper container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 -msgid "`LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Sets the path where mixer stores the local bundle definition files. The " -"bundle definition files include any new, original bundles you create, " -"along with any edited versions of upstream bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 -msgid "`SERVER_STATE_DIR`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 -msgid "" -"Sets the path to which mixer outputs content. By default, mixer " -"automatically sets the path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 -msgid "`VERSIONS_PATH`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 -msgid "" -"Sets the path for the mix version and upstream version's two state files:" -" :file:`mixversion` and :file:`upstreamversion`. mixer creates both files" -" for you when you set up the workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 -msgid "`YUM_CONF`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the path where mixer automatically generates the :file:`.yum-" -"mix.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:547 -msgid "" -"The yum configuration file points the chroot-builder to where the RPMs " -"are stored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:550 -msgid "**Table 1**: *Variables in builder.conf*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:554 -msgid "Format version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:556 -msgid "" -"Compatible versions of an OS are tracked with an OS *compatibility " -"epoch*. Versions of an OS within an epoch are fully compatible and can " -"update to any other version within that epoch. The compatibility epoch is" -" set as the `Format` variable in the :file:`mixer.state` file. Variables " -"in the :file:`mixer.state` are used by mixer between executions and " -"should not be manually changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:563 -msgid "" -"A format bump is like modifying the foundation of a house to create a new" -" level. If `Format` increments to a new epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS" -" has changed in such a way that updating from build A in format X to " -"build B in format Y will not work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:568 -msgid "A format bump is required when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:570 -msgid "" -"The software updater, :command:`swupd`, or the software is no longer " -"compatible with the previous update scheme" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:573 -msgid "" -"A package is removed from the update stream and the update must ensure " -"the files associated with that package are removed from the system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:576 -msgid "" -"Using a format increment, we make sure pre- and co-requisite changes flow" -" out with proper ordering. The updated client will only update to the " -"latest release in its respective format version, unless overridden by " -"command line flags. In this way, we can guarantee that all clients update" -" to the final version in their given format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The given format *must* contain all the changes needed to understand the " -"content built in the next format. Only after reaching the final release " -"in the old format can a client continue to update to releases in the new " -"format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:584 -msgid "" -"The format version is incremented only when a compatibility breakage is " -"introduced. Normal updates, such as updating a software package, do not " -"require a format increment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:590 -msgid "Bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:592 -msgid "" -"mixer stores information about the bundles included in a mix in a flat " -"file called :file:`mixbundles`, which is located in the path set by the " -"VERSIONS_PATH variable in :file:`builder.conf`. :file:`mixbundles` is " -"automatically created when the mix is initiated. mixer will refresh the " -"file each time you change the bundles in the mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:595 -msgid "" -"Bundles can include other bundles. Nested bundles can themselves include " -"other bundles. If you see an unexpected bundle in your mix, it is likely " -"a nested bundle in one of the bundles you explicitly added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:599 -msgid "" -"A bundle will fill into one of two categories: upstream or local. " -"Upstream bundles are those provided by |CL|. Local bundles are either " -"modified upstream bundles or new local bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:603 -msgid "Upstream bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:605 -msgid "" -"mixer automatically downloads and caches upstream bundle definition " -"files. These definition files are stored in the upstream-bundles " -"directory in the workspace. Do not modify the files in this directory. " -"This directory is simply a mirror for mixer to use. mixer will " -"automatically delete the contents of this directory before repopulating " -"it on-the-fly if a new version must be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:612 -msgid "" -"The mixer tool automatically caches the bundles for the |CL| version " -"configured in the :file:`upstreamversion` file. mixer also cleans up old " -"versions once they are no longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:617 -msgid "Local bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:619 -msgid "" -"Local bundles are bundles that you create, or are edited versions of " -"upstream bundles. Local bundle definition files are stored in the local-" -"bundles directory in the workspace. The LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR variable sets " -"the path of this directory in the :file:`builder.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:623 -msgid "" -"*mixer always checks for local bundles first and the upstream bundles " -"second.* So bundles in the local-bundles directory will always take " -"precedence over any upstream bundles that have the same name. This " -"precedence enables you to copy upstream bundles locally, and edit into a " -"local variation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:630 -msgid "Bundle configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:632 -msgid "" -"mixer provides commands to configure the bundles for a mix, such as to " -"add a bundle to a mix, to create a new bundle for a mix, or to remove a " -"bundle from a mix. View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for a full list of " -"commands and more information on configuring bundles in a mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Editing an existing local bundle is as simple as opening the bundle " -"definition file in your favorite editor, making the desired edits, and " -"saving your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:642 -msgid "" -"Removing bundles from a mix: By default, removing a bundle will only " -"remove the bundle from the mix. The local bundle definition file will " -"still remain. To completely remove a bundle, including its local bundle " -"definition file, use the :command:`--local` flag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:646 -msgid "" -"If you remove the bundle definition file for a local, edited version of " -"an upstream bundle in a mix, the mix reverts to reference the original " -"upstream version of the bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:652 -msgid "Configure and enable Docker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:654 -msgid "" -"Use these steps to enable Docker for the mixer tool. Make sure to " -"`Configure Docker proxy info`_ first if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:657 -msgid "Start the Docker daemon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:665 -msgid "Add user to the docker group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:672 -msgid "Pull Docker container manually (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:674 -msgid "" -"By default, mixer automatically pulls a Docker container for mixing if " -"one does not already exist. If you need to troubleshoot the mixer " -"container, it may be useful to manually pull a mixer Docker container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:678 -msgid "" -"Versions of the mixer Docker container are available under the tags for " -"the `clearlinux/mixer repo " -"`_ on Docker Hub. Each " -"version of the mixer Docker container is named after the associated |CL| " -"upstream format version. Refer to `Format version`_ for additional " -"information on upstream format versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:684 -msgid "Use the following steps to manually pull a mixer Docker container:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:686 -msgid "" -"Find the version of the container you need by viewing the tags for the " -"`clearlinux/mixer repo " -"`_ on Docker Hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:690 -msgid "Pull the latest container version:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:696 -msgid "View local docker images:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:705 -msgid "Configure Docker proxy info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:707 -msgid "If needed, use these steps to configure the Docker proxy information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:709 -msgid "Create the Docker daemon proxy config directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:715 -msgid "" -"Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and " -"add the following using your own proxy values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:724 -msgid "Reload the Docker daemon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:730 -msgid "" -"Configure the Docker container proxies, to pass proxy settings to " -"containers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:733 -msgid "Create a directory for your container config:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:739 -msgid "" -"Create the config file :file:`~/.docker/config.json` and add the " -"following entries, using your own proxy values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:755 -msgid "Set ownership and permission on the docker config directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:762 -msgid "" -"Configure proxies to allow mixer to access upstream content from behind a" -" firewall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:765 -msgid "" -"Open your :file:`$HOME/.bashrc` file and add proxy and port values for " -"the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:776 -msgid "Log out and log back in for the proxies to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:781 -msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:783 -msgid "" -"A web server is needed to host your update content. In this example, we " -"use the nginx web server, which comes with |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:786 -msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer with the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:788 -msgid "Install the :command:`nginx` bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:794 -msgid "Make the directory where mixer updates will reside:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:800 -msgid "" -"Create a symbolic link between your workspace updates and the updates on " -"the local nginx web server. In this example, `$HOME/mixer` is the " -"workspace for the mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:808 -msgid "Set up ``nginx`` configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:814 -msgid "Copy the default example configuration file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:820 -msgid "" -"Configure the mixer update server. Create and add the following server " -"configuration content to :file:`/etc/nginx/conf.d/mixer.conf` (sudo " -"required):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:833 -msgid "Restart the daemon, enable nginx on boot, and start the service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:843 -msgid "" -"Verify the web server is running at \\http://localhost. At this point you" -" should no longer see a \"404 Not Found\" message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:847 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:849 -msgid ":ref:`About mixer `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:850 -msgid ":ref:`autospec-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:851 -msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:852 -msgid ":ref:`swupd-about`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the mixer tool with the " -#~ ":command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to `Install " -#~ "a bundle`_ for more details." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "View the list of `suitable versions`_ from which to mix." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You cannot see the curl bundle " -#~ "that you added in Example 2 " -#~ "because your mix is still on " -#~ "version 10." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check for updates. You should see " -#~ "that version 20 is available. Use " -#~ "swupd to update your mix:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If `Format` increments to a new " -#~ "epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS " -#~ "has changed in such a way that " -#~ "updating from build M in format X" -#~ " to build N in format Y will" -#~ " not work. Generally, this scenario " -#~ "occurs when the software updater or " -#~ "the software has a change such " -#~ "that it is no longer compatible " -#~ "with the previous update scheme, or " -#~ "when a package is removed from the" -#~ " update stream and the update must" -#~ " ensure the files associated with " -#~ "that package are removed from the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9c24f554..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,248 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:4 -msgid "OS Security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| aims to make systemic and layered security-conscious decisions " -"that are both performant and practical. This security philosophy is " -"rooted within the project's codebase and operating culture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:14 -msgid "Security in updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team believes in the benefits of software security through open " -"sourcing, incremental updates, and rapidly resolving known security " -"advisories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:20 -msgid "The latest Linux\\* codebase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:22 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses the newest version of the Linux kernel which allows the " -"operating system to leverage the latest features from the upstream Linux " -"kernel, including security fixes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:27 -msgid "Automated effective updating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:29 -msgid "|CL| is incrementally updated multiple times per day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:31 -msgid "" -"This `rolling release`_ model allows |CL| to consume the latest security " -"fixes of software packages as soon as they become available. There is no " -"waiting for major or minor releases on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:35 -msgid "" -"An update is not effective if it is just simply downloaded onto a system." -" It needs to be obtained *AND* ensured that the new patched copy is being" -" used; not an older copy loaded into memory. |CL| will let you know when " -"a service needs to be rebooted or do it for your automatically after a " -"software update, if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In |CL| updates are delivered automatically, efficiently, and " -"effectively. For more information about software updates in |CL|, refer " -"to the :ref:`swupd-guide` guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:46 -msgid "Automated CVE scanning and remediation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:48 -msgid "" -"The sheer number of software packages and security vulnerabilities is " -"growing exponentially. Repositories of Common Vulnerabilities and " -"Exposures (CVEs) and their fixes, if known, are published by :abbr:`NIST`" -" in a National Vulnerability Database \\ |NVD|\\ and at \\ |MITRE|\\ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:53 -msgid "" -"|CL| employs a proactive and measured approach to addressing known and " -"fixable :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`. Packages are" -" automatically scanned against CVEs daily, and security patches are " -"deployed as soon as they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:58 -msgid "" -"These combined practices minimize the amount of time |CL| systems are " -"exposed to unnecessary security risk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:61 -msgid "Security in software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:64 -msgid "Minimized attack surface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:66 -msgid "" -"|CL| removes legacy, unneeded, or redundant standards and components as " -"much as possible to enable the use of best known security standards. " -"Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:70 -msgid "" -"`RC4`, `SSLv3`, `3DES`, and `SHA-1` ciphers which have had known " -"vulnerabilities, have been explicitly disabled within many |CL| packages " -"to avoid their accidental usage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Services and subsystems which expose sensitive system information have " -"been removed such as the `finger` and `tcpwrappers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:77 -msgid "`SFTP` has been disabled by default due to security considerations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:80 -msgid "Verified trust" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:82 -msgid "" -"|CL| encourages the use of secure practices such as encryption and " -"digital signature verification throughout the system and discourages " -"blind trust. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:86 -msgid "" -"All update operations from swupd are transparently encrypted and checked " -"against the |CL| maintainers' public key for authenticity. More " -"information about swupd security can be found in the `Security for " -"software update in Clear Linux* OS`_ blog post." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Before being built, packages available from |CL| verify checksums and " -"signatures provided by third party project codebases and maintainers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:94 -msgid "" -"|CL| features a unified certificate store, `clrtrust`_ which comes ready " -"to work with well-known Certificate Authorities out of the box. clrtrust " -"also offers an easy to use command line interface for managing system-" -"wide chains of trust, instead of ignoring foreign certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:100 -msgid "Compiled with secure options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:102 -msgid "" -"While |CL| packages are optimized for performance on Intel® architecture," -" security conscious kernel and compiler options are sensibly taken " -"advantage of. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Kernels shipped with |CL| are signed and disallow the usage of custom " -"kernel modules to maintain verifiable system integrity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:109 -msgid "" -"`Address space layout randomization (ASLR)`_ and `Kernel address space " -"layout randomization (KASLR)`_ are kernel features which defend against " -"certain memory based attacks. More information about PIE executables can " -"be found in the `Recent GNU* C library improvements`_ blog post." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:116 -msgid "Security in system design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Simple, yet effective, techniques are used throughout the |CL| system " -"design to defend against common attack vectors and enable good security " -"hygiene. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Full disk encryption using :abbr:`LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup)` is " -"available during installation. Refer to `cryptsetup`_ for additional " -"information about LUKS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:126 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses the PAM cracklib module to harden user login and password " -"security resulting in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:129 -msgid "" -"No default username or root password set out of the box with |CL|, you " -"will be asked to set your own password immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Simple password schemes, which are known to be easily compromised, cannot" -" be set in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:135 -msgid "" -"A password blacklist, to avoid system passwords being set to passwords " -"which have been compromised in the past." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/security.rst:138 -msgid "" -"`Tallow`_, a lightweight service which monitors and blocks suspicious SSH" -" login patterns, is installed with the :command:`openssh-server` bundle." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po deleted file mode 100644 index 71d85f32..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:4 -msgid "Stateless" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:6 -msgid "" -"In most operating systems, user data, system data, and configuration " -"files can become intermingled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the " -"filesystem over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:16 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy with the goal to provide an " -":abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive user " -"configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does *not* mean" -" ephemeral or non-persistent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:25 -msgid "File-level separation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is " -"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the " -"filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:38 -msgid "System areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:39 -msgid "" -"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system " -"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get " -"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd `.This " -"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of " -"system files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:45 -msgid "User areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` " -"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| " -"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` " -"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. " -"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the " -"configuration that makes their system unique." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:54 -msgid "Software configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:56 -msgid "" -"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in " -"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-" -"provided configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:61 -msgid "Default configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is " -"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:66 -msgid "" -"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include " -"default configuration values or default configuration files may be " -"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be " -"referenced as templates for customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed " -"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:76 -msgid "Overriding configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be " -"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does " -"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:82 -msgid "" -"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of " -"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:85 -msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:87 -msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:93 -msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:99 -msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:105 -msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:111 -msgid "" -"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs " -"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:115 -msgid "System reset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be" -" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and " -":file:`/var`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it " -"was just installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that " -"renders a system unable to boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:133 -msgid "Additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:135 -msgid "`stateless man page`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.po deleted file mode 100644 index 567cdf39..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,459 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:4 -msgid "swupd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:6 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` links a |CL-ATTR| installation with upstream updates and" -" software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:14 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:16 -msgid ":command:`swupd` has two main functions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Manage software and replace APT or YUM, by installing bundles rather than" -" packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:20 -msgid "Check for system updates and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:22 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` manages overlapping dependencies behind the scenes, " -"ensuring that all software is compatible across the system. It can be " -"used to verify the OS, clean cached files, and fix issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:26 -msgid "" -":ref:`Bundles ` contain everything needed to deliver a software " -"capability. They are the smallest granularity component that is managed " -"by |CL|. A bundle comes with all of its dependencies rather than " -"downloading a cascade of package dependencies when installing a piece of " -"software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:33 -msgid "Versioning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using package managers to monitor software version compatibility or " -"compare multiple systems on many Linux distributions can be cumbersome." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:38 -msgid "" -"With |CL| :command:`swupd`, versioning happens at the individual file " -"level. This means |CL| generates an entirely new OS version with any set " -"of software changes to the system, including software downgrades or " -"removals. This rolling release versioning model is similar to " -":command:`git` internal version tracking, where any of the individual " -"file commits are tracked and move the pointer forward when changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A number that represents the **current** release of the OS describes the " -"versions of all the software on the OS. Each build is composed of a " -"specific set of bundles made from a particular version of packages. On a " -"daily basis, this matters to system administrators who need to determine " -"which of their systems do not have the latest security fixes, or which " -"combinations of software have been tested. Every release of the same " -"number is guaranteed to contain the same versions of software, so there's" -" no ambiguity between two systems running the same version of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:55 -msgid "Updating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:57 -msgid "" -"|CL| enforces regular updating of the OS by default and automatically " -"checks for updates against a version server. The content server provides " -"the file and metadata content for all versions and can be the same as the" -" version server. The content url server provides metadata in the form of " -"*manifests*, which list and describe file contents, symlinks, and " -"directories. Additionally, the actual content is provided to clients in " -"the form of archive files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Software updates with |CL| are also efficient. Unlike package-based " -"distributions, :command:`swupd` only updates files that have changed, " -"rather than entire packages. For example, it is quite common for an OS " -"security patch to be as small as 15 KB. Using binary deltas, |CL| is able" -" to apply only what is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For details on how to generate update content for |CL|, see the " -":ref:`mixer ` tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:75 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:78 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:80 -msgid "The device is on a well-connected network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The device is able to connect to an update server. The default server is:" -" http://update.clearlinux.org" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:85 -msgid "Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:87 -msgid "" -"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on " -"demand. :command:`swupd` makes sure that regular updates are simple and " -"secure. It can also check the validity of currently installed files and " -"software, and can correct any problems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:93 -msgid "Manifests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The |CL| software update content consists of data and metadata. The data " -"is the files that end up in the OS. The metadata contains relevant " -"information to properly provision the data to the OS file system, as well" -" as update the system and add or remove additional content to the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The manifests are mostly long lists of hashes that describe content. Each" -" bundle gets its own manifest file. There is a master manifest file that " -"describes all manifests to tie it all together." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:105 -msgid "Fullfiles, packs, and delta packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To speed up updates and optimize content delivery, update data " -"provisioned to a system is obtained by one of the following methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:110 -msgid "" -"*Fullfiles* are always generated for every file in every release. This " -"allows any |CL| to obtain the exact copy of the content for each version " -"directly. This is used if the OS verification needs to replace a single " -"file, for instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:115 -msgid "" -"*Packs* are available for some releases. They combine many files to speed" -" up the creation of installation media and large updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:118 -msgid "" -"*Delta packs* are an optimized version of packs that only contain updates" -" (binary diffs). They cannot be used without having the original file " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:122 -msgid "Bundle search" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:124 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` searches download manifest data for bundles that match " -"the term. Enter only one term, or hyphenated term, per search. Use the " -"command :command:`man swupd` to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Only the base bundle is returned. Bundles can contain other bundles via " -"includes. For more details, see `Bundle Definition Files`_ and its " -"subdirectory bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Bundles that are already installed are marked **(installed)** in search " -"results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:135 -msgid "Optionally, you can review our `bundles`_ on GitHub\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:138 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:141 -msgid "Example 1: Disable and enable automatic updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on " -"demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:146 -msgid "Verify your current auto-update setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:156 -msgid "Disable automatic updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:170 -msgid "Check manually for updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:176 -msgid "Install an update after identifying one that you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:182 -msgid "Re-enable automatic installs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:191 -msgid "Example 2: Find and install Kata Containers\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Kata Containers is a popular container implementation. Unlike other " -"container implementations, each Kata Container has its own kernel " -"instance and runs on its own :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` for improved " -"security." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:198 -msgid "" -"|CL| makes it very easy to install, since you only need to add one bundle" -" to use `Kata Containers`_: `containers-virt`_, despite a number of " -"dependencies. Also, check out our tutorial: :ref:`kata`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:202 -msgid "Find the correct bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:204 -msgid "" -"To return all possible matches for the search string, enter " -":command:`swupd search`, followed by 'kata':" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:211 -msgid "The output should be similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If your search does not produce results with a specific term, shorten the" -" search term. For example, use *kube* instead of *kubernetes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:232 -msgid "Add the bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:240 -msgid "To add multiple bundles, add a space followed by the bundle name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:242 -msgid "The output of a successful installation should be similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:261 -msgid "Example 3: Verify and correct system file mismatch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:263 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` can determine whether system directories and files have " -"been added to, overwritten, removed, or modified (e.g., permissions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"All directories that are watched by :command:`swupd` are verified " -"according to the manifest data. Hash mismatches are flagged as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In this case, Python\\* packages that were installed on top of the " -"default install were flagged as mismatched. :command:`swupd` can be " -"directed to ignore or fix issues based on command line options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:291 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` can correct any issues it detects. Additional directives" -" can be added including a white list of directories to be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The following command repairs issues, removes unknown items, and ignores " -"files or directories matching :file:`/usr/lib/python`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:302 -msgid "Quick reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:305 -msgid "swupd info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:305 -msgid "Returns the currently installed version and update servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:309 -msgid "swupd update " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Updates to a specific version or updates to latest version if no " -"arguments are used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:312 -msgid "swupd bundle-list [--all]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:312 -msgid "Lists installed bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:315 -msgid "swupd bundle-add [-b] " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:315 -msgid "Finds a bundle that contains your search term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:318 -msgid "swupd bundle-add " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:318 -msgid "Adds a bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:321 -msgid "swupd bundle-remove " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:321 -msgid "Removes a bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:324 -msgid "swupd --help" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:324 -msgid "Lists additional :command:`swupd` commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:327 -msgid "man swupd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:327 -msgid "Opens the :command:`swupd` man page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:329 -msgid "Refer to `swupd source documentation`_ on GitHub for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:332 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:334 -msgid ":ref:`autospec`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:335 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:336 -msgid ":ref:`bundles`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| makes it very easy to " -#~ "install, since you only need to " -#~ "add `one bundle`_ to use `Kata " -#~ "Containers`_: `containers-virt`, despite a " -#~ "number of dependencies. Also, check out" -#~ " our tutorial: :ref:`kata`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Refer to :command:`swupd` `source " -#~ "documentation`_ on GitHub for more " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po deleted file mode 100644 index 880383f4..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:4 -msgid "How to Clear" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Clear Linux is a little different from other distros. Here are some " -"important tools and concepts for managing your install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:18 -msgid "Training" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Additional training materials are available in the `how-to-clear`_ " -"GitHub\\* project to help you get started with |CL| tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The training helps you create a customized OS that is based on |CL| and " -"provides complete details on the methods and tools used to create updates" -" and how to deploy updates to targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To complete the training, you will need a clean |CL| installation and a " -"network connection. The project includes all files needed to complete the" -" exercises." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:29 -msgid "`how-to-clear`_ training on GitHub" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Tooling" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.po deleted file mode 100644 index a4cc924e..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,379 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:4 -msgid "Create and launch |CL-ATTR| from Amazon Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial walks you through creating and launching a |CL| :abbr:`AMI " -"(Amazon Machine Image)` instance from the :abbr:`AWS (Amazon Web " -"Services)` console and complete the following tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:10 -msgid "Locate and select the |CL| OS Basic AMI in the AWS Marketplace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Create a new public and private key pair to allow you to connect to your " -"|CL| instance securely." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:13 -msgid "Launch the new |CL| instance and connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:14 -msgid "Update your instance of |CL| using the :command:`swupd` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:15 -msgid "Stop the |CL| instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:18 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:20 -msgid "This tutorial assumes the following statements are true:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You are using a linux-based system to access AWS and can run " -":command:`SSH` to access the remote |CL| AWS image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Your browser puts downloaded files in the :file:`$HOME/Downloads` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You have already set up an AWS user account and logged into the AWS " -"console." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:30 -msgid "" -"This tutorial uses a |CL| AMI t2.micro instance that is eligible for the " -"AWS free tier. To learn more about AWS and setting up an account, visit " -"the AWS website at http://aws.amazon.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:35 -msgid "Locate, select, and launch the |CL| Basic AMI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Start from your main AWS services console menu in your browser and select" -" the :guilabel:`EC2` text as shown in figure 1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:44 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`AWS Console`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:46 -msgid "This selection brings up your :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To create a new |CL| instance from the :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu, " -"select the :guilabel:`Launch Instance` button as shown in figure 2:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:55 -msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This selection takes you to the :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose an Amazon " -"Machine Image (AMI)` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To find the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI in the :guilabel:`Step " -"1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)` menu, do the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the lefthand navigation window, select the :guilabel:`AWS Marketplace`" -" menu item to bring up the search bar to :guilabel:`Search AWS " -"Marketplace Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In the search bar, type \"clear linux os\" and hit the :kbd:`Enter` key " -"to search for and locate the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI by clicking on the " -":guilabel:`Select` button as shown in figure 3:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:78 -msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose AMI`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A pop-up dialog box appears showing you more information about the " -":guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI along with the pricing details for " -"running |CL| on different platform configurations as shown in figure 4. " -"Select the :guilabel:`Continue` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:89 -msgid "Figure 4: :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:91 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Choose Instance Type` menu appears as shown in figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:97 -msgid "Figure 5: :guilabel:`Choose an Instance Type`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`t2.micro` type by clicking the box on the left side" -" of the instance and then select the :guilabel:`Review and Launch` button" -" to move to the :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can configure the instance details, add additional storage, add tags," -" and configure the security group before selecting the :guilabel:`Review " -"and Launch` button if you want to further customize this |CL| instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu, shown in figure " -"6, allows you to :guilabel:`Cancel` the process, return to the " -":guilabel:`Previous` screen to change the configuration or " -":guilabel:`Launch` the instance defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:119 -msgid "Figure 6: :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Launch` button. A dialog box appears, as shown in " -"figure 7, asking you to :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create " -"a new pair`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:129 -msgid "Figure 7: :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create a new pair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:131 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new key pair` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:133 -msgid "For the :guilabel:`Key pair name` field, enter `AWSClearTestKey`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Download Key Pair` button to download the " -":file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` to your browser's defined :file:`Downloads` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:139 -msgid "" -"When the file finishes downloading, select the :guilabel:`Launch " -"Instances` button to proceed to the :guilabel:`Launch Status` menu shown " -"in figure 8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:147 -msgid "Figure 8: :guilabel:`Launch Status`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Launch Status` page changes to what is shown in " -"figure 9, select the :guilabel:`View Instances` button to view your " -":guilabel:`Instances` dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:157 -msgid "Figure 9: :guilabel:`View Instance`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:160 -msgid "Connect to your Clear Linux OS Basic instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Your :guilabel:`Instances` Dashboard is shown in figure 10 with the new " -"|CL| OS basic instance already selected and in the running state. If " -"there are other instances available, they are also listed but not " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:170 -msgid "Figure 10: :guilabel:`Instance Dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:172 -msgid "" -"To connect to your running instance, click the :guilabel:`Connect` button" -" located at the top of your dashboard. AWS brings up the pop-up dialog " -"box shown in figure 11 describing how to connect to your running " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:182 -msgid "Figure 11: :guilabel:`Connect to Your Instance`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Open a terminal on your system. You should be in your :file:`$HOME` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Copy the previously downloaded keyfile from the :file:`Downloads` " -"directory to the current directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Change the attributes of the :file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` using the " -":command:`chmod` command as instructed in the dialog box shown in figure " -"11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Copy the text highlighted in the :guilabel:`Example:` section that is " -"shown in :ref:`figure 11`. Paste the copied text into " -"your terminal, change the text before the `@` sign to the username " -"`clear`, and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to execute the command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:211 -msgid "" -"A message appears on the terminal stating the authenticity of the host " -"can't be established and prompts you with the message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Type `yes` and hit the :kbd:`Enter` key. Another warning is printed to " -"the terminal and you are now at the command prompt of your new |CL| " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:229 -msgid "Update the |CL| instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Run the :command:`sudo swupd update` command to update the operating " -"system as shown in figure 12:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:238 -msgid "Figure 12: :guilabel:`sudo swupd update`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:240 -msgid "In this example we updated from version 18940 to 19100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:243 -msgid "Stop the |CL| instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:245 -msgid "" -"When you are finished using your AWS |CL| instance you need to stop it " -"using the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to stop accruing charges. " -"Complete the following steps from the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to " -"stop your AWS |CL| instance from running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:250 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` button to bring up a pull-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:252 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Instance State` menu item to expand the options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:254 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Stop` menu item to shut down the running instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:256 -msgid "Figure 13 illustrates these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:262 -msgid "Figure 13: :guilabel:`Stop Instance`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:264 -msgid "" -"A pop-up dialog box appears warning you that any ephemeral storage of " -"your instance will be lost. Select the :guilabel:`Yes, Stop` button to " -"stop your |CL| instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:272 -msgid "Figure 14: :guilabel:`Stop Instances`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:274 -msgid "" -"Congratulations! You are up and running with |CL| on AWS. To see what you" -" can do with your |CL| instance, visit our :ref:`tutorials ` " -"section for examples on using your |CL| system." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.po deleted file mode 100644 index 75be9084..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,445 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:4 -msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| using Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| is available for you to use in the Microsoft* Azure* " -"marketplace and is offered with three different images, also known as a " -":abbr:`SKU (Stock Keeping Unit)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:10 -msgid "" -"|CL| Basic - This SKU consists of a bare-bones system which can be used " -"as a starting point for those wanting to explore and build out a system " -"with additional software bundles of their choosing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:14 -msgid "" -"|CL| Containers - This SKU comes with the containers-basic software " -"bundle already installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:17 -msgid "" -"|CL| Machine-learning - This SKU comes pre-loaded with popular open " -"source tools for developing machine learning applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can access these images directly from your MS Azure dashboard through" -" the `Azure portal`_ or by using the MS Azure :abbr:`CLI (Command Line " -"Interface)` 2.0. If you do not already have an account set up with MS " -"Azure, you can sign up for a `MS Azure free account`_ to access the |CL| " -":abbr:`VM(Virtual Machine)` images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The Azure CLI offers the ability to create and manage resources in MS " -"Azure from the command line. In this tutorial you learn to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:29 -msgid "Install the latest MS Azure CLI on your |CL| machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:31 -msgid "Log into MS Azure using the CLI 2.0 interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:33 -msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:35 -msgid "Locate the |CL| images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:37 -msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:39 -msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on your |CL| system, your system must have " -"the following packages installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:44 -msgid "Python 2.7 or later" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:46 -msgid "libffi" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:48 -msgid "OpenSSL 1.0.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can check to see what versions you have installed on your system by " -"running the individual commands as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you do not have these packages installed on your |CL| system, install " -"the sysadmin-basic software bundle using the :command:`swupd` command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:87 -msgid "" -"These instructions are for installing the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools on a " -"|CL| system. If you are installing the CLI on another platform, follow " -"the instructions in the `MS Azure Install Azure CLI tutorial`_ for your " -"specific operating system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:93 -msgid "Install MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|, use the :command:`curl` command " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you get an error message from :command:`curl` related to the -L " -"parameter or an error message is generated that includes the text " -"\"Object Moved\", use the full URL instead of the aka.ms redirect " -"address:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The installation script begins and prompts you several times during " -"execution for information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The console output from the script displays your username instead of the " -"**[user]** variable shown on this tutorial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another" -" directory to install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools into." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another" -" directory to install the :command:`az` executable in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The installation downloads and builds all required tools and when " -"complete prompts you with:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:139 -msgid "Type :kbd:`Y` and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to allow this modification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or enter the pathname to" -" your :file:`.bashrc` file. The installation completes with the final " -"output shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The installation program finishes and you must restart your shell for the" -" changes to take effect. When the installation is successful, run the " -"following command to restart your shell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With the MS Azure CLI 2.0 executable successfully built and installed, " -"run the :command:`az` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:175 -msgid "The output from the :command:`az` command is shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:254 -msgid "Log into your Microsoft Azure account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:256 -msgid "" -"With the :command:`az` command properly installed and functional, login " -"to your MS Azure account using the :command:`az login` command shown " -"below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:263 -msgid "The output from this command is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Open your browser and enter the page `https://aka.ms/devicelogin` as " -"shown in figure 1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:276 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Enter the code `BQ9MG442B` to authenticate your device as shown in figure" -" 2. The code `BQ9MG442B` is a random authentication code generated for " -"each session login and will be different each time you log into MS Azure " -"using the :command:`az login` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:287 -msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login - Azure CLI`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:289 -msgid "" -"Once you enter the authentication code, the website changes to a screen " -"to enter your existing Microsoft Azure credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Log in with your existing MS Azure account credentials. Once complete, " -"the browser screen changes again as shown in figure 3. The screen shows " -"you have signed into the Microsoft Cross-platform Command Line Interface " -"application on your device and you can close the window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:301 -msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Cross-platform CLI`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:303 -msgid "" -"The MS Azure CLI 2.0 interface is now active using your existing MS Azure" -" account credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:307 -msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:309 -msgid "" -"To learn more about MS Azure resource groups, visit the `Azure Resource " -"Manager overview`_ for an overview and detailed description of resources " -"within MS Azure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:313 -msgid "" -"To create our new resource group, run the :command:`az group create ...` " -"command shown below to create a resource group named `ClearResourceGroup`" -" using the `-n` parameter and locate it in the `westus` region using the " -"`-l` parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:322 -msgid "" -"When the command has completed, the output from this command is similar " -"to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:339 -msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:341 -msgid "For this tutorial, we are using the |CL| Basic SKU for our VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:343 -msgid "" -"To locate the available |CL| Basic VM SKU images in the MS Azure " -"marketplace, run the :command:`az vm image ...` command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:350 -msgid "" -"This command may take some time to finish. The output lists all available" -" |CL| Basic images available in the Microsoft Azure marketplace as shown " -"below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:370 -msgid "" -"The output list shows current offerings. New versions are added to the MS" -" Azure marketplace all the time. To reference the latest version of an " -"image, you can use the version label `latest` when specifying an image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:374 -msgid "" -"The information shown in the `Urn` column lists the " -"`Publisher:Offer:Sku:Version` for each image available and this is the " -"information we want to create the |CL| Basic VM. Since we are creating a " -"|CL| Basic VM, highlight the `clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:` " -"string and copy it to your clipboard. Use the label `latest` instead of " -"referencing a specific version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Create the new |CL| Basic VM. Run the :command:`az vm create ...` command" -" using the URN `:clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:latest` that we" -" copied to the clipboard on the previous step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:391 -msgid "" -"If you have already defined your public/private SSH key pair and they are" -" stored in your :file:`$HOME/.ssh` directory, you do not need to include " -"the *--generate-ssh-keys* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:395 -msgid "" -"Your output from this command will look similar to this output, where " -"[user] is your user name:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:416 -msgid "Take note of the public IP address from the output." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Login into the new |CL| Basic VM, run the :command:`ssh` command with the" -" public IP address obtained from the previous step as shown:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:425 -msgid "" -"You may see the following message about the authenticity of the host. If " -"this appears, type `yes` to proceed connecting to your new |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:437 -msgid "" -"You are now logged into your new |CL| VM as [user], where [user] is your " -"user name. To check which software bundles are included with this VM " -"image, run the :command:`sudo swupd bundle-list` command inside the VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:445 -msgid "The output shown should be similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:467 -msgid "" -"When you are finished using your new |CL| VM, type :command:`exit` to " -"close the :command:`SSH` terminal and logout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:471 -msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:473 -msgid "" -"When you finish using your new |CL| instance, you must stop the VM and " -"deallocate the resources in your resource group. If you only stop a VM, " -"the OS image shuts down but the resources associated with it in your " -"resource group remain allocated and incurring charges. For instance, if " -"you stop and then later start the VM using the :command:`az vm start...` " -"without deallocating the resources, the IP address is retained and you " -"can access the VM using that same IP address. To release the resources " -"associated with the VM and stop incurring charges for them, you must " -"deallocate the resources as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:482 -msgid "" -"At the command prompt, enter the :command:`az vm stop...` command as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:489 -msgid "This will stop the VM and then output text similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once the VM stops, deallocate the VM resources to stop incurring charges " -"for the |CL| instance. Enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:508 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:510 -msgid "" -"You are up and running with |CL| on MS Azure using the Azure CLI 2.0 " -"command line tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:514 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:516 -msgid "" -"To see use cases you can fulfill with your |CL| instance, visit our " -":ref:`tutorials ` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:519 -msgid "" -"For additional information visit the |CL| `Azure Partner Mini Case " -"Study`_ and the `Azure Partner Datasheet`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:522 -msgid "" -"To learn more about the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tool and options that are " -"available, visit the `MS Azure documentation and tutorials`_ website." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.po deleted file mode 100644 index cb22e9df..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:4 -msgid "Data Analytics Reference Stack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial shows you how to use the Data Analytics Reference Stack " -"(DARS), and to optionally build your own images with the baseline " -"Dockerfiles provided in the `DARS repository`_. Our assumption is that " -"|CL-ATTR| is the host. However, any system that supports Docker\\* " -"containers can be used to follow these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:17 -msgid "The Data Analytics Reference Stack release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack (DARS) provides developers and " -"enterprises a straightforward, highly optimized software stack for " -"storing and processing large amounts of data. More detail is available " -"on the `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack provides two pre-built Docker images, " -"available on `Docker Hub`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:23 -msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with OpenBlas`_ stack optimized for `OpenBLAS`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:24 -msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with MKL`_ stack optimized for `MKL`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:26 -msgid "" -"We recommend you view the latest component versions for each image in the" -" :file:`README` found in the `DARS repository`_. Because |CL| is a " -"rolling distribution, the package version numbers in the |CL|-based " -"containers may not be the latest released by |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece " -"of software within the work has its own license. Please see the `terms " -"of use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Data Analytics" -" Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:38 -msgid "Using the Docker Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To immediately start using the latest stable DARS images, pull directly " -"from `Docker Hub`_. For this tutorial we'll use the `Dars with MKL`_ " -"version of the stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:43 -msgid "Once you have downloaded the image, you can run it with" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:49 -msgid "" -"This will launch the image and drop you into a bash shell inside the " -"container. You will see output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The :command:`--ulimit nofile` parameter is currently required in order " -"to increase the number of open files opened at certain point by the spark" -" engine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:75 -msgid "Building DARS Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you choose to build your own DARS container images, you can customize " -"them as needed. Use the provided Dockerfile as a baseline. To construct " -"images with |CL|, start with a |CL| development platform that has the " -":command:`containers-basic-dev` bundle installed. Learn more about " -"bundles and installing them by using :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:83 -msgid "First, clone the `DARS repository`_ from GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Then, inside the DARS directory, run :command:`make` to build OpenBLAS " -"and MKL images, and run :command:`make baseline` to build the baseline " -"CentOS image. Depending on the system, it may take a while to finish " -"building. Once completed, check the resulting images with " -":command:`Docker`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:98 -msgid "" -"You can use any of the resulting images to launch fully functional " -"containers. If you need to customize the containers, you can edit the " -"provided :file:`Dockerfile`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.po deleted file mode 100644 index 936cb860..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,615 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:4 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial describes how to run benchmarking workloads for " -"TensorFlow\\*, PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow in |CL-ATTR| using the Deep " -"Learning Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:16 -msgid "" -"We created the Deep Learning Reference Stack to help AI developers " -"deliver the best experience on Intel® Architecture. This stack reduces " -"complexity common with deep learning software components, provides " -"flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly " -"prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this tutorial to run " -"benchmarking workloads on your solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:22 -msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:24 -msgid "" -"`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_, which is optimized using Intel® Math Kernel " -"Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) primitives and " -"introduces support for Intel® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions " -"(VNNI)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:27 -msgid "" -"`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using" -" Intel® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) " -"primitives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:30 -msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for Intel® architecture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:31 -msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using " -"Intel® Math Kernel Library (Intel® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To take advantage of the Intel® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality with the " -"Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must use the following hardware:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:40 -msgid "Intel® AVX-512 images require an Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:41 -msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:44 -msgid "Stack features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:46 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark " -"results`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow " -"benchmark results`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:51 -msgid "" -"`Release notes on Github\\*`_ for the latest release of Deep Learning " -"Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Deep Learning Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece of" -" software within the work has its own license. Please see the `terms of " -"use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep Learning " -"Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:61 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`Install ` |CL| on your host system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:64 -msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:65 -msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In |CL|, :command:`containers-basic` includes Docker\\*, which is " -"required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the " -":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and " -":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-" -"basic` bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-" -"basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow " -"the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:94 -msgid "Version compatibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:96 -msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:98 -msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:99 -msgid "Docker 18.06.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:100 -msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:101 -msgid "Go 1.11.12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Deep Learning Reference Stack was developed to provide the best user " -"experience when executed on a |CL| host. However, as the stack runs in a" -" container environment, you should be able to complete the following " -"sections of this tutorial on other Linux* distributions, provided they " -"comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed " -"above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages" -" and manage Docker services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:109 -msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:111 -msgid "" -"This section describes running the `TensorFlow benchmarks`_ in single " -"node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These " -"steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can " -"invoke TensorFlow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for " -"this tutorial were obtained using `runc` as the runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from " -"`Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:125 ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:167 -msgid "Run the image with Docker:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:134 ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts " -"interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in " -"the running container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:138 -msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:144 ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:185 -msgid "Execute the benchmark script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the " -"TensorFlow benchmarks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 " -"model using `Intel® quantization tools`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:159 -msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:161 -msgid "" -"This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in " -"single node." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel " -"MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:179 -msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:195 -msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:197 -msgid "" -"The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The tutorial uses " -"`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If you choose the Intel® MKL-DNN or Intel® MKL-DNN-VNNI image, your " -"platform must support the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an " -"*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you won’t be able to complete" -" this tutorial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:206 -msgid "Kubernetes setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Follow the instructions in the :ref:`kubernetes` tutorial to get set up " -"on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has `instructions for creating a " -"cluster`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:213 -msgid "Kubernetes networking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:215 -msgid "" -"We used `flannel`_ as the network provider for these tests. If you prefer" -" a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes `networking " -"documentation`_ for setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:220 -msgid "Kubectl" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:222 -msgid "" -"You can use kubectl to run commands against your Kubernetes cluster. " -"Refer to the `kubectl overview`_ for details on syntax and operations. " -"Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML " -"script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:227 -msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:244 -msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:250 -msgid "" -"This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a " -"deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the " -"container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:254 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:256 -msgid "" -"You must add `launcher.py`_ to the Docker image to include the Deep " -"Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct " -"location. Note that this tutorial uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot " -"guarantee results if you use a different version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:260 -msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:269 -msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:271 -msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:274 -msgid "ksonnet\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it " -"before setting up Kubeflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:279 -msgid "" -"ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| " -"version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), " -"you must manually install ksonnet as described below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:283 -msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:294 -msgid "" -"After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is " -"accessible across the environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:298 -msgid "Kubeflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:300 -msgid "" -"Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by " -"following these instructions from the `quick start guide`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:318 -msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:328 -msgid "" -"This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a " -"TFJob." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:331 -msgid "Run a TFJob" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:333 -msgid "Select this link for the `ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:335 -msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:343 -msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:351 -msgid "Replace with the image name you specified in previous steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:353 -msgid "" -"Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using " -"these commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:363 -msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:366 -msgid "Results of running this tutorial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:368 -msgid "" -"You must parse the logs of the Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance " -"data. The pods will still exist post-completion and will be in " -"‘Completed’ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect " -"the benchmark results. More information about `Kubernetes logging`_ is " -"available from the Kubernetes community." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:375 -msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:377 -msgid "" -"This example uses the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ container image. After it " -"is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the " -"shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port " -"8888." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:385 -msgid "" -"After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command " -"is executed inside the container image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:392 -msgid "" -"After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the " -"following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:400 -msgid "" -"From your host system, or any system that can access the host's IP " -"address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running " -"the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP " -"address of the host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:408 -msgid "Your browser displays the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:414 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:417 -msgid "" -"To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select " -":guilabel:`Python 3`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:423 -msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:425 -msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:432 -msgid "" -"To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the " -"blank cell, and run the cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:446 -msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:452 -msgid "" -"You can continue working in this notebook, or you can download existing " -"notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's " -"optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:457 -msgid "Uninstallation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop " -"the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop " -"the container and delete it to free storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:461 -msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:463 -msgid "Find the container's ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:469 -msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:476 -msgid "" -"You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This " -"example uses the name \"oss\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:483 -msgid "Verify that the container is not running" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:490 -msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:496 -msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:504 -msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only " -"the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the" -" system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:522 -msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:530 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:532 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:533 -msgid "`TensorFlow benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:534 -msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:535 -msgid "`Kubeflow`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:536 -msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:537 -msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po deleted file mode 100644 index c4da51d3..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:4 -msgid "Run Docker\\* on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization platforms, including a " -"Docker solution. |CL| has many unique features including a minimal " -"default installation, which makes it compelling to use as a host for " -"container workloads, management, and orchestration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:11 -msgid "This tutorial covers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This tutorial focuses on the installaton of the Docker ecosystem. If you " -"want to use |CL| as a Docker container image, refer to the official |CL| " -"container image `published on Docker* Hub " -"`_ and our guide to :ref:`custom-" -"clear-container`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:25 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow " -"the :ref:`bare metal installation instructions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:37 -msgid "Additionally, you should have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:39 -msgid "A basic understanding of Linux\\* and Docker." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:41 -msgid "" -"|CL| environment that has transparent network access to the Internet. If " -"you are behind a HTTP proxy server, in a corporate setting for example, " -"please refer to the `Docker proxy instructions`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:46 -msgid "Install the containers-basic bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Software in |CL| is offered in the form of `bundles`_ to provide a " -"complete function. The *containers-basic* provides all the required " -"software packages to run Docker images as containers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:52 -msgid "" -"First, install the *containers-basic* bundle by running this " -":command:`swupd` command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:59 -msgid "Start the Docker daemon through systemd manager by running this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you want Docker to start automatically on boot, enable the systemd " -"service by running this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Finally, verify :command:`docker` has been installed by running this " -"command and checking the version output for both *client* and *server*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Congratulations! At this point, you have a working installation of Docker" -" on |CL|. You are ready to start using container images on your system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:83 -msgid "Integration with Kata Containers\\* (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:85 -msgid "" -"`Kata Containers`_, is an open source project aiming to increase security" -" of containers by using a hardware-backed virtual machine container " -"runtime rather than software namespace containers that are provided by " -"the standard Docker *runc* runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:90 -msgid "" -"|CL| provides easy integration of the *kata-runtime* with Docker. More " -"information on installing and using the *kata-runtime* may be found at " -":ref:`kata`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:96 -msgid "" -"The remaining sections of this tutorial are standard to Docker setup and " -"configuration. If you are familiar with Docker basics, you do not need to" -" continue reading. The following sections are provided here for sake of " -"completeness." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:104 -msgid "Additional Docker configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Perform additional Docker daemon configuration via a configuration file " -"typically located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| features a " -":ref:`stateless` system so the configuration file :file:`daemon.json` " -"does *NOT* exist by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:111 -msgid "Create the :file:`daemon.json` by running this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Refer to the `Docker documentation on daemon configuration`_ for the full" -" list of available configuration options and examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:122 -msgid "" -"For production systems, we follow Docker's recommendation to use the " -"`OverlayFS storage driver`_ `overlay2`, shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:133 -msgid "" -"A testing version is found in `Docker Device Mapper storage driver`_. If " -"using this storage driver, a warning message may appear: \"usage of " -"loopback devices is strongly discouraged for production use\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:137 -msgid "Save and close :file:`daemon.json`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Once you've made any required changes, be sure to restart the Docker " -"daemon through systemd manager by running this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:147 -msgid "Pulling and running an image from Docker Hub" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:149 -msgid "" -"`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available container image repository which " -"comes preconfigured with Docker. In the example below we will pull and " -"run an the official Docker image for nginx\\*, an open source reverse " -"proxy server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:153 -msgid "" -"First, pull a container image from Docker Hub using the :command:`docker " -"pull` command. Download the latest nginx\\* Docker container image by " -"running this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Create and launch a new container using the :command:`docker run` " -"command. Launch a nginx container by running this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Below is an explanation of switches used in the command above. For " -"detailed :command:`docker run` switches and syntax, refer to the `Docker " -"Documentation`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The *--name* switch lets you provide a friendly name to target the " -"container for future operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:177 -msgid "The *-d* switch launches the container in the background" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:179 -msgid "" -"The *-p* switch allows the container's HTTP port (80) to be accessible " -"from the |CL| host on port 8080" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:182 -msgid "" -"You can access the Welcome to Nginx! splash page running in the container" -" by browsing to \\http://127.0.0.1:8080 or by running this " -":command:`curl` command from your |CL| machine:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Finally, stop and delete the nginx container by running the " -":command:`docker stop` and :command:`docker rm` commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Congratulations! At this point, you have successfully pulled a nginx " -"container image from `Docker Hub`_ and have run an example container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:202 -msgid "Creating a Docker swarm cluster" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:204 -msgid "Clusters of Docker hosts are referred to as *swarms*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:206 -msgid "" -"The process in this tutorial can be repeated to install Docker on " -"multiple |CL| hosts with the intent to form a Docker swarm cluster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:209 -msgid "" -"The `Docker documentation on swarm key concepts`_ and `Docker " -"documentation on creating a swarm`_ can be referenced for further " -"instructions on setting up a swarm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:214 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:216 -msgid "`Docker Home`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:217 -msgid "`Docker Documentation`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:218 -msgid "`Docker Hub`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:219 -msgid "`Kata Containers`_" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization" -#~ " platforms, including a Docker\\* solution." -#~ " |CL| has many `unique features`_ " -#~ "including a minimal default installation, " -#~ "which makes it compelling to use " -#~ "as a host for container workloads, " -#~ "management, and orchestration." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "A basic understanding of Linux and Docker." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Integration with Kata Containers (optional)" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The proceeding sections of this tutorial" -#~ " are standard to Docker setup and " -#~ "configuration. If you are familiar with" -#~ " Docker basics, you do not need " -#~ "to continue reading. The following " -#~ "sections are provided here for sake " -#~ "of completeness." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Perform additional Docker daemon configuration" -#~ " via a configuration file typically " -#~ "located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| " -#~ "features a `stateless system`_ so the" -#~ " configuration file :file:`daemon.json` does " -#~ "*NOT* exist by default." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available" -#~ " container image repository which comes " -#~ "preconfigured with Docker. In the " -#~ "example below we will pull and run" -#~ " an the official Docker image for " -#~ "nginx, an open source reverse proxy " -#~ "server." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First, pull a container image from " -#~ "Docker Hub using the :command:`docker " -#~ "pull` command. Download the latest nginx" -#~ " Docker container image by running " -#~ "this command:" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.po deleted file mode 100644 index e4b094b6..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:4 -msgid "Use Flatpak\\* to install applications on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial provides all the required steps to install Flatpak as well " -"as downloading, installing, and running LibreOffice\\* on |CL-ATTR|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please visit the `Flatpak website`_ for more information about Flatpak " -"and how to use it. You can also `download it here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:13 -msgid "Before you begin" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " -"our :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:20 -msgid "Install Flatpak on your host system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Flatpak is included as part of the bundle `desktop`. To install the " -"application, log in to your user account and enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:30 -msgid "Install and run the LibreOffice Flatpak image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Application developers have the option to bundle their applications using" -" Flatpak to allow the installation of a single distribution of their " -"application on different distributions of Linux, including |CL|. Flatpak " -"provides a `list of applications`_ available through Flathub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:37 -msgid "|CL| enables the Flathub repository by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:41 -msgid "Installing using gnome software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All you need to do is to launch `gnome software`, search for the " -"LibreOffice app, and click the install button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:49 -msgid "Figure 1: Installing LibreOffice using gnome-software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:54 -msgid "Installing using the command line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Open the `gnome-terminal` and type the following command to install the " -"LibreOffice app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:79 -msgid "Launch LibreOffice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A new set of icons will appear in your Gnome applications list titled " -":guilabel:`LibreOffice.` To execute the application, highlight the " -"application and click on the :guilabel:`LibreOffice` icon. LibreOffice " -"will start normally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:87 -msgid "Figure 2: Select :guilabel:`LibreOffice` app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:90 -msgid "Using the command line" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po deleted file mode 100644 index def50a5a..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:4 -msgid "Use the function multi-version patch generator" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:6 -msgid "" -"CPU architectures often gain interesting new instructions as they evolve " -"but application developers find it difficult to take advantage of those " -"instructions. The reluctance to lose backward-compatibility is one of the" -" main roadblocks slowing developers from using advancements in newer " -"computing architectures. :abbr:`FMV (Function Multi-Versioning)`, which " -"first appeared in `GCC`_ 4.8, is a way to have multiple implementations " -"of a function, each using a different architecture specialized " -"instruction-set extensions. GCC 6 introduces changes to FMV to make it " -"even easier to bring architecture- based optimizations to the application" -" code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this tutorial we will use FMV on general code and on :abbr:`FFT (Fast " -"Fourier Transform)` library code (FFTW). Upon completing the tutorial, " -"you will be able to use this technology on your code and use the " -"libraries to deploy architecture-based optimizations to your application " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:22 -msgid "Install and configure a |CL| host on bare metal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, follow our guide to :ref:`bare-metal-install-desktop`. Once the " -"bare metal installation and initial configuration are complete, add the " -"`desktop-dev` bundle to the system. `desktop-dev`: contains the necessary" -" development tools like GCC and Perl\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To install the bundles, run the following command in the :file:`$HOME` " -"directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:36 -msgid "Detect loop vectorization candidates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Now, we need to detect the loop vectorization candidates to be cloned for" -" multiple platforms with FMV. As an example, we will use the following " -"simple C code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Save the example code as :file:`example.c` in the current directory and " -"build with the following flags:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:74 -msgid "The build generates the following output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:81 -msgid "The output shows that line 11 is a good candidate for vectorization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:89 -msgid "Generate the FMV patch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:91 -msgid "" -"To generate the FMV patch with the `make-fmv-patch`_ project, we must " -"clone the project and generate a log file with the loop vectorized " -"information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:100 -msgid "To generate the patch files, execute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The :file:`make-fmv-patch.pl` script takes two arguments: `` " -"and ``. Replace `` and `` with the " -"proper values and execute:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:114 -msgid "The command generates the following :file:`example.c.patch` patch:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:129 -msgid "" -"We recommend you use the :file:`make-fmv-patch` script to add the " -"attribute generating the target clones on the function `foo`. Thus, we " -"can have the following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Changing the value of the `$avx2` variable, we can change the target " -"clones when adding the patches or in the :file:`make-fmv-patch.pl` " -"script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Compile the code again with FMV and add the option to analyze the " -"`objdump` log:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:173 -msgid "You can see the multiple clones of the `foo` function:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:181 -msgid "" -"The cloned functions use AVX2 registers and vectorized instructions. To " -"verify, enter the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:190 -msgid "FFT project example using FFTW" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:192 -msgid "" -"To follow the same approach with a package like FFTW, we must use the " -"`-fopt-info-vec` flag to get a build log file similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:210 -msgid "" -"For example, the :file:`fftw-3.3.6-pl2/tools/fftw-wisdom.c.patch` file " -"generates the following patches:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:262 -msgid "" -"With these patches, we can select where to apply the FMV technology " -"making bringing architecture-based optimizations to application code even" -" easier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:265 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:267 -msgid "" -"You have successfully installed an FMV development environment on |CL|. " -"Furthermore, you used cutting edge compiler technology to improve the " -"performance of your application based on Intel Architecture technology " -"and profiling of the specific execution of your application." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this tutorial we will use FMV" -#~ " on general code and on :abbr:`FFT" -#~ " (Fast Fourier Transform)` library code." -#~ " Upon completing the tutorial, you " -#~ "will be able to use this " -#~ "technology on your code and use " -#~ "the libraries to deploy architecture-" -#~ "based optimizations to your application " -#~ "code." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "FTT project example" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To follow the same approach with a" -#~ " package like FFT, we must use " -#~ "the `-fopt-info-vec` flag to get" -#~ " a build log file similar to:" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.po deleted file mode 100644 index d73f9c53..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,658 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:4 -msgid "Enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINO™ toolkit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Hardware accelerated Function-as-a-Service (FaaS) enables cloud " -"developers to deploy inference functionalities [1] on Intel® IoT edge " -"devices with accelerators (CPU, Integrated GPU, Intel® FPGA, and Intel® " -"Movidius™ technology). These functions provide a great developer " -"experience and seamless migration of visual analytics from cloud to edge " -"in a secure manner using a containerized environment. Hardware-" -"accelerated FaaS provides the best-in-class performance by accessing " -"optimized deep learning libraries on Intel® IoT edge devices with " -"accelerators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:15 -msgid "This tutorial demonstrates how to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:17 -msgid "Set up the Intel® edge device with |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Install the OpenVINO™ toolkit and Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) " -"Greengrass\\* software stacks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use AWS Greengrass\\* and AWS Lambda\\* to deploy the FaaS samples from " -"the cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:22 -msgid "Refer to the following topics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:29 -msgid "Supported platforms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:31 -msgid "Operating System: |CL| latest release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hardware: Intel® core platforms (This tutorial supports inference " -"on CPU only.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:35 -msgid "Sample description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The AWS Greengrass samples are located at `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_. This " -"tutorial uses the 1.0 version of the source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:40 -msgid "|CL| provides the following AWS Greengrass samples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:42 -msgid "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:44 -msgid "" -"This AWS Greengrass sample classifies a video stream using classification" -" networks such as AlexNet and GoogLeNet and publishes top-10 results on " -"AWS\\* IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:48 -msgid "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This AWS Greengrass sample detects objects in a video stream and " -"classifies them using single-shot multi-box detection (SSD) networks such" -" as SSD Squeezenet, SSD Mobilenet, and SSD300. This sample publishes " -"detection outputs such as class label, class confidence, and bounding box" -" coordinates on AWS IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:58 -msgid "Install the OS on the edge device" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system, using the :ref" -":`bare-metal-install-desktop`, found in :ref:`get-started`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:64 -msgid "Create user accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:66 -msgid "" -"After |CL| is installed, create two user accounts. Create an " -"administrative user in |CL| and create a user account for the Greengrass " -"services to use ( see Greengrass user below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Create a new user and set a password for that user. Enter the following " -"commands as ``root``:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Next, enable the :command:`sudo` command for your new ````. Add " -"```` to the *wheel* group:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:85 -msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/fstab` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:93 -msgid "" -"By default, |CL| does not create an :file:`/etc/fstab` file. You must " -"create this file before the Greengrass service runs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:97 -msgid "Add required bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Use the :command:`swupd` software updater utility to add the prerequisite" -" bundles for the OpenVINO software stack:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:108 -msgid "Learn more about how to :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The :command:`computer-vision-basic` bundle installs the OpenVINO™ " -"toolkit, and the sample models optimized for Intel® edge platforms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:114 -msgid "Convert deep learning models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:117 -msgid "Locate sample models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:119 -msgid "" -"There are two types of provided models that can be used in conjunction " -"with AWS Greengrass for this tutorial: classification or object " -"detection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:122 -msgid "" -"To complete this tutorial using an image classification model, download " -"the BVLC AlexNet model files `bvlc_alexnet.caffemodel`_ and " -"`deploy.prototxt`_ to the default model_location at " -":file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. Any custom pre-trained classification" -" models can be used with the classification sample." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For object detection, the sample models optimized for Intel® edge " -"platforms are included with the computer-vision-basic bundle installation" -" at :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. These models are provided as an " -"example; however, you may also use a custom SSD model with the Greengrass" -" object detection sample." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:134 -msgid "Run model optimizer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Follow these instructions for `converting deep learning models to " -"Intermediate Representation using Model Optimizer`_. To optimize either " -"of the sample models described above, run one of the following commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:138 -msgid "For classification using BVLC AlexNet model:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:147 -msgid "For object detection using SqueezeNetSSD-5Class model:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:156 -msgid "In these examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:158 -msgid "```` is :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:160 -msgid "```` is FP32 or FP16, depending on target device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:162 -msgid "" -"```` is the directory where the Intermediate Representation " -"(IR) is stored. IR contains .xml format corresponding to the network " -"structure and .bin format corresponding to weights. This .xml file should" -" be passed to :command:``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:167 -msgid "" -"In the BVLC AlexNet model, the prototxt defines the input shape with " -"batch size 10 by default. In order to use any other batch size, the " -"entire input shape must be provided as an argument to the model " -"optimizer. For example, to use batch size 1, you must provide: " -"``--input_shape [1,3,227,227]``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:175 -msgid "Configure AWS Greengrass group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For each Intel® edge platform, you must create a new AWS Greengrass group" -" and install AWS Greengrass core software to establish the connection " -"between cloud and edge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To create an AWS Greengrass group, follow the instructions in `Configure " -"AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:184 -msgid "" -"To install and configure AWS Greengrass core on edge platform, follow the" -" instructions in `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_. In step " -"8(b), download the x86_64 Ubuntu\\* configuration of the AWS Greengrass " -"core software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:191 -msgid "" -"You do not need to run the :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` script in step #6 of" -" Module 1 of the `AWS Greengrass developer guide`_ because this is " -"enabled already in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Be sure to download both the security resources and the AWS Greengrass " -"core software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:200 -msgid "Security certificates are linked to your AWS account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:204 -msgid "Create and package Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Complete steps 1-4 of the AWS Greengrass tutorial at `Create and Package " -"a Lambda Function`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:210 -msgid "" -"This creates the tarball needed to create the AWS Greengrass environment " -"on the edge device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In step 5, replace :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` with the " -"classification or object detection Greengrass sample from `Edge-" -"Analytics-Faas`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:217 -msgid "Classification: `greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:219 -msgid "Object Detection: `greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Zip the selected Greengrass sample with the extracted Greengrass SDK " -"folders from the previous step into " -":file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:224 -msgid "The zip should contain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:226 -msgid "greengrasssdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:228 -msgid "greengrass classification or object detection sample" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:230 -msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:237 -msgid "" -"Return to the AWS documentation section called `Create and Package a " -"Lambda Function`_ and complete the procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:242 -msgid "" -"In step 9(a) of the AWS documentation, while uploading the zip file, make" -" sure to name the handler to one of the following, depending on the AWS " -"Greengrass sample you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:246 -msgid "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:247 -msgid "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:251 -msgid "Configure Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:253 -msgid "" -"After creating the Greengrass group and the Lambda function, start " -"configuring the Lambda function for AWS Greengrass." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:256 -msgid "" -"Follow steps 1-8 in `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT " -"Greengrass`_ in the AWS documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:259 -msgid "" -"In addition to the details mentioned in step 8, change the Memory limit " -"to 2048 MB to accommodate large input video streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Add the following environment variables as key-value pairs when editing " -"the Lambda configuration and click on update:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:265 -msgid "**Table 1. Environment variables: Lambda configuration**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:269 -msgid "Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:270 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:271 -msgid "PARAM_MODEL_XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:272 -msgid "" -"/, where is user specified and contains " -"IR.xml, the Intermediate Representation file from Intel® Model Optimizer." -" For this tutorial, should be set to " -"'/usr/share/openvino/models' or one of its subdirectories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:276 -msgid "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:277 -msgid "/input.webm to be specified by user. Holds both input and" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:278 -msgid "output data. For webcam, set PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE to ‘/dev/video0’" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:279 -msgid "PARAM_DEVICE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:280 -msgid "\"CPU\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:281 -msgid "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:282 -msgid "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:283 -msgid "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:284 -msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:286 -msgid "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:287 -msgid "" -"User specified for classification sample. (e.g. 1 for top-1 result, 5 for" -" top-5 results)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Add subscription to subscribe, or publish messages from AWS Greengrass " -"Lambda function by completing the procedure in `Configure the Lambda " -"Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:295 -msgid "" -"The optional topic filter field is the topic mentioned inside the Lambda " -"function. In this tutorial, sample topics include the following: " -":command:`openvino/ssd` or :command:`openvino/classification`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:300 -msgid "Add local resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:302 -msgid "" -"Refer to the AWS documentation for details about `local resources and " -"access privileges`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:304 -msgid "The following table describes the local resources needed for the CPU:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:306 -msgid "**Local resources**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:310 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:311 -msgid "Resource type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:312 -msgid "Local path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:313 -msgid "Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:315 -msgid "ModelDir" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:316 ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:326 -msgid "Volume" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:317 -msgid " to be specified by user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:318 ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:323 -msgid "Read-Only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:320 -msgid "Webcam" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:321 -msgid "Device" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:322 -msgid "/dev/video0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:325 -msgid "DataDir" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:327 -msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:329 -msgid "Read and Write" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:332 -msgid "Deploy Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:334 -msgid "" -"Refer to the AWS documentation for instructions on how to `deploy the " -"lambda function to AWS Greengrass core device`_. Select *Deployments* on " -"the group page and follow the instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:339 -msgid "Output consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:341 -msgid "" -"There are four options available for output consumption. These options " -"are used to report, stream, upload, or store inference output at an " -"interval defined by the variable :command:`reporting_interval` in the AWS" -" Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:345 -msgid "IoT cloud output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:347 -msgid "" -"This option is enabled by default in the AWS Greengrass samples using the" -" :command:`enable_iot_cloud_output` variable. You can use it to verify " -"the lambda running on the edge device. It enables publishing messages to " -"IoT cloud using the subscription topic specified in the lambda. (For " -"example, topics may include :command:`openvino/classification` for " -"classification and :command:`openvino/ssd` for object detection samples.)" -" For classification, top-1 result with class label are published to IoT " -"cloud. For SSD object detection, detection results such as bounding box " -"coordinates of objects, class label, and class confidence are published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:357 -msgid "Follow the instructions here to `view the output on IoT cloud`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:359 -msgid "Kinesis streaming:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:361 -msgid "" -"This option enables inference output to be streamed from the edge device " -"to cloud using Kinesis [3] streams when :command:`enable_kinesis_output` " -"is set to True. The edge devices act as data producers and continually " -"push processed data to the cloud. You must set up and specify Kinesis " -"stream name, Kinesis shard, and AWS region in the AWS Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:368 -msgid "Cloud storage using AWS S3 bucket:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:370 -msgid "" -"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " -"enables uploading and storing processed frames (in jpeg format) in an AWS" -" S3 bucket. You must set up and specify the S3 bucket name in the AWS " -"Greengrass samples to store the JPEG images. The images are named using " -"the timestamp and uploaded to S3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:376 -msgid "Local storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:378 -msgid "" -"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " -"enables storing processed frames (in jpeg format) on the edge device. The" -" images are named using the timestamp and stored in a directory specified" -" by :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:384 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:386 -msgid "AWS Greengrass: https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:387 -msgid "AWS Lambda: https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:388 -msgid "AWS Kinesis: https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po deleted file mode 100644 index faaa3d83..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:4 -msgid "Install Kata Containers\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run `Kata " -"Containers`_ on |CL-ATTR|. Kata Containers is an open source project " -"developing a lightweight implementation of :abbr:`VMs (Virtual Machines)`" -" that offer the speed of containers and the security of VMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:12 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow " -"the :ref:`bare metal installation tutorial`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have Clear Containers installed on your |CL| system, then follow " -"the :ref:`migrate Clear Containers to Kata Containers " -"tutorial`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:28 -msgid "Install Kata Containers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Kata Containers is included in the :file:`containers-virt` bundle. To " -"install the framework, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:37 -msgid "Restart the Docker\\* and Kata Containers systemd services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:45 -msgid "Run Kata Containers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you use a proxy server and your proxy environment variables are " -"already set, run the following commands as a shell script to configure " -"Docker:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:70 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:72 -msgid "You've successfully installed and set up Kata Containers on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:75 -msgid "More information about Docker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Docker on |CL| provides a :file:`docker.service` file to start the Docker" -" daemon. The daemon will use runc or kata-runtime depending on the " -"environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you are running |CL| on bare metal or on a VM with Nested " -"Virtualization activated, Docker uses kata-runtime as the default " -"runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If you are running |CL| on a VM without Nested Virtualization, Docker " -"uses runc as the default runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You do not need to manually configure the runtime for Docker, because it " -"automatically uses the runtime supported by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:91 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:93 -msgid "" -"To change the Docker storage driver, see :ref:`additional-docker-" -"configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:96 -msgid "" -"For some |CL| versions before 27000, you may need to manually configure " -"Docker\\* to use Kata Containers by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:99 -msgid "To do so, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:109 -msgid "To check the version of |CL| on your system, enter:" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2dc71062..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:4 -msgid "Kubernetes Best Practices on |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:7 -msgid "Use swupd to update clusters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:9 -msgid "" -"This tutorial shows you how to manage your Kubernetes cluster while using" -" :command:`swupd` to update |CL-ATTR|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:12 -msgid "" -"In our tutorial :ref:`kubernetes`, we explain how to set up a Kubernetes " -"cluster on |CL| using `kubeadm`. `Kubeadm documentation`_ often builds on" -" the assumption that the distribution uses a traditional package manager " -"(e.g., RPM/DEB)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In contrast, |CL| uses `swupd` to update the OS, which in this case " -"updates all of the kubernetes node and client binaries simultaneously, as" -" part of the `cloud-native-basic` bundle (e.g., kubectl, kubeadm, " -"kubelet). Running :command:`sudo swupd update` requires special care to " -"ensure the OS incorporates the latest Kubernetes upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:23 -msgid "" -"This document describes best practices to manage cluster upgrades with " -"`kubeadm` on a |CL|-based cluster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:27 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:29 -msgid "Assure that you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:31 -msgid "Completed :ref:`kubernetes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:32 -msgid "Installed the bundle `cloud-native-basic`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Other Linux\\* distros shown in Kubernetes upgrade documentation reflect " -"`apt-get update`, `apt-mark hold kubeadm`, and similar commands; however," -" such commands **are not valid** on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:40 -msgid "Update the control plane" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:42 -msgid "Read kubernetes documentation `before you begin`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:44 -msgid "On your master node, run the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:52 -msgid "" -"If the minor version of Kubernetes changes, |CL| shows a message-of-the-" -"day, or `motd`. When the `motd` appears, you **must postpone** a kubelet " -"restart on master and nodes until the control plane is properly updated. " -":command:`swupd update` does not restart services automatically unless " -"explicitly configured to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:54 -msgid "Now follow these instructions in kubernetes documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:56 -msgid "`Upgrade control plane`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:57 -msgid "`Drain control plane node`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:58 -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:73 -msgid "`Restart Kubelet and undrain node`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:61 -msgid "Update worker nodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:63 -msgid "On each worker node, run the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:69 -msgid "Now follow these instructions in kubernetes documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:71 -msgid "`Drain node`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:72 -msgid "`Update kubelet configuration`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po deleted file mode 100644 index e51bcdc0..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,455 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:4 -msgid "Run Kubernetes\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run the " -"`Kubernetes container orchestration system`_ on |CL-ATTR| using CRI+O and" -" kata-runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Kubernetes\\* is an open source system for automating deployment, " -"scaling, and management of containerized applications. It groups " -"containers that make up an application into logical units for easy " -"management and discovery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Kata Containers\\* kata-runtime adheres to :abbr:`OCI (Open Container " -"Initiative*)` guidelines and work seamlessly with Kubernetes. `Kata " -"Containers`_ provide strong isolation for untrusted workloads or multi-" -"tenant scenarios. Kata Containers can be allocated on a per-pod basis so " -"you can mix and match both on the same host to suit your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:25 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have already installed |CL|. For detailed " -"instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow the " -":ref:`bare metal installation tutorial`. " -"Learn about the benefits of having an up-to-date system for cloud " -"orchestration on the :ref:`swupd-about` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:40 -msgid "Install Kubernetes and CRI runtimes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Kubernetes, a set of supported :abbr:`CRI (Container Runtime Interface)` " -"runtimes, and networking plugins, are included in the `cloud-native-" -"basic`_ bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:46 -msgid "To install this framework, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:54 -msgid "For more on networking plugins, see `Install pod network add-on`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:57 -msgid "Configure Kubernetes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This tutorial uses the basic default Kubernetes configuration for " -"simplicity. You must define your Kubernetes configuration according to " -"your specific deployment and your security needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:63 -msgid "Enable IP forwarding to avoid kubeadm `preflight check`_ errors:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Create (or edit if it exists) the file :file:`/etc/sysctl.d/60-k8s.conf` " -"and include the following line:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:72 -msgid "Apply the change:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:78 -msgid "Enable the kubelet service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:84 -msgid "Disable swap using one of the following methods, either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:86 -msgid "Temporarily:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:94 -msgid "Swap will be enabled at next reboot, causing failures in your cluster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:97 -msgid "or:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:99 -msgid "Permanently:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:101 -msgid "Mask the swap partition:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:110 -msgid "" -"On systems with limited resources, some performance degradation may be " -"observed while swap is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:113 -msgid "Switch to root to modify the `hosts` file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Create (or edit if it exists) the hosts file that Kubernetes will read to" -" locate the master's host:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:126 -msgid "Exit root:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:133 -msgid "Configure and run Kubernetes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This section describes how to configure and run Kubernetes with CRI-O and" -" kata-runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:139 -msgid "Configure and run CRI-O + kata-runtime" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:141 -msgid "Enable the CRI-O service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:147 -msgid "Enter the commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Initialize the master control plane with the command below and follow the" -" displayed instructions to set up `kubectl`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:161 -msgid "Register kata-runtime as a RuntimeClass handler:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:180 -msgid "Install pod network add-on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"You must choose and install a `pod network add-on`_ to allow your pods to" -" communicate. Check whether or not your add-on requires special flags " -"when you initialize the master control plane." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:186 -msgid "**Notes about flannel add-on**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:188 -msgid "" -"If you choose the `flannel` add-on, then you must add the following to " -"the `kubeadm init` command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, if you are using CRI-O and `flannel` and you want to use " -"Kata Containers, edit the :file:`/etc/crio/crio.conf` file to add:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:204 -msgid "Use your cluster" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Once your master control plane is successfully initialized, instructions " -"on how to use your cluster and its *IP*, *token*, and *hash* values are " -"displayed. It is important that you record the cluster values because " -"they are needed when joining worker nodes to the cluster. Some values " -"have a valid period. The values are presented in a format similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:216 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:218 -msgid "" -"You've successfully installed and set up Kubernetes in |CL| using CRI-O " -"and kata-runtime. You are now ready to follow on-screen instructions to " -"deploy a pod network to the cluster and join worker nodes with the " -"displayed token and IP information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:224 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:226 -msgid "Read the Kubernetes documentation to learn more about:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:228 -msgid "`Understanding basic Kubernetes architecture`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:230 -msgid "`Deploying an application to your cluster`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:232 -msgid "Installing a `pod network add-on`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:234 -msgid "`Joining your nodes`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:237 -msgid "Cloud native setup automation (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Clone the `cloud-native-setup`_ repository on your system and follow the " -"instructions. This repository includes helper scripts to automate " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:243 -msgid "Package configuration customization (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:245 -msgid "" -"|CL| is a stateless system that looks for user-defined package " -"configuration files in the :file:`/etc/` directory to be " -"used as default. If user-defined files are not found, |CL| uses the " -"distribution-provided configuration files for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:250 -msgid "" -"If you customize any of the default package configuration files, you " -"**must** store the customized files in the :file:`/etc/` directory. If " -"you edit any of the distribution-provided default files, your changes " -"will be lost in the next system update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"For example, to customize CRI-O configuration in your system, run the " -"following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Learn more about :ref:`stateless` in |CL| and view the |CL| " -"`documentation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:267 -msgid "Proxy configuration (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:269 -msgid "" -"If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " -"and create an appropriate proxy configuration file for both CRI-O " -"services. Consult your IT department if you are behind a corporate proxy " -"for the appropriate values. Ensure that your local IP is **explicitly " -"included** in the environment variable *NO_PROXY*. (Setting *localhost* " -"is not enough.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:274 -msgid "" -"If you have already set your proxy environment variables, run the " -"following commands as a shell script to configure all of these services " -"in one step:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:292 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:294 -msgid ":ref:`kubernetes-bp`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:298 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:300 -msgid " not found in message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:302 -msgid "" -"Your DNS server may not be appropriately configured. Try adding an entry " -"to the :file:`/etc/hosts` file with your host's IP and Name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:305 -msgid "For example: 100.200.50.20 myhost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:307 -msgid "" -"Use the commands :command:`hostname` and :command:`hostname -I` to " -"retrieve them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:309 -msgid "Images cannot be pulled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:311 -msgid "" -"You may be behind a proxy server. Try configuring your proxy settings, " -"using the environment variables *HTTP_PROXY*, *HTTPS_PROXY*, and " -"*NO_PROXY* as required in your environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:315 -msgid "Connection refused error." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:317 -msgid "" -"If you are behind a proxy server, you may need to add the master's IP to " -"the environment variable *NO_PROXY*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:320 -msgid "Connection timed-out or Access Refused errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:322 -msgid "" -"You must ensure that the appropriate proxy settings are available from " -"the same terminal where you will initialize the control plane. To verify " -"the proxy settings that Kubernetes will actually use, run the commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:332 -msgid "" -"If the displayed proxy values are different from your assigned values, " -"the cluster initialization will fail. Contact your IT support team to " -"learn how to set the proxy variables permanently, and how to make them " -"available for all the types of access that you will use, such as remote " -"SSH access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:337 -msgid "" -"If the result of the above commands is blank, you may need to add a " -"``profile`` to the :file:`/etc` directory. To do so, follow these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:340 -msgid "Create a `profile` in :file:`/etc`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:346 -msgid "" -"With a preferred editor, open `profile`, and enter your proxy settings. " -"Example shown below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:358 -msgid " can be obtained by running :command:`ifconfig`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:360 -msgid "Save and exit the `profile`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:362 -msgid "Run:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:368 -msgid "To ensure your system isn't running previous session variables, run:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:374 -msgid "Continue below while passing `-E` in the command as shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:376 -msgid "Missing environment variables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:378 -msgid "" -"If you are behind a proxy server, pass environment variables by adding " -"*-E* to the command that initializes the master control plane." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Learn more about `Stateless`_ in |CL|" -#~ " and view the |CL| `documentation`_." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.po deleted file mode 100644 index b82bc2cd..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:4 -msgid "TensorFlow\\* machine learning on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial will demonstrate the installation and execusion of a " -"TensorFlow\\* machine learning example on |CL-ATTR|. It uses a Jupyter\\*" -" Notebook and MNIST data for handwriting recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The initial steps will have you set up a Jupyter kernel and run a " -"Notebook on a bare-metal |CL| system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow " -"the :ref:`bare metal installation tutorial`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:26 -msgid "Once your system is updated, add the following bundles to your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:28 -msgid "`machine-learning-web-ui`: This bundle contains the Jupyter application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"`machine-learning-basic`: This bundle contains TensorFlow and other " -"useful tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To install the bundles, run the following commands in your :file:`$HOME` " -"directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:43 -msgid "Set up a Jupyter notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:45 -msgid "" -"With all required packages and libraries installed, set up the file " -"structure for the Jupyter Notebook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the :file:`$HOME` directory, create a directory for the Jupyter " -"Notebooks named :file:`Notebooks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:55 -msgid "Within :file:`Notebooks`, create a directory named :file:`Handwriting`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:61 -msgid "Change to the new directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Copy the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file into the :file:`Handwriting` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:71 -msgid "" -"After installing the `machine-learning basic` bundle, you can find the " -"example code under :file:`/usr/share/doc/tensorflow/MNIST_example.ipynb`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The example code downloads and decompresses the MNIST data directly into " -"the :file:`./mnist` directory. Alternatively, download the four files " -"directly from the Yann LeCun’s `MNIST Database website`_ and save them " -"into a :file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`Handwriting` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:81 -msgid "The files needed are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:83 -msgid "`train-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Training set images (9912422 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:85 -msgid "`train-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Training set labels (28881 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:87 -msgid "`t10k-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Test set images (1648877 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:89 -msgid "`t10k-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Test set labels (4542 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:92 -msgid "Run the Jupyter machine learning example code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:94 -msgid "" -"With |CL|, Jupyter, and TensorFlow installed and configured, we can run " -"the example code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Go to the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks` directory and start Jupyter with the " -"following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Jupyter server starts and opens a web browser showing the Jupyter " -"file manager with a list of files in the current directory, see figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:112 -msgid "Figure 1: The Jupyter file manager shows the list of available files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on the :file:`Handwriting` directory. The " -":file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file created earlier should be listed there, " -"see figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:120 -msgid "Figure 2: The example file within the Jupyter file manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:122 -msgid "" -"To run the hand writing example, click on the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb`" -" file to load the notebook, see figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Figure 3: The loaded MNIST_example notebook within the Jupyter file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Click the |run-cell| button to execute the code in the current cell and " -"move to the next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`In [2]` cell and click the |run-cell| button to " -"load the MNIST data. The successful output is shown on figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:140 -msgid "Figure 4: Output after successfully importing the MNIST data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:143 -msgid "" -"After the MNIST data was successfully downloaded and extracted into the " -":file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks/Handwriting` " -"directory, four .gz files are present and the four data sets were " -"created: `trainX`, `trainY`, `testX` and `testY`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:148 -msgid "" -"To inspect the imported data, the function in :guilabel:`In [3]` first " -"instructs Jupyter to reshape the data into an array of 28 x 28 images and" -" to plot the area in a 28 x 28 grid. Click the |run-cell| button twice to" -" show the first two digits in the `trainX` dataset, see figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Figure 5: A function reshapes the data and displays the first two digits " -"in the `trainX` dataset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`In [4]` cell defines the neural network. It provides the " -"inputs, defines the hidden layers, runs the training model, and sets up " -"the output layer, see figure 6. Click the |run-cell| button four times to" -" perform these operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:167 -msgid "Figure 6: Defining, building and training the neural network model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To test the accuracy of the prediction the system makes, select the " -":guilabel:`In [8]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. In this example," -" the number 6 was predicted with a 99% accuracy, see figure 7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Figure 7: The system predicts a number providing the accuracy of the " -"prediction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To retest the accuracy of a random data point's prediction, run the cell " -":guilabel:`In [8]` again. It will take another random data point and " -"predict its value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:185 -msgid "" -"To check the accuracy for the whole dataset, select the :guilabel:`In " -"[10]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. Our example's accuracy is " -"calculated as 97.17%, see figure 8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:192 -msgid "Figure 8: The system's accuracy for the entire data set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For more in-depth information on the model used and the mathematics it " -"entails, visit the TensorFlow tutorials `TensorFlow MNIST beginners " -"demo`_ and `TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:198 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:200 -msgid "" -"You have successfully installed a Jupyter kernel on |CL|. In addition, " -"you trained a neural network to successfully predict the values contained" -" in a data set of hand-written number images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:205 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:207 -msgid "`MNIST Database website`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:208 -msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST beginners demo`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:209 -msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:210 -msgid "`Jupyter main website`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:211 -msgid "`Jupyter documentation`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:212 -msgid "`MNIST at Wikipedia`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po deleted file mode 100644 index a44ab12f..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,440 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:4 -msgid "Install NVIDIA\\* Drivers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:6 -msgid "" -"NVIDIA manufactures graphics processing units (GPU), also known as " -"graphics cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:9 -msgid "" -"NVIDIA devices on Linux\\* have two popular device driver options: the " -"opensource drivers from the `nouveau project`_ or the proprietary drivers" -" published by NVIDIA. The nouveau drivers are built into the |CL-ATTR| " -"kernel and are loaded automatically at system boot if a compatible card " -"is detected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:15 -msgid "" -"These instructions show how to use the proprietary NVIDIA drivers, which " -"require a manual installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Software installed outside of :ref:`swupd ` is not updated " -"with |CL| updates and must be updated and maintained manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:23 -msgid "" -"For example, the file :file:`/usr/lib/libGL.so` conflicts between the one" -" provided by the mesa package in |CL| and the one NVIDIA provides. If a " -"|CL| update overwrites these files, a reinstallation of the NVIDIA driver" -" might be required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:36 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:38 -msgid "A |CL| system with a desktop installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:39 -msgid "An NVIDIA device installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:43 -msgid "Install DKMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The :ref:`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS) ` " -"allows the NVIDIA kernel modules to be automatically integrated when " -"kernel updates occur in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:49 -msgid "Install the appropriate DKMS bundle using the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The Long Term Support (LTS) kernel variant is more likely to remain " -"compatible between updates with NVIDIA drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:3 -msgid "" -"The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle provides the :command:`dkms` " -"program and Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel" -" modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6 -msgid "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Adds a `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" -"kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a " -"kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Disables kernel module signature verification by appending a kernel " -"command-line parameter (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`) from the " -":file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Adds a notification to the Message of the Day (MOTD) indicating kernel " -"module signature verification is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:22 -msgid "" -"We recommend that you always review the :command:`swupd update` output to" -" make sure kernel modules were successfully rebuilt against the new " -"kernel. This is especially important for systems where a successful boot " -"relies on a kernel module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Install the :command:`kernel-native-dkms` or :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` " -"bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. Only the *native* and " -"*lts* kernels are enabled to build and load out-of-tree kernel modules " -"with DKMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:39 -msgid "Ensure *.native* or *.lts* is in the kernel name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Install the DKMS bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. Use " -":command:`kernel-native-dkms` for the native kernel or :command:`kernel-" -"lts-dkms` for the lts kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:49 -msgid "or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:56 -msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:62 -msgid "Download and install the NVIDIA Drivers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:66 -msgid "Download the NVIDIA Drivers for Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:68 -msgid "Identify the model of NVIDIA GPU that is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to the `NVIDIA Driver Downloads website`_ . Search for and download " -"the appropriate driver based on the model of NVIDIA GPU you have with " -"*Linux 64-bit* selected as the Operating System ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Open a terminal and navigate to where the :file:`NVIDIA-" -"Linux-x86_64-.run` file was saved. In this example, it was saved" -" in the Downloads folder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:88 -msgid "Make the :file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-.run` file executable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:96 -msgid "Disable the nouveau Driver" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:98 -msgid "" -"The proprietary NVIDIA driver is incompatible with the nouveau driver and" -" must be disabled before installation can continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Disable the nouveau driver by creating a blacklist file under " -":file:`/etc/modprobe.d` and reboot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Reboot the system and log back in. It is normal for the graphical " -"environment not to start without the NVIDIA driver loaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:118 -msgid "Configure Alternative Software Paths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The NVIDIA installer will be directed to install files under " -":file:`/opt/nvidia` as much as possible to keep its contents isolated " -"from the rest of the |CL| system files under :file:`/usr`. The dynamic " -"linker and X server must be configured to use the content under " -":file:`/opt/nvidia`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Configure the dynamic linker to look for and to cache shared libraries " -"under :file:`/opt/nvidia/lib` and :file:`/opt/nvidia/lib32` in addition " -"to the default paths." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:138 -msgid "Reload the dynamic linker run-time bindings and library cache." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Create a Xorg configuration file to search for modules under " -":file:`/opt/nvidia` in addition to the default path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:160 -msgid "Install the NVIDIA Drivers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:163 -msgid "" -"A terminal not running on */dev/tty1* is useful to view uninterrupted " -"installation progress. Switch to a secondary virtual terminal by pushing " -":command:`CTRL + ALT + F2` or remotely login over SSH." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:168 -msgid "Navigate into the directory where the NVIDIA installer was downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:175 -msgid "Run the installer with the advanced options below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:199 -msgid "" -"The graphical interface may automatically start after the NVIDIA driver " -"is loaded. Return to the working terminal and log back in if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:203 -msgid "Confirm that the NVIDIA kernel modules are loaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:210 -msgid "" -"Run a |CL| system verification to restore files that the NVIDIA installer" -" likely deleted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:219 -msgid "" -"The NVIDIA software places some files under the :file:`/usr` subdirectory" -" which are not managed by |CL| and conflict with the |CL| stateless " -"design." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:222 -msgid "" -"Although a limited version of :command:`swupd repair` is run above, other" -" uses of the :command:`swupd repair` command should be avoided with the " -"proprietary NVIDIA drivers installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:228 -msgid "Updating the NVIDIA Drivers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:230 -msgid "" -"The proprietary NVIDIA drivers are installed manually outside of " -":ref:`swupd ` and must be updated manually when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Updating the NVIDIA drivers follows the same steps as initial " -"installation, however the desktop environment must first be stopped so " -"that the drivers are not in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:237 -msgid "" -"Follow the steps in the `Download the NVIDIA Drivers for Linux`_ section " -"to get the latest NVIDIA drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:240 -msgid "" -"Temporarily set the default boot target to the *multi-user*, which is a " -"non-graphical runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Reboot the system and log back in. It is normal for the graphical " -"environment not to start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Follow the steps in the `Install the NVIDIA Drivers`_ section to update " -"the NVIDIA drivers. This installation will overwrite the previous NVIDIA " -"drivers and files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:255 -msgid "Set the default boot target back to the *graphical* target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:262 -msgid "Reboot the system and log back in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Trigger a flatpak update which will download the runtime corresponding " -"with the new NVIDIA drivers for the flatpak apps that require it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:273 -msgid "Uninstalling the NVIDIA Drivers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:275 -msgid "" -"The NVIDIA drivers and associated software can be uninstalled and nouveau" -" driver restored with the instructions in this section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:278 -msgid "Remove the :file:`modprobe.d` file that prevents nouveau from loading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:285 -msgid "Remove the :file:`xorg.conf.d` file that adds a search path for X modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:291 -msgid "Run the :command:`sudo /opt/nvidia/bin/nvidia-uninstall`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:293 -msgid "Follow the prompts on the screen and reboot the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:297 -msgid "Debugging Installation of NVIDIA Drivers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:299 -msgid "" -"The NVIDIA driver places installer and uninstaller logs under " -":file:`/var/log/nvidia-install` and :file:`/var/log/nvidia-uninstall`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:302 -msgid "" -":file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-.run --advanced-options` shows many " -"parameters to control installation behavior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:305 -msgid "" -":file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-.run --extract-only` extracts " -"installation files into a directory named :file:`NVIDIA-" -"Linux-x86_64-`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:312 -msgid "Additional resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:314 -msgid "" -"`Why aren't the NVIDIA Linux drivers open source? " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:316 -msgid "" -"`Where can I get support for NVIDIA Linux drivers? " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:318 -msgid "" -"`NVIDIA Accelerated Linux Graphics Driver Installation Guides " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides" -#~ " the :command:`dkms` program and Linux " -#~ "kernel headers, which are required for" -#~ " compiling kernel modules." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Adds a systemd update trigger " -#~ "(:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-kernel.service`)" -#~ " to automatically run DKMS to rebuild" -#~ " modules after a kernel upgrade " -#~ "occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5199c5b1..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:4 -msgid "Run Redis on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Redis is an in-memory key:value store designed for quick lookups, " -"accessible over the network. In this tutorial, you'll install redis and " -"launch a redis-server on |CL|, plus learn a few basic redis commands. We " -"also invite you to pull our `Clear Linux Redis instance`_ on dockerhub\\*" -" for application or infrastructure development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:12 -msgid "" -"While the `redis data structure store`_ can serve as a NoSQL database for" -" a Web application, it's also easy to integrate in an existing stack. For" -" example, you could use the Redis caching layer for real-time responses " -"on a leaderboard in a gaming app. Redis offers many client libraries with" -" language-specific bindings for Python, Perl, Ruby, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:19 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:20 -msgid "Install the `redis-native` bundle in |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:21 -msgid "Install the `containers-basic` bundle in |CL| (only required in Example 2)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:24 -msgid "Install the redis bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:26 -msgid "In |CL|, find redis in the `redis-native` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:28 -msgid "Open a Terminal and login as an administrative user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:30 -msgid "Add :file:`redis-native`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:38 -msgid "If the bundle already exists, no action is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:41 -msgid "Start the redis-server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:43 -msgid "" -"A `systemd` service unit is available to control the redis server. By " -"default, redis runs on port 6379." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:46 -msgid "Start the service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:54 -msgid "To stop redis run :command:`systemctl stop redis`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:56 -msgid "Assure the service is running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:62 -msgid "Verify the redis-server sends a reply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:70 -msgid "Expected output: `PONG`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Optional: If you wish to apply advanced configuration, copy the " -"`redis.conf` into /etc/ directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:79 -msgid "The redis-server is now ready to use on |CL|. Try some examples below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:82 -msgid "Example 1: Use the redis-cli and try commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:84 -msgid "" -"One advantage of redis over other NoSQL databases is that developers can " -"easily access data structures like lists, sets, sorted sets, strings, and" -" hashes using collection operations commands similar to those found in " -"many programming languages. These exercises are inspired by `try redis " -"io`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:89 -msgid "After your `redis-server` is running, try some basic commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:91 -msgid "Enter the `redis-cli`. It provides syntax suggestions as you type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:97 -msgid "SET key to hold string value. In the set create connections and increment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:108 -msgid "If the key does not exist or hold a key value, `nil` is returned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:126 -msgid "Create a `friends` list and insert new values at the end of the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:140 -msgid "Modify `friends` list, using a common slice method with a 0-index." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Consider using a hash, a very useful data type, which maps string fields " -"and string values, offering multiple lookup methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:165 -msgid "Enter many user key:values with `HMSET`. Then try `HGET` and `HGETALL`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:185 -msgid "Example 2: Run the |CL| redis docker image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:187 -msgid "" -"We also provide a `Clear Linux Redis instance`_, which is updated " -"continuously and maintained by |CL| development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:203 -msgid "Next Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:205 -msgid "Follow the `redis quickstart tutorial`_ to expand potential uses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:207 -msgid "Learn to :ref:`docker`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3c148d6c..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:4 -msgid "Enable simple file sharing with a Windows\\* machine using Samba\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial describes how to enable simple file sharing from a system " -"running |CL-ATTR| to a Windows machine using Samba. For more advanced " -"sharing, refer to the `Samba guide`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:11 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:13 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions, follow the steps in :ref:`bare-metal-install-" -"desktop`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:24 -msgid "Set up file sharing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:26 -msgid "Log in and get root privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:32 -msgid "Add the storage-utils bundle, which includes the Samba binaries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:40 -msgid "The os-clr-on-clr bundle also includes the Samba binaries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Create a configuration file called :file:`/etc/samba/smb.conf`. In this " -"example, `[Downloads]` enables a folder share with a specific user. " -"`[Documents]` enables a folder share with any user. The example assumes " -"that a user account `clearlinuxuser` already exists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:47 -msgid "" -"If `valid users` is not specified, then anyone with a user account on the" -" machine and with their Samba password already set can access the folder." -" However, the account is only able to access files and folders for which " -"they have appropriate permissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Use :command:`chown` or :command:`chmod` to change either the owner of " -"the file or the permissions to allow other users to access the file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:72 -msgid "Enable the Samba daemon to start every time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Use :command:`smbpasswd` to add the initial password for the user account" -" to access the share. Be aware that Samba maintains its own list of " -"passwords for user accounts. The Samba password list can be different " -"than the password used to log in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Setup is complete and a Windows machine on the same network can access " -"the shares. Windows uses the format :file:`\\\\\\\\[server IP or " -"hostname]\\\\folder` to access shares. Access the shares directly with " -"Windows Explorer or by mapping a network drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Use the IP address of the |CL| machine for an easy access method. If the " -"|CL| machine is behind an Active Directory domain controller or a DNS " -"server, use the hostname of the |CL| machine. For other ways to access " -"shares using a hostname instead of an IP address, see `Chapter 7 of the " -"Samba guide`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:100 -msgid "Map |CL| drive in Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Open Windows Explorer and click on the left sidebar on :guilabel:`This " -"PC` to change the options available at the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Map Network Drive` icon and enter the path in the " -"format: :file:`\\\\\\\\[server IP or hostname]\\\\[shared folder]`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Check the box :guilabel:`Connect using different credentials`. Enter the " -"Samba user `clearlinuxuser` and the password created with " -":command:`smbpasswd`. See Figure 1 for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:116 -msgid "Figure 1: Map a network drive in Windows Explorer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When complete, Windows Explorer displays the share drive as shown in " -"Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:124 -msgid "Figure 2: View a share drive in Windows Explorer." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4dfdc240..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:4 -msgid "Setting up proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial shows you how to configure your system for use behind an " -"outbound proxy to access the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:9 -msgid "" -"|CL| :ref:`tooling` applications already benefit from the " -":ref:`autoproxy` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:17 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " -"the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:24 -msgid "Shells and programs in a desktop session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:27 -msgid "Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:29 -msgid "Add the following to your ~/.bashrc:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:45 -msgid "wget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:47 -msgid "Run this command to enable downloading from websites from the terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:59 -msgid "System service (Docker)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For Docker (and other services that use systemd), you can follow these " -"steps to configure and check proxy settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:65 -msgid "Be sure to use :command:`sudo`, as you will need elevated permissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d` directory to host " -"configuration information for the Docker service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and " -"add:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:78 -msgid "Load the changes and restart the service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:85 -msgid "Verify that changes have loaded:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:97 -msgid "" -"This process enables the ability to successfully run ``docker pull``. " -"Containers themselves must be configured independently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:101 -msgid "git over ssh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:103 -msgid "Add the following to your :file:`~/.ssh/config`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Though netcat is included with Clear Linux, it is not the BSD version, " -"which is the one usually used to enable git over ssh." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.po deleted file mode 100644 index d31563df..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorials.rst:4 -msgid "Tutorials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/tutorials.rst:6 -msgid "Explore our tutorials to discover what you can do with |CL|!" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5dc89529..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,574 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:4 -msgid "Set up a LAMP web server on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial provides instructions on how to set up a :abbr:`LAMP " -"(Linux, Apache\\*, MySQL, PHP)` web server on |CL-ATTR| and how to use " -"phpMyAdmin\\* to manage an associated database. Note that this tutorial " -"installs MariaDB\\*, which is a drop-in replacement for MySQL\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to create a web server using |CL| as the host OS, your host " -"system must be running |CL|. This tutorial assumes you have installed " -"|CL| on your host system. For detailed instructions on installing |CL| on" -" a bare metal system, visit :ref:`bare-metal-install-desktop`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:16 -msgid "This tutorial covers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:22 -msgid "Install Apache" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Apache is an open source HTTP web server application that can run on " -"several operating systems, including |CL|. Go to the `Apache HTTP Server " -"Project`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:29 -msgid "Install the web-server-basic bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The **web-server-basic** bundle contains the packages needed to install " -"the Apache software bundle on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Before you install new packages, update the |CL| with the following " -"console command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:43 -msgid "To install the bundle, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:50 -msgid "To start the Apache service, enter the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To verify that the Apache server application is running, open a web " -"browser and navigate to: \\http://localhost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the service is running, a confirmation message will appear, similar to" -" the message shown in figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:67 -msgid "`Figure 1: Confirmation that the Apache service is running.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The :file:`index.html` file is located in the :file:`/var/www/html` " -"directory of your host system. You will copy this file into a new " -"location after you modify the configuration in the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:76 -msgid "Change the default configuration and data directory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:78 -msgid "" -"|CL| is designed to be a :ref:`stateless` operating system which means " -"that you must create an optional configuration file to override the " -"default values. The default location of the Apache configuration file, " -":file:`httpd.conf`, is located in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd` " -"directory. |CL| can override this directory as part of the stateless " -"paradigm. This default :file:`.conf` file includes the following " -"directives that allow for additional locations of configuration " -"definitions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this section you will define your own httpd.conf file to override the " -"default values, and define a custom DocumentRoot for your web server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:97 -msgid "Create the directory structure for :file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Create and open the :file:`httpd.conf` file in your new " -":file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Add the ``DocumentRoot`` variable to :file:`httpd.conf`. Copy the content" -" listed below into the new :file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d/httpd.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Create a new ``DocumentRoot`` directory structure and copy the " -":file:`index.html` file from :file:`/var/www/html` directory to " -":file:`/var/www/tutorial`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:138 -msgid "" -"To ensure a successful setup, edit the new :file:`index.html` file with " -"an obvious change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:145 -msgid "For example, we changed the default message" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:147 -msgid "\"It works!\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:149 -msgid "to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:151 -msgid "\"It works from its new location!\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:153 -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:171 -msgid "Stop and then restart ``httpd.service``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Go to \\http://localhost to view the new screen. You should see your " -"updated default message from step 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Change the configuration back to the default :file:`/var/www/html` " -"location. To do this, edit the :file:`/etc/httpd/conf.d/httpd.conf` file " -"again and replace any instance of /var/www/tutorial with /var/www/html." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Go to \\http://localhost and verify that you can see the default screen " -"again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:181 -msgid "Optionally, remove the /var/www/tutorial directory you previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:189 -msgid "Install PHP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:191 -msgid "" -"An Apache installation allows you to display static web pages. Enabling " -"PHP allows you to generate and display dynamic web pages. To add this " -"functionality to your web server, install PHP on your system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:195 -msgid "To get the php components, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:201 -msgid "To enable PHP, enter the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:209 -msgid "After restarting the Apache service, test your PHP installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Create and open a file named :file:`phpinfo.php` in the " -":file:`/var/www/html/` directory using a text editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:218 -msgid "Add the following line to the file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:224 -msgid "Go to \\http://localhost/phpinfo.php." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:226 -msgid "Verify that the PHP information screen appears, similar to figure 2:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:232 -msgid "`Figure 2: The PHP information screen.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:234 -msgid "" -"If the PHP information screen is displayed, you have successfully " -"installed the PHP components and are now ready to add your database " -"application to complete your LAMP server implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:239 -msgid "Install MariaDB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:241 -msgid "" -"Install MariaDB to store content. MariaDB is a drop-in replacement for " -"MySQL and is available in the database-basic |CL| bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:244 -msgid "To install the database-basic bundle, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:250 -msgid "To start MariaDB after it is installed, enter the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:257 -msgid "To check the status of MariaDB, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:263 -msgid "Press :kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`c` or :kbd:`q` to exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:266 -msgid "Security hardening" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:268 -msgid "" -"With the MariaDB service running, we can perform some basic security " -"hardening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:271 -msgid "To add a basic layer of security, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:277 -msgid "Respond to the questions that appear in the script below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:281 -msgid "Our suggested responses follow each question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In order to secure MariaDB, we need the current password for the root " -"user. For a newly installed MariaDB without a set root password, the " -"password is blank. Thus, press enter to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Set the root password to prevent unauthorized MariaDB root user logins. " -"To set a root password, type 'y'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:306 -msgid "Type the desired password for the root user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:312 -msgid "Re-type the desired password for the root user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:322 -msgid "" -"By default, a MariaDB installation includes an anonymous user that allows" -" anyone to log in to MariaDB without a user account. This anonymous user " -"is intended only for testing and for a smoother installation. To remove " -"the anonymous user and make your database more secure, type 'y'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:332 -msgid "" -"Normally, root should only be allowed to connect from the 'localhost'. " -"This ensures that someone cannot guess the root password from the " -"network. To block any remote root login, type 'y'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:341 -msgid "" -"By default, MariaDB includes a database named 'test' which anyone can " -"access. This database is also intended only for testing and should be " -"removed. To remove the test database, type 'y'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:353 -msgid "" -"Reloading the privilege tables ensures all changes made so far take " -"effect immediately. To reload the privilege tables, type 'y'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:362 -msgid "" -"All done! If you've completed all of the above steps, your MariaDB " -"installation should now be secure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:365 -msgid "Thanks for using MariaDB!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:367 -msgid "" -"The MariaDB installation is complete, and we can now install phpMyAdmin " -"to manage the databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:371 -msgid "Install phpMyAdmin" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:373 -msgid "" -"The web-based tool phpMyAdmin is a straightforward way to manage MySQL or" -" MariaDB databases. Visit the `phpMyAdmin`_ website for the complete " -"discussion regarding phpMyAdmin, its documentation, the latest downloads," -" and other useful information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:378 -msgid "In this tutorial, we use the latest English version of phpMyAdmin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Download the :file:`phpMyAdmin--english.tar.gz` file to your " -":file:`~/Downloads` directory. Here, refers to the current " -"version available at https://www.phpmyadmin.net/downloads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:386 -msgid "This example downloads and uses version 4.6.4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:388 -msgid "" -"Once the file has been successfully downloaded and verified, decompress " -"the file and directories into the Apache web server document root " -"directory. Use the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:397 -msgid "" -"To keep things simple, rename the newly created " -":file:`phpMyAdmin-4.6.4-english` directory to :file:`phpMyAdmin` with the" -" following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:406 -msgid "Use phpMyAdmin to manage a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:408 -msgid "" -"You can use the phpMyAdmin web-based tool to manage your databases. " -"Follow the steps below for setting up a database called \"WordPress\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:411 -msgid "" -"Verify that a successful installation of all LAMP server components by " -"going to \\http://localhost/phpMyAdmin. See figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:414 -msgid "" -"Log in with your root userid and the password you set up when you ran the" -" :ref:`mysql_secure_installation command `. Enter your " -"credentials and select :guilabel:`Go` to log in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:422 -msgid "`Figure 3: The phpMyAdmin login page.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:424 -msgid "" -"Verify a successful login by confirming that the main phpMyAdmin page " -"displays, as shown in figure 4:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:431 -msgid "`Figure 4: The phpMyAdmin dashboard.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Set up a database by selecting the :guilabel:`Databases` tab, as shown in" -" figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:436 -msgid "" -"Enter `WordPress` in the text field below the :guilabel:`Create database`" -" label." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:439 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`utf8_unicode_ci` option from the " -":guilabel:`Collation` drop-down menu beside the text field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:442 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:448 -msgid "`Figure 5: The Databases tab.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:450 -msgid "" -"Set up user permissions by selecting the :guilabel:`WordPress` database " -"located in the left panel. See figure 6." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:453 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Privileges` tab. Figure 6 shows its contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:459 -msgid "`Figure 6: The Privileges tab.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:461 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Add user account` located at the bottom of the " -":guilabel:`Privileges` tab. The `Add user account` page appears, as shown" -" in figure 7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:469 -msgid "`Figure 7: The User accounts tab.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:471 -msgid "" -"Enter the following information in the corresponding fields that appear " -"in figure 7 above:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:474 -msgid "User name: wordpressuser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:476 -msgid "Password: wp-example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:478 -msgid "Re-type: wp-example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:480 -msgid "" -"In the `Database for user account` section, select :guilabel:`Grant all " -"privileges on database “WordPress”.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:483 -msgid "At the bottom of the page, click :guilabel:`Go`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:485 -msgid "If successful, you should see the screen shown in figure 8:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:491 -msgid "`Figure 8: The user wordpressuser is successfully added.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:493 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:495 -msgid "" -"You have now created a fully functional LAMP server along with a " -"WordPress\\*-ready database using |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:499 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Next, add the WordPress components needed to host a WordPress website " -"with :ref:`wp-install`." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This tutorial provides instructions on " -#~ "how to set up a :abbr:`LAMP " -#~ "(Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` web server" -#~ " on |CL-ATTR| and how to use" -#~ " phpMyAdmin\\* to manage an associated " -#~ "database. Note that this tutorial " -#~ "installs MariaDB\\*, which is a drop-" -#~ "in replacement for MySQL\\*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| is designed to be a " -#~ "`stateless`_ operating system which means " -#~ "that you must create an optional " -#~ "configuration file to override the " -#~ "default values. The default location of" -#~ " the Apache configuration file, " -#~ ":file:`httpd.conf`, is located in the " -#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd` directory. |CL| " -#~ "can override this directory as part " -#~ "of the stateless paradigm. This default" -#~ " :file:`.conf` file includes the following" -#~ " directives that allow for additional " -#~ "locations of configuration definitions:" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.po deleted file mode 100644 index 243b1128..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,293 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:4 -msgid "Set up WordPress\\* on a LAMP web server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial shows you how to install the WordPress\\* components on " -"your |CL| :abbr:`LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` server. At the end of " -":ref:`web-server-install`, you created a WordPress-ready database using " -"phpMyAdmin\\* and MariaDB\\*. Now that the LAMP server is up and running," -" you can add the WordPress components needed to host a WordPress website " -"on your system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:13 -msgid "Before you begin" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes that you have successfully completed :ref:`bare-" -"metal-install-desktop` and you have :ref:`web-server-install`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:19 -msgid "Create a WordPress server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:21 -msgid "" -"WordPress can be installed in a variety of ways. These instructions are " -"written for users who have followed our instructions for installing " -"phpMyAdmin when they :ref:`set up a LAMP web server `. Note that all steps in this tutorial have been tested using a " -"NUC6i5SYH Intel® NUC. Visit the `NUC6i5SYH product page`_ for detailed " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Numerous online articles are available to help you name your website and " -"acquire the necessary certificates. Those tasks are beyond the scope of " -"this tutorial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can take several actions to harden your website from attacks. The " -"security of your website and the data it contains are complex and ever-" -"evolving tasks. Prioritize security if you plan to expose your website to" -" the outside world. This tutorial does not address security measures that" -" you can take to harden your site but we strongly encourage you to take " -"action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Throughout this tutorial, we reference your website name as " -"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:42 -msgid "Download WordPress and manage directories" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:44 -msgid "" -"For this tutorial, you will create a WordPress blog that can be accessed " -"at: \\http:///blog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To accomplish this setup, you must add WordPress components to the " -":file:`/var/www/html/blog` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:50 -msgid "Follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:53 -msgid "Navigate to the top level of the website’s root directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:59 -msgid "Download the latest version of WordPress:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:65 -msgid "Extract all files and directories from the downloaded file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:71 -msgid "Rename the top-level WordPress directory to “blog”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:77 -msgid "Remove the downloaded tar file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:84 -msgid "Set up WordPress with web-based GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Recall that you created a database and user when you installed phpMyAdmin" -" when you set up a |CL| based :ref:`web server `. " -"Next, you must connect WordPress to the database and install WordPress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To continue with the setup, go to: \\http:///blog/wp-" -"admin/install.php. The WordPress language option screen appears, as shown" -" in figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:93 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`English` and click :guilabel:`Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:99 -msgid "`Figure 1: WordPress language selection screen.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:102 -msgid "" -"The WordPress installation continues until the Welcome screen appears, as" -" shown in figure 2:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:109 -msgid "`Figure 2: WordPress Welcome screen.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:111 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Let’s go!`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Enter database connection specifics in the screen that appears, as shown " -"in figure 3 below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:116 -msgid "Database name: WordPress" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:117 -msgid "Database username: wordpressuser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Database password: wp-example (asterisks will not appear in the text " -"box)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:119 -msgid "Database host: localhost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:120 -msgid "Table prefix: wp\\_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:126 -msgid "" -"`Figure 3: Information necessary for WordPress to connect to the " -"database.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:128 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit` to complete the setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Figure 4 shows the confirmation screen that verifies a successful setup. " -"WordPress is connected to the MariaDB database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:137 -msgid "`Figure 4: Successful WordPress connection.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Run the install`. The installer runs until WordPress is " -"fully installed on your system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:143 -msgid "Complete successful login" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Once the installation is complete, you can name your blog and create a " -"WordPress username and password. See figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:152 -msgid "`Figure 5: WordPress site information screen.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:155 -msgid "Enter all required information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:156 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Install WordPress`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Verify that the initial login screen appears once the installation is " -"complete. See figure 6:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:163 -msgid "`Figure 6: The WordPress login screen.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:165 -msgid "Enter your WordPress username and password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:166 -msgid "Check :guilabel:`Remember me` to save your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:167 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Log in`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:169 -msgid "Figure 7 shows the WordPress dashboard after a successful login:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:175 -msgid "`Figure 7: The WordPress dashboard.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:177 -msgid "You are ready to go!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:179 -msgid "" -"To check out your blog as it is seen by the outside world, enter: " -"\\http:///blog on your browser. Figure 8 shows the result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:186 -msgid "`Figure 8: Your WordPress blog.`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:188 -msgid "**Congratulations, your WordPress blog is up and running!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:190 -msgid "You have successfully installed WordPress on a host system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wp-install.rst:192 -msgid "Add new entries to your blog and share them with the world using |CL|!" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.mo b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.mo deleted file mode 100644 index 785d7c82..00000000 Binary files a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.mo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5f511f39..00000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:4 -msgid "Enable YubiKey U2F Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:6 -msgid "" -"YubiKey\\* is a USB security token manufactured by `Yubico`_. Depending " -"on the model, a YubiKey can support different authentication protocols " -"including: One-Time Password (OTP), Smart card, FIDO2, and Universal 2nd " -"Factor (U2F)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:10 -msgid "" -"These instructions will go over configuring a YubiKey for U2F " -"authentication through a web browser on a |CL-ATTR| system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:13 -msgid "" -"A list of `websites accepting U2F authentication with the YubiKey`_ is " -"available on the Yubico website. See the Yubico website to learn more " -"about the Yubikey: https://www.yubico.com/getstarted/meet-the-yubikey/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:26 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:28 -msgid "This tutorial assumes you have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:30 -msgid "|CL| installed and running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:32 -msgid "Mozilla Firefox installed on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:34 -msgid "A YubiKey." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:39 -msgid "Enable Linux udev rules for YubiKey" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:41 -msgid "" -":command:`udev` is the Linux device manager which handles events when USB" -" devices are added and removed. Custom rules needs to be created to " -"properly identify the YubiKey and provide applications access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:45 -msgid "" -"These instructions are derived from: `Yubico support article Using Your " -"U2F YubiKey with Linux " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:50 -msgid "Create the udev rules folder under :file:`/etc`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:57 -msgid "Download the u2f rules from the Yubico GitHub:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Move the downloaded :file:`70-u2f.rules` file into the :file:`/etc/udev` " -"folder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The udev rules should automatically be reloaded. However, they can be " -"manually reloaded or reboot the system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:80 -msgid "Plugin and validate the YubiKey appears as a USB device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:89 -msgid "Enable U2F in Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Firefox comes with U2F web authentication support disabled by default. " -"U2F needs to be enabled in the advanced settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:94 -msgid "" -"These instructions are derived from: `Yubico support article Enabling U2F" -" support in Mozilla Firefox " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:99 -msgid "Launch Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:101 -msgid "" -"In the URL bar, type :command:`about:config` to access the advanced " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:108 -msgid "Click the *I accept the risk!* button to continue to the advanced settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Search for the :command:`security.webauth.u2f` and double-click it so " -"*Value* becomes **true**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Your YubiKey is now usable on |CL| with Mozilla Firefox with websites " -"that support U2F authentication." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:119 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:121 -msgid "|CL| :ref:`security`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/index.po similarity index 59% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/index.po index 4ad15c47..7c32a114 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/faq.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/FAQ/index.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-06 11:29-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,25 +18,25 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:4 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:4 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:6 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:6 msgid "" "Below is a list of commonly asked questions with answers sourced from the" " |CL-ATTR| team and `Clear Linux community forums`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:14 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:13 msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:17 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:16 msgid "Why did you make another distro?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:19 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:18 msgid "" "The |CL| team felt that performance was left on the table with Linux " "software. |CL| takes a holistic approach to improving performance across " @@ -44,53 +44,52 @@ msgid "" "and tooling." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:25 msgid "Can other distros copy |CL| improvements?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:28 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:27 msgid "Yes, we absolutely love open source reuse and upstreaming improvements." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:33 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:32 msgid "How often do you update?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:35 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:34 msgid "" "The |CL| team puts out multiple releases a week, often releasing 2 or " "more times a day. This rolling release approach allows |CL| to remain " "agile to upstream changes and security patches." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:42 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:41 msgid "Is telemetry required?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:44 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:43 msgid "" "The telemetry solution provided by |CL| is entirely optional and " "customizable. It is disabled by default. If you do choose to enable " "telemetry, the data helps the |CL| team proactively identify and resolve " -"bugs. See the :ref:`telemetry ` page for more " -"information." +"bugs. See the :ref:`telem-guide` guide for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:52 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:51 msgid "What is the default firewall?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:54 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:53 msgid "" "|CL| packages :command:`iptables` as a bundle, however, there are no " "default firewall rules. All network traffic is allowed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:60 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:59 msgid "Where are the files that I usually see under /etc like fstab?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:62 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:61 msgid "" "|CL| has a stateless design that maintains a separation between system " "files and user files. Default values are stored under " @@ -98,130 +97,155 @@ msgid "" "unless you create one." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:66 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:65 msgid "" "A blog post explaining how this is accomplished with :file:`/etc/fstab/` " "specifically is available here: https://clearlinux.org/news-blogs/where-" "etcfstab-clear-linux" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:73 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:72 msgid "Software packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:76 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:75 msgid "How is software installed and updated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:77 msgid "" -"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles ` and " -"updates software with :ref:`swupd `." +"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles-guide` and updates " +"software with :ref:`swupd `." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:81 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:80 msgid "" -":ref:`FlatPak\\* ` is an application virtualization solution " -"that allows more software to be available to |CL| users by augmenting the" -" software |CL| packages natively with software available through FlatPak." +":ref:`Flatpak\\* ` is an application virtualization " +"solution that allows more software to be available to |CL| users by " +"augmenting the software |CL| packages natively with software available " +"through Flatpak." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:85 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:84 msgid "" "Our goal is to have software packaged natively and made available through" " bundles whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:91 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:90 msgid "Does |CL| use RPMs like other distros?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:92 msgid "" -"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles `. The" -" RPM format is used as an intermediary step for packaging and determining" -" software dependencies at OS build time." +"|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles-guide`. The RPM " +"format is used as an intermediary step for packaging and determining " +"software dependencies at OS build time." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:97 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:96 msgid "" "Individual RPMs can sometimes be manually installed on a |CL| system with" " the right tools, but that is not the intended use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:103 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:102 msgid "Can I install a software package from another OS on |CL|?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:105 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:104 msgid "" "Software that is packaged in other formats for other Linux distributions " "is not guaranteed to work on |CL| and may be impacted by |CL| updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:108 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:107 msgid "" "If the software you're seeking is open source, please submit a request to" " add it to |CL|. Submit requests on GitHub\\* here: " "https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:115 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:114 msgid "Software availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:118 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:117 msgid "What software is available on |CL|?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:120 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:119 msgid "" "Available software can be found in the `Software Store`_, through the " "GNOME\\* Software application on the desktop, or by using :ref:`swupd " -"search `." +"search `." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:126 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:125 msgid "Is Google\\* Chrome\\* available?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:128 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:127 msgid "" "The Google Chrome web browser is not distributed as a bundle in |CL| due " "to copyright and licensing complexities." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:131 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:130 msgid "" "A discussion on manually installing and maintaining Google Chrome can be " "found on GitHub: https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/422" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:137 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:136 +msgid "Is Microsoft\\* Visual Studio Code\\* available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Yes. Find the CLI command for installing `VS Code`_ and other Flatpak " +"apps in the `software store`_. Installing Flatpak apps is also covered in" +" our :ref:`tutorial `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The |CL| team is working on a natively packaged version of Visual Studio " +"Code for future release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Join a community forum discussion about manually installing and " +"maintaining Visual Studio Code: https://community.clearlinux.org/t/need-" +"native-support-for-vs-code-through-swupd/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:153 msgid "Is FFmpeg available?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:139 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:155 msgid "" "`FFmpeg`_ is a multimedia software suite, which is commonly used for " "various media encoding/decoding, streaming, and playback." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:142 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:158 msgid "" "|CL| does not distribute FFmpeg due to well-known licensing and legal " "complexities (See https://www.ffmpeg.org/legal.html and " "http://blog.pkh.me/p/13-the-ffmpeg-libav-situation.html)." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:146 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:162 msgid "" "Read more in the |CL| repository, including discussion of an alternative " "hardware-based solution: " "https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/429." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:150 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:166 msgid "" "While |CL| cannot distribute FFmpeg, a manual solution to build and " "install FFmpeg under :file:`/usr/local` has been shared on the community " @@ -229,29 +253,29 @@ msgid "" "firefox-including-ffmpeg-install." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:157 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:173 msgid "Is ZFS\\* available?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:159 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:175 msgid "" "ZFS is not available with |CL| because of copyright and licensing " "complexities. BTRFS is an alternative filesystem that is available in " "|CL| natively." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:163 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:179 msgid "" "A user on GitHub notes that the ZFS kernel module can be compiled, built," " and installed manually: " "https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/631" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:169 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:185 msgid "Can you add a driver that I need?" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:171 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:187 msgid "" "If a kernel module is available as part of the Linux kernel source tree " "but not enabled in the |CL| kernels, in many cases the |CL| team will " @@ -259,7 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues" msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:176 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:192 msgid "" "The |CL| team does not typically add out-of-tree kernel modules as a " "matter of practice because of the maintenance overhead. If the driver was" @@ -267,9 +291,61 @@ msgid "" " merge it for similar reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../FAQ/faq.rst:181 +#: ../../FAQ/index.rst:197 msgid "" "Kernel modules can be individually built and installed on |CL|. See the " ":ref:`kernel modules ` page for more information." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The telemetry solution provided by |CL|" +#~ " is entirely optional and customizable. " +#~ "It is disabled by default. If you" +#~ " do choose to enable telemetry, the" +#~ " data helps the |CL| team proactively" +#~ " identify and resolve bugs. See the" +#~ " :ref:`telemetry ` page " +#~ "for more information." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| provides software in the form " +#~ "of :ref:`bundles ` and " +#~ "updates software with :ref:`swupd `." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| provides software in the form " +#~ "of :ref:`bundles `. The " +#~ "RPM format is used as an " +#~ "intermediary step for packaging and " +#~ "determining software dependencies at OS " +#~ "build time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Available software can be found in " +#~ "the `Software Store`_, through the " +#~ "GNOME\\* Software application on the " +#~ "desktop, or by using :ref:`swupd search" +#~ " `." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":ref:`FlatPak\\* ` is an application" +#~ " virtualization solution that allows more" +#~ " software to be available to |CL| " +#~ "users by augmenting the software |CL|" +#~ " packages natively with software available" +#~ " through FlatPak." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yes. Find the CLI command for " +#~ "installing `VS Code`_ and other FlatPak" +#~ " apps in the `software store`_. " +#~ "Installing FlatPak apps is also covered" +#~ " in our :ref:`tutorial `." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/about.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/about.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b23bbf15 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/about.po @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" + +#: ../../about.rst:4 +msgid "About" +msgstr "关于" + +#: ../../about.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The |CL| delivers a secure, hardware optimized OS. Its easy updates " +"ensure that software dependencies remain mutually compatible." +msgstr "|CL| 提供安全的、针对硬件优化的操作系统。它容易更新，这可确保软件依赖项保持相互兼容。" + +#: ../../about.rst:9 +msgid "" +"|CL| does this via custom infrastructure components and process " +"innovations." +msgstr "|CL| 通过自定义基础结构组件和流程创新实现这一点。" + +#: ../../about.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For detailed information on these topics, refer to the :ref:`cl-guides` " +"guides." +msgstr "有关这些主题的详细信息，请参阅 :ref:`cl-guides` 指南。" + +#: ../../about.rst:20 +msgid "Release Cadence" +msgstr "发行节奏" + +#: ../../about.rst:22 +msgid "" +"|CL| updates are based on a rolling release that can occur daily, up to a" +" few times per week. Each release has a unique version number that " +"identifies every component in the OS from kernel, to driver, to tool, to " +"GUI application. Most components are included in entities called " +"*bundles*." +msgstr "|CL| 更新基于每周最多发生几次的滚动发行。每个发行版都有唯一的版本号，用于标识操作系统中的每个组件，包括内核、驱动程序、工具和 GUI 应用程序。大部分组件都包含在称为捆绑包的实体中。" + +#: ../../about.rst:28 +msgid "Updates" +msgstr "更新" + +#: ../../about.rst:30 +msgid "" +"By default, |CL| automatically checks for updates, ensuring that the " +"latest performance and security fixes are installed as soon as they are " +"available. :ref:`swupd-guide` is the custom tool designed to manage " +"updates and bundles." +msgstr "默认情况下，|CL| 会自动检查更新，以确保尽快安装可用的最新性能修补程序和安全修补程序。:ref:`swupd-guide` 是设计用于管理更新和捆绑包的自定义工具。" + +#: ../../about.rst:34 +msgid "" +"|CL| is :ref:`stateless` to make sure that system components can be " +"updated without impacting user settings." +msgstr "|CL| :ref:`stateless`，以确保可以更新系统组件而不影响用户设置。" + +#: ../../about.rst:39 +msgid "Ease of Use" +msgstr "易用性" + +#: ../../about.rst:41 +msgid "|CL| makes it easier to manage a number of difficult problems." +msgstr "使用 |CL| 可以更轻松地管理许多难题。" + +#: ../../about.rst:43 +msgid "" +":ref:`autoproxy` makes it possible for |CL| tools to operate in some " +"proxy environments without needing to be configured." +msgstr ":ref:`autoproxy` 使 |CL| 工具无需进行配置便可在某些代理环境中运行。" + +#: ../../about.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Being :ref:`stateless` means that configuration settings are easier to " +"manage and remain untouched when system sofware is updated." +msgstr ":ref:`stateless` 意味着更新系统软件时，配置设置更容易管理并且保持不变。" + +#: ../../about.rst:49 +msgid "" +":ref:`swupd-guide` simplifies managing software and maintaining " +"compatibility." +msgstr ":ref:`swupd-guide` 简化了软件管理和兼容性维护。" + +#: ../../about.rst:52 +msgid "Custom Derivatives" +msgstr "自定义衍生工具" + +#: ../../about.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The same tools used to build the |CL| are available *in* the OS. These " +"tools can be used to create a custom distribution that continues to " +"benefit from upstream rolling releases." +msgstr "操作系统中提供了用于生成 |CL| 的相同工具。这些工具可用于创建自定义分发版，以持续从上游滚动发行获益。" + +#: ../../about.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Figure 1: Creating and managing a Clear Linux\\* OS version (or " +"derivative)" +msgstr "图 1：创建和管理 Clear Linux\\* 操作系统版本（或衍生工具）" + +#: ../../about.rst:66 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "创建" + +#: ../../about.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To create a custom distribution you need to understand how to use the " +":ref:`autospec` and :ref:`mixer` tools." +msgstr "要创建自定义分发版，您需要了解如何使用 :ref:`autospec` 和 :ref:`mixer` 工具。" + +#: ../../about.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Additional training materials are available in the `how-to-clear`_ " +"GitHub\\* project to help you get started with |CL| tools." +msgstr "`how-to-clear`_ GitHub\\* 项目中提供了其他培训材料，可帮助您开始使用 |CL| 工具。" + +#: ../../about.rst:75 +msgid "Deploy" +msgstr "部署" + +#: ../../about.rst:77 +msgid "We also provide training on how to :ref:`deploy-at-scale`." +msgstr "我们还提供有关如何 :ref:`deploy-at-scale` 的培训。" + +#: ../../about.rst:80 +msgid "Administrate" +msgstr "管理" + +#: ../../about.rst:82 +msgid "" +"|CL| provides a :ref:`telem-guide` solution for collecting useful " +"information about a deployment, as well as :ref:`debug` capabilities." +msgstr "|CL| 提供了用于收集有关部署的有用信息的 :ref:`telem-guide` 解决方案，还提供了 :ref:`debug` 功能。" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 21a344d0..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/autospec-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:4 -msgid "Autospec" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"``autospec`` is a tool to assist in the automated creation and " -"maintenance of RPM packaging in |CL-ATTR|. Where a standard RPM build " -"process using ``rpmbuild`` requires a tarball and .spec file to start, " -"``autospec`` requires only a tarball and package name to start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:12 -msgid "How autospec works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:14 -msgid "" -"``autospec`` attempts to infer the requirements of the .spec file by " -"analyzing the source code and :file:`Makefile` information. It will " -"continuously run updated builds based on new information discovered from " -"build failures until it has a complete and valid .spec file. Although not" -" required, you can influence the behavior of ``autospec`` by providing " -":ref:`control files `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:20 -msgid "The basic process is described in the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The :command:`make autospec` command generates a .spec based on analysis " -"of code and control files, if present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:25 -msgid "``autospec`` creates a ``build root`` with ``mock`` config." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:27 -msgid "``autospec`` attempts to build an RPM from the generated .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:29 -msgid "``autospec`` detects any missed declarations in the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If build errors occur, ``autospec`` will scan the build log to try and " -"detect the root cause." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If ``autospec`` detects the root cause and knows how to continue, it will" -" restart the build automatically at step 1 with updated build " -"instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, ``autospec`` will stop the build for user inspection and " -"editing of control files to resolve the errors. The user resumes the " -"process at step 1 after errors are resolved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Following these steps, ``autospec`` continues to rebuild the package, " -"based on new information discovered from build failures, until it has a " -"valid .spec. If no build errors occur, RPM packages are successfully " -"built." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:47 -msgid "Control files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:49 -msgid "" -"It is possible to influence the behavior of ``autospec`` by providing " -"control files. These files may be used to alter the default behavior of " -"the configure routine, to blacklist build dependencies, etc. Control " -"files must be located in the same directory as the resulting .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:54 -msgid "Table 1 shows control files used to control dependencies, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:56 -msgid "**Table 1. Control files to control dependencies**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:60 -msgid "Filename" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:61 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:62 -msgid "buildreq_add" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file provides the name of a package to add as a build " -"dependency to the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:65 -msgid "buildreq_ban" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file is a build dependency that under no circumstance " -"should be automatically added to the build dependencies. This is useful " -"to block automatic configuration routines adding undesired functionality," -" or to omit any automatically discovered dependencies during tarball " -"scanning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:71 -msgid "pkgconfig_add" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file is assumed to be a pkgconfig() build dependency. " -"Add the pkg-config names here, as ``autospec`` will automatically " -"transform the names into their ``pkgconfig($name)`` style when generating" -" the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:76 -msgid "pkgconfig_ban" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Each line in this file is a pkgconfig() build dependency that should not " -"be added automatically to the build, much the same as `` buildreq_ban``. " -"As with ``pkgconfig_add``, these names are automatically transformed by " -"``autospec`` into their correct ``pkgconfig($name))`` style." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:82 -msgid "requires_add" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file provides the name of a package to add as a runtime " -"dependency to the .spec." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:85 -msgid "requires_ban" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Each line in the file is a runtime dependency that under no circumstance " -"should be automatically added to the runtime dependencies. This is useful" -" to block automatic configuration routines adding undesired " -"functionality, or to omit any automatically discovered dependencies " -"during tarball scanning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Further control of the build can be achieved through the use of the " -"``options.conf`` file. If this file does not exist, it is created by " -"``autospec`` with default values. If certain deprecated configuration " -"files exists ``autospec`` will use the value indicated by those files and" -" remove them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:98 -msgid "For a comprehensive list of control files, view the `autospec readme`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:101 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:103 -msgid ":ref:`autospec`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/autospec-about.rst:104 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 48be697c..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/bundles-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:4 -msgid "Bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Linux-based operating systems contain the code of several hundred, if not" -" thousands, of open source projects. To make this manageable, " -"distributions use a concept called \"packages\" to configure and compile " -"the source code of these projects into binaries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Many distributions then split the content of these compiled packages into" -" so-called sub-packages, which are the granularity at which these " -"distributions deploy their software. With those kinds of distributions, " -"system administrators can then install and update sub-packages " -"individually or as a set, using tools such as \"yum\" and \"apt-get.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The |CL-ATTR| takes a slightly different approach. While we also use the " -"concept of packages to manage compiling source code into binaries, we do " -"not use the package concept to deploy software. Instead, we provide " -"software \"bundles\" that are installed and managed using :ref:`swupd" -"`. Each bundle contains as many or as few open source " -"projects needed to provide a complete functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:24 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:26 -msgid "To put this concept into practice, see the following resources:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`bundles`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`bundle-commands`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/bundles-about.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`compatible-kernels`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 58d238c7..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/mixer-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:4 -msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| is a powerful, modular, and customizable OS. Upstream |CL| " -"offers many images to support different environments and use-cases. " -"There are hundreds of bundles that will meet most, if not all, of your OS" -" and software needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:11 -msgid "" -"However, if you need additional customization or content, |CL| provides " -"the mixer tool. Depending on your needs, the mixer tool allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:15 -msgid ":ref:`create-mix` to create a distinct derivative of the |CL| that" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:15 -msgid "contains your custom software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:20 -msgid "Create a mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:22 -msgid "When creating a mix, you can" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:24 -msgid "Use any existing upstream bundles with no modification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:25 -msgid "Redefine what goes into existing bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:26 -msgid "Create completely new, custom bundles with your own custom packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:28 -msgid "" -"With mixer you are not required to incorporate every upstream release " -"into your mix. You decide which upstream versions to update your " -"derivative to, as illustrated in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Figure 1: With a custom mix, you add your custom bundle and decide which " -"upstream versions to update your mix to, on your own release cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Creating your own mix forks away from the |CL| upstream and requires that" -" you act as your own OSV. There is a greater level of responsibility, " -"requiring more infrastructure and processes to adopt. However, with this " -"approach, you have a higher degree of control and customization of your " -"custom |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:45 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:47 -msgid "" -"|CL| provides flexibility in how you customize your OS. Learn more about " -"mixer and related topics to decide which customization approach is best " -"for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:52 -msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:53 -msgid ":ref:`swupd-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/mixer-about.rst:54 -msgid ":ref:`deploy-at-scale`" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.po deleted file mode 100644 index afb3649d..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/restart.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:4 -msgid "Restart system services after an OS update" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The software life cycle describes how software is created, developed, and" -" deployed, and includes how to replace or update software. A good OS " -"provides tools for the entire software life cycle. These tools must " -"include ways to remove software components properly when replaced with " -"something else." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Most of the work on software update code in |CL| was focused on adding " -"new software to the system. We recommended that users reboot their system" -" once in a while, but we did not provide any tools to restart services " -"easily, until now." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:18 -msgid "User challenges" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:20 -msgid "" -"It is difficult to determine which services to restart. You can either " -"evaluate each system and reboot manually, or figure out which services to" -" restart based on documentation like the |CL| release notes. Since " -"neither option solves the issue completely, the |CL| team created a " -"solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Over the years, several OSes approached the problem and created partial " -"solutions such as the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:28 -msgid "Automatically restart services during an upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:29 -msgid "Evaluate services using these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:31 -msgid "Mark updates requiring a reboot, such as kernel updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:32 -msgid "Inform the user of those updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:33 -msgid "Ask the user to restart the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Both solutions are acceptable for many OSes. However, |CL| updates " -"software automatically and users do not see notices from the updater " -"unless they review the journal. |CL| requires a completely different " -"solution, with the following requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Eliminate the guesswork about what to restart and under what " -"circumstances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Cannot restart everything. Many service daemons do not support an " -"automatic background restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:43 -msgid "Fit into the |CL| architectural perspective: be small, quick, and lean." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:46 -msgid "clr-service-restart functionality" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:48 -msgid "Typical reasons to restart a service daemon include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:50 -msgid "A new version replaces the executable file itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:51 -msgid "A new version replaces a library component used by a service daemon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Our method restarts daemons when it is really needed, especially in the " -"case of security updates. The tool restarts daemons by reading various " -"files in the :file:`procfs` filesystem provided by the kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The second part of the problem is to determine whether or not running " -"processes are part of a system service. The tool focuses on system " -"services because most system services are background tasks with no direct" -" user interaction. Fortunately, :command:`systemd` provides a simple way " -"to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:62 -msgid "Determine which active tasks are within the system domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:63 -msgid "Determine which tasks map to which service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We combined both solutions into a low-overhead tool that shows which " -"system daemons require a restart, as shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:68 -msgid "Figure 1: Invoke :command:`clr-service-restart`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:83 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` implements a whitelist to identify which " -"daemons can be restarted. The system administrator can customize the " -"default |CL| OS whitelist using *allow* or *disallow* options for " -"restarting system services. When a software update occurs, :command:`clr-" -"service-restart` consults the whitelist to see if a service daemon is " -"allowed to be restarted or not. See the options section for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:93 -msgid "Options for clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The *allow* option identifies a daemon to restart after an OS software " -"update. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a symlink in " -":file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` as a record. The example below tells " -":command:`clr-service-restart` to restart the *tallow* daemon after an OS" -" software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The *disallow* option tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not to restart" -" the specified daemon even if the OS defaults permit the daemon to be " -"restarted. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a symlink in" -" :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` that points to :file:`/dev/null` as a " -"record. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not to " -"restart the *rngd* daemon after an OS software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The *default* option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` revert back to " -"the OS defaults and delete any symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-" -"restart`. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` to " -"restart *rngd* automatically again, because *rngd* is whitelisted for " -"automatic service restarts by default in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:128 -msgid "Monitor options for clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:130 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` works in the background and is invoked " -"with :command:`swupd` automatically. Review the journal output to verify " -"that services are restarted after an OS software update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:134 -msgid "" -"To monitor :command:`clr-service-restart`, use one or both options " -"described below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:139 -msgid "" -"This option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` perform no restarts. " -"Instead it displays the services that could potentially be restarted. " -"When used, :command:`clr-service-restart` outputs a list of messages " -"showing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:144 -msgid "Which service needs a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:145 -msgid "What unit it is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:146 -msgid "Why it needs a restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:147 -msgid "Which command is required to restart the unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` consider all system " -"services, not only the ones that are whitelisted. Because the default " -"whitelist in |CL| is relatively short, you can use this option to restart" -" all impacted services when you log in on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:156 -msgid "" -"If you pass both options (:option:`-a` and :option:`-n`), :command:`clr-" -"service-restart` displays a complete list of system services that require" -" a restart. Use both options to verify that all desired daemons are " -"restarted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:163 -msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:165 -msgid "" -":command:`clr-service-restart` may cause problems such as a short service" -" outage when a daemon is being restarted, or if a daemon fails to " -"properly restart. To minimize issues, :command:`clr-service-restart` " -"creates a telemetry record and sends it to the optional |CL| telemetry " -"service if both conditions below are met:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:171 -msgid "If a unit fails to automatically restart after an OS update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:172 -msgid "" -"If that unit resides in the system location " -":file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:175 -msgid "" -"If you do not install the |CL| telemetrics bundle, the data is discarded." -" If you install the telemetrics bundle and you opt to send telemetry, " -"then the system unit name is sent to the |CL| telemetry service. We " -"evaluate the report and update the whitelist to remove services that are " -"not safe to restart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:182 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:184 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team enjoys coming up with simple and efficient solutions to " -"make your work easier. We made a github project of :command:`clr-service-" -"restart` and we invite you to look at the code, share your thoughts, and " -"work with us on improving the project. You can find the project at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/restart.rst:189 -msgid "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.po deleted file mode 100644 index 87326a37..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/security.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:4 -msgid "OS Security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| aims to make systemic and layered security-conscious decisions " -"that are both performant and practical. This security philosophy is " -"rooted within the project's codebase and operating culture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:17 -msgid "Security in Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team believes in the benefits of software security through open " -"sourcing, incremental updates, and rapidly resolving known security " -"advisories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:26 -msgid "The latest Linux* codebase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:28 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses the newest version of the Linux kernel which allows the " -"operating system to leverage the latest features from the upstream Linux " -"kernel, including security fixes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:36 -msgid "Automated Effective Updating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:38 -msgid "|CL| is incrementally updated multiple times per day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:40 -msgid "" -"This `rolling release model`_ allows |CL| to consume the latest security " -"fixes of software packages as soon as they become available. There is no " -"waiting for major or minor releases on |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An update is not effective if it is just simply downloaded onto a system." -" It needs to be obtained *AND* ensured that the new patched copy is being" -" used; not an older copy loaded into memory. |CL| will let you know when " -"a service needs to be rebooted or do it for your automatically after a " -"software update, if desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In |CL| updates are delivered automatically, efficiently, and " -"effectively. For more information see `documentation about Software " -"Updates`_ in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:60 -msgid "Automated CVE Scanning and Remediation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The sheer number of software packages and security vulnerabilities is " -"growing exponentially. Repositories of Common Vulnerabilities and " -"Exposures (CVEs) and their fixes, if known, are published by :abbr:`NIST`" -" in a National Vulnerability Database \\ |NVD|\\ and at \\ |MITRE|\\ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:68 -msgid "" -"|CL| employs a proactive and measured approach to addressing known and " -"fixable :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`. Packages are" -" automatically scanned against :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and " -"Exposures)` daily, and security patches are deployed as soon as they are " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:74 -msgid "" -"These combined practices minimize the amount of time |CL| systems are " -"exposed to unnecessary security risk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:82 -msgid "Security in Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:86 -msgid "Minimized attack surface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:88 -msgid "" -"|CL| removes legacy, unneeded, or redundant standards and components as " -"much as possible to enable the use of best known security standards. " -"Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:92 -msgid "" -"`RC4`, `SSLv3`, `3DES`, and `SHA-1` ciphers which have had known " -"vulnerabilities, have been explicitly disabled within many |CL| packages " -"to avoid their accidental usage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Services and subsystems which expose sensitive system information have " -"been removed such as the `finger` and `tcpwrappers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:99 -msgid "`SFTP` has been disabled by default due to security considerations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:104 -msgid "Verified trust" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:106 -msgid "" -"|CL| encourages the use of secure practices such as encryption and " -"digital signature verification throughout the system and discourages " -"blind trust. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:110 -msgid "" -"All update operations from swupd are transparently encrypted and checked " -"against the |CL| maintainers' public key for authenticity. More " -"information can be found in this blog post: `blog post about swupd " -"security`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Before being built, packages available from |CL| verify checksums and " -"signatures provided by third party project codebases and maintainers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:118 -msgid "" -"|CL| features a unified certificate store, `clrtrust`_ which comes ready " -"to work with well-known Certificate Authorities out of the box. " -"`clrtrust`_ also offers an easy to use command line interface for " -"managing system-wide chains of trust, instead of ignoring foreign " -"certificates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:129 -msgid "Compiled with secure options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:131 -msgid "" -"While |CL| packages are optimized for performance on Intel® architecture," -" security conscious kernel and compiler options are sensibly taken " -"advantage of. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Kernels shipped with |CL| are signed and disallow the usage of custom " -"kernel modules to maintain verifiable system integrity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:139 -msgid "" -"`Address space layout randomization (ASLR)`_ and `Kernel address space " -"layout randomization (KASLR)`_ are kernel features which defend against " -"certain memory based attacks. More information can be found in a `blog " -"post about PIE executables`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:150 -msgid "Security in System Design" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Simple, yet effective, techniques are used throughout the |CL| system " -"design to defend against common attack vectors and enable good security " -"hygiene. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Full disk encryption using `Linux Unified Key Setup`_ (LUKS) is " -"available during installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:160 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses the PAM cracklib module to harden user login and password " -"security resulting in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:163 -msgid "" -"No default username or root password set out of the box with |CL|, you " -"will be asked to set your own password immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Simple password schemes, which are known to be easily compromised, cannot" -" be set in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:169 -msgid "" -"A password blacklist, to avoid system passwords being set to passwords " -"which have been compromised in the past." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/security.rst:172 -msgid "" -"`Tallow`_, a lightweight service which monitors and blocks suspicious SSH" -" login patterns, is installed with the :command:`openssh-server` bundle." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.po deleted file mode 100644 index 976be398..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/stateless.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:4 -msgid "Stateless" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:6 -msgid "" -"In most operating systems, files can become intermingled with user and " -"system data and configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the " -"filesystem over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:16 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy of which the goal is to " -"provide an :abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive" -" user configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does " -"*not* mean ephemeral or non-persistent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:26 -msgid "File-level separation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is " -"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the " -"filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:39 -msgid "System areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:40 -msgid "" -"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system " -"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get " -"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd `.This " -"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of " -"system files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:46 -msgid "User areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` " -"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| " -"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` " -"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. " -"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the " -"configuration that makes their system unique." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:55 -msgid "Software Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:57 -msgid "" -"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in " -"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-" -"provided configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:62 -msgid "Default configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is " -"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:67 -msgid "" -"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include " -"default configuration values or default configuration files may be " -"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be " -"referenced as templates for customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed " -"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:77 -msgid "Overriding configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be " -"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does " -"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:83 -msgid "" -"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of " -"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:86 -msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:88 -msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:94 -msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:100 -msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:106 -msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:113 -msgid "" -"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs " -"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:118 -msgid "System reset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be" -" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and " -":file:`/var`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it " -"was just installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:132 -msgid "" -"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that " -"renders a system unable to boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:136 -msgid "Additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:138 -msgid "`stateless man page`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/stateless.rst:140 -msgid "" -"`Where is /etc/fstab in Clear Linux? `_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0624a47a..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/swupd-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:4 -msgid "swupd: software updater" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` is an operating system software manager and update " -"program that operates at a file-level to enable verifiable integrity and " -"update efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:10 -msgid "Visit the `swupd man page`_ for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:13 -msgid "Versioning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Using package managers to keep track of software version compatibility or" -" compare multiple systems on many Linux distributions can be cumbersome." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With |CL| :command:`swupd`, versioning happens at the individual file-" -"level. This means |CL| generates an entirely new OS version with any set " -"of software changes to the system (including software downgrades or " -"removals). This rolling release versioning model is similar to " -":command:`git` internal version tracking, where any of the individual " -"file commits are tracked and move the pointer forward when changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:23 -msgid "" -"While administrators can pick and choose which `bundles`_ a system has " -"installed, a single |CL| version number strictly represents one " -"combination of all software versions that can be installed onto a system " -"of that |CL| version. This method of whole OS versioning offers unique " -"advantages. Namely, system administrators can quickly compare multiple " -"|CL| systems that share the same version for important software and " -"security fixes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:31 -msgid "Updating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:33 -msgid "" -"|CL| promotes regular and automated updating of software to ensure " -"integration of new enhancements and security fixes. Refer to " -":ref:`security` documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:37 -msgid "Learn how to update your system using :ref:`swupd `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:40 -msgid "Update efficiency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Because :command:`swupd` operates at the individual file-level instead of" -" a package-level, |CL| updates are small and fast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:45 -msgid "" -"On many Linux\\* distributions, updates to a particular software package " -"require the whole software package to be downloaded and replaced --even " -"for one line of code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In |CL|, updates are generated using the :ref:`mixer ` tool." -" Mixer calculates the difference between two |CL| versions and makes " -"available *binary deltas*, which contain only the changed portion of " -"files. This *binary delta technology* [1]_ means :command:`swupd` on |CL|" -" systems only needs to download and apply a small fraction of a package " -"in order to receive an update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The :ref:`mixer ` tool additionally computes updates files " -"in multiple compression formats, allowing :command:`swupd` to utilize the" -" most efficiently compressed format for a |CL| system to minimize the " -"cost to update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:61 -msgid "Update integrity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:63 -msgid "" -"This is the basis of the :command:`swupd diagnose` subcommand, which " -"allows a |CL| system to check for any discrepancies to system files. As " -"necessary, :command:`swupd repair` provides a useful way for software " -"developers to remediate these discrepancies and return to a known " -"filesystem state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:67 -msgid "Bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:69 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| approaches software management differently than many other " -"Linux-based operating systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Instead of deploying granular software packages, |CL| uses the concept of" -" bundles with pre-associated software. Each bundle encapsulates a " -"particular use-case, which is enabled by composing all the required " -"upstream open-source projects and packages into one logical unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:77 -msgid "This bundle-based approach offers some unique advantages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Bundles provide a particular functionality, or stack, which include all " -"associated runtime dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Software package dependencies are resolved on the server, so file-level " -"conflicts do not occur on the target system after an update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:85 -msgid "All combinations of bundles are able to co-exist on a |CL| system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:87 -msgid "For more information on bundles, visit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:89 -msgid ":ref:`bundles`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:90 -msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:91 -msgid ":ref:`bundle-commands`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:92 -msgid ":ref:`compatible-kernels`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/swupd-about.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The software update technology for |CL-ATTR| was first presented at the " -"Linux Plumbers conference in 2012." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.po deleted file mode 100644 index f5ba1195..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/concepts/telemetry-about.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:4 -msgid "Telemetrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:6 -msgid "" -"One of the key features of |CL-ATTR| is telemetry, which is used to " -"monitor system health. Telemetry enables developers to observe and " -"proactively address issues before end users are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:10 -msgid "*Telemetrics* is a combination word made from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:12 -msgid "*Telemetry* which is sensing and reporting data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:13 -msgid "" -"*Analytics* which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to " -"make sense of the reported data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:16 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using " -"specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as :abbr:`swupd " -"(software updater)`, kernel oops, machine error checks, and BIOS error " -"report table for unhandled hardware failures. Telemetry enables real-time" -" issue reporting to allow system developers to quickly focus on an issue " -"and monitor corrective actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:22 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software " -"development for debugging purposes. You can use **libtelemetry** in your " -"code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use **telem-record-" -"gen** in script files or call it from another program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The |CL| telemetry client is disabled by default until you decide to " -"enable it. Telemetry is an **opt-in** solution and can be easily enabled" -" or disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:32 -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:34 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in figure " -"1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Backend: captures records sent from the client and displays the " -"cumulative content through a specialized interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to capture your own records for analysis, you must set up " -"your own backend server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:49 -msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux Telemetry Architecture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The telemetry client provides the front end of a complete telemetrics " -"solution and includes the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**telemprobd**, a daemon that prepares the telemetry records and spools " -"them on disk prior to delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**telempostd**, a daemon that sends the records to the telemetry backend " -"server or leaves them on disk until deleting after the record expires." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:57 -msgid "**probes**, that collect specific types of data from the operating system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**libtelemetry**, that telemetrics probes use to create telemetrics " -"records and send them to the telemprobd daemon for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of a complete " -"telemetrics solution and consists of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:65 -msgid "Nginx web server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:66 -msgid "Two Flask apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Collector, an ingestion web app for records received from telemetrics-" -"client probes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:69 -msgid "" -"TelemetryUI, a web app that exposes several views to visualize the " -"telemetry data and also provides a REST API to perform queries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:72 -msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The default telemetry backend server reports back to the |CL| development" -" team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. If you want to " -"collect your own records, then you must set up your own telemetry backend" -" server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:79 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../concepts/telemetry-about.rst:81 -msgid "To put this concept into practice, refer to :ref:`telem-guide`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff7f241f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.po @@ -0,0 +1,1024 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-05 12:07-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:4 +msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| from the live desktop" +msgstr "从实时桌面安装 |CL-ATTR|" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This page explains how to boot the |CL-ATTR| live desktop image, from " +"which you can install |CL| or explore without modifying the host system." +msgstr "本页介绍如何引导 |CL-ATTR| 实时桌面映像，您可以从该映像安装 |CL| 或查看该映像内容，而不必修改主机系统。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:14 +msgid "System requirements" +msgstr "系统要求" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " +"installation:" +msgstr "安装 |CL| 之前，请确认主机系统满足安装条件：" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" +msgstr ":ref:`system-requirements`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" +msgstr ":ref:`compatibility-check`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:23 +msgid "Preliminary steps" +msgstr "初始步骤" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:25 +msgid "Visit our `Downloads`_ page." +msgstr "访问我们的 `Downloads`_ 页面。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Download the file :file:`clear--live-desktop.iso`, also " +"called the |CL| Desktop." +msgstr "下载 :file:`clear--live-desktop.iso` 文件（该文件也称为 |CL| 桌面）。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:32 +msgid " is the latest |CL| auto-numbered release." +msgstr " 是最新的 |CL| 自动编号版本。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:34 +msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." +msgstr "确认该文件是否适合您的操作系统，然后解压缩。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:38 +msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgstr "按照操作系统说明创建一个可引导的 USB 驱动器。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" +msgstr ":ref:`bootable-usb`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:45 +msgid "Install from live image" +msgstr "从实时映像安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:47 +msgid "" +"After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow" +" these steps." +msgstr "下载实时桌面映像并将其刻录到 USB 驱动器后，请按照以下步骤操作。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:50 +msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." +msgstr "将 USB 驱动器插入可用的 USB 插槽。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:52 +msgid "Power on the system." +msgstr "打开系统电源。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " +"setup menu entry point may vary." +msgstr "按 :kbd:`F2` 键打开系统 BIOS 设置菜单。您的 BIOS 设置菜单入口点可能会有所不同。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " +"first option in the device boot order." +msgstr "在设置菜单中，启用 UEFI 引导，并在设备引导顺序中将 USB 驱动器设置为第一个选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:60 +msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit." +msgstr "保存这些设置，例如按 :kbd:`F10`，然后退出。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:62 +msgid "Reboot the target system." +msgstr "重新引导目标系统。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:64 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1." +msgstr "在引导菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS`，如图 1 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:70 +msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" +msgstr "图 1：引导菜单中的 Clear Linux OS" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:75 +msgid "Software (optional)" +msgstr "软件（可选）" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Explore |CL| bundles and other software. Double-click the " +":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities menu, shown in Figure 2. " +"Ensure a network connection exists before launching the Software " +"application." +msgstr "查看 |CL| 捆绑包内容和其他软件。双击“Activities”菜单中的 :guilabel:`Software` 图标，如图 2 所示。启动软件应用程序之前，请确保存在网络连接。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:83 +msgid "" +"While running the |CL| live desktop image, the Software application is " +"intended only for exploration. Do not attempt to install applications " +"during exploration." +msgstr "运行 |CL| 实时桌面映像时，在软件应用程序中只能查看映像的内容。查看映像内容期间，请勿尝试安装应用程序。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:88 +msgid "Launch the |CL| installer" +msgstr "启动 |CL| 安装程序" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After the live desktop image boots, scroll over the vertical " +":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left." +msgstr "实时桌面映像启动后，在左侧垂直方向滚动至 :guilabel:`Activities` 菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:93 +msgid "Click the |CL| penguin icon to launch the installer, shown in Figure 2." +msgstr "点击 |CL| 企鹅图标启动安装程序，如图 2 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:99 +msgid "Figure 2: |CL| installer icon" +msgstr "图 2：|CL| 安装程序图标" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:101 +msgid "After the installer is launched, it will appear as shown in Figure 3." +msgstr "安装程序启动后如图 3 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:107 +msgid "Figure 3: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" +msgstr "图 3：|CL| 操作系统桌面安装程序" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Select Language`, select a language from the options, or " +"type your preferred language in the search bar." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select Language` 中，从选项中选择一种语言，或在搜索栏中键入所需的语言。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Next`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115 +msgid "Checking prerequisites" +msgstr "检查是否满足所有先决条件" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The installer automatically launches :guilabel:`Checking Prerequisites`, " +"which checks your target system for compatibility and network " +"connectivity." +msgstr "安装程序会自动启动 :guilabel:`Checking Prerequisites`，检查目标系统的兼容性和网络连接。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After the installer shows `Prerequisites passed`, select :guilabel:`Next`" +" to proceed with installation." +msgstr "安装程序显示 `Prerequisites passed` 后，选择 :guilabel:`Next` 继续安装。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:127 +msgid "Figure 4: Checking Prerequisites" +msgstr "图 4：检查是否满足所有先决条件" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:130 +msgid "Network Proxy (optional)" +msgstr "网络代理（可选）" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:132 +msgid "Configure :guilabel:`Network Proxy` settings." +msgstr "配置 :guilabel:`Network Proxy` 设置。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:134 +msgid "In the top right menu bar, select the :guilabel:`Power button`." +msgstr "在右上角的菜单栏中，选择 :guilabel:`Power button`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:136 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Wired Connected` and then :guilabel:`Wired Settings`." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Wired Connected`，然后选择 :guilabel:`Wired Settings`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view " +"options." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Network Proxy` 中，选择 :guilabel:`Gear` 图标查看选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:141 +msgid "Select an option from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled`." +msgstr "从 `Automatic`、`Manual` 或 `Disabled` 中选择一个选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:143 +msgid "Close :guilabel:`Network Proxy`." +msgstr "关闭 :guilabel:`Network Proxy`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:145 +msgid "Close :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "关闭 :guilabel:`Settings`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:150 +msgid "Minimum installation requirements" +msgstr "最低安装要求" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " +"options`_. We also recommend completing `Advanced options`_." +msgstr "要满足最低安装要求，请填写 `Required options`_。我们还建议填写 `Advanced options`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :kbd:`Install` button is only highlighted **after** you complete " +"`Required options`_." +msgstr "仅当填写 `Required options`_ 后才会高亮显示 :kbd:`安装` 按钮。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:160 +msgid "Check marks indicate a selection has been made." +msgstr "勾选标记表示已选择某个选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:162 +msgid "" +"An Internet connection is required. You may want to launch a browser " +"prior to installation to verify your Internet connection." +msgstr "安装期间需要能访问 Internet。您可能需要在安装前启动浏览器来确认能否访问 Internet。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:166 +msgid "|CL| Desktop Installer" +msgstr "|CL| 桌面安装程序" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 5. To " +"meet the minimum requirements, enter values in all submenus for the " +":guilabel:`Required options`. After you complete them, your selections " +"appear below submenus and a check mark appears at right." +msgstr "出现 |CL| 桌面安装程序“Main Menu”，如图 5 所示。要满足最低要求，请在 :guilabel:`Required options` 的所有子菜单中输入值。输入完成后，所选内容将出现在子菜单下方，且右侧会出现一个勾选标记。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:177 +msgid "Figure 5: Clear Linux OS Desktop Installer - Main Menu" +msgstr "图 5：Clear Linux OS 桌面安装程序 - 主菜单" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:180 +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "导航" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182 +msgid "Use the :kbd:`mouse` to navigate or select options." +msgstr "使用 :kbd:`鼠标` 导航或选择选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Use :kbd:`Tab` key to navigate between :guilabel:`Required options` and " +":guilabel:`Advanced options`" +msgstr "使用 :kbd:`Tab` 键在 :guilabel:`Required options` 和 :guilabel:`Advanced options` 之间导航" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187 +msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate the submenus." +msgstr "使用 :kbd:`向上` 或 :kbd:`向下` 箭头键在子菜单中导航。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:189 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`, or :kbd:`Cancel` in submenus." +msgstr "在子菜单中选择 :kbd:`确认` 或 :kbd:`取消`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:192 +msgid "Required options" +msgstr "必填选项" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195 +msgid "Select Time Zone" +msgstr "选择时区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:197 +msgid "" +"From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`. `UTC` is " +"selected by default." +msgstr "从“Main Menu”中，选择 :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`。默认情况下选择 `UTC`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:200 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate to the desired time zone. Or " +"start typing the region and then the city. (.e.g., " +":file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select Time Zone` 中，导航到所需时区。或者先键入地区，然后键入城市。（例如 :file:`America/Los_Angeles`）。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:220 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Confirm`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:210 +msgid "Figure 6: Select System Time Zone" +msgstr "图 6：选择系统时区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:213 +msgid "Select Keyboard" +msgstr "选择键盘" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215 +msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`." +msgstr "从“Main Menu”中，选择 :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Navigate to your desired keyboard layout. We select \"us\" for the United" +" States." +msgstr "导航到所需的键盘布局。我们为美国选择 \"us\"。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:226 +msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" +msgstr "图 7：选择键盘菜单" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:229 +msgid "Select Installation Media" +msgstr "选择安装媒介" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:231 +msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`." +msgstr "从“Main Menu”中，选择 :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Choose an installation method: `Safe Installation`_ or `Destructive " +"Installation`_." +msgstr "选择安装方法：`Safe Installation`_ 或 `Destructive Installation`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:240 +msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" +msgstr "图 8：选择安装媒介" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:243 +msgid "Safe Installation" +msgstr "安全安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " +"alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " +"schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed." +msgstr "使用此方法可将 |CL| 安全地安装在具有可用空间的媒介上，或者将其与现有分区安装在一起，并接受 `Default partition schema`_。如果有足够的可用空间，则可以执行安全安装。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:251 +msgid "" +"|CL| allows installation alongside another OS. Typically, when you boot " +"your system, you can press an `F key` to view and select a bootable " +"device or partition during the BIOS POST stage. Some BIOSes present the " +"|CL| partition, and you can select and boot it. However, other BIOSes may" +" only show the primary partition, in which case you will not be able boot" +" |CL|. Be aware of this possible limitation." +msgstr "|CL| 可与另一个操作系统安装在一起。通常，当您引导系统时，您可以在 BIOS 开机自检阶段按 `F 键` 查看并所选可引导设备或分区。有些 BIOS 提供 |CL| 分区，您可以选择该分区并引导。但是，其他 BIOS 可能只显示主分区，在这种情况下，您将无法引导 |CL|。请注意这一潜在限制。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:260 +msgid "Destructive Installation" +msgstr "破坏性安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " +"|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." +msgstr "使用此方法会销毁目标设备上的内容，在目标设备上安装 |CL| 并接受 `Default partition schema`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:266 +msgid "Disk encryption" +msgstr "磁盘加密" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:268 +msgid "" +"For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS. Encryption" +" is optional." +msgstr "为了提高安全性，支持使用 LUKS 加密磁盘。加密是可选的。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To encrypt the root partition, select :guilabel:`Enable Encryption`, as " +"shown in Figure 9." +msgstr "要加密根分区，请选择 :guilabel:`Enable Encryption`，如图 9 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:278 +msgid "Figure 9: Enable Encryption" +msgstr "图 9：启用加密" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:280 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` appears, enter a passphrase." +msgstr "出现 :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` 时，输入密码短语。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:286 +msgid "Figure 10: Encryption Passphrase" +msgstr "图 10：加密密码短语" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:290 +msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." +msgstr "最小长度为 8 个字符。最大长度为 94 个字符。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:292 +msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the second field." +msgstr "在第二个字段中输入相同的密码短语。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:294 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in the dialogue box." +msgstr "在对话框中选择 :guilabel:`Confirm`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:298 +msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Confirm` 仅在两个密码短语匹配时高亮显示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:300 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in submenu." +msgstr "在子菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Confirm`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:303 +msgid "Manage User" +msgstr "管理用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:305 +msgid "In Required Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." +msgstr "在“必填选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Manage User`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:307 +msgid "In :guilabel:`User Name`, enter a user name." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`User Name` 中，输入用户名。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:313 +msgid "Figure 11: Manage User" +msgstr "图 11：管理用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:315 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Login`, create a login name. It must start with a letter " +"and can use numbers, hyphens, and underscores. Maximum length is 31 " +"characters." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Login` 中，创建一个登录名。登录名必须以字母开头，并可以使用数字、连字符和下划线。最大长度为 31 个字符。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:319 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Password`, enter a password. Minimum length is 8 " +"characters. Maximum length is 255 characters." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Password` 中，输入密码。最小长度为 8 个字符。最大长度为 255 个字符。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:322 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Confirm` 中，输入相同的密码。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights are selected by default. For security " +"purposes, the default user must be assigned as an Administrator." +msgstr "默认情况下会选择 :guilabel:`Administrator` 权限。出于安全考虑，必须将默认用户分配为管理员。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:330 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:396 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:466 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`确认`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:334 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Cancel` 会返回“Main Menu”。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:337 +msgid "Modify User" +msgstr "修改用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:339 +msgid "In Manager User, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." +msgstr "在“Manager User”中，选择 :guilabel:`Manage User`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:341 +msgid "Modify user details as desired." +msgstr "根据需要修改用户详细信息。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:343 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Confirm` 保存所做的更改。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Optional: Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu to revert " +"changes." +msgstr "可选：选择 :guilabel:`Cancel` 会不保存更改并返回“Main Menu”。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:350 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:406 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429 +msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." +msgstr "可选：跳到 `Finish installation`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:353 +msgid "Telemetry" +msgstr "遥测技术" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Choose whether to participate in `telemetry`. :ref:`telem-guide` is a " +"|CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to the |CL| development " +"team for improvements." +msgstr "选择是否参与`遥测技术`。:ref:`telem-guide` 是 |CL| 的一项功能，用来向 |CL| 开发团队报告故障和崩溃以备改进。有关详细信息，请参阅。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:359 +msgid "From :guilabel:`Required Options`, select :guilabel:`Telemetry`." +msgstr "从 :guilabel:`Required Options` 中选择 :guilabel:`Telemetry`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:361 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Yes`." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Yes`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:367 +msgid "Figure 12: Enable Telemetry" +msgstr "图 12：启用遥测技术" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:369 +msgid "If you don't wish to participate, select :kbd:`No`." +msgstr "如果不想参加，请选择 :kbd:`No`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:372 +msgid "Advanced options" +msgstr "高级选项" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:374 +msgid "" +"After you complete the `Required options`_, we recommend completing " +":guilabel:`Advanced options`--though they're not required. Doing so " +"customizes your development environment, so you're ready to go " +"immediately after reboot." +msgstr "填写完 `Required options`_ 后，我们建议您设置 :guilabel:`Advanced options`，尽管它们不是必需的。设置高级选项可以定制开发环境，便于在重启后立即开始使用。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:381 +msgid "You can always add more bundles later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." +msgstr "日后始终可以使用 :ref:`swupd-guide` 添加更多捆绑包。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:384 +msgid "Bundle Selection" +msgstr "捆绑包选择" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:386 +msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" +msgstr "在“Advanced”菜单中，选择 :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:388 +msgid "Select your desired bundles." +msgstr "选择所需的捆绑包。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:394 +msgid "Figure 13: Bundle Selection" +msgstr "图 13：捆绑包选择" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:398 +msgid "View the bundles that you selected." +msgstr "查看已选的捆绑包。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404 +msgid "Figure 14: Bundle Selections - Advanced Options" +msgstr "图 14：捆绑包选择 - 高级选项" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:409 +msgid "Assign Hostname" +msgstr "分配主机名" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:411 +msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:413 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Hostname` 中，仅输入主机名（不包括域）。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:419 +msgid "Figure 15: Assign Hostname" +msgstr "图 15：分配主机名" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " +"alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" +" characters." +msgstr "主机名不允许有空格。主机名必须以字母数字字符开头，但也可以包含连字符。最大长度为 63 个字符。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:432 +msgid "Kernel Configuration" +msgstr "内核配置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:434 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Kernel Configuration`, navigate to select your desired " +"kernel. :guilabel:`Native` is selected by default." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Kernel Configuration` 中，通过导航选择所需的内核。默认情况下会选择 :guilabel:`Native`。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:441 +msgid "Figure 16: Kernel Configuration" +msgstr "图 16：内核配置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:443 +msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." +msgstr "要添加参数，请在 :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments` 中输入参数。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:445 +msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." +msgstr "要移除参数，请在 :guilabel:`Remove Arguments` 中输入参数。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:450 +msgid "Software Updater Configuration" +msgstr "软件更新程序配置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:452 +msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Software Updater Configuration`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Software Updater Configuration`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:454 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Mirror URL`, follow the instructions if you wish to specify" +" a different installation source." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Mirror URL` 中，如需指定不同的安装源，请按照说明操作。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:457 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Enable Auto Updates` is selected by default. If you **do not**" +" wish to enable automatic software updates, uncheck the box." +msgstr "默认情况下会选择 :guilabel:`Enable Auto Updates`。如果不希望启用软件自动更新，请取消选中该框。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464 +msgid "Figure 17: Software Updater Configuration" +msgstr "图 17：软件更新程序配置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:469 +msgid "Finish installation" +msgstr "完成安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:471 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, select " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "如对安装配置满意，请选择 :guilabel:`Install`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:478 +msgid "Figure 18: Finish installation" +msgstr "图 18：完成安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:485 +msgid "" +"If you do not enter a selection for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" +" :guilabel:`Install` button remains disabled, as shown in Figure 19. " +"Return to `Required Options`_ and make selections." +msgstr "如果并没有为所有 :guilabel:`Required Options` 设置选项， :guilabel:`Install` 按钮将保持禁用状态，如图 19 所示。返回 `Required options`_ 并进行选择。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:493 +msgid "Figure 19: Required Options - Incomplete" +msgstr "图 19：必填选项 - 不完整" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:495 +msgid "After installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`." +msgstr "安装完成后，选择 :guilabel:`Exit`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:497 +msgid "Shut down the target system." +msgstr "关闭目标系统。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:499 +msgid "Remove the USB or any installation media." +msgstr "卸下 USB 或任何安装媒介。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:501 +msgid "Power on your system." +msgstr "打开系统电源。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:505 +msgid "" +"Allow time for the graphical login to appear. A login prompt shows the " +"administrative user that you created." +msgstr "等待图形登录窗口显示。登录提示会显示您此前创建的管理用户。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:507 +msgid "Log in as the administrative user." +msgstr "以该管理用户身份登录。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:509 +msgid "Congratulations. You successfully installed |CL|." +msgstr "祝贺您。您已成功安装 |CL|。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:512 +msgid "Default partition schema" +msgstr "默认分区架构" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:514 +msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." +msgstr "根据表 1 中的要求创建分区。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:516 +msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" +msgstr "**表 1.默认分区架构**" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:520 +msgid "FileSystem" +msgstr "文件系统" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:521 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "标签" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:522 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "挂载点" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:523 +msgid "Default size" +msgstr "默认大小" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:525 +msgid "**VFAT (FAT32)**" +msgstr "**VFAT (FAT32)**" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:526 +msgid "boot" +msgstr "引导" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:527 +msgid "/boot" +msgstr "/boot" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:528 +msgid "150MB" +msgstr "150MB" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:530 +msgid "**linux-swap**" +msgstr "**linux-swap**" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:531 +msgid "swap" +msgstr "交换" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:533 +msgid "256MB" +msgstr "256MB" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:535 +msgid "**ext[234] or XFS**" +msgstr "**ext[234] 或 XFS**" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:536 +msgid "root" +msgstr "root" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:537 +msgid "/" +msgstr "/" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:538 +msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgstr "*大小取决于用例/所需的捆绑包。*" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The live desktop allows you to " +#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" +#~ " without modifying the host system, " +#~ "offering the chance to explore " +#~ "developing on |CL|. Better yet, launch" +#~ " the |CL| installer to install on " +#~ "your target system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download the file :file:`clear--live-desktop.iso`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Confirm network connection" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Confirm there is a network connection" +#~ " before launching the installer. Choose " +#~ "a method: `Wired Connection`, or `WiFi" +#~ " Connected`. This guide shows an " +#~ "example of a **Wired Connection**." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right of the top " +#~ "menu bar, select the square icon " +#~ "to view Network settings, shown in " +#~ "Figure 2." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 2: Software icon, Network settings" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "View the :guilabel:`Wired` menu to " +#~ "assure that you're target system and " +#~ "installer are connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Optional: Configure Proxy settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To view :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select its :guilabel:`Gear` icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Select from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled` as desired." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close the dialogue box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view Network settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If desired, select :guilabel:`Connect " +#~ "automatically`. Select other options as " +#~ "desired." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`Apply` button to confirm change to settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Software" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Optional: Explore |CL| bundles and other" +#~ " software available. Double-click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities" +#~ " menu, shown in Figure 2." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Sofware` application is *only intended " +#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " +#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" +#~ " to install them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure there is a network connection before launching `Software`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the live desktop image boots, " +#~ "find the |CL| icon in the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left, shown " +#~ "in Figure 3." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Click the icon, :guilabel:`Install Clear Linux OS`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 3: Install Clear Linux OS icon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The installer is launched, as shown in Figure 4." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 4: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Checkmarks indicate a selection has been made." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu " +#~ "appears as shown in Figure 5. To" +#~ " meet the minimum requirements, enter " +#~ "values in all submenus for the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Required options`. After you " +#~ "complete them, your selections appear " +#~ "below submenus and a checkmark appears" +#~ " at right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate submenu list." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate " +#~ "to the desired time zone. Or start" +#~ " typing the region and then city. " +#~ "(.e.g., :file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Bundle Selection`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Assign Hostname`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "As for bundles, you can always add more later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 16: Finish installation" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not enter a selection" +#~ " for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Install` button remains greyed " +#~ "out, as shown in Figure 17. Return" +#~ " to `Required Options`_ and make " +#~ "selections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 17: Required Options - Incomplete" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Log in as the adminstrative user." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Table 1 shows the defult partition " +#~ "schema with the exception of root, " +#~ "which varies." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The live desktop allows you to " +#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" +#~ " without modifying the host system, " +#~ "offering you the chance to explore " +#~ "developing on |CL| or install it. " +#~ "In this document, we show how to" +#~ " install |CL| on a target system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Explore |CL| bundles and other software." +#~ " Double-click the :guilabel:`Software` icon" +#~ " from the Activities menu, shown in" +#~ " Figure 2. Assure a network " +#~ "connection exists before launching `Software`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Software` application is *only intended " +#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " +#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" +#~ " to install them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Table 1 shows the default partition " +#~ "schema with the exception of root, " +#~ "which varies." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Minimum size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``VFAT``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "150M" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``swap``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``root``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next steps" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`guides`" +#~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po deleted file mode 100644 index 169cb1f6..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1013 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| from the live desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to boot the |CL-ATTR| live desktop image, from " -"which you can install |CL| or explore without modifying the host system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:14 -msgid "System requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " -"installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:23 -msgid "Preliminary steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:25 -msgid "Visit our `Downloads`_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Download the file :file:`clear--live-desktop.iso`, also " -"called the |CL| Desktop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:32 -msgid " is the latest |CL| auto-numbered release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:34 -msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:36 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:38 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:45 -msgid "Install from live image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:47 -msgid "" -"After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow" -" these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:50 -msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:52 -msgid "Power on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " -"setup menu entry point may vary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:57 -msgid "" -"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " -"first option in the device boot order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:60 -msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:62 -msgid "Reboot the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:64 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:70 -msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:75 -msgid "Software (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Explore |CL| bundles and other software. Double-click the " -":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities menu, shown in Figure 2. " -"Ensure a network connection exists before launching the Software " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:83 -msgid "" -"While running the |CL| live desktop image, the Software application is " -"intended only for exploration. Do not attempt to install applications " -"during exploration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:88 -msgid "Launch the |CL| installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:90 -msgid "" -"After the live desktop image boots, scroll over the vertical " -":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:93 -msgid "Click the |CL| penguin icon to launch the installer, shown in Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:99 -msgid "Figure 2: |CL| installer icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:101 -msgid "After the installer is launched, it will appear as shown in Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:107 -msgid "Figure 3: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Select Language`, select a language from the options, or " -"type your preferred language in the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115 -msgid "Checking prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The installer automatically launches :guilabel:`Checking Prerequisites`, " -"which checks your target system for compatibility and network " -"connectivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:120 -msgid "" -"After the installer shows `Prerequisites passed`, select :guilabel:`Next`" -" to proceed with installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:127 -msgid "Figure 4: Checking Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:130 -msgid "Network Proxy (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:132 -msgid "Configure :guilabel:`Network Proxy` settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:134 -msgid "In the top right menu bar, select the :guilabel:`Power button`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:136 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Wired Connected` and then :guilabel:`Wired Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:141 -msgid "Select an option from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:143 -msgid "Close :guilabel:`Network Proxy`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:145 -msgid "Close :guilabel:`Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:150 -msgid "Minimum installation requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:152 -msgid "" -"To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " -"options`_. We also recommend completing `Advanced options`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The :kbd:`Install` button is only highlighted **after** you complete " -"`Required options`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:160 -msgid "Check marks indicate a selection has been made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:162 -msgid "" -"An Internet connection is required. You may want to launch a browser " -"prior to installation to verify your Internet connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:166 -msgid "|CL| Desktop Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:168 -msgid "" -"The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 5. To " -"meet the minimum requirements, enter values in all submenus for the " -":guilabel:`Required options`. After you complete them, your selections " -"appear below submenus and a check mark appears at right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:177 -msgid "Figure 5: Clear Linux OS Desktop Installer - Main Menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:180 -msgid "Navigation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182 -msgid "Use the :kbd:`mouse` to navigate or select options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Use :kbd:`Tab` key to navigate between :guilabel:`Required options` and " -":guilabel:`Advanced options`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187 -msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate the submenus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:189 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`, or :kbd:`Cancel` in submenus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:192 -msgid "Required options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195 -msgid "Select Time Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:197 -msgid "" -"From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`. `UTC` is " -"selected by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:200 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate to the desired time zone. Or " -"start typing the region and then the city. (.e.g., " -":file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:204 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:220 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:210 -msgid "Figure 6: Select System Time Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:213 -msgid "Select Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Navigate to your desired keyboard layout. We select \"us\" for the United" -" States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:226 -msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:229 -msgid "Select Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:231 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Choose an installation method: `Safe Installation`_ or `Destructive " -"Installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:240 -msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:243 -msgid "Safe Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " -"alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " -"schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:251 -msgid "" -"|CL| allows installation alongside another OS. Typically, when you boot " -"your system, you can press an `F key` to view and select a bootable " -"device or partition during the BIOS POST stage. Some BIOSes present the " -"|CL| partition, and you can select and boot it. However, other BIOSes may" -" only show the primary partition, in which case you will not be able boot" -" |CL|. Be aware of this possible limitation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:260 -msgid "Destructive Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " -"|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:266 -msgid "Disk encryption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:268 -msgid "" -"For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS. Encryption" -" is optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To encrypt the root partition, select :guilabel:`Enable Encryption`, as " -"shown in Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:278 -msgid "Figure 9: Enable Encryption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:280 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` appears, enter a passphrase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:286 -msgid "Figure 10: Encryption Passphrase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:290 -msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:292 -msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the second field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:294 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in the dialogue box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:298 -msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:300 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in submenu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:303 -msgid "Manage User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:305 -msgid "In Required Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:307 -msgid "In :guilabel:`User Name`, enter a user name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:313 -msgid "Figure 11: Manage User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:315 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Login`, create a login name. It must start with a letter " -"and can use numbers, hyphens, and underscores. Maximum length is 31 " -"characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:319 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Password`, enter a password. Minimum length is 8 " -"characters. Maximum length is 255 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:322 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:326 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator` rights are selected by default. For security " -"purposes, the default user must be assigned as an Administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:330 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:396 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:466 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:334 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:337 -msgid "Modify User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:339 -msgid "In Manager User, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:341 -msgid "Modify user details as desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:343 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Optional: Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu to revert " -"changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:350 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:406 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429 -msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:353 -msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Choose whether to participate in `telemetry`. :ref:`telem-guide` is a " -"|CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to the |CL| development " -"team for improvements. For more information, see :ref:`telemetry-about`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:359 -msgid "From :guilabel:`Required Options`, select :guilabel:`Telemetry`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:361 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Yes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:367 -msgid "Figure 12: Enable Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:369 -msgid "If you don't wish to participate, select :kbd:`No`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:372 -msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:374 -msgid "" -"After you complete the `Required options`_, we recommend completing " -":guilabel:`Advanced options`--though they're not required. Doing so " -"customizes your development environment, so you're ready to go " -"immediately after reboot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:381 -msgid "You can always add more bundles later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:384 -msgid "Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:386 -msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:388 -msgid "Select your desired bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:394 -msgid "Figure 13: Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:398 -msgid "View the bundles that you selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404 -msgid "Figure 14: Bundle Selections - Advanced Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:409 -msgid "Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:411 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:413 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:419 -msgid "Figure 15: Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " -"alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" -" characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:432 -msgid "Kernel Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:434 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Kernel Configuration`, navigate to select your desired " -"kernel. :guilabel:`Native` is selected by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:441 -msgid "Figure 16: Kernel Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:443 -msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:445 -msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:450 -msgid "Software Updater Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:452 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Software Updater Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:454 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Mirror URL`, follow the instructions if you wish to specify" -" a different installation source." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:457 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Enable Auto Updates` is selected by default. If you **do not**" -" wish to enable automatic software updates, uncheck the box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464 -msgid "Figure 17: Software Updater Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:469 -msgid "Finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:471 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, select " -":guilabel:`Install`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:478 -msgid "Figure 18: Finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:485 -msgid "" -"If you do not enter a selection for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" -" :guilabel:`Install` button remains disabled, as shown in Figure 19. " -"Return to `Required Options`_ and make selections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:493 -msgid "Figure 19: Required Options - Incomplete" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:495 -msgid "After installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:497 -msgid "Shut down the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:499 -msgid "Remove the USB or any installation media." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:501 -msgid "Power on your system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:505 -msgid "" -"Allow time for the graphical login to appear. A login prompt shows the " -"administrative user that you created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:507 -msgid "Log in as the administrative user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:509 -msgid "Congratulations. You successfully installed |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:512 -msgid "Default partition schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:514 -msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:516 -msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:520 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:521 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:522 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:523 -msgid "Default size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:525 -msgid "**VFAT(FAT32)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:526 -msgid "boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:527 -msgid "/boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:528 -msgid "150MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:530 -msgid "**linux-swap**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:531 -msgid "swap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:533 -msgid "256MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:535 -msgid "**ext[234] or XFS**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:536 -msgid "root" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:537 -msgid "/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:538 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The live desktop allows you to " -#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" -#~ " without modifying the host system, " -#~ "offering the chance to explore " -#~ "developing on |CL|. Better yet, launch" -#~ " the |CL| installer to install on " -#~ "your target system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download the file :file:`clear--live-desktop.iso`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Confirm network connection" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Confirm there is a network connection" -#~ " before launching the installer. Choose " -#~ "a method: `Wired Connection`, or `WiFi" -#~ " Connected`. This guide shows an " -#~ "example of a **Wired Connection**." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the upper right of the top " -#~ "menu bar, select the square icon " -#~ "to view Network settings, shown in " -#~ "Figure 2." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 2: Software icon, Network settings" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "View the :guilabel:`Wired` menu to " -#~ "assure that you're target system and " -#~ "installer are connected to a network." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Optional: Configure Proxy settings." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "To view :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select its :guilabel:`Gear` icon." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled` as desired." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Close the dialogue box." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view Network settings." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If desired, select :guilabel:`Connect " -#~ "automatically`. Select other options as " -#~ "desired." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`Apply` button to confirm change to settings." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Software" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Optional: Explore |CL| bundles and other" -#~ " software available. Double-click the " -#~ ":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities" -#~ " menu, shown in Figure 2." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Sofware` application is *only intended " -#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " -#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" -#~ " to install them." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Assure there is a network connection before launching `Software`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After the live desktop image boots, " -#~ "find the |CL| icon in the " -#~ ":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left, shown " -#~ "in Figure 3." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click the icon, :guilabel:`Install Clear Linux OS`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 3: Install Clear Linux OS icon" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The installer is launched, as shown in Figure 4." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 4: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Checkmarks indicate a selection has been made." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu " -#~ "appears as shown in Figure 5. To" -#~ " meet the minimum requirements, enter " -#~ "values in all submenus for the " -#~ ":guilabel:`Required options`. After you " -#~ "complete them, your selections appear " -#~ "below submenus and a checkmark appears" -#~ " at right." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate submenu list." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate " -#~ "to the desired time zone. Or start" -#~ " typing the region and then city. " -#~ "(.e.g., :file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Bundle Selection`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Assign Hostname`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "As for bundles, you can always add more later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 16: Finish installation" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not enter a selection" -#~ " for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" -#~ " :guilabel:`Install` button remains greyed " -#~ "out, as shown in Figure 17. Return" -#~ " to `Required Options`_ and make " -#~ "selections." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 17: Required Options - Incomplete" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Log in as the adminstrative user." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Table 1 shows the defult partition " -#~ "schema with the exception of root, " -#~ "which varies." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The live desktop allows you to " -#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" -#~ " without modifying the host system, " -#~ "offering you the chance to explore " -#~ "developing on |CL| or install it. " -#~ "In this document, we show how to" -#~ " install |CL| on a target system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Explore |CL| bundles and other software." -#~ " Double-click the :guilabel:`Software` icon" -#~ " from the Activities menu, shown in" -#~ " Figure 2. Assure a network " -#~ "connection exists before launching `Software`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "`Software` application is *only intended " -#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " -#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" -#~ " to install them." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Table 1 shows the default partition " -#~ "schema with the exception of root, " -#~ "which varies." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Minimum size" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``VFAT``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "150M" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``swap``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``root``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Next steps" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid ":ref:`guides`" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..839b1db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server.po @@ -0,0 +1,1328 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-05 12:07-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:4 +msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| from the live server" +msgstr "使用实时服务器将 |CL-ATTR| 安装在裸机上" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This page explains how to install |CL-ATTR| on bare metal from a bootable" +" USB drive using a live server image." +msgstr "本页介绍如何使用实时服务器映像从可引导 USB 驱动器将 |CL-ATTR| 安装到裸机上。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:14 +msgid "System requirements" +msgstr "系统要求" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " +"installation:" +msgstr "安装 |CL| 之前，请确认主机系统满足安装条件：" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" +msgstr ":ref:`system-requirements`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" +msgstr ":ref:`compatibility-check`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:23 +msgid "Download the latest |CL| live server image" +msgstr "下载最新的 |CL| 实时服务器映像" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Get the latest |CL| installer image from the `Downloads`_ page. Look for " +"the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso` file." +msgstr "从 `Downloads`_ 页面获取最新的 |CL| 安装程序映像。查找 :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso` 文件。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:28 +msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." +msgstr "确认该文件是否适合您的操作系统，然后解压缩。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:32 +msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgstr "按照操作系统说明创建一个可引导的 USB 驱动器。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" +msgstr ":ref:`bootable-usb`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:37 +msgid "Install |CL| on your target system" +msgstr "在目标系统上安装 |CL|" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Ensure that your system is configured to boot UEFI. The installation " +"method described below requires a wired Internet connection with DHCP." +msgstr "确保您的系统已配置为引导 UEFI。下述安装方法需要通过有线 Internet 连接与 DHCP 服务器通信。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can install |CL| over a wireless connection by first " +"using `nmtui`. Follow the `nmtui` instructions shown in Figure 2." +msgstr "或者，您也可以首先使用 `nmtui`，然后通过无线连接安装 |CL|。按照图 2 所示的 `nmtui` 说明执行操作。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:47 +msgid "Follow these steps to install |CL| on the target system:" +msgstr "按照以下步骤在目标系统上安装 |CL|：" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:49 +msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." +msgstr "将 USB 驱动器插入可用的 USB 插槽。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:51 +msgid "Power on the system." +msgstr "打开系统电源。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " +"setup menu entry point may vary." +msgstr "按 :kbd:`F2` 键打开系统 BIOS 设置菜单。您的 BIOS 设置菜单入口点可能会有所不同。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:57 +msgid "" +"|CL| supports UEFI boot. Some hardware may list UEFI and non-UEFI USB " +"boot entries. In this case, you should select the `UEFI` boot option." +msgstr "|CL| 支持 UEFI 引导。某些硬件可能会列出 UEFI 和非 UEFI USB 引导条目。在这种情况下，您应该选择 `UEFI` 引导选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " +"first option in the device boot order." +msgstr "在设置菜单中，启用 UEFI 引导，并在设备引导顺序中将 USB 驱动器设置为第一个选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:64 +msgid "Save these settings and exit." +msgstr "保存这些设置并退出。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:66 +msgid "Reboot the target system." +msgstr "重新引导目标系统。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:68 +msgid "This action launches the |CL| installer boot menu, shown in figure 1." +msgstr "此操作会启动 |CL| 安装程序引导菜单，如图 1 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:74 +msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS Installer boot menu" +msgstr "图 1：Clear Linux OS 安装程序引导菜单" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:76 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` 高亮显示的情况下，选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:79 +msgid "Launch the |CL| Installer" +msgstr "启动 |CL| 安装程序" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:81 +msgid "At the :guilabel:`login` prompt, enter :command:`root`." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`login` 提示符下，输入 :command:`root`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Follow the onscreen instructions, shown in Figure 2, and enter a " +"temporary password." +msgstr "如图 2 所示，按照屏幕说明执行操作，并输入临时密码。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:90 +msgid "Figure 2: root login" +msgstr "图 2：root 登录" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:92 +msgid "" +"At the :guilabel:`root` prompt, enter :command:`clr-installer` and press " +":kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`root` 提示符下，输入 :command:`clr-installer`，然后按 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:99 +msgid "Figure 3: clr-installer command" +msgstr "图 3：clr-installer 命令" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:102 +msgid "Minimum installation requirements" +msgstr "最低安装要求" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " +"options`_. While not required, we encourage you to apply the `Recommended" +" options`_. `Advanced options`_ are optional." +msgstr "要满足最低安装要求，请填写 `Required options`_。我们建议您选择 `Recommended options`_ （非必选）。`Advanced options`_ 为可选项 。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The :kbd:`Install` button is **only highlighted after** you complete " +"`Required options`_." +msgstr "仅当填写 `Required options`_ 后才会高亮显示 :kbd:`安装` 按钮。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:114 +msgid "Main Menu" +msgstr "主菜单" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:115 +msgid "The |CL| Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 4." +msgstr "出现 |CL| 安装程序“Main Menu”，如图 4 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:121 +msgid "Figure 4: Clear Linux OS Installer" +msgstr "图 4：Clear Linux OS 安装程序" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The |CL| Installer Main Menu has two tabs: :guilabel:`[R] Required " +"options` and :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`. Navigate between tabs " +"using the arrow these shortcut keys:" +msgstr "|CL| 安装程序“Main Menu”有两个选项卡，即 :guilabel:`[R] Required options` 和 :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`。使用以下快捷键可在这两个选项卡之间切换：" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:127 +msgid ":kbd:`Shift+A` for :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`" +msgstr "使用 :kbd:`Shift+A` 可切换到 :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:128 +msgid ":kbd:`Shift+R` for :guilabel:`[R] Required options`" +msgstr "使用 :kbd:`Shift+R` 可切换到 :guilabel:`[R] Required options`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To meet the minimum requirements, enter your choices in the " +":guilabel:`Required options`. After confirmation, your selections appear " +"beside the :guilabel:`>>` chevron, below the menu options." +msgstr "要满足最低要求，请在 :guilabel:`Required options` 中输入您的设置。确认后，您选择的设置会出现在菜单选项下的 :guilabel:`>>` 标志旁边。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:135 +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "导航" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:137 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows to highlight your choice." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Tab` 或 :kbd:`向上/向下` 箭头会高亮显示您选择的内容。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:139 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` or :kbd:`Spacebar` to confirm your choice." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Enter` 或 :kbd:`空格键` 可确认您选择的内容。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:141 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Cancel` or :kbd:`Esc` to cancel your choice." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`取消` 或 :kbd:`Esc` 可取消您选择的内容。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:144 +msgid "Required options" +msgstr "必填选项" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:147 +msgid "Choose Timezone" +msgstr "选择时区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:149 +msgid "" +"From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Timezone`. `UTC` is the" +" default." +msgstr "从“Main Menu”中，导航到 :guilabel:`Choose Timezone`。默认情况下会选择 `UTC`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:681 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Select System Timezone`, use :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows navigate" +" to the desired timezone." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select System Timezone` 中，使用 :kbd:`向上/向下` 箭头可导航到所需时区。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:159 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:176 +msgid "Press :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." +msgstr "按 :kbd:`Enter` 进行确认。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:165 +msgid "Figure 5: Select System Timezone" +msgstr "图 5：选择系统时区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:168 +msgid "Choose Language" +msgstr "选择语言" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:170 +msgid "From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Language`." +msgstr "从“Main Menu”中，导航到 :guilabel:`Choose Language`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:174 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Select System Language`, navigate to your desired language." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select System Language` 中，导航到所需的语言。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:182 +msgid "Figure 6: Select System Language" +msgstr "图 6：选择系统语言" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:185 +msgid "Configure the Keyboard" +msgstr "配置键盘" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:187 +msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure the Keyboard`." +msgstr "从“Main Menu”中，选择 :guilabel:`Configure the Keyboard`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:191 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`, navigate to the desired option." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select Keyboard` 中，导航到所需的选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:193 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to :kbd:`Confirm`." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Enter` 进行 :kbd:`确认`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Optional: In :guilabel:`Test keyboard`, type text to assure that the keys" +" map to your keyboard." +msgstr "可选：在 :guilabel:`Test keyboard` 中，键入文本以确保按键映射到您的键盘。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:202 +msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" +msgstr "图 7：选择键盘菜单" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:205 +msgid "Configure Installation Media" +msgstr "配置安装媒介" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:207 +msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`." +msgstr "从“Main Menu”中，选择 :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Choose an installation method: * `Safe Installation`_ * `Destructive " +"Installation`_ * `Advanced Configuration`_" +msgstr "选择安装方法： * `Safe Installation`_ * `Destructive Installation`_ * `Advanced Configuration`_" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:219 +msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" +msgstr "图 8：选择安装媒介" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:221 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Rescan Media` to show available installation targets." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Rescan Media` 显示可用的安装目标。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:226 +msgid "Safe Installation" +msgstr "安全安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " +"alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " +"schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed. See " +"also `Troubleshooting`_ below." +msgstr "使用此方法可将 |CL| 安全地安装在具有可用空间的媒介上，或者将其与现有分区安装在一起，并接受 `Default partition schema`_。如果有足够的可用空间，则可以执行安全安装。另请参阅下面的 `Troubleshooting`_。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:234 +msgid "Destructive Installation" +msgstr "破坏性安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " +"|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." +msgstr "使用此方法会销毁目标设备上的内容，在目标设备上安装 |CL| 并接受 `Default partition schema`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:241 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Select Installation Media` menu, select " +":guilabel:`Enable Encryption` to encrypt the root filesystem for either " +"option above. See also `Disk encryption`_ for more information." +msgstr "从 :guilabel:`Select Installation Media` 菜单中，选择 :guilabel:`Enable Encryption` 对上述任一选项的根文件系统进行加密。有关详细信息，另请参阅 `Disk encryption`_。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:246 +msgid "Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "高级配置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Use this method to manually configure partitions. These must meet " +"`Default partition schema`_. You may also choose `Disk encryption`_ " +"during configuration of each partition." +msgstr "使用此方法可手动配置分区。这些分区必须符合 `Default partition schema`_。您也可以在配置每个分区时选择 `Disk encryption`_。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:254 +msgid "" +"`Advanced Configuration` is available in the installer versions 1.2.0 and" +" above." +msgstr "`Advanced Configuration` 在 1.2.0 和更高版本安装程序中可用。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:257 +msgid "" +"From :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`, shown in Figure 8 above, " +"select :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`." +msgstr "如上图 8 所示，从 :guilabel:`Select Installation Media` 中，选择 :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:260 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`, navigate to :file:`/dev/sda` and " +"then press :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration` 中，导航到 :file:`/dev/sda`，然后按 :kbd:`Enter`。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:267 +msgid "Figure 9: Advanced configuration menu" +msgstr "图 9：高级配置菜单" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:269 +msgid "Choose a partition method:" +msgstr "选择一种分区方法：" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Auto Partition` Select this option to accept the `Default " +"partition schema`_." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Auto Partition` 选择此选项会接受 `Default partition schema`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:274 +msgid "Navigate to and press :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "导航到并按下 :guilabel:`Confirm`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:276 +msgid "Continue with installation configuration. Jump to `Telemetry`_." +msgstr "继续安装配置。跳到 `Telemetry`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:278 +msgid "`Manual Partition`_ Continue below." +msgstr "下面继续介绍 `Manual Partition`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:281 +msgid "Manual Partition" +msgstr "手动分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:283 +msgid "We provide a simple example below." +msgstr "下面我们提供一个简单的例子。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the unallocated media (e.g.,`/dev/sda`) until highlighted, as" +" shown in Figure 9." +msgstr "导航到未分配的媒介（例如 `/dev/sda`），直到其高亮显示，如图 9 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:288 +msgid "Press :guilabel:`Enter` to edit the partition." +msgstr "按 :guilabel:`Enter` 编辑该分区。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:290 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Partition Setup` menu appears, shown in Figure 10." +msgstr "出现 :guilabel:`Partition Setup` 菜单，如图 10 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:294 +msgid "" +"After adding the first partition, select :guilabel:`Free Space` to add " +"another partition." +msgstr "添加第一个分区后，选择 :guilabel:`Free Space` 添加另一个分区。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:297 +msgid "root partition" +msgstr "根分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:299 +msgid "" +"We configure the `root` partition as shown in Figure 10. Configuration of" +" the `root` partition varies." +msgstr "如图 10 所示，现在配置 `root` 分区。`root` 分区的配置各不相同。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:306 +msgid "Figure 10: root partition" +msgstr "图 10：根分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:308 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:321 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:335 +msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Add` and press :guilabel:`Enter`." +msgstr "导航到 :guilabel:`Add`，然后按 :guilabel:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:311 +msgid "boot partition" +msgstr "引导分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:313 +msgid "We configure the `boot` partition as shown in Figure 11." +msgstr "如图 11 所示，现在配置 `boot` 分区。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:319 +msgid "Figure 11: boot partition" +msgstr "图 11：引导分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:324 +msgid "swap partition" +msgstr "交换分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:326 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`File System` pulldown menu, select `swap`, and enter a " +"label. We enter the minimum required size (e.g., 256M)." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`File System` 下拉菜单中，选择 `swap`，然后输入一个标签。我们输入系统要求的最小大小（例如 256M）。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:333 +msgid "Figure 12: swap partition" +msgstr "图 12：交换分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :guilabel:`Enter`, shown " +"in Figure 13." +msgstr "接下来，导航到 :guilabel:`Confirm`，然后按 :guilabel:`Enter`，如图 13 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:340 +msgid "Manual partitioning is complete." +msgstr "现在完成了手动分区设置。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:346 +msgid "Figure 13: Final configuration of disk partitions" +msgstr "图 13：磁盘分区的最终配置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:348 +msgid "You may skip to the `Telemetry`_ section below." +msgstr "您可以跳到下面的 `Telemetry`_ 部分。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:351 +msgid "Disk encryption" +msgstr "磁盘加密" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:353 +msgid "" +"For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS for the any" +" partition except `/boot` on |CL|. To encrypt the root partition, see the" +" example below. Encryption is optional." +msgstr "为了进一步增强安全，支持使用 LUKS 对 |CL| 上除 `/boot` 以外的任何分区进行磁盘加密。要加密根分区，请参阅下面的示例。加密是可选的。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:358 +msgid "Encryption Passphrase" +msgstr "加密密码" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:360 +msgid "" +"|CL| uses a single passphrase for encrypted partitions. Additional keys " +"may be configured post-installation using the ``cryptsetup`` tool." +msgstr "|CL| 使用单一密码短语加密分区。安装后可以使用 ``cryptsetup`` 工具配置其他密钥。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Optional: Select :guilabel:`[X] Encrypt` to encrypt the root partition, " +"as shown in Figure 14." +msgstr "可选：选择 :guilabel:`[X] Encrypt` 可加密根分区，如图 14 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:370 +msgid "Figure 14: Encrypt partition" +msgstr "图 14：加密分区" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:372 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` dialogue appears." +msgstr "出现 :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` 对话框。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:376 +msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." +msgstr "最小长度为 8 个字符。最大长度为 94 个字符。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:382 +msgid "Figure 15: Encryption Passphrase" +msgstr "图 15：加密密码短语" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the first and second field." +msgstr "在第一个和第二个字段中输入相同的密码短语。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:386 +msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "导航到 :guilabel:`Confirm`，然后按 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:390 +msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Confirm` 仅在两个密码短语匹配时高亮显示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:393 +msgid "Telemetry" +msgstr "遥测技术" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:395 +msgid "" +":ref:`telem-guide` is a |CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to" +" the |CL| development team for improvements." +msgstr ":ref:`telem-guide` 是 |CL| 的一项功能，用来向 |CL| 开发团队报告故障和崩溃以备改进。有关详细信息，请访问我们的页面。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:398 +msgid "Select your desired option on whether to participate in telemetry." +msgstr "根据是否要参与`遥测技术`，选择所需的选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:400 +msgid "" +"In the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Telemetry` and select " +":kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "在“Main Menu”中，导航到 :guilabel:`Telemetry`，并选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:403 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` to highlight your choice." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Tab` 高亮显示所需的选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:405 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Enter` 进行确认。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:411 +msgid "Figure 16: Enable Telemetry" +msgstr "图 16：启用遥测技术" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:414 +msgid "Recommended options" +msgstr "推荐选项" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:416 +msgid "" +"After you complete the `Required options`_, we highly recommend " +"completing these selected `Advanced options`_ at minimum:" +msgstr "设置完 `Required options`_ 后，我们强烈建议您至少要设置这些选定的 `Advanced options`_：" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:419 +msgid "`Manage User`_ Assign a new user with administrative rights" +msgstr "`管理用户`_ 分配具有管理权限的新用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:420 +msgid "`Assign Hostname`_ Simplify your development environment" +msgstr "`分配主机名`_ 可简化您的开发环境" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:423 +msgid "Skip to finish installation" +msgstr "跳到完成安装界面" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:425 +msgid "" +"After selecting values for all :guilabel:`Required options`, you may skip" +" to `Finish installation`_." +msgstr "设置完所有 :guilabel:`Required options` 后，您可以跳到 `Finish installation`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, continue below. In the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Advanced " +"options` for additional configuration." +msgstr "当然，您也可继续完成以下设置。在“Main Menu”中，选择 :guilabel:`Advanced options` 执行附加配置。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:432 +msgid "Advanced options" +msgstr "高级选项" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:435 +msgid "Configure Network Interfaces" +msgstr "配置网络接口" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:437 +msgid "" +"By default, |CL| is configured to automatically detect the host network " +"interface using DHCP. However, if you want to use a static IP address or " +"if you do not have a DHCP server on your network, follow these " +"instructions to manually configure the network interface. Otherwise, " +"default network interface settings are automatically applied." +msgstr "默认情况下，|CL| 配置为使用 DHCP 自动检测主机网络接口。但是，如果要使用静态 IP 地址，或者如果网络上没有 DHCP 服务器，请按照以下说明手动配置网络接口。否则，系统将自动应用默认网络接口设置。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:445 +msgid "If DHCP is available, no user selection may be required." +msgstr "如果 DHCP 可用，可能不需要由用户选择这些设置。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :guilabel:`Configure Network Interfaces` and select " +":kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "导航到 :guilabel:`Configure Network Interfaces`，然后选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:450 +msgid "Navigate to the network :guilabel:`interface` you wish to change." +msgstr "导航到希望更改的网络 :guilabel:`interface`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:452 +msgid "" +"When the desired :guilabel:`interface` is highlighted, select " +":guilabel:`Enter` to edit." +msgstr "当所需的 :guilabel:`interface` 高亮显示时，选择 :guilabel:`Enter` 进行编辑。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:455 +msgid "Multiple network interfaces may appear." +msgstr "可能会出现多个网络接口。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:461 +msgid "Figure 17: Configure Network Interfaces" +msgstr "图 17：配置网络接口" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:463 +msgid "Notice :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` is selected by default (at bottom)." +msgstr "注意：默认情况下会选择 :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` （位于底部）。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Optional: Navigate to the checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` and " +"select :kbd:`Spacebar` to deselect." +msgstr "可选：导航到 :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` 复选框，然后按 :kbd:`空格键` 取消选择现有设置。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:472 +msgid "Figure 18: Network interface configuration" +msgstr "图 18：网络接口配置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:474 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the appropriate fields and assign the desired network " +"configuration." +msgstr "导航到适当的字段，并分配所需的网络配置。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:477 +msgid "To save settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "要保存设置，请导航到 :guilabel:`Confirm`，然后选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:482 +msgid "" +"To revert to previous settings, navigate to the :guilabel:`Cancel` and " +"select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "要恢复以前的设置，请导航到 :guilabel:`Cancel`，然后选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Upon confirming network configuration, the :guilabel:`Testing Networking`" +" dialogue appears. Assure the result shows success. If a failure occurs, " +"your changes will not be saved." +msgstr "确认网络配置后，将出现 :guilabel:`Testing Networking` 对话框。确保结果显示测试成功。如果测试失败，则不会保存您所做的更改。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:489 +msgid "" +"Upon confirmation, you are returned to :guilabel:`Network interface` " +"settings." +msgstr "确认后，您将返回到 :guilabel:`Network interface` 设置。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:492 +msgid "Navigate to and select :guilabel:`Main Menu`." +msgstr "导航到并选择 :guilabel:`Main Menu`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:494 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:522 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:543 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:567 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:668 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:698 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:718 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:737 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:762 +msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." +msgstr "可选：跳到 `Finish installation`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:497 +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "代理" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:499 +msgid "" +"|CL| automatically attempts to detect proxy settings, as described in " +":ref:`autoproxy`. If you need to manually assign proxy settings, follow " +"this instruction." +msgstr "如 :ref:`autoproxy` 中所述，|CL| 会自动尝试检测代理设置。如果需要手动分配代理设置，请按照以下说明操作。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:503 +msgid "" +"From the Advanced options menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Proxy`, and select" +" :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "从“高级选项”菜单中，导航到 :guilabel:`Proxy`，并选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:506 +msgid "Navigate to the field :guilabel:`HTTPS Proxy`." +msgstr "导航到 :guilabel:`HTTPS Proxy` 字段。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:512 +msgid "Figure 19: Configure the network proxy" +msgstr "图 19：配置网络代理" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:514 +msgid "" +"Enter the desired proxy address and port using conventional syntax, such " +"as: \\http://address:port." +msgstr "使用常规语法（例如 \\http://address:port）输入所需的代理地址和端口。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:517 +msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "导航到 :guilabel:`Confirm`，然后选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:519 +msgid "" +"To revert to previous settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Cancel` and select" +" :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "要恢复以前的设置，请导航到 :guilabel:`Cancel`，然后选择 :guilabel:`Cancel`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:525 +msgid "Test Network Settings" +msgstr "测试网络设置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:527 +msgid "" +"To manually assure network connectivity before installing |CL|, select " +":guilabel:`Test Network Settings` and select :guilabel:`Enter`." +msgstr "要在安装 |CL| 之前手动确保网络连通，请选择 :guilabel:`Test Network Settings`，然后选择 :guilabel:`Enter`。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:530 +msgid "A progress bar appears as shown in Figure 20." +msgstr "出现一个进度条，如图 20 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:536 +msgid "Figure 20: Testing Networking dialogue" +msgstr "图 20：测试网络连接对话框" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Any changes made to network settings are automatically tested during " +"configuration." +msgstr "对网络设置所做的任何更改都会在配置过程中自动测试。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:546 +msgid "Bundle Selection" +msgstr "捆绑包选择" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:548 +msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" +msgstr "在“Advanced”菜单中，选择 :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:550 +msgid "Navigate to the desired bundle using :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows." +msgstr "使用 :kbd:`Tab` 或 :kbd:`向上/向下` 箭头导航到所需的捆绑包。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:552 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the checkbox for each desired bundle." +msgstr "按 :kbd:`空格键` 选择所需的每个捆绑包对应的复选框。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:558 +msgid "Figure 21: Bundle Selection" +msgstr "图 21：捆绑包选择" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Optional: To start developing with |CL|, we recommend adding :file:`os-" +"clr-on-clr`." +msgstr "可选：要开始使用 |CL| 开展开发工作，我们建议添加 :file:`os-clr-on-clr`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:563 +msgid "Navigate to and select :kbd:`Confirm`." +msgstr "导航到并选择 :kbd:`确认`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:565 +msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Advanced options` menu." +msgstr "您将返回到 :guilabel:`Advanced options` 菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:570 +msgid "Manage User" +msgstr "管理用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:573 +msgid "Add New User" +msgstr "添加新用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:575 +msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Manage User`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:577 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add New User` as shown in Figure 22." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Add New User`，如图 22 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:583 +msgid "Figure 22: Add New User" +msgstr "图 22：添加新用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:585 +msgid "Optional: Enter a :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "可选：输入一个 :guilabel:`User Name`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:596 +msgid "Figure 23: User Name" +msgstr "图 23：用户名" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:598 +msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Login`." +msgstr "输入一个 :guilabel:`Login`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:602 +msgid "" +"The User Login must be alphanumeric and can include hyphens and " +"underscores. Maximum length is 31 characters." +msgstr "用户登录名必须是字母数字字符，并且可以包括连字符和下划线。最大长度为 31 个字符。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:604 +msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Password`." +msgstr "输入一个 :guilabel:`Password`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:610 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Confirm` 中，输入相同的密码。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:612 +msgid "" +"Optional: Navigate to the :guilabel:`Administrative` checkbox and select " +":kbd:`Spacebar` to assign administrative rights to the user." +msgstr "可选：导航到 :guilabel:`Administrative` 复选框，然后按 :kbd:`空格键` 为用户分配管理权限。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:617 +msgid "Selecting this option enables sudo privileges for the user." +msgstr "选择此选项将为用户启用 sudo 特权。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:619 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:696 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:729 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:760 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`确认`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:623 +msgid "If desired, select :guilabel:`Reset` to reset the form." +msgstr "如果需要，选择 :guilabel:`Reset` 来重置表单。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:625 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Manage User` 中，导航到 :guilabel:`Confirm`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:627 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Confirm` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Confirm` 高亮显示的情况下，选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:630 +msgid "Modify / Delete User" +msgstr "修改/删除用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:632 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to the user you wish to modify until" +" highlighted, as shown in Figure 24." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Manage User` 中，导航到要修改的用户，直到其高亮显示，如图 24 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:635 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to modify the user." +msgstr "选择 :kbd:`Enter` 修改该用户。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:641 +msgid "Figure 24: Modify User" +msgstr "图 24：修改用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:643 +msgid "Modify user details as desired." +msgstr "根据需要修改用户详细信息。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:645 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:664 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:758 +msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." +msgstr "导航到 :kbd:`确认`，直到其高亮显示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:649 +msgid "Optional: Select :guilabel:`Reset` to rest the form." +msgstr "可选：选择 :guilabel:`Reset` 可重置表单。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:651 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Confirm` 保存所做的更改。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:653 +msgid "" +"Optional: In :guilabel:`Modify User`, to delete the user, navigate to the" +" :guilabel:`Delete` button and select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "可选：在 :guilabel:`Modify User` 中，要删除用户，请导航到 :guilabel:`Delete` 按钮，然后选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:660 +msgid "Figure 25: Delete User" +msgstr "图 25：删除用户" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:662 +msgid "You are returned to :guilabel:`Manage User`." +msgstr "您将返回到 :guilabel:`Manage User`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:666 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Enter` to complete :guilabel:`Manage User` options." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Enter` 设置 :guilabel:`Manage User` 选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:671 +msgid "Kernel Command Line" +msgstr "内核命令行" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:673 +msgid "" +"For advanced users, |CL| provides the ability to add or remove kernel " +"arguments. If you want to append a new argument, enter the argument here." +" This argument will be used every time you install or update a new " +"kernel." +msgstr "|CL| 为高级用户提供了添加或移除内核参数的功能。如果要附加一个新参数，请在此处输入该参数。每当安装或更新新内核时，都会使用此参数。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:678 +msgid "" +"In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Tab` to highlight " +":guilabel:`Kernel Command Line`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Tab` 高亮显示 :guilabel:`Kernel Command Line`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:687 +msgid "Figure 26: kernel command line" +msgstr "图 26：内核命令行" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:689 +msgid "Choose from the following options." +msgstr "从下列选项中选择。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:691 +msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." +msgstr "要添加参数，请在 :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments` 中输入参数。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:693 +msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." +msgstr "要移除参数，请在 :guilabel:`Remove Arguments` 中输入参数。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:701 +msgid "Kernel Selection" +msgstr "内核选择" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:703 +msgid "" +"Select a kernel option. By default, the latest kernel release is " +"selected. Native kernel is shown in Figure 27." +msgstr "选择一个内核选项。默认情况下会选择最新的内核版本。图 27 中显示了原生内核。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:706 +msgid "To select a different kernel, navigate to it using :guilabel:`Tab`." +msgstr "要选择不同的内核，请使用 :guilabel:`Tab` 导航到该内核。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:712 +msgid "Figure 27: Kernel selection" +msgstr "图 27：内核选择" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:714 +msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the desired option." +msgstr "按 :kbd:`空格键` 选择所需的选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:716 +msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "导航到 :kbd:`确认`，然后选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:721 +msgid "Swupd Mirror" +msgstr "Swupd 镜像" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:723 +msgid "If you have your own custom mirror of |CL|, you can add its URL." +msgstr "如果拥有自己的自定义 |CL| 镜像，您可以添加它的 URL。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:725 +msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Swupd Mirror`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Swupd Mirror`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:727 +msgid "To add a local swupd mirror, enter a valid URL in :guilabel:`Mirror URL:`" +msgstr "要添加本地 swupd 镜像，请在 :guilabel:`Mirror URL:` 中输入有效的 URL" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:735 +msgid "Figure 28: Swupd Mirror" +msgstr "图 28：Swupd 镜像" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:740 +msgid "Assign Hostname" +msgstr "分配主机名" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:742 +msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:744 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Hostname` 中，仅输入主机名（不包括域）。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:748 +msgid "" +"Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " +"alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" +" characters." +msgstr "主机名不允许有空格。主机名必须以字母数字字符开头，但也可以包含连字符。最大长度为 63 个字符。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:756 +msgid "Figure 29: Assign Hostname" +msgstr "图 29：分配主机名" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:765 +msgid "Automatic OS Updates" +msgstr "自动更新操作系统" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Automatical OS updates are enabled by default. In the rare case that you " +"need to disable automatic software updates, follow the onscreen " +"instructions, shown in Figure 30." +msgstr "默认情况下会启用操作系统自动更新。在极少数情况下，您可能需要禁用自动软件更新，这时可按照屏幕说明进行操作，如图 30 所示。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:771 +msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Automatic OS Updates`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Automatic OS Updates`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:773 +msgid "Select the desired option." +msgstr "选择所需选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:779 +msgid "Figure 30: Automatic OS Updates" +msgstr "图 30：操作系统自动更新" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:781 +msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Main Menu`." +msgstr "您将返回到 :guilabel:`Main Menu`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:784 +msgid "Save Configuration Settings" +msgstr "保存配置设置" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:786 +msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Save Configuration Settings`." +msgstr "在“高级选项”中，选择 :guilabel:`Save Configuration Settings`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:788 +msgid "" +"A dialogue box shows the installation configuration was saved to :file" +":`clr-installer.yaml`" +msgstr "对话框显示安装配置已保存到 :file:`clr-installer.yaml`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:795 +msgid "Figure 31: Automatic OS Updates" +msgstr "图 31：操作系统自动更新" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Use the :file:`clr-installer.yaml` file to install |CL|, with the same " +"configuration, on multiple targets." +msgstr "使用 :file:`clr-installer.yaml` 文件时，可以使用相同的配置将 |CL| 安装到多个目标。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:801 +msgid "Finish installation" +msgstr "完成安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:803 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, navigate to " +":guilabel:`Install` and select :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "如对安装配置满意，请导航到 :guilabel:`Install`，然后选择 :kbd:`Enter`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:810 +msgid "Figure 32: Select Install" +msgstr "图 32：选择安装" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:812 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`reboot`." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`reboot`。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:816 +msgid "" +"If you do not assign an administrative user, upon rebooting, enter `root`" +" and set the root password immediately." +msgstr "如果没有分配管理用户，重启后，请输入 `root` 并立即设置 root 密码。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:819 +msgid "When the system reboots, remove any installation media present." +msgstr "当系统重启时，移除所有存在的安装媒介。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:822 +msgid "Default partition schema" +msgstr "默认分区架构" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:824 +msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." +msgstr "根据表 1 中的要求创建分区。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:826 +msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" +msgstr "**表 1.默认分区架构**" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:830 +msgid "FileSystem" +msgstr "文件系统" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:831 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "标签" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:832 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "挂载点" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:833 +msgid "Default size" +msgstr "默认大小" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:835 +msgid "``VFAT(FAT32)``" +msgstr "``VFAT(FAT32)``" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:836 +msgid "boot" +msgstr "引导" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:837 +msgid "/boot" +msgstr "/boot" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:838 +msgid "150MB" +msgstr "150MB" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:840 +msgid "``linux-swap``" +msgstr "``linux-swap``" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:841 +msgid "swap" +msgstr "交换" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:843 +msgid "256MB" +msgstr "256MB" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:845 +msgid "``ext[234] or XFS``" +msgstr "``ext[234] 或 XFS``" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:846 +msgid "root" +msgstr "root" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:847 +msgid "/" +msgstr "/" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:848 +msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgstr "*大小取决于用例/所需的捆绑包。*" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:851 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障检修" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:854 +msgid "For Configure Installation Media" +msgstr "配置安装媒介时" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:856 +msgid "" +"If a warning message appears that no media or space is available after " +"entering :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`:" +msgstr "如果在进入 :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media` 界面后出现警告消息，指出没有媒介或空间：" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:859 +msgid "Verify that target media has enough free space." +msgstr "确认目标媒介上有足够的可用空间。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:861 +msgid "Confirm the USB is properly connected to and mounted on target media." +msgstr "确认 USB 已正确连接并挂载在目标媒介上。" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:863 +msgid "Review the size of existing partitions on the target media:" +msgstr "查看目标媒介上现有分区的大小：" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:865 +msgid "Linux\\* OS: :command:`lsblk -a`" +msgstr "Linux\\* OS：:command:`lsblk -a`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:866 +msgid "Windows\\* OS: :command:`diskpart`, then :command:`list disk`" +msgstr "Windows\\* OS：:command:`diskpart`，然后执行 :command:`list disk`" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server.rst:867 +msgid "macOS\\* platform: :command:`diskutil list`" +msgstr "macOS\\* 平台：:command:`diskutil list`" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get the latest |CL| installer image " +#~ "from the `downloads page`_. Look for " +#~ "the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso`" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| automatically attempts to detect " +#~ "proxy settings, as described in " +#~ "`Autoproxy`_. If you need to manually" +#~ " assign proxy settings, follow this " +#~ "instruction." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions guide you through " +#~ "installing |CL-ATTR| on bare metal " +#~ "from a bootable USB drive using a" +#~ " live server image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After downloading the image, verify and" +#~ " decompress the file per your OS." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add partitions manually, see " +#~ "`Advanced configuration`_ below, and create" +#~ " partitions per requirements in Table " +#~ "1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Minimum size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``VFAT``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "150M" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``swap``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``root``" +#~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po deleted file mode 100644 index 281b3912..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1312 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| on bare metal with live server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This page explains how to install |CL-ATTR| on bare metal from a bootable" -" USB drive using a live server image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:14 -msgid "System requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " -"installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:20 -msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:23 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| live server image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| installer image from the `Downloads`_ page. Look for " -"the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:28 -msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:32 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:37 -msgid "Install |CL| on your target system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Ensure that your system is configured to boot UEFI. The installation " -"method described below requires a wired Internet connection with DHCP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can install |CL| over a wireless connection by first " -"using `nmtui`. Follow the `nmtui` instructions shown in Figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:47 -msgid "Follow these steps to install |CL| on the target system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:49 -msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:51 -msgid "Power on the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " -"setup menu entry point may vary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:57 -msgid "" -"|CL| supports UEFI boot. Some hardware may list UEFI and non-UEFI USB " -"boot entries. In this case, you should select the `UEFI` boot option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " -"first option in the device boot order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:64 -msgid "Save these settings and exit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:66 -msgid "Reboot the target system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:68 -msgid "This action launches the |CL| installer boot menu, shown in figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:74 -msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS Installer boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:76 -msgid "With :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:79 -msgid "Launch the |CL| Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:81 -msgid "At the :guilabel:`login` prompt, enter :command:`root`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Follow the onscreen instructions, shown in Figure 2, and enter a " -"temporary password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:90 -msgid "Figure 2: root login" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:92 -msgid "" -"At the :guilabel:`root` prompt, enter :command:`clr-installer` and press " -":kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:99 -msgid "Figure 3: clr-installer command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:102 -msgid "Minimum installation requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " -"options`_. While not required, we encourage you to apply the `Recommended" -" options`_. `Advanced options`_ are optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The :kbd:`Install` button is **only highlighted after** you complete " -"`Required options`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:114 -msgid "Main Menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:115 -msgid "The |CL| Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:121 -msgid "Figure 4: Clear Linux OS Installer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:123 -msgid "" -"The |CL| Installer Main Menu has two tabs: :guilabel:`[R] Required " -"options` and :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`. Navigate between tabs " -"using the arrow these shortcut keys:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:127 -msgid ":kbd:`Shift+A` for :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:128 -msgid ":kbd:`Shift+R` for :guilabel:`[R] Required options`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To meet the minimum requirements, enter your choices in the " -":guilabel:`Required options`. After confirmation, your selections appear " -"beside the :guilabel:`>>` chevron, below the menu options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:135 -msgid "Navigation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:137 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows to highlight your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:139 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` or :kbd:`Spacebar` to confirm your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:141 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Cancel` or :kbd:`Esc` to cancel your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:144 -msgid "Required options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:147 -msgid "Choose Timezone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:149 -msgid "" -"From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Timezone`. `UTC` is the" -" default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:152 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:172 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:189 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:681 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:154 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Select System Timezone`, use :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows navigate" -" to the desired timezone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:159 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:176 -msgid "Press :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:165 -msgid "Figure 5: Select System Timezone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:168 -msgid "Choose Language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:170 -msgid "From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Language`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:174 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Select System Language`, navigate to your desired language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:182 -msgid "Figure 6: Select System Language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:185 -msgid "Configure the Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:187 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure the Keyboard`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:191 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`, navigate to the desired option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:193 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Optional: In :guilabel:`Test keyboard`, type text to assure that the keys" -" map to your keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:202 -msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:205 -msgid "Configure Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:207 -msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:209 -msgid "" -"Choose an installation method: * `Safe Installation`_ * `Destructive " -"Installation`_ * `Advanced Configuration`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:219 -msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:221 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Rescan Media` to show available installation targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:226 -msgid "Safe Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:228 -msgid "" -"Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " -"alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " -"schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed. See " -"also `Troubleshooting`_ below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:234 -msgid "Destructive Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:236 -msgid "" -"Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " -"|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:241 -msgid "" -"From the :guilabel:`Select Installation Media` menu, select " -":guilabel:`Enable Encryption` to encrypt the root filesystem for either " -"option above. See also `Disk encryption`_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:246 -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:248 -msgid "" -"Use this method to manually configure partitions. These must meet " -"`Default partition schema`_. You may also choose `Disk encryption`_ " -"during configuration of each partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:254 -msgid "" -"`Advanced Configuration` is available in the installer versions 1.2.0 and" -" above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:257 -msgid "" -"From :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`, shown in Figure 8 above, " -"select :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:260 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`, navigate to :file:`/dev/sda` and " -"then press :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:267 -msgid "Figure 9: Advanced configuration menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:269 -msgid "Choose a partition method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:271 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Auto Partition` Select this option to accept the `Default " -"partition schema`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:274 -msgid "Navigate to and press :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:276 -msgid "Continue with installation configuration. Jump to `Telemetry`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:278 -msgid "`Manual Partition`_ Continue below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:281 -msgid "Manual Partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:283 -msgid "We provide a simple example below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:285 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the unallocated media (e.g.,`/dev/sda`) until highlighted, as" -" shown in Figure 9." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:288 -msgid "Press :guilabel:`Enter` to edit the partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:290 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Partition Setup` menu appears, shown in Figure 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:294 -msgid "" -"After adding the first partition, select :guilabel:`Free Space` to add " -"another partition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:297 -msgid "root partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:299 -msgid "" -"We configure the `root` partition as shown in Figure 10. Configuration of" -" the `root` partition varies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:306 -msgid "Figure 10: root partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:308 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:321 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:335 -msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Add` and press :guilabel:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:311 -msgid "boot partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:313 -msgid "We configure the `boot` partition as shown in Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:319 -msgid "Figure 11: boot partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:324 -msgid "swap partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:326 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`File System` pulldown menu, select `swap`, and enter a " -"label. We enter the minimum required size (e.g., 256M)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:333 -msgid "Figure 12: swap partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:337 -msgid "" -"Next, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :guilabel:`Enter`, shown " -"in Figure 13." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:340 -msgid "Manual partitioning is complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:346 -msgid "Figure 13: Final configuration of disk partitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:348 -msgid "You may skip to the `Telemetry`_ section below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:351 -msgid "Disk encryption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:353 -msgid "" -"For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS for the any" -" partition except `/boot` on |CL|. To encrypt the root partition, see the" -" example below. Encryption is optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:358 -msgid "Encryption Passphrase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:360 -msgid "" -"|CL| uses a single passphrase for encrypted partitions. Additional keys " -"may be configured post-installation using the ``cryptsetup`` tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:363 -msgid "" -"Optional: Select :guilabel:`[X] Encrypt` to encrypt the root partition, " -"as shown in Figure 14." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:370 -msgid "Figure 14: Encrypt partition" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:372 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` dialogue appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:376 -msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:382 -msgid "Figure 15: Encryption Passphrase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:384 -msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the first and second field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:386 -msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:390 -msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:393 -msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:395 -msgid "" -":ref:`telem-guide` is a |CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to" -" the |CL| development team for improvements. For more detailed " -"information, visit our :ref:`telemetry-about` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:399 -msgid "Select your desired option on whether to participate in `telemetry`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:401 -msgid "" -"In the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Telemetry` and select " -":kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:404 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` to highlight your choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:406 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:412 -msgid "Figure 16: Enable Telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:415 -msgid "Recommended options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:417 -msgid "" -"After you complete the `Required options`_, we highly recommend " -"completing these selected `Advanced options`_ at minimum:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:420 -msgid "`Manage User`_ Assign a new user with administrative rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:421 -msgid "`Assign Hostname`_ Simplify your development environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:424 -msgid "Skip to finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:426 -msgid "" -"After selecting values for all :guilabel:`Required options`, you may skip" -" to `Finish installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:429 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, continue below. In the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Advanced " -"options` for additional configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:433 -msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:436 -msgid "Configure Network Interfaces" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:438 -msgid "" -"By default, |CL| is configured to automatically detect the host network " -"interface using DHCP. However, if you want to use a static IP address or " -"if you do not have a DHCP server on your network, follow these " -"instructions to manually configure the network interface. Otherwise, " -"default network interface settings are automatically applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:446 -msgid "If DHCP is available, no user selection may be required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:448 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :guilabel:`Configure Network Interfaces` and select " -":kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:451 -msgid "Navigate to the network :guilabel:`interface` you wish to change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:453 -msgid "" -"When the desired :guilabel:`interface` is highlighted, select " -":guilabel:`Enter` to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:456 -msgid "Multiple network interfaces may appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:462 -msgid "Figure 17: Configure Network Interfaces" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:464 -msgid "Notice :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` is selected by default (at bottom)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:466 -msgid "" -"Optional: Navigate to the checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` and " -"select :kbd:`Spacebar` to deselect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:473 -msgid "Figure 18: Network interface configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:475 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the appropriate fields and assign the desired network " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:478 -msgid "To save settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:483 -msgid "" -"To revert to previous settings, navigate to the :guilabel:`Cancel` and " -"select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:486 -msgid "" -"Upon confirming network configuration, the :guilabel:`Testing Networking`" -" dialogue appears. Assure the result shows success. If a failure occurs, " -"your changes will not be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:490 -msgid "" -"Upon confirmation, you are returned to :guilabel:`Network interface` " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:493 -msgid "Navigate to and select :guilabel:`Main Menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:495 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:523 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:544 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:568 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:668 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:698 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:718 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:737 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:762 -msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:498 -msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:500 -msgid "" -"|CL| automatically attempts to detect proxy settings, as described in " -":ref:`autoproxy`. If you need to manually assign proxy settings, follow " -"this instruction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:504 -msgid "" -"From the Advanced options menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Proxy`, and select" -" :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:507 -msgid "Navigate to the field :guilabel:`HTTPS Proxy`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:513 -msgid "Figure 19: Configure the network proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:515 -msgid "" -"Enter the desired proxy address and port using conventional syntax, such " -"as: \\http://address:port." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:518 -msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:520 -msgid "" -"To revert to previous settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Cancel` and select" -" :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:526 -msgid "Test Network Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:528 -msgid "" -"To manually assure network connectivity before installing |CL|, select " -":guilabel:`Test Network Settings` and select :guilabel:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:531 -msgid "A progress bar appears as shown in Figure 20." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:537 -msgid "Figure 20: Testing Networking dialogue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:541 -msgid "" -"Any changes made to network settings are automatically tested during " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:547 -msgid "Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:549 -msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:551 -msgid "Navigate to the desired bundle using :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:553 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the checkbox for each desired bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:559 -msgid "Figure 21: Bundle Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:561 -msgid "" -"Optional: To start developing with |CL|, we recommend adding :file:`os-" -"clr-on-clr`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:564 -msgid "Navigate to and select :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:566 -msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Advanced options` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:571 -msgid "Manage User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:574 -msgid "Add New User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:576 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:578 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add New User` as shown in Figure 22." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:584 -msgid "Figure 22: Add New User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:586 -msgid "Optional: Enter a :guilabel:`User Name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:596 -msgid "Figure 23: User Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:598 -msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Login`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:602 -msgid "" -"The User Login must be alphanumeric and can include hyphens and " -"underscores. Maximum length is 31 characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:604 -msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Password`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:610 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Optional: Navigate to the :guilabel:`Administrative` checkbox and select " -":kbd:`Spacebar` to assign administrative rights to the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:617 -msgid "Selecting this option enables sudo privileges for the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:619 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:696 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:729 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:760 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:623 -msgid "If desired, select :guilabel:`Reset` to reset the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:625 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:627 -msgid "With :guilabel:`Confirm` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:630 -msgid "Modify / Delete User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:632 -msgid "" -"In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to the user you wish to modify until" -" highlighted, as shown in Figure 24." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:635 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to modify the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:641 -msgid "Figure 24: Modify User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:643 -msgid "Modify user details as desired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:645 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:664 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:758 -msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:649 -msgid "Optional: Select :guilabel:`Reset` to rest the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:651 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:653 -msgid "" -"Optional: In :guilabel:`Modify User`, to delete the user, navigate to the" -" :guilabel:`Delete` button and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:660 -msgid "Figure 25: Delete User" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:662 -msgid "You are returned to :guilabel:`Manage User`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:666 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Enter` to complete :guilabel:`Manage User` options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:671 -msgid "Kernel Command Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:673 -msgid "" -"For advanced users, |CL| provides the ability to add or remove kernel " -"arguments. If you want to append a new argument, enter the argument here." -" This argument will be used every time you install or update a new " -"kernel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:678 -msgid "" -"In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Tab` to highlight " -":guilabel:`Kernel Command Line`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:687 -msgid "Figure 26: kernel command line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:689 -msgid "Choose from the following options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:691 -msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:693 -msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:701 -msgid "Kernel Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:703 -msgid "" -"Select a kernel option. By default, the latest kernel release is " -"selected. Native kernel is shown in Figure 27." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:706 -msgid "To select a different kernel, navigate to it using :guilabel:`Tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:712 -msgid "Figure 27: Kernel selection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:714 -msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the desired option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:716 -msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:721 -msgid "Swupd Mirror" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:723 -msgid "If you have your own custom mirror of |CL|, you can add its URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:725 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Swupd Mirror`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:727 -msgid "To add a local swupd mirror, enter a valid URL in :guilabel:`Mirror URL:`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:735 -msgid "Figure 28: Swupd Mirror" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:740 -msgid "Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:742 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:744 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:748 -msgid "" -"Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " -"alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" -" characters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:756 -msgid "Figure 29: Assign Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:765 -msgid "Automatic OS Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:767 -msgid "" -"Automatical OS updates are enabled by default. In the rare case that you " -"need to disable automatic software updates, follow the onscreen " -"instructions, shown in Figure 30." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:771 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Automatic OS Updates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:773 -msgid "Select the desired option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:779 -msgid "Figure 30: Automatic OS Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:781 -msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Main Menu`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:784 -msgid "Save Configuration Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:786 -msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Save Configuration Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:788 -msgid "" -"A dialogue box shows the installation configuration was saved to :file" -":`clr-installer.yaml`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:795 -msgid "Figure 31: Automatic OS Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:797 -msgid "" -"Use the :file:`clr-installer.yaml` file to install |CL|, with the same " -"configuration, on multiple targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:801 -msgid "Finish installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:803 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, navigate to " -":guilabel:`Install` and select :kbd:`Enter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:810 -msgid "Figure 32: Select Install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:812 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`reboot`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:816 -msgid "" -"If you do not assign an administrative user, upon rebooting, enter `root`" -" and set the root password immediately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:819 -msgid "When the system reboots, remove any installation media present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:822 -msgid "Default partition schema" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:824 -msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:826 -msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:830 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:831 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:832 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:833 -msgid "Default size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:835 -msgid "``VFAT(FAT32)``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:836 -msgid "boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:837 -msgid "/boot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:838 -msgid "150MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:840 -msgid "``linux-swap``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:841 -msgid "swap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:843 -msgid "256MB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:845 -msgid "``ext[234] or XFS``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:846 -msgid "root" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:847 -msgid "/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:848 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:851 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:854 -msgid "For Configure Installation Media" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:856 -msgid "" -"If a warning message appears that no media or space is available after " -"entering :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:859 -msgid "Verify that target media has enough free space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:861 -msgid "Confirm the USB is properly connected to and mounted on target media." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:863 -msgid "Review the size of existing partitions on the target media:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:865 -msgid "Linux\\* OS: :command:`lsblk -a`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:866 -msgid "Windows\\* OS: :command:`diskpart`, then :command:`list disk`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:867 -msgid "macOS\\* platform: :command:`diskutil list`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get the latest |CL| installer image " -#~ "from the `downloads page`_. Look for " -#~ "the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso`" -#~ " file." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| automatically attempts to detect " -#~ "proxy settings, as described in " -#~ "`Autoproxy`_. If you need to manually" -#~ " assign proxy settings, follow this " -#~ "instruction." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These instructions guide you through " -#~ "installing |CL-ATTR| on bare metal " -#~ "from a bootable USB drive using a" -#~ " live server image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After downloading the image, verify and" -#~ " decompress the file per your OS." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To add partitions manually, see " -#~ "`Advanced configuration`_ below, and create" -#~ " partitions per requirements in Table " -#~ "1." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Minimum size" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``VFAT``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "150M" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``swap``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "``root``" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb.po similarity index 61% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb.po index df1b9d3c..e15a3e3f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bootable-usb.po @@ -7,94 +7,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 17:23-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:4 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:4 msgid "Create a bootable USB drive" msgstr "创建可引导 U 盘" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:6 msgid "" "Follow the instructions applicable to your system to create a bootable " "|CL-ATTR| USB drive:" msgstr "按照适用于您的系统的说明创建可引导的 |CL-ATTR| U 盘：" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:9 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-linux`" msgstr ":ref:`bootable-usb-linux`" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:10 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:10 msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-mac`" msgstr ":ref:`bootable-usb-mac`" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:11 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb-windows`" msgstr ":ref:`bootable-usb-windows`" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:14 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "必备条件" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:16 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:16 msgid "Use an **8GB** or larger USB drive." -msgstr "使用 **8GB** 或更大 U 盘。" +msgstr "使用 8 GB 或以上的 U 盘。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:17 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:17 msgid "" "Download the |CL| live boot image or interactive installer image from the" " `Downloads`_ page." msgstr "从 `Downloads`_ 页下载 |CL| 实时引导映像或交互式安装程序映像。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:23 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:23 msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on Linux\\*" msgstr "在 Linux\\* 上创建可引导 U 盘" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:25 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:108 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:167 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:25 ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:110 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:169 msgid "Make sure you have completed all `Prerequisites`_." msgstr "确保完成所有 `Prerequisites`_。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:27 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:27 msgid "" -"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress" -" your image `." -msgstr "将映像烧录至 U 盘之前，:ref:`verify and decompress your image `。" +"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify-linux` on " +"Linux." +msgstr "将映像烧录至 U 盘之前，在 Linux 上 :ref:`verify-linux`。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:31 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:114 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:173 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:30 ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:115 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:174 msgid "Burn the |CL| image onto a USB drive" msgstr "将 |CL| 映像烧录至 U 盘" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:35 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:118 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:177 -msgid "|CAUTION-BACKUP-USB|" -msgstr "|CAUTION-BACKUP-USB|" +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:34 ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:119 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Burning an image formats the USB drive, and will destroy all pre-existing" +" content. Back up your data before proceeding." +msgstr "烧录映像会格式化 U 盘，清除所有已经存在的内容。在继续操作前请备份数据。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:37 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:37 msgid "Open a terminal emulator and get root privilege." msgstr "打开终端模拟器，获取 root 权限。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:43 -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:122 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:43 ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:124 msgid "Go to the directory with the decompressed image." msgstr "转到解压缩映像所在的目录。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:45 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:45 msgid "Plug in the USB drive." msgstr "插入 U 盘。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:47 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:47 msgid "" "Identify the USB drive using the :command:`lsblk` command. This shows all" " drives attached to the system, including the primary hard disk. In the " @@ -104,11 +103,12 @@ msgid "" "partitions (under the `MOUNTPOINT` column) for each drive." msgstr "利用 :command:`lsblk` 命令识别 U 盘。此操作会显示所有连接到系统的驱动器，包括主硬盘。在下面的示例输出中，连接了 4 个驱动器（`/dev/sda`、`/dev/sdb`、`/dev/sdc` 和 `/dev/sdd`），而 `/dev/sda` 为主驱动器。其余三个是 U 盘。输出中还显示了为每个驱动器挂载的分区（在 `MOUNTPOINT` 栏）。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:59 -msgid "Example output:" -msgstr "示例输出：" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:82 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:59 +msgid "Example output:" +msgstr "结果示例：" + +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:82 msgid "" "You must unmount a USB drive before burning an image onto it. Note that " "some Linux distros automatically mount a USB drive when it is plugged in." @@ -116,113 +116,115 @@ msgid "" "device identifier/partition. For example:" msgstr "在烧录映像之前，必须卸载 U 盘。请注意，某些 Linux 操作系统会在 U 盘插入时自动挂载 U 盘。利用 :command:`umount` 命令卸载 U 盘，命令后面为设备标识符/分区。例如：" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:92 + +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:92 msgid "" "Burn the image onto the USB drive. The example below burns an " "uncompressed image onto ``:" msgstr "将映像烧录至 U 盘。下例将未压缩的映像烧录至 ``：" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:101 -msgid "|CAUTION-UNMOUNT-USB-PARTITIONS|" -msgstr "|CAUTION-UNMOUNT-USB-PARTITIONS|" +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Not fully unmounting the USB drive before burning an image could cause " +"file system checksum errors in it. If this happens, burn the image again," +" ensuring all the USB drive partitions are unmounted first." +msgstr "如果烧录映像前不完全卸载 U 盘，则会导致文件系统校验和错误。如果发生此情况，请再次烧录映像，确保首先卸载所有 U 盘分区。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:106 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:108 msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on macOS\\*" msgstr "在 macOS\\* 上创建可引导 U 盘" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress" -" your image `." -msgstr "将映像烧录至 U 盘之前，:ref:`verify and decompress your image `。" +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:112 +msgid "Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify-mac` on macOS." +msgstr "将映像烧录至 U 盘之前，在 macOS 上 :ref:`verify-mac`。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:120 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:122 msgid "Launch the Terminal app." msgstr "启动终端应用。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:126 msgid "Plug in a USB drive and get its identifier:" msgstr "插入 U 盘，获取盘符：" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:130 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:132 msgid "This will list available disks and their partitions, as shown in Figure 1." msgstr "此操作会列出可用磁盘及其分区，如图 1 所示。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:136 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:138 msgid "Figure 1: macOS - Get USB drive identifier" msgstr "图 1：macOS - 获取 U 盘盘符" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:138 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:140 msgid "Unmount the USB drive identified in the previous step. For example:" msgstr "卸载上一步中识别的 U 盘。例如：" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:144 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:146 msgid "" "Burn the image onto the drive using the :command:`dd` command. The " "example below burns an uncompressed image onto ``:" msgstr "利用 :command:`dd` 命令将映像烧录至驱动器。下例将未压缩的映像烧录至 ``：" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:151 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:153 msgid "" "To speed up the imaging process, add an ‘r’ in front of the disk " "identifier. For example `/dev/rdisk2`." msgstr "为加速映像烧录过程，在盘符前面添加一个 ‘r’。例如 `/dev/rdisk2`。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:154 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:156 msgid "Press :kbd:`-T` to check imaging progress." msgstr "按下 :kbd:`-T` 查看映像烧录过程。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:156 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:158 msgid "Eject the USB drive." msgstr "弹出 U 盘。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:165 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:167 msgid "Create a bootable USB drive on Windows\\*" msgstr "在 Windows\\* 上创建可引导 U 盘" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:169 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:171 msgid "" -"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify and decompress" -" your image `." -msgstr "将映像烧录至 U 盘之前，:ref:`verify and decompress your image `。" +"Before burning the image onto your USB drive, :ref:`verify-windows` on " +"Windows." +msgstr "将映像烧录至 U 盘之前，在 Windows 上 :ref:`verify-windows`。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:179 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:181 msgid "" "Download the `Rufus`_ utility to burn the image onto a USB drive. We use " "Rufus 3.5 here. **Only use the latest version of Rufus**." -msgstr "下载 `Rufus`_ 实用程序以便将映像烧录至 U 盘。此处使用 Rufus 3.5。**仅使用最新 Rufus** 版本。" +msgstr "下载 `Rufus`_ 实用程序以便将映像烧录至 U 盘。此处使用 Rufus 3.5。仅使用最新 Rufus 版本。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:182 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:184 msgid "Plug in the USB drive and open Rufus." msgstr "插入 U 盘，打开 Rufus。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:184 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:186 msgid "Under `Boot selection`, click the :guilabel:`SELECT` button." -msgstr "在 `Boot selection` 中，点击 :guilabel:`选择` 按钮。" +msgstr "在 `Boot selection` 中，点击 :guilabel:`SELECT` 按钮。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:186 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:188 msgid "Find and select the previously extracted |CL| image file." msgstr "找到并选择此前解压缩的 |CL| 映像文件。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:188 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:190 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`START` button. See Figure 2." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`启动` 按钮。见图 2。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`START` 按钮。见图 2。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:194 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:196 msgid "Figure 2: Rufus utility" msgstr "图 2: Rufus 实用程序" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:196 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:198 msgid "" "When the dialogue appears, select :guilabel:`Write in ISO image mode " "(Recommended)`. See Figure 3." -msgstr "对话出现时，选择 :guilabel:`以 ISO 映像模式写入（推荐）`。见图 3。" +msgstr "对话出现时，选择 :guilabel:`Write in ISO image mode (Recommended)`。见图 3。" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:203 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:205 msgid "Figure 3: ISOHybrid image detected" msgstr "图 3：检测到 ISOHybrid 映像" -#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb/bootable-usb.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/bootable-usb.rst:207 msgid "Select the Windows taskbar menu for USB and select eject." msgstr "选择 USB 的 Windows 任务栏菜单并选择“弹出”。" @@ -236,4 +238,10 @@ msgstr "选择 USB 的 Windows 任务栏菜单并选择“弹出”。" #~ msgid "`Download`_ the |CL| live boot image or interactive installer image." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "|CAUTION-BACKUP-USB|" +#~ msgstr "|CAUTION-BACKUP-USB|" + +#~ msgid "|CAUTION-UNMOUNT-USB-PARTITIONS|" +#~ msgstr "|CAUTION-UNMOUNT-USB-PARTITIONS|" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7aa568d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.po @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-06 11:29-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0152\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh_Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:4 +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on Amazon Web Services\\*" +msgstr "Amazon Web Services\\* 上的 |CL-ATTR|" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This tutorial explains how to create and launch a |CL| :abbr:`AMI (Amazon" +" Machine Image)` instance from the :abbr:`AWS\\* (Amazon Web Services)` " +"console and complete the following tasks:" +msgstr "" +"本教程介绍如何通过 :abbr:`AWS\\* (Amazon Web Services)` 控制台创建和启动 |CL| :abbr:`AMI " +"(Amazon Machine Image)` 实例以及完成以下任务：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:10 +msgid "Locate and select the |CL| OS Basic AMI in the AWS Marketplace." +msgstr "在 AWS Marketplace 中找到并选择 |CL| 操作系统基本 AMI。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Create a new public and private key pair to allow you to connect to your " +"|CL| instance securely." +msgstr "创建新的公钥和私钥对，以便可以安全地连接到 |CL| 实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:13 +msgid "Launch the new |CL| instance and connect to it." +msgstr "启动新的 |CL| 实例并连接到该实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:14 +msgid "Update your instance of |CL| using the :command:`swupd` command." +msgstr "使用 :command:`swupd` 命令更新 |CL| 实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:15 +msgid "Stop the |CL| instance." +msgstr "停止 |CL| 实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:22 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "必备条件" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:24 +msgid "This tutorial assumes the following statements are true:" +msgstr "本教程假定以下陈述是正确的：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You are using a linux-based system to access AWS and can run " +":command:`SSH` to access the remote |CL| AWS image." +msgstr "您使用基于 linux 的系统访问 AWS，并且可以运行 :command:`SSH` 以访问远程 |CL| AWS 映像。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Your browser puts downloaded files in the :file:`$HOME/Downloads` " +"directory." +msgstr "您的浏览器将下载的文件放在 :file:`$HOME/Downloads` 目录中。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You have already set up an AWS user account and logged into the AWS " +"console." +msgstr "您已设置了 AWS 用户帐户并且已登录到 AWS 控制台。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This tutorial uses a |CL| AMI t2.micro instance that is eligible for the " +"AWS free tier. To learn more about AWS and setting up an account, visit " +"the AWS website at http://aws.amazon.com." +msgstr "" +"本教程使用有资格享受 AWS 免费套餐的 |CL| AMI t2.micro 实例。要了解有关 AWS 和设置帐户的更多信息，请访问 AWS " +"网站，网址为：http://aws.amazon.com。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:39 +msgid "Locate, select, and launch the |CL| Basic AMI" +msgstr "找到、选择并启动 Clear Linux OS 基本 AMI" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Start from your main AWS services console menu in your browser and select" +" the :guilabel:`EC2` text as shown in Figure 1:" +msgstr "在浏览器中从 AWS 服务控制台主菜单开始，然后选择图 1 中所示的 :guilabel:`EC2` 文本：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:48 +msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`AWS Console`" +msgstr "图 1： :guilabel:`AWS Console`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:50 +msgid "This selection brings up your :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu." +msgstr "选择此选项将调出 :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` 菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To create a new |CL| instance from the :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu, " +"select the :guilabel:`Launch Instance` button as shown in Figure 2:" +msgstr "" +"要从 :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` 菜单创建新的 |CL| 实例，请选择图 2 中所示的 :guilabel:`Launch" +" Instance` 按钮：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:59 +msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard`" +msgstr "图 2： :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:61 +msgid "" +"This selection takes you to the :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose an Amazon " +"Machine Image (AMI)` menu." +msgstr "选择此选项将转到 :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)` 菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To find the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI in the :guilabel:`Step " +"1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)` menu, do the following:" +msgstr "" +"要在 :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)` 菜单中找到 " +":guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI，请执行以下操作：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In the lefthand navigation window, select the :guilabel:`AWS Marketplace`" +" menu item to bring up the search bar to :guilabel:`Search AWS " +"Marketplace Products`." +msgstr "" +"在左侧导航窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`AWS Marketplace` 菜单项以调出搜索栏并转到 :guilabel:`Search " +"AWS Marketplace Products`。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the search bar, type \"clear linux os\" and press the :kbd:`Enter` key" +" to search for and locate the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI." +msgstr "" +"在搜索栏中键入 \"clear linux os\" 并按 :kbd:`Enter` 键，以搜索并找到 :guilabel:`Clear " +"Linux OS Basic` AMI。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Select` button as shown in Figure 3:" +msgstr "" +"通过点击图 3 中所示的 :guilabel:`Select` 按钮，选择 :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` " +"AMI：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:82 +msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose AMI`" +msgstr "图 3： :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose AMI`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A pop-up dialog box appears showing you more information about the " +":guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI along with the pricing details for " +"running |CL| on different platform configurations as shown in Figure 4. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Continue` button." +msgstr "" +"此时将出现一个弹出对话框，其中显示有关 :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI 的更多信息以及使用图 4 " +"中所示的不同平台配置运行 |CL| 的定价详细信息。选择 :guilabel:`Continue` 按钮。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:93 +msgid "Figure 4: :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic`" +msgstr "图 4： :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:95 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Choose Instance Type` menu appears as shown in Figure 5." +msgstr "此时将出现图 5 中所示的 :guilabel:`Choose Instance Type` 菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:101 +msgid "Figure 5: :guilabel:`Choose an Instance Type`" +msgstr "图 5： :guilabel:`Choose an Instance Type`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`t2.micro` type by clicking the box on the left side" +" of the instance and then select the :guilabel:`Review and Launch` button" +" to move to the :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu." +msgstr "" +"通过点击实例左侧的框来选择 :guilabel:`t2.micro` 类型，然后选择 :guilabel:`Review and Launch` " +"按钮以转到 :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` 菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can configure the instance details, add additional storage, add tags," +" and configure the security group before selecting the :guilabel:`Review " +"and Launch` button if you want to further customize this |CL| instance." +msgstr "" +"如果要进一步自定义该 |CL| 实例，您可以在选择 :guilabel:`Review and Launch` " +"按钮之前配置实例详细信息，添加其他存储，添加标记以及配置安全组。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu, shown in Figure " +"6, allows you to :guilabel:`Cancel` the process, return to the " +":guilabel:`Previous` screen to change the configuration or " +":guilabel:`Launch` the instance defined." +msgstr "" +"图 6 中所示的 :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` 菜单可用于 " +":guilabel:`Cancel` 进程，以及返回到 :guilabel:`Previous` 屏幕以更改配置，或者可用于 " +":guilabel:`Launch` 已定义的实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:123 +msgid "Figure 6: :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch`" +msgstr "图 6： :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Launch` button. A dialog box appears, as shown in " +"Figure 7, asking you to :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create " +"a new pair`." +msgstr "" +"选择 :guilabel:`Launch` 按钮。此时将出现图 7 中所示的对话框，要求您 :guilabel:`Select an " +"existing key pair or create a new pair`。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:133 +msgid "Figure 7: :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create a new pair`" +msgstr "图 7： :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create a new pair`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:135 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new key pair` option." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Create a new key pair` 选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:137 +msgid "For the :guilabel:`Key pair name` field, enter `AWSClearTestKey`." +msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`Key pair name` 字段，请输入 `AWSClearTestKey`。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Download Key Pair` button to download the " +":file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` to your browser's defined :file:`Downloads` " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"选择 :guilabel:`Download Key Pair` 按钮，以将 :file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` " +"下载到浏览器中定义的 :file:`Downloads` 目录。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When the file finishes downloading, select the :guilabel:`Launch " +"Instances` button to proceed to the :guilabel:`Launch Status` menu shown " +"in Figure 8." +msgstr "" +"文件下载完成后，选择 :guilabel:`Launch Instances` 按钮以转到图 8 中所示的 :guilabel:`Launch " +"Status` 菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:151 +msgid "Figure 8: :guilabel:`Launch Status`" +msgstr "图 8： :guilabel:`Launch Status`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Launch Status` page changes to what is shown in " +"Figure 9, select the :guilabel:`View Instances` button to view your " +":guilabel:`Instances` dashboard." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Launch Status` 页面变为图 9 中所示的页面后，选择 :guilabel:`View Instances` " +"按钮以显示 :guilabel:`Instances` 仪表板。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:161 +msgid "Figure 9: :guilabel:`View Instance`" +msgstr "图 9： :guilabel:`View Instance`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:164 +msgid "Connect to your Clear Linux OS basic instance" +msgstr "连接到 Clear Linux 操作系统基本实例" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Your :guilabel:`Instances` Dashboard is shown in Figure 10 with the new " +"|CL| OS basic instance already selected and in the running state. If " +"there are other instances available, they are also listed but not " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"图 10 中显示了 :guilabel:`Instances` 仪表板和已选择并处于运行状态的新的 |CL| " +"操作系统基本实例。同时也会显示其他可用的实例（如有），但不会选择这些实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:174 +msgid "Figure 10: :guilabel:`Instance Dashboard`" +msgstr "图 10： :guilabel:`Instance Dashboard`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To connect to your running instance, click the :guilabel:`Connect` button" +" located at the top of your dashboard. AWS brings up the pop-up dialog " +"box shown in Figure 11 describing how to connect to your running " +"instance." +msgstr "" +"要连接到正在运行的实例，请点击位于仪表板顶部的 :guilabel:`Connect` 按钮。AWS 将调出图 11 " +"中显示的弹出对话框，该对话框说明了如何连接到正在运行的实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:186 +msgid "Figure 11: :guilabel:`Connect to Your Instance`" +msgstr "图 11： :guilabel:`Connect to Your Instance`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Open a terminal on your system. You should be in your :file:`$HOME` " +"directory." +msgstr "在系统中打开终端。当前应该位于 :file:`$HOME` 目录中。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Copy the previously downloaded keyfile from the :file:`Downloads` " +"directory to the current directory." +msgstr "从 :file:`Downloads` 目录将先前下载的密钥文件复制到当前目录。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Change the attributes of the :file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` using the " +":command:`chmod` command as instructed in the dialog box shown in Figure " +"11." +msgstr "" +"按照图 11 中显示的对话框中的说明使用 :command:`chmod` 命令更改 :file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` " +"的属性。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Copy the text highlighted in the :guilabel:`Example:` section that is " +"shown in :ref:`figure 11`. Paste the copied text into " +"your terminal, change the text before the `@` sign to the username " +"`clear`, and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to execute the command." +msgstr "" +"复制 :ref:`图 11` 中显示的 :guilabel:`Example:` " +"一节中突出显示的文本。将复制的文本粘贴到终端中，将 `@` 符号前面的文本更改为用户名 `clear`，然后按 :kbd:`Enter` " +"键以执行命令。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:215 +msgid "" +"A message appears on the terminal stating the authenticity of the host " +"can't be established and prompts you with the message:" +msgstr "终端中会显示一条消息，指明无法确定主机的可靠性，并提示以下消息：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Type `yes` and press the :kbd:`Enter` key. Another warning is printed to " +"the terminal and you are now at the command prompt of your new |CL| " +"instance." +msgstr "键入 `yes` 并按 :kbd:`Enter` 键。另一条警告将输出到终端中，现在您位于新的 |CL| 实例的命令提示符中。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:234 +msgid "Update the |CL| instance" +msgstr "更新 |CL| 实例" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Run the :command:`sudo swupd update` command to update the operating " +"system as shown in Figure 12:" +msgstr "运行图 12 中显示的 :command:`sudo swupd update` 命令以更新操作系统：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:243 +msgid "Figure 12: :guilabel:`sudo swupd update`" +msgstr "图 12： :guilabel:`sudo swupd update`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:245 +msgid "In this example, we updated from version 18940 to 19100." +msgstr "在此示例中，我们从版本 18940 更新到版本 19100。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:248 +msgid "Stop the |CL| instance" +msgstr "停止 |CL| 实例" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:250 +msgid "" +"When you are finished using your AWS |CL| instance, you must stop it " +"using the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to stop accruing charges. " +"Complete the following steps from the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to " +"stop your AWS |CL| instance from running." +msgstr "" +"完成使用 AWS |CL| 实例后，您必须使用 :guilabel:`Instances` 仪表板停止该实例以使费用停止增加。从 " +":guilabel:`Instances` 仪表板完成以下步骤以使 AWS |CL| 实例停止运行。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:255 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` button to bring up a pull-down menu." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Actions` 按钮以调出下拉菜单。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:257 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Instance State` menu item to expand the options." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Instance State` 菜单项以展开选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:259 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Stop` menu item to shut down the running instance." +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Stop` 菜单项以关闭正在运行的实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:261 +msgid "Figure 13 illustrates these steps." +msgstr "图 13 说明了这些步骤。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:267 +msgid "Figure 13: :guilabel:`Stop Instance`" +msgstr "图 13： :guilabel:`Stop Instance`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:269 +msgid "" +"A pop-up dialog box appears warning you that any ephemeral storage of " +"your instance will be lost. Select the :guilabel:`Yes, Stop` button to " +"stop your |CL| instance." +msgstr "此时将出现一个弹出对话框，警告实例的任何临时存储将丢失。选择 :guilabel:`Yes, Stop` 按钮以停止 |CL| 实例。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:277 +msgid "Figure 14: :guilabel:`Stop Instances`" +msgstr "图 14： :guilabel:`Stop Instances`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/aws-web.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Congratulations! You are up and running with |CL| on AWS. To see what you" +" can do with your |CL| instance, visit our :ref:`tutorials ` " +"section for examples on using your |CL| system." +msgstr "" +"恭喜！您已启动并运行基于 AWS 的 |CL|。要查看可对 |CL| 实例执行的操作，请参见 :ref:`教程` " +"一节了解有关使用 |CL| 系统的示例。" + +#~ msgid "Create and launch |CL-ATTR| from Amazon Web Services" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial walks you through creating" +#~ " and launching a |CL| :abbr:`AMI " +#~ "(Amazon Machine Image)` instance from " +#~ "the :abbr:`AWS (Amazon Web Services)` " +#~ "console and complete the following " +#~ "tasks:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start from your main AWS services " +#~ "console menu in your browser and " +#~ "select the :guilabel:`EC2` text as shown" +#~ " in figure 1:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new |CL| instance from" +#~ " the :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu, select" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Launch Instance` button as" +#~ " shown in figure 2:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the search bar, type \"clear " +#~ "linux os\" and hit the :kbd:`Enter` " +#~ "key to search for and locate the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS " +#~ "Basic` AMI by clicking on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button as shown in " +#~ "figure 3:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A pop-up dialog box appears " +#~ "showing you more information about the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI " +#~ "along with the pricing details for " +#~ "running |CL| on different platform " +#~ "configurations as shown in figure 4. " +#~ "Select the :guilabel:`Continue` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Choose Instance Type` menu appears as shown in figure 5." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the " +#~ "Instance Launch` menu, shown in figure" +#~ " 6, allows you to :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "the process, return to the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Previous` screen to change the " +#~ "configuration or :guilabel:`Launch` the " +#~ "instance defined." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the :guilabel:`Launch` button. A " +#~ "dialog box appears, as shown in " +#~ "figure 7, asking you to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select an existing key pair " +#~ "or create a new pair`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the file finishes downloading, " +#~ "select the :guilabel:`Launch Instances` button" +#~ " to proceed to the :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "Status` menu shown in figure 8." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the :guilabel:`Launch Status` page " +#~ "changes to what is shown in figure" +#~ " 9, select the :guilabel:`View Instances`" +#~ " button to view your :guilabel:`Instances`" +#~ " dashboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Connect to your Clear Linux OS Basic instance" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your :guilabel:`Instances` Dashboard is shown" +#~ " in figure 10 with the new |CL|" +#~ " OS basic instance already selected " +#~ "and in the running state. If there" +#~ " are other instances available, they " +#~ "are also listed but not selected." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to your running instance, " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Connect` button located" +#~ " at the top of your dashboard. " +#~ "AWS brings up the pop-up dialog" +#~ " box shown in figure 11 describing" +#~ " how to connect to your running " +#~ "instance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the attributes of the " +#~ ":file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` using the " +#~ ":command:`chmod` command as instructed in " +#~ "the dialog box shown in figure 11." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type `yes` and hit the :kbd:`Enter` " +#~ "key. Another warning is printed to " +#~ "the terminal and you are now at" +#~ " the command prompt of your new " +#~ "|CL| instance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Run the :command:`sudo swupd update` " +#~ "command to update the operating system" +#~ " as shown in figure 12:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In this example we updated from version 18940 to 19100." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you are finished using your " +#~ "AWS |CL| instance you need to stop" +#~ " it using the :guilabel:`Instances` " +#~ "dashboard to stop accruing charges. " +#~ "Complete the following steps from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to stop " +#~ "your AWS |CL| instance from running." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/azure.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/azure.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e02fe435 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/azure.po @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:4 +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "Microsoft* Azure* 上的 |CL-ATTR|" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:6 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| is available for you to use in the Microsoft* Azure* " +"marketplace and is offered with three different images, also known as a " +":abbr:`SKU (Stock Keeping Unit)`." +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 在 Microsoft* Azure* Marketplace 中提供，并且具有三个不同的映像（也称为 :abbr:`SKU（库存单位）`）。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:10 +msgid "" +"|CL| Basic - This SKU consists of a bare-bones system which can be used " +"as a starting point for those wanting to explore and build out a system " +"with additional software bundles of their choosing." +msgstr "|CL| 基本 - 此 SKU 包含仅具有基本功能的系统，对于想要探索并使用所选的其他软件捆绑包构建系统的用户来说，此 SKU 可用作起点。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:14 +msgid "" +"|CL| Containers - This SKU comes with the containers-basic software " +"bundle already installed." +msgstr "|CL| 容器 - 此 SKU 附带已安装的 containers-basic 软件捆绑包。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:17 +msgid "" +"|CL| Machine-learning - This SKU comes pre-loaded with popular open " +"source tools for developing machine learning applications." +msgstr "|CL| 机器学习 - 此 SKU 预加载了用于开发机器学习应用程序的流行开源工具。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can access these images directly from your MS Azure dashboard through" +" the `Azure portal`_ or by using the MS Azure :abbr:`CLI (Command Line " +"Interface)` 2.0. If you do not already have an account set up with MS " +"Azure, you can sign up for a `MS Azure free account`_ to access the |CL| " +":abbr:`VM(Virtual Machine)` images." +msgstr "您可以直接从 Microsoft Azure 仪表板通过 `Azure 门户`_ 访问这些映像，也可以使用 Microsoft Azure :abbr:`CLI（命令行接口）` 2.0 来访问。如果您尚未设置 Microsoft Azure 帐户，您可以注册 `Microsoft Azure 免费帐户`_ 以访问 |CL| :abbr:`VM（虚拟机）` 映像。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The Azure CLI offers the ability to create and manage resources in MS " +"Azure from the command line. In this tutorial you learn to:" +msgstr "Azure CLI 提供了通过命令行在 Microsoft Azure 中创建和管理资源的功能。在本教程中，您将学习：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:29 +msgid "Install the latest MS Azure CLI on your |CL| machine." +msgstr "在 |CL| 计算机上安装最新 Microsoft Azure CLI。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:31 +msgid "Log into MS Azure using the CLI 2.0 interface." +msgstr "使用 CLI 2.0 接口登录到 Microsoft Azure。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:33 +msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group." +msgstr "创建 Microsoft Azure 资源组。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:35 +msgid "Locate the |CL| images." +msgstr "找到 |CL| 映像。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:37 +msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine." +msgstr "创建 |CL| 虚拟机并登录到该虚拟机。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:39 +msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources." +msgstr "停止并取消分配 |CL| 虚拟机和资源。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on your |CL| system, your system must have " +"the following packages installed:" +msgstr "要在 |CL| 系统中使用 Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0，您的系统必须已安装了以下软件包：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:44 +msgid "Python 2.7 or later" +msgstr "Python 2.7 或更高版本" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:46 +msgid "libffi" +msgstr "libffi" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:48 +msgid "OpenSSL 1.0.2" +msgstr "OpenSSL 1.0.2" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can check to see what versions you have installed on your system by " +"running the individual commands as follows:" +msgstr "您可以通过运行如下所示的各个命令来检查系统中已安装的版本：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you do not have these packages installed on your |CL| system, install " +"the sysadmin-basic software bundle using the :command:`swupd` command:" +msgstr "如果您的 |CL| 系统中尚未安装这些软件包，请使用 :command:`swupd` 命令安装 sysadmin-basic 软件捆绑包：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:87 +msgid "" +"These instructions are for installing the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools on a " +"|CL| system. If you are installing the CLI on another platform, follow " +"the instructions in the `MS Azure Install Azure CLI tutorial`_ for your " +"specific operating system." +msgstr "这些说明与在 |CL| 系统中安装 Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0 工具相关。如果要在其他平台上安装 CLI，请遵循 `Microsoft Azure 安装 Azure CLI 教程`_ 中针对您的特定操作系统的说明。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:93 +msgid "Install MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|" +msgstr "在 |CL| 中安装 Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|, use the :command:`curl` command " +"as follows:" +msgstr "要在 |CL| 中安装 Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0，请按如下所示使用 :command:`curl` 命令：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you get an error message from :command:`curl` related to the -L " +"parameter or an error message is generated that includes the text " +"\"Object Moved\", use the full URL instead of the aka.ms redirect " +"address:" +msgstr "如果从 :command:`curl` 收到与 -L 参数相关的错误消息，或者生成了包含文本 \"Object Moved\" 的错误消息，请使用完整 URL，而不要使用 aka.ms 重定向地址：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The installation script begins and prompts you several times during " +"execution for information." +msgstr "安装脚本将开始，并在执行期间多次提示您提供信息。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The console output from the script displays your username instead of the " +"**[user]** variable shown on this tutorial." +msgstr "脚本的控制台输出会显示您的用户名，而非本教程中显示的 [user] 变量。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another" +" directory to install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools into." +msgstr "按 :kbd:`Enter` 键以接受默认目录，或者也可以选择将 Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0 工具安装到其他目录。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another" +" directory to install the :command:`az` executable in." +msgstr "按 :kbd:`Enter` 键以接受默认目录，或者也可以选择将 :command:`az` 可执行文件安装到其他目录。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The installation downloads and builds all required tools and when " +"complete prompts you with:" +msgstr "安装过程会下载并生成所有所需的工具，并在完成后提示以下消息：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:139 +msgid "Type :kbd:`Y` and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to allow this modification." +msgstr "键入 :kbd:`Y` 并按 :kbd:`Enter` 键以允许此修改。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or enter the pathname to" +" your :file:`.bashrc` file. The installation completes with the final " +"output shown below:" +msgstr "按 :kbd:`Enter` 键以接受默认路径名称，或者将路径名称输入到 :file:`.bashrc` 文件中。安装过程将完成，最终输出如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The installation program finishes and you must restart your shell for the" +" changes to take effect. When the installation is successful, run the " +"following command to restart your shell." +msgstr "安装程序将完成，您必须重新启动 shell 以使更改生效。如果安装成功，请运行以下命令以重新启动 shell。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With the MS Azure CLI 2.0 executable successfully built and installed, " +"run the :command:`az` command." +msgstr "已成功生成并安装 Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0 可执行文件后，运行 :command:`az` 命令。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:175 +msgid "The output from the :command:`az` command is shown below:" +msgstr ":command:`az` 命令的输出如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:254 +msgid "Log into your Microsoft Azure account" +msgstr "登录到您的 Microsoft Azure 帐户" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:256 +msgid "" +"With the :command:`az` command properly installed and functional, login " +"to your MS Azure account using the :command:`az login` command shown " +"below:" +msgstr ":command:`az` 命令已正确安装并且正常工作后，使用如下所示的 :command:`az login` 命令登录到您的 Microsoft Azure 帐户：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:263 +msgid "The output from this command is:" +msgstr "该命令的输出如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Open your browser and enter the page `https://aka.ms/devicelogin` as " +"shown in figure 1:" +msgstr "打开浏览器并访问图 1 中显示的页面 `https://aka.ms/devicelogin`：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:276 +msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login`" +msgstr "图 1： :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Enter the code `BQ9MG442B` to authenticate your device as shown in figure" +" 2. The code `BQ9MG442B` is a random authentication code generated for " +"each session login and will be different each time you log into MS Azure " +"using the :command:`az login` command." +msgstr "输入代码 `BQ9MG442B` 以对设备进行身份验证，如图 2 中所示。代码 `BQ9MG442B` 是为每次会话登录生成的随机身份验证代码，每次使用 :command:`az login` 命令登录到 Microsoft Azure 时生成的代码都不相同。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:287 +msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login - Azure CLI`" +msgstr "图 2： :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login - Azure CLI`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Once you enter the authentication code, the website changes to a screen " +"to enter your existing Microsoft Azure credentials." +msgstr "输入身份验证代码后，网站将变为用于输入现有 Microsoft Azure 凭据的屏幕。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Log in with your existing MS Azure account credentials. Once complete, " +"the browser screen changes again as shown in figure 3. The screen shows " +"you have signed into the Microsoft Cross-platform Command Line Interface " +"application on your device and you can close the window." +msgstr "使用现有 Microsoft Azure 帐户凭据登录。完成后，浏览器屏幕将再次改变，如图 3 中所示。该屏幕显示您已在设备上登录到 Microsoft 跨平台命令行接口应用程序，您可以关闭窗口。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:301 +msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Cross-platform CLI`" +msgstr "图 3： :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Cross-platform CLI`" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The MS Azure CLI 2.0 interface is now active using your existing MS Azure" +" account credentials." +msgstr "Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0 接口现在处于活动状态，并且正在使用现有 Microsoft Azure 帐户凭据。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:307 +msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group" +msgstr "创建 Microsoft Azure 资源组" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:309 +msgid "" +"To learn more about MS Azure resource groups, visit the `Azure Resource " +"Manager overview`_ for an overview and detailed description of resources " +"within MS Azure." +msgstr "要了解有关 Microsoft Azure 资源组的更多信息，请参见 `Azure 资源管理器概述`_ 以查看 Microsoft Azure 中的资源的概述和详细说明。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To create our new resource group, run the :command:`az group create ...` " +"command shown below to create a resource group named `ClearResourceGroup`" +" using the `-n` parameter and locate it in the `westus` region using the " +"`-l` parameter." +msgstr "要创建新的资源组，请运行如下所示的 :command:`az group create ...` 命令，以使用 `-n` 参数创建名为 `ClearResourceGroup` 的资源组并使用 `-l` 参数将该资源组放置在 `westus` 区域中。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:322 +msgid "" +"When the command has completed, the output from this command is similar " +"to the following:" +msgstr "命令完成后，该命令的输出如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:339 +msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine" +msgstr "创建 |CL| 虚拟机并登录到该虚拟机" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:341 +msgid "For this tutorial, we are using the |CL| Basic SKU for our VM." +msgstr "在本教程中，我们对虚拟机使用 |CL| 基本 SKU。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:343 +msgid "" +"To locate the available |CL| Basic VM SKU images in the MS Azure " +"marketplace, run the :command:`az vm image ...` command:" +msgstr "要在 Microsoft Azure Marketplace 中找到可用的 |CL| 基本虚拟机 SKU 映像，请运行 :command:`az vm image ...` 命令：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:350 +msgid "" +"This command may take some time to finish. The output lists all available" +" |CL| Basic images available in the Microsoft Azure marketplace as shown " +"below:" +msgstr "完成该命令可能需要一些时间。输出列出了 Microsoft Azure Marketplace 中提供的所有可用 |CL| 基本映像，如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The output list shows current offerings. New versions are added to the MS" +" Azure marketplace all the time. To reference the latest version of an " +"image, you can use the version label `latest` when specifying an image." +msgstr "输出列表显示了当前产品。新版本始终添加到 Microsoft Azure Marketplace。要引用映像的最新版本，您可以在指定映像时使用版本标签 `latest`。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:374 +msgid "" +"The information shown in the `Urn` column lists the " +"`Publisher:Offer:Sku:Version` for each image available and this is the " +"information we want to create the |CL| Basic VM. Since we are creating a " +"|CL| Basic VM, highlight the `clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:` " +"string and copy it to your clipboard. Use the label `latest` instead of " +"referencing a specific version." +msgstr "`Urn` 列中显示的信息列出了每个可用映像的 `Publisher:Offer:Sku:Version`，创建 |CL| 基本虚拟机时需要这些信息。由于我们要创建 |CL| 基本虚拟机，因此突出显示 `clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:` 字符串并将其复制到剪贴板。请使用标签 `latest`，而不要引用特定版本。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Create the new |CL| Basic VM. Run the :command:`az vm create ...` command" +" using the URN `:clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:latest` that we" +" copied to the clipboard on the previous step." +msgstr "创建新的 |CL| 基本虚拟机。使用在上一步复制到剪贴板的 URN `:clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:latest` 运行 :command:`az vm create ...` 命令。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:391 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined your public/private SSH key pair and they are" +" stored in your :file:`$HOME/.ssh` directory, you do not need to include " +"the *--generate-ssh-keys* option." +msgstr "如果您已定义了 SSH 公钥/私钥对，并且它们存储在 :file:`$HOME/.ssh` 目录中，则不需要包括 --generate-ssh-keys 选项。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Your output from this command will look similar to this output, where " +"[user] is your user name:" +msgstr "该命令的输出类似于以下输出，其中 [user] 是您的用户名：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:416 +msgid "Take note of the public IP address from the output." +msgstr "记下输出中的公共 IP 地址。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Login into the new |CL| Basic VM, run the :command:`ssh` command with the" +" public IP address obtained from the previous step as shown:" +msgstr "登录到新的 |CL| 基本虚拟机，使用在上一步获取的公共 IP 地址运行 :command:`ssh` 命令，如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:425 +msgid "" +"You may see the following message about the authenticity of the host. If " +"this appears, type `yes` to proceed connecting to your new |CL| VM." +msgstr "您可能会看到以下有关主机可靠性的消息。如果出现此消息，请键入 `yes` 以继续连接到新的 |CL| 虚拟机。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:437 +msgid "" +"You are now logged into your new |CL| VM as [user], where [user] is your " +"user name. To check which software bundles are included with this VM " +"image, run the :command:`sudo swupd bundle-list` command inside the VM:" +msgstr "您现在已经以 [user] 身份登录到新的 |CL| 虚拟机，其中 [user] 是您的用户名。要检查该虚拟机映像包含哪些软件捆绑包，请在虚拟机中运行 :command:`sudo swupd bundle-list` 命令：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:445 +msgid "The output shown should be similar to:" +msgstr "显示的输出如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:467 +msgid "" +"When you are finished using your new |CL| VM, type :command:`exit` to " +"close the :command:`SSH` terminal and logout." +msgstr "完成使用新的 |CL| 虚拟机后，键入 :command:`exit` 以关闭 :command:`SSH` 终端并注销。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:471 +msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources" +msgstr "停止并取消分配 |CL| 虚拟机和资源" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:473 +msgid "" +"When you finish using your new |CL| instance, you must stop the VM and " +"deallocate the resources in your resource group. If you only stop a VM, " +"the OS image shuts down but the resources associated with it in your " +"resource group remain allocated and incurring charges. For instance, if " +"you stop and then later start the VM using the :command:`az vm start...` " +"without deallocating the resources, the IP address is retained and you " +"can access the VM using that same IP address. To release the resources " +"associated with the VM and stop incurring charges for them, you must " +"deallocate the resources as well." +msgstr "完成使用新的 |CL| 实例后，您必须停止并取消分配资源组中的虚拟机和资源。如果仅停止虚拟机，则操作系统映像将关闭，但资源组中与该虚拟机关联的资源将保持已分配并产生费用。例如，如果您停止虚拟机但未取消分配资源，然后使用 :command:`az vm start...` 启动该虚拟机，则 IP 地址会保留，并且您可以使用该 IP 地址访问虚拟机。要释放与虚拟机关联的资源并使它们停止产生费用，您还必须取消分配这些资源。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:482 +msgid "" +"At the command prompt, enter the :command:`az vm stop...` command as " +"follows:" +msgstr "在命令提示符中，输入 :command:`az vm stop...` 命令，如下所示：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:489 +msgid "This will stop the VM and then output text similar to:" +msgstr "该命令将停止虚拟机，然后输出如下所示的文本：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Once the VM stops, deallocate the VM resources to stop incurring charges " +"for the |CL| instance. Enter the following command:" +msgstr "虚拟机停止后，取消分配虚拟机资源以使 |CL| 实例停止产生费用。输入以下命令：" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:508 +msgid "**Congratulations!**" +msgstr "**恭喜！**" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:510 +msgid "" +"You are up and running with |CL| on MS Azure using the Azure CLI 2.0 " +"command line tools." +msgstr "您已使用 Azure CLI 2.0 命令行工具启动并运行基于 Microsoft Azure 的 |CL|。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:514 +msgid "Next steps" +msgstr "后续步骤" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see use cases you can fulfill with your |CL| instance, visit our " +":ref:`tutorials ` section." +msgstr "要查看使用 |CL| 实例可实现的用例，请参见 :ref:`教程` 一节。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:519 +msgid "" +"For additional information visit the |CL| `Azure Partner Mini Case " +"Study`_ and the `Azure Partner Datasheet`_." +msgstr "有关其他信息，请访问 |CL| `Azure 合作伙伴小型案例研究`_ 和 `Azure 合作伙伴数据表`_。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/azure.rst:522 +msgid "" +"To learn more about the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tool and options that are " +"available, visit the `MS Azure documentation and tutorials`_ website." +msgstr "要了解有关 Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0 工具和可用选项的更多信息，请访问 `Microsoft Azure 文档和教程`_ 网站。" + +#~ msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| using Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0" +#~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/gce.po similarity index 71% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/gce.po index 59c2bd45..db617a37 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/cloud-install/gce.po @@ -7,68 +7,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-26 11:17-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:4 -msgid "Launch |CL-ATTR| Compute Engine on Google Cloud Platform\\*" -msgstr "在 Google Cloud Platform\\* 上启动 |CL-ATTR| Compute Engine" +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:4 +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on Google Cloud Platform\\*" +msgstr "Google Cloud Platform\\* 上的 |CL-ATTR|" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:6 msgid "" "This page explains the steps to create a virtual machine instance of |CL-" "ATTR| on `Google Cloud Platform`_ (:abbr:`GCP (Google Cloud Platform)`)." msgstr "本页说明在 `Google Cloud Platform`_ (:abbr:`GCP (Google Cloud Platform)`) 上创建 |CL-ATTR| 虚拟机实例的步骤。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:14 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "必备条件" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:16 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:16 msgid "Set up a Google account and a GCP billing account." msgstr "创建 Google 帐户和 GCP 计费帐户。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:18 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:18 msgid "" "Generate and install a user SSH key in the Linux PCs that will connect to" " the VMs in GCP." msgstr "在 Linux PC 中生成和安装用户 SSH 密钥。该 PC 将连接至 GCP 中的虚拟机。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:22 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:22 msgid "Setup |CL| VM on GCP" msgstr "在 GCP 上安装 |CL| 虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:24 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:24 msgid "" "Sign in to your Google\\* account on the `Google Cloud Console " "`_:" msgstr "在 `Google Cloud Console `_ 上登录 Google\\* 帐户。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:31 -msgid "Figure 1: Google sign in screen" -msgstr "图 1：Google 登录屏幕" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:33 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:31 +msgid "Figure 1: Google sign in screen" +msgstr "图 1：Google 登录页面" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:33 msgid "" "Google Cloud Platform uses **Projects** to manage resources. Select or " "create a new project for hosting the |CL| VM." -msgstr "Google Cloud Platform 使用 **项目** 管理资源。选择或创建新项目来托管 |CL| 虚拟机。" +msgstr "Google Cloud Platform 使用项目管理资源。选择或创建新项目来托管 |CL| 虚拟机。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:38 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:38 msgid "" "Refer to the `Quickstart Using a Linux VM " "`_ guide to learn" " about the process of creating VM instances on GCP." msgstr "请参阅 `Quickstart Using a Linux VM `_ 指南，了解在 GCP 上创建虚拟机实例的过程。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:42 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:42 msgid "" "Navigate to the latest |CL| `release folder " "`_ to view the " @@ -76,264 +80,271 @@ msgid "" "download the :file:`clear--gce.tar.gz` image archive." msgstr "导航至最新的 |CL| `release folder `_，查看当前发布的 :abbr:`GCE (Google Compute Engine\\*)` 映像，下载 :file:`clear--gce.tar.gz` 映像档案文件。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:48 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:48 msgid "" "You don't need to uncompress the image archive, the intact file will be " "uploaded to the Google Cloud Storage later." msgstr "您无需解压缩映像档案文件，完整文件稍后将上传至 Google Cloud Storage。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:51 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:51 msgid "" "Create a *Storage Bucket* for hosting the |CL| image source archive " "downloaded in the previous step:" -msgstr "创建 *存储 Bucket* 以托管上一步下载的 |CL| 映像源档案文件：" +msgstr "创建存储 Bucket 以托管上一步下载的 |CL| 映像源档案文件：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:54 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:112 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:158 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:54 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:113 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:159 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Navigation menu` icon on the upper left screen menu." -msgstr "点击左上部屏幕菜单中的 :guilabel:`导航菜单` 图标。" +msgstr "点击左上部屏幕菜单中的 :guilabel:`Navigation menu` 图标。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:56 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:56 msgid "" "Select the :menuselection:`Storage` item from the sidebar on the left. " "You will be sent to the Storage Browser tool or the Cloud Storage " "overview page." -msgstr "从左侧边栏上选择 :menuselection:`存储` 项。此时将您转到 Storage Browser 工具或 Cloud Storage 概览页。" +msgstr "从左侧边栏上选择 :menuselection:`存储` 项。此时您将前往 Storage Browser 工具或 Cloud Storage 概览页。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:63 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:64 msgid "Figure 2: Browse Google Cloud Storage" msgstr "图 2：浏览 Google Cloud Storage" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:66 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:67 msgid "" "You may need to create a billing account and link to this project before " "you create a bucket." msgstr "创建 bucket 之前，最好需要创建一个计费帐户，将其链接至此项目。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:73 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:74 msgid "Figure 3: Cloud Storage Browser tool" msgstr "图 3：Cloud Storage 浏览工具" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:75 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:76 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`CREATE BUCKET` button to enter the bucket creation " "tool. The bucket name must be unique because buckets in the Cloud Storage" " share a single global namespace." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`创建 BUCKET` 按钮，进入 bucket 创建工具界面。bucket 的名称必须是唯一的，因为 Cloud Storage 中的所有 bucket 共享一个全局命名空间。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`CREATE BUCKET` 按钮，进入 bucket 创建工具界面。bucket 的名称必须是唯一的，因为 Cloud Storage 中的所有 bucket 共享一个全局命名空间。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:79 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:80 msgid "" "Leave the remaining options set to the defaults, and click the " ":guilabel:`Create` button at the bottom to create a *Bucket*." -msgstr "其余设置选项保留默认值，然后点击底部的 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮创建 *Bucket*。" +msgstr "其余设置选项保留默认值，然后点击底部的 :guilabel:`Create` 按钮创建 *Bucket*。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:86 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:87 msgid "Figure 4: Set bucket name" msgstr "图 4：设置 bucket 名称" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the bucket is created, click the :guilabel:`Upload files` button on " "the Bucket details page to upload the |CL| GCE image archive to the named" " bucket:" -msgstr "创建 bucket 后，点击 Bucket 详细资料页上的 :guilabel:`上传文件` 按钮将 |CL| GCE 映像档案文件上传至指定的 bucket：" +msgstr "创建 bucket 后，点击 Bucket 详细资料页上的 :guilabel:`Upload files` 按钮将 |CL| GCE 映像档案文件上传至指定的 bucket：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:96 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:97 msgid "Figure 5: Cloud Storage bucket" msgstr "图 5：Cloud Storage bucket" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:102 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:103 msgid "Figure 6: Uploading the image source archive file" msgstr "图 6：上传映像源档案文件" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:108 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:109 msgid "Figure 7: Importing complete" msgstr "图 7：导入完成" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:110 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:111 msgid "Browse the Compute Engine Image library page:" msgstr "浏览 Compute Engine 映像库页：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:114 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:115 msgid "" "Select the :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> Images` from the side bar " "on the left." -msgstr "从左侧边栏选择 :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> 映像`。" +msgstr "从左侧边栏选择 :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> Images`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:121 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:122 msgid "Figure 8: Image library" msgstr "图 8：映像库" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:123 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:124 msgid "" "On the Compute Engine Image library page, click the :guilabel:`[+] CREATE" " IMAGE` menu item to create a custom image:" msgstr "在 Compute Engine 映像库页面，点击 :guilabel:`[+] CREATE IMAGE` 菜单项创建定制映像：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:130 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:131 msgid "Figure 9: Create image" msgstr "图 9：创建映像" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:132 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:133 msgid "" "In the VM image creation page, change the image source type to *Cloud " "Storage file*." msgstr "在虚拟机映像创建页上，将映像源类型更改为 *Cloud Storage 文件*。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:135 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:136 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Source`, select :guilabel:`Browse`." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`来源` 中，选择 :guilabel:`浏览`。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Source` 中，选择 :guilabel:`Browse`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:137 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:138 msgid "" "Locate the :file:`clear--gce.tar.gz` file, and click " ":guilabel:`Select`." -msgstr "找到 :file:`clear--gce.tar.gz` 文件，然后点击 :guilabel:`选择`。" +msgstr "找到 :file:`clear--gce.tar.gz` 文件，然后点击 :guilabel:`Select`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:144 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:145 msgid "Figure 10: Create image using imported object" msgstr "图 10：利用导入的对象创建映像" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:146 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:147 msgid "" "Accept all default options, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button at " "the bottom to import the Clear Linux GCE image to the image library." -msgstr "接受所有默认选项，然后点击底部的 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮，将 Clear Linux GCE 映像导入映像库。" +msgstr "接受所有默认选项，然后点击底部的 :guilabel:`Create` 按钮，将 Clear Linux GCE 映像导入映像库。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:153 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:154 msgid "Figure 11: Image is created" msgstr "图 11：映像已创建" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:155 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:156 msgid "" "After the |CL| image is imported, you can launch a VM instance running " "|CL|:" msgstr "|CL| 映像导入后，可以启动一个运行 |CL| 的虚拟机实例：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:160 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:161 msgid "" "Select :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> VM Instances` from the side bar" " on the left." -msgstr "从左侧边栏选择 :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> 映像`。" +msgstr "从左侧边栏选择 :menuselection:`Compute Engine --> VM instances`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:167 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:168 msgid "Figure 12: VM instances catalog" msgstr "图 12：虚拟机实例目录" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:169 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:170 msgid "" "If no VM instance was created in this project, you will be prompted to " "create one." msgstr "如果此项目中没有创建虚拟机实例，系统会提示您创建一个实例。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:173 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`CREATE INSTANCE` button on the VM " "instances page to create a VM instance." -msgstr "另外，也可以点击虚拟机实例页上的 :guilabel:`创建实例` 按钮创建虚拟机实例。" +msgstr "另外，也可以点击虚拟机实例页上的 :guilabel:`CREATE INSTANCE` 按钮创建虚拟机实例。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:179 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:180 msgid "Figure 13: VM creation" msgstr "图 13：创建虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:185 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:186 msgid "Figure 14: VM instances list" msgstr "图 14：虚拟机实例列表" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:187 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:188 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Region`, choose a region based on the `Best practices " "for Compute Engine regions selection`_." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`区域` 中，根据 `Best practices for Compute Engine regions selection`_ 选择一个区域。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Region` 中，根据 `Best practices for Compute Engine regions selection`_ 选择一个区域。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:190 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:191 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Boot disk`, click the :guilabel:`Change` button." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`引导磁盘` 中，点击 :guilabel:`更改` 按钮。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Boot disk` 中，点击 :guilabel:`Change` 按钮。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:196 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:197 msgid "Figure 15: Use custom image" msgstr "图 15：使用定制映像" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:198 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:199 msgid "" "Select the :menuselection:`Custom images` tab for using Clear Linux OS " "GCE image." -msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`定制映像` 标签，以使用 Clear Linux OS GCE 映像。" +msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`Custom images` 标签，以使用 Clear Linux OS GCE 映像。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:205 msgid "Figure 16: Select Clear Linux boot disk to create a VM instance" msgstr "图 16：选择 Clear Linux 引导磁盘创建虚拟机实例" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:206 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:207 msgid "" "Scroll down to the bottom of the VM instance creation page, expand the " ":guilabel:`Management, security, disks, networking, sole tenancy` group." -msgstr "向下滚动至虚拟机实例创建页的底部，展开 :guilabel:`管理、安全、磁盘、联网、独占租区` 群组。" +msgstr "向下滚动至虚拟机实例创建页的底部，展开 :guilabel:`Management, security, disks, networking, sole tenancy` 群组。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:214 + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:215 msgid "Figure 17: Set up SSH keys" msgstr "图 17：设置 SSH 密钥" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:217 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:218 msgid "" "|CL| does not allow SSH login with a root account by default. As a " "result, you must configure the VM instance with your SSH public key, so " "that you are able to access it remotely." msgstr "|CL| 默认情况下不允许使用 root 帐户进行 SSH 登录。因此，您必须使用 SSH 公共密钥配置虚拟机实例，以便能够远程访问。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:221 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:222 msgid "Refer to :ref:`security` for more details." msgstr "请参考 :ref:`security` 了解详情。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:223 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:224 msgid "" "Click the :menuselection:`Security` tab, copy and paste your SSH public " "key:" msgstr "点击 :menuselection:`安全性` 标签，复制并粘贴 SSH 公共密钥：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:229 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:230 msgid "Figure 18: Set SSH key for remote login" msgstr "图 18：设置 SSH 密钥进行远程登录" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:233 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:234 msgid "" "The username is assigned from characters preceding ``@`` in the email " "address, included in the SSH key. The dot symbol \".\" is not allowed, " "because it is an invalid character while creating user accounts in |CL|." msgstr "分配的用户名来自电子邮件地址 ``@`` 前面的字符，包含在 SSH 密钥中。不允许使用符号 \".\"，因为在 |CL| 中创建用户帐户时它是无效字符。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:238 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the |CL| VM." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮创建 |CL| 虚拟机。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:240 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:239 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the |CL| VM." +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Create` 按钮创建 |CL| 虚拟机。" + +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:241 msgid "The Clear Linux VM instance is created and assigned a public IP address:" msgstr "Clear Linux 虚拟机实例已创建并分配了一个公共 IP 地址：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:246 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:247 msgid "Figure 19: Clear Linux VM instance is created and started" msgstr "图 19：Clear Linux 虚拟机实例已创建并启动" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:248 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:249 msgid "" "You can now SSH login to the VM using the IP address obtained in the " "previous step, and the username associated with the SSH public key:" msgstr "利用上一步获得的 IP 地址以及与 SSH 公共密钥相关联的用户名，您现在可以通过 SSH 登录虚拟机：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:256 msgid "Figure 20: SSH login to Clear Linux VM" msgstr "图 20：SSH 登录 Clear Linux 虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:258 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:259 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "相关主题" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:260 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:261 msgid ":ref:`azure`" msgstr ":ref:`azure`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/gce.rst:261 +#: ../../get-started/cloud-install/gce.rst:262 msgid ":ref:`aws-web`" msgstr ":ref:`aws-web`" @@ -445,4 +456,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`aws-web`" #~ "references:" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Launch |CL-ATTR| Compute Engine on Google Cloud Platform\\*" +#~ msgstr "在 Google Cloud Platform\\* 上启动 |CL-ATTR| Compute Engine" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po index 40b22553..4b82d39f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/compatibility-check.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -104,3 +104,4 @@ msgstr "脚本会输出测试结果列表，如下所示。所有项应返回 `S #~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/index.po similarity index 76% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/index.po index 5bec822b..d4a89f8b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/get-started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/index.po @@ -7,63 +7,68 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:4 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:4 msgid "Get started" msgstr "开始使用" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:6 msgid "" "The Get Started section guides you through the requirements and " "installation of |CL-ATTR|. Follow these step-by-step intructions to get " "started with |CL|, fast." msgstr "“开始使用”一节引导用户了解 |CL-ATTR| 的要求并完成安装。逐步按照说明操作，快速开始使用 |CL|。" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:10 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:10 msgid "Pre-install" msgstr "安装前" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:12 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:12 msgid "There are a couple of things to take care of before you install." msgstr "安装前有一些需要注意的事项。" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:14 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:14 msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" msgstr ":ref:`system-requirements`" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:15 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" msgstr ":ref:`compatibility-check`" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:16 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" msgstr ":ref:`bootable-usb`" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:18 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:18 msgid "When installing |CL-ATTR| in a VM, consider which kernel to use." msgstr "在虚拟机上安装 |CL-ATTR| 时，考虑使用哪种内核。" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:20 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Compatible VM kernels `" msgstr ":ref:`Compatible VM kernels `" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:30 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:30 msgid "Install" msgstr "安装" -#: ../../get-started/get-started.rst:42 +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:42 msgid "Install in a virtual machine" msgstr "在虚拟机上安装" +#: ../../get-started/index.rst:52 +msgid "Deploy to the cloud" +msgstr "部署到云" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Get Started section will get " #~ "you up and running fast with " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/install-configfile.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/install-configfile.po index 0cd9c4a8..e9262139 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/install-configfile.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/install-configfile.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "启动 U 盘。" #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:49 #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:171 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` from the menu." -msgstr "从菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Clear Linux 操作系统`。" +msgstr "从菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS`。" #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:50 #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:172 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "通常改变的设置包括：" msgid "" "Under *block-devices*, set “file: \"/dev/sda\"” or enter your preferred " "device." -msgstr "在 *块设备* 中，设置 “file: \"/dev/sda\"” 或输入喜欢的设备。" +msgstr "在块设备中，设置 “file: \"/dev/sda\"” 或输入喜欢的设备。" #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -149,19 +149,19 @@ msgstr "在 *targetMedia* 中，将第三分区大小设置为 “0”，以使 #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:69 msgid "Under *bundles*, add additional bundles as needed." -msgstr "在 *bundle 文件* 部分，根据需要添加其他 bundle 文件。" +msgstr "在 bundle 文件部分，根据需要添加其他 bundle 文件。" #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:70 msgid "" "Delete the *post-install* section unless you have post-installation " "scripts." -msgstr "删除*安装后*部分，除非您有安装后脚本。" +msgstr "删除安装后部分（除非您有安装后脚本）。 " #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:71 msgid "" "Under *Version*, set a version number. To use the latest version, set to " "“0”." -msgstr "在 *版本* 部分，设置版本号。要使用最新版本，设置为 “0”。" +msgstr "在版本下设置版本号。要使用最新版本，请将版本号设置为 “0”。" #: ../../get-started/install-configfile.rst:73 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po index fc2c4cae..e7ee9aa9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.po @@ -7,19 +7,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:4 -msgid "Use Hyper-V\\*" -msgstr "使用 Hyper-V\\*" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on Microsoft Hyper-V\\*" +msgstr "Microsoft Hyper-V\\* 上的 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -33,13 +34,14 @@ msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:16 msgid "Enable `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT)" -msgstr "启用 `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT)" +msgstr "启用 `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (英特尔® 虚拟化技术)" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:18 msgid "" "Enable `Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® VT-d)" " in your BIOS/UEFI firmware configuration." -msgstr "在 BIOS/UEFI 固件配置中启用 `Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® VT-d)。" +msgstr "在 BIOS/UEFI 固件配置中启用 `Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (英特尔® 定向I/O虚拟化技术)。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:22 msgid "Enable Hyper-V" @@ -61,7 +63,8 @@ msgid "" "create a virtual network in the **Hyper-V Manager**. Refer to the " "`Create a virtual network`_ documentation to create and configure a " "virtual network." -msgstr "在 Windows 系统上启用 *Hyper-V*后，需要在 **Hyper-V Manager** 中创建虚拟网络。请参阅 `Create a virtual network`_ 文档以创建和配置虚拟网络。" +msgstr "在 Windows 系统上启用 *Hyper-V* 后，需要在 **Hyper-V Manager** 中创建虚拟网络。请参阅 `Create a virtual network`_ 文档以创建和配置虚拟网络。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:36 msgid "Create a virtual machine" @@ -74,25 +77,26 @@ msgid "" "our `Downloads`_ page." msgstr "下载和解压缩最新的 hyperv 磁盘映像 :file:`clear-XXXXX-hyperv.img.gz`，其中 XXXXX 是 `Downloads`_ 页上的最新可用 |CL| 版本。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:42 msgid "Create a virtual machine using the **Hyper-V Manager**:" msgstr "利用 **Hyper-V Manager** 创建虚拟机：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:44 msgid "Choose **Generation 2** when prompted to *specify VM generation*." -msgstr "提示 *指定虚拟机世代* 时选择 **第 2 代**。" +msgstr "提示指定虚拟机世代时选择第 2 代。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:45 msgid "" "Choose **Use an existing virtual hard disk** and browse to find the :file" ":`clear-XXXX-hyperv.vhdx` file." -msgstr "选择 **使用现有虚拟硬盘**，找到 :file:`clear-XXXX-hyperv.vhdx` 文件。" +msgstr "选择使用现有虚拟硬盘，找到 :file:`clear-XXXX-hyperv.vhdx` 文件。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:47 msgid "" "When finished, open VM settings, select Firmware Section and in Secure " "Boot config, **uncheck** Enable Secure Boot." -msgstr "完成后，打开虚拟机设置，选择“固件选择”，在“安全引导配置”中 **取消选中**“启用安全引导”。" +msgstr "完成后，打开虚拟机设置，选择“固件选择”，在“安全引导配置”中取消选中“启用安全引导”。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/hyper-v.rst:50 msgid "Currently, |CL| does not boot with `secure boot` enabled." @@ -155,4 +159,7 @@ msgstr "运行 |CL| 的虚拟机已准备就绪！" #~ " our `downloads`_ section." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Use Hyper-V\\*" +#~ msgstr "使用 Hyper-V\\*" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po index c6e4ce42..a1ee1497 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.po @@ -7,19 +7,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:4 -msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| as a KVM guest OS" -msgstr "运行 |CL-ATTR|，用作 KVM 来宾操作系统" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on KVM" +msgstr "KVM 上的 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -36,7 +37,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable the `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT) and the " "`Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® VT-d) in the" " host machine’s BIOS." -msgstr "在主机 BIOS 中启用 `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT) 和 `Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (Intel® VT-d)。" +msgstr "在主机 BIOS 中启用 `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (英特尔® 虚拟化技术) 和 `Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O`_ (英特尔® 定向I/O虚拟化技术)。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:20 msgid "Log in and open a terminal emulator." @@ -76,6 +78,7 @@ msgid "" "``clear--kvm.img.xz``. You can also use this command:" msgstr "从 `image `_ 目录下载最新的预构建 |CL| KVM 映像。查找 ``clear--kvm.img.xz``。您还可以使用此命令：" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:59 msgid "Uncompress the downloaded image:" msgstr "解压缩下载的映像：" @@ -96,13 +99,15 @@ msgid "" "LTS resolved the `ASSERT` issue." msgstr "|CL| 的默认 OVMF 文件可能并不适用于部分操作系统版本。开启虚拟机时，可能会在 `debug.log` 文件中发现 `ASSERT`。如果出现此情况，则改用因操作系统而异的 OVMF 文件。例如，|CL| OVMF 文件适用于 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS，但不适用于 Ubuntu 19.04 LTS。安装和使用适用于 Ubuntu 19.04 LTS 的 OVMF 文件，解决了 `ASSERT` 问题。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:82 msgid "" "Download the `start_qemu.sh`_ script from the `image " "`_ directory. This script " "will launch the |CL| VM and provide console interaction within the same " "terminal emulator window." -msgstr "下载 `start_qemu.sh`_ script from the `image `_ 目录。此脚本将启动 |CL| 虚拟机，并在同一个终端模拟器窗口中提供控制台交互操作。" +msgstr "从 `image `_ 目录下载 `start_qemu.sh`_ 脚本。此脚本将启动 |CL| 虚拟机，并在同一个终端模拟器窗口中提供控制台交互操作。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:91 msgid "Make the script executable:" @@ -176,6 +181,7 @@ msgid "" " support." msgstr "修改 :file:`start_qemu.sh` 脚本，增加内存 (`-m`)，添加显卡驱动程序 (`-vga`) 和 Spice（`-spice`、`-usb` 和 `-device`）支持。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:198 msgid "" "Due to changes in the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script from the previous " @@ -185,6 +191,7 @@ msgid "" "relaunching the VM." msgstr "由于上一步在 :file:`start_qemu.sh` 脚本中进行了更改，使用同一 OVMF 文件会导致虚拟机不能正常引导，最后进入 UEFI shell 界面。避免这种情况的最简单方法是删除 OVMF 文件，在重启虚拟机前恢复原始文件。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/kvm.rst:203 msgid "Increase the size of the VM by 10GB to accommodate the GDM installation:" msgstr "将虚拟机大小增加 10GB 以适应 GDM 安装。" @@ -228,6 +235,7 @@ msgid "" "right corner)." msgstr "GDM GUI 针对 |CL| 虚拟机的默认画面比例为 4:3。要改变该比例，请使用 GDM 的 `Devices > Displays` 设置工具（右上角）。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This guide explains how to run " #~ "|CL-ATTR| in a virtualized environment " @@ -258,4 +266,7 @@ msgstr "GDM GUI 针对 |CL| 虚拟机的默认画面比例为 4:3。要改变该 #~ "the VM." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| as a KVM guest OS" +#~ msgstr "运行 |CL-ATTR|，用作 KVM 来宾操作系统" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po index be347445..97c26ee7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.po @@ -5,21 +5,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # msgid "" -msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-26 11:17-0008\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-06 11:51-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0152\n" +"Last-Translator: \n" +"Language: zh_Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:4 -msgid "Install a |CL-ATTR| VM in VirtualBox\\*" -msgstr "在 VirtualBox\\* 中安装 |CL-ATTR| 虚拟机" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on VirtualBox\\*" +msgstr "VirtualBox\\* 上的 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -27,7 +29,9 @@ msgid "" "hypervisor with |CL-ATTR| as the guest operating system. These " "instructions support the |CL| live-server installer to create the |CL| " "virtual machine (VM)." -msgstr "本页说明如何利用 |CL-ATTR| 在 `VirtualBox`_ 虚拟机管理程序中创建虚拟机，用作来宾操作系统。本说明为 |CL| live-server 安装程序创建 |CL| 虚拟机 (VM) 提供支持。" +msgstr "" +"本页说明如何利用 |CL-ATTR| 在 `VirtualBox`_ 虚拟机管理程序中创建虚拟机，用作来宾操作系统。本说明为 |CL| live-" +"server 安装程序创建 |CL| 虚拟机 (VM) 提供支持。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:15 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -35,15 +39,22 @@ msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:17 msgid "" -"Enable virtualization, such as `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ " -"(Intel® VT), on the host system from EFI/BIOS." -msgstr "在主机系统上从 EFI/BIOS 启用虚拟化功能，例如 `Intel® Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT)。" +"Enable virtualization, such as `Intel® Virtualization Technology " +"`_ (Intel® VT), on the " +"host system from EFI/BIOS." +msgstr "在主机系统上从 EFI/BIOS 启用虚拟化功能，例如 `Intel® " +"Virtualization Technology `_ （英特尔® 虚拟化技术）。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:20 msgid "" -"Download and install |VB| **version 6.0 or higher** from `VirtualBox`_ " +"Download and install |VB| **version 6.0 or later** from `VirtualBox`_ " "using the `VirtualBox Installation Instructions`_ for your platform." -msgstr "利用适用于您的平台的 `VirtualBox Installation Instructions`_ 从 `VirtualBox`_ 下载并安装 |VB| **6.0 或更高版本**。" +msgstr "" +"使用适用于您的平台的 `VirtualBox Installation Instructions`_，从 `VirtualBox`_ 下载并安装 " +"|VB| 6.0 或更高版本。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:25 msgid "Download and extract the |CL| installer ISO" @@ -67,8 +78,8 @@ msgstr "解压缩下载的映像。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:35 msgid "" -"On Windows, you can use `7zip`_ to extract the file by right-clicking the " -"file to *Extract Here* (in the same directory)" +"On Windows, you can use `7zip`_ to extract the file by right-clicking the" +" file to *Extract Here* (in the same directory)" msgstr "在 Windows 系统中，您可以使用 `7zip`_ 解压缩文件，即右键点击文件，然后选择“解压缩到此处”（在相同目录下）" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:42 @@ -93,7 +104,9 @@ msgid "" "|CL| will be installed. General instructions for creating a virtual " "machine and details about using different settings are available in the " "VirtualBox manual section `Creating Your First Virtual Machine`_." -msgstr "在即将安装 |CL| 的 |VBM| 中需要创建新的 :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)`。VirtualBox 指南中的 `Creating Your First Virtual Machine`_ 章节介绍了创建虚拟机的一般说明和使用不同设置的详细信息。" +msgstr "" +"在即将安装 |CL| 的 |VBM| 中需要创建新的 :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)`。VirtualBox 指南中的 " +"`Creating Your First Virtual Machine`_ 章节介绍了创建虚拟机的一般说明和使用不同设置的详细信息。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:59 msgid "Launch the |VBM| from your host system." @@ -101,44 +114,46 @@ msgstr "在主机系统上启动 |VBM|。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:61 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new VM." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮创建一个新虚拟机。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`New` 按钮创建一个新虚拟机。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:63 msgid "Choose :guilabel:`Expert mode`." -msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`专家模式`。" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Expert mode`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:65 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Create Virtual Machine` screen, enter the following " "settings:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`创建虚拟机` 屏幕上，输入以下设置：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Create Virtual Machine` 屏幕上，输入以下设置：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:67 msgid "**Name**: Choose name (e.g. ClearLinuxOS-VM)." -msgstr "**名称**：选择名称（例如 ClearLinuxOS-VM）。" +msgstr "名称：选择名称（例如 ClearLinuxOS-VM）。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:68 msgid "**Type**: Linux" -msgstr "**类型**：Linux" +msgstr "类型：Linux" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:69 msgid "**Version**: **Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x (64-bit)**" -msgstr "**版本**：**Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x（64 位）**" +msgstr "版本：Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x（64 位）" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:70 msgid "**Hard disk**: `Create a virtual hard disk now`" -msgstr "**硬盘**：`Create a virtual hard disk now`" +msgstr "硬盘： `Create a virtual hard disk now`" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:71 msgid "**Memory size default**: 2048 MB (Adjust appropriately.)" -msgstr "**默认内存大小**：2048 MB（进行相应调整。）" +msgstr "默认内存大小：2048 MB（进行相应调整。）" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:74 msgid "" "Later, if you want to change the amount of RAM allocated, power down your" " VM. Return to :file:`Settings > System` and change :guilabel:`Base " "Memory` to the desired size." -msgstr "以后如果希望更改分配的 RAM 大小，请关闭虚拟机。返回 :file:`Settings > System` 并将 :guilabel:`基本内存` 更改为想要的大小。" +msgstr "" +"以后如果希望更改分配的 RAM 大小，请关闭虚拟机。返回 :file:`Settings > System` 并将 :guilabel:`Base" +" Memory` 更改为想要的大小。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:81 msgid "Figure 2: Create Virtual Machine" @@ -147,11 +162,11 @@ msgstr "图 2：创建虚拟机" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:83 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:98 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`创建`。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Create`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:85 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create Virtual Hard Disk` screen, select:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`创建虚拟硬盘` 屏幕上，选择：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Create Virtual Hard Disk` 屏幕上，选择：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:87 msgid "**File location**" @@ -159,15 +174,15 @@ msgstr "**文件位置**" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:88 msgid "**File size**: **32.00 GB**. Adjust size to your needs." -msgstr "**文件大小**：**32.00 GB**。根据需要调整大小。" +msgstr "文件大小：32.00 GB。根据需要调整大小。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:89 msgid "**Hard disk file type**: `VDI (VirtualBox Disk Image)`" -msgstr "**硬盘文件类型**：`VDI (VirtualBox Disk Image)`" +msgstr "硬盘文件类型： `VDI (VirtualBox Disk Image)`" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:90 -msgid "**Storage on physical hard disk**:` Dynamically allocated`" -msgstr "**物理硬盘存储**：` Dynamically allocated`" +msgid "**Storage on physical hard disk**: `Dynamically allocated`" +msgstr "物理硬盘存储: `Dynamically allocated`" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:96 msgid "Figure 3: Create Virtual Hard Disk" @@ -180,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "新的虚拟机将创建完成并出现在 |VBM| 中。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:102 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:218 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Settings` to configure the |CL| VM." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`设置` 配置 |CL| 虚拟机。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Settings` 配置 |CL| 虚拟机。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:104 msgid "In the left-hand menu, navigate to the :menuselection:`System` menu." @@ -190,7 +205,9 @@ msgstr "在左侧菜单中，导航至 :menuselection:`系统` 菜单。" msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Motherboard` tab, select the :guilabel:`Chipset` menu, " "and then select :menuselection:`ICH9`. See Figure 4." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`主板` 标签上，选择 :guilabel:`芯片组` 菜单，然后选择 :menuselection:`ICH9`。参见图 4。" +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`Motherboard` 标签上，选择 :guilabel:`Chipset` 菜单，然后选择 " +":menuselection:`ICH9`。参见图 4。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -200,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr "您可以为虚拟机选择芯片组。查阅 `VM VirtualBox User Manual #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:114 msgid "In :guilabel:`Enabled Features`, check these boxes:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`已启用功能` 中，选中以下方框：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Enabled Features` 中，选中以下方框：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:116 msgid "**Enable I/O APIC**" @@ -223,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "默认情况下，只为新的虚拟机分配 1 个虚拟 CPU。可在 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:132 msgid "Click :guilabel:`OK`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`确定`。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`OK`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:135 msgid "Install |CL| on the |VB| VM" @@ -247,20 +264,22 @@ msgstr "|CL| 安装程序 ISO 必须在虚拟机上作为虚拟 CD-ROM 挂载， msgid "" "From the *ClearLinux-OS* :guilabel:`Settings` menu at left, select " ":guilabel:`Storage`." -msgstr "从左边的 *ClearLinux-OS* :guilabel:`设置` 菜单选择 :guilabel:`存储`。" +msgstr "从左边的 *ClearLinux-OS* :guilabel:`Settings` 菜单选择 :guilabel:`Storage`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:148 msgid "" "From :guilabel:`Storage Devices`, middle column, click the blue disk " "labeled :guilabel:`Empty`." -msgstr "从 :guilabel:`存储设备` 中间栏上，点击标记为 :guilabel:`空` 的蓝色盘。" +msgstr "从 :guilabel:`Storage Devices` 中间栏上，点击标记为 :guilabel:`Empty` 的蓝色盘。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:151 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Attributes` menu, click the blue CD disk next to the " ":guilabel:`Optical Drive` drop down menu and click :guilabel:`Choose " "Virtual Optical Disk File...`" -msgstr "从 :guilabel:`属性` 菜单点击 :guilabel:`光盘驱动器` 下拉菜单旁边的蓝色 CD 盘，然后点击 :guilabel:`选择虚拟光盘文件...`" +msgstr "" +"从 :guilabel:`Attributes` 菜单点击 :guilabel:`Optical Drive` 下拉菜单旁边的蓝色 CD " +"盘，然后点击 :guilabel:`Choose Virtual Optical Disk File...`" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:159 msgid "Figure 5: Choose Virtual Optical Disk Drive" @@ -270,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "图 5：选择虚拟光盘驱动器" msgid "" "Where there appears :guilabel:`Please choose a virtual optical disk " "file`, select the ISO file and click *Open*." -msgstr "显示 :guilabel:`请选择虚拟光盘文件` 后，选择 ISO 文件并点击 *打开*。" +msgstr "显示 :guilabel:`Please choose a virtual optical disk file` 后，选择 ISO 文件并点击打开。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:168 msgid "Figure 6: Mounting an ISO" @@ -278,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "图 6：挂载 ISO" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:170 msgid "Click :guilabel:`OK` to exit and return to the main |VBM|." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`确定` 退出，返回主 |VBM|。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`OK` 退出，返回主 |VBM|。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:173 msgid "Install |CL| with live-server installer" @@ -288,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr "利用 live-server 安装程序安装 |CL|" msgid "" "In the |VBM|, select virtual machine you created and click " ":guilabel:`Start`." -msgstr "在 |VBM| 中，选择您创建的虚拟机，点击 :guilabel:`启动`。" +msgstr "在 |VBM| 中，选择您创建的虚拟机，点击 :guilabel:`Start`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:181 msgid "Figure 7: Start the installer" @@ -304,7 +323,9 @@ msgstr "要从虚拟机控制台窗口释放鼠标光标，按下键盘右边的 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Clear Linux Installer` in boot manager appears, select " ":kbd:`Enter`. Do not install the bundle `desktop-autostart`." -msgstr "引导管理器中出现 :guilabel:`Clear Linux 安装程序` 时，选择 :kbd:`回车`。不要安装 bundle 文件 `desktop-autostart`。" +msgstr "" +"引导管理器中出现 :guilabel:`Clear Linux Installer` 时，选择 :kbd:`回车`。不要安装 bundle 文件 " +"`desktop-autostart`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -316,7 +337,9 @@ msgstr "按照 :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` 中的步骤，将 |CL| 安装 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`, navigate top VBOX HARDDISK, " "and then select :guilabel:`Confirm`." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`配置安装介质` 中，导航至顶级 VBOX HARDDISK，然后选择 :guilabel:`确认`。" +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media` 中，导航至顶级 VBOX HARDDISK，然后选择 " +":guilabel:`Confirm`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -330,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "不要安装 bundle 文件 `desktop-autostart`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:202 msgid "When |CL| installation is complete, click :guilabel:`Exit`." -msgstr "完成 |CL| 安装后，点击 :guilabel:`退出`。" +msgstr "完成 |CL| 安装后，点击 :guilabel:`Exit`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:204 msgid "At the prompt, enter:" @@ -354,21 +377,25 @@ msgstr "返回 |VBM|。" msgid "" "From the VM :guilabel:`Settings` window, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Storage` pane in the left menu." -msgstr "从虚拟机 :guilabel:`设置` 窗口，导航至左侧菜单的 :guilabel:`存储` 窗格。" +msgstr "从虚拟机 :guilabel:`Settings` 窗口，导航至左侧菜单的 :guilabel:`Storage` 窗格。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:223 msgid "" "From the middle :guilabel:`Storage Devices` column, click the blue CD " "disk labeled :guilabel:`clear--live-server.iso` under the " ":guilabel:`Controller: IDE`." -msgstr "从 :guilabel:`存储设备` 中间栏上，点击 :guilabel:`控制器: IDE` 下面标注为 :guilabel:`clear--live-server.iso` 的蓝色 CD 盘。" +msgstr "" +"从 :guilabel:`Storage Devices` 中间栏上，点击 :guilabel:`Controller: IDE` 下面标注为 " +":guilabel:`clear--live-server.iso` 的蓝色 CD 盘。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:227 msgid "" -"From the :guilabel:`Attributes` column on the right, in :guilabel:`Optical " -"Drive`, select the blue CD icon beside and click :guilabel:`Remove Disk " -"from Virtual Drive`." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`光盘驱动器` 右边的 :guilabel:`属性` 栏中，选择旁边的蓝色 CD 图标，点击 :guilabel:`从虚拟驱动器中取出磁盘`。" +"From the :guilabel:`Attributes` column on the right, in " +":guilabel:`Optical Drive`, select the blue CD icon beside and click " +":guilabel:`Remove Disk from Virtual Drive`." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`Attributes` 右边的 :guilabel:`Optical Drive` 栏中，选择旁边的蓝色 CD " +"图标，点击 :guilabel:`Remove Disk from Virtual Drive`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:235 msgid "Figure 8: Remove Disk from Virtual Drive" @@ -378,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "图 8：从虚拟驱动器中取出磁盘" msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`OK` to exit the :guilabel:`VM Settings` menu and return " "to the main |VBM|." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`确定` 退出 :guilabel:`虚拟机设置` 菜单，返回主 |VBM|。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`OK` 退出 :guilabel:`VM Settings` 菜单，返回主 |VBM|。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:241 msgid "Install |VB| Linux Guest Additions" @@ -389,11 +416,13 @@ msgid "" "|CL| provides Linux Guest Additions drivers for full compatibility using " "an install script in the **kernel-lts** (Long Term Support) bundle by " "|CL|." -msgstr "|CL| 利用其 **kernel-lts** （长期支持） bundle 中的安装脚本为 Linux Guest Additions 驱动程序提供完全的兼容性。" +msgstr "" +"|CL| 利用其 **kernel-lts** （长期支持）bundle 中的安装脚本为 Linux Guest Additions " +"驱动程序提供完全的兼容性。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:246 msgid "From the |VBM| select the |CL| VM, and select :guilabel:`Start`." -msgstr "从 |VBM| 中选择 |CL| 虚拟机，然后选择 :guilabel:`启动`。" +msgstr "从 |VBM| 中选择 |CL| 虚拟机，然后选择 :guilabel:`Start`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:248 msgid "In the VM Console, log in as the administrative user previously created." @@ -403,7 +432,9 @@ msgstr "在虚拟机控制台上，以先前创建的管理员用户身份登录 msgid "" "A message may appear: \"A kernel update is available: you may wish to " "reboot the system.\"" -msgstr "随机会显示一条消息：\"A kernel update is available: you may wish to reboot the system.\"" +msgstr "" +"随机会显示一条消息：\"A kernel update is available: you may wish to reboot the " +"system.\"" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:254 msgid "To update the kernel, enter:" @@ -418,7 +449,9 @@ msgid "" "Validate the installed kernel is **kernel-lts** by checking the output of" " the :command:`uname -r` command. It should end in **.lts** or " "**.lts2018**." -msgstr "查看 :command:`uname -r` 命令的输出结果，验证安装的内核为 **kernel-lts**。它的结尾应该为 **.lts** 或 **.lts2018**。" +msgstr "" +"查看 :command:`uname -r` 命令的输出结果，验证安装的内核为 **kernel-lts**。它的结尾应该为 **.lts** 或" +" **.lts2018**。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -437,7 +470,9 @@ msgid "" "In the VM Console top menu, click :guilabel:`Devices`, and select " ":guilabel:`Insert Guest Additions CD image...` to mount the |VB| driver " "installation to the |CL| VM." -msgstr "在虚拟机控制台顶级菜单中，点击 :guilabel:`设备`，然后选择 :guilabel:`插入 Guest Additions CD 映像...`，在 |CL| 虚拟机上挂载 |VB| 驱动程序安装。" +msgstr "" +"在虚拟机控制台顶级菜单中，点击 :guilabel:`Devices`，然后选择 :guilabel:`Insert Guest " +"Additions CD image...`，在 |CL| 虚拟机上挂载 |VB| 驱动程序安装。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:296 msgid "Figure 9: Insert Guest Additions CD image" @@ -447,7 +482,9 @@ msgstr "图 9：插入 Guest Additions CD 映像" msgid "" "If a dialogue appears, \"VBx_GAs_6.0.8... Would you like to run it?\", " "select :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "如果出现对话 \"VBx_GAs_6.0.8...Would you like to run it?\"，选择 :guilabel:`取消`。" +msgstr "" +"如果出现对话 \"VBx_GAs_6.0.8...Would you like to run it?\"，选择 " +":guilabel:`Cancel`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:301 msgid "Instead, we provide a script to patch and install |VB| drivers on |CL|." @@ -473,13 +510,13 @@ msgstr "图 10：关闭 VirtualBox 虚拟机" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:322 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Settings`, :guilabel:`Display`." -msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`设置`，:guilabel:`显示`。" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Settings`， :guilabel:`Display`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:324 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Graphics Controller`, select :guilabel:`VBoxSVGA` to adjust" " screen size dynamically." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`显卡` 中，选择 :guilabel:`VBoxSVGA`，以便动态调整屏幕大小。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Graphics Controller` 中，选择 :guilabel:`VBoxSVGA`，以便动态调整屏幕大小。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:331 msgid "Figure 11: VirtualBox hardware acceleration error" @@ -487,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "图 11：VirtualBox 硬件加速错误" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:333 msgid "In the |VBM|, select :guilabel:`Start`." -msgstr "在 |VBM| 中，选择 :guilabel:`启动`。" +msgstr "在 |VBM| 中，选择 :guilabel:`Start`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:335 msgid "In the VM console, login and verify the |VB| drivers are loaded:" @@ -513,14 +550,16 @@ msgstr "|VB| 上运行的 |CL| 虚拟机准备就绪，可供开发和探索。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:359 msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "故障排除" +msgstr "故障检修" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:361 msgid "" "**Problem:** On a Microsoft\\* Windows\\* OS, |VB| encounters an error " "when trying to start a VM indicating *VT-X/AMD-v hardware acceleration is" " not available on your system.*" -msgstr "**问题：** 在 Microsoft\\* Windows\\* 操作系统上，尝试开启虚拟机时 |VB| 发生错误，出现消息：*系统不支持 VT-X/AMD-v 硬件加速。*" +msgstr "" +"问题： 在 Microsoft\\* Windows\\* 操作系统上，尝试开启虚拟机时 |VB| 发生错误，出现消息：系统不支持 " +"VT-X/AMD-v 硬件加速。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:369 msgid "Figure 12: VirtualBox hardware acceleration error" @@ -531,173 +570,34 @@ msgid "" "**Solution:** First, double check the `Prerequisites`_ section to make " "sure *Hardware accelerated virtualization* extensions have been enabled " "in the host system's EFI/BIOS." -msgstr "**解决方法：** 首先仔细检查 `Prerequisites`_ 部分，确保主机系统的 EFI/BIOS 中启用了 *经过硬件加速的虚拟化* 扩展。" +msgstr "解决方法：首先仔细检查 `Prerequisites`_ 部分，确保主机系统的 EFI/BIOS 中启用了经过硬件加速的虚拟化扩展。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:375 msgid "" "*Hardware accelerated virtualization*, may get disabled for |VB| when " "another hypervisor, such as *Hyper-V* is enabled." -msgstr "启用另一个管理程序（如 *Hyper-V*）后，|VB| 应禁用*经过硬件加速的虚拟化*。" +msgstr "启用另一个管理程序（如 *Hyper-V*）后，|VB| 应禁用经过硬件加速的虚拟化。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:378 msgid "" "To disable *Hyper-V* execute this command in an **Administrator: Command " "Prompt or Powershell**, and reboot the system:" -msgstr "要禁用 *Hyper-V*，在**管理员：命令提示符或 Powershell** 中执行此命令，然后重启系统：" +msgstr "要禁用 *Hyper-V*，在管理员：命令提示符或 Powershell 中执行此命令，然后重启系统：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/virtualbox-cl-installer.rst:385 msgid "" "To enable Hyper-V again, execute this command in an **Administrator: " "Command Prompt or Powershell**, and reboot the system:" -msgstr "要再次启用 Hyper-V，在**管理员：命令提示符或 Powershell** 中执行此命令，然后重启系统：" +msgstr "要再次启用 Hyper-V，在管理员：命令提示符或 Powershell 中执行此命令，然后重启系统：" + +#~ msgid "Install a |CL-ATTR| VM in VirtualBox\\*" +#~ msgstr "在 VirtualBox\\* 中安装 |CL-ATTR| 虚拟机" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Oracle\\* VirtualBox\\* is a type 2 " -#~ "hypervisor. This document explains how " -#~ "to create a virtual machine on the" -#~ " `VirtualBox hypervisor`_ with |CL-ATTR|" -#~ " as the guest operating system. These" -#~ " instructions support use of the |CL|" -#~ " live-server installer to create |CL|" -#~ " virtual machine (VM)." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Before continuing, assure you have:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enabled virtualization, such as Intel® " -#~ "`Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT), on" +#~ "Enable virtualization, such as `Intel® " +#~ "Virtualization Technology`_ (Intel® VT), on" #~ " the host system from EFI/BIOS." #~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Downloaded and installed |VB| **version " -#~ "6.0 or greater** from the `official " -#~ "VirtualBox website`_ per the `appropriate " -#~ "instructions`_ for your platform." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Download the :file:`clear--live-" -#~ "server.iso.xz` of |CL| on the `downloads" -#~ " page`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Validate the integrity of the downloaded" -#~ " image by checking the file hash " -#~ "and signatures. Refer :ref:`validate-" -#~ "signatures` for detailed steps." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A new :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` needs" -#~ " to be created in |VBM| where " -#~ "|CL| will be installed. General " -#~ "instructions for creating a virtual " -#~ "machine and details about using " -#~ "different settings are available on the" -#~ " `VirtualBox manual section on Creating " -#~ "a VM`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click the *New* button to create a new VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In :guilabel:`Create Virtual Machine`, enter the following settings:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`Create`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In :guilabel:`Create Virtual Hard Disk`, select:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click *Create*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click *Settings* to configure the |CL| VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In the left-hand menu, navigate to the :guilabel:`System` menu." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the :guilabel:`Motherboard` tab, select " -#~ "the `Chipset` pulldown menu, and then" -#~ " select :guilabel:`ICH9`. See Figure 4." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`OK`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the *ClearLinux-OS* :guilabel:`Settings`" -#~ " at left, select :guilabel:`Storage`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From :guilabel:`Storage Devices`, middle " -#~ "column, click the blue disk labeled " -#~ "*Empty*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the :guilabel:`Attributes` menu, click" -#~ " the blue CD disk next to the" -#~ " *Optical Drive* drop down menu and" -#~ " click *Choose Virtual Optical Disk " -#~ "File...*" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Select :guilabel:`OK` to exit and return to the main |VBM|." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "In the |VBM|, select virtual machine you created and click *Start*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In :guilabel:`Advanced options` > " -#~ ":guilabel:`Manage User`, create an " -#~ "administrative user." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "When |CL| installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the *VM - Settings* window, " -#~ "navigate to the *Storage* pane from " -#~ "the left-hand side." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the middle *Storage Devices* " -#~ "column, click the blue CD disk " -#~ "labeled *clear--live-server.iso* under " -#~ "the *Controller: IDE* from." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From the *Attributes* column at right," -#~ " in *Optical Drive*, select the blue" -#~ " CD icon beside and click *Remove " -#~ "Disk from Virtual Drive*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Click *OK* to exit the *VM Settings* menu and return to the main |VBM|." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the VM Console top menu, click" -#~ " *Devices*, and select *Insert Guest " -#~ "Additions CD image...* to mount the " -#~ "|VB| driver installation to the |CL| " -#~ "VM." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Shut down the system. Select :guilabel:`Machine>ACPI Shutdown`." -#~ msgstr "" - +#~ "在主机系统上从 EFI/BIOS 启用虚拟化功能，例如 `Intel® " +#~ "Virtualization Technology`_ （英特尔® VT）。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po index 6088c548..cfe7e14c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po @@ -7,21 +7,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Run pre-configured |CL-ATTR| image as a VMware\\* Workstation Player " -"guest OS" -msgstr "运行预配置的 |CL-ATTR| 映像，用作 VMware\\* Workstation Player 来宾操作系统" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on VMware\\* Workstation Player (pre-configured image)" +msgstr "VMware\\* Workstation Player （预配置映像）上的 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -35,11 +34,12 @@ msgstr "概述" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:16 msgid "" -"VMware Workstation 14 Player is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of " -"another operating system such as Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " -"ESXi, you can create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " -"(Virtual Machines)` on your local system." -msgstr "VMware Workstation 14 Player 是一个 2 类虚拟机管理程序。它在另一操作系统之上运行，如 Windows\\* 或 Linux\\*。利用 VMware ESXi，可以在本地系统上创建、配置、管理和运行 |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs (Virtual Machines)`。" +"VMware Workstation 14 Player is a type 2 hypervisor. For example, it runs" +" on top of Windows\\* or Linux\\* operating system. With VMware ESXi, you" +" can create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs (Virtual " +"Machines)` on your local system." +msgstr "VMware Workstation 14 Player 是一个类型 2 的管理程序。例如，它可以运行在 Windows\\* 之上或 Linux\\* 操作系统。使用 VMware ESXi，可以创建，配置，管理和本地系统上运行 |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs (Virtual Machines)`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -48,586 +48,385 @@ msgid "" "differences." msgstr "本文截图采用了 Windows 版 VMware Workstation 14 Player。Linux 版本中的菜单和提示有微小的文字差异。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:27 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:28 msgid "Install the VMware Workstation Player hypervisor" msgstr "安装 VMware Workstation Player 虚拟机管理程序" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:29 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:30 msgid "" "Enable :abbr:`Intel® VT (Intel® Virtualization Technology)` and " ":abbr:`Intel® VT-d (Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)` " "in your system's BIOS." msgstr "在系统 BIOS 中启用 :abbr:`Intel® VT (Intel® Virtualization Technology)` 和 :abbr:`Intel® VT-d (Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:33 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:34 msgid "" "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. " "Download your preferred version." msgstr "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ 有 Windows 和 Linux 版本。下载您喜欢的版本。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:36 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:37 msgid "" "Depending on which OS you're running, install it by following one of " "these instructions:" msgstr "根据您的操作系统，安装下述说明安装。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:39 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:40 msgid "On supported Linux distros:" msgstr "在支持的 Linux 操作系统上：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:41 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:42 msgid "Enable a GUI desktop." msgstr "启用 GUI 桌面：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:43 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:44 msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "启动终端模拟器。" +msgstr "启动一个终端模拟器。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:45 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:46 msgid "" "Start the installer by issuing the command below and following the guided" " steps." msgstr "发出如下命令，按照指引步骤启动安装程序。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:52 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:53 msgid "On Windows:" msgstr "在 Windows 上：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:54 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:55 msgid "Start the installer." msgstr "启动安装程序。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:55 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:56 msgid "Follow the setup wizard." msgstr "按照安装向导提示操作。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:57 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:58 msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player Documentation`_." msgstr "有关其他帮助，请查看 `VMware Workstation Player Documentation`_。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:61 msgid "Download the latest |CL| VMware image" msgstr "下载最新的 |CL| VMware 映像" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:62 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:63 msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| VMware image from the `image`_ repository. Look for " +"Get the latest |CL| VMware image from the `image repository`_. Look for " ":file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`. You can also use this " "command:" -msgstr "从 `image`_ 存储库中获取最新的 |CL| VMware 映像。查找 :file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`。还可以使用以下命令：" +msgstr "从 `image repository`_ 中获取最新的 |CL| VMware 映像。寻找 :file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`。您也可以使用这个命令：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:70 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:72 +msgid "Decompress and verify the image" +msgstr "解压缩并验证映像" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:74 msgid "" -"Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available " -"|CL| images." -msgstr "访问 :ref:`image-types`，了解关于所有 |CL| 映像的其他信息。" +"Visit :ref:`download-verify-decompress` and follow the instructions for " +"your Windows\\* or Linux\\* environment. Visit :ref:`image-types` for " +"additional information about all available |CL| images." +msgstr "访问 :ref:`download-verify-decompress` 然后按照 Windows\\* 和 Linux\\* 环境的说明进行操作。访问 :ref:`image-types` 有关的所有可用 |CL| 映像的附加信息。" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "确认 |CL| 映像的完整性。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "使用下载的 |CL| 映像之前，请确认其完整性。本操作消除了由于下载问题导致的罕见映像损坏。为了方便验证，发布的每个 |CL| 映像均有一个相应的 SHA512 校验和文件，后缀为 `-SHA512SUMS`。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:11 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." -msgstr "下载与您的 |CL| `映像`_ 相应的 SHA512 校验和文件。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:12 -msgid "Start Command Prompt." -msgstr "启动命令提示符。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:13 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "转到下载映像和校验和文件所在的目录。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:14 -msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -msgstr "利用以下命令获取该映像的 SHA512 校验和：" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" -" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." -msgstr "手动比较该结果与所下载校验和文件中所示的原始校验和值，确保它们相匹配。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:24 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "解压缩 |CL| 映像" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "发布的 |CL| 映像以 GNU zip (*.gz*) 或 XZ (*.xz*) 格式压缩。压缩类型取决于目标平台或环境。要解压缩映像，应按照以下步骤操作：" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:30 -msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -msgstr "下载并安装 `7-Zip`_。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:31 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -msgstr "转到下载映像所在的目录，右键点击该映像。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:32 -msgid "" -"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " -":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "从弹出菜单中选择 :guilabel:`7-Zip`，然后选择 :guilabel:`解压缩到此处`，如图 1 所示。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:39 -msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -msgstr "图 1：Windows 7-Zip 解压缩文件。" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:44 -msgid "Image types" -msgstr "映像类型" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 -msgid "" -"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " -"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " -"platform specific." -msgstr "表 1 列出了当前可用的独立于平台的映像。表 2 列出了当前可用的特定于平台的映像。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:6 -msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "表 1: 独立于平台的 |CL| 映像的类型" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:10 ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 -msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "映像类型" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:11 ../../reference/image-types.rst:24 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "描述" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 -msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "live-desktop.img 或 live-desktop.iso" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:14 -msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "用于引导启动至 GNOME\\* 桌面以便预览或安装操作系统的映像。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:16 -msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "live-server.img 或 live-server.iso" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:17 -msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "用于引导启动至服务器命令提示符以便预览或安装操作系统的映像。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:19 -msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "表 2: 特定于平台的 |CL| 映像的类型" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 -msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "aws.img" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:27 -msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "适用于 Amazon\\* AWS\\* 的映像。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:29 -msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "azure.vhd" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 -msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "用于 Microsoft\\* Azure\\* 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:32 -msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "azure-docker.vhd" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " -"Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "用于 Microsoft Azure 云平台并预安装 Docker\\* 的虚拟硬盘。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 -msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "azure-machine-learning.vhd" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " -"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "用于 Microsoft Azure 云平台并安装 `machine-learning-basic` bundle 的虚拟硬盘。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 -msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "cloudguest.img" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " -"installed." -msgstr "安装一般云来宾虚拟机 (VM) 必备组件的映像。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 -msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "gce.tar" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 -msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "拥有 Google Compute Engine (GCE) 特定内核的映像。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 -msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "hyperv.vhdx" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " -"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "适用于 Microsoft Hyper-V\\* 虚拟机管理程序的虚拟硬盘。包括 `optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 -msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "kvm.img" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " -"kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "可利用 start_qemu.sh 引导启动一个简单虚拟机的映像。包括用于虚拟机的 `optimized kernel`_。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 -msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "kvm-legacy.img" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " -"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "可利用 BIOS 引导启动一个简单虚拟机的映像，如果使用 start_qemu.sh，请确保删除 -bios 参数。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 -msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "pxe.tar" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 -msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "适用于 PXE 服务器的映像。" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 -msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "vmware.vmdk" - -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " -"Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "用于 VMware\\* 平台包括 Player、Workstation 和 ESXi 的虚拟机硬盘。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:75 -msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" -msgstr "我们还提供了针对其他操作系统的说明。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:77 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" -msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:80 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:79 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "创建并配置新虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:82 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:81 msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app." msgstr "启动 `VMware Workstation Player` 应用。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:83 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:82 msgid "" "On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " "figure 1." -msgstr "在主屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`创建新虚拟机`。见图 1。" +msgstr "在主屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`。见图 1。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:90 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:89 msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "图 1：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 创建新虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:92 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:91 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " "select the :guilabel:`I will install the operating system later` option. " "See figure 2." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`欢迎使用“新建虚拟机”向导` 屏幕上，选择 :guilabel:`稍后安装操作系统` 选项。见图 2。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` 屏幕上，选择 :guilabel:`I will install the operating system later` 选项。见图 2。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:100 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:99 msgid "" "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select install operating system " "later." msgstr "图 2：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 选择稍后安装操作系统。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:103 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:119 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:130 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:229 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:102 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:118 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:228 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`下一步` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Next` 按钮。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:105 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:104 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System` screen, set the " ":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " "figure 3." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择来宾操作系统` 屏幕上，将 :guilabel:`来宾操作系统` 设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。见图 3。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System` 屏幕上，将 :guilabel:`Guest operating system` 设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。见图 3。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:113 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:112 msgid "" "Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system " "type" msgstr "图 3：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 选择来宾操作系统类型" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:116 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:115 msgid "" "Set :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later " "kernel 64-bit`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`版本` 设置为 :guilabel:`其他 Linux 3.x 或更高版本内核 64 位`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Version` 设置为 :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later kernel 64-bit`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:121 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:120 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, give your new VM a " "name. See figure 4." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`虚拟机命名` 屏幕上，为新虚拟机命名。见图 4。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` 屏幕上，为新虚拟机命名。见图 4。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:128 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:127 msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" msgstr "图 4：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 虚拟机命名" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:132 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:131 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button. Keep the default disk settings unchanged. When " "we attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, we will remove the " "default virtual disk and replace it with the pre-configured one. See " "figure 5." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`指定磁盘容量` 屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`下一步` 按钮。默认磁盘设置保持不变。挂载预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像时，我们将移除默认虚拟磁盘，用预配置的磁盘来代替。见图 5。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` 屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`Next` 按钮。默认磁盘设置保持不变。挂载预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像时，我们将移除默认虚拟磁盘，用预配置的磁盘来代替。见图 5。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:142 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:141 msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" msgstr "图 5：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 设置磁盘容量" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:144 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:143 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See figure 6." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`准备创建虚拟机` 屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`定制硬件...` 按钮。见图 6。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` 屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` 按钮。见图 6。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:151 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:150 msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" msgstr "图 6：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 定制硬件" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:153 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:152 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " "figure 7." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`设备` 列表中，选择 :guilabel:`处理器`。见图 7。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Device` 列表中，选择 :guilabel:`Processors`。见图 7。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:160 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:159 msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option" msgstr "图 7：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 设置虚拟化引擎选项" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:163 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:162 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " ":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`虚拟化引擎` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`虚拟化英特尔 VT-x/EPT 或 AMD-V/RVI`。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:166 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:165 msgid "" "To disconnect the virtual CD/DVD (IDE) since it is not needed, under the " ":guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`New CD/DVD (IDE)`. See figure " "8." -msgstr "如果因不再需要而断开虚拟 CD/DVD (IDE)，请在 :guilabel:`设备` 列表中选择 :guilabel:`新 CD/DVD (IDE)`。见图 8。" +msgstr "如果因不再需要而断开虚拟 CD/DVD (IDE)，请在 :guilabel:`Device` 列表中选择 :guilabel:`New CD/DVD (IDE)`。见图 8。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:173 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:172 msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD (IDE)" msgstr "图 8：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 断开 CD/DVD (IDE)" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:175 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:174 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck :guilabel:`Connect " "at power on`." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`设备状态` 部分，取消选中 :guilabel:`开机时连接`。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Device status` 部分，取消选中 :guilabel:`Connect at power on`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:178 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:177 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." -msgstr "点击·:guilabel:`关闭` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击· :guilabel:`Close` 按钮。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:180 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:257 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:179 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:256 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`完成` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Finish` 按钮。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:183 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:182 msgid "Attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image" msgstr "挂载预配置的 |CL| Vmware 映像" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:185 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:184 msgid "" "Move the downloaded and decompressed pre-configured |CL| VMware image " "file :file:`clear-[version number]-basic.vmdk` to the directory where " "your newly-created VM resides." msgstr "将下载和解压缩的预配置 |CL| VMware 映像文件 :file:`clear-[version number]-basic.vmdk` 移动至新建虚拟机所在的目录。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:191 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:276 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:190 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:275 msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" msgstr "根据操作系统不同，通常可以在如下地址找到 VMware 虚拟机文件：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:193 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:278 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:192 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:277 msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" msgstr "Linux 操作系统：:file:`/home/username/vmware`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:194 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:193 msgid "On Windows: :file:`C:\\Users\\username\\Documents\\Virtual Machines`" msgstr "Windows：:file:`C:\\Users\\username\\Documents\\Virtual Machines`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:196 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:195 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " "newly-created VM. See figure 9." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` 主屏幕上，选择新创建的虚拟机。见图 9。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:203 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:202 msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit virtual machine settings" msgstr "图 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - 编辑虚拟机设置" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:204 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Edit virtual machine settings`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`编辑虚拟机设置`。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Edit virtual machine settings`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:207 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:206 msgid "" "To remove the default hard disk, under the :guilabel:`Device` list, " "select :guilabel:`Hard Disk (SCSI)`. See figure 10." -msgstr "要移除默认硬盘，在 :guilabel:`设备` 列表中选择 :guilabel:`硬盘 (SCSI)`。见图 10." +msgstr "要移除默认硬盘，在 :guilabel:`Device` 列表中选择 :guilabel:`Hard Disk (SCSI)`。见图 10." -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:214 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:213 msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Remove hard drive" msgstr "图 10：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 移除硬盘" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:216 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:215 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Remove` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`移除` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Remove` 按钮。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:218 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:217 msgid "" "To add a new hard disk and attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, " "click the :guilabel:`Add...` button. See Figure 11." -msgstr "要添加新硬盘并挂载预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像，点击 :guilabel:`添加...` 按钮。见图 11。" +msgstr "要添加新硬盘并挂载预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像，点击 :guilabel:`Add...` 按钮。见图 11。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:225 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:224 msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Add new hard drive" msgstr "图 11：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 添加新硬盘" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:227 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:226 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Hardware types` section, select :guilabel:`Hard " "Disk`." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`硬盘类型` 部分，选择 :guilabel:`硬盘`。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Hardware types` 部分，选择 :guilabel:`Hard Disk`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:231 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:230 msgid "Select your preferred :guilabel:`Virtual disk type`. See figure 12." -msgstr "选择您喜欢的 :guilabel:`虚拟磁盘类型`。见图 12。" +msgstr "选择您喜欢的 :guilabel:`Virtual disk type`。见图 12。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:237 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:236 msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select virtual disk type" msgstr "图 12：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 选择虚拟磁盘类型" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:239 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:238 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Use an existing virtual disk` option. See figure 13." -msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`使用现有的虚拟磁盘` 选项。见图 13。" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Use an existing virtual disk` 选项。见图 13。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:245 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:244 msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Use existing virtual disk" msgstr "图 13：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 使用现有虚拟磁盘" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:247 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:246 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the pre-configured |CL| " "VMware image file. See figure 14." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`浏览` 按钮，选择预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像文件。见图 14。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Browse` 按钮，选择预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像文件。见图 14。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:254 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:253 msgid "" "Figure 14: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select ready-made VMware |CL| " "image file" msgstr "图 14：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 选择现成的 VMware |CL| 映像文件" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:261 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:260 msgid "" "When asked to convert the existing virtual disk to a newer format, " "selecting either option works." msgstr "要求将现有虚拟磁盘转换为较新的格式时，选择任何一个选项均可。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:265 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:264 msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" msgstr "启用 UEFI 引导支持" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:267 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:266 msgid "" -"|CL| needs UEFI support to boot.To enable it, add the following line to " +"|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable it, add the following line to " "the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" msgstr "|CL| 需要 UEFI 支持才可以引导。要予以启用，请在虚拟机的 :file:`.vmx` 文件结尾处添加如下行：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:279 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:278 msgid "" "On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " "Machines`" msgstr "Windows：:file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual Machines`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:282 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:281 msgid "Power on the VM" msgstr "开启虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:284 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:283 msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." msgstr "配置上述设置后，开启 |CL| 虚拟机。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:286 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:285 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM." " See figure 15." msgstr "在 :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` 主屏幕上，选择虚拟机。见图 15。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:293 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:292 msgid "Figure 15: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" msgstr "图 15：VMware Workstation 14 Player - 开启虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:295 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:294 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Play 虚拟机`。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:298 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:297 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "相关主题" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:300 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:299 msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" msgstr "有关使用 VMWare Player 和 ESXi 的其他指南，请查看：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:302 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:301 msgid ":ref:`vmw-player`" msgstr ":ref:`vmw-player`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:302 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:304 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" @@ -669,4 +468,210 @@ msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" #~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Run pre-configured |CL-ATTR| image " +#~ "as a VMware\\* Workstation Player guest" +#~ " OS" +#~ msgstr "运行预配置的 |CL-ATTR| 映像，用作 VMware\\* Workstation Player 来宾操作系统" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional " +#~ "information about all available |CL| " +#~ "images." +#~ msgstr "访问 :ref:`image-types`，了解关于所有 |CL| 映像的其他信息。" + +#~ msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "确认 |CL| 映像的完整性。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you use a downloaded |CL| " +#~ "image, verify its integrity. This action" +#~ " eliminates the small chance of a " +#~ "corrupted image due to download issues." +#~ " To support verification, each released " +#~ "|CL| image has a corresponding SHA512" +#~ " checksum file designated with the " +#~ "suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在使用下载的 |CL| 映像之前，请确认其完整性。本操作消除了由于下载错误导致的罕见映像损坏。为支持确认，每个释放的" +#~ " |CL| 映像均有一个相应的 SHA512 校验和 (checksum) " +#~ "文件，其指定后缀为 `-SHA512SUMS`。" + +#~ msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." +#~ msgstr "下载与您的 |CL| `映像`_ 相应的 SHA512 校验和文件。" + +#~ msgid "Start Command Prompt." +#~ msgstr "启动命令提示符。" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." +#~ msgstr "转到含有下载映像和校验和文件的目录。" + +#~ msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" +#~ msgstr "利用该命令获取该映像的 SHA512 校验和：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Manually compare the output with the " +#~ "original checksum value shown in the " +#~ "downloaded checksum file and make sure" +#~ " they match." +#~ msgstr "手动比较该结果与所下载校验和文件中所示的原始校验和值，确保它们相匹配。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" +#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" +#~ " the target platform or environment. " +#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" +#~ " steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "释放的 |CL| 映像以 GNU zip (*.gz*) 或 " +#~ "XZ (*.xz*) 格式压缩。压缩类型取决于目标平台或环境。要解压映像，应遵循这些步骤：" + +#~ msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." +#~ msgstr "下载并安装 `7-Zip`_。" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." +#~ msgstr "转到含有下载映像的目录并右键点击它。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the pop-up menu, select " +#~ ":guilabel:`7-Zip` and select :guilabel:`Extract " +#~ "Here` as shown in Figure 1." +#~ msgstr "从弹出菜单中选择 :guilabel:`7-Zip`，然后选择 :guilabel:`Extract Here`，如图 1 所示。" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." +#~ msgstr "图 1：Windows 7-Zip 提取文件。" + +#~ msgid "Image types" +#~ msgstr "映像类型" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Table 1 lists the currently available" +#~ " images that are platform independent. " +#~ "Table 2 lists the currently available" +#~ " images that are platform specific." +#~ msgstr "表 1 列出了当前可用的独立于平台的映像。表 2 列出了当前可用的特定于平台的映像。" + +#~ msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" +#~ msgstr "表 1：独立于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" + +#~ msgid "Image Type" +#~ msgstr "映像类型" + +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "描述" + +#~ msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" +#~ msgstr "live-desktop.img 或 live-desktop.iso" + +#~ msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." +#~ msgstr "用于引导至 GNOME\\* 桌面进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" + +#~ msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" +#~ msgstr "live-server.img 或 live-server.iso" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Image for booting to server command " +#~ "prompt to preview or install the " +#~ "OS." +#~ msgstr "用于引导至服务器命令提示符进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" + +#~ msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" +#~ msgstr "表 2：特定于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" + +#~ msgid "aws.img" +#~ msgstr "aws.img" + +#~ msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." +#~ msgstr "适用于 Amazon\\* AWS\\* 的映像。" + +#~ msgid "azure.vhd" +#~ msgstr "azure.vhd" + +#~ msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." +#~ msgstr "适用于 Microsoft\\* Azure\\* 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" + +#~ msgid "azure-docker.vhd" +#~ msgstr "azure-docker.vhd" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Virtual Hard Disk for use on " +#~ "Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " +#~ "Docker\\* pre-installed." +#~ msgstr "适用于预装 Docker\\* 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" + +#~ msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" +#~ msgstr "azure-machine-learning.vhd" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Virtual Hard Disk for use on " +#~ "Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the" +#~ " `machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." +#~ msgstr "适用于安装 `machine-learning-basic` 捆绑包 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" + +#~ msgid "cloudguest.img" +#~ msgstr "cloudguest.img" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Image with generic cloud guest virtual" +#~ " machine (VM) requirements installed." +#~ msgstr "安装了通用云来宾虚拟机 (VM) 的映像。" + +#~ msgid "gce.tar" +#~ msgstr "gce.tar" + +#~ msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." +#~ msgstr "带有 Google 计算引擎 (GCE) 特定内核的映像。" + +#~ msgid "hyperv.vhdx" +#~ msgstr "hyperv.vhdx" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Virtual Hard Disk for use with " +#~ "Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " +#~ "`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "与 Microsoft Hyper-V\\* 虚拟机管理程序一起使用的虚拟硬盘。包括针对 " +#~ "Hyper-V `optimized kernel`_" + +#~ msgid "kvm.img" +#~ msgstr "kvm.img" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Image for booting in a simple VM" +#~ " with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " +#~ "kernel`_ for KVM." +#~ msgstr "用于使用 start_qemu.sh 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像。包括针对 KVM `optimized kernel`_。" + +#~ msgid "kvm-legacy.img" +#~ msgstr "kvm-legacy.img" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Image for booting in a simple VM" +#~ " using legacy BIOS, if using " +#~ "start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios" +#~ " parameter." +#~ msgstr "用于使用传统 BIOS 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像；如果使用 start_qemu.sh，请确保移除 -bios 参数。" + +#~ msgid "pxe.tar" +#~ msgstr "pxe.tar" + +#~ msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." +#~ msgstr "适用于 PXE 服务器的映像。" + +#~ msgid "vmware.vmdk" +#~ msgstr "vmware.vmdk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* " +#~ "platforms inclduing Player, Workstation, and" +#~ " ESXi." +#~ msgstr "面向包括 Player、Workstation 和 ESXi 在内的 VMware\\* 平台的虚拟机磁盘。" + +#~ msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" +#~ msgstr "我们还提供了针对其他操作系统的说明。" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" +#~ msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po index 49d84c4b..e918c55c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po @@ -7,19 +7,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* Workstation Player guest OS" -msgstr "安装 |CL-ATTR| 用作 Vmware\\* Workstation Player 来宾操作系统" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on VMware\\* Workstation Player" +msgstr "VMware\\* Workstation Player 上的 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -39,6 +40,7 @@ msgid "" "Machines)` on your local system." msgstr "`VMware Workstation Player`_ 是一个 2 类虚拟机管理程序。它运行于 Windows\\* 或 Linux\\* 操作系统之上。利用 VMware ESXi，可以在本地系统上创建、配置、管理和运行 |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs (Virtual Machines)`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:21 msgid "" "VMware offers a type 1 hypervisor called `VMware ESXi`_ designed for the " @@ -46,6 +48,7 @@ msgid "" "it, see :ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`." msgstr "VMware 提供一个专为云环境设计的 `VMware ESXi`_ 1 类虚拟机管理程序。有关如何在其上安装 |CL| 用作来宾操作系统的信息，请查看 :ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:27 msgid "" "The screenshots on this document show the Windows version of the VMware " @@ -53,6 +56,7 @@ msgid "" "other versions and for the Linux OS save some minor wording differences." msgstr "本文档的截屏显示了 VMware Workstation 15 Player 的 Windows 版本。除了措辞上的微小差异，菜单和提示与其他 Windows 版本以及 Linux 操作系统类似。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:31 msgid "" "If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, see our " @@ -70,6 +74,7 @@ msgid "" "in your system's BIOS." msgstr "在系统 BIOS 中启用 :abbr:`Intel® VT (Intel® Virtualization Technology)` 和 :abbr:`Intel® VT-d (Intel® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:41 msgid "" "`VMware Workstation Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. Download" @@ -98,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "启用 GUI 桌面：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:55 msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "启动终端模拟器。" +msgstr "启动一个终端模拟器。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -142,6 +147,7 @@ msgid "" "ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "我们还提供关于下载和验证 Clear Linux ISO 的说明。欲了解详情，请参阅 :ref:`download-verify-decompress`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:81 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "创建并配置新虚拟机" @@ -154,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr "启动 `VMware Workstation Player` 应用。" msgid "" "On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " "Figure 1." -msgstr "在主屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`创建新虚拟机`。见图 1。" +msgstr "在主屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`。见图 1。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:92 msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation Player - Create a new virtual machine" @@ -165,7 +171,8 @@ msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " "select the :guilabel:`Installer disc image file (iso)` option. See Figure" " 2." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`欢迎使用“新建虚拟机”向导` 屏幕上，选择 :guilabel:`安装盘映像文件 (iso)` 选项。见图 2。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` 屏幕上，选择 :guilabel:`Installer disc image file (iso)` 选项。见图 2。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:103 msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" @@ -175,21 +182,22 @@ msgstr "图 2：VMware Workstation Player - 选择 |CL| 安装程序 ISO" msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the decompressed |CL| " "installer ISO." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`浏览` 按钮，选择解压缩的 |CL| 安装程序 ISO。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Browse` 按钮，选择解压缩的 |CL| 安装程序 ISO。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:108 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:124 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:135 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:151 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`下一步` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Next` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System`, set the " ":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " "Figure 3." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择来宾操作系统` 部分，将 :guilabel:`来宾操作系统` 设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。见图 3。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System` 部分，将 :guilabel:`Guest operating system` 设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。见图 3。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:118 msgid "Figure 3: VMware Workstation Player - Select guest operating system type" @@ -199,13 +207,14 @@ msgstr "图 3：VMware Workstation Player - 选择来宾操作系统类型" msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 4.x or " "later kernel 64-bit`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`版本` 设置为 :guilabel:`其他 Linux 4.x 或更高版本 64 位内核`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Version` 设置为 :guilabel:`Other Linux 4.x or later kernel 64-bit`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:126 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, name the new VM. See " "Figure 4." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`虚拟机命名` 屏幕上，为新虚拟机命名。见图 4。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` 屏幕上，为新虚拟机命名。见图 4。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:133 msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation Player - Name virtual machine" @@ -215,7 +224,7 @@ msgstr "图 4：VMware Workstation Player - 虚拟机命名" msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, set the VM's maximum " "disk size. See Figure 5." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`指定磁盘容量` 屏幕上，设置虚拟机的最大磁盘空间。见图 5。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` 屏幕上，设置虚拟机的最大磁盘空间。见图 5。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:144 msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation Player - Set disk capacity" @@ -227,11 +236,13 @@ msgid "" " drive space. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "为获得 |CL| Desktop 映像的最优性能，我们推荐 32GB 磁盘空间。请查看 :ref:`system-requirements` 了解详情。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:153 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See Figure 6." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`准备创建虚拟机` 屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`定制硬件...` 按钮。见图 6。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` 屏幕上，点击 :guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` 按钮。见图 6。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:160 msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation Player - Customize hardware" @@ -239,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "图 6：VMware Workstation Player - 定制硬件" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:162 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Memory` and set the size to 2GB. See Figure 7." -msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`内存`，将大小设置为 2GB。见图 7。" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Memory`，将大小设置为 2GB。见图 7。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:168 msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation Player - Set memory size" @@ -253,11 +264,12 @@ msgid "" " details." msgstr "|CL| 安装程序 ISO 最少需要 2GB 大小的 RAM。完成安装后，|CL| 可在只有 128MB 的 RAM 上运行。因此，如果需要，您可以减少内存大小。请查看 :ref:`system-requirements` 了解详情。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " "Figure 8." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`设备` 列表中，选择 :guilabel:`处理器`。见图 8。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Device` 列表中，选择 :guilabel:`Processors`。见图 8。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:183 msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation Player - Set virtualization engine option" @@ -267,151 +279,160 @@ msgstr "图 8：VMware Workstation Player - 设置虚拟化引擎选项" msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " ":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`虚拟化引擎` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`虚拟化英特尔 VT-x/EPT 或 AMD-V/RVI`。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:189 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." -msgstr "点击·:guilabel:`关闭` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击· :guilabel:`Close` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:191 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`完成` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Finish` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:194 -msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" -msgstr "将 |CL| 安装至新虚拟机" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196 -msgid "" -"Select the newly-created VM and click the :guilabel:`Play virtual " -"machine` button. See Figure 9." -msgstr "选择新创建的虚拟机，点击 :guilabel:`Play 虚拟机` 按钮。见图 9。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:203 -msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation Player - Power on virtual machine" -msgstr "图 9：VMware Workstation Player - 开启虚拟机" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " -"installation of |CL|." -msgstr "按照 :ref:`install-on-target-start` 指南完成 |CL| 的安装。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:208 -msgid "" -"After the installation completes, reboot the VM. This reboot restarts the" -" |CL| installer." -msgstr "完成安装后，重启虚拟机。此操作会重新启动 |CL| 安装程序。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:212 -msgid "Detach the |CL| installer ISO from the VM" -msgstr "从虚拟机断开 |CL| 安装程序 ISO" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:214 -msgid "" -"To enable the mouse pointer so you access VMware Workstation Player's " -"menus, press :kbd:`` + :kbd:`` on the keyboard." -msgstr "为启用鼠标指针，以便访问 VMware Workstation Player 的菜单，请按下键盘上的 :kbd:`` + :kbd:``。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:217 -msgid "" -"To disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " -"again, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 10." -msgstr "要断开 CD/DVD 防止它再次引导 |CL| 安装程序 ISO，请点击 :guilabel:`Player` 菜单。见图 10。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:224 -msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" -msgstr "图 10：VMware Workstation Player - 编辑 CD/DVD 设置" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:226 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Disconnect`." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`可移除设备-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->断开`。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:228 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`OK` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`确定` 按钮。" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:231 msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" msgstr "启用 UEFI 引导支持" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:233 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196 msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable UEFI:" msgstr "|CL| 需要 UEFI 支持才可以引导。要启用 UEFI：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:235 -msgid "Power off the VM. click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 11." -msgstr "要关闭虚拟机，点击 :guilabel:`Player` 菜单。见图 11。" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:198 +msgid "Power off the VM. click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 9." +msgstr "要关闭虚拟机，点击 :guilabel:`Player` 菜单。见图 9。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:241 -msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation Player - Power off virtual machine" -msgstr "图 11：VMware Workstation Player - 关闭虚拟机" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:204 +msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation Player - Power off virtual machine" +msgstr "图 9：VMware Workstation Player - 关闭虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:243 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:206 msgid "Go to :guilabel:`Power` and select :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`." -msgstr "转到 :guilabel:`电源`，选择 :guilabel:`关闭来宾`。" +msgstr "转到 :guilabel:`Power`，选择 :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:245 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:208 msgid "Add the following line to the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" msgstr "在虚拟机的 :file:`.vmx` 文件结尾处添加如下代码行：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:253 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:216 msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" msgstr "根据操作系统不同，通常可以在如下地址找到 VMware 虚拟机文件：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:218 msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" msgstr "Linux 操作系统：:file:`/home/username/vmware`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:256 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:219 msgid "" "On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " "Machines`" msgstr "Windows：:file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual Machines`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:259 -msgid "" -"After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." -" On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " -"VM. See Figure 9." -msgstr "配置上述设置后，开启 |CL| 虚拟机。在 :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` 主屏幕上，选择虚拟机。见图 9。" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:222 +msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" +msgstr "将 |CL| 安装至新虚拟机" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:263 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Play 虚拟机`。" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Select the newly-created VM and click the :guilabel:`Play virtual " +"machine` button. See Figure 10." +msgstr "选择新创建的虚拟机，点击 :guilabel:`Play virtual machine` 按钮。见图 10。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:231 +msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation Player - Power on virtual machine" +msgstr "图 10：VMware Workstation Player - 开启虚拟机" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " +"installation of |CL|." +msgstr "按照 :ref:`install-on-target-start` 指南完成 |CL| 的安装。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:236 +msgid "" +"After the installation completes, reboot the VM. This reboot restarts the" +" |CL| installer." +msgstr "完成安装后，重启虚拟机。此操作会重新启动 |CL| 安装程序。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:240 +msgid "Detach the |CL| installer ISO from the VM" +msgstr "从虚拟机断开 |CL| 安装程序 ISO" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To enable the mouse pointer so you access VMware Workstation Player's " +"menus, press :kbd:`` + :kbd:`` on the keyboard." +msgstr "为启用鼠标指针，以便访问 VMware Workstation Player 的菜单，请按下键盘上的 :kbd:`` + :kbd:``。" + + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " +"again, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 11." +msgstr "要断开 CD/DVD 防止它再次引导 |CL| 安装程序 ISO，请点击 :guilabel:`Player` 菜单。见图 11。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:252 +msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" +msgstr "图 11：VMware Workstation Player - 编辑 CD/DVD 设置" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:254 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Disconnect`." +msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`可移除设备-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->断开`。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:256 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`OK` 按钮。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:259 +msgid "Install open-vm-tools" +msgstr "安装 open-vm-tools" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Optional: You may want to install the `open-vm-tools` in your virtual " +"machine. The Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) are the open " +"source implementation of VMware Tools for Linux\\* guest operating " +"systems." +msgstr "可选：您可能希望在虚拟机上安装 `open-vm-tools`。Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) 是用于 Linux\\* guest 操作系统的开源 VMware 执行工具。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:265 msgid "" -"Install Open VM Tools. You may want to install the `open-vm-tools` in " -"your virtual machine. The Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) are " -"the open source implementation of VMware Tools for Linux guest operating " -"systems. In |CL| you can use the following to install the bundle in your " -"VM" -msgstr "安装 Open VM Tools。您可能希望在虚拟机上安装 `open-vm-tools`。Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) 是用于 Linux 来宾操作系统的开源 VMware 执行工具。在 |CL| 中，您可以利用如下步骤在您的虚拟机中安装该 bundle" +"Power on your |CL| virtual machine. On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation " +"Player` home screen, select your VM. See Figure 10." +msgstr "配置上述设置后，开启 |CL| 虚拟机。在 :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` 主屏幕上，选择虚拟机。见图 10。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:275 + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:268 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:270 +msgid "In |CL| you can install the bundle, and enable the tools, in your VM." +msgstr "您可以在 |CL| 中安装捆绑包，然后在虚拟机中启用这些工具。" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:277 msgid "" "More information is available on the `VMWare Tools Product " "Documentation`_ site." msgstr "详情可访问网站 `VMWare Tools Product Documentation`_。" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:278 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:281 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "相关主题" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:280 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:283 msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" msgstr "有关使用 VMWare Player 和 ESXi 的其他指南，请查看：" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:282 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:285 msgid ":ref:`vmw-player-preconf`" msgstr ":ref:`vmw-player-preconf`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:283 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:286 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:284 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:287 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" @@ -653,4 +674,24 @@ msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" #~ msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* Workstation Player guest OS" +#~ msgstr "安装 |CL-ATTR| 用作 Vmware\\* Workstation Player 来宾操作系统" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install Open VM Tools. You may " +#~ "want to install the `open-vm-" +#~ "tools` in your virtual machine. The " +#~ "Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-" +#~ "tools) are the open source " +#~ "implementation of VMware Tools for Linux" +#~ " guest operating systems. In |CL| you" +#~ " can use the following to install " +#~ "the bundle in your VM" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安装 Open VM Tools。您可能希望在虚拟机上安装 `open-" +#~ "vm-tools`。Open Virtual Machine Tools " +#~ "(open-vm-tools) 是用于 Linux 来宾操作系统的开源 " +#~ "VMware 执行工具。在 |CL| 中，您可以利用如下步骤在您的虚拟机中安装该 " +#~ "bundle" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po index 9cda7cbd..7a605a79 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po @@ -7,25 +7,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS" -msgstr "安装 |CL-ATTR|，用作 VMware\\* ESXi 来宾操作系统" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on VMware\\* ESXi" +msgstr "VMware\\* ESXi 上的 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:6 msgid "" "This page explains how to create a new :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` and " "manually install |CL-ATTR| on the new VM with VMware ESXi 6.5." -msgstr "本页说明如何创建新的 :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` 以及如何在运行 VMware ESXi 6.5 的新虚拟机上手动安装 |CL-ATTR|。" +msgstr "本页说明如何创建新的 :abbr:`虚拟机 (虚拟机)` 以及如何在运行 VMware ESXi 6.5 的新虚拟机上手动安装 |CL-ATTR|。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:14 msgid "Overview" @@ -38,6 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "manage, and run |CL| virtual machines in the cloud." msgstr "`VMware ESXi`_ 是一个 1 类裸机虚拟机管理程序，可直接在服务器硬件上运行。利用 VMware ESXi，可以在云端创建、配置、管理和运行 |CL| 虚拟机。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:20 msgid "" "Manually installing |CL| on a new VM gives additional configuration " @@ -47,8 +49,8 @@ msgstr "安装期间，在新的虚拟机上手动安装 |CL| 提高了配置灵 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you prefer to use a preconfigured |CL| VMware image instead, refer to " -":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`." +"If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, refer to" +" :ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`." msgstr "如果喜欢使用预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像，可参阅 :ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:29 @@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ msgid "" "player-preconf` or :ref:`vmw-player` for more information." msgstr "VMware 还提供一个适用于桌面环境的 2 类虚拟机管理程序，名为 `VMware Workstation Player`_。请参阅 :ref:`vmw-player-preconf` 或 :ref:`vmw-player` 了解更多信息。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:33 msgid "Visit :ref:`image-types` to learn more about all available images." msgstr "访问 :ref:`image-types` 了解所有可用映像的详情。" @@ -72,12 +75,14 @@ msgid "" "Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." msgstr "从 `image`_ 存储库中获取最新的 |CL| 安装程序 ISO。寻找 :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:41 msgid "" "We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " "ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "我们还提供关于下载和验证 Clear Linux ISO 的说明。欲了解详情，请参阅 :ref:`download-verify-decompress`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:45 msgid "Upload the |CL| installer ISO to the VMware server" msgstr "将 |CL| 安装程序 ISO 上传至 VMware 服务器" @@ -92,13 +97,13 @@ msgstr "连接 VMware 服务器，登录拥有充分权限的帐户以创建和 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Storage`. See " "Figure 1." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`浏览器` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`存储`。见图 1。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Navigator` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`Storage`。见图 1。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:51 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " "browser` button." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`数据存储` 标签下，点击 :guilabel:`数据存储浏览器` 按钮。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Datastores` 标签下，点击 :guilabel:`Datastore browser` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:58 msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" @@ -108,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "图 1：VMware ESXi - 浏览器 > 存储" msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " "`ISOs`. See Figure 2." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`创建目录` 按钮并命名目录 `ISOs`。见图 2。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Create directory` 按钮并命名目录 `ISOs`。见图 2。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:67 msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" @@ -118,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "图 2：VMware ESXi - 数据存储 > 创建目录" msgid "" "Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button. See Figure 3." -msgstr "选择新建目录，点击 :guilabel:`上传` 按钮。见图 3。" +msgstr "选择新建目录，点击 :guilabel:`Upload` 按钮。见图 3。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:76 msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload ISO" @@ -130,6 +135,7 @@ msgid "" "number]-installer.iso` and upload it." msgstr "选择解压缩的 |CL| 安装程序 ISO 文件 :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso` 并将其上传。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:82 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "创建并配置新虚拟机" @@ -145,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "本节中，您会创建新虚拟机，配置基本参数，如驱动器 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 4." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`浏览器` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟机`。见图 4。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Navigator` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`Virtual Machines`。见图 4。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:89 msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." -msgstr "在右侧窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`创建 / 注册虚拟机` 按钮。" +msgstr "在右侧窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:95 msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" @@ -157,18 +163,18 @@ msgstr "图 4：VMware ESXi - 浏览器 > 虚拟机" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:97 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择创建类型` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select creation type` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:99 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." -msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`创建新虚拟机` 选项。见图 5。" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` 选项。见图 5。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:101 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:115 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:126 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:179 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`下一步` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Next` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:107 msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" @@ -176,27 +182,28 @@ msgstr "图 5：VMware ESXi - 创建新虚拟机" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:109 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择名称和来宾操作系统` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:111 msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`名称` 字段中为新虚拟机命名 见图 6。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Name` 字段中为新虚拟机命名 见图 6。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:112 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " "machine`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`兼容性` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 虚拟机`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Compatability` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual machine`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:113 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`来宾操作系统系列` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Guest OS family` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:114 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " "later Linux (64-bit)`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`来宾操作系统版本` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`其他 3.x 或更高 Linux 版本（64 位）`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Guest OS version` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`Other 3.x or later Linux (64-bit)`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:121 msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" @@ -204,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "图 6：VMware ESXi - 命名并选择来宾操作系统类型" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:123 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择存储` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select storage` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:125 msgid "Accept the default option." @@ -212,18 +219,19 @@ msgstr "接受默认选项。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:128 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`定制设置` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Customize settings` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:130 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`虚拟硬件` 按钮。见图 7。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` 按钮。见图 7。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:131 msgid "" "Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " "virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " "virtualization to the guest OS`." -msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`CPU` 设置，选中 :guilabel:`在来宾操作系统中显示经过硬件辅助实现的虚拟化功能` 启用 :guilabel:`硬件虚拟化`。" +msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`CPU` 设置，选中 :guilabel:`Hardware virtualization` 启用 :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted virtualization to the guest OS`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:138 msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" @@ -231,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "图 7：VMware ESXi - 启用硬件虚拟化" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:140 msgid "Set :guilabel:`Memory` size to 2048MB (2GB). See Figure 8." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`内存` 大小设置为 2048MB (2GB)。见图 8。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Memory` 大小设置为 2048MB (2GB)。见图 8。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:146 msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Set memory size" @@ -245,9 +253,10 @@ msgid "" "128MB of RAM. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "|CL| 安装程序 ISO 需要至少 2GB 的 RAM 才能正常运行。如果需要，可以在安装完成后减少内存，因为 |CL| 最小安装可以在仅有 128MB RAM 的情况下运行。请查看 :ref:`system-requirements` 了解详情。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:155 msgid "Set :guilabel:`Hard disk 1` to the desired capacity. See Figure 9." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`硬盘 1` 设置为所需容量。见图 9。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Hard disk 1` 设置为所需容量。见图 9。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:161 msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Set hard disk size" @@ -266,7 +275,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Datastore ISO file` option. Then select the |CL| installer " "ISO :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso` that you previously " "uploaded to the VMware server. See Figure 10." -msgstr "挂载 |CL| 安装程序 ISO。对于 :guilabel:`CD/DVD 驱动器 1` 设置，点击其右侧下拉列表，选择 :guilabel:`数据存储 ISO 文件` 选项。然后，选择此前上传至 VMware 服务器的 |CL| 安装程序 ISO :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso`。见图 10。" +msgstr "挂载 |CL| 安装程序 ISO。对于 :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` 设置，点击其右侧下拉列表，选择 :guilabel:`Datastore ISO file` 选项。然后，选择此前上传至 VMware 服务器的 |CL| 安装程序 ISO :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso`。见图 10。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:177 msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Set CD/DVD to boot installer ISO" @@ -274,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "图 10：VMware ESXi - 设置 CD/DVD 引导安装程序 ISO" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:180 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`完成` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Finish` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:183 msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" @@ -288,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "开启虚拟机。" msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 11." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`浏览器` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟机`。见图 11。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Navigator` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`Virtual Machines`。见图 11。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:189 msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." @@ -297,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr "在右侧窗口中，选择新创建的虚拟机。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:190 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:270 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`开机` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Power on` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:191 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:271 @@ -342,7 +352,8 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button - located on the top-right corner of" " the VM's windows - and go to the :guilabel:`Power` setting and select " "the :guilabel:`Power off` option. See Figure 12." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮（按钮位于虚拟机窗口的右上角），转到 :guilabel:`电源` 设置，然后选择 :guilabel:`关机` 选项。见图 12。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Actions` 按钮（按钮位于虚拟机窗口的右上角），转到 :guilabel:`Power` 设置，然后选择 :guilabel:`Power off` 选项。见图 12。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:222 msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Actions > Power off" @@ -356,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr "编辑虚拟机设置。" msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button again and select :guilabel:`Edit " "settings`. See Figure 13." -msgstr "再次点击 :guilabel:`操作`按钮，选择 :guilabel:`编辑设置`。见图 13。" +msgstr "再次点击 :guilabel:`Actions` 按钮，选择 :guilabel:`Edit settings`。见图 13。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:233 msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Actions > Edit settings" @@ -370,13 +381,13 @@ msgstr "断开 CD/DVD，防止它再次引导 |CL| 安装程序 ISO。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:237 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 14." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`虚拟硬件` 按钮。见图 14。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` 按钮。见图 14。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:238 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` setting, uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox." -msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`CD/DVD 驱动器 1` 设置，取消选中 :guilabel:`连接` 复选框。" +msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` 设置，取消选中 :guilabel:`Connect` 复选框。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:245 msgid "Figure 14: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" @@ -388,17 +399,17 @@ msgstr "|CL| 需要 UEFI 支持才可以引导。请予以启用。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:249 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 15." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`虚拟机选项` 按钮。见图 15。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`VM Options` 按钮。见图 15。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:250 msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." -msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`引导选项` 设置。" +msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`Boot Options` 设置。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:251 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " "right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." -msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`固件` 设置，点击其右侧的下拉列表，选择 :guilabel:`EFI` 选项。" +msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`Firmware` 设置，点击其右侧的下拉列表，选择 :guilabel:`EFI` 选项。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:258 msgid "Figure 15: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "图 15：VMware ESXi - 将引导固件设置为 EFI" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:260 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Save` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:263 msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" @@ -420,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "配置上述设置后，开启虚拟机。" msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 16." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`浏览器` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟机`。见图 16。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Navigator` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`Virtual Machines`。见图 16。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:269 msgid "In the right window, select the VM." @@ -516,4 +527,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" #~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS" +#~ msgstr "安装 |CL-ATTR|，用作 VMware\\* ESXi 来宾操作系统" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po index d68c8bea..97949c2c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po @@ -7,26 +7,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:4 -msgid "Run pre-configured |CL-ATTR| image as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS" -msgstr "运行预配置的 |CL-ATTR| 映像，用作 VMware\\* ESXi 来宾操作系统" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| on VMware\\* ESXi (pre-configured image)" +msgstr "VMware\\* ESXi（预配置映像）上的 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:6 msgid "" -"This page explains how to deploy a preconfigured |CL| VMware :abbr:`VM " +"This page explains how to deploy a pre-configured |CL| VMware :abbr:`VM " "(Virtual Machine)` image on a VMware ESXi 6.5 host." msgstr "本页说明如何在 VMware ESXi 6.5 主机上部署预配置的 |CL| VMware :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` 映像。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:14 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" @@ -38,10 +40,11 @@ msgid "" "manage, and run |CL-ATTR| virtual machines at scale." msgstr "`VMware ESXi`_ 是一个 1 类裸机虚拟机管理程序，可直接在服务器硬件上运行。利用 VMware ESXi，可以大规模创建、配置、管理和运行 |CL-ATTR| 虚拟机。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:20 msgid "" -"We provide a preconfigured |CL| VMware image that can be run on a VMware " -"ESXi 6.5 host." +"We provide a pre-configured |CL| VMware image that can be run on a VMware" +" ESXi 6.5 host." msgstr "我们提供可在 VMware ESXi 6.5 主机上运行的 |CL| VMware 映像。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:23 @@ -57,6 +60,7 @@ msgid "" "player-preconf` or :ref:`vmw-player` for more information." msgstr "VMware 还提供一个适用于桌面环境的 2 类虚拟机管理程序，名为 `VMware Workstation Player`_。请参阅 :ref:`vmw-player-preconf` 或 :ref:`vmw-player` 了解更多信息。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:32 msgid "Download the latest |CL| VMware image" msgstr "下载最新的 |CL| VMware 映像" @@ -68,6 +72,7 @@ msgid "" "this command:" msgstr "从 `image`_ 存储库中获取最新的 |CL| VMware 预构建映像。查找 :file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk.xz`。还可以使用以下命令：" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:42 msgid "" "Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available " @@ -80,6 +85,7 @@ msgid "" "ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "我们还提供关于下载和验证 Clear Linux ISO 的说明。欲了解详情，请参阅 :ref:`download-verify-decompress`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:48 msgid "Upload the |CL| image to the VMware server" msgstr "将 |CL| 映像上传至 VMware 服务器" @@ -97,6 +103,7 @@ msgid "" "documentation `Using Datastore File Browser in the VMware Host Client`_." msgstr "有关本节中的步骤，还可以参考 VMware 文档 `Using Datastore File Browser in the VMware Host Client`_。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:57 msgid "" "Connect to the VMware ESXi server and login to an account with sufficient" @@ -107,13 +114,13 @@ msgstr "连接 VMware ESXi 服务器，登录拥有充分权限的帐户，以 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window on the left side, select " ":guilabel:`Storage`. See Figure 1" -msgstr "在左侧的 :guilabel:`浏览器` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`存储`。见图 1" +msgstr "在左侧的 :guilabel:`Navigator` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`Storage`。见图 1" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:64 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " "browser` button." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`数据存储` 标签下，点击 :guilabel:`数据存储浏览器` 按钮。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Datastores` 标签下，点击 :guilabel:`Datastore browser` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:71 msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" @@ -123,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "图 1：VMware ESXi - 浏览器 > 存储" msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " "`Clear Linux VM`. See Figure 2." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`创建目录` 按钮，将目录命名为 `Clear Linux VM`。见图 2。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Create directory` 按钮，将目录命名为 `Clear Linux VM`。见图 2。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:80 msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" @@ -133,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "图 2：VMware ESXi - 数据存储 > 创建目录" msgid "" "Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button. See Figure 3." -msgstr "选择新建目录，点击 :guilabel:`上传` 按钮。见图 3。" +msgstr "选择新建目录，点击 :guilabel:`Upload` 按钮。见图 3。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:89 msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload VMware image" @@ -152,10 +159,11 @@ msgstr "将 |CL| 映像转换为 ESXi 支持的格式。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been uploaded to the VMware ESXi " -"datastore, it must be converted to a format for use with VMware's ESXi" -" hypervisor." +"datastore, it must be converted to a format for use with VMware's ESXi " +"hypervisor." msgstr "|CL| VMware 预构建映像上传至 VMware ESXi 数据存储后，必须将其转换为 VMware's ESXi 虚拟机管理程序可以使用的格式。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:101 msgid "" "The steps in this section can also be referenced from the VMware " @@ -163,20 +171,23 @@ msgid "" "vmkfstools`_" msgstr "有关本节中的步骤，还可以参考 VMware 文档 `Cloning and converting virtual machine disks with vmkfstools`_" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:103 msgid "" "SSH into the `vSphere Management Assistant`_ appliance that is managing " "the ESXi host or connect to the vSphere hosting using the `vSphere CLI`_." msgstr "通过 SSH 连接到 `vSphere Management Assistant`_ 设备，利用 `vSphere CLI`_ 管理 ESXi 主机或连接到 vSphere 主机托管。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:108 msgid "" "If there is no :abbr:`vMA (vSphere Management Assistant)` appliance or " ":abbr:`vCLI (vSphere CLI)` configured and available, you can temporarily " "enable SSH directly on the ESXi host by following the steps described in " -"`Enable the Secure Shell (SSH) in the VMware Host Client`_ ." +"`Enable the Secure Shell (SSH) in the VMware Host Client`_." msgstr "如果没有配置或可用的 :abbr:`vMA (vSphere Management Assistant)` 设备或 :abbr:`vCLI (vSphere CLI)`，则可以按照 `在 VMware 主机客户端启用 Secure Shell (SSH)`_ 中所述步骤直接在 ESXi 主机上临时启用 SSH。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:112 msgid "" "As a security best practice, remember to disable SSH access after " @@ -224,15 +235,16 @@ msgid "" "VMware image. Also, in order to boot |CL|, you must enable UEFI support." msgstr "本节中，您会创建新虚拟机，配置基本参数，如 CPU 数量、内存大小，然后挂载转换后的 |CL| VMware 映像。而且，为了引导 |Cl|，必须启用 UEFI 支持。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:140 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 4." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`浏览器` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟机`。见图 4。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Navigator` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`Virtual Machines`。见图 4。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:143 msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." -msgstr "在右侧窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`创建 / 注册虚拟机` 按钮。" +msgstr "在右侧窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:149 msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" @@ -240,18 +252,18 @@ msgstr "图 4：VMware ESXi - 浏览器 > 虚拟机" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:151 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择创建类型` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select creation type` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:153 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." -msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`创建新虚拟机` 选项。见图 5。" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` 选项。见图 5。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:156 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:173 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:184 #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:255 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`下一步` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Next` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:162 msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" @@ -259,27 +271,28 @@ msgstr "图 5：VMware ESXi - 创建新虚拟机" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:164 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择名称和来宾操作系统` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:166 msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`名称` 字段中为新虚拟机命名 见图 6。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Name` 字段中为新虚拟机命名。见图 6。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:168 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " "machine`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`兼容性` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 虚拟机`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Compatability` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual machine`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:170 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`来宾操作系统系列` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Guest OS family` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`Linux`。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:171 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " "later Linux (64-bit)`." -msgstr "将 :guilabel:`来宾操作系统版本` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`其他 3.x 或更高 Linux 版本（64 位）`。" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Guest OS version` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`Other 3.x or later Linux (64-bit)`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:179 msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" @@ -287,7 +300,7 @@ msgstr "图 6：VMware ESXi - 命名并选择来宾操作系统类型" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:181 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`选择存储` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Select storage` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:183 msgid "Accept the default option." @@ -295,18 +308,19 @@ msgstr "接受默认选项。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:186 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`定制设置` 步骤：" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Customize settings` 步骤：" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:188 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`虚拟硬件` 按钮。见图 7。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` 按钮。见图 7。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:189 msgid "" "Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " "virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " "virtualization to the guest OS`." -msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`CPU` 设置，选中 :guilabel:`在来宾操作系统中显示经过硬件辅助实现的虚拟化功能` 启用 :guilabel:`硬件虚拟化`。" +msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`CPU` 设置，选中 :guilabel:`Hardware virtualization` 启用 :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted virtualization to the guest OS`。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:197 msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" @@ -316,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr "图 7：VMware ESXi - 启用硬件虚拟化" msgid "" "Remove the default :guilabel:`Hard drive 1` setting by clicking the `X` " "icon on the right side. See Figure 8." -msgstr "点击右侧的 `X` 图标，移除默认 :guilabel:`硬盘 1` 设置。见图 8。" +msgstr "点击右侧的 `X` 图标，移除默认 :guilabel:`Hard drive 1` 设置。见图 8。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:206 msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Remove hard drive" @@ -324,10 +338,11 @@ msgstr "图 8：VMware ESXi - 移除硬盘" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:208 msgid "" -"Since a preconfigured image will be used, the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` " -"setting will not be needed. Disable it by unchecking the " +"Since a pre-configured image will be used, the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1`" +" setting will not be needed. Disable it by unchecking the " ":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox. See Figure 9." -msgstr "由于要使用预配置映像，所以不再需要 :guilabel:`CD/DVD 驱动器 1` 设置。取消选中 :guilabel:`连接` 复选框禁用该设置。见图 9。" +msgstr "由于要使用预配置映像，所以不再需要 :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` 设置。取消选中 :guilabel:`Connect` 复选框禁用该设置。见图 9。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:216 msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" @@ -336,14 +351,16 @@ msgstr "图 9：VMware ESXi - 断开 CD/DVD 驱动器" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:218 msgid "" "Attach the :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file that was " -"converted from the preconfigured |CL| VMware image." +"converted from the pre-configured |CL| VMware image." msgstr "挂载 :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` 文件。该文件从预配置的 |CL| VMware 映像转换而来。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:221 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Add hard disk` button and select the " ":guilabel:`Existing hard drive` option. See Figure 10." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`添加硬盘` 按钮，选择 :guilabel:`现有硬盘驱动器` 选项。见图 10。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Add hard disk` 按钮，选择 :guilabel:`Existing hard drive` 选项。见图 10。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:228 msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Add an existing hard drive" @@ -356,6 +373,7 @@ msgid "" "number]-vmware.vmdk` file. See Figure 11." msgstr "选择已转换的 :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` 文件。不要使用最初未转换的 :file:`clear-[version number]-vmware.vmdk` 文件。见图 11。" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:238 msgid "" "Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Select the converted :file:`clear-[version " @@ -368,17 +386,17 @@ msgstr "|CL| 需要 UEFI 支持才可以引导。启用 UEFI 引导支持。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:243 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 12." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`虚拟机选项` 按钮。见图 12。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`VM Options` 按钮。见图 12。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:244 msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." -msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`引导选项` 设置。" +msgstr "展开 :guilabel:`Boot Options` 设置。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:245 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " "right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." -msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`固件` 设置，点击其右侧的下拉列表，选择 :guilabel:`EFI` 选项。" +msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`Firmware` 设置，点击其右侧的下拉列表，选择 :guilabel:`EFI` 选项。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:252 msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" @@ -386,11 +404,11 @@ msgstr "图 12：VMware ESXi - 将引导固件设置为 EFI" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:254 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Save` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:256 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`完成` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Finish` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:259 msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" @@ -404,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "配置上述设置后，开启虚拟机。" msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 13." -msgstr "在 :guilabel:`浏览器` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`虚拟机`。见图 13。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Navigator` 窗口中，选择 :guilabel:`Virtual Machines`。见图 13。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:265 msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." @@ -412,7 +430,7 @@ msgstr "在右侧窗口中，选择新创建的虚拟机。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:266 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`开机` 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Power on` 按钮。" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -517,4 +535,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" #~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Run pre-configured |CL-ATTR| image as a VMware\\* ESXi guest OS" +#~ msgstr "运行预配置的 |CL-ATTR| 映像，用作 VMware\\* ESXi 来宾操作系统" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/autoproxy.po similarity index 57% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/autoproxy.po index 298045a3..b31c8356 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autoproxy.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/autoproxy.po @@ -4,33 +4,32 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:4 msgid "Autoproxy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoproxy" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:6 msgid "" "Autoproxy is provided to enable |CL-ATTR| to work smoothly behind a " "corporate proxy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "借助 Autoproxy，|CL-ATTR| 可在公司代理服务器后平稳运行。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:14 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically resolve the proxy needed for a given connection. With " "Autoproxy, you can use |CL| inside any proxy environment without having " "to manually configure the proxies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoproxy 会尝试检测代理自动配置 (PAC) 脚本，并使用其自动解析给定连接所需的代理。使用 Autoproxy，可以在任意代理环境下使用 |CL|，而无需手动配置代理。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -49,7 +48,7 @@ msgid "" "cloning a repo or checking for updates. With |CL|, all of the work is " "done behind the scenes to effortlessly use your network and have " "connections “just work”." -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司和专用网络可能非常复杂，因此出于安全原因需限制和控制网络连接。常见的负面效果是限制或阻止连接，且需手动配置代理以执行最普通的任务，例如克隆存储库或检查是否存在更新。通过 |CL|，所有工作便可在后台完成，以便轻松使用网络并使连接“正常工作”。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -58,11 +57,11 @@ msgid "" "worrying about the proxy not being set, and you can remove unset proxies " "from the equation when dealing with network unavailability across " "systems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此功能可消除因代理问题所导致的极端复杂的网络连接难题。可以自动执行任务（例如单元测试），而无需担心代理未设置，并可在处理跨系统的网络不可用问题时将未设置代理这一因素排除在外。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:34 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作原理" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -73,11 +72,11 @@ msgid "" "PAC file. The daemon then passes the URL into PACrunner\\*. PACrunner " "downloads the PAC file and uses the newly implemented Duktape\\* engine " "to parse it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们围绕多数 Linux\\* 发行版提供的工具设计了 Autoproxy，同时还进行了一些小的补充和修改。我们利用从系统获取的 DHCP 和网络信息，创建了 PAC 发现守护程序。该守护程序使用此信息来解析 PAC 文件的 URL。然后，守护程序将此 URL 传入 PACrunner\\*。PACrunner 下载 PAC 文件，使用新实现的 Duktape\\* 引擎来对其进行解析。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:47 msgid "Figure 1: Autoproxy Flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：Autoproxy 流程" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -88,11 +87,11 @@ msgid "" "Thus, your environment settings are respected and no time is wasted " "trying to resolve a proxy. All these steps happen in the background with " "no user interaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此后，所有 cURL\\* 或网络请求均会查询 PACrunner 以使用正确的代理。我们修改了 cURL 库以通过 DBus 与 PACrunner 进行通信。但是，如果未加载 PAC 文件或手动设置代理，cURL 则会忽略 PACrunner 并正常运行。如此一来，环境设置便会得以应用，且不会浪费时间来尝试解析代理。所有这些步骤均在后台执行，而无需用户介入。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:57 msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "故障检修" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -100,63 +99,63 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`swupd ` and other |CL| tools are implemented on top of" " libcurl. Tools that do not use libcurl, like git, must be configured " "independently." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoproxy 允许 |CL| 在代理后无缝运行，因为 :ref:`swupd ` 和其他 |CL| 工具的实现均基于 libcurl。不使用 libcurl 的工具（例如 git）则须单独配置。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:64 msgid "" "If you are familiar with PAC files and WPAD, you can use " ":command:`pacdiscovery` and :command:`FindProxyForURL` to troubleshoot " "problems with autproxy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果熟悉 PAC 文件和 WPAD，则可使用 :command:`pacdiscovery` 和 :command:`FindProxyForURL`，通过 Autoproxy 进行故障排除。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:70 msgid "Learn more about WPAD, PAC files, and PAC functions at `findproxyforurl`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问 `findproxyforurl`_，了解有关 WPAD、PAC 文件和 PAC 的更多信息。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:74 msgid "Run :command:`pacdiscovery` with no arguments to indicate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不带参数运行 :command:`pacdiscovery`，可以明确" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:76 msgid "if there is a problem resolving the :command:`WPAD` host name resolution:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解析 :command:`WPAD` 主机名时是否出现问题：" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:87 msgid "or if the :command:`pacrunner` service is disabled (masked)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或是是否已禁用（已屏蔽） :command:`pacrunner` 服务。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:98 msgid "Unmask the :command:`pacrunner` service by running:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行以下命令取消屏蔽 :command:`pacrunner` 服务：" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:104 msgid "" ":command:`FindProxyForURL` with :command:`busctl` can also indicate if " "the :command:`pacrunner.service` is masked." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`FindProxyForURL` 和 :command:`busctl`，也可以明确是否已屏蔽 :command:`pacrunner.service`。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:117 msgid "" ":command:`FindProxyForURL` returns the URL and port of the proxy server " "when an external URL and host are provided as arguments." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`FindProxyForURL` 会在外部 URL 和主机作为参数提供时，返回代理服务器的 URL 和端口。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:129 msgid "" "If a proxy server is not avialable, or if :command:`pacrunner` is running" " without a PAC file, :command:`FindProxyForURL` will return \"DIRECT\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果无代理服务器或是 :command:`pacrunner` 正在运行但不带 PAC 文件，:command:`FindProxyForURL` 则会返回 \"DIRECT\"。" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:141 msgid "" "Once :command:`pacdiscovery` is able to look up :command:`WPAD`, restart " "the :command:`pacrunner` service:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`pacdiscovery` 可查找 :command:`WPAD` 后，立即重新启动 :command:`pacrunner` 服务：" #: ../../tooling/autoproxy.rst:151 msgid "" "A \"domain\" or \"search\" entry in :file:`/etc/resolv.conf` is required " "for short name lookups to resolve. The :file:`resolv.conf` man page has " "additional details." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`/etc/resolv.conf` 中的 \"domain\" 或 \"search\" 条目是查找短名称以便进行解析所必需的条目。:File:`resolv.conf` 手册页包含其他详细信息。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/autospec.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/autospec.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..62b992cc --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/autospec.po @@ -0,0 +1,611 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-05 12:07-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:4 +msgid "autospec" +msgstr "autospec" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**autospec** is a tool used to assist with the automated creation and " +"maintenance of RPM packaging in |CL-ATTR|. Where a standard :abbr:`RPM " +"(RPM Package Manager)` build process using :command:`rpmbuild` requires a" +" tarball and :file:`.spec` file to start, autospec requires only a " +"tarball and package name to start." +msgstr "**autospec** 是在 |CL-ATTR| 中协助自动创建和维护 RPM 封装的工具。其中，使用 :command:`rpmbuild` 的标准 :abbr:`RPM (RPM Package Manager)` 构建流程需要 tarball 和 :file:`.spec` 文件才能启动，而 autospec 只需 tarball 和软件包名称便可启动。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:17 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "描述" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The autospec tool attempts to infer the requirements of the :file:`.spec`" +" file by analyzing the source code and :file:`Makefile` information. It " +"continuously runs updated builds based on new information discovered from" +" build failures until it has a complete and valid :file:`.spec` file. If " +"needed, you can influence the behavior of autospec and customize the " +"build by providing optional `control files`_ to the autospec tool." +msgstr "autospec 工具通过分析源代码和 :file:`Makefile` 信息来尝试推断 :file:`.spec` 文件的要求。它会根据从构建失败中发现的新信息不断运行更新后的内部版本，直到它具有完整有效的 :file:`.spec` 文件。如有必要，可以在 autospec 工具中增加可选的 `control files`_，影响 autospec 的行为，定制内部版本。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:26 +msgid "" +"autospec uses **mock** as a sandbox to run the builds. Visit the `mock " +"wiki`_ for additional information on using mock." +msgstr "autospec 使用模拟作为沙箱运行内部版本。访问 `mock wiki`_，了解有关使用模拟的其他信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For a general understanding of how an RPM works, visit the `rpm website`_" +" or the `RPM Packaging Guide`_." +msgstr "要大致了解 RPM 工作原理，请访问 `rpm website`_ 或 `RPM Packaging Guide`_。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:33 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "工作原理" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:35 +msgid "Learn the autospec tool set up and process." +msgstr "了解 autospec 工具的设置和流程。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:42 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "必备条件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The setup for building source in |CL| must be completed before using the " +"autospec tool." +msgstr "使用 autospec 工具之前，必须先在 |CL| 中完成构建源代码的设置操作。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Setup environment to build source`_ for instructions on " +"completing the setup." +msgstr "请参阅 `设置环境以构建源代码`_，了解有关完成此设置的说明。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:51 +msgid "Create an RPM" +msgstr "创建 RPM" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:53 +msgid "The basic autospec process is described in the following steps:" +msgstr "autospec 的基本流程如以下步骤所述：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The :command:`make autospec` command generates a :file:`.spec` file based" +" on the analysis of code and existing control files." +msgstr ":command:`make autospec` 命令根据对代码和现有控制文件的分析生成 :file:`.spec` 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Any control files should be located in the same directory as the " +"resulting :file:`.spec` file." +msgstr "所有控制文件均应与所生成 :file:`.spec` 文件位于同一目录。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:61 +msgid "View the `autospec README`_ for more information on `control files`_." +msgstr "查看 `autospec README`_，了解有关 `control files`_ 的更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:63 +msgid "autospec creates a build root with mock config." +msgstr "autospec 通过模拟配置来创建内部版本根目录。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:65 +msgid "autospec attempts to build an RPM from the generated :file:`.spec`." +msgstr "autospec 会尝试通过所生成的 :file:`.spec` 来构建 RPM。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:67 +msgid "autospec detects any missed declarations in the :file:`.spec`." +msgstr "autospec 会检测 :file:`.spec` 中的所有缺失声明。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If build errors occur, autospec scans the build log to try to detect the " +"root cause." +msgstr "如果出现构建错误，autospec 则会扫描构建日志，尝试发现根源所在。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If autospec detects the root cause and knows how to continue, it restarts" +" the build automatically at step 1 with updated build instructions." +msgstr "如果 autospec 检测到根源，且知如何继续，则会在步骤 1 中利用更新后的构建指令自动重新启动构建。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, autospec stops the build for user inspection to resolve the " +"errors. Respond to the build process output by fixing source code issues " +"and/or editing control files to resolve issues, which may include " +"dependencies or exclusions. See `autospec README`_ for more information " +"on control files." +msgstr "否则，autospec 会停止构建，以供用户检查，纠正错误。修复源代码问题和/或编辑控制文件，响应构建过程输出，从而解决问题。这些问题可能包括依存关系或排除项。查看 `autospec README`_，了解有关控制文件的更多信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:81 +msgid "The user resumes the process at step 1 after errors are resolved." +msgstr "纠正错误后，用户在步骤 1 中恢复此流程。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If a binary dependency doesn't exist in |CL|, you must build it before " +"running autospec again." +msgstr "如果 |CL| 中不存在二进制依存关系，则须先构建这种关系，然后才能再次运行 autospec。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Following these steps, autospec continues to rebuild the package, based " +"on new information discovered from build failures, until it has a valid " +":file:`.spec`. If no build errors occur, RPM packages are successfully " +"built." +msgstr "执行完这些步骤后，autospec 根据从构建失败中发现的新信息继续重新构建软件包，直到它具有有效的 :file:`.spec`。如果未出现构建错误，则会成功构建 RPM 包。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:91 +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "示例" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:93 +msgid "Complete `Setup environment to build source`_ before using these examples." +msgstr "在使用这些示例之前，请先完成 `设置环境以构建源代码`_。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:100 +msgid "Example 1: Build RPM with an existing spec file" +msgstr "例 1：使用现有规格文件构建 RPM" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:102 +msgid "" +"This example shows how to build a RPM from a pre-packaged upstream " +"package with an existing spec file. The example uses the ``dmidecode`` " +"package." +msgstr "本例介绍如何使用现有规格文件通过预封装的上游软件包来构建 RPM。本例采用 ``dmidecode`` 软件包。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:105 ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:161 +msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace and clone the ``dmidecode`` package:" +msgstr "导航到 autospec 工作区并克隆 ``dmidecode`` 软件包：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:114 +msgid "You can clone all package repos at once using the following command:" +msgstr "您可使用以下命令一次性克隆所有软件包存储库：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:120 ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:217 +msgid "The optional NUM is the number of threads to use." +msgstr "可选 NUM 参数表示待用线程数量。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For a list of available packages, view the " +":file:`~/clearlinux/projects/common/packages` file." +msgstr "有关可用软件包的列表，请查看 :file:`~/clearlinux/projects/common/packages` 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:125 +msgid "Navigate to the local copy of the ``dmidecode`` package and build it:" +msgstr "导航到 ``dmidecode`` 软件包的本地副本进行构建：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Build logs and additional RPMs " +"are in :file:`./results`." +msgstr "生成的 RPM 位于 :file:`./rpms`。构建日志和其他 RPM 则位于 :file:`./results`。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:136 +msgid "Example 2: Build a new RPM" +msgstr "例 2：构建新的 RPM" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This example shows how to build a new RPM with no spec file. The example " +"will create a simple helloclear RPM." +msgstr "本例介绍如何构建新的 RPM，而不使用规格文件。本例会创建简易的 helloclear RPM。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the autospec workspace and build the helloclear RPM. The " +":file:`Makefile` provides a :command:`make autospecnew` that can " +"automatically generate an RPM package using the autospec tool. You must " +"pass the URL to the source tarball and the NAME of the RPM you wish to " +"create:" +msgstr "导航到 autospec 工作区并构建 helloclear RPM。:file:`Makefile` 提供 :command:`make autospecnew`，可以使用 autospec 工具自动生成 RPM 包。必须将 URL 传递给源 tarball 以及待创建 RPM 的 NAME：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/rpms`. Build logs " +"and additional RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/results`." +msgstr "生成的 RPM 位于 :file:`./packages/helloclear/rpms`。构建日志和其他 RPM 则位于 :file:`./packages/helloclear/results`。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:155 +msgid "Example 3: Generate a new spec file with a pre-defined package" +msgstr "例 3：使用预定义软件包生成新的规格文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:157 +msgid "" +"This example shows how to modify an existing package to create a custom " +"RPM. In this example you will make a simple change to the ``dmidecode`` " +"package and rebuild the package." +msgstr "本例介绍如何修改现有软件包来创建定制 RPM。本例会对 ``dmidecode`` 软件包进行简单的更改并重新构建软件包。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:168 +msgid "Navigate into the *dmidecode* directory:" +msgstr "导航到 *dmidecode* 目录：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:174 +msgid "Open the :file:`excludes` file with an editor and add these lines:" +msgstr "用编辑器打开 :file:`excludes` 文件，添加以下行：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:187 +msgid "" +"These files aren't needed by dmidecode, so we can remove them without any" +" issues." +msgstr "dmidecode 不需要这些文件，因此可放心将其删除。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:190 +msgid "" +"In the :file:`dmidecode` directory, build the modified ``dmidecode`` " +"package:" +msgstr "在 :file:`dmidecode` 目录中，构建修改后的 ``dmidecode`` 软件包：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:196 +msgid "The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Logs are in :file:`./results`." +msgstr "生成的 RPM 位于 :file:`./rpms`。日志则位于 :file:`./results`。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:199 +msgid "Example 4: Provide control files to autospec" +msgstr "例 4：为 autospec 提供控制文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:201 +msgid "" +"This example shows how to modify control files to correct build failures " +"that autospec is unable to resolve. In this example, you will add a " +"missing license and dependencies so autospec can complete a successful " +"build." +msgstr "本例介绍如何修改控制文件，纠正 autospec 无法进行解析的构建问题。在本例中，您会添加缺少的许可证和依存关系，以便 autospec 成功完成构建。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:205 +msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace:" +msgstr "导航到 autospec 工作区：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:211 +msgid "If you have not already, clone all upstream package repos:" +msgstr "如果尚未克隆所有上游数据包存储库，则进行克隆：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a later step of this example, we will search the cloned package repos " +"for a missing dependency." +msgstr "在本例的后续步骤中，我们搜索克隆的软件包存储库中是否存在缺少的依存关系。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:224 +msgid "Build the opae-sdk RPM:" +msgstr "构建 opae-sdk RPM：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:230 +msgid "This results in an error for a missing license file:" +msgstr "此操作会因缺少许可证文件而出错：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:236 +msgid "Navigate to the package with build failures:" +msgstr "导航到包含构建问题的软件包：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Add one or more valid license identifiers from the `SPDX License List " +"`_. In the example below, two different " +"licenses are appropriate based on the opae-sdk project licensing:" +msgstr "添加一个或多个来自 `SPDX License List `_ 的有效许可证标识符。在下例中，根据 opae-sdk 项目许可，有两个不同的许可证适用：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:251 +msgid "Run autospec again:" +msgstr "再次运行 autospec：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:257 +msgid "This results in a generic error:" +msgstr "此操作会导致一般错误：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:263 +msgid "Open the build log to view the error details:" +msgstr "打开构建日志，查看错误详细信息：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:269 +msgid "" +"The build log contains details for the specific failures. In this " +"instance, there are missing dependencies:" +msgstr "构建日志包含特定故障的详细信息。在本例中，存在缺少的依存关系：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the json-c " +"library is available. In this case, it does exist and we'll add the " +"json-c 'dev' package into the buildreq_add:" +msgstr "搜索上游 |CL| 软件包的规格文件，查看 json-c 库是否可用。在本例中，此库不存在，我们需要将 json-c 'dev’ 软件包添加到 buildreq_add：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:293 +msgid "" +"This search step works only if the user cloned all of the upstream " +"package repos. In this example, upstream package repos were cloned in a " +"previous step." +msgstr "仅当用户已克隆所有上游软件包存储库后，此搜索步骤才有效。在本例中，已在上一步骤中克隆上游软件包存储库。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the libuuid " +"library is available. In this case, it exists in the util-linux package, " +"so we'll add util-linux-dev package into the buildreq_add:" +msgstr "搜索上游 |CL| 软件包的规格文件，查看 libuuid 库是否可用。在本例中，此库存在于 util-linux 软件包中，因此需要将 util-linux-dev 软件包添加到 buildreq_add：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Run autospec again and find the successfully-generated RPMs in the " +":file:`rpms` directory:" +msgstr "再次运行 autospec 并在 :file:`rpms` 目录中查找成功生成的 RPM：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If you need a dependency that does not exist in the |CL| repo, you must " +"first build it manually (see `Example 2: Build a new RPM`_), then add the" +" repo so that autospec knows the package exists. For example:" +msgstr "如需 |CL| 存储库中不存在的某一依存关系，则须首先对其进行手动构建（请参阅 `Example 2: Build a new RPM`_），然后添加此存储库，以便 autospec 了解存在此软件包。例如：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:325 +msgid "" +"You only need to add the dependency to the :file:`buildreq_add` control " +"file if autospec is not able to automatically find the correct dependency" +" on its own." +msgstr "如果 autospec 无法单独自动查找正确的依存关系，则需将此依存关系添加到 :file:`buildreq_add` 控制文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:330 +msgid "Test packaged software" +msgstr "测试封装后的软件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:332 +msgid "" +"After software has been packaged with autospec, the resulting RPMs can be" +" tested for functionality before being integrated and deployed into a " +"|CL| image with the :ref:`Mixer tool `." +msgstr "使用 autospec 封装软件后，可对生成的 RPM 进行功能测试，然后再用 :ref:`Mixer tool ` 将其集成和部署到 |CL| 映像。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:336 +msgid "" +"The |CL| development tooling offers two ways to quickly test autospec " +"generated RPMs." +msgstr "|CL| 开发工具提供两种快速测试 autospec 所生成 RPM 的方法。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:340 +msgid "" +"The methods outlined below should only be used for temporary testing on " +"development systems." +msgstr "下列方法只应用于开发系统的临时测试。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:345 +msgid "Test in a |CL| virtual machine" +msgstr "在 |CL| 虚拟机上测试" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:347 +msgid "" +"The |CL| development tooling includes a method to install RPMs into a " +"|CL| virtual machine running on the KVM hypervisor. Using a :abbr:`VM " +"(Virtual Machine)` allows testing in a completely isolated environment." +msgstr "|CL| 开发工具包括将 RPM 安装到 |CL| 虚拟机（在 KVM 管理程序上运行）的方法。使用 :abbr:`虚拟机`，可在完全隔离的环境下进行测试。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:351 +msgid "To test an autospec-created package inside a VM:" +msgstr "要测试在虚拟机内 autospec 创建的软件包：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:353 +msgid "" +"Download the |CL| KVM image into the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory as " +":file:`clear.img`. The location and name :file:`clear.img.xz` is " +"important for the tooling to work:" +msgstr "将 |CL| KVM 映像下载到 :file:`~/clearlinux` 目录，即 :file:`clear.img`。其位置和名称 :file:`clear.img.xz` 对于工具运行都十分重要：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:362 +msgid "Extract the downloaded |CL| KVM image:" +msgstr "解压缩已下载的 |CL| KVM 映像：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Copy the QEMU start script and virtual firmware needed for KVM into the " +":file:`~/clearlinux` directory:" +msgstr "将 KVM 所需的 QEMU 启动脚本和虚拟固件复制到 :file:`~/clearlinux` 目录：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Run :command:`make install` from the package's autospec directory. The " +":command:`make install` command mounts the downloaded |CL| KVM image and " +"installs the autospec-created RPM into it:" +msgstr "在此软件包的 autospec 目录中运行 :command:`make install`。:command:`make install` 命令可挂载已下载的 |CL| KVM 映像并将 autospec 创建的 RPM 安装到其中：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the " +"*install:* target in the `Makefile.common`_ file on GitHub." +msgstr "在 GitHub 上的 `Makefile.common`_ 文件中搜索 *install:* 目标，可以查看实现此操作的代码。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:388 +msgid "Return to the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory and start the |CL| VM:" +msgstr "返回到 :file:`~/clearlinux` 目录并启动 |CL| 虚拟机：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:395 +msgid "" +"A new |CL| VM will launch in the console. Log into the VM as *root* and " +"set a new password for the VM." +msgstr "新的 |CL| 虚拟机随即在控制台上启动。以 *root* 用户身份登录到虚拟机，为此虚拟机设置新密码。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Check that the software is installed in the |CL| VM as expected and " +"perform any relevant tests." +msgstr "确保该软件已正常安装到 |CL| 虚拟机上，然后完成所有相关测试。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:401 +msgid "" +"After testing has been completed, the |CL| VM can be powered off and " +"deleted:" +msgstr "测试完成后，可关闭并删除 |CL| 虚拟机：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:411 +msgid "Test directly on a development machine" +msgstr "直接在开发计算机上进行测试" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:413 +msgid "" +"The |CL| development tooling also includes a method to extract autospec-" +"created RPMs locally onto a |CL| development system for testing. " +"Extracting an RPM directly onto a system offers quicker testing; however" +" conflicts may occur and responsibility to remove the software after " +"testing is up to the developer." +msgstr "|CL| 开发工具还包括将 autospec 创建的 RPM 从本地解压缩到 |CL| 开发系统进行测试的方法。将 RPM 直接解压缩到系统中，可以加速测试过程，但可能发生冲突。同时，测试后删除软件的责任也取决于开发人员。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:419 +msgid "" +"To test an autospec created package directly on the |CL| development " +"system:" +msgstr "要直接在 |CL| 开发系统上测试 autospec 创建的软件包，必须执行以下步骤：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Run :command:`make install-local` from the package's autospec directory. " +"The :command:`make install-local` command extracts the RPM directly onto " +"the filesystem of the running |CL| system:" +msgstr "在此软件包的 autospec 目录中运行 :command:`make install-local`。:command:`make install-local` 命令会将 RPM 直接解压缩到正在运行的 |CL| 系统的文件系统中：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the " +"*install-local:* target in the `Makefile.common`_ file on GitHub." +msgstr "在 GitHub 上的 `Makefile.common`_ 文件中搜索 *install-local:* 目标，可以查看实现此操作的代码。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Check that the software is installed as expected and perform any relevant" +" tests." +msgstr "确保该软件已正常安装，然后完成所有相关测试。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:436 +msgid "" +"After testing has been completed, the software and any related files must" +" be identified and deleted. The :command:`swupd repair --picky` command " +"can help restore the state of the :file:`/usr` directory (see :ref:`swupd" +" `) however any other files must be cleaned up manually." +msgstr "测试完成后，必须发现并删除该软件和所有相关文件。:command:`swupd repair --picky` 命令有助于还原 :file:`/usr` 目录的状态（请参阅 :ref:`swupd `），但所有其他文件均须手动清理。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:444 +msgid "References" +msgstr "参考" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:446 +msgid "" +"Reference the `autospec README`_ for details regarding `autospec` " +"commands and options." +msgstr "请参阅 `autospec README`_，了解有关 `autospec` 命令和选项的详细信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:449 +msgid "Setup environment to build source" +msgstr "设置环境以构建源代码" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Setup of the workspace and tooling used for building source in |CL| is " +"mostly automated for you with a setup script. It uses tools from the " +":command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle." +msgstr "在 |CL| 中构建源代码所需的工作空间和工具设置操作大多数可通过设置脚本自动执行。该设置脚本使用来自 :command:`os-clr-on-clr` 捆绑包的工具。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:457 +msgid "" +"The setup script creates a workspace in the :file:`clearlinux` folder, " +"with the subfolders :file:`Makefile`, :file:`packages`, and " +":file:`projects`. The :file:`projects` folder contains the main tools " +"used for making packages in |CL| :file:`autospec` and :file:`common`." +msgstr "该设置脚本会在 :file:`clearlinux` 文件夹（其中包含 :file:`Makefile`、:file:`packages` 和 :file:`projects` 子文件夹）中创建一个工作空间。:file:`projects` 文件夹包含在 |CL| 中制作软件包的主要工具，即 :file:`autospec` 和 :file:`common`。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:462 +msgid "Follow these steps to setup the workspace and tooling for building source:" +msgstr "按照以下步骤设置构建代码所需的工作空间和工具：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:464 +msgid "Install the :command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle:" +msgstr "安装 :command:`os-clr-on-clr` 捆绑包：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:470 +msgid "Download the :file:`user-setup.sh` script:" +msgstr "下载 :file:`user-setup.sh` 脚本：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:476 +msgid "Make :file:`user-setup.sh` executable:" +msgstr "制作 :file:`user-setup.sh` 可执行文件：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:482 +msgid "Run the script as an unprivileged user:" +msgstr "以非特权用户的身份运行脚本：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:488 +msgid "" +"After the script completes, log out and log in again to complete the " +"setup process." +msgstr "脚本完成后，注销并再次登录以完成设置过程。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:491 +msgid "Set your Git user email and username for the repos on your system:" +msgstr "在系统上设置存储库的 Git 用户电子邮件和用户名：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:498 +msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git." +msgstr "此全局设置由使用 Git 的 |CL| 工具使用。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:503 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "相关主题" + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:505 +msgid ":ref:`Mixer tool `" +msgstr ":ref:`Mixer tool `" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The code that makes this possible " +#~ "can be viewed by searching for the" +#~ " *install:* target in the `Makefile.common" +#~ " file on GitHub`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The code that makes this possible " +#~ "can be viewed by searching for the" +#~ " *install-local:* target in the " +#~ "`Makefile.common file on GitHub`_." +#~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/bundles.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/bundles.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ef10b07 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/bundles.po @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" + +#: ../../guides/clear/bundles.rst:4 +msgid "Bundles" +msgstr "bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/bundles.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Linux-based operating systems contain the code of several hundred, if not" +" thousands, of open source projects. To make this manageable, " +"distributions use a concept called \"packages\" to configure and compile " +"the source code of these projects into binaries." +msgstr "基于 Linux 的操作系统包含数百甚至数千个开源项目的代码。为了便于管理，发行版使用了一个名为 \"packages\" 的概念来配置这些项目的源代码并将其编译成二进制代码。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/bundles.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Many distributions then split the content of these compiled packages into" +" so-called sub-packages, which are the granularity at which these " +"distributions deploy their software. With those kinds of distributions, " +"system administrators can then install and update sub-packages " +"individually or as a set, using tools such as \"yum\" and \"apt-get.\"" +msgstr "许多发行版随后将这些编译包的内容分成所谓的子包，这些子包是这些发行版部署其软件的粒度。借助这些类型的发行版，系统管理员就可以使用 \"yum\" 和 \"apt-get.\" 等工具单独或按组安装和更新子包。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/bundles.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The |CL-ATTR| takes a slightly different approach. While we also use the " +"concept of packages to manage compiling source code into binaries, we do " +"not use the package concept to deploy software. Instead, we provide " +"software \"bundles\" that are installed and managed using :ref:`swupd" +"`. Each bundle contains as many or as few open source " +"projects needed to provide a complete functionality." +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 采用的方法稍有不同。虽然我们也使用包的概念来管理将源代码编译成二进制代码的事宜，但是我们不使用包的概念来部署软件。相反，我们提供软件 \"bundles\"，它是使用 :ref:`swupd` 进行安装和管理的。每个捆绑包都包含或多或少的开源项目以提供完整功能。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/bundles.rst:25 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "相关主题" + +#: ../../guides/clear/bundles.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`swupd-guide`" +msgstr ":ref:`swupd-guide`" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL-ATTR| takes a slightly " +#~ "different approach. While we also use" +#~ " the concept of packages to manage" +#~ " compiling source code into binaries, " +#~ "we do not use the package concept" +#~ " to deploy software. Instead, we " +#~ "provide software \"bundles\" that are " +#~ "installed and managed using :ref:`swupd" +#~ "`. Each bundle contains as " +#~ "many or as few open source " +#~ "projects needed to provide a complete" +#~ " functionality." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next steps" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To put this concept into practice, see the following resources:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`bundles`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`bundle-commands`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`compatible-kernels`" +#~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/compatible-kernels.po similarity index 59% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/compatible-kernels.po index 2efca8ed..b92cee7d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/compatible-kernels.po @@ -4,38 +4,37 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:4 msgid "Kernels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:6 msgid "" "The |CL-ATTR| provides the following Linux kernels with a respective " "bundle. This document describes the specific use cases these `bundles`_ " "serve and provides links to their source code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 为下列 Linux 内核提供了各自的捆绑包。本文介绍这些 `bundles`_ 的特定用例，并提供了源代码链接。" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:11 msgid "Bare metal only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仅限裸机" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:17 msgid "Kernel native" -msgstr "" +msgstr "原生内核" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -43,15 +42,15 @@ msgid "" "optimized for fast booting and performs best on the Intel® architectures " "described on the :ref:`supported hardware list`. The" " optimization patches are found in our `Linux`_ GitHub\\* repo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*kernel-native* 捆绑包侧重于裸机平台。它针对快速引导进行了优化，并在 :ref:`supported hardware list` 所述的英特尔®架构上表现最佳。优化补丁可以在我们的 `Linux`_ GitHub\\* 存储库中找到。" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:22 msgid "Also compatible with VMs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "也与虚拟机兼容" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:32 msgid "Kernel LTS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LTS 内核" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -63,15 +62,15 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`instructions on using Virtualbox` for more" " information. The optimization patches are found in our `Linux-LTS`_ " "GitHub repo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*kernel-lts* 捆绑包侧重于裸机平台，但使用最新的 :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux 内核。它针对快速引导进行了优化，并在 :ref:`supported hardware list` 所述的英特尔®架构上表现最佳。此外，该内核包括 VirtualBox\\* 内核模块，请参阅我们的 :ref:`instructions on using Virtualbox` 了解更多信息。优化补丁可以在我们的 `Linux-LTS`_ GitHub 存储库中找到。" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:35 msgid "VM only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仅限虚拟机" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:47 msgid "Kernel KVM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KVM 内核" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -84,11 +83,11 @@ msgid "" "**hypervisor** . This kernel can be used as a standalone |CL| VM, see our" " :ref:`instructions on using KVM` for more information. The " "optimization patches are found in our `Linux-KVM`_ GitHub repo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*kernel-kvm* 捆绑包侧重于 Linux :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based Virtual Machine)`。它针对快速引导进行了优化，并在运行于 :ref:`supported hardware list` 所述的英特尔®架构的虚拟机上表现最佳。在 *qemu/kvm* 之上将 |CL| 作为来宾操作系统运行时，请使用此内核。在内部将 *qemu/kvm* 用作**虚拟机管理程序**时，可将此内核与云编排程序一起使用。该内核可用作独立的 |CL| 虚拟机，详情请参阅我们的 :ref:`instructions on using KVM`。优化补丁可以在我们的 `Linux-KVM`_ GitHub 存储库中找到。" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:58 msgid "Kernel Hyper-V\\*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hyper-V\\* Kernel" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -101,11 +100,11 @@ msgid "" "see our :ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V` for more " "information. The optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV`_ " "GitHub repo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*kernel-hyperv* 捆绑包侧重于在 Microsoft\\* Hyper-V 上运行 Linux。它针对快速引导进行了优化，并在运行于 :ref:`supported hardware list` 所述的英特尔®架构的虚拟机上表现最佳。在 Microsoft `Azure`_\\* 等项目中将 |CL| 运行为云实例的来宾操作系统时，请使用此内核。该内核可以在独立的 |CL| 虚拟机中使用。详情请参阅我们的 :ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V`。优化补丁可以在我们的 `Linux-HyperV`_ GitHub 存储库中找到。" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:71 msgid "Kernel Hyper-V LTS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hyper-V LTS 内核" #: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -118,7 +117,7 @@ msgid "" "`Azure`_. This kernel can be used in a standalone |CL| VM, see our " ":ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V` for more information. The " "optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV-LTS`_ GitHub repo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*kernel-hyperv-lts* 捆绑包侧重于在 Microsoft Hyper-V 上运行 Linux，但使用最新的 :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux 内核。它针对快速引导进行了优化，并在运行于 :ref:`supported hardware list` 所述的英特尔®架构的虚拟机上表现最佳。在 Microsoft `Azure`_ 等项目中将 |CL| 运行为云实例的来宾操作系统时，请使用此内核。该内核可以在独立的 |CL| 虚拟机中使用。详情请参阅我们的 :ref:`instructions on using Hyper-V`。优化补丁可以在我们的 `Linux-HyperV-LTS`_ GitHub 存储库中找到。" #~ msgid "Kernel Container" #~ msgstr "" @@ -136,3 +135,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "GitHub repo." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/debug.po similarity index 58% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/debug.po index af1d438b..d2942702 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/debug.po @@ -4,23 +4,22 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:4 msgid "Debug system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调试系统" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -29,18 +28,18 @@ msgid "" "necessary debug information on-the-fly over a network during a debugging " "session. On the server side, the system curates and compresses debug " "information into small pieces for efficient downloading." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 引入了一种使用 *clr-debug-info* 进行系统软件调试的新方法。在客户端，|CL| 调试系统会在调试会话期间通过网络即时获取所有必要的调试信息。在服务器端，系统将调试信息整理并压缩为较小的数据块，方便高效下载。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:12 msgid "" "For developers, this avoids the interruption during debugging that " "usually happens when debug information is missing. This can be especially" " useful on systems where storage is limited." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于开发人员，此举可避免调试期间通常在缺少调试信息的情况下所出现的中断问题。对于存储空间有限的系统，此功能尤其实用。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:22 msgid "Background" -msgstr "" +msgstr "后台" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -49,7 +48,7 @@ msgid "" "program, such as binaries and libraries. Extra developer data, such as " "the actual source code and symbol information, are separated and excluded" " for efficiency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为在操作系统中进行一般使用而编译和封装的软件通常仅包含用于执行程序的组件，例如二进制文件和库。为提高效率，其他开发数据则会被分置并排除，例如实际的源代码和符号信息。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -57,54 +56,54 @@ msgid "" "code lines and variables. Most of the time, this auxiliary information is" " not needed; however without it, debugging a program results in limited " "visibility." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调试信息有助于将二进制代码与人类可读的源代码行和变量进行关联。多数情况下并不需要这些辅助信息；但如果缺少此类信息，调试程序便无法提供足够的可见性。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:37 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用途" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:39 msgid "" "The clr-debug-info system is integrated into |CL| and seamlessly engages " "once installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "clr-debug-info 系统已集成到 |CL| 并在安装后立即无缝结合。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:42 msgid "Install the *dev-utils* bundle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 *dev-utils* bundle 文件。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:50 msgid "" "The *telemetrics* and *performance-tools* bundles also include clr-debug-" "info." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*telemetrics* 和 *performance-tools* bundle 文件也包含 clr-debug-info。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:54 msgid "" "Start a debugging session against a program using a debugger, such as " "GDB. For example, to debug *gnome-control-center* execute the following " "command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用调试程序（如 GDB）针对程序启动调试会话。例如，要调试 *gnome-control-center*，请执行以下命令：" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:62 msgid "" "As you step through the program and debug information is needed, the " "clr_debug_daemon obtains it in the background." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单步执行程序且需调试信息时，clr_debug_daemon 便会在后台获取所需信息。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:67 msgid "Implementation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实施" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:69 msgid "" "The implementation of the |CL| debug system is open source and available " "on GitHub at: https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-debug-info/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 调试系统的实现为开源程序且可在 GitHub 上的以下位置找到：https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-debug-info/" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:76 msgid "Figure 1: The communication flow of the |CL| debug system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：|CL| 调试系统的通信流程" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -112,7 +111,7 @@ msgid "" " filesystem mounted at :file:`/usr/lib/debug` and :file:`/usr/src/debug`." " The FUSE filesystem starts automatically. You can verify its status by " "executing :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_fuse.service`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 调试系统可实现在 :file:`/usr/lib/debug` 和 :file:`/usr/src/debug` 挂载的 :abbr:`FUSE (filesystem in userspace)` 文件系统。FUSE 文件系统会自动启动。可以执行 :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_fuse.service` 来验证状态。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -121,14 +120,16 @@ msgid "" "debugging programs that need it. It is socket activated whenever a " "request to the local FUSE filesystem occurs. You can verify its status " "with :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_daemon.service`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*clr_debug_daemon* 负责从服务器获取相应的软件包调试内容，并提供给需要它的所有调试程序。只要对本地 FUSE 文件系统发出请求，便会通过套接字将其激活。可以使用 :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_daemon.service` 来验证状态。" #: ../../tooling/debug.rst:90 msgid "" "|CL| hosts debuginfo content packaged for consumption by |CL| debug " "clients at https://download.clearlinux.org/debuginfo/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 存储有专供 |CL| 调试客户端（位于 https://download.clearlinux.org/debuginfo/）使用而封装的调试信息内容" #~ msgid "Debug System" #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/ister.po similarity index 62% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/ister.po index 9c1b26f7..30ebd750 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/ister.po @@ -4,42 +4,41 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:4 msgid "ister.py image builder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ister.py image builder" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:6 msgid "" "The `ister.py`_ tool is a template-based installer used by |CL-ATTR| to " "produce images for each release. The same ister tool is available for use" " in |CL| to create custom images based on an upstream image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ister.py`_ 工具是 |CL-ATTR| 使用的一款基于模板的安装程序，可以生成每个版本的映像。|CL| 中也可以使用该款 ister 工具，可以根据上游映像定制创建映像。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:15 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:17 msgid "" "|CL| is a rolling release and produces an average of 10 releases per week" -" using the ister tool. With each release we produce multiple :ref:`image " +" using the ister tool. With each release, we produce multiple :ref:`image " "types for different environments ` and use cases such as " "installers, Hyper-V, KVM, or VMWare." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 是一个滚动发行版本，使用该款 ister 工具每周平均生成 10 个版本。针对每个版本，我们均会生成多个 :ref:`image types for different environments ` 和用例，如安装程序、Hyper-V、KVM 或 VMWare。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -48,7 +47,7 @@ msgid "" "type, partitions, version, and bundles that will be preinstalled by " "default with the image. For each image type we produce, the corresponding" " JSON configuration file for the image also is published." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个映像均有一个 JSON 配置文件。ister 使用配置文件生成映像。这些 JSON 配置文件描述了默认情况下预安装映像的映像类型、分区、版本和 bundle 文件。针对所生成的每种映像类型，同时还会发布映像的相应 JSON 配置文件。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -57,69 +56,69 @@ msgid "" "for the image, which ister uses to generate the image. Refer to the " ":ref:`mixer` guide for instructions on using ister to build an " "image for a custom mix." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`mixer` 工具也用 ister 为定制组合构建映像。与上游映像一样，系统会为该映像定义 ister 用于生成映像的 JSON 配置文件。请参阅 :ref:`mixer` 指南，查看使用 ister 为定制组合构建映像的说明。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:34 msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:37 msgid "Recreate an upstream image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新创建上游映像" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:39 msgid "" "The published configuration files for upstream images may be used to " "recreate an image. Here are some examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上游映像的已发布配置文件可用于重新创建映像。部分示例如下：" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:42 msgid "" "Use an older version of |CL| and the image is no longer available (only " "after March 2017)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不再提供旧版 |CL| 和映像（仅 2017 年 3 月后）。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:44 msgid "Customize the partitions of an image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定制映像的分区。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:45 msgid "Customize the bundles preinstalled in an image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定制映像中预安装的 bundle 文件。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:46 msgid "Run your own post installation script." -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行自己的安装后脚本。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:49 msgid "" "Follow these steps to recreate an upstream image based on the image's " "JSON configuration file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照以下步骤，根据映像的 JSON 配置文件重新创建上游映像：" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:52 msgid "" "Install the :command:`os-installer` bundle. Refer to :ref:`swupd-guide` " "for more information on installing bundles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 :command:`os-installer` bundle 文件。请参阅 :ref:`swupd-guide`，了解有关安装 bundle 文件的更多信息。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:55 msgid "Download the `ister.py`_ tool and grant it sudo privileges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载 `ister.py`_ 工具并为其授予 sudo 权限。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:57 msgid "" "Download the JSON configuration file for the desired image (located in " ":file:`config/image/`):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载所需映像的 JSON 配置文件（位于 :file:`config/image/`）：" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:60 msgid "`Current release`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Current release`_" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:61 msgid "`Previous releases`_ (only after March 2017)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Previous releases`_ （仅 2017 年 3 月后）" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -127,44 +126,44 @@ msgid "" "version you want, and find the JSON configuration file under " ":file:`/clear/config/image`. For example: " "``https://cdn.download.clearlinux.org/releases/15700/clear/config/image/``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对先前版本，请导航到 `Previous releases`_，选择所需版本，然后在 :file:`/clear/config/image` 下找到 JSON 配置文件。例如：``https://cdn.download.clearlinux.org/releases/15700/clear/config/image/``" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:68 msgid "Download the “PostNonChroot” script (if applicable)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载“PostNonChroot”脚本（如果适用）。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:70 msgid "" "The JSON configuration file for the image may have an accompanying " "“PostNonChroot” script that is executed at the end of the image creation " "process. If it does, download the script and make it executable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此映像的 JSON 配置文件可能附带“PostNonChroot”脚本，在映像创建过程结束时执行。如果是，则下载此脚本，将其转换为可执行文件。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:74 msgid "Edit the JSON configuration file as needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按需编辑 JSON 配置文件。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:76 msgid "" "If your configuration file has an accompanying \"PostNonChroot\" script, " "change the default path of the script to match your path." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果此配置文件附带 \"PostNonChroot\" 脚本，则将此脚本的默认路径更改为您的路径。" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:79 msgid "Generate the new image with the following command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用以下命令生成新映像：" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:86 msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "相关主题" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:88 msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`mixer`" #: ../../tooling/ister.rst:89 msgid ":ref:`bulk-provision`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`bulk-provision`" #~ msgid "" #~ "The `ister.py tool`_ is a template-" @@ -190,3 +189,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "`Configuration files for the current release`_" #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/mixer.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/mixer.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..501fc79a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/mixer.po @@ -0,0 +1,1184 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-05 12:07-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:4 +msgid "mixer" +msgstr "mixer" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**mixer** is the tool used by the |CL-ATTR| team to generate official " +"update content and releases. The update content generated by mixer is " +"then consumed by swupd on a downstream client. The same mixer tool is " +"available as part of |CL| to create your own customized update content " +"and releases." +msgstr "**mixer** 是 |CL-ATTR| 团队用于生成官方更新内容和版本的工具。mixer 生成的更新内容随后会在下游客户端上供 swupd 使用。该 mixer 工具也可以成为 |CL| 功能，用来创建自己的定制更新内容和版本。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "描述" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:18 +msgid "mixer uses the following sources as inputs to generate update content:" +msgstr "mixer 使用以下源作为输入，生成更新内容：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:20 +msgid "Upstream |CL| bundles with their corresponding RPM packages" +msgstr "带相应 RPM 包的上游 |CL| bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:21 +msgid "Locally-defined bundles with their corresponding local RPM packages" +msgstr "带相应本地 RPM 包的本地定义的 bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:22 +msgid "Locally-defined bundles with upstream RPM packages" +msgstr "带上游 RPM 包的本地定义的 bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Using the mixer tool, you select which set of content from these sources " +"will be part of your update. You can select content from each of these " +"sources to make a unique combination of functionality for your custom " +"update content, known as a **mix**." +msgstr "使用 mixer 工具，可以选择将来自这些源的哪些内容纳入更新。可以从这些源选择内容，从而为定制更新内容创建独特的功能组合（即组合）。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The update content that mixer generates consists of various pieces of OS " +"content, update metadata, as well as a complete image. The OS content " +"includes all files in an update, as well as zero- and delta-packs for " +"improved update performance. The update metadata, stored as manifests, " +"describes all of the bundle information for the update. Update content " +"produced by mixer is then published to a web server and consumed by " +"clients via swupd. Refer to :ref:`swupd ` for additional " +"information regarding updates and update content." +msgstr "mixer 生成的更新内容包括各种操作系统内容、更新元数据和完整映像。操作系统内容包括所有更新文件，以及用于提升更新性能的零包和增量包。作为清单存储的更新元数据则描述了更新的所有 bundle 文件信息。mixer 生成的更新内容随后会发布到 Web 服务器，然后由客户端通过 swupd 使用。请参阅 :ref:`swupd `，了解有关更新和更新内容的其他信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:32 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "工作原理" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:34 +msgid "Learn the mixer tool set up and workflow." +msgstr "了解 mixer 工具的设置和工作流。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:41 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "必备条件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:43 +msgid ":command:`mixer` bundle" +msgstr ":command:`mixer` bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add the mixer tool with the :command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to :ref" +":`swupd-guide` for more information on installing bundles." +msgstr "通过 :command:`mixer` bundle 文件添加 mixer 工具。请参阅 :ref:`swupd-guide`，了解有关安装 bundle 文件的更多信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:48 +msgid "Docker\\* container" +msgstr "Docker\\* 容器" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:50 +msgid "" +"mixer by default runs all build commands in a Docker container to ensure " +"the correct tool versions are used. This also allows custom mixes to " +"automatically perform downstream format bumps when the upstream releases " +"a format bump. See `Format version`_ for additional information regarding" +" format bumps." +msgstr "默认情况下，mixer 会在 Docker 容器中运行所有构建命令，确保使用正确的工具版本。此外，此操作还会在上游发布新的时间戳时允许定制组合自动执行下游时间戳转换。请参阅 `Format version`_，了解有关时间戳转换的其他信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:56 +msgid "Refer to `Configure and enable Docker`_ for instruction." +msgstr "请参阅 `Configure and enable Docker`_，查看相关说明。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:58 +msgid "Docker proxy (optional)" +msgstr "Docker 代理（可选）" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " +"and create a proxy configuration file for the Docker daemon and " +"container." +msgstr "如果使用代理服务器，则须设置代理环境变量并为 Docker 守护程序和容器创建代理配置文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Consult your IT department for the correct values if you are behind a " +"corporate proxy." +msgstr "如果使用了公司代理服务器，则请咨询 IT 部门以获取正确的值。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:66 +msgid "Refer to `Configure Docker proxy info`_ for instruction." +msgstr "请参阅 `Configure Docker proxy info`_，查看相关说明。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:68 +msgid "Location to host the update content and images" +msgstr "更新内容和映像的存储位置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In order for swupd to make use of your mix, the update content for your " +"mix must be hosted on a web server. Your mix will be configured with an " +"update location URL, which swupd will use to pull down updates." +msgstr "为了让 swupd 使用您的组合，组合的更新内容需在 Web 服务器上存储。此组合会配置更新位置 URL，而 swupd 则会用其拉取更新。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_ for an simple example of " +"setting up an update location." +msgstr "请参阅 `为 mixer 设置 Nginx Web 服务器`_，查看设置更新位置的简单示例。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:78 +msgid "Mix setup" +msgstr "组合设置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Follow these steps to create and initialize the mixer workspace. Complete" +" the setup before you create a mix." +msgstr "请按以下步骤创建和初始化 mixer 工作区。创建组合前，请先完成设置。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:83 +msgid "Create workspace." +msgstr "创建工作区。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The mixer tool uses a simple workspace to contain all input and output in" +" a basic directory structure. The workspace is simply an empty folder " +"from which you execute the mixer commands. Each mix uses its own separate" +" workspace." +msgstr "mixer 工具使用简易工作区包含基本目录结构中的所有输入和输出。此工作区只是一个空文件夹，可以在此文件夹中执行 mixer 命令。每个组合均使用自己的独立工作区。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:90 +msgid "Initialize the workspace and mix." +msgstr "初始化工作区和组合。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Before you create a mix, you must explicitly initialize the mixer " +"workspace. During initialization, the mixer workspace is configured and " +"the base for your mix is defined. By default, your mix is based on the " +"latest upstream version and starts with the minimum set of bundles. Your " +"first custom mix version number starts at 10. Alternatively, you can " +"select other versions or bundle sets from which to start." +msgstr "创建组合前，必须显式初始化 mixer 工作区。初始化期间，系统将配置 mixer 工作区并定义组合基础。默认情况下，组合以最新的上游版本为基础创建，一开始只包含最少的 bundle 文件。第一个定制组合版本号以 10 开始。也可以选择要从中启动的其他版本或 bundle 文件集。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Initialization creates the directory structure within the workspace and " +"adds the :file:`builder.conf` file, which is used to configure the mixer " +"tool." +msgstr "初始化操作会在工作区中创建目录结构并添加 :file:`builder.conf` 文件，而此文件将用于配置 mixer 工具。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"View the `mixer.init man page`_ for more information on mixer " +"initialization." +msgstr "查看 `mixer.init man page`_，了解有关 mixer 初始化的更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:105 +msgid "View the list of suitable `releases`_ from which to mix." +msgstr "查看适合从中进行组合的 `releases`_ 列表。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:107 +msgid "Edit builder.conf." +msgstr "编辑 builder.conf。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:109 +msgid "" +":file:`builder.conf` tells the mixer tool how to configure the mix. For " +"example, it allows you to configure where mixer output is located and " +"where swupd update content will be located." +msgstr "mixer 工具根据 :file:`builder.conf` 知道如何配置组合。例如，可以配置 mixer 输出的所在位置以及 swupd 更新内容的所在位置。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:113 +msgid "" +"At minimum, set the URL of your update server so your custom OS knows " +"where to get update content." +msgstr "至少需要设置更新服务器的 URL，以便定制操作系统知道从何处获取更新内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:116 +msgid "Refer to the `builder.conf`_ section for more information." +msgstr "请参阅 `builder.conf`_ 部分，了解更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:119 +msgid "Create a mix" +msgstr "创建组合" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:121 +msgid "A mix is created with the following steps:" +msgstr "创建组合的步骤如下：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:123 +msgid "Add custom RPMs and set up local repo (optional)." +msgstr "添加定制 RPM 并设置本地存储库（可选）。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If you are adding custom RPMs to your mix, you must add the RPMs to your " +"mix workspace and set up a corresponding local repository." +msgstr "如果要在组合中添加定制 RPM，则须将 RPM 添加到组合工作区并设置相应的本地存储库。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Go to the :ref:`autospec` guide to learn to build RPMs from " +"scratch. If the RPMs are not built on |CL|, make sure your configuration " +"and toolchain builds them correctly for |CL|. Otherwise there is no " +"guarantee they will be compatible." +msgstr "转到 :ref:`autospec` 指南，了解如何从头构建 RPM。如果未在 |CL| 上构建 RPM，则请确保配置和工具链会为 |CL| 正确构建 RPM，否则便无法保证其兼容。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`autospec` guide for more information on using autospec" +" to build RPMs." +msgstr "请参阅 :ref:`autospec` 指南，了解使用 autospec 来构建 RPM 的更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:136 +msgid "Update and build bundles." +msgstr "更新和构建 bundle 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Add, edit, or remove bundles that will be part of your content and build " +"them. mixer automatically updates the :file:`mixbundles` file when you " +"update the bundles in your mix." +msgstr "添加、编辑或删除将纳入内容的 bundle 文件并对其进行构建。更新组合中的 bundle 文件时，mixer 会自动更新 :file:`mixbundles` 文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:142 +msgid "" +"View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for more information on configuring " +"bundles in a mix." +msgstr "查看 `mixer.bundle man page`_，了解配置组合中的 bundle 文件的更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:145 +msgid "View the `mixer.build man page`_ for more information on building bundles." +msgstr "查看 `mixer.build man page`_，了解有关构建 bundle 文件的更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:147 +msgid "" +"View the `Bundles`_ section for more information on how mixer manages " +"bundles." +msgstr "查看 `Bundles`_ 部分，了解有关 mixer 如何管理 bundle 文件的更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:150 +msgid "Create the update content." +msgstr "创建更新内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:152 +msgid "" +"mixer creates update content with this step. Zero-packs are created " +"automatically, and delta-packs can be optionally created at the same time" +" (for all builds after version 0)." +msgstr "mixer 会通过此步骤创建更新内容。零包是自动创建的，也可以同时创建增量包（适用于版本 0 之后的所有内部版本）。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:156 +msgid "" +"A zero-pack is the full set of content needed to go from mix version 0 " +"(nothing) to the mix version for which you just built content." +msgstr "零包是从组合版本 0（无）变为刚刚为其构建内容的组合版本所需的全套内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:159 +msgid "" +"A delta-pack provides the content *delta* between a `PAST_VERSION` to a " +"`MIX_VERSION` that allows the transition from one mix version to another." +msgstr "增量包可提供 `PAST_VERSION` 与 `MIX_VERSION` 之间的增量内容，允许从一个组合版本变为另一版本。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:162 +msgid "View :ref:`swupd-guide` for more information on update content." +msgstr "查看 :ref:`swupd-guide`，了解有关更新内容的更多信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:164 +msgid "Create image." +msgstr "创建映像。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:166 +msgid "" +"mixer creates a bootable image from your updated content using the " +":ref:`ister` tool. In this step you can specify which bundles you want " +"*preinstalled* in the image. Users can later install other bundles " +"available in your mix." +msgstr "mixer 使用 :ref:`ister` 工具从更新后的内容创建可引导映像。在此步骤中，可以指定要在映像中预安装的 bundle 文件。随后，用户可以安装组合中的其他 bundle 文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:171 +msgid "Make update available." +msgstr "推出更新。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:173 +msgid "Deploy update content and images to your update server." +msgstr "将更新内容和映像部署到更新服务器。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:175 +msgid "" +"View the `Example 3: Deploy updates to target`_ for a simple deployment " +"scenario." +msgstr "查看 `Example 3: Deploy updates to target`_，了解简单的部署场景。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:179 +msgid "Maintain or modify mix" +msgstr "保持或修改组合" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Update or modify your content to a new version by following the steps to " +"create a mix. Increment the mix version number for the next mix." +msgstr "按照创建组合的步骤，将内容更新或修改为新版本。为下一组合递增组合版本号。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:185 +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "示例" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The following examples are designed to work together and in order. The " +"examples use:" +msgstr "以下示例旨在按顺序协同工作。这些示例采用：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:190 +msgid "A stock installation of |CL|." +msgstr "|CL| 的原有安装。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:191 +msgid "A web server that comes with |CL| to host the content updates." +msgstr "|CL| 随附用于存储内容更新的 Web 服务器。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:192 +msgid "" +"A simple VM that updates against the locally produced content created in " +"Example 2." +msgstr "一台根据例 2 中创建的本地生成内容进行更新的简易虚拟机。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:195 +msgid "Complete all `Prerequisites`_ before using these examples." +msgstr "在使用这些示例之前，请先满足所有 `Prerequisites`_。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:198 +msgid "Example 1: Mix set up" +msgstr "例 1：组合设置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:200 +msgid "" +"This example shows the basic steps for the first-time setup of mixer for " +"a new mix." +msgstr "本例介绍了第一次为新组合设置 mixer 的基本步骤。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:203 +msgid "Create an empty directory to use as a workspace for mixer:" +msgstr "创建一个空目录，用作 mixer 的工作区：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:209 +msgid "" +"In your mixer workspace, generate an initial mix based on the latest " +"upstream |CL| version, with minimum bundles. In the initialization " +"output, be aware that your initial mix version is set to 10 and that the " +"minimum bundles have been added." +msgstr "在 mixer 工作区中，根据最新的上游 |CL| 版本生成初始组合，包含最少的 bundle 文件。在初始化输出中，请注意初始组合版本已设为 10，添加了最少的 bundle 文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Edit :file:`builder.conf` to set the value of CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL " +"to the IP address of the nginx\\* server you set up in the prerequisite " +"`Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_. For example:" +msgstr "编辑 :file:`builder.conf`，将 CONTENTURL 和 VERSIONURL 的值设为在前提条件 `为 mixer 设置 Nginx Web 服务器`_ 中所设 nginx\\* 服务器的 IP 地址。例如：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:229 +msgid "Example 2: Create a simple mix" +msgstr "例 2：创建简单组合" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:231 +msgid "" +"This example shows how to create a simple custom mix using upstream " +"content. We'll create an image for a QEMU virtual machine that we can use" +" later to test our mix." +msgstr "本例介绍如何使用上游内容创建简单的定制组合。我们要为 QEMU 虚拟机创建映像，方便以后进行组合测试。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:235 +msgid "" +"We can use the default bundles that were added during initialization, but" +" these include the :command:`native-kernel` bundle that is intended to be" +" used on a bare metal system instead of a VM. So we will modify the " +"default bundle set to get a smaller kernel image, which will also be " +"faster to load." +msgstr "我们可以使用初始化期间添加的默认 bundle 文件，但其中包括 :command:`native-kernel` bundle 文件，而此 bundle 文件主要用于裸机系统而非虚拟机。因此，我们要修改默认的 bundle 文件集，缩小内核映像，提高加载速度。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:240 +msgid "Update bundles in mix:" +msgstr "更新组合中的 bundle 文件：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:247 +msgid "" +"In this case, we will add the `editors` bundle from upstream, but we will" +" remove the `joe` editor." +msgstr "在此情况下，我们将添加来自上游的 `editors` bundle，但会移除 `joe` 编辑器。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:255 +msgid "Use an editor and manually remove `joe` from the bundle definition." +msgstr "使用一个编辑器，从 bundle 定义中手动移除 `joe`。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:261 +msgid "List the bundles in the mix again to confirm removal." +msgstr "在 mix 中再次列出 buddles 以确认移除。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:268 +msgid "Build bundles:" +msgstr "构建 bundle 文件：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Look in ~/mixer/update/image//full for the full chroot after" +" the :command:`build` command completes." +msgstr ":command:`build` 命令完成后，在 ~/mixer/update/image//full 中查找完整 chroot。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Build update content. Browse to your \\http://localhost site and you'll " +"see the web page is now up, but with no update content. Build the update " +"content:" +msgstr "构建更新内容。浏览到 \\http://localhost 站点，您会看到网页现已打开，但没有更新内容。构建更新内容：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Refresh your \\http://localhost site and now you can see the update " +"content for mix version 10." +msgstr "刷新 \\http://localhost 站点。此时，您便可看到组合版本 10 的更新内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:287 ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Look in ~/mixer/update/www/ to see the update content in " +"your workspace." +msgstr "查找 ~/mixer/update/www/，在工作区中查看更新内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Configure image. Edit the ister configuration file for your image to " +"include all of the bundles you want preinstalled in the image. If this is" +" the first time creating an image, first get a copy of the :file" +":`release-image-config.json` template file:" +msgstr "配置映像。编辑映像的 ister 配置文件，包含要在映像中预安装的所有 bundle 文件。如果是首次创建映像，则需首先获取 :file:`release-image-config.json` 模板文件的副本：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:299 +msgid "" +"For this example, edit :file:`release-image-config.json` so that the root" +" partition size is \"5G\" and replace the \"kernel-native\" bundle with " +"\"kernel-kvm\"." +msgstr "在本例中，编辑 :file:`release-image-config.json`，使 root 分区的大小为 \"5G\"，同时将 \"kernel-native\" bundle 文件更换为 \"kernel-kvm\"。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:319 +msgid "Build the image." +msgstr "构建映像。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The output from this step will be :file:`release.img`, which is a live " +"image." +msgstr "此步骤的输出为实时映像 :file:`release.img`。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Make the next mix. Create a new version of your mix, for the live image " +"to update to. Increment your mix version by 10:" +msgstr "创建下一组合。为接受更新的实时映像创建组合新版本。组合版本以 10 为因子递增：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:334 +msgid "Repeat steps 1-3 to add the upstream :command:`curl` bundle to the mix:" +msgstr "重置执行步骤 1-3，将上游 :command:`curl` bundle 文件添加到组合中：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:342 +msgid "Build optional delta-packs, which helps reduce client update time:" +msgstr "构建可选增量包，有助于缩短客户端更新时间：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Refresh your \\http://localhost site to see the update content for mix " +"version 20." +msgstr "刷新 \\http://localhost 站点，查看组合版本 20 的更新内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:355 +msgid "Example 3: Deploy updates to target" +msgstr "例 3：将更新部署到目标位置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:357 +msgid "" +"The image created in Example 2 is directly bootable in QEMU. In this " +"example, we'll boot the image from Example 2 to verify it, and update the" +" image from mix version 10 (from which the image was built), to mix " +"version 20." +msgstr "在例 2 中创建的映像可以在 QEMU 中直接引导。在本例中，我们会引导例 2 中的映像，对其进行验证，然后将映像从组合版本 10（原始映像）更新到组合版本 20。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:361 +msgid "Set up the QEMU environment." +msgstr "设置 QEMU 环境。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:363 +msgid "Install the :command:`kvm-host` bundle to your |CL|:" +msgstr "将 :command:`kvm-host` bundle 文件安装到 |CL|：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:369 +msgid "" +"Get the virtual EFI firmware, download the image launch script, and make " +"it executable:" +msgstr "获取虚拟 EFI 固件，下载映像启动脚本，将其转换为可执行文件：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:378 +msgid "Start your VM image (created in Example 2):" +msgstr "启动虚拟机映像（例 2 中创建）：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:384 +msgid "Log in as root and set a password" +msgstr "以 root 用户身份登录，设置密码" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:386 +msgid "Try out your mix." +msgstr "试用此组合。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:388 +msgid "Take a look at the default bundles installed in your mix:" +msgstr "查看组合中安装的默认 bundle 文件：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:396 +msgid "Now we will add the `editors` bundle that we modified." +msgstr "现在我们将添加修改的 `editors` bundle。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Try to start the `joe` editor. It should not appear because we removed " +"it from the original `editors` bundle." +msgstr "尝试启动 `joe` 编辑器。它应该不会出现，因为我们已将它从原 `editors` bundle 中移除。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Next we will update from version 10 to 20 to capture the newly available " +"bundles. Use :command:`swupd` to update your mix:" +msgstr "下一步，我们将从版本 10 更新至版本 20，以获取新的可用 bundles。使用 :command:`swupd` 更新您的 mix：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:414 +msgid "" +"Now your mix should be at version 20 and curl is now available. Try using" +" curl. This will fail because curl is not yet installed:" +msgstr "此时，组合应为版本 20 且 curl 可用。试用 curl。由于尚未安装 curl，因此此操作会失败：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Add the new bundle from your update server to your VM. Retry curl. It " +"works!" +msgstr "将更新服务器上的新 bundle 文件添加到虚拟机上。再次试用 curl。操作成功！" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:429 +msgid "Shutdown your VM:" +msgstr "关闭虚拟机：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:441 +msgid "References" +msgstr "参考" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:443 +msgid "" +"Reference the `mixer man page`_ for details regarding mixer commands and " +"options." +msgstr "参考 `mixer man page`_，了解有关 mixer 命令和选项的详细信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:452 +msgid "builder.conf" +msgstr "builder.conf" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:454 +msgid "" +"mixer initialization creates a :file:`builder.conf` that stores the basic" +" configuration for the mixer tool. The items of primary interest are " +"CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL, which will be used by systems updating against" +" your custom content." +msgstr "mixer 初始化过程中会创建 :file:`builder.conf`。文件中包含 mixer 工具的基本配置。其中的主要项目为 CONTENTURL 和 VERSIONURL。系统会根据定制内容使用这些项目。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Additional explanation of variables in :file:`builder.conf` is provided " +"in Table 1." +msgstr "表 1 提供了 :file:`builder.conf` 中变量的附加说明。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:491 +msgid "**Variable**" +msgstr "**变量**" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:491 +msgid "**Explanation**" +msgstr "**说明**" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:493 +msgid "`CERT`" +msgstr "`CERT`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Sets the path where mixer stores the certificate file used to sign " +"content for verification. mixer automatically generates the certificate " +"if you do not provide the path to an existing one, and signs the " +":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for the updated content you" +" create." +msgstr "设置 mixer 存储证书文件的路径。该文件用于签署内容并进行验证。如果不提供现有证书文件的路径，mixer 则会自动生成证书，同时会签署 :file:`Manifest.MoM` 文件，为创建的更新内容提供安全保障。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:500 +msgid "" +"chroot-builder uses the certificate file to sign the root " +":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for content verification." +msgstr "chroot-builder 使用此证书文件签署 :file:`Manifest.MoM` root 文件，为内容验证提供安全保障。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:504 +msgid "" +"swupd uses this certificate to verify the :file:`Manifest.MoM` file's " +"signature." +msgstr "swupd 使用此证书验证 :file:`Manifest.MoM` 文件的签名。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:507 +msgid "" +"For now, we strongly recommend that you do not modify this variable, as " +"swupd expects a certificate with a very specific configuration to sign " +"and verify properly." +msgstr "目前，极力建议不要修改此变量，因为 swupd 必须要有配置十分具体的证书，才能正确签署和验证。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:512 +msgid "`CONTENTURL` and `VERSIONURL`" +msgstr "`CONTENTURL` 和 `VERSIONURL`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Set these variables to the IP address of the web server hosting the " +"update content." +msgstr "将这些变量设置为存储更新内容的 Web 服务器的 IP 地址。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:515 +msgid "" +"VERSIONURL is the IP address where the swupd client looks to determine if" +" a new version is available." +msgstr "VERSIONURL 是 swupd 客户端希望确定是否存在新版本的 IP 地址。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:518 +msgid "CONTENTURL is the location from which swupd pulls content updates." +msgstr "CONTENTURL 是 swupd 从中拉取内容更新的位置。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:521 +msgid "" +"If the web server is on the same machine as the SERVER_STATE_DIR " +"directory, you can create a symlink to the directory in your web server's" +" document root to easily host the content." +msgstr "如果 Web 服务器与 SERVER_STATE_DIR 目录位于同一计算机上，则可在 Web 服务器的文档根目录中创建符号链接，轻松存储内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:526 +msgid "These URLs are embedded in the images created by mixer." +msgstr "这些 URL 嵌入 mixer 所创建的映像中。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:528 +msgid "`DOCKER_IMAGE_PATH`" +msgstr "`DOCKER_IMAGE_PATH`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Sets the base name of the docker image that mixer pulls down to run " +"builds in the proper container." +msgstr "设置 mixer 通过拉取在适当容器中运行内部版本的 docker 映像的基本名称。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:531 +msgid "`LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR`" +msgstr "`LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:531 +msgid "" +"Sets the path where mixer stores the local bundle definition files. The " +"bundle definition files include any new, original bundles you create, " +"along with any edited versions of upstream bundles." +msgstr "设置 mixer 存储本地 bundle 定义文件的路径。bundle 定义文件包括用户创建的所有原创新 bundle 文件，还有上游 bundle 文件的编辑版本。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:536 +msgid "`SERVER_STATE_DIR`" +msgstr "`SERVER_STATE_DIR`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Sets the path to which mixer outputs content. By default, mixer " +"automatically sets the path." +msgstr "设置 mixer 输出内容的目标路径。默认情况下，mixer 会自动设置此路径。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:539 +msgid "`VERSIONS_PATH`" +msgstr "`VERSIONS_PATH`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:539 +msgid "" +"Sets the path for the mix version and upstream version's two state files:" +" :file:`mixversion` and :file:`upstreamversion`. mixer creates both files" +" for you when you set up the workspace." +msgstr "设置组合版本以及上游版本的两个状态文件的路径：:file:`mixversion` 和 :file:`upstreamversion`。设置工作区时，mixer 会为您创建这两个文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:544 +msgid "`YUM_CONF`" +msgstr "`YUM_CONF`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:544 +msgid "" +"Sets the path where mixer automatically generates the :file:`.yum-" +"mix.conf` file." +msgstr "设置 mixer 自动生成 :file:`.yum-mix.conf` 文件所在的路径。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:547 +msgid "" +"The yum configuration file points the chroot-builder to where the RPMs " +"are stored." +msgstr "yum 配置文件将 chroot-builder 指向 RPM 的存储位置。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:550 +msgid "**Table 1**: *Variables in builder.conf*" +msgstr "表 1：builder.conf 中的变量" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:554 +msgid "Format version" +msgstr "Format 版本" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:556 +msgid "" +"Compatible versions of an OS are tracked with an OS *compatibility " +"epoch*. Versions of an OS within an epoch are fully compatible and can " +"update to any other version within that epoch. The compatibility epoch is" +" set as the `Format` variable in the :file:`mixer.state` file. Variables " +"in the :file:`mixer.state` are used by mixer between executions and " +"should not be manually changed." +msgstr "操作系统的兼容版本通过操作系统兼容性时间戳进行跟踪。某一时间戳的各版本操作系统均完全兼容，并可更新到该时间戳中的任意其他版本。兼容性时间戳在 :file:`mixer.state` 文件中作为 `Format` 变量进行设置。:file:`mixer.state` 中的变量由 mixer 在执行间隔使用，且不应手动更改。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:563 +msgid "" +"A format bump is like modifying the foundation of a house to create a new" +" level. If `Format` increments to a new epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS" +" has changed in such a way that updating from build A in format X to " +"build B in format Y will not work." +msgstr "format bump 会改变 house 的基础，创建一个新层级。如果 `Format` 递增至新的阶段（ \"format bump\"），操作系统会以这种方式发生改变：从 format X 构成的 build A 更新至 format Y 构成的 build B 将无法完成。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:568 +msgid "A format bump is required when:" +msgstr "在如下情况中，将需要 format bump：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:570 +msgid "" +"The software updater, :command:`swupd`, or the software is no longer " +"compatible with the previous update scheme" +msgstr "软件更新器 :command:`swupd` 或软件不再兼容以前的更新模式" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:573 +msgid "" +"A package is removed from the update stream and the update must ensure " +"the files associated with that package are removed from the system" +msgstr "一个 package 从更新流中移除后，该更新必须确保从系统中移除与该 package 相关的文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:576 +msgid "" +"Using a format increment, we make sure pre- and co-requisite changes flow" +" out with proper ordering. The updated client will only update to the " +"latest release in its respective format version, unless overridden by " +"command line flags. In this way, we can guarantee that all clients update" +" to the final version in their given format." +msgstr "使用 Format 增量可以确保必需进行的更改和同时需要进行的更改以正确的顺序进行。除非使用命令行标志覆盖，否则更新后的客户端只会更新采用各自时间戳格式版本的最新版本。如此一来，便可确保所有客户端均更新采用给定时间戳格式的最终版本。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The given format *must* contain all the changes needed to understand the " +"content built in the next format. Only after reaching the final release " +"in the old format can a client continue to update to releases in the new " +"format." +msgstr "给定时间戳格式必须包含理解以下一个时间戳格式构建的内容所需的所有更改。仅当达到采用旧时间戳格式的最终版本后，客户端才能继续更新到采用新时间戳格式的版本。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:584 +msgid "" +"The format version is incremented only when a compatibility breakage is " +"introduced. Normal updates, such as updating a software package, do not " +"require a format increment." +msgstr "仅当出现兼容性破坏问题时，才会递增时间戳格式版本。正常更新（如更新软件包）无需时间戳格式增量。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:590 +msgid "Bundles" +msgstr "bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:592 +msgid "" +"mixer stores information about the bundles included in a mix in a flat " +"file called :file:`mixbundles`, which is located in the path set by the " +"VERSIONS_PATH variable in :file:`builder.conf`. :file:`mixbundles` is " +"automatically created when the mix is initiated. mixer will refresh the " +"file each time you change the bundles in the mix." +msgstr "mixer 将有关 bundle 文件的信息存储在名为 :file:`mixbundles` 的平面文件中。此文件所在的路径是通过文件 :file:`builder.conf` 中的 VERSIONS_PATH 变量设置的。启动组合时会自动创建 :file:`mixbundles`。每次更改组合中的 bundle 文件时，mixer 均会刷新此文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:595 +msgid "" +"Bundles can include other bundles. Nested bundles can themselves include " +"other bundles. If you see an unexpected bundle in your mix, it is likely " +"a nested bundle in one of the bundles you explicitly added." +msgstr "bundle 文件可以包括其他 bundle 文件。嵌套的 bundle 文件自身可以包含其他 bundle 文件。如果在组合中发现不应该纳入的 bundle 文件，则可能是先前显式添加的一个 bundle 文件中的嵌套 bundle 文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:599 +msgid "" +"A bundle will fill into one of two categories: upstream or local. " +"Upstream bundles are those provided by |CL|. Local bundles are either " +"modified upstream bundles or new local bundles." +msgstr "bundle 文件分为两大类：上游或本地。上游 bundle 文件是 |CL| 提供的 bundle 文件。本地 bundle 文件则要么是修改后的上游 bundle 文件，要么是新的本地 bundle 文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:603 +msgid "Upstream bundles" +msgstr "上游 bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:605 +msgid "" +"mixer automatically downloads and caches upstream bundle definition " +"files. These definition files are stored in the upstream-bundles " +"directory in the workspace. Do not modify the files in this directory. " +"This directory is simply a mirror for mixer to use. mixer will " +"automatically delete the contents of this directory before repopulating " +"it on-the-fly if a new version must be downloaded." +msgstr "mixer 会自动下载和缓存上游 bundle 定义文件。这些定义文件存储在工作区的 upstream-bundles 目录中。请勿修改此目录中的文件。此目录只是供 mixer 使用的镜像。如果必须下载新版本，mixer 则会在动态重新填充之前自动删除该目录的内容。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:612 +msgid "" +"The mixer tool automatically caches the bundles for the |CL| version " +"configured in the :file:`upstreamversion` file. mixer also cleans up old " +"versions once they are no longer needed." +msgstr "mixer 工具会自动缓存在 :file:`upstreamversion` 文件中配置的 |CL| 版 bundle 文件。此外，mixer 还会在旧版本无需再使用后立即将其清除。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:617 +msgid "Local bundles" +msgstr "本地 bundle 文件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Local bundles are bundles that you create, or are edited versions of " +"upstream bundles. Local bundle definition files are stored in the local-" +"bundles directory in the workspace. The LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR variable sets " +"the path of this directory in the :file:`builder.conf` file." +msgstr "本地 bundle 文件是您创建的 bundle 文件，或是上游 bundle 文件的编辑版本。本地 bundle 定义文件存储在工作区的 local-bundles 目录中。此目录的路径是通过 :file:`builder.conf` 文件中的 LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR 变量设置的。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:623 +msgid "" +"*mixer always checks for local bundles first and the upstream bundles " +"second.* So bundles in the local-bundles directory will always take " +"precedence over any upstream bundles that have the same name. This " +"precedence enables you to copy upstream bundles locally, and edit into a " +"local variation." +msgstr "*mixer 始终会先检查本地 bundle 文件，然后再检查上游 bundle 文件。* 因此，local-bundles 目录中的 bundle 文件始终优先于同名的上游 bundle 文件。利用此优先特性，可以将上游 bundle 文件复制到本地，然后进行编辑，变为本地 bundle 文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:630 +msgid "Bundle configuration" +msgstr "bundle 文件配置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:632 +msgid "" +"mixer provides commands to configure the bundles for a mix, such as to " +"add a bundle to a mix, to create a new bundle for a mix, or to remove a " +"bundle from a mix. View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for a full list of " +"commands and more information on configuring bundles in a mix." +msgstr "mixer 提供命令来配置组合的 bundle 文件，例如将 bundle 文件添加到组合中，为组合创建新的 bundle 文件，或从组合中删除 bundle 文件。查看 `mixer.bundle man page`_，获取完整的命令列表，了解配置组合中的 bundle 文件的更多信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:637 +msgid "" +"Editing an existing local bundle is as simple as opening the bundle " +"definition file in your favorite editor, making the desired edits, and " +"saving your changes." +msgstr "编辑现有本地 bundle 文件就像在心仪的编辑器中打开 bundle 定义文件、执行所需编辑以及保存更改一样简单。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:642 +msgid "" +"Removing bundles from a mix: By default, removing a bundle will only " +"remove the bundle from the mix. The local bundle definition file will " +"still remain. To completely remove a bundle, including its local bundle " +"definition file, use the :command:`--local` flag." +msgstr "从组合中删除 bundle 文件：默认情况下，删除 bundle 文件只会从组合中删除 bundle 文件。本地 bundle 定义文件仍会保留。要彻底删除 bundle 文件（包括它的本地 bundle 定义文件），请使用 :command:`--local` 标志。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:646 +msgid "" +"If you remove the bundle definition file for a local, edited version of " +"an upstream bundle in a mix, the mix reverts to reference the original " +"upstream version of the bundle." +msgstr "如果删除组合中上游 bundle 文件的本地编辑版本的 bundle 定义文件，该组合则会重新引用此 bundle 文件的原始上游版本。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:652 +msgid "Configure and enable Docker" +msgstr "配置和启用 Docker" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:654 +msgid "" +"Use these steps to enable Docker for the mixer tool. Make sure to " +"`Configure Docker proxy info`_ first if needed." +msgstr "通过以下步骤为 mixer 工具启用 Docker。如有必要，请务必先 `Configure Docker proxy info`_。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:657 +msgid "Start the Docker daemon:" +msgstr "启动 Docker 守护程序：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:665 +msgid "Add user to the docker group" +msgstr "将用户添加到 docker 组" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:672 +msgid "Pull Docker container manually (optional)" +msgstr "手动拉取 Docker 容器（可选）" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:674 +msgid "" +"By default, mixer automatically pulls a Docker container for mixing if " +"one does not already exist. If you need to troubleshoot the mixer " +"container, it may be useful to manually pull a mixer Docker container." +msgstr "默认情况下，如果没有 Docker 容器，mixer 则会自动拉取 Docker 容器以创建组合。如需对 mixer 容器进行故障排除，则可尝试手动拉取 mixer Docker 容器。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:678 +msgid "" +"Versions of the mixer Docker container are available under the tags for " +"the `clearlinux/mixer repo " +"`_ on Docker Hub. Each " +"version of the mixer Docker container is named after the associated |CL| " +"upstream format version. Refer to `Format version`_ for additional " +"information on upstream format versions." +msgstr "mixer Docker 容器的版本可在 Docker Hub 上的 `clearlinux/mixer repo `_ 标签下找到。每个版本的 mixer Docker 容器均以关联的 |CL| 上游时间戳格式版本来命名。请参阅 `Format version`_，了解有关上游时间戳格式版本的其他信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:684 +msgid "Use the following steps to manually pull a mixer Docker container:" +msgstr "通过以下步骤手动拉取 mixer Docker 容器：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Find the version of the container you need by viewing the tags for the " +"`clearlinux/mixer repo " +"`_ on Docker Hub." +msgstr "查看 Docker Hub 上的 `clearlinux/mixer repo `_ 标签，查找所需版本的容器。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:690 +msgid "Pull the latest container version:" +msgstr "拉取最新容器版本：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:696 +msgid "View local docker images:" +msgstr "查看本地 docker 映像：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:705 +msgid "Configure Docker proxy info" +msgstr "配置 Docker 代理信息" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:707 +msgid "If needed, use these steps to configure the Docker proxy information." +msgstr "如有必要，通过以下步骤配置 Docker 代理信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:709 +msgid "Create the Docker daemon proxy config directory:" +msgstr "创建 Docker 守护程序代理配置目录：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:715 +msgid "" +"Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and " +"add the following using your own proxy values:" +msgstr "创建 :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` 并用自己的代理值添加以下内容：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:724 +msgid "Reload the Docker daemon:" +msgstr "重新加载 Docker 守护程序：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:730 +msgid "" +"Configure the Docker container proxies, to pass proxy settings to " +"containers:" +msgstr "配置 Docker 容器代理，将代理设置传递给容器：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:733 +msgid "Create a directory for your container config:" +msgstr "为容器配置创建目录：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:739 +msgid "" +"Create the config file :file:`~/.docker/config.json` and add the " +"following entries, using your own proxy values:" +msgstr "创建配置文件 :file:`~/.docker/config.json` 并用自己的代理值添加以下条目：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:755 +msgid "Set ownership and permission on the docker config directory:" +msgstr "设置 docker 配置目录的所有权和权限：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:762 +msgid "" +"Configure proxies to allow mixer to access upstream content from behind a" +" firewall." +msgstr "配置代理，允许 mixer 从防火墙后访问上游内容。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:765 +msgid "" +"Open your :file:`$HOME/.bashrc` file and add proxy and port values for " +"the following:" +msgstr "打开 :file:`$HOME/.bashrc` 文件，为以下内容添加代理和端口值：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:776 +msgid "Log out and log back in for the proxies to take effect." +msgstr "注销并再次登录，使代理生效。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:781 +msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer" +msgstr "为 mixer 设置 Nginx Web 服务器" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:783 +msgid "" +"A web server is needed to host your update content. In this example, we " +"use the nginx web server, which comes with |CL|." +msgstr "需有 Web 服务器存储更新内容。在本例中，我们使用 |CL| 随附的 Nginx Web 服务器。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:786 +msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer with the following steps:" +msgstr "通过以下步骤为 mixer 设置 Nginx Web 服务器：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:788 +msgid "Install the :command:`nginx` bundle:" +msgstr "安装 :command:`nginx` bundle 文件：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:794 +msgid "Make the directory where mixer updates will reside:" +msgstr "创建 mixer 更新的存储目录：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Create a symbolic link between your workspace updates and the updates on " +"the local nginx web server. In this example, `$HOME/mixer` is the " +"workspace for the mix." +msgstr "在工作区更新和本地 Nginx Web 服务器更新之间创建符号链接。在本例中，`$HOME/mixer` 是组合的工作区。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:808 +msgid "Set up ``nginx`` configuration:" +msgstr "设置 ``nginx`` 配置：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:814 +msgid "Copy the default example configuration file:" +msgstr "复制默认示例配置文件：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:820 +msgid "" +"Configure the mixer update server. Create and add the following server " +"configuration content to :file:`/etc/nginx/conf.d/mixer.conf` (sudo " +"required):" +msgstr "配置 mixer 更新服务器。创建以下服务器配置内容并将其添加到 :file:`/etc/nginx/conf.d/mixer.conf` （需 sudo 权限）：" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:833 +msgid "Restart the daemon, enable nginx on boot, and start the service." +msgstr "重新启动守护程序，引导时启用 Nginx，然后启动此服务。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:843 +msgid "" +"Verify the web server is running at \\http://localhost. At this point you" +" should no longer see a \"404 Not Found\" message." +msgstr "验证 Web 服务器是否在 \\http://localhost 上运行。此时不应再出现 \"404 Not Found\" 消息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:847 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "相关主题" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:849 +msgid ":ref:`autospec`" +msgstr ":ref:`autospec`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:850 +msgid ":ref:`bundles-guide`" +msgstr ":ref:`bundles-guide`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/mixer.rst:851 +msgid ":ref:`swupd-guide`" +msgstr ":ref:`swupd-guide`" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the mixer tool with the " +#~ ":command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to `Install " +#~ "a bundle`_ for more details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "View the list of `suitable versions`_ from which to mix." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You cannot see the curl bundle " +#~ "that you added in Example 2 " +#~ "because your mix is still on " +#~ "version 10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check for updates. You should see " +#~ "that version 20 is available. Use " +#~ "swupd to update your mix:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If `Format` increments to a new " +#~ "epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS " +#~ "has changed in such a way that " +#~ "updating from build M in format X" +#~ " to build N in format Y will" +#~ " not work. Generally, this scenario " +#~ "occurs when the software updater or " +#~ "the software has a change such " +#~ "that it is no longer compatible " +#~ "with the previous update scheme, or " +#~ "when a package is removed from the" +#~ " update stream and the update must" +#~ " ensure the files associated with " +#~ "that package are removed from the " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`About mixer `" +#~ msgstr ":ref:`About mixer `" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/security.po similarity index 59% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/security.po index 9c24f554..c8bde4b0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/security.po @@ -4,67 +4,66 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:4 msgid "OS Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "操作系统安全性" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:6 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| aims to make systemic and layered security-conscious decisions " "that are both performant and practical. This security philosophy is " "rooted within the project's codebase and operating culture." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 旨在做出既高效又实用的系统性、分层安全决策。此安全理念根植于项目的代码库和运营文化中。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:14 msgid "Security in updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新方面的安全举措" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:16 msgid "" "The |CL| team believes in the benefits of software security through open " "sourcing, incremental updates, and rapidly resolving known security " "advisories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 团队致力于通过开源、增量更新以及快速解决已知的安全建议来提升软件安全。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:20 msgid "The latest Linux\\* codebase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最新的 Linux\\* 代码库" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:22 msgid "" "|CL| uses the newest version of the Linux kernel which allows the " "operating system to leverage the latest features from the upstream Linux " "kernel, including security fixes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 使用最新版本的 Linux 内核，允许操作系统利用上游 Linux 内核的最新功能，包括安全修复。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:27 msgid "Automated effective updating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动有效更新" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:29 msgid "|CL| is incrementally updated multiple times per day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 每天多次执行增量更新。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:31 msgid "" "This `rolling release`_ model allows |CL| to consume the latest security " "fixes of software packages as soon as they become available. There is no " "waiting for major or minor releases on |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种 `rolling release`_ 模式便于 |CL| 在软件包的最新安全补丁一经推出就能获得应用。|CL| 不会等待主要或次要版本。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -73,18 +72,18 @@ msgid "" " used; not an older copy loaded into memory. |CL| will let you know when " "a service needs to be rebooted or do it for your automatically after a " "software update, if desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单地将更新内容下载到系统上并不会带来多大的效果。重要的是在获得更新内容的同时，还要确保修补后的新副本得到使用，而不是将旧副本加载到内存中。更新软件后，|CL| 会告诉用户某个服务是否需要重新启动，或者在需要时自动重新启动服务。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:41 msgid "" "In |CL| updates are delivered automatically, efficiently, and " "effectively. For more information about software updates in |CL|, refer " "to the :ref:`swupd-guide` guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 |CL| 中，更新会自动、高效且有效地交付。有关 |CL| 中软件更新的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`swupd-guide` 指南。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:46 msgid "Automated CVE scanning and remediation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动 CVE 扫描和修复" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -92,7 +91,7 @@ msgid "" "growing exponentially. Repositories of Common Vulnerabilities and " "Exposures (CVEs) and their fixes, if known, are published by :abbr:`NIST`" " in a National Vulnerability Database \\ |NVD|\\ and at \\ |MITRE|\\ ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "软件包和安全漏洞的数量正呈指数级增长。:abbr:`NIST` 会在美国国家漏洞数据库 \\ |NVD|\\ 以及 \\ |MITRE|\\ 推送通用漏洞 (CVE) 存储库及其修复程序（如果已知）。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -100,56 +99,56 @@ msgid "" "fixable :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`. Packages are" " automatically scanned against CVEs daily, and security patches are " "deployed as soon as they are available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 采用一种主动且慎重的方法来解决已知且可修复的 :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`。系统每天都会对照 CVE 扫描软件包，而且相应的安全补丁一经可用即会立即部署。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:58 msgid "" "These combined practices minimize the amount of time |CL| systems are " "exposed to unnecessary security risk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些综合实践最大限度减少了 |CL| 系统暴露于不必要的安全风险下的时间。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:61 msgid "Security in software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "软件方面的安全举措" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:64 msgid "Minimized attack surface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最大限度减少攻击面" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:66 msgid "" "|CL| removes legacy, unneeded, or redundant standards and components as " "much as possible to enable the use of best known security standards. " "Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 会尽可能删除旧的、不需要的或冗余的标准和组件，以便能够使用最广为人知的安全标准。以下是一些例子：" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:70 msgid "" "`RC4`, `SSLv3`, `3DES`, and `SHA-1` ciphers which have had known " "vulnerabilities, have been explicitly disabled within many |CL| packages " "to avoid their accidental usage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`RC4`、`SSLv3`、`3DES` 和 `SHA-1` 密码存在已知的漏洞，已在许多 |CL| 软件包中明确禁用，以避免意外使用。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:74 msgid "" "Services and subsystems which expose sensitive system information have " "been removed such as the `finger` and `tcpwrappers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "暴露敏感系统信息的服务和子系统已被删除，如 `finger` 和 `tcpwrappers`。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:77 msgid "`SFTP` has been disabled by default due to security considerations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "出于安全考虑，默认情况下已禁用 `SFTP`。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:80 msgid "Verified trust" -msgstr "" +msgstr "经过验证的信任措施" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:82 msgid "" "|CL| encourages the use of secure practices such as encryption and " "digital signature verification throughout the system and discourages " "blind trust. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 鼓励在整个系统中使用加密和数字签名验证等安全措施，并不鼓励盲目信任。以下是一些例子：" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -157,13 +156,13 @@ msgid "" "against the |CL| maintainers' public key for authenticity. More " "information about swupd security can be found in the `Security for " "software update in Clear Linux* OS`_ blog post." -msgstr "" +msgstr "swupd 的所有更新操作都是透明加密的，并对照 |CL| 维护者的公钥进行真实性检查。有关 swupd 安全性的更多信息，请参阅 `Security for software update in Clear Linux* OS`_ 博客文章。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:91 msgid "" "Before being built, packages available from |CL| verify checksums and " "signatures provided by third party project codebases and maintainers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建之前，可从 |CL| 获得的软件包会验证由第三方项目代码库和维护者提供的校验和和签名。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -171,24 +170,24 @@ msgid "" "to work with well-known Certificate Authorities out of the box. clrtrust " "also offers an easy to use command line interface for managing system-" "wide chains of trust, instead of ignoring foreign certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 使用一个统一的证书存储库 `clrtrust`_，可以方便地与知名的证书颁发机构配合使用。clrtrust 还提供了一个易于使用的命令行界面来管理整个系统范围内的信任链，而不是忽略外部证书。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:100 msgid "Compiled with secure options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用安全选项编译" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:102 msgid "" "While |CL| packages are optimized for performance on Intel® architecture," " security conscious kernel and compiler options are sensibly taken " "advantage of. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "虽然 |CL| 软件包针对英特尔架构优化了性能，但也合理使用了强调安全的内核和编译器选项。以下是一些例子：" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:106 msgid "" "Kernels shipped with |CL| are signed and disallow the usage of custom " "kernel modules to maintain verifiable system integrity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 附带的内核经过签名，不允许使用自定义内核模块来维护可验证的系统完整性。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -196,53 +195,53 @@ msgid "" "layout randomization (KASLR)`_ are kernel features which defend against " "certain memory based attacks. More information about PIE executables can " "be found in the `Recent GNU* C library improvements`_ blog post." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Address space layout randomization (ASLR)`_ 和 `Kernel address space layout randomization (KASLR)`_ 这两项内核功能可抵御某些基于内存的攻击。有关 PIE 可执行文件的更多信息可在 `Recent GNU* C library improvements`_ 博客文章中找到。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:116 msgid "Security in system design" -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统设计方面的安全举措" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:118 msgid "" "Simple, yet effective, techniques are used throughout the |CL| system " "design to defend against common attack vectors and enable good security " "hygiene. Below are some examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "整个 |CL| 系统设计都使用了简单却有效的技术来防御常见的攻击媒介，并实现良好的安全水平。以下是一些例子：" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:122 msgid "" "Full disk encryption using :abbr:`LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup)` is " "available during installation. Refer to `cryptsetup`_ for additional " "information about LUKS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装期间可使用 :abbr:`LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup)` 实现全磁盘加密。有关 LUKS 的更多信息，请参阅 `cryptsetup`_。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:126 msgid "" "|CL| uses the PAM cracklib module to harden user login and password " "security resulting in:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 使用 PAM cracklib 模块强化用户登录和密码安全，从而使得：" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:129 msgid "" "No default username or root password set out of the box with |CL|, you " "will be asked to set your own password immediately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 一开始并没有现成的默认用户名或 root 密码，系统会要求您立即设置自己的密码。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:132 msgid "" "Simple password schemes, which are known to be easily compromised, cannot" " be set in |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 |CL| 中无法设置很容易被猜出的简单密码。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:135 msgid "" "A password blacklist, to avoid system passwords being set to passwords " "which have been compromised in the past." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将过去受过攻击的密码加入密码黑名单，并禁止将系统密码设置为黑名单中的密码。" #: ../../tooling/security.rst:138 msgid "" "`Tallow`_, a lightweight service which monitors and blocks suspicious SSH" " login patterns, is installed with the :command:`openssh-server` bundle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`openssh-server` 捆绑包可安装轻量级服务 `Tallow`_，监视和阻止可疑的 SSH 登录模式。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/stateless.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/stateless.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25a8b92f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/stateless.po @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:4 +msgid "Stateless" +msgstr "无状态" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:6 +msgid "" +"In most operating systems, user data, system data, and configuration " +"files can become intermingled." +msgstr "在大多数操作系统中，用户数据、系统数据和配置文件可能会混杂在一起。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the " +"filesystem over time." +msgstr "图 1：如果不使用无状态设计，用户和系统文件会随着时间的推移在文件系统中混杂在一起。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:16 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy with the goal to provide an " +":abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive user " +"configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does *not* mean" +" ephemeral or non-persistent." +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 使用无状态设计理念，目的是打造一个无需过多用户配置或自定义的 `OS (operating system)`。在这种情况下，无状态并不意味着短暂或不持久。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:25 +msgid "File-level separation" +msgstr "文件级隔离" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is " +"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas." +msgstr "为了实现无状态设计，Linux 文件系统层次结构在用户拥有的区域和 |CL| 拥有的区域之间是隔离的。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the " +"filesystem." +msgstr "图 2：使用无状态设计时，用户和系统文件在文件系统上是隔离的。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:38 +msgid "System areas" +msgstr "系统区域" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:39 +msgid "" +"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system " +"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get " +"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd `. This " +"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of " +"system files." +msgstr ":file:`/usr` 目录下的文件由用户拥有和管理。用户在 :file:`/usr` 目录下编写的文件可以通过 :ref:`swupd ` 系统更新删除。此操作假设允许 |CL| 用户清楚地识别其系统的独特配置。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:45 +msgid "User areas" +msgstr "用户区域" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` " +"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| " +"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` " +"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. " +"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the " +"configuration that makes their system unique." +msgstr ":file:`/etc/`、:file:`/home` 和 :file:`/var` 目录下的文件由用户拥有和管理。新安装的 |CL| 系统在 :file:`/etc/` 目录中只有极少量的文件，并且 |CL| 安装的软件不会写入 :file:`/etc`。此操作假设允许 |CL| 用户清楚地识别其系统的独特配置。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:54 +msgid "Software configuration" +msgstr "软件配置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:56 +msgid "" +"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in " +"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-" +"provided configuration." +msgstr "在无状态隔离的情况下，默认软件配置从预定义的源代码、|CL| 提供的默认值和用户提供的配置中按顺序读取。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:61 +msgid "Default configurations" +msgstr "默认配置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is " +"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so." +msgstr "|CL| 中的软件会提供默认配置值，以便在适当的时候立即运行。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include " +"default configuration values or default configuration files may be " +"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be " +"referenced as templates for customization." +msgstr "|CL| 分布的软件包可以直接修改以包括默认配置值，或者默认配置文件可以由 |CL| 在 :file:`/usr/share/defaults` 中提供。这些文件可以作为自定义模板引用。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed " +"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory." +msgstr "例如，Apache 安装后使用的默认配置可以在 :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` 目录中找到。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:76 +msgid "Overriding configurations" +msgstr "覆盖配置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be " +"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does " +"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location." +msgstr "如果需要更改配置，用户应在 :file:`/etc/` 下修改适当的文件。如果配置文件不存在，可以在适当的位置创建。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:82 +msgid "" +"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of " +"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest." +msgstr "用户定义的配置文件应该包含尽可能少的更改，其余则依赖默认配置。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:85 +msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:" +msgstr "例如，可以使用自定义 Apache 配置，具体方式是：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:87 +msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:" +msgstr "为配置创建目标目录：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:93 +msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:" +msgstr "复制默认配置作为参考模板：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:99 +msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:" +msgstr "对配置进行任何所需的修改：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:105 +msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:" +msgstr "重新加载服务或重新启动系统以获取任何更改：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs " +"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples." +msgstr "这种模式也可以用来修改其他程序的配置。`stateless man page`_ 提供了特定于应用程序的示例。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:115 +msgid "System reset" +msgstr "系统重置" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be" +" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and " +":file:`/var`." +msgstr "无状态设计的一个优点是，只需删除 :file:`/etc/` 和 :file:`/var` 下的所有内容，就可以轻松恢复系统默认值。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it " +"was just installed:" +msgstr "运行以下命令可以有效地执行系统重置，重置后系统就像刚刚安装一样：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that " +"renders a system unable to boot." +msgstr "在其他 Linux 发行版中，此操作有可能造成灾难性后果，导致系统无法启动。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:133 +msgid "Additional information" +msgstr "附加说明" + +#: ../../guides/clear/stateless.rst:135 +msgid "`stateless man page`_" +msgstr "`stateless man page`_" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/swupd.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/swupd.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3828c5b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/swupd.po @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:4 +msgid "swupd" +msgstr "swupd" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:6 +msgid "" +":command:`swupd` links a |CL-ATTR| installation with upstream updates and" +" software." +msgstr ":command:`swupd` 将 |CL-ATTR| 安装与上游更新和软件进行链接。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:14 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "描述" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:16 +msgid ":command:`swupd` has two main functions:" +msgstr ":command:`swupd` 有两个主要功能：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Manage software and replace APT or YUM, by installing bundles rather than" +" packages." +msgstr "通过安装 bundle 文件而非软件包来管理软件并替换 APT 或 YUM。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:20 +msgid "Check for system updates and install them." +msgstr "检查是否存在系统更新并进行安装。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:22 +msgid "" +":command:`swupd` manages overlapping dependencies behind the scenes, " +"ensuring that all software is compatible across the system. It can be " +"used to verify the OS, clean cached files, and fix issues." +msgstr ":command:`swupd` 可管理后台的重叠依存关系，从而确保所有软件在整个系统中兼容。它可以验证操作系统、清理缓存文件和修复问题。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Bundles ` contain everything needed to deliver a software " +"capability. They are the smallest granularity component that is managed " +"by |CL|. A bundle comes with all of its dependencies rather than " +"downloading a cascade of package dependencies when installing a piece of " +"software." +msgstr ":ref:`Bundles ` 包含提供软件功能所需的一切。它们是 |CL| 管理的最小粒度组件。bundle 文件附带所有依存关系，而非在安装软件时下载一系列软件包依存关系。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:33 +msgid "Versioning" +msgstr "版本管理" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using package managers to monitor software version compatibility or " +"compare multiple systems on many Linux distributions can be cumbersome." +msgstr "使用软件包管理器监控软件版本兼容性或比较大量 Linux 发行版上的多个系统可能十分麻烦。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:38 +msgid "" +"With |CL| :command:`swupd`, versioning happens at the individual file " +"level. This means |CL| generates an entirely new OS version with any set " +"of software changes to the system, including software downgrades or " +"removals. This rolling release versioning model is similar to " +":command:`git` internal version tracking, where any of the individual " +"file commits are tracked and move the pointer forward when changed." +msgstr "借助 |CL| :command:`swupd`，则可在个别文件级别进行版本管理。也就是说，|CL| 会生成全新的操作系统版本，且附带对系统所做的所有软件更改，其中包括软件降级或删除。此滚动发布版本管理模型类似于 :command:`git` 内部版本跟踪，会跟踪所有单个文件提交并在更改时将指针前移。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A number that represents the **current** release of the OS describes the " +"versions of all the software on the OS. Each build is composed of a " +"specific set of bundles made from a particular version of packages. On a " +"daily basis, this matters to system administrators who need to determine " +"which of their systems do not have the latest security fixes, or which " +"combinations of software have been tested. Every release of the same " +"number is guaranteed to contain the same versions of software, so there's" +" no ambiguity between two systems running the same version of |CL|." +msgstr "表示操作系统当前版本的数字，描述操作系统上所有软件的版本。每个内部版本均由一组特定的 bundle 文件组成，而这些 bundle 文件则由特定版本的软件包组成。如果系统管理员日常需要确定哪些系统缺少最新安全修复程序，或哪些软件组合已经过测试，这对他们来说十分重要。对于同一数字的每个版本，均可以保证包含相同版本的软件，因此在运行同一版本的 |CL| 的两个系统之间不会产生混淆。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:55 +msgid "Updating" +msgstr "更新中" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:57 +msgid "" +"|CL| enforces regular updating of the OS by default and automatically " +"checks for updates against a version server. The content server provides " +"the file and metadata content for all versions and can be the same as the" +" version server. The content url server provides metadata in the form of " +"*manifests*, which list and describe file contents, symlinks, and " +"directories. Additionally, the actual content is provided to clients in " +"the form of archive files." +msgstr "|CL| 默认强制定期更新操作系统，并自动对照版本服务器检查是否存在更新。内容服务器提供针对所有版本的文件和元数据内容，并可与版本服务器相同。内容 URL 服务器以清单形式提供元数据，列出并描述文件内容、符号链接和目录。此外，实际内容还会以存档文件的形式提供给客户端。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Software updates with |CL| are also efficient. Unlike package-based " +"distributions, :command:`swupd` only updates files that have changed, " +"rather than entire packages. For example, it is quite common for an OS " +"security patch to be as small as 15 KB. Using binary deltas, |CL| is able" +" to apply only what is needed." +msgstr "|CL| 的软件更新也十分高效。与基于软件包的发行版不同，:command:`swupd` 只会更新已更改的文件，而非整个软件包。例如，操作系统安全补丁大小经常只有 15 KB。通过使用二进制增量，|CL| 可只应用所需的内容。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For details on how to generate update content for |CL|, see the " +":ref:`mixer ` tool." +msgstr "有关如何为 |CL| 生成更新内容的详细信息，请参阅 :ref:`mixer ` 工具。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:75 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "工作原理" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:78 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "必备条件" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:80 +msgid "The device is on a well-connected network." +msgstr "设备网络连接良好。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The device is able to connect to an update server. The default server is:" +" http://update.clearlinux.org" +msgstr "设备可连接到更新服务器。默认服务器地址为：http://update.clearlinux.org" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:85 +msgid "Updates" +msgstr "更新" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:87 +msgid "" +"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on " +"demand. :command:`swupd` makes sure that regular updates are simple and " +"secure. It can also check the validity of currently installed files and " +"software, and can correct any problems." +msgstr "|CL| 更新默认自动进行，但也可设为按需进行。:command:`swupd` 可确保定期更新既简单又安全。它还可检查当前已安装文件和软件的有效性，并可更正所有问题。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:93 +msgid "Manifests" +msgstr "清单" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The |CL| software update content consists of data and metadata. The data " +"is the files that end up in the OS. The metadata contains relevant " +"information to properly provision the data to the OS file system, as well" +" as update the system and add or remove additional content to the OS." +msgstr "|CL| 软件更新内容由数据和元数据组成。数据是指操作系统中的文件。元数据包含将数据正确配置到操作系统文件系统、更新系统以及向操作系统添加或删除其他内容所需的相关信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The manifests are mostly long lists of hashes that describe content. Each" +" bundle gets its own manifest file. There is a master manifest file that " +"describes all manifests to tie it all together." +msgstr "清单多为用于描述内容的长哈希列表。每个 bundle 文件均有自己的清单文件。主清单文件描述了所有清单，可以将其绑定在一起。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:105 +msgid "Fullfiles, packs, and delta packs" +msgstr "完整文件、数据包和增量包" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To speed up updates and optimize content delivery, update data " +"provisioned to a system is obtained by one of the following methods:" +msgstr "要加速更新并优化内容交付，可通过以下方法获取配置到系统的更新数据：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:110 +msgid "" +"*Fullfiles* are always generated for every file in every release. This " +"allows any |CL| to obtain the exact copy of the content for each version " +"directly. This is used if the OS verification needs to replace a single " +"file, for instance." +msgstr "在每个版本中，始终会为每个文件生成完整文件。此操作可让所有 |CL| 直接获取每个版本的精确内容副本。例如，如果操作系统验证需替换单个文件，则可使用此操作。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:115 +msgid "" +"*Packs* are available for some releases. They combine many files to speed" +" up the creation of installation media and large updates." +msgstr "数据包可用于某些版本。它们将大量文件进行组合，从而加速安装介质制作过程，加快大型更新过程。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:118 +msgid "" +"*Delta packs* are an optimized version of packs that only contain updates" +" (binary diffs). They cannot be used without having the original file " +"content." +msgstr "增量包是只包含更新（二进制差异）的优化版本的数据包。如果没有原始文件内容，则无法使用。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:122 +msgid "Bundle search" +msgstr "bundle 文件搜索" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:124 +msgid "" +":command:`swupd` searches download manifest data for bundles that match " +"the term. Enter only one term, or hyphenated term, per search. Use the " +"command :command:`man swupd` to learn more." +msgstr ":command:`swupd` 可搜索下载清单数据，查找与此字词匹配的 bundle 文件。每次搜索只输入一个字词或带连字符的字词。使用命令 :command:`man swupd`，了解更多信息。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Only the base bundle is returned. Bundles can contain other bundles via " +"includes. For more details, see `Bundle Definition Files`_ and its " +"subdirectory bundles." +msgstr "系统只返回基本 bundle 文件。bundle 文件可通过 include 包含其他 bundle 文件。有关更多详细信息，请参阅 `Bundle Definition Files`_ 及其子目录 bundle 文件。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Bundles that are already installed are marked **(installed)** in search " +"results." +msgstr "已安装的 bundle 文件在搜索结果中标记为（已安装）。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:135 +msgid "Optionally, you can review our `bundles`_ on GitHub\\*." +msgstr "您可以选择查看 GitHub\\* 上的 `bundles`_。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:138 +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "示例" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:141 +msgid "Example 1: Disable and enable automatic updates" +msgstr "例 1：禁用和启用自动更新" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on " +"demand." +msgstr "|CL| 更新默认自动进行，但也可设为按需进行。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:146 +msgid "Verify your current auto-update setting." +msgstr "验证当前的自动更新设置。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:152 ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:164 +msgid "Output:" +msgstr "输出：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:158 +msgid "Disable automatic updates." +msgstr "禁用自动更新。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:174 +msgid "Check manually for updates." +msgstr "手动检查是否存在更新。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:180 +msgid "Install an update after identifying one that you need." +msgstr "确定所需的更新后对其进行安装。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:186 +msgid "Re-enable automatic installs." +msgstr "再次启用自动安装。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:195 +msgid "Example 2: Find and install Kata Containers\\*" +msgstr "例 2：查找并安装 Kata 容器\\*" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Kata Containers is a popular container implementation. Unlike other " +"container implementations, each Kata Container has its own kernel " +"instance and runs on its own :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` for improved " +"security." +msgstr "Kata 容器是一种常见的容器实现。与其他容器实现不同，每个 Kata 容器均有自己的内核实例，在自己的 :abbr:`虚拟机` 上运行，增强了安全性。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:202 +msgid "" +"|CL| makes it very easy to install, since you only need to add one bundle" +" to use `Kata Containers`_: `containers-virt`_, despite a number of " +"dependencies. Also, check out our tutorial: :ref:`kata`." +msgstr "虽然存在大量依存关系，但由于您只需添加一个 bundle 文件便可使用 `Kata Containers`_ `containers-virt`_，因此 |CL| 大大简化了安装过程。此外，请查阅教程：:ref:`kata`。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:206 +msgid "Find the correct bundle." +msgstr "找到正确的 bundle 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To return all possible matches for the search string, enter " +":command:`swupd search`, followed by 'kata':" +msgstr "要返回搜索字符串的所有潜在匹配项，请输入 :command:`swupd search`，后跟“kata”：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:215 +msgid "The output should be similar to:" +msgstr "输出如下所示：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If your search does not produce results with a specific term, shorten the" +" search term. For example, use *kube* instead of *kubernetes*." +msgstr "如果未出现包含特定字词的搜索结果，请缩短搜索字词后重试。例如，使用 *kube* 而非 *kubernetes*。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:237 +msgid "Add the bundle." +msgstr "添加 bundle 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:245 +msgid "To add multiple bundles, add a space followed by the bundle name." +msgstr "要添加多个 bundle 文件，请添加一个空格，后跟 bundle 文件名称。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:247 +msgid "The output of a successful installation should be similar to:" +msgstr "成功安装的输出如下所示：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:266 +msgid "Example 3: Verify and correct system file mismatch" +msgstr "例 3：验证并更正系统文件不匹配错误" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:268 +msgid "" +":command:`swupd` can determine whether system directories and files have " +"been added to, overwritten, removed, or modified (e.g., permissions)." +msgstr ":command:`swupd` 可确定是否已添加、覆盖、删除或修改系统目录和文件（例如权限）。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:275 +msgid "" +"All directories that are watched by :command:`swupd` are verified " +"according to the manifest data. Hash mismatches are flagged as follows:" +msgstr ":command:`swupd` 所监控的所有目录均会根据清单数据进行验证。哈希不匹配项将按如下方式进行标记：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:292 +msgid "" +"In this case, Python\\* packages that were installed on top of the " +"default install were flagged as mismatched. :command:`swupd` can be " +"directed to ignore or fix issues based on command line options." +msgstr "在此情况下，安装在默认安装之上的 Python\\* 软件包将被标记为不匹配。:command:`swupd` 可根据命令行选项指令来忽略或修复问题。" + + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:296 +msgid "" +":command:`swupd` can correct any issues it detects. Additional directives" +" can be added including a white list of directories to be ignored." +msgstr ":command:`swupd` 可更正检测到的所有问题。还可以添加其他指令，其中包括要忽略的目录的白名单。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The following command repairs issues, removes unknown items, and ignores " +"files or directories matching :file:`/usr/lib/python`:" +msgstr "以下命令可修复问题，删除未知项目，忽略匹配 :file:`/usr/lib/python` 的文件或目录：" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:309 +msgid "Quick reference" +msgstr "快速参考" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:312 +msgid "swupd info" +msgstr "swupd info" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:312 +msgid "Returns the currently installed version and update servers." +msgstr "返回当前安装的版本和更新服务器。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:316 +msgid "swupd update " +msgstr "swupd update " + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Updates to a specific version or updates to latest version if no " +"arguments are used." +msgstr "如果未使用参数，则更新到特定版本或最新版本。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:319 +msgid "swupd bundle-list [--all]" +msgstr "swupd bundle-list [--all]" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:319 +msgid "Lists installed bundles." +msgstr "列出已安装的 bundle 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:322 +msgid "swupd bundle " +msgstr "swupd bundle " + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:322 +msgid "Finds a bundle that contains your search term." +msgstr "查找包含搜索字词的 bundle 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:325 +msgid "swupd bundle-add " +msgstr "swupd bundle-add " + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:325 +msgid "Adds a bundle." +msgstr "添加 bundle 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:328 +msgid "swupd bundle-remove " +msgstr "swupd bundle-remove " + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:328 +msgid "Removes a bundle." +msgstr "删除 bundle 文件。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:331 +msgid "swupd --help" +msgstr "swupd --help" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:331 +msgid "Lists additional :command:`swupd` commands." +msgstr "列出其他 :command:`swupd` 命令。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:334 +msgid "man swupd" +msgstr "man swupd" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:334 +msgid "Opens the :command:`swupd` man page." +msgstr "打开 :command:`swupd` 手册页。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:336 +msgid "Refer to `swupd source documentation`_ on GitHub for more details." +msgstr "请参阅 GitHub 上的 `swupd source documentation`_，了解更多详细信息。" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:339 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "相关主题" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:341 +msgid ":ref:`autospec`" +msgstr ":ref:`autospec`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:342 +msgid ":ref:`mixer`" +msgstr ":ref:`mixer`" + +#: ../../guides/clear/swupd.rst:343 +msgid ":ref:`bundles`" +msgstr ":ref:`bundles`" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| makes it very easy to " +#~ "install, since you only need to " +#~ "add `one bundle`_ to use `Kata " +#~ "Containers`_: `containers-virt`, despite a " +#~ "number of dependencies. Also, check out" +#~ " our tutorial: :ref:`kata`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refer to :command:`swupd` `source " +#~ "documentation`_ on GitHub for more " +#~ "details." +#~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/telemetrics.po similarity index 60% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/telemetrics.po index d0bcc61b..dd152421 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/clear/telemetrics.po @@ -4,80 +4,88 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-06 11:29-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0152\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh_Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:4 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:4 msgid "Telemetrics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遥测" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:6 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:6 msgid "This guide describes the |CL-ATTR| telemetry solution." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南描述了 |CL-ATTR| 遥测解决方案。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:10 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:10 msgid "" "Telemetry in |CL| is **opt-in**. The telemetry client is **not** active " "and sends **no** data until you explicitly enable it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 中的遥测为 **opt-in**。遥测客户端未处于活动状态，且在您将其显式启用之前不发送任何数据。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:15 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:15 msgid "" -"The telemetry functionality adheres to `Intel privacy policies`_ " -"regarding the collection and use of :abbr:`PII (Personally Identifiable " -"Information)` and is open source." -msgstr "" +"The telemetry functionality adheres to `Intel privacy policies " +"`_ regarding the collection and use of :abbr:`PII (Personally" +" Identifiable Information)` and is open source." +msgstr "遥测功能遵从涉及收集和使用 :abbr:`PII (Personally Identifiable" +" Information)` 的 `英特尔隐私条款 " +"`_，同时也是开源功能。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:18 msgid "" "No intentionally identifiable information about the user or system owner " "is collected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统不会蓄意收集涉及用户或系统所有者的可识别身份的信息。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:27 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:26 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:28 msgid "" "Telemetrics in |CL| is a client and server solution used to collect data " "from running |CL| systems to help quickly identify and fix bugs in the " "OS. Both client and server are customizable, and an API is available on " "the client side for instrumenting your code for debug and analysis." msgstr "" +"|CL| 中的遥测是用于收集来自正在运行的 |CL| " +"系统的数据的客户端/服务器解决方案，有助于快速确定和修复操作系统中的错误。客户端和服务器均可定制，而客户端则可使用 API " +"检测代码，进行调试和分析。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:33 msgid "" "Telemetry, one of the key features of |CL|, enables developers to observe" " and proactively address issues in the OS before end users are impacted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "借助遥测这一 |CL| 的主要功能，开发人员可在最终用户受到影响之前观察并主动解决操作系统中存在的问题。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:36 msgid "Telemetrics is a combination word made from:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遥测 (Telemetrics) 是由以下项组成的组合词：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:38 msgid "Telemetry, which is sensing and reporting data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "遥测 (Telemetry)，即感知和报告数据。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:40 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:39 msgid "" "Analytics, which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to " "make sense of the reported data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析 (Analytics)，即使用可视化和统计推理探究报告数据的意义。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:42 msgid "" "|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using " "specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as swupd, kernel" @@ -86,8 +94,10 @@ msgid "" "to allow system developers to focus quickly on an issue and monitor " "corrective actions." msgstr "" +"|CL| 遥测使用专用探针来报告系统级调试/崩溃信息。探针可监控系统任务，例如 swupd、内核 oops、机器错误检查以及未处理硬件故障的 " +"BIOS 错误报告表。遥测可以实时报告问题，以便系统开发人员快速关注问题并监控更正措施。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:49 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:48 msgid "" "|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software " "development for debugging purposes. You can use the libtelemetry library " @@ -95,111 +105,113 @@ msgid "" "telem-record-gen utility in script files for light-touch record creation " "where instrumenting code files doesn't make sense." msgstr "" +"|CL| 遥测支持完全定制，可在软件开发期间用于调试。可以在代码中使用 libtelemetry 库来创建定制遥测记录。还可以在脚本文件中使用 " +"telem-record-gen 实用程序创建轻触记录，其中检测代码文件并无作用。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:54 msgid "" "The |CL| telemetrics solution is an **opt-in** choice on the client side." " By default, the telemetry client is disabled until you choose to enable " "it. Enabling the client is covered in this guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 遥测解决方案是客户端上的一个选择启用选项。默认情况下，禁用遥测客户端，直到用户选择将其启用。本指南介绍如何启用客户端。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:59 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "体系架构" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:62 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:61 msgid "" "|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in Figure " "1:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 遥测有两大基本组件，如图 1 所示：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:64 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:63 msgid "" "Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the " "network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端：通过网络生成记录并将其传送到后端服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:66 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:65 msgid "" "Backend: receives records sent from the client and displays the " "cumulative content through a specialized web interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "后端：接收客户端发来的记录，通过专门的 Web 界面显示累积的内容。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:72 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:71 msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`|CL| Telemetry Architecture`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1： :guilabel:`|CL| Telemetry Architecture`" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:73 msgid "" "The telemetry client provides the front end of the telemetrics solution " "and includes the following components:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遥测客户端提供遥测解决方案的前端，同时还包括以下组件：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:76 msgid "" "telemprobd, which is a daemon that receives and prepares telemetry " "records from probes and spools them to disk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "telemprobd 是一个守护程序，用于接收并准备探针的遥测记录，并将其假脱机至磁盘。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:78 msgid "" "telempostd, which is a daemon that manages spooled telemetry records and " "delivers these records according to configurable settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "telempostd 是一个守护程序，根据可配置设置管理假脱机的遥测记录并提供这些记录。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:80 msgid "probes, which collect specific types of data from the operating system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "probes，从操作系统收集特定类型的数据。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:81 msgid "" "libtelemetry, which is the API that telemetrics probes use to create " "records." -msgstr "" +msgstr "libtelemetry，遥测探针用于创建记录的 API。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:84 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:83 msgid "" "The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of the " "telemetrics solution and consists of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遥测后端提供遥测解决方案的服务器端组件且包括：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:87 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:86 msgid "Nginx web server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nginx Web 服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:87 msgid "Two Flask apps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "两个 Flask 应用：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:89 msgid "" "Collector, which is an ingestion web app for records received from client" " probes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Collector，针对从客户端探针所接收记录的接入式网络应用。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:92 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:91 msgid "" "TelemetryUI, which is a web app that exposes different views to visualize" " the telemetry data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "TelemetryUI，通过不同视图实现遥测数据可视化的网络应用。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:94 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:93 msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PostgreSQL 作为底层数据库服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:97 msgid "" "The default telemetry backend server is hosted by the Intel |CL| " "development team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. To " "collect your own records, you must set up your own telemetry backend " "server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认遥测后端服务器由英特尔 |CL| 开发团队托管，且无法在英特尔防火墙之外查看。要收集个人记录，必须设置自己的遥测后端服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:103 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:102 msgid "How to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:105 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:104 msgid "" "From a workflow perspective, the |CL| telemetrics system is " "straightforward. On the client side, the main decisions after " @@ -209,23 +221,25 @@ msgid "" "backend server has a more complex setup, but once it's running, it is " "simple to use and configure." msgstr "" +"从工作流角度来看，|CL| " +"遥测系统非常简单。在客户端，安装和启用遥测技术之后的主要决策涉及如何处理探针生成的记录数据。可以将数据发送到默认或定制后端服务器，也可将此数据保留在系统本地，或同时执行二者。后端服务器的设置更为复杂，但一旦运行，它就极易使用和配置。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:112 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:111 msgid "" "This section describes some of the possible scenarios for configuring the" " |CL| telemetrics system, and suggests which ones make sense according to" " your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节介绍配置 |CL| 遥测系统的部分潜在场景，并根据需求提供有意义的建议。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:116 msgid "Scenarios" -msgstr "" +msgstr "场景" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:119 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:118 msgid "Enable telemetry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用遥测技术：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:121 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:120 msgid "" "Before probes can generate records, the telemetry client daemons must be " "enabled. You can configure the client before enabling by creating a " @@ -234,37 +248,42 @@ msgid "" "settings, records will be sent to the telemetrics backend server managed " "by the |CL| development team at Intel." msgstr "" +"必须启用遥测客户端守护程序，探针才能生成记录。创建定制 :file:`telemetrics.conf` 文件，将其存储在 " +":file:`/etc/telemetrics` 目录中，可以在启用前配置客户端。如果选择使用默认设置，则会将记录发送到英特尔 |CL| " +"开发团队所管理的遥测后端服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:127 msgid "Save record data locally:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地保存记录数据：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:130 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:129 msgid "" "You can configure the telemetry client to save records locally. This is " "convenient when you want instant feedback during a development cycle, or " "to track system issues if you believe there is a machine specific " "problem. The client can be set not to send records at all, or to both " "keep the records locally and send to the backend server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以配置遥测客户端，在本地保存记录。在开发周期中需要即时反馈或是认为存在特定于计算机的问题以便跟踪系统问题时，此功能非常方便。可以将客户端设为完全不发送记录，或是将记录保存在本地并发送到后端服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:136 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:135 msgid "Set up a server to collect data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置服务器以收集数据：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:138 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:137 msgid "" "Whether you are managing a network of |CL| systems or you don't want to " "send records to the default telemetry server, you can set up a backend " "server to collect your records. The backend server can be installed on " "any Linux system and provides the same dashboard as the default server." msgstr "" +"无论是管理 |CL| 系统网络，还是不想将记录发送到默认遥测服务器，均可设置后端服务器来收集个人记录。后端服务器可安装在任意 Linux " +"系统上，并为您提供与默认服务器相同的控制台。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:144 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:143 msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 libtelemetry API 检测代码：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:146 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:145 msgid "" "The :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C library, " "which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You " @@ -272,20 +291,23 @@ msgid "" "found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics client`_ " "repository." msgstr "" +":command:`telemetrics` bundle 文件包括 libtelemetry C 库，可以提供 telemprobd 和 " +"telempostd 守护程序所用的 API。同时，也可以在应用程序中使用这些守护程序。相关 API 文档位于 `Telemetrics " +"client`_ 存储库的 :file:`telemetry.h` 文件中。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:153 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:152 msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:160 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:159 msgid "Enable or disable telemetry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用或禁用遥测" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:162 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:161 msgid "Enabling during installation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在安装期间启用：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:164 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:163 msgid "" "During the initial installation of |CL|, you are requested to join the " "stability enhancement program and allow |CL| to collect anonymous reports" @@ -294,16 +316,18 @@ msgid "" "to join will automatically enable telemetry on your system after " "installation is complete." msgstr "" +"在初始安装 |CL| 期间，系统会要求加入稳定性增强计划，允许 |CL| 收集匿名报告，提高系统稳定性。如果选择不加入此计划，则不会将遥测软件 " +"bundle 文件添加到系统中。选择加入此计划，则会在安装完成后自动在系统上启用遥测技术。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:171 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:170 msgid "Enabling after install:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装后启用：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:173 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:172 msgid "To start telemetry on your system, run the following command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在系统上启动遥测，请运行以下命令：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:179 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:178 msgid "" "This enables and starts the :command:`telemprobd` and " ":command:`telempostd` daemons. Your system will begin to send telemetry " @@ -312,66 +336,72 @@ msgid "" "the :command:`telemprobd` and :command:`telempostd` daemons will use the " "file :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`." msgstr "" +"此命令将启用并启动 :command:`telemprobd` 和 :command:`telempostd` " +"守护程序。系统随即开始将遥测数据发送到文件 :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` " +"中所定义的服务器。如果此文件不存在，:command:`telemprobd` 和 :command:`telempostd` " +"守护程序则会使用文件 :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:185 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:184 msgid "Disabling after install:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装后禁用：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:187 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:186 msgid "To disable both of the telemetry daemons, run the following command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要禁用这两个遥测守护程序，请运行以下命令：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:193 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:192 msgid "Opt in to telemetry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择启用遥测技术：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:194 msgid "" "To opt-in to the telemetry services, simply enter the opt-in command, " "which also starts the service:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要选择启用遥测服务，只需输入选择启用命令，也会启动服务：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:202 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:201 msgid "" "This removes the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` file, if it exists, and" " starts the telemetry services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此操作将删除 :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` 文件（如果存在）并启动遥测服务。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:207 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:206 msgid "" "To opt-in but not immediately start telemetry services, you must run the " "command :command:`sudo telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-in` command" " is entered. Once you are ready to start the service, enter the command " ":command:`sudo telemctl start`." msgstr "" +"要选择启用而非立即启动遥测服务，则需在输入 :command:`opt-in` 命令后运行命令 :command:`sudo telemctl " +"stop`。准备好启动服务后，输入命令 :command:`sudo telemctl start`。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:212 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:211 msgid "Opt out of telemetry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择禁用遥测技术：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:213 msgid "" "To stop sending telemetrics data from your system, opt out of the " "telemetry service:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要停止发送来自系统的遥测数据，请选择禁用遥测服务：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:221 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:220 msgid "" "This creates the file :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` and stops the " "telemetry services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此操作将创建文件 :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` 并停止遥测服务。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:226 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:225 msgid "Saving data locally" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地保存数据" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:228 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:227 msgid "" "This example requires |CL| to be installed and telemetry to be enabled on" " the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本例要求安装 |CL| 并在系统上启用遥测技术。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:231 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:230 msgid "" "To change how records are managed, copy the default " ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file to " @@ -383,32 +413,42 @@ msgid "" "configuration file, you must restart the client daemons to pick up the " "changes:" msgstr "" +"要更改记录的管理方式，请将默认的 :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`" +" 文件复制到 :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` " +"并对其进行编辑。:file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` 文件中的更改会覆盖 " +":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` 文件中的默认值。您可能需要 " +"root 权限才能在 :file:`/etc` 中创建和编辑文件。在每个示例中，每次对配置文件进行更改时，均需重新启动客户端守护程序才能接受更改：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:245 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:244 msgid "" "The :command:`telemctl journal` command gives you access to features and " "options of the telemetry journal to assist with system analytics and " "debug. :command:`telemctl journal` has a number of options to help filter" " records. Use :command:`-h` or :command:`--help` to view usage options." msgstr "" +"使用 :command:`telemctl journal` " +"命令可以访问遥测日志的各项功能和选项，有助于进行系统分析和调试。:command:`telemctl journal` " +"提供众多选项来协助过滤记录。使用 :command:`-h` 或 :command:`--help` 查看使用情况选项。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:251 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:250 msgid "Keep a local copy and send records to backend server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保留本地副本并将记录发送到后端服务器：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:253 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:252 msgid "" "To keep a local copy of the telemetry record and also send it on to the " "backend server, we will need to change the " ":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value to " ":guilabel:`true`." msgstr "" +"要保留遥测记录的本地副本并将其发送到后端服务器，需将 :guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` 配置键值更改为 " +":guilabel:`true`。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:258 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:257 msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保留所有记录 - 不发送到后端服务器：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:260 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:259 msgid "" "To keep records on the system without sending them to a backend server, " "set the :guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value to " @@ -416,219 +456,239 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value is set to " ":guilabel:`true` or the system will not keep local copies." msgstr "" +"要保留系统上的记录而不将其发送到后端服务器，请将 :guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` 键值设为 " +":guilabel:`false`。请注意，您可能还需确保 :guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` " +"配置键值已设为 :guilabel:`true`，否则系统不会保留本地副本。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:266 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:265 msgid "Keep and send records to custom server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保留记录并将其发送到定制服务器：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:268 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:267 msgid "" "This assumes you have set up a custom server according to the next " "example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此操作假设您已根据下例设置了定制服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:270 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:269 msgid "" "The server is identified by the :guilabel:`server` setting, and by " "default records are sent to the |CL| server " ":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. To " "change this, you can use an IP address or fully qualified domain name." msgstr "" +"此服务器通过 :guilabel:`server` 设置确定，且默认将记录发送到 |CL| 服务器 " +":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`。要更改此设置，可使用" +" IP 地址或完全限定域名。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:277 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:276 msgid "Set up a back-end server to collect telemetry records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置后端服务器以收集遥测记录" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:279 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:278 msgid "" "For this example, start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system" " using the :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` getting started guide and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，请先使用 :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` 入门指南和以下内容在新系统上完整安装 |CL|：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:282 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:281 msgid "" "Join the :guilabel:`Stability Enhancement Program` to install and enable " "the telemetrics components." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入 :guilabel:`Stability Enhancement Program`，安装和启用遥测组件。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:285 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:284 msgid "Select the manual installation method with the following settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择采用以下设置的手动安装方法：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:287 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:286 msgid "Set the hostname to :guilabel:`clr-telem-server`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "将主机名设为 :guilabel:`clr-telem-server`。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:288 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:287 msgid "" "Create an administrative user named :guilabel:`clear` and add this user " "to sudoers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建名为 :guilabel:`clear` 的管理用户并将其添加到 sudo 用户组" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:291 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:290 msgid "" "Log in with your administrative user, from your :file:`$HOME` directory, " "run :command:`git` to clone the :guilabel:`telemetrics-backend` " "repository into the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend` directory:" msgstr "" +"以管理用户身份登录，在 :file:`$HOME` 目录中运行 :command:`git`，将 :guilabel:`telemetrics-" +"backend` 存储库克隆到 :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend` 目录：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:301 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:300 msgid "" "You may need to set up the :envvar:`https_proxy` environment variable if " "you have issues reaching github.com." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果访问 github.com 时出现问题，则最好设置 :envvar:`https_proxy` 环境变量。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:304 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:303 msgid "" "Change your current working directory to :file:`telemetrics-" "backend/scripts`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将当前工作目录更改为 :file:`telemetrics-backend/scripts`。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:305 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:304 msgid "" "Before you install the telemetrics backend with the :file:`deploy.sh` " "script file in the next step, here is an explanation of the options to be" " specified:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下一步利用 :file:`deploy.sh` 脚本文件安装遥测后端之前，请查看此处关于指定选项的说明：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:308 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:307 msgid ":command:`-a install` to perform an install" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`-a install` 用于安装" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:309 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:308 msgid ":command:`-d clr` to install to a |CL| distro" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`-d clr` 用于安装到 |CL| 发行版" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:310 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:309 msgid ":command:`-H localhost` to set the domain to localhost" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`-H localhost` 用于将域设为 localhost" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:313 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:312 msgid "" "The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has minimal error checking and makes " "several changes to your system. Be sure that the options you define on " "the cmdline are correct before proceeding." msgstr "" +":file:`deploy.sh` shell " +"脚本附带小规模错误检查机制，并可对系统进行某些更改。在继续操作之前，请确保您在命令行上定义的选项正确无误。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:317 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:316 msgid "" "Run the shell script from the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend/scripts` " "directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend/scripts` 目录中运行此 shell 脚本：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:326 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:325 msgid "" "The script starts and lists all the defined options and prompts you for " "the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此脚本将启动并列出所有已定义的选项并提示输入 :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` 数据库密码。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:340 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:339 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`DB password:`, press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept " "the default password `postgres`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于 :guilabel:`DB password:`，请按 :kbd:`Enter` 键接受默认密码 `postgres`。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:345 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:344 msgid "" "The :file:`deploy.sh` script uses :command:`sudo` to run commands and you" " may be prompted to enter your user password at any time while the script" " is executing. If this occurs, enter your user password to execute the " ":command:`sudo` command." msgstr "" +":file:`deploy.sh` 脚本使用 :command:`sudo` " +"运行命令，而系统在执行脚本时则随时可能会提示您输入用户密码。如果出现此情况，请输入用户密码，执行 :command:`sudo` 命令。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:351 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:350 msgid "" "After all the server components have been installed, you are prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password to change it as " "illustrated below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有服务器组件均已安装后，系统将提示输入 :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` 数据库密码，如下所示对其进行更改：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:362 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:361 msgid "" "Enter `postgres` for the current value of the password and then enter a " "new password, retype it to verify the new password and the " ":guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password will be updated." msgstr "" +"输入此密码的当前值 `postgres`，然后输入新密码。接着，再次输入此密码进行验证， :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` " +"数据库密码随即更新。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:366 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:365 msgid "" "After the installation is complete, you can use your web browser to view " "the new server by opening the browser on the system and typing in " "localhost in the address bar. You should see a web page similar to the " "one shown in Figure 2 below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装完成后，可以打开系统浏览器，在地址栏中输入 localhost，使用 Web 浏览器查看新服务器。您应看到下面图 2 所示的网页。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:374 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:373 msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 2： :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:377 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:376 msgid "Create records with telem-record-gen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 telem-record-gen 创建记录" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:379 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:378 msgid "" "The telemetrics bundle provides a record generator tool called `telem-" "record-gen`. This tool can be used to create records from shell scripts " "or the command line when writing a probe in C is not desirable. Records " "are sent to the backend server, and can also be echoed to stdout." msgstr "" +"遥测 bundle 文件提供名为 `telem-record-gen` 的记录生成器工具。无法以 C 语言编写探针时，便可使用此工具从 shell" +" 脚本或命令行创建记录。记录将发送到后端服务器，同时还可返回 stdout。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:384 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:383 msgid "There are three ways to supply the payload to the record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有三种方法可将有效负载提供给记录。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:386 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:385 msgid "On the command line, use the :command:`-p ` option:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在命令行中，使用 :command:`-p ` 选项：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:412 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:411 msgid "" "Specify a file that contains the payload with the option :command:`-P " "path/to/file`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 :command:`-P path/to/file` 选项指定包含此有效负载的文件。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:439 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:438 msgid "" "If the :command:`-p` or :command:`-P` options are absent, the tool reads " "from stdin so you can use it in a :file:`heredoc` in scripts." msgstr "" +"如果不使用 :command:`-p` 或 :command:`-P` 选项，此工具则会从 stdin 读取，以便您在脚本的 " +":file:`heredoc` 中使用。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:469 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:468 msgid "Set a static machine id" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置静态计算机 ID" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:471 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:470 msgid "" "The machine id reported by the telemetry client is rotated every three " "days for privacy reasons. If you wish to have a static machine id for " "testing purposes, you can opt in by creating a file named `opt-in-static-" "machine-id` in the directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." msgstr "" +"出于隐私，遥测客户端报告的计算机 ID 每三天轮换一次。如果希望获得测试用的静态计算机 ID，则可在 " +":file:`/etc/telemetrics/` 目录中创建名为 `opt-in-static-machine-id` 的文件来选择启用。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:476 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:475 msgid "Create a directory `telemetrics`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 `telemetrics` 目录。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:483 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:482 msgid "" "Create the file and replace the \"unique machine ID\" with your desired " "static machine ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建文件并将 \"unique machine ID\" 替换为所需的静态计算机 ID。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:492 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:491 msgid "The machine ID is different than the system hostname." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该计算机 ID 不同于系统主机名。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:495 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:494 msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 libtelemetry API 检测代码" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:498 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:497 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:500 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:499 msgid "" "Confirm that the telemetrics header file is located on the system at " ":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest version`_ of the file can " @@ -636,84 +696,93 @@ msgid "" ":command:`telemetry` bundle will install the header file that matches " "your |CL| version." msgstr "" +"确认遥测头文件位于系统上的 :file:`usr/include/telemetry.h`。此文件的 `latest version`_ 也可在 " +"Github 上找到，以供参考，但安装 :command:`telemetry` bundle 文件会安装匹配 |CL| 版本的头文件。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:505 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:504 msgid "Includes and variables:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "include 与变量：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:507 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:506 msgid "You must include the following headers in your code to use the API:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必须在代码中包含以下标头才能使用 API：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:518 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:517 msgid "" "Use the following code to create the variables needed to hold the data " "for the record to be created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用下述代码创建所需变量，以容纳用于创建记录的数据：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:537 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:536 msgid "Severity:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "严重性：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:533 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:532 msgid "" "Type: uint32_t Value: Severity field value. Accepted values are in the " "range 1-4, with 1 being the lowest severity, and 4 being the highest " "severity. Values provided outside of this range are clamped to 1 or 4. " "[low, med, high, crit]" msgstr "" +"类型：uint32_t 值：“严重性”字段值。可接受值介于 1-4 之间，其中 1 表示严重性最低，4 则表示严重性最高。超出此范围的值将被限定为" +" 1 或 4。[low, med, high, crit]" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:543 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:542 msgid "Payload_version:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payload_version：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:540 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:539 msgid "" "Type: uint32_t Value: Payload format version. The only supported value " "right now is 1, which indicates that the payload is a freely-formatted " "(unstructured) string. Values greater than 1 are reserved for future use." msgstr "" +"类型：uint32_t 值：有效负载格式版本。目前唯一支持的值为 1，表示有效负载为自由格式化（非结构化）的字符串。大于 1 " +"的值将保留以供未来使用。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:552 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:551 msgid "Classification:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分类：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:546 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:545 msgid "" "Type: char array Value: It should have the form, DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: " "DOMAIN is the reverse domain to use as a namespace for the probe (e.g. " -"org.clearlinux); PROBENAME is the name of the probe; and REST is an " +"org.clearlinux), PROBENAME is the name of the probe, and REST is an " "arbitrary value that the probe should use to classify the record. The " "maximum length for the classification string is 122 bytes. Each sub-" "category may be no longer than 40 bytes long. Two / delimiters are " "required." msgstr "" +"类型：字符数组值：它应采用 DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST 形式：DOMAIN 是用作探针命名空间的反向域（例如 " +"org.clearlinux），PROBENAME 是探针的名称，REST 则是探针用于对记录进行分类的任意值。分类字符串的最大长度为 122 " +"个字节。每个子类别的长度不超过 40 个字节。需使用两个斜线 (/) 分隔符。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:557 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:556 msgid "Tm_handle:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tm_handle：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:555 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:554 msgid "" "Type: Telem_ref struct pointer Value: Struct pointer declared by the " "caller, The struct is initialized if the function returns success." -msgstr "" +msgstr "类型：Telem_ref 结构指针值：调用者声明的结构指针。如果函数返回成功，则初始化此结构。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:561 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:560 msgid "Payload:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有效负载：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:560 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:559 msgid "Type: char pointer Value: The payload to set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "类型：结构指针值：要设置的有效负载" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:563 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:562 msgid "" "For this example, we'll set the payload to “hello” by using " ":command:`asprintf()`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，我们使用 :command:`asprintf()` 将有效负载设为“hello”：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:572 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:571 msgid "" "The functions :command:`asprintf()` and :command:`vasprintf()` are " "analogs of :command:`sprintf(3)` and :command:`vsprintf(3)`, except that " @@ -722,12 +791,15 @@ msgid "" "argument. This pointer should be passed to :command:`free(3)` to release " "the allocated storage when it is no longer needed." msgstr "" +"函数 :command:`asprintf()` 和 :command:`vasprintf()` 与 :command:`sprintf(3)`" +" 和 :command:`vsprintf(3)` 类似，除了它们分配一个足够大的字符串来容纳包括终止空字节 ('\\0') " +"在内的输出，并通过第一个自变量向其返回一个指针。该指针应传递给 :command:`free(3)`，以便在不再需要时释放已分配的存储空间。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:579 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:578 msgid "Create the new telemetry record:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的遥测记录：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:581 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:580 msgid "" "The function :command:`tm_create_record()` initializes a telemetry " "record and sets the severity and classification of that record, as well " @@ -735,19 +807,22 @@ msgid "" "record is allocated and should be freed with :command:`tm_free_record()` " "when no longer needed." msgstr "" +"函数 :command:`tm_create_record()` " +"可初始化遥测记录并设置此记录的严重性和分类，以及有效负载版本号。存储遥测记录所需的内存已分配，且应在不再需要时通过 " +":command:`tm_free_record()` 来释放。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:594 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:593 msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置遥测记录的有效负载字段：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:596 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:595 msgid "" "The function :command:`tm_set_payload()` attaches the provided telemetry " "record data to the telemetry record. The current maximum payload size is " "8192b." -msgstr "" +msgstr "函数 :command:`tm_set_payload()` 可将所提供的遥测记录数据附加到遥测记录中。当前最大有效负载大小为 8192b。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:608 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:607 msgid "" "The :command:`free()` function frees the memory space pointed to by " "`ptr`, which must have been returned by a previous call to " @@ -755,50 +830,56 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, or if :command:`free(ptr)` has already been called before, " "undefined behavior occurs. If `ptr` is NULL, no operation is performed." msgstr "" +"函数 :command:`free()` 可释放 `ptr` 指向的内存空间，而 ptr 必须通过先前对 " +":command:`malloc()`、:command:`calloc()` 或 :command:`realloc()` " +"的调用返还。否则（或者如果此前曾调用 :command:`free(ptr)`），则会出现未定义的行为。如果 ‘ptr’ " +"为空，则不会执行任何操作。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:614 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:613 msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将记录发送到遥测守护程序：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:616 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:615 msgid "" "The function :command:`tm_send_record()` delivers the record to the local" " :command:`telemprobd(1)` service. Since the telemetry record was " "allocated by the program it should be freed with " ":command:`tm_free_record()` when it is no longer needed." msgstr "" +"函数 :command:`tm_send_record()` 向本地 :command:`telemprobd(1)` " +"服务提供记录。由于遥测记录是程序分配的，因此不再需要时，应通过 :command:`tm_free_record()` 释放。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:638 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:637 msgid "A full sample application with compiling flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "带编译标志的完整示例应用程序：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:640 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:639 msgid "Create a new file :file:`test.c` and add the following code:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新文件 :file:`test.c` 并添加如下代码：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:695 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:694 msgid "Compile with the gcc compiler, using this command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令通过 gcc 编译器进行编译：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:702 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:701 msgid "Test to ensure the program is working:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试以确保程序正在运行：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:711 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:710 msgid "" "A full example of the `heartbeat probe`_ in C is documented in the source" " code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "源代码中记录了以 C 语言编写的 `heartbeat probe`_ 的完整示例。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:715 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:714 msgid "Reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参考" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:722 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:721 msgid "The telemetry API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遥测 API" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:724 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:723 msgid "" "Installing the :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C " "library, which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd " @@ -806,12 +887,15 @@ msgid "" "documentation is found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics " "client`_ repository." msgstr "" +"安装 :command:`telemetrics` bundle 文件包括 libtelemetry C 库，可以提供 telemprobd 和 " +"telempostd 守护程序所用的 API。同时，也可以在应用程序中使用这些守护程序。相关 API 文档位于 `Telemetrics " +"client`_ 存储库的 :file:`telemetry.h` 文件中。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:730 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:729 msgid "Client configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端配置" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:732 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:731 msgid "" "The telemetry client will look for the configuration file located at " ":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and use it if it exists. If the" @@ -821,63 +905,68 @@ msgid "" ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics` to :file:`/etc/telemetrics` and " "edit it." msgstr "" +"遥测客户端会查找位于 :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` " +"中的配置文件。如果存在，则会使用。如果此文件不存在，客户端则会使用位于 :file:`/usr/share/defaults " +"telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` 的默认配置。要修改或定制配置，请将此文件从 " +":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics` 复制到 :file:`/etc/telemetrics` " +"并对其进行编辑。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:740 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:739 msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置选项" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:742 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:741 msgid "The client uses the following configuration options from the config file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端使用配置文件中的以下配置选项：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:744 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:743 msgid "server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务器" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:745 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:744 msgid "" "This specifies the web server to which telempostd sends the telemetry " "records." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项指定接收 telempostd 发送的遥测记录的网络服务器。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:746 msgid "socket_path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "socket_path" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:746 msgid "" "This specifies the path of the unix domain socket on which the telemprobd" " listens for connections from the probes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项指定 telemprobd 在其上侦听探针连接的 unix 域套接字路径。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:753 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:752 msgid "spool_dir" -msgstr "" +msgstr "spool_dir" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:750 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:749 msgid "" "This configuration option is related to spooling. If the daemon is not " "able to send the telemetry records to the backend server due to reasons " "such as the network availability, then it stores the records in a spool " "directory. This option specifies the path of the spool directory. This " "directory should be owned by the same user as the daemon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此配置选项与假脱机相关。如果守护程序因网络可用性等原因无法将遥测记录发送到后端服务器，则会将记录存储在假脱机目录中。此选项指定了假脱机目录的路径。此目录的所有者应与守护程序的所有者为同一用户。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:755 msgid "record_expiry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "record_expiry" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:755 msgid "" "This is the time, in minutes, after which the records in the spool " "directory are deleted by the daemon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项为时间选项（以分钟为单位）。超过此时间后，守护程序会删除假脱机目录中的记录。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:764 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:763 msgid "spool_process_time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "spool_process_time" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:759 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:758 msgid "" "This specifies the time interval, in seconds, that the daemon waits for " "before checking the spool directory for records. The daemon picks up the " @@ -888,91 +977,101 @@ msgid "" "deletes that record. The daemon looks at a maximum of 20 records in a " "single spool run loop." msgstr "" +"此选项指定了在检查假脱机目录是否存在记录之前，守护程序等待的时间间隔（以秒为单位）。守护程序将按修改日期顺序选取记录，并尝试将记录发送到服务器。它一次最多可发送" +" 10 条记录。如果无法成功发送记录，则会从假脱机目录中删除此记录。如果守护程序找到早于 \"record_expiry\" " +"时间的记录，则会删除此记录。守护程序在单个假脱机运行循环中最多会查找 20 条记录。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:768 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:767 msgid "rate_limit_enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rate_limit_enabled" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:767 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:766 msgid "" "This determines whether rate-limiting is enabled or disabled. When " "enabled, there is a threshold on both records sent within a window of " "time, and record bytes sent within a window a time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项将确定是启用还是禁用速率限制。启用后，在某一时间窗口内发送的两个记录均有一个阈值，同时记录在一个窗口内一次发送的字节数。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:772 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:771 msgid "record_burst_limit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "record_burst_limit" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:771 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:770 msgid "" "This is the maximum amount of records allowed to be passed by the daemon " "within the record_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " "for record bursts is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项是指守护程序在 record_window_length 时间内允许传递的最大记录数。如果将其设为 -1，则会禁用针对记录突发的速率限制。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:777 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:776 msgid "record_window_length" -msgstr "" +msgstr "record_window_length" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:775 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:774 msgid "" "The time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length for the " "record_burst_limit. For example, if record_burst_window=1000 and " "record_window_length=15, then no more than 1000 records can be passed " "within any given fifteen-minute window." msgstr "" +"此选项为时间选项（以分钟为单位 (0-59)），用于设定 record_burst_limit 的窗口长度。例如：如果 " +"record_burst_window = 1000 且 record_window_length = 15，则在任意给定的 15 " +"分钟窗口内可传递的记录数不会超过 1,000 条。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:781 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:780 msgid "byte_burst_limit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "byte_burst_limit" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:780 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:779 msgid "" "This is the maximum amount of bytes that can be passed by the daemon " "within the byte_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " "for byte bursts is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项是指守护程序在 byte_window_length 时间内可传递的最大字节数。如果将其设为 -1，则会禁用针对字节突发的速率限制。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:783 msgid "byte_window_length" -msgstr "" +msgstr "byte_window_length" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:783 msgid "" "This is the time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length " "for the byte_burst_limit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项为时间选项（以分钟为单位 (0-59)），用于设定 byte_burst_limit 的窗口长度。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:788 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:787 msgid "rate_limit_strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rate_limit_strategy" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:787 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:786 msgid "" "This is the strategy chosen once the rate-limiting threshold has been " "reached. Currently the options are 'drop' or 'spool', with spool being " "the default. If spool is chosen, records will be spooled and sent at a " "later time." msgstr "" +"此选项是指在达到速率限制阈值后所选择的策略。目前，选项为“drop”或“spool”，其中 spool 为默认值。如果选择 " +"spool，则会对记录进行假脱机并在以后发送。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:793 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:792 msgid "record_retention_enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "record_retention_enabled" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:791 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:790 msgid "" "When this key is enabled (true) the daemon saves a copy of the payload on" " disk from all valid records. To avoid the excessive use of disk space " "only the latest 100 records are kept. The default value for this " "configuration key is false." msgstr "" +"启用此键 (true) 后，守护程序会在磁盘上保存所有有效记录中有效负载的副本。为避免过多使用磁盘空间，系统仅保留最近的 100 " +"条记录。此配置键的默认值为 false。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:807 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:806 msgid "record_server_delivery_enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "record_server_delivery_enabled" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:796 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:795 msgid "" "This key controls the delivery of records to server; when enabled " "(default value), the record will be posted to the address in the " @@ -981,31 +1080,36 @@ msgid "" "can be used in combination with record_retention_enabled to keep copies " "of telemetry records locally only." msgstr "" +"此键控制向服务器传送记录；启用（默认值）后，会将记录发送到配置文件中所列的地址。如果禁用此配置键 " +"(false)，则不会对记录进行假脱机或将记录发布到后端。此配置键可与 record_retention_enabled " +"搭配使用，仅在本地保留遥测记录的副本。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:804 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:803 msgid "" "Configuration options may change as the telemetry client evolves. Please " "use the comments in the file itself as the most accurate reference for " "configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "随着遥测客户端的发展，配置选项可能会发生变化。请使用文件自身所附带的注释，作为最准确的配置参考。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:810 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:809 msgid "Client run-time options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端运行时选项" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:812 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:811 msgid "" "The |CL| telemetry client provides an admin tool called " ":guilabel:`telemctl` for managing the telemetry services and probes. The " "tool is located in :file:`/usr/bin`. Running it with no argument results " "in the following:" msgstr "" +"|CL| 遥测客户端提供名为 :guilabel:`telemctl` 的管理工具，可用于管理遥测服务和探针。此工具位于 " +":file:`/usr/bin`。如果不带参数运行此工具，则会导致如下情况：" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:833 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:832 msgid "start/stop/restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "start/stop/restart" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:835 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:834 msgid "" "The commands to start, stop and restart the telemetry services manage all" " required services and probes on the system. There is no need to " @@ -1013,18 +1117,23 @@ msgid "" "telempostd. The :command:`restart` command option will call " ":command:`telemctl stop` followed by :command:`telemctl start` ." msgstr "" +"用于启动、停止和重新启动遥测服务的命令可以管理系统上所有必要的服务和探针。无需单独启动/停止/重新启动两个客户端守护程序 telemprobd 和" +" telempostd。:command:`restart` 命令选项将调用 :command:`telemctl stop`，然后调用 " +":command:`telemctl start`。" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:842 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:841 msgid "is-active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "is-active" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:844 +#: ../../guides/clear/telemetrics.rst:843 msgid "" "The :command:`is-active` option reports whether the two client daemons " "are active. This is useful to verify that the :command:`opt-in` and " ":command:`opt-out` options have taken effect, or to ensure that telemetry" " is functioning on the system. Note that both daemons are verified." msgstr "" +":command:`is-active` 选项报告这两个客户端守护程序是否处于活动状态。这有助于验证 :command:`opt-in` 和 " +":command:`opt-out` 选项是否生效，或确保遥测正在系统上运行。请注意，系统会对两个守护程序都进行验证。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Telemetrics in |CL-ATTR| is a " @@ -1229,7 +1338,7 @@ msgstr "" #~ "added to your system. Choosing to " #~ "join will automatically enable telemetry " #~ "on your system after installation is " -#~ "commplete." +#~ "complete." #~ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Enabling after install" @@ -1738,3 +1847,15 @@ msgstr "" #~ " are verified." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The telemetry functionality adheres to " +#~ "`Intel privacy policies`_ regarding the " +#~ "collection and use of :abbr:`PII " +#~ "(Personally Identifiable Information)` and is" +#~ " open source." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "遥测功能遵从涉及收集和使用 :abbr:`PII (Personally Identifiable" +#~ " Information)` 的 `英特尔隐私条款 " +#~ "`_，同时也是开源功能。" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6526a817..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,602 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:4 -msgid "Deploy at Scale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This guide describes deployment considerations and strategies when " -"deploying |CL-ATTR| at scale in your environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this guide the term *endpoint* refers to a system targeted for |CL| " -"installation, whether that is a datacenter system or unit deployed in " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:21 -msgid "" -"This guide is not a replacement or blueprint for designing your own IT " -"operating environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Implementation details for a scale deployment are beyond the scope of " -"this guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Your |CL| deployment should complement your existing environment and " -"available tools. It is assumed core IT dependencies of your environment, " -"such as your network, are healthy and scaled to suit the deployment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:32 -msgid "Pick a usage and update strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Different business scenarios call for different deployment methodologies." -" |CL| offers the flexibility to continue consuming the upstream |CL| " -"distribution or the option to fork away from the |CL| distribution and " -"act as your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:39 -msgid "Below is an overview of some considerations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:42 -msgid "Create your own Linux distribution (mix)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:44 -msgid "" -"This approach forks away from the |CL| upstream and has you act as your " -"own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)` by leveraging the :ref:`mixer` " -"process to create customized images based on |CL|. This is a level of " -"responsibility that requires having more infrastructure and processes to " -"adopt. In return, this approach *offers you a high degree of control and " -"customization*. Consider:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Development systems that generate bundles and updates should have " -"sufficient performance for the task and be separate from the swupd update" -" webservers that serve update content to production machines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:54 -msgid "" -"swupd update webservers that serve update content to production machines " -"should be appropriately scaled. Specific implementation details for a " -"scalable, resilient web server are beyond the scope of this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:58 -msgid "(See :ref:`mixer` for more information about update servers.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:61 -msgid "Adopt an agile methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:63 -msgid "" -"The cloud, and other scaled deployments, are all about flexibility and " -"speed. It only makes sense that any |CL| deployment strategy should " -"follow suit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Manually rebuilding your own bundles or mix for every release is not " -"sustainable at a large scale. A |CL| deployment pipeline should be agile " -"enough to validate and produce new versions with speed. Whether or not " -"those updates actually make their way to your production can be separate " -"business decision. However this *ability to frequently roll new versions*" -" of software to your endpoints is an important prerequisite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You own the validation and lifecycle of the OS and should treat it like " -"any other software development lifecycle. Below are some pointers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Thoroughly understand the custom software packages that you will need to " -"integrate with |CL| and maintain along with their dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Setup a path to production for building |CL| based images. At minimum " -"this should include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:82 -msgid "" -"A development clr-on-clr environment to test building packages and " -"bundles for |CL| systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:85 -msgid "A pre-production environment to deploy |CL| versions to before production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Employ a continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD) " -"philosophy in order to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Automatically pull custom packages as they are updated from their " -"upstream projects or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Generate |CL| bundles and potentially bootable images with your " -"customizations, if any." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Measure against metrics and indicators which are relevant to your " -"business (e.g. performance, power, etc) from release to release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Integrate with your organization's governance processes, such as change " -"control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:104 -msgid "Versioning infrastructure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:106 -msgid "" -"|CL| version numbers are very important as they apply to the whole " -"infrastructure stack from OS components to libraries and applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Good record keeping is important, so you should keep a detailed registry " -"and history of previously deployed versions and their contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:112 -msgid "" -"With a glance at the |CL| version numbers deployed, you should be able to" -" tell if your Clear systems are patched against a particular security " -"vulnerability or incorporate a critical new feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:117 -msgid "Pick an image distribution strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Once you have decided on a usage and update strategy, you should " -"understand *how* |CL| will be deployed to your endpoints. In a large " -"scale deployment, interactive installers should be avoided in favor of " -"automated installations or prebuilt images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:124 -msgid "" -"There are many well-known ways to install an operating system at scale. " -"Each have their own benefits, and one may lend itself easier in your " -"environment depending on the resources available to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:128 -msgid "See the available :ref:`image-types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:130 -msgid "Below are some common ways to install |CL| to systems at scale:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:133 -msgid "Bare metal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or other out-of-band booting options" -" are one way to distribute |CL| to physical bare metal systems on a LAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:138 -msgid "" -"This option works well if your customizations are fairly small in size " -"and infrastructure can be stateless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers a live image that can be deployed as a " -"PXE boot server if one doesn't already exist in your environment. Also " -"see documentation on how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:146 -msgid "Cloud instances or virtual machines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Image templates in the form of cloneable disks are an effective way to " -"distribute |CL| for virtual machine environments, whether on-premises or " -"hosted by a Cloud Solution Provider (CSP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:152 -msgid "" -"When used in concert with cloud VM migration features, this can be a good" -" option for allowing your applications a degree of high availability and " -"workload mobility; VMs can be restarted on a cluster of hypervisor host " -"or moved between datacenters transparently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers example prebuilt VM images and is " -"readily available on popular CSPs. Also see documentation on how to :ref" -":`virtual-machine-install`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:162 -msgid "Containers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Containerization platforms allow images to be pulled from a repository " -"and deployed repeatedly as isolated containers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Containers with a |CL| image can be a good option to blueprint and ship " -"your application, including all its dependencies, as an artifact while " -"allowing you or your customers to dynamically orchestrate and scale " -"applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:172 -msgid "" -"|CL| is capable of running a Docker host, has a container image which can" -" be pulled from DockerHub, or can be built as a customized container. For" -" more information visit the `Containers`_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:177 -msgid "Considerations with stateless systems" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:179 -msgid "" -"An important |CL| concept is statelessness and partitioning of system " -"data from user data. This concept can change the way you think about an " -"at scale deployment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:184 -msgid "Backup strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:186 -msgid "" -"A |CL| system and its infrastructure should be considered a commodity and" -" be easily reproducible. Avoid focusing on backing up the operating " -"system itself or default values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:190 -msgid "" -"Instead, focus on backing up what's important and unique - the " -"application and data. In other words, only focus on backing up critical " -"areas like :file:`/home`, :file:`/etc`, and :file:`/var`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:195 -msgid "Meaningful logging & telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Offload logging and telemetry from endpoints to external servers, so it " -"is persistent and can be accessed on another server when an issue occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Remote syslogging in |CL| is available through the `systemd-journal-" -"remote.service`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:203 -msgid "" -"|CL| offers a :ref:`telem-guide`, which can be a powerful tool for a " -"large deployment to quickly crowdsource issues of interest. Take " -"advantage of this feature with careful consideration of the target " -"audience and the kind of data that would be valuable, and expose events " -"appropriately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:209 -msgid "" -"Like any web server, the telemetry server should be appropriately scaled " -"and resilient. Specific implementation details for a scalable, resilient " -"web server are beyond the scope of this document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:214 -msgid "Orchestration and configuration management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:216 -msgid "" -"In cloud environments, where systems can be ephemeral, being able to " -"configure and maintain generic instances is valuable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:219 -msgid "" -"|CL| offers an efficient cloud-init style solution, `micro-config-" -"drive`_, through the *os-cloudguest* bundles which allow you to configure" -" many Day 1 tasks such as setting hostname, creating users, or placing " -"SSH keys in an automated way at boot. For more information on automating " -"configuration during deployment of |CL| endpoints see the :ref:`bulk-" -"provision` guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:226 -msgid "" -"A configuration management tool is useful for maintaining consistent " -"system and application-level configuration. Ansible\\* is offered through" -" the *sysadmin-hostmgmt* bundle as a configuration management and " -"automation tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:232 -msgid "Cloud-native applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:234 -msgid "" -"An Infrastructure OS can design for good behavior, but it is ultimately " -"up to applications to make agile design choices. Applications deployed on" -" |CL| should aim to be host-aware but not depend on any specific host to " -"run. References should be relative and dynamic when possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:239 -msgid "" -"The application architecture should incorporate an appropriate tolerance " -"for infrastructure outages. Don't just keep stateless design as a noted " -"feature. Continuously test its use; Automate its use by redeploying |CL| " -"and application on new hosts. This naturally minimizes configuration " -"drift, challenges your monitoring systems, and business continuity plans." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Development systems which are generating " -#~ "bundles and updates should be " -#~ "sufficiently performant for the task and" -#~ " separate from the swupd update " -#~ "webservers which are serving update " -#~ "content to production machines." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "swupd update webservers which are " -#~ "serving update content to production " -#~ "machines (see `mixer process`_ for more" -#~ " information) should be appropriately " -#~ "scaled." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| offers a `native telemetry " -#~ "solution`_ which can be a powerful " -#~ "tool for a large deployment to " -#~ "quickly crowdsource issues of interest. " -#~ "Take advantage of this feature with " -#~ "careful consideration of the target " -#~ "audience and the kind of data that" -#~ " would be valuable, and expose events" -#~ " appropriately." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once you are comfortable with |CL-" -#~ "ATTR| :ref:`concepts `, your next" -#~ " step as a system administrator is" -#~ " to understand how to deploy |CL| " -#~ "at scale in your environment." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this document the term *endpoint* " -#~ "refers to a system targeted for " -#~ "|CL| installation, whether that is a " -#~ "datacenter system or unit deployed in" -#~ " field." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is not a replacement or " -#~ "blueprint for designing your own IT " -#~ "operating environment." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your |CL| deployment should complement " -#~ "the existing environment and available " -#~ "tools. It is assumed foundational core" -#~ " IT dependencies of your environment, " -#~ "such as your network, are healthy " -#~ "and scaled to suit the deployment." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Pick a |CL| usage and update strategy" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This approach forks away from the " -#~ "|CL| upstream and has you act as" -#~ " your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System " -#~ "Vendor)` by leveraging the `mixer " -#~ "process`_ to create customized images " -#~ "based on |CL|. This is a level " -#~ "of responsibility that requires having " -#~ "more infrastructure and processes to " -#~ "adopt. In return, this approach *offers" -#~ " you a high degree of control " -#~ "and customization*." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Development systems that generate bundles " -#~ "and updates should have sufficient " -#~ "performance for the task and separate" -#~ " from the swupd update webservers " -#~ "that serve update content to production" -#~ " machines." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "swupd update webservers that serve " -#~ "update content to production machines " -#~ "(see `mixer process`_ for more " -#~ "information) should be appropriately scaled." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your swupd update server is just " -#~ "like any other web application. |WEB-" -#~ "SERVER-SCALE|" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Versioning Infrastructure" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Baremetal" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or " -#~ "other out-of-band booting options " -#~ "are one way to distribute |CL| to" -#~ " physical baremetal systems on a LAN." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers a " -#~ "live image that can be deployed as" -#~ " a PXE boot server if one " -#~ "doesn't already exist in your " -#~ "environment. Also see documentation on " -#~ "how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Cloud Instances or Virtual Machines" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers " -#~ "example prebuilt VM images and is " -#~ "readily available on popular CSPs. Also" -#~ " see documentation on how to :ref" -#~ ":`virtual-machine-install`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| is capable of running a " -#~ "Docker host, has a container image " -#~ "which can be pulled from DockerHub, " -#~ "or can be built as a customized" -#~ " container. For more information visit " -#~ "the `containers page`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Instead, focus on backing up what's " -#~ "important and unique - the application" -#~ " and data. In other words, only " -#~ "focus on backing up critical areas " -#~ "like `/home`, `/etc`, and `/var`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Meaningful Logging & Telemetry" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remote syslogging in |CL| is available" -#~ " through the `systemd journal-remote " -#~ "service`_" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your telemetry server is just like " -#~ "any other web application. |WEB-" -#~ "SERVER-SCALE|" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Orchestration and Configuration Management" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| offers an efficient cloud-init " -#~ "style solution, `micro-config-drive`_, " -#~ "through the *os-cloudguest* bundles " -#~ "which allow you to configure many " -#~ "Day 1 tasks such as setting " -#~ "hostname, creating users, or placing SSH" -#~ " keys in an automated way at " -#~ "boot. For more information on automating" -#~ " configuration during deployment of |CL|" -#~ " endpoints see the `documentation on " -#~ "bulk provisioning`_ ." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po deleted file mode 100644 index d7f2b02c..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:4 -msgid "Guides" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:6 -msgid "The following guides provide step-by-step instructions on using |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:10 -msgid "As of 22 May 2019 :file:`mixin` is no longer supported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:13 -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:23 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:32 -msgid "Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:41 -msgid "Stacks" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/index.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/index.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b7c3a08 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:4 +msgid "Guides" +msgstr "指南" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:6 +msgid "The following guides provide step-by-step instructions on using |CL|." +msgstr "以下指南提供了使用 |CL| 的逐步说明。" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:10 +msgid "As of 22 May 2019 :file:`mixin` is no longer supported." +msgstr "2019 年 5 月 22 日起将不再支持 :file:`mixin`。" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:15 +msgid "Clear Linux" +msgstr "Clear Linux" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:24 +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "维护" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:33 +msgid "Network" +msgstr "网络" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:42 +msgid "Kernel" +msgstr "内核" + +#: ../../guides/index.rst:51 +msgid "Stacks" +msgstr "堆栈" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po index 8af53a76..12f7ea17 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po @@ -4,166 +4,171 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:4 msgid "Kernel development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核开发" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide shows how to obtain and compile a Linux\\* kernel source using" " |CL-ATTR| development tooling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍了如何使用 |CL-ATTR| 开发工具获取和编译 Linux\\* 内核源代码。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:15 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:17 msgid "" "The :ref:`compatible-kernels` available in |CL| aim to be performant and " "practical. In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to " "suit your specific needs or test new kernel code as a developer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 中的 :ref:`compatible-kernels` 追求高效和实用。在某些情况下，您可能需要根据自身的具体需求修改内核，而开发人员也可能需要修改内核来测试新的内核代码。" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:21 msgid "" "`Source RPMs (SRPMS)`_ are also available for all |CL| kernels, and can " "be used for development instead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有 |CL| 内核也提供了 `Source RPMs (SRPMS)`_，它可用于开发目的。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:25 msgid "Request changes be included with the |CL| kernel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 内核中包含了请求变更" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:27 msgid "" "If the kernel modification you need is already open source and likely to " "be useful to others, consider submitting a request to include it in the " -"|CL| kernels.If your change request is accepted, you do not need to " +"|CL| kernels. If your change request is accepted, you do not need to " "maintain your own modified kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您需要的内核修改已经开源，并且可能对其他人也有用，请考虑提交一个请求，将其包含在 |CL| 内核中。如果您的变更请求被接受，则不需要维护自己修改过的内核。" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:32 msgid "" "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project`_ on " "GitHub\\*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向 GitHub\\* 上的 |CL| `Distribution Project`_ 提出增强请求。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:35 msgid "Set up kernel development environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置内核开发环境" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:37 msgid "" "In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to suit your " "specific needs or to test new kernel code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要根据自身的具体需求或者为了测试新的内核代码而修改内核。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:40 msgid "You can build and install a custom kernel; however you must:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以构建和安装自定义内核；但是，您必须：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:42 msgid "Disable Secure Boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁用安全引导" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:43 msgid "Maintain any updates to the kernel going forward" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在以后维护任何内核更新" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a custom kernel, start with the |CL| development environment. " "Then make changes to the kernel, build it, and install it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建自定义内核，请先从 |CL| 开发环境开始。然后修改、构建和安装内核。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:50 msgid "Install the |CL| development tooling framework" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 |CL| 开发工具框架" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:3 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:3 msgid "" "Setup of the workspace and tooling used for building source in |CL| is " "mostly automated for you with a setup script. It uses tools from the " ":command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 |CL| 中构建源代码所需的工作空间和工具设置操作大多数可通过设置脚本自动执行。该设置脚本使用来自 :command:`os-clr-on-clr` 捆绑包的工具。" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:7 + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:7 msgid "" "The setup script creates a workspace in the :file:`clearlinux` folder, " "with the subfolders :file:`Makefile`, :file:`packages`, and " ":file:`projects`. The :file:`projects` folder contains the main tools " "used for making packages in |CL| :file:`autospec` and :file:`common`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该设置脚本会在 :file:`clearlinux` 文件夹（其中包含 :file:`Makefile`、:file:`packages` 和 :file:`projects` 子文件夹）中创建一个工作空间。:file:`projects` 文件夹包含在 |CL| 中制作软件包的主要工具，即 :file:`autospec` 和 :file:`common`。" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:12 + +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:12 msgid "Follow these steps to setup the workspace and tooling for building source:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照以下步骤设置构建代码所需的工作空间和工具：" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:14 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:14 msgid "Install the :command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 :command:`os-clr-on-clr` 捆绑包：" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:20 msgid "Download the :file:`user-setup.sh` script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载 :file:`user-setup.sh` 脚本：" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:26 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:26 msgid "Make :file:`user-setup.sh` executable:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制作 :file:`user-setup.sh` 可执行文件：" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:32 msgid "Run the script as an unprivileged user:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以非特权用户的身份运行脚本：" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:38 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:38 msgid "" "After the script completes, log out and log in again to complete the " "setup process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "脚本完成后，注销并再次登录以完成设置过程。" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:41 msgid "Set your Git user email and username for the repos on your system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在系统上设置存储库的 Git 用户电子邮件和用户名：" -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/clear/autospec.rst:48 msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此全局设置由使用 Git 的 |CL| 工具使用。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:57 msgid "Clone the kernel package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "克隆内核包" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:59 msgid "" "Clone the existing kernel package repository from |CL| as a starting " "point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先从 |CL| 克隆现有的内核包存储库。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:61 msgid "" "Clone the Linux kernel package from |CL|. Using the :command:`make " "clone_` command in the :file:`clearlinux/` directory clones " "the package from the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 |CL| 克隆 Linux 内核包。在 :file:`clearlinux/` 目录下使用 :command:`make clone_` 命令，从 GitHub 上的 `clearlinux-pkgs`_ 存储库克隆内核包。" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:71 msgid "Navigate into the cloned package directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导航到克隆的内核包目录。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -171,219 +176,222 @@ msgid "" ":`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you can use a different kernel " "variant as the base for modification. For a list of kernel package names " "which you can clone instead, see the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"linux\" 包是 :command:`kernel-native` 捆绑包中随 |CL| 附带的内核。您也可以使用不同的内核变体，并在其基础上进行修改。有关可以克隆的内核包名称列表，请参阅 GitHub 上的 `clearlinux-pkgs`_ 存储库。" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:85 msgid "" "The latest version of the |CL| kernel package is pulled as a starting " "point. An older version can pulled by switching to different git tag by " "using :command:`git checkout tag/`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一开始先提取 |CL| 内核包的最新版本。此外可以使用 :command:`git checkout tag/`，并通过切换到不同的 git 标签来提取旧版本。" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:90 msgid "Change the kernel version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改内核版本" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:92 msgid "" "|CL| tends to use the latest kernel available from `kernel.org`_, the " "Linux upstream. The kernel version that will be built can be changed in " "the RPM SPEC file. While most packages in Clear Linux are typically " -"packaged using :ref:`autospec-about`, the kernel is not. This means " -"control files provided by autospec are not available and changes must be " -"made manually." -msgstr "" +"packaged using :ref:`autospec`, the kernel is not. This means control " +"files provided by autospec are not available and changes must be made " +"manually." +msgstr "|CL| 倾向于使用来自 Linux 上游 `kernel.org`_ 的最新内核。在 RPM SPEC 文件中可以更改将构建的内核版本。虽然 Clear Linux 中的大多数包通常使用 :ref:`autospec` 打包，但内核不是。这意味着 autospec 提供的控制文件不可用，必须手动进行更改。" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:98 #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:294 msgid "Open the Linux kernel package RPM SPEC file in an editor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在编辑器中打开 Linux 内核包 RPM SPEC 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:104 msgid "" "Modify the Version, Release, and Source0 URL entries at the top of the " "file to change the version of Linux kernel that will be compiled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改文件顶部的 Version、Release 和 Source0 URL 条目，以更改将要编译的 Linux 内核版本。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:107 msgid "" "A list of current and available kernel release can be found on " "`kernel.org`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当前和可用内核版本的列表可在 `kernel.org`_ 上找到。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:126 msgid "" "Consider changing the Name from *linux* in the RPM spec file to easily " "identify a modified kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "考虑在 RPM 规范文件中将 Name 从 *linux* 更改为更易于识别的名称，以便轻松识别修改后的内核。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:129 msgid "" "Consider changing the ktarget from *native* in the RPM spec file to " "easily identify a modified kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "考虑在 RPM 规范文件中将 ktarget 从 *native* 更改为更易于识别的名称，以便轻松识别修改后的内核。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:132 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交并保存对文件的更改。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:137 msgid "Pull a copy of the Linux kernel source code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提取一份 Linux 内核源代码副本" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:139 msgid "Obtain a local copy of the source code to make modifications against." -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取源代码的本地副本进行修改。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:141 msgid "" "Run make sources to pull the kernel source code specified in the RPM SPEC" " file. In the example, it downloads the :file:`linux-4.20.8.tar.xz` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行源代码制作操作，提取在 RPM SPEC 文件中指定的内核源代码。本例中下载了 :file:`linux-4.20.8.tar.xz` 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:149 msgid "" "Extract the kernel source code archive. This will create a working copy " "of the Linux source that you can modify." -msgstr "" +msgstr "提取内核源代码存档。这将创建一个可以修改的 Linux 源代码工作副本。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:156 msgid "" "Navigate to the extracted directory. In this example, it has been " "extracted into a :file:`linux-4.20.8` directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导航到提取的目录。本例中将源代码提取到了 :file:`linux-4.20.8` 目录。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:165 msgid "Customize the Linux kernel source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义 Linux 内核源代码" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:167 msgid "" "After the kernel sources have been obtained, customizations to the kernel" " configuration or source code can be made for inclusion with the kernel " "build. These customizations are optional." -msgstr "" +msgstr "获得内核源代码后，可以自定义内核配置或源代码，将其包含在内核构建中。这些自定义是可选的。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:172 msgid "Modify kernel configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改内核配置" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:174 msgid "" "The kernel source has many configuration options available to pick " "support for different hardware and software features." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核源代码提供了许多配置选项，可支持不同的硬件和软件功能。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:177 msgid "" "These configuration values must be provided in the :file:`.config` file " "at compile time. You will need to make modifications to the " ":file:`.config` file, and include it in the kernel package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编译时必须在 :file:`.config` 文件中提供这些配置值。您需要修改 :file:`.config` 文件，并将其包含在内核包中。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:182 #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:238 msgid "" "Make sure you have followed the steps to :ref:`pull-copy-kernel-source` " "and are in the kernel source working directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请确保您已经执行了 :ref:`pull-copy-kernel-source` 中的步骤，而且处于内核源代码工作目录下。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:186 msgid "" "If you have an existing :file:`.config` file from an old kernel, copy it " "into the working directory as :file:`.config` for comparison. Otherwise, " "use the |CL| kernel configuration file as template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您目前有一个来自旧内核的 :file:`.config` 文件，请将其复制到工作目录中进行比较。否则，请使用 |CL| 内核配置文件作为模板" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:195 msgid "" "Make any desired changes to the :file:`.config` using a kernel " "configuration tool. Below are some popular options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用内核配置工具对 :file:`.config` 执行所需的更改。以下是一些常用选项：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:198 msgid "" ":command:`$EDITOR .config` - the .config file can be directly edited for " "simple changes with names that are already known." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`$EDITOR .config` - 可以直接编辑 .config 文件，对已知的名称进行简单更改。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:201 msgid "" ":command:`make config` - a text-based tool that asks questions one-by-one" " to decide configuration options." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`make config` - 一个基于文本的工具，通过逐步提问的方式决定配置选项。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:204 msgid "" ":command:`make menuconfig` - a terminal user interface that provides " "menus to decide configuration options." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`make menuconfig` - 一个终端用户界面，通过提供菜单来决定配置选项。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:207 msgid "" ":command:`make xconfig` - a graphical user interface that provides tree " "views to decide configuration options." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`make xconfig` - 一个图形用户界面，通过提供树视图来决定配置选项。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:211 msgid "" "More configuration tools can be found by looking at the make help: " ":command:`make help | grep config`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`make help | grep config` 命令查看 make help 可以找到更多配置工具" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:214 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`.config` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交更改并将其保存到 :file:`.config` 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:216 msgid "" "Copy the :file:`.config` file from the kernel source directory into the " "kernel package directory as :file:`config` for inclusion in the build." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :file:`.config` 文件从内核源代码目录复制到内核包目录，以便将 :file:`.config` 包含在构建中。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:224 msgid "Modify kernel source code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改内核源代码" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:226 msgid "" "Changes to kernel code are applied with patch files. Patch files are " "formatted git commits that can be applied to the main source code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对内核代码的更改通过补丁文件应用。补丁文件是格式化的 git 提交，可以应用于主源代码。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:229 msgid "" "You will need to obtain a copy of the source code, make modifications, " "generate patch file(s), and add them to the RPM SPEC file for inclusion " "during the kernel build." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您需要获得源代码的副本，进行修改，生成补丁文件，然后将它们添加到 RPM SPEC 文件中，以便在内核构建期间包含在内。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:233 msgid "" "If you have a large number of patches or a more complex workflow, " "consider using a patch management tool in addition to Git such as " "`Quilt`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果有大量补丁或工作流程十分复杂，可考虑在 Git 之外使用 `Quilt`_ 之类补丁管理工具。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:242 msgid "" "Initialize the kernel source directory as a new git repo and create a " "commit with all the existing source files to begin tracking changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将内核源代码目录初始化为新的 git 存储库，并使用所有现有源文件创建一个提交，以开始跟踪更改。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:252 msgid "" "Apply patches provided by the |CL| kernel package to the kernel source in" " the working directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 |CL| 内核包提供的补丁应用于工作目录中的内核源代码。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:260 msgid "Make any of your desired code changes to the Linux source code files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对 Linux 源代码文件执行所需的代码更改。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:263 msgid "Track and commit your changes to the local git repo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟踪您的更改，并将其提交到本地 git 存储库。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -391,17 +399,18 @@ msgid "" "number of local commits to create patch file. See the `git-format-patch`_" " documentation for detailed information on using :command:`git format-" "patch`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于您的 git 提交生成补丁文件。表示要创建补丁文件的本地提交数量。有关使用 :command:`git format-patch` 的详细信息，请参阅 `git-format-patch`_ 文档" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:280 msgid "" "Copy the patch files from the patches directory in the linux source tree " "to the RPM build directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将补丁文件从 Linux 源代码树中的补丁目录复制到 RPM 构建目录。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:288 msgid "Navigate back to the RPM build directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导航回 RPM 构建目录。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:300 msgid "" @@ -409,104 +418,105 @@ msgid "" " definitions and append your patch file name. Ensure the patch number " "does not collide with an existing patch. In this example, the patch file " "is called :file:`2001-my-patch-for-driver-A.patch`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到包含现有补丁变量定义的 SPEC 文件部分，并附加补丁文件名。确保补丁编号不与现有补丁冲突。本例中的补丁文件名为 :file:`2001-my-patch-for-driver-A.patch`" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:323 msgid "" "Locate the section of the SPEC file further down that contains patch " "application and append your patch file number used in the step above. In " "this example, patch2001 is added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进一步深入查找含有补丁应用程序的 SPEC 文件部分，并附加在上面步骤中使用的补丁文件编号。本例中添加了 patch2001。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:342 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the RPM SPEC file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交并保存对 RPM SPEC 文件的更改。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:345 msgid "Modify kernel boot parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改内核引导参数" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:346 msgid "" "The kernel boot options are passed from the bootloader to the kernel with" " command-line parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核引导选项通过命令行参数从引导加载程序传递到内核。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:349 msgid "" "While temporary changes can be made to kernel parameters on a running " "system or on a during boot, you can also modify the default parameters " "that are persistent and distributed with a customized kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "虽然可以在正在运行的系统上或在引导过程中对内核参数进行临时更改，但您也可以修改随自定义内核分发并持久存在的默认参数。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:354 msgid "Open the kernel :file:`cmdline` file in an editor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在编辑器中打开内核 :file:`cmdline` 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:361 msgid "" "Make any desired change to the kernel parameters. For example, you can " "remove the :command:`quiet` parameter to see more verbose output of " "kernel log messages during the boot process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对内核参数执行所需的更改。例如，您可以移除 :command:`quiet` 参数，以便在引导过程中查看更详细的内核日志消息输出。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:365 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`cmdline` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交更改并将其保存到 :file:`cmdline` 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:367 msgid "" "See the `kernel parameters`_ documentation for a list of available " "parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关可用参数的列表，请参阅 `kernel parameters`_ 文档。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:371 msgid "Build and install the kernel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建并安装内核" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:372 msgid "" "After changes have been made to the kernel source and RPM SPEC file, the " "kernel is ready to be compiled and packaged into an RPM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改内核源代码和 RPM SPEC 文件后，内核就可以编译并打包成 RPM。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:375 msgid "" "The |CL| development tooling makes use of :command:`mock` environments to" " isolate building of packages in a sanitized workspace." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 开发工具使用 :command:`mock` 环境来在净化的工作区中隔离内核包构建工作。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:378 msgid "" "Start the compilation process by issuing the :command:`make build` " "command. This process is typically resource intensive and will take a " "while." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发出 :command:`make build` 命令启动编译过程。此过程通常会占用大量资源，而且需要一段时间。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:386 msgid "" "The mock plugin `ccache`_ can be enabled to help speed up any future " "rebuilds of the kernel package by caching compiler outputs and reusing " "them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以启用 mock 插件 `ccache`_，通过缓存并重用编译器输出来加快日后执行的内核包重新构建速度。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:391 msgid "" "The result will be multiple :file:`.rpm` files in the :file:`rpms` " "directory as output." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编译后会在 :file:`rpms` 目录中输出多个 :file:`.rpm` 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:398 msgid "" "The kernel RPM will be named " ":file:`linux--.x86_64.rpm`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核 RPM 将命名为 :file:`linux--.x86_64.rpm`" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:402 msgid "" "The kernel RPM file can be input to the :ref:`mixer` to create a custom " "bundle and mix of |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核 RPM 文件可以输入到 :ref:`mixer`，以创建自定义捆绑包和 |CL| 混合版。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -514,33 +524,34 @@ msgid "" " machine for testing. This approach works well for individual development" " or testing. For a more scalable and customizable approach, consider " "using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel with updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核 RPM 捆绑包也可以手动安装在本地计算机上进行测试。此方法对于个人开发或测试非常有效。如需使用可扩展性和可自定义性更好的方法，可考虑使用 :ref:`mixer` 为自定义内核提供更新。" + #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:410 msgid "" "Install the kernel onto the local system by extracting the RPM with the " ":command:`rpm2cpio` command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`rpm2cpio` 命令提取 RPM，将内核安装到本地系统上。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:418 msgid "Update the |CL| boot manager using :command:`clr-boot-manager` and reboot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`clr-boot-manager` 命令更新 |CL| 引导管理器，然后重启。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:428 msgid "After a reboot, verify the customized kernel is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重启后，确认自定义内核是否正在运行。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:435 msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "相关主题" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:437 msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`kernel-modules`" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:438 msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`mixer`" #~ msgid "" #~ "This document shows how to obtain " @@ -639,3 +650,4 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the kernel source working directory." #~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po index df321a87..0b51b2db 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po @@ -4,33 +4,32 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:4 msgid "Add kernel modules with DKMS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 DKMS 添加内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to add kernel modules with :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic " "Kernel Module System)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何使用 :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` 添加内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:14 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -39,11 +38,11 @@ msgid "" " may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add " "kernel modules with :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` or refer " "to :ref:`kernel-modules`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些内核模块在 |CL-ATTR| 中默认启用。要使用不属于 Linux 源代码树的其他内核模块，您可能需要构建树外内核模块。按照本指南使用 :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` 添加内核模块，或参阅 :ref:`kernel-modules`。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:22 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -52,7 +51,7 @@ msgid "" "driver. Kernel modules may already be part of the Linux source tree (in-" "tree) or may come from an external source, such as directly from a vendor" " (out-of-tree)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核模块是能够插入到 Linux 内核中以增加功能的附加软件，例如硬件驱动程序。内核模块可能已经是 Linux 源代码树的一部分（树内），也可能来自外部来源，例如直接来自供应商（树外）。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -60,11 +59,11 @@ msgid "" "facilitates the building and installation of kernel modules. DKMS allows " "|CL| to provide hooks that automatically rebuild modules against new " "kernel versions." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` 是一个便于构建和安装内核模块的框架。DKMS 允许 |CL| 提供钩子，为新版本内核自动重新构建模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4 msgid "Kernel module availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核模块可用性" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -72,17 +71,17 @@ msgid "" "existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature" " verification of the |CL| kernel. For more information on |CL| security " "practices, see the :ref:`security` page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 附带了许多上游内核模块以备使用。使用现有模块时，维护和保留 |CL| 内核的签名验证要容易得多。有关 |CL| 安全实践的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`security` 页面。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:11 msgid "" "Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is " "already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "继续之前，请检查您正在寻找的内核模块是否已经在 |CL| 中可用，或者提交添加该模块的请求。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:16 msgid "Check if the module is already available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查模块是否已经可用" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -90,57 +89,57 @@ msgid "" ":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as" " shown in the following example. See :ref:`swupd-guide` for more " "information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以使用 :command:`swupd search` 命令搜索以 :file:`.ko` 文件扩展名结尾的内核模块文件名，如下例所示。有关详细信息，请参阅 :ref:`swupd-guide`。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:29 msgid "Submit a request to add the module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交添加模块的请求" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:31 msgid "" "If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the" " Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a" " request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您需要的内核模块已经开源（例如在 Linux 上游），并且可能对其他人也有用，可考虑提交在 |CL| 内核中添加或启用该模块的请求。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35 msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向 GitHub 上的 |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ 提出增强请求。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:38 msgid "Install DKMS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 DKMS" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:42 msgid "" "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle provides the :command:`dkms` " "program and Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel" " modules." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`kernel-native-dkms` 捆绑包提供了 :command:`dkms` 程序和 Linux 内核头文件，它们是编译内核模块所必需的。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:45 msgid "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle also:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`kernel-native-dkms` 捆绑包还会：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:47 msgid "" "Adds a `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" "kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a " "kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加 `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-kernel.service`)，用来在使用 :ref:`swupd update ` 升级内核后自动运行 DKMS 来重新构建模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:52 msgid "" "Disables kernel module signature verification by appending a kernel " "command-line parameter (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`) from the " ":file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过附加来自 :file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` 文件的内核命令行参数 (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`)，禁用内核模块签名验证。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:56 msgid "" "Adds a notification to the Message of the Day (MOTD) indicating kernel " "module signature verification is disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向每日消息 (MOTD) 添加一条通知，指示内核模块签名验证已禁用。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -148,43 +147,43 @@ msgid "" " make sure kernel modules were successfully rebuilt against the new " "kernel. This is especially important for systems where a successful boot " "relies on a kernel module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议您始终查看 :command:`swupd update` 输出，确保为新内核成功重新构建了内核模块。这对引导是否成功有赖于内核模块的系统尤其重要。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:66 msgid "" "Install the :command:`kernel-native-dkms` or :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` " "bundle:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 :command:`kernel-native-dkms` 或 :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` 捆绑包：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:69 msgid "" "Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. Only the *native* and " "*lts* kernels are enabled to build and load out-of-tree kernel modules " "with DKMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确定 |CL| 上运行的内核变体。只有 *native* 和 *lts* 内核能够使用 DKMS 构建和加载树外内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:78 msgid "Ensure *.native* or *.lts* is in the kernel name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保内核名称中含有 *.native* 或 *.lts*。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:80 msgid "" "Install the DKMS bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. Use " ":command:`kernel-native-dkms` for the native kernel or :command:`kernel-" "lts-dkms` for the lts kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装与已安装内核相对应的 DKMS 捆绑包。为 native 内核使用 :command:`kernel-native-dkms`，或者为 lts 内核使用 :command:`kernel-lts-dkms`。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:88 msgid "or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:95 msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新 |CL| 引导加载程序并重启。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:105 msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建、安装和加载树外模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -192,59 +191,59 @@ msgid "" "testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " "through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend" " using :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您是个人用户或测试人员，并且您需要 |CL| 并未提供的树外内核模块，请按照本节中的步骤操作。如需使用可扩展性和可自定义性更好的方法，我们建议使用 :ref:`mixer` 来提供自定义内核和更新。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:113 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:115 msgid "Before you begin, you must:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始之前，您必须：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:117 msgid "" "Disable Secure Boot in UEFI/BIOS. The loading of new out-of-tree modules " "modifies the signatures that Secure Boot relies on for trust." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 UEFI/BIOS 中禁用安全引导。加载新的树外模块会修改安全引导所依赖的信任签名。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:120 msgid "" "Obtain a kernel module package in the form of source code or pre-compiled" " binaries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取以源代码或预编译二进制形式存在的内核模块包。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:124 msgid "Obtain kernel module source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取内核模块源代码" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:126 msgid "" "A required :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the kernel module's source " "code directory informs DKMS how the kernel module should be compiled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核模块源代码目录中必需的 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件将指示 DKMS 应该如何编译内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:129 msgid "Kernel modules may come packaged as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核模块可以打包为：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:131 msgid "Source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不含 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件的源代码" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:132 msgid "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "含预制作的 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件的源代码" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:133 msgid "" "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file and precompiled module " "binaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "含预制作的 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件和预编译的模块二进制的源代码" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:135 msgid "Precompiled module binaries only (without source code)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有预编译的模块二进制（不含源代码）" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -254,178 +253,178 @@ msgid "" " only able to obtain source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file, you " "must manually create a :file:`dkms.conf` file, described later in this " "document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在上面列出的包类型中，只有预编译的内核模块二进制文件不起作用，因为 |CL| 要求在加载内核模块之前根据同一内核源代码树进行构建。如果只能获取不含 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件的源代码，则必须手动创建 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件，本文档稍后将对此进行介绍。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:143 msgid "Download the kernel module's source code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载内核模块的源代码。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:145 msgid "" "Review the available download options. Some kernel modules provide " "separate archives that are specifically enabled for DKMS support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看可用的下载选项。一些内核模块提供单独的归档文件来专门支持 DKMS。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:148 msgid "" "Review the README documentation, because it often provides required " "information to build the module with DKMS support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看自述文件，因为它通常提供在支持 DKMS 的情况下构建模块所需的信息。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:159 msgid "Build kernel module with an existing dkms.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用现有的 dkms.conf 构建内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:161 msgid "" "If the kernel module maintainer packaged the source archive with the " ":command:`dkms mktarball` command, the entire archive can be passed to " "the :command:`dkms ldtarball` which completes many steps for you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果内核模块维护者使用 :command:`dkms mktarball` 命令打包了源代码归档文件，则整个归档文件可以传递给 :command:`dkms ldtarball`，由后者来完成许多步骤。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:165 msgid "" "The archive contains the required :file:`dkms.conf` file, and may contain" " a :file:`dkms_source_tree` directory and a :file:`dkms_binaries_only` " "directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "归档文件包含必需的 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件，并可能包含 :file:`dkms_source_tree` 目录和 :file:`dkms_binaries_only` 目录。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:169 msgid "" "Run the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command against the kernel module " "archive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对内核模块归档文件运行 :command:`dkms ldtarball` 命令。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:177 msgid "" ":command:`dkms ldtarball` places the kernel module source under " ":file:`/usr/src/-/`, builds it if necessary," " and adds the module into the DKMS tree." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`dkms ldtarball` 会将内核模块源代码放在 :file:`/usr/src/-/` 下，在必要时构建它，以及将模块添加到 DKMS 树。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:182 msgid "" "Verify the kernel module is detected by checking the output of the " ":command:`dkms status` command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查 :command:`dkms status` 命令的输出，确认已检测到的内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:190 msgid "Install the kernel module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:197 msgid "Build kernel module without an existing dkms.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在没有现成的 dkms.conf 的情况下构建内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:199 msgid "" "If the kernel module source does not contain a :file:`dkms.conf` file or " "the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command encounters errors, you must " "manually create the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果内核模块源代码中不含 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件或 :command:`dkms ldtarball` 命令遇到错误，则必须手动创建该文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:203 msgid "" "Review the kernel module README documentation for guidance on what needs " "to be in the :file:`dkms.conf` file, including special variables that may" " be required to build successfully." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看内核模块自述文件，了解 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件中需要哪些内容，包括成功构建所需的特殊变量。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:207 msgid "Here are some additional resources that can be used for reference:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是一些可供参考的其他资源：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:209 msgid "" "DKMS manual page (:command:`man dkms`) shows detailed syntax in the " "DKMS.CONF section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DKMS 手册页 (:command:`man dkms`) 会显示 DKMS.CONF 部分的详细语法。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:212 msgid "" "Ubuntu community wiki entry for the `Kernel DKMS Package`_ shows an " "example where a single package contains multiple modules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Kernel DKMS Package`_ 的 Ubuntu 社区 wiki 条目会显示单个包含有多个模块的示例。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:215 msgid "Sample `dkms.conf`_ file in the GitHub\\* repository for the DKMS project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DKMS 项目 GitHub\\* 存储库中的 `dkms.conf`_ file 示例文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:219 msgid "" ":command:`AUTOINSTALL=yes` must be set in the dkms.conf for the module to" " be automatically recompiled with |CL| updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于要在 |CL| 更新时自动重新编译的模块，必须在 dkms.conf 中设置 :command:`AUTOINSTALL=yes`。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:222 msgid "The instructions below show a generic example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下说明介绍了一个通用示例：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:224 msgid "" "Create or modify the :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the extracted " "source code directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在提取的源代码目录中创建或修改 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:240 msgid "" "This example identifies a kernel module named *custom_module* with " "version *1.0*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本示例中的内核模块名称为 *custom_module*，版本为 *1.0*。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:243 msgid "Copy the kernel module source code into the :file:`/usr/src/` directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将内核模块源代码复制到 :file:`/usr/src/` 目录中。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:252 msgid "" "** and ** must match the entries in the " ":file:`dkms.conf` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** 和 ** 必须与 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件中的条目匹配。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:255 msgid "Add the kernel module to the DKMS tree so that it is tracked by DKMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将内核模块添加到 DKMS 树中，以便由 DKMS 跟踪。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:261 msgid "" "Build the kernel module using DKMS. If the build encounters errors, you " "may need to edit the :file:`dkms.conf` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 DKMS 构建内核模块。如果构建时遇到错误，您可能需要编辑 :file:`dkms.conf` 文件。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:268 msgid "Install the kernel module using DKMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 DKMS 安装内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:275 msgid "Load kernel module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加载内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:277 msgid "" "By default, DKMS installs modules \"in-tree\" under :file:`/lib/modules` " "so the :command:`modprobe` command can be used to load them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，DKMS 会将模块 \"in-tree\" 安装在 :file:`/lib/modules` 下，以便可以使用 :command:`modprobe` 命令加载它们。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:280 msgid "Load the installed module with the :command:`modprobe` command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`modprobe` 命令加载已安装的模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:286 msgid "Validate the kernel module is loaded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证内核模块是否已加载。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:293 msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4 msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选：指定模块选项和别名" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`modprobe` 命令加载模块并设置选项。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -433,7 +432,7 @@ msgid "" "interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual " "modules, by using configuration files under the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` " "directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`modprobe` 可能会因为模块相互依赖关系添加或移除多个模块。您可以使用 :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` 目录下的配置文件来指定各个模块要使用的选项。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -442,53 +441,53 @@ msgid "" "You can use :file:`.conf` files to create convenient aliases for modules " "or to override the normal loading behavior altogether for those with " "special requirements." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`/etc/modprobe.d` 目录下以 :file:`.conf` 扩展名结尾的所有文件会指定加载时要使用的模块选项。您可以使用 :file:`.conf` 文件为模块创建方便使用的别名，或者为有特殊要求的模块完全覆盖正常的加载行为。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:21 msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参阅 modprobe.d 手册页详细了解 :command:`modprobe`：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:28 msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选：配置引导时要加载的内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:30 msgid "" "Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify " "kernel modules to load automatically at boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` 配置目录指定引导时自动加载的内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:37 msgid "" "All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end " "with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of " "aliases (one per line) to load at boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`/etc/modules-load.d` 目录下以 :file:`.conf` 扩展名结尾的所有文件包含引导时要加载的模块别名列表（每行一个）。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:41 msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参阅 modules-load.d 手册页详细了解模块加载：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:300 msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "相关主题" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:302 msgid "`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS)`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS)`_" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:304 msgid "" "`Dell Linux Engineering Dynamic Kernel Module Support: From Theory to " "Practice " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Dell Linux Engineering Dynamic Kernel Module Support: From Theory to Practice `_" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:306 msgid "" "`Linux Journal: Exploring Dynamic Kernel Module Support " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Linux Journal: Exploring Dynamic Kernel Module Support `_" #~ msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| distribution `on GitHub`_." #~ msgstr "" @@ -563,3 +562,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "precompiled binaries." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po index 3fa6972b..7ff09b7f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po @@ -4,31 +4,30 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:4 msgid "Add kernel modules manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动添加内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 msgid "This guide describes how to add kernel modules manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何手动添加内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:13 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -36,11 +35,11 @@ msgid "" "additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you" " may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add " "kernel modules manually, or refer to :ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些内核模块在 |CL-ATTR| 中默认启用。要使用不属于 Linux 源代码树的其他内核模块，您可能需要构建树外内核模块。请使用本指南手动添加内核模块，或参阅 :ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:21 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -49,11 +48,11 @@ msgid "" "driver. Kernel modules may already be part of the Linux source tree (in-" "tree) or may come from an external source, such as directly from a vendor" " (out-of-tree)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核模块是能够插入到 Linux 内核中以增加功能的附加软件，例如硬件驱动程序。内核模块可能已经是 Linux 源代码树的一部分（树内），也可能来自外部来源，例如直接来自供应商（树外）。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:32 msgid "Kernel module availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核模块可用性" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -61,17 +60,17 @@ msgid "" "existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature" " verification of the |CL| kernel. For more information on |CL| security " "practices, see the :ref:`security` page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 附带了许多上游内核模块以备使用。使用现有模块时，维护和保留 |CL| 内核的签名验证要容易得多。有关 |CL| 安全实践的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`security` 页面。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:39 msgid "" "Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is " "already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "继续之前，请检查您正在寻找的内核模块是否已经在 |CL| 中可用，或者提交添加该模块的请求。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:44 msgid "Check if the module is already available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查模块是否已经可用" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -79,26 +78,26 @@ msgid "" ":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as" " shown in the following example. See :ref:`swupd-guide` for more " "information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以使用 :command:`swupd search` 命令搜索以 :file:`.ko` 文件扩展名结尾的内核模块文件名，如下例所示。有关详细信息，请参阅 :ref:`swupd-guide`。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:57 msgid "Submit a request to add the module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交添加模块的请求" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:59 msgid "" "If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the" " Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a" " request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您需要的内核模块已经开源（例如在 Linux 上游），并且可能对其他人也有用，可考虑提交在 |CL| 内核中添加或启用该模块的请求。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:63 msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向 GitHub 上的 |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ 提出增强请求。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:69 msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建、安装和加载树外模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -106,122 +105,122 @@ msgid "" "testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " "through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend" " using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您是个人用户或测试人员，并且您需要 |CL| 并未提供的树外内核模块，请按照本节中的步骤操作。如需使用可扩展性和可自定义性更好的方法，我们建议使用 :ref:`mixer` 来提供自定义内核和更新。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:78 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:80 msgid "Before you begin, you must:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始之前，您必须：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:82 msgid "Disable Secure Boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁用安全引导。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:83 msgid "Disable kernel module integrity checking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁用内核模块完整性检查。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:84 msgid "Have a kernel module package in the form of source code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有一个以源代码形式存在的内核模块包。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:85 msgid "Rebuild the module against new versions of the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对新版本 Linux 内核重新构建模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:89 msgid "" "Any time the kernel is upgraded on your Clear Linux system, you must " "rebuild your out-of-tree modules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每当在 Clear Linux 系统上升级内核时，您都必须重新构建树外模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:94 msgid "Build and install kernel module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建和安装内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:96 msgid "" "Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. In the example below, " "the *native* kernel is in use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确定 |CL| 上正在运行的内核变体。下面的示例中使用了原生内核。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:104 msgid "" "Install the kernel dev bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. The " "kernel dev bundle contains the kernel headers, which are required for " "compiling kernel modules. For example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装与已安装内核相对应的内核开发捆绑包。内核开发捆绑包含编译内核模块所需的内核头文件。例如：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:108 msgid ":command:`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`linux-dev` 用于针对原生内核进行开发。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:109 msgid ":command:`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`linux-lts-dev` 用于针对 LTS 内核进行开发。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:115 msgid "" "Follow instructions from the kernel module source code to compile the " "kernel module. For example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照内核模块源代码中的说明编译内核模块。例如：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:128 msgid "Load kernel module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加载内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:130 msgid "" "Disable Secure Boot in your system's UEFI settings, if you have enabled " "it. The loading of new out-of-tree modules modifies the signatures that " "Secure Boot relies on for trust." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果安全引导已启用，请在系统的 UEFI 设置中禁用安全引导。加载新的树外模块会修改安全引导所依赖的信任签名。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:134 msgid "" "Disable signature checking for the kernel by modifying the kernel boot " "parameters and reboot the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改内核引导参数禁用内核签名检查，然后重启系统。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:137 msgid "" "All kernel modules from |CL| have been signed to enforce kernel security." " However, out-of-tree modules break this chain of trust so this mechanism" " needs to be disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 中的所有内核模块都已签名以加强内核安全。但是，树外模块打破了信任链，因此需要禁用该机制。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:146 msgid "" "Update the boot manager and reboot the system to implement the changed " "kernel parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新引导管理器并重启系统，以实现修改后的内核参数。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:156 msgid "" "If successful, the :command:`clr-boot-manager update` command does not " "return any console output." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果修改成功，:command:`clr-boot-manager update` 命令不会返回任何控制台输出。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:159 msgid "" "After rebooting, manually load out-of-tree modules using the " ":command:`insmod` command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重启后，使用 :command:`insmod` 命令手动加载树外模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:167 msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:172 msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选：指定模块选项和别名" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:174 msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`modprobe` 命令加载模块并设置选项。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -229,7 +228,7 @@ msgid "" "interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual " "modules, by using configuration files under the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` " "directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`modprobe` 可能会因为模块相互依赖关系添加或移除多个模块。您可以使用 :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` 目录下的配置文件来指定各个模块要使用的选项。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -238,40 +237,40 @@ msgid "" "You can use :file:`.conf` files to create convenient aliases for modules " "or to override the normal loading behavior altogether for those with " "special requirements." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`/etc/modprobe.d` 目录下以 :file:`.conf` 扩展名结尾的所有文件会指定加载时要使用的模块选项。您可以使用 :file:`.conf` 文件为模块创建方便使用的别名，或者为有特殊要求的模块完全覆盖正常的加载行为。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:189 msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参阅 modprobe.d 手册页详细了解 :command:`modprobe`：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:196 msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选：配置引导时要加载的内核模块" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:198 msgid "" "Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify " "kernel modules to load automatically at boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` 配置目录指定引导时自动加载的内核模块。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:205 msgid "" "All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end " "with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of " "aliases (one per line) to load at boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`/etc/modules-load.d` 目录下以 :file:`.conf` 扩展名结尾的所有文件包含引导时要加载的模块别名列表（每行一个）。" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:209 msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参阅 modules-load.d 手册页详细了解模块加载：" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:219 msgid "Related topic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "相关主题" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:221 msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`" #~ msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| distribution `on GitHub`_." #~ msgstr "" @@ -299,3 +298,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po index 8a1884d1..abd156c1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po @@ -4,92 +4,91 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:4 msgid "Architect the life-cycle of |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设计 |CL-ATTR| 生命周期" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes the basic, recommended infrastructure and workflow " "for maintaining a |CL-ATTR| derivative." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍了推荐的基本基础设施以及维护 |CL-ATTR| 衍生版的工作流程。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:16 msgid "" "A repository with software RPM artifacts and a CI/CD system with a |CL| " "machine for building `mixes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个包含软件 RPM 对象的存储库，以及一个含有 |CL| 计算机的 CI/CD 系统，用于构建 `mixes`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:19 msgid "Experience using :ref:`mixer ` to create a |CL|-based distro" -msgstr "" +msgstr "具备使用 :ref:`mixer ` 创建基于 |CL| 的发行版的经验" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:21 msgid "" "Experience using :ref:`swupd ` for maintaining the |CL| " "build environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "具备使用 :ref:`swupd ` 维护 |CL| 构建环境的经验" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:24 msgid "Familiarity with |CL| architecture and reuse of its content in releases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "熟悉 |CL| 架构，以及如何在不同版本中重复使用其内容" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:27 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:29 msgid "Maintaining a |CL| derivative requires:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "维护 |CL| 衍生版需要：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:31 msgid "Monitoring upstream |CL| for new releases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "监控上游 |CL| 新版本" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:32 msgid "Building software packages and staging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建软件包和模拟环境" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:33 msgid "Employing CI/CD automation for building releases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采用 CI/CD 自动化来构建版本" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:34 msgid "Integrating Quality Assurance for testing and validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "集成质量保证以开展测试和验证" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:36 msgid "" "Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to automate the life-cycle of your" " |CL| derivative. We divide deployment of this infrastucture in two " "parts: *Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*, shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "部署协调基础设施，将 |CL| 衍生版的生命周期自动化。我们将该基础设施的部署分为两部分，即内容工作流程*和*版本工作流程，如图 1 所示。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:44 msgid "Figure 1: Architect the life-cycle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：设计生命周期" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:47 msgid "Content Workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内容工作流程" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -101,11 +100,11 @@ msgid "" "consumed in a Release Workflow. The `Watcher Pipeline`_ checks |CL| and " "a content provider, such as Koji, to determine if a new release is " "necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内容工作流程（图 1）编排用于管理分发内容创建的各个流程。这包括从在自定义软件库中检测新版本到生成 RPM 包文件在内的一切工作。RPM 文件充当中间对象，负责跟踪各个软件依赖项，并提供版本工作流程中使用的文件级数据。`Watcher Pipeline`_ 检查 |CL| 和内容提供商，如 Koji，以确定是否需要新版本。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:58 msgid "Release Workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "版本工作流程" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -116,18 +115,18 @@ msgid "" "enables these derivatives to incorporate |CL| content into their own " "custom content. The Watcher Pipeline triggers the Release Pipeline to " "create new releases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "版本工作流程（图 1）收集 RPM 的内容，并确保其可由 :ref:`mixer ` 使用。内容 Web 服务器托管 |CL| 衍生版，目标系统会连接到该服务器来更新它们的操作系统。作为该工具链的组成部分，`Release Pipeline`_ 允许这些衍生版将 |CL| 内容整合到自己的自定义内容中。Watcher Pipeline 会触发 Release Pipeline 创建新版本。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:69 msgid "Implementation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实施" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:71 msgid "" "The |CL| Distro Factory manages the Release Workflow. For detailed " "information about Distro Factory deployment, refer to the `clr-distro-" "factory`_ GitHub\\* repo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 发行版工厂管理版本工作流程。有关发行版工厂部署的详细信息，请参阅 `clr-distro-factory`_ GitHub\\* 存储库。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Distro factory implements the *Release " @@ -205,3 +204,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "Factory`_ documentation." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po index 50f13c0b..53656feb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po @@ -4,147 +4,146 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:4 msgid "Assign a static IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配静态 IP 地址" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:7 msgid "" "This guide explains how to assign a static IP address. This may be " "helpful in scenarios such as a network with no DHCP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何分配静态 IP 地址。在网络中并无 DHCP 服务器等情况下，此举可能会有帮助。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:15 msgid "Identify which program is managing the interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确定哪个程序正在管理接口" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:17 msgid "" "New installations of |CL-ATTR| use NetworkManager as the default network " "interface manager for all network connections." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全新安装的 |CL-ATTR| 使用 NetworkManager 作为所有网络连接的默认网络接口管理器。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:22 msgid "" "The cloud |CL| images continue to use `systemd-networkd` to manage " "network connections." -msgstr "" +msgstr "云 |CL| 映像继续使用 `systemd-networkd` 来管理网络连接。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:25 msgid "" "In earlier |CL| versions, `systemd-network` was used to manage Ethernet " "interfaces and NetworkManager was used for wireless interfaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在较早的 |CL| 版本中，`systemd-network` 用于管理以太网接口，而 NetworkManager 用于管理无线接口。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:29 msgid "" "Before defining a configuration for assigning a static IP address, verify" " which program is managing the network interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义分配静态 IP 地址的配置之前，请确认哪个程序正在管理网络接口。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:32 msgid "" "Check the output of :command:`nmcli device` to see if NetworkManager is " "managing the device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查 :command:`nmcli device` 的输出，确认 NetworkManager 是否正在管理设备。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:39 msgid "" "If the STATE column for the device shows *connected* or *disconnected*, " "the network configuration is being managed by NetworkManager, then use " "the instructions for :ref:`using NetworkManager `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果设备的 STATE 列显示 *connected* 或 *disconnected*，则网络配置由 NetworkManager 管理，此时请按照 :ref:`使用 NetworkManager ` 中的说明执行操作。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:43 msgid "" "If the STATE column for the device shows *unmanaged*, then check if the " "device is being managed by systemd-networkd." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果设备的 STATE 列显示 *unmanaged*，则检查设备是否由 systemd-networkd 管理。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:47 msgid "" "Check the output of :command:`networkctl list` to see if `systemd-" "networkd` is managing the device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查 :command:`networkctl list` 的输出，确认 `systemd-networkd` 是否正在管理设备。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:54 msgid "" "If the SETUP column for the device shows *configured*, the network " "configuration is being managed by `systemd-networkd`, then use the " "instructions for :ref:`using systemd-networkd `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果设备的 SETUP 列显示 *configured*，则网络配置由 `systemd-networkd` 管理，此时请按照 :ref:`使用 systemd-networkd ` 中的说明执行操作。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:62 msgid "Using NetworkManager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 NetworkManager" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:64 msgid "" "Network connections managed by NetworkManager are stored as files with " "the :file:`.nmconnection` file extension in the " ":file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/` directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由 NetworkManager 管理的网络连接在 :file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/` 目录中存储为扩展名为 :file:`.nmconnection` 的文件。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:68 msgid "" "A few tools exists to aid to manipulate network connections managed by " "NetworkManager:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有些工具可协助处理由 NetworkManager 管理的网络连接：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:71 msgid "nmcli - a command-line tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nmcli - 命令行工具" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:73 msgid "" "nmtui - a text user interface that provides a pseudo graphical menu in " "the terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nmtui - 在终端中提供伪图形菜单的文本用户界面" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:76 msgid "nm-connection-editor - a graphical user interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nm-connection-editor - 图形用户界面" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:78 msgid "" "The method below uses the command line tool nmcli to modify network " "connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面的方法使用命令行工具 nmcli 修改网络连接。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:82 msgid "Identify the existing connection name:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找出现有的连接名称：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:88 msgid "Sample output:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例输出：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:95 msgid "" "If a connection does not exist, create it with the :command:`nmcli " "connection add` command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果不存在连接，请使用 :command:`nmcli connection add` 命令创建一个连接。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:99 msgid "" "Modify the connection to use a static IP address. Replace the variables " "in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace *[CONNECTION_NAME]* with" " the NAME from the command above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改连接以使用静态 IP 地址。使用合适的值替换括号中的变量。将 *[CONNECTION_NAME]* 替换为上面命令中的 NAME。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -153,39 +152,39 @@ msgid "" " configuration options. For advanced configurations, the " ":file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/*.nmconnection`. can be " "edited directly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关更多配置选项，请参阅 `nmcli developer page `_。执行高级配置时，可以直接编辑 :file:`/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/*.nmconnection`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:118 msgid "Restart the NetworkManager server to reload the DNS servers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重启 NetworkManager 服务器以重新加载 DNS 服务器：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:125 #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:179 msgid "Verify your static IP address details have been set:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认静态 IP 地址详细信息是否已设置：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:136 msgid "Using systemd-networkd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 systemd-networkd" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:138 msgid "" "Network connections managed by systemd-networkd are stored as files with " "the :file:`.network` file extension the :file:`/etc/systemd/network/` " "directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由 systemd-networkd 管理的网络连接在 :file:`/etc/systemd/network/` 目录中存储为扩展名为 :file:`.network` 的文件。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:141 msgid "" "Files to manipulate network connections managed by systemd-networkd must " "be created manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用来处理由 systemd-networkd 管理的网络连接的文件必须手动创建。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:144 msgid "" "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory if it does not already " "exist:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果 :file:`/etc/systemd/network` 目录尚不存在，请创建该目录：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -193,18 +192,18 @@ msgid "" " variables in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace " "*[INTERFACE_NAME]* with LINK from the output of the :command:`networkctl " "list` command that was run previously." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 :file:`.network` 文件并添加以下内容。使用合适的值替换括号中的变量。将 *[INTERFACE_NAME]* 替换为之前运行的 :command:`networkctl list` 命令输出中的 LINK。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:168 msgid "" "See the `systemd-network man page " "`_" " for more configuration options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关更多配置选项，请参阅 `systemd-network man page `_。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:172 msgid "Restart the `systemd-networkd` service:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重启 `systemd-networkd` 服务：" #~ msgid "" #~ "By default, your |CL-ATTR| system " @@ -316,3 +315,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Restart the systemd-networkd service:" #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po index ee809b37..039faa98 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po @@ -4,66 +4,67 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-05 12:07-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:4 msgid "Bulk provision" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量供应" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide explains how to perform a bulk provision of |CL-ATTR| using a " "combination of the |CL| installer, Ister, and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud " "Init Service)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何组合使用 |CL| 安装程序、Ister 和 :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init Service)` 来批量供应 |CL-ATTR|。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:15 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:17 msgid "To configure a bulk provision:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要配置批量供应，请执行以下操作：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:19 msgid "Define Ister configuration files to customize the installation process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义 Ister 配置文件以自定义安装过程" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:20 msgid "Define cloud-init\\* files to customize the installation instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义 cloud-init\\* 文件以自定义安装实例" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:21 msgid "" "Host the configuration files in ICIS to allow Ister to use them during " "the installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 ICIS 中托管配置文件，以便 Ister 在安装过程中使用它们" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:24 msgid "" "Figure 1 depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE " "client that needs to be set up to perform a bulk provision." -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1 描述了为执行批量供应而需要设置的 PXE 服务器和 PXE 客户端之间的信息流。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:30 msgid "Figure 1: Bulk provision information flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：批量供应信息流" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:33 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -71,33 +72,34 @@ msgid "" "of performing network boots of |CL|. Please refer to our :ref:`guide on " "how to perform an iPXE boot` using :abbr:`NAT (network " "address translation)` for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "执行批量供应之前，请确认您的 PXE 服务器能够从网络引导 |CL|。有关详细信息，请参阅我们的 :ref:`如何执行 iPEX 引导的指南` （使用 :abbr:`NAT (network address translation)`）。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:40 msgid "" "Because a bulk provision relies on a reboot, ensure the following " "preparations have been made:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于批量供应依赖于重新引导，请确保已经做好以下准备：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:43 msgid "No existing disks are bootable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "没有可引导的现有磁盘。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:44 msgid "" "The network boot option must come immediately after the disk boot option " "on any computer performing the installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在执行安装的计算机上，网络引导选项必须紧跟在磁盘引导选项之后。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:48 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:50 msgid "" "Install ICIS by following the getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " "GitHub\\* repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照 `ICIS`_ GitHub\\* 存储库中的入门指南安装 ICIS。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -109,7 +111,8 @@ msgid "" "bundles to install. See our :ref:`bundles` document for the list of " "available bundles. The following example shows the contents of an Ister " "installation file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 Ister 安装文件，并将其保存到 ICIS Web 托管目录下的 :file:`static/ister` 目录。该安装文件是一个 JSON 块，它为 Ister 提供了执行安装所需的步骤。该文件概述了 Ister 应该设置哪些分区、文件系统和挂载点。最后，该文件概述了要安装的捆绑包。有关可用捆绑包的列表，请参阅我们的 :ref:`bundles` 文档。以下示例显示了 Ister 安装文件的内容：" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -117,7 +120,8 @@ msgid "" "`IsterCloudInitSvc` parameter as well as the :command:`os-cloudguest` " "bundle. These entries allow Ister to customize an instance of of an " "install." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ICIS 上托管的每个 Ister 安装文件都必须包含 `IsterCloudInitSvc` 参数以及 :command:`os-cloudguest` 捆绑包。这些条目允许 Ister 自定义安装实例。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -125,7 +129,8 @@ msgid "" "installation file. Save it to the :file:`static/ister` directory within " "the web hosting directory of ICIS. The following example shows an Ister " "configuration file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 Ister 配置文件来定义 Ister 安装文件的位置。将其保存到 ICIS Web 托管目录下的 :file:`static/ister` 目录。以下示例显示了一个 Ister 配置文件：" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -134,14 +139,15 @@ msgid "" "with the location of the Ister configuration file hosted on ICIS as the " "kernel parameter value. The following example shows an iPXE boot script " "with the `isterconf` parameter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向引导网络映像的命令行添加一个内核参数来修改 iPXE 引导脚本。添加内核参数 `isterconf`，并将 ICIS 托管的 Ister 配置文件的位置作为内核参数值。以下示例显示了带有 `isterconf` 参数的 iPXE 引导脚本：" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:121 msgid "" "After the network image of |CL| boots, Ister inspects the parameters used" " during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` to find the location of the Ister " "configuration file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 网络映像引导后，Ister 会在 :file:`/proc/cmdline` 中检查引导期间使用的参数以找到 Ister 配置文件的位置。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -149,7 +155,8 @@ msgid "" " according to your requirements. The `cloud-init`_ documentation provides" " a guide on how to write a cloud-init document. The guide covers the " "customization options provided by cloud-init after an installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编写 cloud-init 文档，根据您的需求自定义安装实例。`cloud-init`_ 文档提供了如何编写 cloud-init 文档的指南。本指南涵盖了安装后 cloud-init 提供的自定义选项。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -157,7 +164,8 @@ msgid "" " the web hosting directory for ICIS with the name of a role you would " "like to create. For example, a role may be \"database\", \"web\", or " "\"ciao\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 cloud-init 文档保存到 ICIS Web 托管目录下的 :file:`static/roles` 目录，并使用要创建的角色的名称。例如，角色可以是 \"database\"、\"web\" 或 \"ciao\"。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -165,52 +173,53 @@ msgid "" " MAC addresses of PXE clients. To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt` " "file in the :file:`static` directory within the web hosting directory of " "ICIS. The following example shows an example assignment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建角色（也称为 cloud-init 文件）后，将角色分配给 PXE 客户端的 MAC 地址。为此，请修改 ICIS Web 托管目录下 :file:`static` 目录中的 :file:`config.txt` 文件。以下示例显示了一个分配示例：" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:144 msgid "" "If MAC addresses of PXE clients are not listed within the " ":file:`config.txt` file, a default role for those MAC address may be " "defined as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果 PXE 客户端的 MAC 地址未列在 :file:`config.txt` 文件中，则会按如下方式为这些 MAC 地址定义默认角色：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:153 msgid "Verify the following URLs are accessible on your local network:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认在您的本地网络上是否可以访问以下 URL：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:155 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf" -msgstr "" +msgid "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf" +msgstr "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:156 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json" -msgstr "" +msgid "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json" +msgstr "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:157 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/" -msgstr "" +msgid "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/" +msgstr "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:158 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/" -msgstr "" +msgid "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/" +msgstr "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:159 -msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt" +msgstr "\\http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:161 msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch it boot and install |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开 PXE 客户端的电源，观看它引导并安装 |CL|。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:163 msgid "Power-cycle the PXE client and watch it customize the |CL| installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭再开启 PXE 客户端的电源，观看它自定义 |CL| 安装。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:165 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You have successfully performed a bulk provision of " "|CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "祝贺您！您已成功执行 |CL| 的批量供应。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install **ICIS** by following the " @@ -352,3 +361,4 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt``" #~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po index ed3cc8e7..f840abae 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po @@ -4,38 +4,37 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:4 msgid "CPU Power and Performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CPU 功率和性能" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:6 msgid "This guide explains the CPU power and performance mechanisms in |CL-ATTR|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍 |CL-ATTR| 中的 CPU 功率和性能机制。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:13 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:15 msgid "" "Modern x86 :abbr:`CPUs (central processing units)` employ a number of " "features and technologies to balance performance, energy, and thermal " "efficiencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现代 x86 :abbr:`CPUs (central processing units)` 采用多种功能和技术来平衡性能、能耗和热效率。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -44,45 +43,45 @@ msgid "" "return to a low energy idle state. It is important to understand and " "evaluate all of these technologies when troubleshooting or considering " "changing the defaults." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，|CL| 优先考虑发挥 CPU 最佳性能，其理念是程序执行得越快，CPU 就能越快返回低功耗空闲状态。排除故障或考虑更改默认值时，了解和评估所有这些技术至关重要。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:28 msgid "CPU power saving mechanisms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CPU 节能机制" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:30 msgid "" "C-states and P-states are both CPU power saving mechanisms that are " "entered under different operating conditions. The tradeoff is a slightly " "longer time to exit these states when the CPU is needed once again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "C 状态和 P 状态都属于 CPU 节能机制，CPU 会在不同工况下进入这些机制。权衡的结果是，当再次需要用到 CPU 时，退出这些状态的时间会稍微长一点。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:37 msgid "C-states (idle states)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "C 状态（空闲状态）" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:39 msgid "" "C-states are hardware sleep states that are entered when it is determined" " that the CPU is idle and not executing instructions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "C 状态是硬件睡眠状态，当系统确定 CPU 空闲且未执行指令时便会进入该状态。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:42 msgid "" "C-states aim to reduce power utilization by increasingly reducing clock " "frequency, voltages, and features in each state." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 C 状态下，系统通过不断降低每个状态下的时钟频率、电压和功能来降低功耗。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:45 msgid "" "Although C-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's UEFI" " or BIOS configuration, these settings are overridden when the " "`intel_idle driver`_ is in use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "虽然在系统的 UEFI 或 BIOS 配置中通常可以限制或禁用 C 状态，但使用 `intel_idle driver`_ 时，这些设置会被覆盖。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:49 msgid "To view the current cpuidle driver run this command in a terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看当前的 cpuidle 驱动程序，请在终端中运行以下命令：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -90,46 +89,46 @@ msgid "" "boot parameter by adding :command:`processor.max_cstate=N " "intel_idle.max_cstate=N` or completely disabled with " ":command:`idle=poll`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "故障排除时，可以通过添加 :command:`processor.max_cstate=N intel_idle.max_cstate=N` 来使用内核命令行引导参数限制 C 状态，或者使用 :command:`idle=poll` 完全禁用 C 状态。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:61 msgid "" ":command:`processor.max_cstate=0` is changed to " ":command:`processor.max_cstate=1` by the kernel to be a valid value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内核会将 :command:`processor.max_cstate=0` 改为 :command:`processor.max_cstate=1`，以使其成为有效值。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:64 msgid "" ":command:`intel_idle.max_cstate=0` disables the Intel Idle driver, not " "set it to C-state 0." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`intel_idle.max_cstate=0` 会禁用英特尔 Idle 空闲驱动程序，而不是将其设置为 C 状态 0。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:70 msgid "P-states (performance states)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "P 状态（性能状态）" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:72 msgid "" "P-states, also known as *Intel SpeedStep® technology* on Intel processors" " or *Cool'n'Quiet* on AMD processors, are states entered while the CPU is" " active and executing instructions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "P 状态（在英特尔处理器上也称为 Intel SpeedStep® 技术，而在 AMD 处理器上也称为 Cool'n'Quiet）是 CPU 处于活动中且正在执行指令时进入的状态。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:76 msgid "" "P-states aim to reduce power utilization by adjusting CPU clock frequency" " and voltages based on CPU demand." -msgstr "" +msgstr "P 状态会根据 CPU 需求调整 CPU 时钟频率和电压，以此来降低功耗。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:79 msgid "" "P-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's firmware " "(UEFI/BIOS)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在系统固件 (UEFI/BIOS) 中通常可以限制或禁用 P 状态。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:82 msgid "Turbo boost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "睿频加速技术" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -137,24 +136,24 @@ msgid "" " core(s) on a processor to temporarily operate at a higher than rated CPU" " clock frequency to accommodate demanding workloads if the CPU is under " "defined power and thermal thresholds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "部分现代英特尔 CPU 上采用了 `英特尔® 睿频加速技术`_，该技术可在 CPU 未超出指定功率和热阈值时，支持处理器上的核心暂时以高于额定 CPU 时钟频率的频率工作。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:89 msgid "" "Turbo boost is an extension of P-states. As such, changing or limiting " "C-states or P-states impact the ability of a process to enter Turbo " "boost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "睿频加速技术是对 P 状态的扩展。因此，改变或限制 C 状态或 P 状态会影响 CPU 使用睿频加速技术。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:92 msgid "" "Turbo boost can be disabled in a system's UEFI or BIOS. Turbo boost can " "also be disabled within |CL| with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "睿频加速技术可以在系统的 UEFI 或 BIOS 中禁用。睿频加速技术也可以在 |CL| 中使用以下命令禁用：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:100 msgid "Linux CPU clock frequency scaling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux CPU 时钟频率缩放" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -162,11 +161,11 @@ msgid "" "-states-section>` and :ref:`P-states ` via CPU drivers " "and governors that provide algorithms that define how and when to enter " "these states." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux 中的 CPUFreq 子系统允许操作系统通过 CPU 驱动程序和调速程序控制 :ref:`C-states ` 和 :ref:`P-states `，因为这些驱动程序和调速程序提供了相应算法，可以定义如何以及何时进入这些状态。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:108 msgid "Scaling driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "缩放驱动程序" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -174,17 +173,17 @@ msgid "" "modern Intel processors from the Sandy Bridge generation or newer. Other " "processors may default to the :command:`acpi-cpufreq*` driver which reads" " values from the systems UEFI or BIOS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于 Sandy Bridge 这一代或更新一代的现代英特尔处理器，Linux 使用 `Intel P-state driver`_ 和 :command:`intel_pstate`。对于其他处理器，可能默认使用从系统 UEFI 或 BIOS 读取值的 :command:`acpi-cpufreq*` 驱动程序。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:115 msgid "" "To view the current CPU frequency scaling driver run this command in a " "terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看当前的 CPU 频率缩放驱动程序，请在终端中运行以下命令：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:122 msgid "Scaling governor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "缩放调速程序" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -193,43 +192,43 @@ msgid "" "this may sound wasteful at first, it is important to remember that power " "utilization does not increase significantly simply because of a locked " "clock frequency without a workload." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 将 CPU 调速程序设置为性能，要求 CPU 以最大时钟频率运行。换句话说，CPU 进入 P 状态 P0。虽然这一开始听起来可能有点浪费，但请记住，在没有工作负载的情况下锁定时钟频率并不会导致功耗显著增加。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:130 msgid "" "To view the current CPU frequency scaling governor run this command in a " "terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看当前的 CPU 频率缩放调速程序，请在终端中运行以下命令：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:136 msgid "To change the CPU frequency scaling governor:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要更改 CPU 频率缩放调速程序：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:138 msgid "Disable |CL| enforcement of certain power and performance settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁止 |CL| 强制使用某些功率和性能设置：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:144 msgid "" "Change the governor. In the example below, the governor is set to " "*performance*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改调速程序。在以下示例中，调速程序设置为性能：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:151 msgid "" "The list of all governors can be found in the Linux kernel documentation " "on `CPUFreq Governors`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有调速程序的列表可以在有关 `CPUFreq Governors`_ 的 Linux 内核文档中找到。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:156 msgid "" "The intel_pstate driver only supports *performance* and *powersave* " "governors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "intel_pstate 驱动程序仅支持性能和节能调速程序。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:159 msgid "Thermal management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "散热管理" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -237,18 +236,18 @@ msgid "" "overheating of platforms. When temperature thresholds are exceeded, " "thermald forces a C-state by inserting CPU sleep cycles and adjusts " "available cooling methods. This can be especially desirable for laptops." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`thermald`_ 是一个用于防止平台过热的 Linux 散热管理守护程序。当超过温度阈值时，thermald 会通过插入 CPU 睡眠循环强制 CPU 进入 C 状态，并调整可用的散热方法。这对笔记本电脑来说尤其有效。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:166 msgid "" "By default, thermald is disabled in |CL| and starts automatically if " "battery power is detected. thermald can be manually enabled using the " "systemd service by running the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，thermald 在 |CL| 中被禁用。如果检测到电池供电，它会自动启动。通过运行以下命令，可以使用 systemd 服务手动启用 thermald：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:175 msgid "For more information, see the thermald man page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 thermald 手册页：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -256,13 +255,13 @@ msgid "" "temperatures from thermald. To use ThermalMonitor, add the :command" ":`desktop-apps-extras` bundle and add your user account to the power " "group:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ThermalMonitor`_ 是一个 GUI 应用程序，可以直观地绘制和记录来自 thermald 的温度数据。要使用 ThermalMonitor，请添加 :command:`desktop-apps-extras` 捆绑包，并将您的用户帐户添加到 power 组：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:194 msgid "" "After adding a new group, you must log out and log back in for the new " "group to take effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加新组后，您必须注销并重新登录，然后新组才能生效。" #~ msgid "" #~ "The list of all governors can be" @@ -313,3 +312,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ " the new group to take affect." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/deploy-at-scale.po similarity index 66% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/deploy-at-scale.po index 6526a817..fca679b2 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/deploy-at-scale.po @@ -4,63 +4,62 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:4 msgid "Deploy at Scale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "大规模部署" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes deployment considerations and strategies when " "deploying |CL-ATTR| at scale in your environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍在您的环境中大规模部署 |CL-ATTR| 时的部署注意事项和部署策略。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:14 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:16 msgid "" "In this guide the term *endpoint* refers to a system targeted for |CL| " "installation, whether that is a datacenter system or unit deployed in " "field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本指南中，“端点”指的是安装 |CL| 的目标系统，而不论它是数据中心系统还是现场部署的单元。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:21 msgid "" "This guide is not a replacement or blueprint for designing your own IT " "operating environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南并不能取代您自己的 IT 操作环境设计方案，也不能用作您的 IT 操作环境设计蓝图。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:24 msgid "" "Implementation details for a scale deployment are beyond the scope of " "this guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "大规模部署的实施细节超出了本指南的讨论范围。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:27 msgid "" "Your |CL| deployment should complement your existing environment and " "available tools. It is assumed core IT dependencies of your environment, " "such as your network, are healthy and scaled to suit the deployment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的 |CL| 部署应该作为您的现有环境和可用工具的有益补充。本指南假设您的环境中的核心 IT 基础设施（如网络）运行状况良好，并可根据部署需要加以扩展。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:32 msgid "Pick a usage and update strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择使用和更新策略" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -68,15 +67,15 @@ msgid "" " |CL| offers the flexibility to continue consuming the upstream |CL| " "distribution or the option to fork away from the |CL| distribution and " "act as your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不同的业务场景需要不同的部署方法。|CL| 十分灵活，既可继续使用上游 |CL| 发行版，也可在 |CL| 发行版的基础上分叉，让您自己成为 :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)`。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:39 msgid "Below is an overview of some considerations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下概述了一些注意事项。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:42 msgid "Create your own Linux distribution (mix)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建您自己的 Linux 发行版（混合版）" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -86,36 +85,36 @@ msgid "" "responsibility that requires having more infrastructure and processes to " "adopt. In return, this approach *offers you a high degree of control and " "customization*. Consider:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "此方法是指利用 :ref:`mixer` 过程在 |CL| 基础上创建自定义映像，从而在上游 |CL| 的基础上分叉，让您自己成为 :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)`。此举需要采用更多基础设施和过程， 但回报是您可以对 Linux 发行版拥有极高的掌控和定制能力。注意事项：" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:50 msgid "" "Development systems that generate bundles and updates should have " "sufficient performance for the task and be separate from the swupd update" " webservers that serve update content to production machines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成捆绑包和更新的开发系统应该有足够的性能来完成任务，并独立于为生产计算机提供更新内容的 swupd 更新 Web 服务器。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:54 msgid "" "swupd update webservers that serve update content to production machines " "should be appropriately scaled. Specific implementation details for a " "scalable, resilient web server are beyond the scope of this document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为生产计算机提供更新内容的 swupd 更新 Web 服务器应该进行适当扩展。可扩展的弹性 Web 服务器的具体实现细节超出了本文的讨论范围。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:58 msgid "(See :ref:`mixer` for more information about update servers.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "（有关更新服务器的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`mixer`。）" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:61 msgid "Adopt an agile methodology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采用敏捷方法" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:63 msgid "" "The cloud, and other scaled deployments, are all about flexibility and " "speed. It only makes sense that any |CL| deployment strategy should " "follow suit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "云部署和其他大规模部署的关键在于灵活性和速度。任何 |CL| 部署策略都应该遵循这两项要求。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -125,92 +124,92 @@ msgid "" "those updates actually make their way to your production can be separate " "business decision. However this *ability to frequently roll new versions*" " of software to your endpoints is an important prerequisite." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对大规模部署来说，为每个版本手动重建您自己的捆绑包或混合版是不可持续的。|CL| 部署流程应该足够敏捷，能够快速验证和快速生成新版本。是否将这些更新实际应用到生产环境属于独立的业务决策。但是，是否有能力将新版本软件频繁滚动推出到端点是一个重要的先决条件。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:73 msgid "" "You own the validation and lifecycle of the OS and should treat it like " "any other software development lifecycle. Below are some pointers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您应负责验证操作系统并确定操作系统的生命周期，而且应该像对待任何其他软件开发生命周期一样对待它。以下是一些建议：" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:76 msgid "" "Thoroughly understand the custom software packages that you will need to " "integrate with |CL| and maintain along with their dependencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "充分了解您需要与 |CL| 集成并维护的自定义软件包及其依赖关系。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:79 msgid "" "Setup a path to production for building |CL| based images. At minimum " "this should include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为构建基于 |CL| 的映像设置生产路径。这至少应包括：" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:82 msgid "" "A development clr-on-clr environment to test building packages and " "bundles for |CL| systems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个开发 clr-on-clr 环境，用于测试 |CL| 系统的构建包和捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:85 msgid "A pre-production environment to deploy |CL| versions to before production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个生产前环境，用于在生产前部署 |CL| 版本" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:88 msgid "" "Employ a continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD) " "philosophy in order to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采用持续集成和持续部署 (CI/CD) 理念，以便：" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:91 msgid "" "Automatically pull custom packages as they are updated from their " "upstream projects or vendors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在上游项目或供应商推出更新时，自动提取自定义软件包。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:94 msgid "" "Generate |CL| bundles and potentially bootable images with your " "customizations, if any." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据您的自定义设置（如果有的话），生成 |CL| 捆绑包和可引导映像（如果需要的话）。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:97 msgid "" "Measure against metrics and indicators which are relevant to your " "business (e.g. performance, power, etc) from release to release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据与业务有关的度量和指标（例如性能、功率等），评估不同版本的表现。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:100 msgid "" "Integrate with your organization's governance processes, such as change " "control." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与您所在组织的治理流程（例如变更控制）集成。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:104 msgid "Versioning infrastructure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "版本控制基础设施" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:106 msgid "" "|CL| version numbers are very important as they apply to the whole " "infrastructure stack from OS components to libraries and applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 版本号非常重要，因为它们适用于从操作系统组件到库和应用程序在内的整个基础设施堆栈。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:109 msgid "" "Good record keeping is important, so you should keep a detailed registry " "and history of previously deployed versions and their contents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "妥善保存记录很重要，因此您应该维护一个详细的登记表，记录下以前部署的各个版本及其内容。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:112 msgid "" "With a glance at the |CL| version numbers deployed, you should be able to" " tell if your Clear systems are patched against a particular security " "vulnerability or incorporate a critical new feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只要看一眼所部署的 |CL| 版本号，您就应该知道您的 Clear Linux OS 是否为特定安全漏洞打上了补丁或者是否纳入了重要的新功能。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:117 msgid "Pick an image distribution strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择映像分发策略" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -218,56 +217,56 @@ msgid "" "understand *how* |CL| will be deployed to your endpoints. In a large " "scale deployment, interactive installers should be avoided in favor of " "automated installations or prebuilt images." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定下了使用和更新策略后，您就应该知道 |CL| 将如何部署到您的端点。在大规模部署中，应该避免使用交互式安装程序，而是倾向于使用自动化安装或预构建映像。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:124 msgid "" "There are many well-known ways to install an operating system at scale. " "Each have their own benefits, and one may lend itself easier in your " "environment depending on the resources available to you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "大规模安装操作系统有许多广为人知的方法。每种方法都有其优势，但根据您的环境中可用的资源不同，有的方法在您的环境中可能更容易使用。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:128 msgid "See the available :ref:`image-types`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请参阅可用的 :ref:`image-types`。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:130 msgid "Below are some common ways to install |CL| to systems at scale:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是大规模安装 |CL| 的一些常见方法：" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:133 msgid "Bare metal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "裸机" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:135 msgid "" "Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or other out-of-band booting options" " are one way to distribute |CL| to physical bare metal systems on a LAN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 |CL| 分发到 LAN 上物理裸机系统的一种方式是使用预引导执行环境 (PXE) 或其他带外引导选项。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:138 msgid "" "This option works well if your customizations are fairly small in size " "and infrastructure can be stateless." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您的自定义软件包非常小，并且使用的是无状态基础设施，那么这种分发方式可取得不错的效果。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:141 msgid "" "The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers a live image that can be deployed as a " "PXE boot server if one doesn't already exist in your environment. Also " "see documentation on how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您的环境中并没有可供部署的映像，您可以访问 |CL| `Downloads`_ 页面下载一个实时映像，并将其部署为 PXE 引导服务器。另请参阅关于如何 :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` 的文档。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:146 msgid "Cloud instances or virtual machines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "云实例或虚拟机" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:148 msgid "" "Image templates in the form of cloneable disks are an effective way to " "distribute |CL| for virtual machine environments, whether on-premises or " "hosted by a Cloud Solution Provider (CSP)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论是在内部部署环境中还是在云解决方案提供商 (CSP) 托管环境中，可克隆磁盘形式的映像模板都是在虚拟机环境中分发 |CL| 的有效方法。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -275,24 +274,24 @@ msgid "" " option for allowing your applications a degree of high availability and " "workload mobility; VMs can be restarted on a cluster of hypervisor host " "or moved between datacenters transparently." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与云虚拟机迁移功能配合使用时，此分发方式效果极佳，可实现极高的应用程序可用性和工作负载移动性；届时，虚拟机可以在虚拟机管理程序主机集群上重启，也可以在数据中心之间无缝迁移。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:157 msgid "" "The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers example prebuilt VM images and is " "readily available on popular CSPs. Also see documentation on how to :ref" ":`virtual-machine-install`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| `Downloads`_ 页面提供了预构建虚拟机映像示例，它可以在主流 CSP 的云环境中即刻部署。另请参阅有关如何 :ref:`virtual-machine-install` 的文档。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:162 msgid "Containers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "容器" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:164 msgid "" "Containerization platforms allow images to be pulled from a repository " "and deployed repeatedly as isolated containers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "容器化平台支持从存储库中提取映像，然后将其作为独立的容器反复部署。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -300,59 +299,59 @@ msgid "" "your application, including all its dependencies, as an artifact while " "allowing you or your customers to dynamically orchestrate and scale " "applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "含有 |CL| 映像的容器是一个不错的分发方式，它可以将应用程序（包括其所有依赖项）设计为蓝图，然后作为对象进行分发，同时也支持您或您的客户动态编排和扩展应用程序。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:172 msgid "" "|CL| is capable of running a Docker host, has a container image which can" " be pulled from DockerHub, or can be built as a customized container. For" " more information visit the `Containers`_ page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 能够运行 Docker 主机，具有可以从 DockerHub 中提取的容器映像，或者可以构建为自定义容器。有关详细信息，请访问 `Containers`_ 页面。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:177 msgid "Considerations with stateless systems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关无状态系统的注意事项" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:179 msgid "" "An important |CL| concept is statelessness and partitioning of system " "data from user data. This concept can change the way you think about an " "at scale deployment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 的一个重要概念是无状态以及区分用户数据和系统数据。此概念可能会改变您对大规模部署的认识。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:184 msgid "Backup strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "备份策略" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:186 msgid "" "A |CL| system and its infrastructure should be considered a commodity and" " be easily reproducible. Avoid focusing on backing up the operating " "system itself or default values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 系统及其基础设施应被视为一种商品，而且这种商品很容易复制。避免将注意力放在备份操作系统本身或默认值上，" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:190 msgid "" "Instead, focus on backing up what's important and unique - the " "application and data. In other words, only focus on backing up critical " "areas like :file:`/home`, :file:`/etc`, and :file:`/var`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "而是应该将注意力放在备份重要且独特的应用程序和数据上。换句话说，只关注备份关键区域，如 :file:`/home`、:file:`/etc` 和 :file:`/var`。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:195 msgid "Meaningful logging & telemetry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "日志记录和遥测十分有用" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:197 msgid "" "Offload logging and telemetry from endpoints to external servers, so it " "is persistent and can be accessed on another server when an issue occurs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将日志记录和遥测数据从端点分流到外部服务器，从而确保它们持久存在，而且在发生问题时便于从另一台服务器访问。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:200 msgid "" "Remote syslogging in |CL| is available through the `systemd-journal-" "remote.service`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 中的远程系统日志记录可通过 `systemd-journal-remote.service`_ 获得" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -361,24 +360,24 @@ msgid "" "advantage of this feature with careful consideration of the target " "audience and the kind of data that would be valuable, and expose events " "appropriately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 提供了 :ref:`telem-guide`，这是一个强大的工具，可用于在大规模部署时以众包的方式快速解决相关问题。利用此功能时需要仔细考虑目标受众以及哪些类型的数据是有价值的，还要适当地公开事件。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:209 msgid "" "Like any web server, the telemetry server should be appropriately scaled " "and resilient. Specific implementation details for a scalable, resilient " "web server are beyond the scope of this document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "像任何 Web 服务器一样，遥测服务器也应该可以适当地扩展并具有适当的弹性。可扩展的弹性 Web 服务器的具体实现细节超出了本文的讨论范围。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:214 msgid "Orchestration and configuration management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编排和配置管理" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:216 msgid "" "In cloud environments, where systems can be ephemeral, being able to " "configure and maintain generic instances is valuable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在云环境中，系统的生命周期可能很短暂，因此是否有能力配置和维护通用实例十分重要。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -388,7 +387,7 @@ msgid "" "SSH keys in an automated way at boot. For more information on automating " "configuration during deployment of |CL| endpoints see the :ref:`bulk-" "provision` guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 通过 *os-cloudguest* 捆绑包提供了一个高效的云初始化解决方案 `micro-config-drive`_，支持在引导时自动执行许多上线第一天任务，例如设置主机名、创建用户或放置 SSH 密钥。有关在 |CL| 端点部署期间自动配置的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`bulk-provision` 指南。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -396,11 +395,11 @@ msgid "" "system and application-level configuration. Ansible\\* is offered through" " the *sysadmin-hostmgmt* bundle as a configuration management and " "automation tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置管理工具对于维护一致的系统和应用程序级配置非常有用。*sysadmin-hostmgmt* 捆绑包提供了 Ansible\\* 作为配置管理和自动化工具。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:232 msgid "Cloud-native applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "云原生应用程序" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -408,7 +407,7 @@ msgid "" "up to applications to make agile design choices. Applications deployed on" " |CL| should aim to be host-aware but not depend on any specific host to " "run. References should be relative and dynamic when possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "基础设施操作系统可以将各种操作和行为都设计得井井有条，但设计是否敏捷最终还是取决于应用程序。部署在 |CL| 上的应用程序应该能够识别主机，但不依赖于任何特定的主机来运行。如果条件允许，应该使用相对和动态引用。" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -417,7 +416,7 @@ msgid "" "feature. Continuously test its use; Automate its use by redeploying |CL| " "and application on new hosts. This naturally minimizes configuration " "drift, challenges your monitoring systems, and business continuity plans." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序架构应该针对基础设施中断具有适当的容错能力。不要仅仅将无状态设计作为一个显著特征。持续测试其使用情况；通过在新主机上反复部署 |CL| 和应用程序来将其使用自动化。这自然会最大限度减少配置偏差，并给监控系统和业务连续性计划带来挑战。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Development systems which are generating " @@ -600,3 +599,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "bulk provisioning`_ ." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po index 43a022c7..67857c9a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po @@ -4,46 +4,45 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:4 msgid "Developer Workstation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发人员工作站" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide helps you find the minimum set of bundles needed to start your" " |CL-ATTR| development project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南帮助您确定启动您的 |CL-ATTR| 开发项目所需的最小捆绑包集。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:9 msgid "" "Before continuing, review the :ref:`swupd ` guide to learn " "more about the swupd tool and how |CL| simplifies software versioning " "compared to other Linux\\* distributions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "继续之前，请阅读 :ref:`swupd ` 指南，详细了解 swupd 工具以及 |CL| 相比其他 Linux\\* 发行版如何简化了软件版本控制。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:18 msgid "Workstation Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作站设置" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:20 msgid "" "After installing the minimum set of bundles required to get started, you " "can add more bundles relevant to your specific use case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装了启动项目所需的最小捆绑包集后，您可以添加更多与您的特定用例相关的捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -51,7 +50,7 @@ msgid "" "bundle :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* `. However, given how " "many packages this bundle contains, you may want to deploy a leaner OS " "with only bundles relevant to your project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要运行 |CL| 开发所需的任何进程，您可以添加大型捆绑包 :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* `。但是，考虑到该捆绑包含有大量软件包，您可能希望部署一个更精简的操作系统，只包含与您的项目相关的捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -59,31 +58,31 @@ msgid "" "bundles* to get started developing based on your role or project. While " "your role may not neatly fit in one of these categories, consider Table 1" " as a starting point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用表 1 开发人员配置文件，根据您的角色或项目确定开始开发所需的最少捆绑包。虽然您的角色不一定与表中的类别完全吻合，但不妨在表 1 的基础上确定所需的捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:33 msgid "**Table 1. Developer Profiles**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**表 1.开发人员配置文件**" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:37 msgid "|CL| Bundle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 捆绑包" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:38 msgid "*Internet of Things (IoT)*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*物联网 (IoT)**" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:39 msgid "*System Administrator*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*系统管理员*" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:40 msgid "*Client/Cloud/Web Developer*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*客户端/云/Web 开发人员*" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:42 msgid ":command:`editors`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`editors`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:43 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:44 @@ -105,93 +104,93 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:75 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:80 msgid "✓" -msgstr "" +msgstr "✓" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:47 msgid ":command:`network-basic`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`network-basic`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:52 msgid ":command:`openssh-server`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`openssh-server`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:57 msgid ":command:`webserver-basic`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`webserver-basic`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:62 msgid ":command:`application-server`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`application-server`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:67 msgid ":command:`database-basic`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`database-basic`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:72 msgid ":command:`desktop-autostart`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`desktop-autostart`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:77 msgid ":command:`dev-utils`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`dev-utils`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:83 msgid "swupd search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "swupd 搜索" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:85 msgid "" "We recommend learning about :ref:`swupd `, to learn the " "commands to search for and add bundles relevant to your project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议您学习 :ref:`swupd `，了解搜索和添加与您的项目相关的捆绑包所需的命令。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:88 msgid "" "The guide provides an :ref:`example `" " that shows you how to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南提供了一个 :ref:`example `，向您展示如何：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:91 msgid "Use swupd to search for bundles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 swupd 搜索捆绑包" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:92 msgid "Use swupd to add bundles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 swupd 添加捆绑包" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:95 msgid "Core Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "核心概念" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:97 msgid "" "We recommend that you understand these core concepts in |CL| *before* " "developing your project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议您在开发项目之前先了解 |CL| 中的这些核心概念。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:100 msgid ":ref:`Software update `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Software update `" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:101 msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Mixer `" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:102 msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Autospec `" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:105 msgid "Other resources for developers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发人员可用的其他资源" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:107 msgid "`Developer Tooling Framework`_ for |CL|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 |CL| 的 `Developer Tooling Framework`_" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:108 msgid "`Bundle Definition Files`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Bundle Definition Files`_" #~ msgid "`Bundle definition files`_" #~ msgstr "" @@ -284,3 +283,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po index 2bd2ccf6..7f1201ac 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.po @@ -4,217 +4,216 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-08-02 16:09-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4 msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Linux 上下载、验证和解压缩 |CL-ATTR| 映像" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes the types of |CL| images available, where to " "download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to " "decompress it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍可用 |CL| 映像的类型、从哪里下载它们、如何验证映像的完整性以及如何解压缩映像。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:9 msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于其他操作系统的说明如下：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:15 msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " "environments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 为不同平台和环境提供多种类型的 `images`_。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 映像文件名的命名约定是：" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[version number]* 字段指定版本号。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 msgid "" "The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " "corresponding file format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[image type]* 字段指定映像类型及其相应的文件格式。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 msgid "" "The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " "of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[compression type]* 字段指定压缩类型。使用的压缩类型有两种：GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) 和 XZ (*.xz*)。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 msgid "" "Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " "independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " "platform specific." -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 1 列出了当前可用的独立于平台的映像。表 2 列出了当前可用的特定于平台的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 1：独立于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 ../../reference/image-types.rst:43 msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:31 ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "live-desktop.img 或 live-desktop.iso" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:34 msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于引导至 GNOME\\* 桌面进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "live-server.img 或 live-server.iso" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:37 msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于引导至服务器命令提示符进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 2：特定于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:46 msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aws.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 Amazon\\* AWS\\* 的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:49 msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:50 msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 Microsoft\\* Azure\\* 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure-docker.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:53 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " "Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于预装 Docker\\* 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure-machine-learning.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:56 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " "`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于安装 `machine-learning-basic` 捆绑包 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cloudguest.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:59 msgid "" "Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " "installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装了通用云来宾虚拟机 (VM) 的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:61 msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gce.tar" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:62 msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有 Google 计算引擎 (GCE) 特定内核的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:64 msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hyperv.vhdx" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:65 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " "`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与 Microsoft Hyper-V\\* 虚拟机管理程序一起使用的虚拟硬盘。包括针对 Hyper-V `optimized kernel`_" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:67 msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kvm.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:68 msgid "" "Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " "kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于使用 start_qemu.sh 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像。包括针对 KVM `optimized kernel`_。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:71 msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kvm-legacy.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:72 msgid "" "Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " "start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于使用传统 BIOS 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像；如果使用 start_qemu.sh，请确保移除 -bios 参数。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:74 msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pxe.tar" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:75 msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 PXE 服务器的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:77 msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vmware.vmdk" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:78 msgid "" "Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " "Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "面向包括 Player、Workstation 和 ESXi 在内的 VMware\\* 平台的虚拟机磁盘。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:23 msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认 |CL| 映像的完整性。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -222,26 +221,26 @@ msgid "" " eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." " To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " "SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在使用下载的 |CL| 映像之前，请确认其完整性。本操作消除了由于下载错误导致的罕见映像损坏。为支持确认，每个释放的 |CL| 映像均有一个相应的 SHA512 校验和 (checksum) 文件，其指定后缀为 `-SHA512SUMS`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:30 msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载与您的 |CL| 映像相应的 SHA512 校验和文件。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:31 #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:57 msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动一个终端模拟器。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:32 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "转到含有下载映像和校验和文件的目录。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:33 msgid "" "Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum" " with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证映像的完整性，并使用以下命令将其与原始校验和进行比较：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -249,34 +248,34 @@ msgid "" "checksum, a warning is displayed with a message indicating the computed " "checksum does **not** match. Otherwise, the name of the image is printed " "on the screen followed by `OK`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果下载的映像的校验和不同于原始校验和，则会显示一条警告消息，指示计算的校验和**不**匹配。如果校验和匹配，映像的名称会打印在屏幕上，而且后跟 `OK`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:45 msgid "" "For a more in-depth discussion of image verification including checking " "the certificate see :ref:`image-content-validation`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关映像验证（包括检查证书）的更深入讨论，请参阅 :ref:`image-content-validation`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:51 msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解压 |CL| 映像" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:53 msgid "" "Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " "environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "释放的 |CL| 映像以 GNU zip (*.gz*) 或 XZ (*.xz*) 格式压缩。压缩类型取决于目标平台或环境。要解压映像，应遵循这些步骤：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:58 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "转到下载映像所在的目录。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:60 msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要解压 XZ 映像，输入：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:66 msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要解压 GZ 映像，输入：" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po index 5e08c128..ecc453b1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.po @@ -4,217 +4,216 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-08-02 16:09-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:4 msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on macOS\\*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 macOS\\* 上下载、验证和解压缩 |CL-ATTR| 映像" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes the types of |CL| images available, where to " "download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to " "decompress it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍可用 |CL| 映像的类型、从哪里下载它们、如何验证映像的完整性以及如何解压缩映像。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:9 msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于其他操作系统的说明如下：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:15 msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " "environments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 为不同平台和环境提供多种类型的 `images`_。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 映像文件名的命名约定是：" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[version number]* 字段指定版本号。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 msgid "" "The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " "corresponding file format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[image type]* 字段指定映像类型及其相应的文件格式。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 msgid "" "The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " "of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[compression type]* 字段指定压缩类型。使用的压缩类型有两种：GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) 和 XZ (*.xz*)。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 msgid "" "Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " "independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " "platform specific." -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 1 列出了当前可用的独立于平台的映像。表 2 列出了当前可用的特定于平台的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 1：独立于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 ../../reference/image-types.rst:43 msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:31 ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "live-desktop.img 或 live-desktop.iso" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:34 msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于引导至 GNOME\\* 桌面进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "live-server.img 或 live-server.iso" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:37 msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于引导至服务器命令提示符进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 2：特定于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:46 msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aws.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 Amazon\\* AWS\\* 的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:49 msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:50 msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 Microsoft\\* Azure\\* 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure-docker.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:53 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " "Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于预装 Docker\\* 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure-machine-learning.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:56 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " "`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于安装 `machine-learning-basic` 捆绑包 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cloudguest.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:59 msgid "" "Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " "installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装了通用云来宾虚拟机 (VM) 的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:61 msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gce.tar" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:62 msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有 Google 计算引擎 (GCE) 特定内核的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:64 msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hyperv.vhdx" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:65 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " "`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与 Microsoft Hyper-V\\* 虚拟机管理程序一起使用的虚拟硬盘。包括针对 Hyper-V `optimized kernel`_" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:67 msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kvm.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:68 msgid "" "Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " "kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于使用 start_qemu.sh 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像。包括针对 KVM `optimized kernel`_。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:71 msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kvm-legacy.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:72 msgid "" "Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " "start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于使用传统 BIOS 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像；如果使用 start_qemu.sh，请确保移除 -bios 参数。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:74 msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pxe.tar" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:75 msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 PXE 服务器的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:77 msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vmware.vmdk" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:78 msgid "" "Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " "Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "面向包括 Player、Workstation 和 ESXi 在内的 VMware\\* 平台的虚拟机磁盘。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:23 msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认 |CL| 映像的完整性。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -222,52 +221,52 @@ msgid "" " eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." " To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " "SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在使用下载的 |CL| 映像之前，请确认其完整性。本操作消除了由于下载错误导致的罕见映像损坏。为支持确认，每个释放的 |CL| 映像均有一个相应的 SHA512 校验和 (checksum) 文件，其指定后缀为 `-SHA512SUMS`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:30 msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载与您的 |CL| 映像相应的 SHA512 校验和文件。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:31 #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:51 msgid "Start the Terminal app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动终端应用程序。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:32 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "转到含有下载映像和校验和文件的目录。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:33 msgid "" "Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum" " with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证映像的完整性，并使用以下命令将其与原始校验和进行比较：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:40 msgid "" "If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " "checksum, the differences will be displayed. Otherwise, an empty output " "indicates a match and your downloaded image is good." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果下载的映像的校验和与原始校验和不同，将显示差异。否则，空输出表示校验和匹配，说明下载的映像完好。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:45 msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解压 |CL| 映像" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:47 msgid "" "We compress all released |CL| images by default with either GNU zip " "(`.gz`) or xz (`.xz`). The compression type we use depends on the target " "platform or environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，我们使用 GNU zip (`.gz`) 或 xz (`.xz`) 压缩所有发布的 |CL| 映像。我们使用的压缩类型取决于目标平台或环境。要解压映像，应遵循这些步骤：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:52 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "转到下载映像所在的目录。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-mac.rst:53 msgid "" "Use the :command:`gunzip` command to decompress either compression type. " "For example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`gunzip` command 命令解压缩任一种压缩类型。例如：" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po index 928bbb5d..6ea2b760 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.po @@ -4,217 +4,216 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-08-02 16:09-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4 msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image on Windows\\*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows\\* 上下载、验证和解压缩 |CL-ATTR| 映像" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes the types of |CL-ATTR| images available, where to " "download them, how to verify the integrity of an image, and how to " "decompress it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍可用 |CL-ATTR| 映像的类型、从哪里下载它们、如何验证映像的完整性以及如何解压缩映像。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:9 msgid "Instructions for other operating systems are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于其他操作系统的说明如下：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:15 msgid "Image types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " "environments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 为不同平台和环境提供多种类型的 `images`_。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 映像文件名的命名约定是：" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[version number]* 字段指定版本号。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 msgid "" "The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " "corresponding file format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[image type]* 字段指定映像类型及其相应的文件格式。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 msgid "" "The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " "of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*[compression type]* 字段指定压缩类型。使用的压缩类型有两种：GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) 和 XZ (*.xz*)。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 msgid "" "Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " "independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " "platform specific." -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 1 列出了当前可用的独立于平台的映像。表 2 列出了当前可用的特定于平台的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 1：独立于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 ../../reference/image-types.rst:43 msgid "Image Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:31 ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "live-desktop.img 或 live-desktop.iso" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:34 msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于引导至 GNOME\\* 桌面进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "live-server.img 或 live-server.iso" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:37 msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于引导至服务器命令提示符进行预览或安装操作系统的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 2：特定于平台的 |CL| 映像类型" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:46 msgid "aws.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aws.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 Amazon\\* AWS\\* 的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:49 msgid "azure.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:50 msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 Microsoft\\* Azure\\* 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 msgid "azure-docker.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure-docker.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:53 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " "Docker\\* pre-installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于预装 Docker\\* 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "azure-machine-learning.vhd" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:56 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " "`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于安装 `machine-learning-basic` 捆绑包 的 Microsoft Azure 云平台的虚拟硬盘。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 msgid "cloudguest.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cloudguest.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:59 msgid "" "Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " "installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装了通用云来宾虚拟机 (VM) 的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:61 msgid "gce.tar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gce.tar" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:62 msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有 Google 计算引擎 (GCE) 特定内核的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:64 msgid "hyperv.vhdx" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hyperv.vhdx" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:65 msgid "" "Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " "`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与 Microsoft Hyper-V\\* 虚拟机管理程序一起使用的虚拟硬盘。包括针对 Hyper-V `optimized kernel`_" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:67 msgid "kvm.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kvm.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:68 msgid "" "Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " "kernel`_ for KVM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于使用 start_qemu.sh 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像。包括针对 KVM `optimized kernel`_。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:71 msgid "kvm-legacy.img" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kvm-legacy.img" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:72 msgid "" "Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " "start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于使用传统 BIOS 在简单虚拟机中引导的映像；如果使用 start_qemu.sh，请确保移除 -bios 参数。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:74 msgid "pxe.tar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pxe.tar" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:75 msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于 PXE 服务器的映像。" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:77 msgid "vmware.vmdk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vmware.vmdk" #: ../../reference/image-types.rst:78 msgid "" "Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " "Workstation, and ESXi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "面向包括 Player、Workstation 和 ESXi 在内的 VMware\\* 平台的虚拟机磁盘。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:23 msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认 |CL| 映像的完整性。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -222,56 +221,56 @@ msgid "" " eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." " To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " "SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在使用下载的 |CL| 映像之前，请确认其完整性。本操作消除了由于下载错误导致的罕见映像损坏。为支持确认，每个释放的 |CL| 映像均有一个相应的 SHA512 校验和 (checksum) 文件，其指定后缀为 `-SHA512SUMS`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30 msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载与您的 |CL| 映像相应的 SHA512 校验和文件。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31 msgid "Start Command Prompt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动命令提示符。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "转到含有下载映像和校验和文件的目录。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:33 msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用该命令获取该映像的 SHA512 校验和：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39 msgid "" "Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" " downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动比较该结果与所下载校验和文件中所示的原始校验和值，确保它们相匹配。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:43 msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解压 |CL| 映像" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:45 msgid "" "Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " "environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "释放的 |CL| 映像以 GNU zip (*.gz*) 或 XZ (*.xz*) 格式压缩。压缩类型取决于目标平台或环境。要解压映像，应遵循这些步骤：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:49 msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载并安装 `7-Zip`_。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:50 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "转到含有下载映像的目录并右键点击它。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:51 msgid "" "From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " ":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从弹出菜单中选择 :guilabel:`7-Zip`，然后选择 :guilabel:`Extract Here`，如图 1 所示。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:58 msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：Windows 7-Zip 提取文件。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po index 589a018a..cbfebbf3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po @@ -4,15 +4,16 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-06 11:29-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0152\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh_Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -20,50 +21,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载、验证并解压缩 |CL-ATTR| 映像，" #: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes the available types of |CL| images, where to " "download them, how to verify their integrity, and how to decompress them." " Follow the steps for your OS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍可用的 |CL| 映像类型，从何处下载这些映像，如何验证这些映像的完整性以及如何解压缩这些影响。遵循适用您的操作系统的步骤。" -#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst +#: /mnt/c/Users/KPUTNAM/Documents/_OTC_TCS/work_dir/git_repos/clear-linux-documentation/source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst>:3 +#: :7 +#: :13 +#: :15 +#: :18 +#: :3 +#: :6 +#: :10 +#: /mnt/c/Users/KPUTNAM/Documents/_OTC_TCS/work_dir/git_repos/clear-linux-documentation/source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst>:23 +#: :11 +#: /mnt/c/Users/KPUTNAM/Documents/_OTC_TCS/work_dir/git_repos/clear-linux-documentation/source/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst>:24 +#: :13 +#: :14 +#: :16 +#: :17 +#: :19 +#: :26 +#: :27 +#: :29 +#: :30 +#: :32 +#: :33 +#: :35 +#: :36 +#: :38 +#: :39 +#: :41 +#: :42 +#: :44 +#: :45 +#: :47 +#: :48 +#: :51 +#: :52 +#: :54 +#: :55 +#: :57 +#: :58 +#: , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:4 msgid "Create and enable a new user space" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建并启用新的用户空间" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide provides steps to complete the following basic setup tasks for" " a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南提供了为新安装的 |CL-ATTR| 系统完成以下基本设置任务的步骤：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:14 msgid "Create a new user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新用户" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:16 msgid "" "To create a new user and set a password for that user, enter the " "following commands as a root user:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建新用户并为该用户设置密码，请以 root 用户身份输入以下命令：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -44,62 +43,62 @@ msgid "" " including the password for that user. The :command:`passwd` command " "prompts you to enter a new password. Retype the new password for the new " "user account just created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 替换为要创建的用户帐户的名称，包括该用户的密码。:command:`passwd` 命令会提示您输入新密码。为刚刚创建的新用户帐户重新键入新密码。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:30 msgid "Add the new user to the *wheel* group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将新用户添加到 wheel 组" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:32 msgid "" "Before logging off as root and logging into your new user account, enable" " the :command:`sudo` command for your new ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以 root 用户身份注销并登录到新用户帐户之前，请为新的 启用 :command:`sudo` 命令。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:35 msgid "" "To be able to execute all applications with root privileges, add the " " to the `wheel group`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了能以 root 特权执行所有应用程序，请将 添加到 `wheel group`_。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:38 msgid "Add to the wheel group:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 添加到 wheel 组：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:44 msgid "Log out of root and into the new ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以 root 用户身份注销并登录新的 。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:46 msgid "To log off as root, enter :command:`exit`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要以 root 用户身份注销，请输入 :command:`exit`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:48 msgid "Enter the new and the password created earlier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入之前创建的新 和密码。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:50 msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您现在将处于 主目录中。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:53 msgid "Install and update the OS software to its current version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装操作系统软件并将其更新到最新版本" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:55 msgid "" "The |CL| software utility :ref:`swupd ` allows you to " "perform system updates while reaping the benefits of upstream " "development." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 |CL| 软件实用程序 :ref:`swupd ` 能够执行系统更新，利用上游开发成果。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:58 msgid "To update your newly installed OS, run:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要更新新安装的操作系统，请运行：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:65 msgid "Add a bundle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加捆绑包" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -108,50 +107,50 @@ msgid "" "to running :command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install` for package " "management. However |CL| manages packages at the level of bundles, which " "are integrated stacks of packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "软件应用程序使用 :command:`swupd bundle-add` 命令作为捆绑包安装。经验丰富的 Linux 用户可能会将 swupd 与运行用于包管理的 :command:`apt-get` 或 :command:`yum install` 加以比较。但是 |CL| 在捆绑包（即集成的包堆栈）级别管理包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:73 msgid "" "For example, the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle installs the majority " "of applications useful to a system administrator. To install it, enter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，:command:`sysadmin-basic` 捆绑包会安装对系统管理员有用的大多数应用程序。要安装它，请输入：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:80 msgid "" "View a full list of bundles and packages installed with the `sysadmin-" "basic`_ bundle. You can also view all `bundles`_ for |CL|, active or " "deprecated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看与 `sysadmin-basic`_ 捆绑包一起安装的捆绑包和软件包完整列表。您还可以查看适用于 |CL| 的所有 `bundles`_，包括活动或弃用的捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:83 msgid "" "Expand your knowledge of :command:`swupd` and check out our developer " "resources:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加深对 :command:`swupd` 的认识，查看我们的开发人员资源：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:85 msgid ":ref:`swupd-guide`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`swupd-guide`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:86 msgid ":ref:`developer-workstation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`developer-workstation`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:89 msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "后续步骤" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:91 msgid "Check out our guides and tutorials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看我们的指南和教程。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`guides`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`guides`" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`tutorials`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`tutorials`" #~ msgid "" #~ "View a full list of bundles and" @@ -221,3 +220,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "install it, enter:" #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po index 1d2fb86c..0f272711 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po @@ -4,39 +4,38 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:4 msgid "Fix a broken installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "修复损坏的安装" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide explains how to fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR| using a" " live desktop image on a USB." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何使用 USB 上的实时桌面映像修复损坏的 |CL-ATTR| 安装。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:14 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:16 msgid "" "This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on a target system, but the OS" " does not boot or function properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南假设您已经在目标系统上安装了 |CL|，但是操作系统无法正常引导或运行。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -44,127 +43,127 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`swupd` owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of this " "path, such as :file:`/home/`, :file:`/etc`, :file:`/var`, etc., cannot be" " repaired by this process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南中介绍的过程只能验证和修复 :ref:`swupd` 在 :file:`/usr` 中拥有的文件。此路径之外的文件，如 :file:`/home/`、:file:`/etc`、:file:`/var` 等无法通过此过程修复。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:25 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:27 msgid "" "Download and install the live desktop image on a USB. See :ref:`bare-" "metal-install-desktop` for install instructions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载并在 USB 上安装实时桌面映像。有关安装说明，请参阅 :ref:`bare-metal-install-desktop`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:31 msgid "Boot a live desktop image to fix target system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "引导实时桌面映像来修复目标系统" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:33 msgid "Boot the |CL| live desktop image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "引导 |CL| 实时桌面映像。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:4 msgid "Install from live image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从实时映像安装" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6 msgid "" "After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow" " these steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载实时桌面映像并将其刻录到 USB 驱动器后，请按照以下步骤操作。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:9 msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 USB 驱动器插入可用的 USB 插槽。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:11 msgid "Power on the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开系统电源。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:13 msgid "" "Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " "setup menu entry point may vary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按 :kbd:`F2` 键打开系统 BIOS 设置菜单。您的 BIOS 设置菜单入口点可能会有所不同。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16 msgid "" "In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " "first option in the device boot order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在设置菜单中，启用 UEFI 引导，并在设备引导顺序中将 USB 驱动器设置为第一个选项。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19 msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存这些设置，例如按 :kbd:`F10`，然后退出。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:21 msgid "Reboot the target system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新引导目标系统。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:23 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在引导菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS`，如图 1 所示。" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:29 msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：引导菜单中的 Clear Linux OS" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:40 msgid "Mount root partition, verify, and fix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "挂载根分区，然后验证并修复" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:42 msgid "Open a Terminal window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开一个终端窗口。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:44 msgid "Ensure the system is connected to the network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保系统已连接到网络。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:46 msgid "Mount the system’s root partition." -msgstr "" +msgstr "挂载系统的根分区。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:48 msgid "To find the root partition, run:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查找根分区，请运行：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:54 msgid "We'll use :file:`/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们将使用 :file:`/dev/sda3/` 作为根分区示例。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:56 msgid "Next, mount the partition to the :file:`/mnt` folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接下来，将分区挂载到 :file:`/mnt` 文件夹。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:62 msgid "" "Verify that you mounted the correct root partition by checking for some " "files commonly found on |CL| systems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过检查 |CL| 系统上常见的一些文件，验证是否挂载了正确的根分区。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:70 msgid "Next, run swupd to fix any issues on the target system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接下来，运行 swupd 来修复目标系统上的任何问题。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:76 msgid ":ref:`Learn more about how swupd works `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Learn more about how swupd works `。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:78 msgid "After the process is complete, unmount the root partition:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "该过程完成后，卸载根分区：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:84 msgid "" "Reboot the system, remove the live desktop USB drive, and boot into the " "repaired system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新引导系统，卸下实时桌面 USB 驱动器，并引导至修复后的系统。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:91 msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully restored |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "祝贺您！您已成功恢复 |CL|。" #~ msgid "Fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR|" #~ msgstr "" @@ -203,3 +202,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Next, mount the partition to the `/mnt` folder." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po index f9983fd9..a02b9f82 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po @@ -4,33 +4,32 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:4 msgid "Modify hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改主机名" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to modify and view the hostname of your |CL-" "ATTR| system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何修改和查看 |CL-ATTR| 系统的主机名。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:14 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -41,37 +40,37 @@ msgid "" "type, and search for. Renaming a machine also makes it easier to " "identify, by including meaningful data in the name. The following " "examples show human-friendly machine names:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，|CL| 安装有一个计算机生成的名称，它是一长串字母和数字。生成的名称对计算机来说没问题，但对用户来说不友好。管理员和用户通常希望用一个更容易记住、键入和搜索的名称来重命名他们的计算机。通过重命名计算机，可在其名称中包含有意义的数据，也让计算机更容易被识别。以下是几个用户友好型的计算机名称示例：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:24 msgid "*regression-test*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*regression-test*" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:25 msgid "*sally-test-box1*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*sally-test-box1*" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:26 msgid "*az-bldg2-lab*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*az-bldg2-lab*" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:29 msgid "Set your hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置主机名" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:31 msgid "" "|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command to display and modify the " "machine name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of the :command:`os-core` " "bundle, which provides a basic Linux\\* user space and utilities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 使用 :command:`hostnamectl` 命令显示和修改计算机名称。:command:`hostnamectl` 是 :command:`os-core` 捆绑包的一部分，提供了基本的 Linux\\* 用户空间和实用程序。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:35 msgid "" "This example sets the hostname to *telemetry-test-2-h15*, to identify a " "|CL| telemetry test machine on the second floor at grid location H15. " "Make sure to reboot after setting a new hostname." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本示例将主机名设置为 telemetry-test-2-h15，以标识网格位置 H15 处二楼的 |CL| 遥测测试计算机。请确保在设置新主机名后重启。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -79,38 +78,38 @@ msgid "" "The most common is the static hostname. Static hostnames must be between " "two and 63 characters long, must start and end with a letter or number, " "and may contain letters (case-insensitive), numbers, dashes, or dots." -msgstr "" +msgstr "主机名有三种类型，分别是静态、瞬态和灵活主机名。最常见的是静态主机名。静态主机名的长度必须在 2 到 63 个字符之间，必须以字母或数字开头和结尾，并且可以包含字母（不区分大小写）、数字、破折号或点。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:51 msgid "" "If the static hostname exists, it is used to generate the transient " "hostname, which is maintained by the kernel. The transient hostname can " "be changed by DHCP or mDNS at runtime." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果存在静态主机名，它将用于生成由内核维护的瞬态主机名。运行时，DHCP 或 mDNS 可以更改瞬态主机名。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:55 msgid "" "The pretty hostname is a free-form UTF8 name used for presentation to the" " user." -msgstr "" +msgstr "灵活主机名是一个自由格式的 UTF8 名称，用于向用户显示。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:58 msgid "View your hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看主机名" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:60 msgid "View your current hostname using the following command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令查看当前的主机名：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:66 msgid "You should see output similar to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您应该会看到类似以下内容的输出：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:81 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You successfully modified the hostname of your |CL| " "system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "祝贺您！您成功地在 |CL| 系统中修改了主机名。" #~ msgid "Modify hostname on |CL-ATTR|" #~ msgstr "" @@ -124,3 +123,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "and utilities." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po index 7e8163ad..1453950d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-26 11:17-0008\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:4 msgid "Increase virtual disk size of an image" -msgstr "增加图像的虚拟磁盘大小" +msgstr "增加映像的虚拟磁盘大小" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to increase the disk size of your prebuilt |CL-" "ATTR| image if you need more capacity." -msgstr "本指南介绍了在需要更多容量的时候如何增加预构建 |CL-ATTR| 映像的大小。" +msgstr "本指南介绍在需要更大容量时如何增加预构建的 |CL-ATTR| 映像的磁盘大小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:14 msgid "Determine the partition order and sizes of the prebuilt image" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgstr "确定预构建映像的分区顺序和大小。" msgid "" "|CL| prebuilt images come in different sizes, ranging from 300 MB to 20 " "GB." -msgstr "|CL| 预构建映像大小多样，从 300 MB 至 20 GB 不等。" +msgstr "|CL| 预构建映像拥有不同的大小，范围从 300 MB 至 20 GB 不等。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:19 msgid "" "There are two methods to find the order and sizes of partitions virtual " "disk of your prebuilt |CL| image." -msgstr "有两种方法可找到预构建 |CL| 映像分区虚拟磁盘的顺序和大小。" +msgstr "有两种方法可找到预构建 |CL| 映像分区虚拟盘的顺序和大小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:22 msgid "" "In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V image has a disk size of 8.5 GB " "with :file:`/dev/sda3` being the partition for the root filesystem (/)" -msgstr "在两例中，预构建 Hyper-V 映像的磁盘大小为 8.5 GB，:file:`/dev/sda3` 为 root 文件系统 (/) 分区" +msgstr "在两个例子中，预构建 Hyper-V 映像拥有 8.5 GB 磁盘大小，其中 :file:`/dev/sda3` 为根文件系统 (/) 分区" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:26 msgid "Checking :command:`lsblk` on the VM" @@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ msgstr "在虚拟机上检查 :command:`lsblk`" msgid "" "The first method is to boot up your :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` and " "execute the :command:`lsblk` command as shown below:" -msgstr "第一种方法是引导 :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)`，执行 :command:`lsblk` 命令，如下所示：" +msgstr "第一种方法是引导启动您的 :abbr:`虚拟机` 并执行 :command:`lsblk` 命令，如下所示：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:35 msgid "An example output of the :command:`lsblk` command:" -msgstr ":command:`lsblk` 命令的示例输出：" +msgstr ":command:`lsblk` 命令输出结果示例：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:45 msgid "An example of this can also be seen in Figure 1." -msgstr "还可以在图 1 中查看此例。" +msgstr "还可在图 1 中查看此示例。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:48 msgid "Checking :file:`config.json` used to build the image" @@ -77,15 +77,15 @@ msgid "" " file used to create prebuilt image, located in the `releases`_ " "repository. For example, to find the size of the Hyper-V\\* image version" " number 20450, follow these steps:" -msgstr "第二种方法是确定分区，检查用来创建预构建映像的 :file:`config.json` 文件。该文件在 `releases`_ 存储库中。例如，要发现版本号 20450 的 Hyper-V\\* 映像的大小，请按照如下步骤操作：" +msgstr "第二种方法是确定分区，以检查用来创建预构建映像的 :file:`config.json` 文件，该文件位于 `releases`_ 库。例如，要发现版本号 20450 的 Hyper-V\\* 映像的大小，请遵循如下步骤：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:55 msgid "Go to the `releases`_ repository." -msgstr "转到 `releases`_ 存储库。" +msgstr "转到 `releases`_ 库。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:56 msgid "Drill down into the `20450 > clear > config > image` directory." -msgstr "浏览至 `20450 > clear > config > image` 目录。" +msgstr "追溯 `20450 > clear > config > image` 目录。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:57 msgid "Open the :file:`hyperv-config.json` file." @@ -99,28 +99,28 @@ msgstr "找到 `PartitionLayout` 键。" msgid "" "The example shows 512 MB for the EFI partition, 32 MB for the swap " "partition, and 8 GB for the root partition." -msgstr "本例显示 DFI 分区为 512 MB，swap 分区为 32 MB，而 root 分区为 8 GB。" +msgstr "该例子显示 DFI 分区为 512 MB，swap 分区为 32 MB，而根分区为 8 GB。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:80 msgid "Increase virtual disk size" -msgstr "增加虚拟磁盘大小" +msgstr "增加虚拟盘大小" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you have determined the disk and partition to be increased, you are " "ready to perform the actual increase of the disk, partition, and " "filesystem." -msgstr "一旦确定增加磁盘和分区的大小，实际上则会增加磁盘、分区和文件系统的大小。" +msgstr "一旦确定增加磁盘和分区的大小，您将执行实际操作增加磁盘、分区和 filesystem 的大小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:85 msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size" -msgstr "关闭虚拟机并增加虚拟磁盘大小：" +msgstr "关闭虚拟机并增加虚拟盘大小" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:87 msgid "" "To increase the virtual disk size for a prebuilt image, perform the steps" " below:" -msgstr "要为预构建映像增加虚拟磁盘大小，请执行以下几个步骤：" +msgstr "要为预构建映像增加虚拟盘大小，请执行如下步骤：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:90 msgid "Shut down your VM if it is running." @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "关闭正在运行的虚拟机。" msgid "" "Use the process defined by your hypervisor or cloud provider to increase" " the virtual disk size of your |CL| VM." -msgstr "使用虚拟机管理程序或云提供商定义的流程来增加 |CL| 虚拟机的虚拟磁盘大小。" +msgstr "使用虚拟机管理程序或云提供商规定的流程或增加 |CL| 虚拟机的虚拟盘大小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:93 msgid "Power up the VM." @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ msgstr "开启虚拟机。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:97 msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk" -msgstr "调整虚拟磁盘的分区大小：" +msgstr "调整虚拟盘的分区大小" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:99 msgid "Log in to an account with root privileges." -msgstr "登录拥有 root 权限的帐户。" +msgstr "登录拥有根权限的账户。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:100 msgid "Open a terminal emulator." -msgstr "打开终端模拟器。" +msgstr "打开一个终端模拟器。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:101 msgid "" "Add the :command:`storage-utils` bundle to install the :command:`parted` " "and :command:`resize2fs` tools." -msgstr "添加 :command:storage-utils` bundle，安装 :command:`parted` 和 :command:`resize2fs` 工具。" +msgstr "添加 :command:`storage-utils` 捆绑包以安装 :command:`parted` 和 :command:`resize2fs` 工具。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:108 msgid "Launch the `parted` tool." @@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ msgstr "启动 `parted` 工具。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:114 msgid "In the `parted` tool, perform these steps:" -msgstr "在 `parted` 工具中，执行以下几个步骤：" +msgstr "在 `parted` 工具中，执行如下步骤：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:116 msgid "Press :command:`p` to print the partitions table." -msgstr "按下 :command:`p`，打印分区表。" +msgstr "按下 :command:`p` 以打印分区表。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:117 msgid "If the warning message below is displayed, enter :command:`Fix`." @@ -190,27 +190,27 @@ msgid "" "the total size of the disk. When you print the partitions table with the " ":command:`p` command, the total disk size is shown after the " ":guilabel:`Disk` label." -msgstr "如果希望一个分区占用剩余的磁盘空间，则输入磁盘的总大小。使用 :command:`p` 命令打印分区表时，在 :guilabel:`Disk` 标签后面会显示总磁盘大小。" +msgstr "如果希望一个分区占用剩余的盘空间，则输入磁盘的总大小。使用 :command:`p` 命令打印分区表时， :guilabel:`Disk` 标签后面会显示出总磁盘大小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:139 msgid "An example of this can be seen in Figure 1." -msgstr "可以在图 1 中查看此例。" +msgstr "本步骤示例可在图 1 中查看。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:141 msgid "" "Enter :command:`q` to exit `parted` when you are finished resizing the " "image." -msgstr "调整映像完成后，输入 :command:`q` 退出 `parted`。" +msgstr "当调整映像完成后，输入 :command:`q` 退出 `parted`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:144 msgid "" "Figure 1 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " "virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." -msgstr "图 1 介绍了将虚拟磁盘分区从 8.5GB 调整为 20GB 的步骤。" +msgstr "图 1 介绍了将虚拟盘分区从 8.5 GB 调整至 20 GB 的步骤。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:150 msgid "Figure 1: Increase root partition size." -msgstr "图 1：增加 root 分区的大小。" +msgstr "图 1：增加根分区的大小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:153 msgid "Resize the filesystem" @@ -221,27 +221,27 @@ msgid "" "Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]` where " "*[modified partition name]* is the partition that was changed in the " "`parted` tool." -msgstr "输入 :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]`，其中 *[modified partition name]* 是将在 `parted` 中改变的分区。" +msgstr "输入 :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]`，其中 *[modified partition name]* 是在 `parted` 工具中改变的分区。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:159 msgid "Run the :command:`df -h` to verify that the filesystem size has increased." -msgstr "运行 :command:`df -h` 确认文件系统大小已增加。" +msgstr "运行 :command:`df -h` 确认 filesystem 大小已增加。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:162 msgid "" "Figure 2 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " "virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." -msgstr "图 2 介绍了将虚拟磁盘分区从 8.5GB 调整为 20GB 的步骤。" +msgstr "图 2 介绍了将虚拟盘分区从 8.5 GB 调整至 20 GB 的步骤。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:169 msgid "Figure 2: Increase root filesystem size after partition has been expanded." -msgstr "图 2：扩展分区后增加 root 文件系统大小。" +msgstr "图 2：扩展分区后增加根 filesystem 大小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:171 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You have resized the disk, partition, and " "filesystem. At this point, the increase in disk capacity is usable." -msgstr "**恭喜！** 您已经知道如何调整磁盘、分区和文件系统的大小。此时，增加磁盘容量有用。" +msgstr "祝贺您！您已经调整磁盘、分区和 filesystem 的大小。此时，盘容量的增加是有用的。" #~ msgid "Increase virtual disk size of a |CL-ATTR| image" #~ msgstr "" @@ -315,3 +315,4 @@ msgstr "**恭喜！** 您已经知道如何调整磁盘、分区和文件系统 #~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po index 80577672..7784b602 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po @@ -4,34 +4,33 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:4 msgid "Query package info from upstream repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从上游存储库查询软件包信息" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to query package information from the |CL| " "upstream repositories. This guide is intended for developers and advanced" " users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何从 |CL-ATTR| 上游存储库查询软件包信息。本指南面向开发人员和高级用户。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:15 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "is a collection of one or more packages, |CL| does not work with packages" " on the client side. However, on the upstream/factory side, |CL| does " "work with packages using a process called *mixing*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 |CL-ATTR| 中，:ref:`swupd` 工具用于管理软件依赖项以及安装捆绑包而非软件包。虽然捆绑包是一个或多个软件包的集合，但 |CL| 在客户端上无法处理软件包。但是，在上游/工厂端，|CL| 可以使用名为混合的过程来处理软件包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -48,55 +47,55 @@ msgid "" " provide package version information, or return other package details. " "This guide describes a method for retrieving package information from the" " |CL| upstream repositories using :abbr:`DNF(Dandified Yum)` commands." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当前，:command:`swupd` 不会报告已安装的软件包，也不会提供软件包版本信息或返回其他软件包详细信息。本指南介绍了用于使用 :abbr:`DNF(Dandified Yum)` 命令从 |CL| 上游存储库检索软件包信息的方法。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:29 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:31 msgid "" "This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " "detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " "the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南假定您已在主机系统中安装了 |CL|。有关在裸机系统中安装 |CL| 的详细说明，请参见 :ref:`裸机安装指南`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:35 msgid "" "Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " "command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装任何新软件包之前，请使用以下命令更新 |CL|：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:42 msgid "Configure DNF" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 DNF" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:44 msgid "Install the DNF bundle with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令安装 DNF 捆绑包：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:50 msgid "Create a :file:`dnf.conf` file with the commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令创建 :file:`dnf.conf` 文件：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:58 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`/etc/dnf/dnf.conf` file and set the **baseurl** variable " "for binary and source RPMs as shown in lines 3 and 9 in the following " "example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑 :file:`/etc/dnf/dnf.conf` 文件，并为以下示例中的第 3 行和第 9 行中显示的二进制 RPM 和源 RPM 设置 baseurl 变量。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:78 msgid "Initialize the RPM database with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令初始化 RPM 数据库：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:86 msgid "DNF command usage examples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNF 命令用法示例" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:93 msgid "List all binary and source RPMs in the current release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "列出当前发行版中的所有二进制 RPM 和源 RPM" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:95 #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:129 @@ -105,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:196 #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:215 msgid "Command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "命令：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:101 #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:135 @@ -114,55 +113,55 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:202 #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:221 msgid "Sample output:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例输出：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:125 msgid "Show version information for a package in current release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示当前发行版中的软件包的版本信息" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:127 msgid "This example queries version information for the zstd package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此示例查询 zstd 软件包的版本信息。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:145 msgid "Show version information for a package in a specific release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示特定发行版中的软件包的版本信息" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:147 msgid "" "This example queries version information for the zstd package in release " "21000." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此示例查询发行版 21000 中的 zstd 软件包的版本信息。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:168 msgid "" "Show only version and release information for a package in a specific " "release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仅显示特定发行版中的软件包的版本和发行信息" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:170 msgid "" "This example queries version and release information for the zstd package" " in release 15000." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此示例查询发行版 15000 中的 zstd 软件包的版本和发行信息。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:191 msgid "Show the binary package for a specified binary file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示指定二进制文件的二进制包" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:193 msgid "" "This example returns the binary package that contains the " ":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此示例将返回包含 :file:`/usr/bin/zip` 二进制文件的二进制包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:210 msgid "Show the source package for a specified binary file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示指定二进制文件的源包" #: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:212 msgid "" "This example returns the source package that contains the " ":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此示例将返回包含 :file:`/usr/bin/zip` 二进制文件的源包。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/resource-limits.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/resource-limits.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d22a9b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/resource-limits.po @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-06 11:29-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0152\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh_Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:4 +msgid "Resource limits" +msgstr "资源限制" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Linux systems employ limiting or quota mechanisms to provide quality of " +"service for system resources and contain rogue processes." +msgstr "Linux 系统使用限制机制或配额机制为系统资源提供服务质量，并且包含异常进程。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:9 +msgid "" +"These limits are layered at the system-level and user-level. If these " +"limits need to be modified, it is useful to understand the different " +"limit configurations." +msgstr "这些限制分为系统级别和用户级别。如果需要修改这些限制，则了解不同的限制配置会有帮助。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:18 +msgid "System-wide limits" +msgstr "系统范围限制" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Some global resource limits are implemented in the Linux kernel and are " +"controllable with kernel parameters." +msgstr "部分全局资源限制在 Linux 内核中实施，并且可以使用内核参数进行控制。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, a global limit for the maximum number of open files is set " +"with the *fs.file-max* parameter. This limit applies to all processes and" +" users an cannot be exceeded other limit values." +msgstr "例如，可以使用 fs.file-max 参数来设置针对最大打开文件数的全局限制。此限制应用于所有进程，并且用户不能超过其他限制值。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:28 +msgid "Checking limit" +msgstr "检查限制" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can check a current value with :command:`sysctl -n `. For " +"example:" +msgstr "可以使用 :command:`sysctl -n ` 来检查当前值。例如：" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This *fs.file-max* value is set intentionally high on |CL| systems by " +"default. You can check the maximum value supported by the system with:" +msgstr "默认情况下，此 fs.file-max 值在 |CL| 系统中有意设置得较高。可以使用以下命令检查系统支持的最大值：" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:47 +msgid "Overriding limit" +msgstr "替代限制" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can override a value with :command:`sysctl -w `. For " +"example:" +msgstr "可以使用 :command:`sysctl -w ` 来替代某个值。例如：" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If needed permanently, the value can be set by creating a " +":file:`/etc/sysctl.d/*.conf` file (see :command:`man sysctl.d` for " +"details). For example:" +msgstr "" +"如果需要永久值，可以通过创建 :file:`/etc/sysctl.d/*.conf` 文件来设置值（有关详细信息，请参见 " +":command:`man sysctl.d`）。例如：" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:73 +msgid "Per-user limits" +msgstr "每用户限制" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For processes not managed by systemd, resource limits can be set for PAM " +"logins on a per-user basis with upper and lower limits in the " +":file:`/etc/security/limits.conf` file." +msgstr "" +"对于不由 systemd 管理的进程，可以在 :file:`/etc/security/limits.conf` 文件中使用上限和下限基于用户为 " +"PAM 登录设置资源限制。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can set temporary values and check the current values with the " +":command:`ulimit` command. For example, to change the soft limit of " +"maximum number of open file descriptors for the current user:" +msgstr "可以设置临时值，并使用 :command:`ulimit` 命令检查当前值。例如，要更改当前用户的最大打开文件数描述符的软限制：" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:87 +msgid "See :command:`man limits.conf` for details." +msgstr "有关详细信息，请参见 :command:`man limits.conf`。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:91 +msgid "Service limits" +msgstr "服务限制" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Resource limits for services started with systemd units do not follow " +"normal user limits because the process is started in a seperate `Linux " +"control group (cgroup) " +"`_ Linux cgroups " +"associate related process groups and provide resource accounting." +msgstr "" +"使用 systemd 单元启动的服务的资源限制不遵循正常用户限制，因为进程在单独的 `Linux 控制组 (cgroup) " +"`_ 中启动，Linux " +"cgroup 将相关的进程组相关联并提供资源计帐。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Resource limits for individual systemd services can be controlled inside " +"their unit files or its configuration drop-in directory with the resource" +" Limit directives. See `process properties section of the systemd.exec " +"man page " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"可以在相应的单元文件或配置放置目录中使用资源限制指令来控制各个 systemd 服务的资源限制。请参见 `process properties " +"section of the systemd.exec man page " +"`_。" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/resource-limits.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Resource limits for all systemd services can be controlled with a file in" +" the :file:`/etc/systemd/system.conf.d/` directory. For example, to have " +"no restriction on the number of open files:" +msgstr "" +"可以使用 :file:`/etc/systemd/system.conf.d/` 目录中的文件来控制所有 systemd " +"服务的资源限制。例如，要禁用对最大打开文件数的限制：" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po index 00f2f43e..837f342a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po @@ -4,48 +4,48 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:4 msgid "Restart system services after an OS update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "操作系统更新后重启系统服务" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:6 msgid "This guide describes how to use the :command:`clr-service-restart` tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何使用 :command:`clr-service-restart`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:13 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:15 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| includes a :command:`clr-service-restart` tool that shows which" " system daemons require a restart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 包含 :command:`clr-service-restart` 工具，该工具显示哪些系统守护程序需要重新启动。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:18 msgid "" ":command:`clr-service-restart` reads various files in the :file:`procfs` " "filesystem provided by the kernel and relies on :command:`systemd` to " "determine which services to restart." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`clr-service-restart` 读取内核提供的 :file:`procfs` 文件系统中的各种文件，并依靠 :command:`systemd` 来确定要重新启动哪些服务。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:24 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作原理" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -55,21 +55,22 @@ msgid "" ":command:`disallow` options for restarting system services. When a " "software update occurs, :command:`clr-service-restart` consults the " "whitelist to see if a service daemon is allowed to be restarted or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`clr-service-restart` 会实现一个白名单，以确定哪些守护程序可以重启。系统管理员可以使用 :command:`allow` 或 :command:`disallow` 选项自定义重启系统服务时使用的默认 |CL| 操作系统白名单。执行软件更新时，:command:`clr-service-restart` 会查阅该白名单，确认是否允许重启某个服务守护程序。有关详细信息，请参阅选项部分。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:35 msgid "Basic options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本选项" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:37 msgid "" ":command:`clr-service-restart` has three basic options: :command:`allow`," " :command:`disallow`, and :command:`default`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`clr-service-restart` 具有三个基本选项： :command:`allow`、:command:`disallow` 和 :command:`default`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:41 msgid "allow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -78,11 +79,12 @@ msgid "" "symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` as a record. The example " "below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` to restart the *tallow* daemon" " after an OS software update." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`allow` 选项标识操作系统软件更新后要重启的守护程序。:command:`clr-service-restart` 守护程序会在 :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` 中创建一个符号链接作为记录。下面的示例指示 :command:`clr-service-restart` 在操作系统软件更新后重启 tallow 守护程序。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:54 msgid "disallow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不允许" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -93,11 +95,11 @@ msgid "" ":file:`/dev/null` as a record. The example below tells :command:`clr-" "service-restart` not to restart the *rngd* daemon after an OS software " "update." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`disallow` 选项指示 :command:`clr-service-restart` 不要重启指定的守护程序，即使操作系统默认允许重启该守护程序。:command:`clr-service-restart` 守护程序会在 :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` 中创建一个指向 :file:`/dev/null` 的符号链接作为记录。下面的示例指示 :command:`clr-service-restart` 在操作系统软件更新后不要重启 rngd 守护程序。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:68 msgid "default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -106,18 +108,20 @@ msgid "" "service-restart`. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart`" " to restart *rngd* automatically again, because *rngd* is whitelisted for" " automatic service restarts by default in |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`default` 选项指示 :command:`clr-service-restart` 恢复使用操作系统默认设置，并删除 :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` 中的任何符号链接。下面的示例指示 :command:`clr-service-restart` 重新自动重启 rngd，因为 |CL| 默认将 rngd 加入了自动重启服务白名单。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:81 msgid "Monitor options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "监控选项" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:83 msgid "" ":command:`clr-service-restart` works in the background and is invoked " "with :command:`swupd` automatically. Review the journal output to verify " "that services are restarted after an OS software update." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`clr-service-restart` 在后台运行，并通过 :command:`swupd` 自动调用。查看日志输出可确认在操作系统软件更新后重启的服务。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -125,11 +129,12 @@ msgid "" "below, :command:`clr-service-restart` displays a complete list of system " "services that require a restart. Use both options to verify that all " "desired daemons are restarted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果同时传递两个选项（:command:`-a` 和 :command:`-n`），:command:`clr-service-restart` 会显示需要重启的系统服务的完整清单。使用这两个选项可确认所有所需的守护程序都已重启。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:94 msgid "-n option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-n option" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -137,27 +142,28 @@ msgid "" "restarts. Instead it displays the services that could potentially be " "restarted. When used, :command:`clr-service-restart` outputs a list of " "messages showing:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项指示 :command:`clr-service-restart` 不执行任何重启，而是显示可能要重启的服务。使用该选项时，:command:`clr-service-restart` 会输出一个消息列表，显示：" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:100 msgid "Which service needs a restart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "哪个服务需要重启。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:101 msgid "What unit it is." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它是什么单元。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:102 msgid "Why it needs a restart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么它需要重启。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:103 msgid "Which command is required to restart the unit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重启该单元需要哪个命令。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:106 msgid "-a option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-a option" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -165,30 +171,31 @@ msgid "" "all system services, not only the ones that are whitelisted. Because the " "default whitelist in |CL| is relatively short, you can use this option to" " restart all impacted services when you log in on the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项指示 :command:`clr-service-restart` 考虑所有系统服务，而不仅仅是白名单中的服务。因为 |CL| 中的默认白名单相对较短，所以您可以在登录系统时使用此选项重启所有受影响的服务。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:114 msgid "Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:116 msgid "" "In the example below, :command:`clr-service-restart` is invoked with both" " the :command:`-a` and :command:`-n` options, which displays a complete " "list of system services that require a restart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下面的示例中，:command:`clr-service-restart` 使用 :command:`-a` 和 :command:`-n` 两个选项进行了调用，显示了需要重新启动的系统服务的完整列表。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:120 msgid "Command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "命令：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:126 msgid "Sample output:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例输出：" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:138 msgid "Telemetry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遥测技术" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -197,17 +204,18 @@ msgid "" "properly restart. To minimize issues, :command:`clr-service-restart` " "creates a telemetry record and sends it to the optional |CL| telemetry " "service if both conditions below are met:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`clr-service-restart` 可能会导致一些问题，例如守护程序重启时服务短暂中断，或者守护程序未能正确重启。为了最大限度减少这些问题，:command:`clr-service-restart` 会创建遥测记录，并在满足以下两个条件时将其发送到可选的 |CL| 遥测服务：" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:146 msgid "If a unit fails to automatically restart after an OS update." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果某个单元在操作系统更新后无法自动重启。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:147 msgid "" "If that unit resides in the system location " ":file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果该单元位于系统位置 :file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -216,11 +224,12 @@ msgid "" "then the system unit name is sent to the |CL| telemetry service. We " "evaluate the report and update the whitelist to remove services that are " "not safe to restart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果未安装 |CL| 遥测捆绑包，该数据将被丢弃。如果安装了遥测捆绑包并选择发送遥测数据，则该系统单元名称将发送到 |CL| 遥测服务。我们会评估报告并更新白名单，移除出无法正常重启的服务。" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:157 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "总结" #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -229,9 +238,181 @@ msgid "" "service-restart` and we invite you to look at the code, share your " "thoughts, and work with us on improving the project. You can find the " "project at:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 团队喜欢想出简单但有效的解决方案，让您的工作变得更轻松。我们为 :command:`clr-service-restart` 创建了一个 github 项目，并邀请您查看代码，分享您的想法，并与我们一起改进该项目。您可以在以下网址找到该项目：" + #: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:164 msgid "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The software life cycle describes how" +#~ " software is created, developed, and " +#~ "deployed, and includes how to replace" +#~ " or update software. A good OS " +#~ "provides tools for the entire software" +#~ " life cycle. These tools must include" +#~ " ways to remove software components " +#~ "properly when replaced with something " +#~ "else." +#~ msgstr "软件生命周期是指软件是如何创建、开发和部署的，包括如何替换或更新软件。优秀的操作系统需要提供适用于整个软件生命周期的工具。这些工具必须有办法在某些软件组件被替换后将其妥善移除掉。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most of the work on software " +#~ "update code in |CL| was focused on" +#~ " adding new software to the system." +#~ " We recommended that users reboot " +#~ "their system once in a while, but" +#~ " we did not provide any tools " +#~ "to restart services easily, until now." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "|CL| " +#~ "中的软件更新代码所做的大部分工作是为系统增添新软件。我们建议用户偶尔重启他们的系统，但是直到现在我们还没有提供任何工具来轻松地重启各项服务。" + +#~ msgid "User challenges" +#~ msgstr "用户面临的挑战" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is difficult to determine which " +#~ "services to restart. You can either " +#~ "evaluate each system and reboot " +#~ "manually, or figure out which services" +#~ " to restart based on documentation " +#~ "like the |CL| release notes. Since " +#~ "neither option solves the issue " +#~ "completely, the |CL| team created a " +#~ "solution." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "很难确定要重启哪些服务。用户要么是评估每个系统并手动重启，要么是根据 |CL| " +#~ "发行说明之类文档确定要重启哪些服务。由于这两个方案都不能彻底解决问题，所以 |CL| 团队为此打造了一个解决方案。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Over the years, several OSes approached" +#~ " the problem and created partial " +#~ "solutions such as the following:" +#~ msgstr "多年来，不少操作系统都在解决此问题，并提出了并不算彻底的解决方案，例如：" + +#~ msgid "Automatically restart services during an upgrade." +#~ msgstr "升级期间自动重启服务。" + +#~ msgid "Evaluate services using these steps:" +#~ msgstr "使用以下步骤评估服务：" + +#~ msgid "Mark updates requiring a reboot, such as kernel updates." +#~ msgstr "标记需要重启的更新，例如内核更新。" + +#~ msgid "Inform the user of those updates." +#~ msgstr "向用户通知这些更新。" + +#~ msgid "Ask the user to restart the OS." +#~ msgstr "要求用户重启操作系统。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Both solutions are acceptable for many" +#~ " OSes. However, |CL| updates software " +#~ "automatically and users do not see " +#~ "notices from the updater unless they " +#~ "review the journal. |CL| requires a " +#~ "completely different solution, with the " +#~ "following requirements:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "这两种解决方案对于许多操作系统都是可以接受的。但是，|CL| " +#~ "会自动更新软件，除非用户查看日志，否则不会看到更新程序的通知。因此，|CL| 需要一个完全不同的解决方案，具体要求如下：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Eliminate the guesswork about what to" +#~ " restart and under what circumstances." +#~ msgstr "明确确定要重启什么以及在什么情况下重启，而不是靠猜测。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cannot restart everything. Many service " +#~ "daemons do not support an automatic " +#~ "background restart." +#~ msgstr "不能什么都重启。许多服务守护程序不支持自动在后台重启。" + +#~ msgid "Fit into the |CL| architectural perspective: be small, quick, and lean." +#~ msgstr "契合 |CL| 架构的特点：小、快、精简。" + +#~ msgid "clr-service-restart functionality" +#~ msgstr "clr-service-restart 功能" + +#~ msgid "Typical reasons to restart a service daemon include:" +#~ msgstr "重启服务守护程序的常见原因包括：" + +#~ msgid "A new version replaces the executable file itself." +#~ msgstr "新版本替换了可执行文件本身。" + +#~ msgid "A new version replaces a library component used by a service daemon." +#~ msgstr "新版本替换了服务守护程序使用的库组件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Our method restarts daemons when it " +#~ "is really needed, especially in the " +#~ "case of security updates. The tool " +#~ "restarts daemons by reading various " +#~ "files in the :file:`procfs` filesystem " +#~ "provided by the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "我们的方法是在真正需要时重启守护程序，尤其是在安装安全更新时。该工具通过读取内核提供的 :file:`procfs` " +#~ "文件系统中的各种文件来重启守护程序。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The second part of the problem is" +#~ " to determine whether or not running" +#~ " processes are part of a system " +#~ "service. The tool focuses on system " +#~ "services because most system services " +#~ "are background tasks with no direct " +#~ "user interaction. Fortunately, :command:`systemd`" +#~ " provides a simple way to:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "接下来的问题是确定正在运行的进程是否是系统服务的一部分。该工具侧重于系统服务，因为大多数系统服务都是后台任务，并不会与用户直接交互。幸运的是，:command:`systemd`" +#~ " 提供了一种简单的方法：" + +#~ msgid "Determine which active tasks are within the system domain." +#~ msgstr "确定哪些活动任务在系统域内。" + +#~ msgid "Determine which tasks map to which service." +#~ msgstr "确定哪些任务映射到哪个服务。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We combined both solutions into a " +#~ "low-overhead tool that shows which " +#~ "system daemons require a restart, as " +#~ "shown below:" +#~ msgstr "我们将这两种解决方案融合成一个开销很低的工具，用来显示哪些系统守护程序需要重启，如下所示：" + +#~ msgid "Options for clr-service-restart" +#~ msgstr "clr-service-restart 的选项" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *disallow* option tells :command:`clr-" +#~ "service-restart` not to restart the " +#~ "specified daemon even if the OS " +#~ "defaults permit the daemon to be " +#~ "restarted. The :command:`clr-service-restart`" +#~ " daemon creates a symlink in " +#~ ":file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` that points" +#~ " to :file:`/dev/null` as a record. " +#~ "The example below tells :command:`clr-" +#~ "service-restart` not to restart the " +#~ "*rngd* daemon after an OS software " +#~ "update." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "*disallow* 选项指示 :command:`clr-service-restart`" +#~ " 不要重启指定的守护程序，即使操作系统默认允许重启该守护程序。:command:`clr-service-" +#~ "restart` 守护程序会在 :file:`/etc/clr-service-" +#~ "restart` 中创建一个指向 :file:`/dev/null` 的符号链接作为记录。下面的示例指示" +#~ " :command:`clr-service-restart` 在操作系统软件更新后不要重启" +#~ " *rngd* 守护程序。" + +#~ msgid "Monitor options for clr-service-restart" +#~ msgstr "clr-service-restart 的监控选项" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To monitor :command:`clr-service-restart`, " +#~ "use one or both options described " +#~ "below." +#~ msgstr "要监控 :command:`clr-service-restart`，请使用下述一个或两个选项。" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po index 9846debc..800a4bcc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po @@ -4,78 +4,77 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:4 msgid "Set the time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置时间" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to reset the time in your |CL-ATTR| system when " "the default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` servers cannot be " "reached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍了当无法访问默认 :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` 服务器时，如何重置 |CL-ATTR| 系统中的时间。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:9 msgid "|CL| uses the `systemd-timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 使用 `systemd-timesyncd.service` 守护程序来同步时间。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:12 msgid "Install the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 :command:`sysadmin-basic` 捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:18 msgid "Set your time zone. This example uses Los Angeles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置时区。此示例中使用了洛杉矶。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:26 msgid "" "To see a list of time zones, use the command: :command:`timedatectl list-" "timezones | grep `" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看时区列表，请使用 :command:`timedatectl list-timezones | grep ` 命令" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:29 msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/systemd/` directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 :file:`/etc/systemd/` 目录。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:35 msgid "" "Create a new file named :file:`/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf` and enter the" " following text." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个名为 :file:`/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf` 的新文件，并输入以下文本。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:44 msgid "Enable the `systemd-timesyncd` service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 `systemd-timesyncd` 服务。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:52 msgid "" "To check the service status, use the :command:`timedatectl status` " "command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要检查服务状态，请使用 :command:`timedatectl status` 命令。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:54 msgid "" "To restart the `timesyncd` daemon, enter :command:`systemctl restart " "systemd-timesyncd` into your terminal emulator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要重启 `timesyncd` 守护程序，请在终端仿真器中输入 :command:`systemctl restart systemd-timesyncd`。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:57 msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully set up the time in your |CL| system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "祝贺您！您成功地在 |CL| 系统中设置了时间。" #~ msgid "" #~ "|CL-ATTR| uses the `systemd-" @@ -92,3 +91,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Install the `sysadmin-basic` bundle." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po index 187531b6..3c9a6b0e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po @@ -4,37 +4,36 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:4 msgid "Validate signatures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证签名" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:7 msgid "This guide describes how to validate the contents of a |CL-ATTR| image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何验证 |CL-ATTR| 映像的内容。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:14 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:16 msgid "" "Validating the contents of an image is a manual process and is the same " "process that :ref:`swupd-guide` performs internally." -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证映像内容是一个手动过程，与 :ref:`swupd-guide` 在内部执行的过程相同。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -42,44 +41,44 @@ msgid "" "validation of content works by creating and signing a hash. A valid " "signature creates a chain of trust. A broken chain of trust, seen as an " "invalid signature, means the content is not valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 提供了一种验证映像内容或更新内容的方法。所有内容验证都是通过创建哈希以及对哈希签名来实现的。有效的签名会创建一个信任链。信任链断裂被视为无效签名，意味着内容无效。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:28 msgid "Image content validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "映像内容验证" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:30 msgid "" "In the steps below, we used the installer image of the latest release of " "|CL|. You may use any image of |CL| you choose." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下面的步骤中，我们使用了 |CL| 最新版本的安装程序映像。您可以使用您选择的任何 |CL| 映像。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:33 msgid "" "Download the image, the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image, and the" " |CL| certificate used for signing the SHA512 sum." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载映像、映像 SHA512 总和的签名以及用于对 SHA512 总和签名的 |CL| 证书。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:45 msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成 |CL| 证书的 SHA256 总和。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:51 msgid "" "Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate matches the " "following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保生成的 |CL| 证书 SHA256 总和与以下 SHA256 总和匹配，以验证证书的完整性。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:58 msgid "Generate the SHA512 sum of the image and save it to a file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成映像的 SHA512 总和，并将其保存到文件中。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:64 msgid "" "Ensure the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image was created using the" " |CL| certificate. This confirms that the image is trusted and has not " "been modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保使用 |CL| 证书创建了映像 SHA512 总和的签名。这会确认映像是可信的，并且没有经过修改。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:74 #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:125 @@ -88,17 +87,17 @@ msgid "" " you use an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit this option to perform " "signature validation. The :command:`openssl version` command may be used" " to determine the version of OpenSSL in use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 OpenSSL 1.1 时，:command:`-purpose any` 选项是必需的。如果使用 OpenSSL 的早期版本，请在执行签名验证时忽略此选项。您可以使用 :command:`openssl version` 命令来确定正在使用的 OpenSSL 的版本。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:79 msgid "" "The output should contain \"Verification successful\". If the output " "contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the image is not trustworthy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输出应包含 \"Verification successful\"。如果输出在任何地方包含 \"bad_signature\"，则映像不可信。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:83 msgid "Update content validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新内容验证" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -106,37 +105,37 @@ msgid "" "update content. The process swupd follows internally is illustrated here " "with manual steps using the latest |CL| release. There is no need to " "perform these steps manually when performing a :command:`swupd update`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "swupd 会在应用更新内容之前自动验证所有更新内容。这里以最新 |CL| 版本为例，通过手动步骤说明 swupd 在内部遵循的过程。执行 :command:`swupd update` 时，不需要手动执行这些步骤。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:90 msgid "" "Download the :abbr:`MoM (top-level manifest)`, the signature of the MoM, " "and the Swupd certificate used for signing the signature of the MoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载 :abbr:`MoM (top-level manifest)`、MoM 签名以及用于对 MoM 签名进行签名的 Swupd 证书。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:102 msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成 swupd 证书的 SHA256 总和。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:108 msgid "" "Confirm that the generated SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate matches " "the SHA256 sum shown below to verify the integrity of the certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认生成的 swupd 证书 SHA256 总和与以下 SHA256 总和匹配，以验证证书的完整性。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:115 msgid "" "Confirm that the signature of the MoM was created using the Swupd " "certificate. This signature validates the update content is trustworthy " "and has not been modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认 MoM 签名是使用 Swupd 证书创建的。此签名会验证更新内容是可信的，没有经过修改。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:132 msgid "" "The SHA512 sum of the MoM is not generated and then signed. Instead, the " "MoM is signed directly because it is small in size compared to an image " "of |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统不会生成 MoM 的 SHA512 总和，也不会对该 SHA512 总和签名。相反，系统直接对 MoM 签名，因为它的大小比 |CL| 映像小。" #: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -144,7 +143,7 @@ msgid "" "contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the MoM cannot be trusted. " "Because the MoM contains a list of hashes for bundle manifests, if the " "MoM cannot be trusted, then the bundle content cannot be trusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输出应包含 \"Verification successful\"。如果输出在任何地方包含 \"bad_signature\"，则 MoM 不可信。由于 MoM 包含捆绑包清单的哈希列表，因此如果 MoM 不可信，那么捆绑包内容也不可信。" #~ msgid "" #~ "|CL-ATTR| offers a way to validate" @@ -238,3 +237,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "cannot be trusted." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po index 9a7897f8..2d264f64 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po @@ -4,108 +4,107 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:4 msgid "Build a custom |CL-ATTR| based Docker container image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据 Docker 容器映像构建一个自定义 |CL-ATTR|" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide contains the steps to build a custom container image. The " "official base |CL-ATTR| container image is published on Docker\\* Hub and" " is updated on a regular basis." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南包含构建自定义容器映像的步骤。官方基础版 |CL-ATTR| 容器映像发布在 Docker\\* Hub 上，而且会定期更新。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:15 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:17 msgid "" "You must perform these steps on a |CL| system because the :abbr:`swupd " "(software updater)` is used to manage bundles in the container." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须在 |CL| 系统上执行这些步骤，因为系统使用 :abbr:`swupd (software updater)` 管理容器中的捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:20 msgid "" "You must install the :file:`containers-basic` bundle on the |CL| system " "or Docker will not work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须在 |CL| 系统上安装 :file:`containers-basic` 捆绑包，否则 Docker 将无法运行。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:22 msgid "You have a basic understanding of Docker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您需要对 Docker 有基本了解。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:25 msgid "Build the base container image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建基础容器映像" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:27 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录并获得 root 特权。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:33 msgid "Verify Docker is installed and running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认 Docker 已安装且正在运行。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:39 msgid "If Docker is installed and running, the output is similar to this example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果 Docker 已安装且正在运行，输出类似于以下示例：" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:82 msgid "If Docker is not installed, enter the commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果 Docker 未安装，请输入以下命令：" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:89 msgid "Use :command:`os-install` to download and install the bundles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`os-install` 下载并安装捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:96 msgid "The swupd example uses the following flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "swupd 示例使用以下标志：" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:98 msgid ":command:`os-install` tells swupd to download and install." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`os-install` 指示 swupd 执行下载和安装。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:99 msgid ":command:`-V / --version` specifies the version of the |CL| bundles." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`-V / --version` 指定 |CL| 捆绑包版本。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:100 msgid ":command:`--url` specifies the URL of the bundles repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`--url` 指定捆绑包存储库的 URL。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:101 msgid "" ":command:`--statedir` specifies the state directory where downloaded " "bundles and any state information are stored." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`--statedir` 指定用来存储下载的捆绑包和任何状态信息的状态目录。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:103 msgid "" ":command:`--no-boot-update` tells swupd to skip updating boot files " "because boot files are not required for a container." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`--no-boot-update` 指示 swupd 跳过更新引导文件，因为容器不需要引导文件。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:106 msgid "" "For more information on swupd flags, enter the :command:`swupd os-install" " -h` command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关 swupd 标志的详细信息，请输入 :command:`swupd os-install -h` 命令。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:109 #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:172 @@ -113,67 +112,67 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:233 #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:295 msgid "Example output:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结果示例：" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:146 msgid "The WARNING message is expected and can be ignored." -msgstr "" +msgstr "警告消息是意料之中的，可以忽略。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:148 msgid "Create a tarball and compress it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 tarball 并压缩它。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:155 msgid "Create the Dockerfile to build the image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 Dockerfile 来构建映像。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:166 msgid "Build the |CL| container image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建 |CL| 容器映像。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:193 msgid "List the newly created |CL| container image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "列出新创建的 |CL| 容器映像。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:206 msgid "Launch the built |CL| container." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动已构建的 |CL| 容器。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:213 msgid "Manage bundles in a container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理容器中的捆绑包" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:215 msgid "" "You can add and remove bundles from a |CL| container using the " ":command:`RUN swupd` command in the Dockerfile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以使用 Dockerfile 中的 :command:`RUN swupd` 命令在 |CL| 容器中添加和移除捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:219 msgid "Add a bundle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加捆绑包" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:221 msgid "" "This example Dockerfile adds the :file:`pxe-server` bundle to an existing" " |CL| Docker image:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本示例 Dockerfile 将 :file:`pxe-server` 捆绑添加到现有 |CL| Docker 映像：" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:277 msgid "" "The WARNING message can be ignored because systemd does not run inside a " "container." -msgstr "" +msgstr "警告消息可以忽略，因为 systemd 不在容器内运行。" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:281 msgid "Remove a bundle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "移除捆绑包" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:283 msgid "" "This example Dockerfile removes the :file:`pxe-server` bundle from an " "existing |CL| Docker image:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本示例 Dockerfile 从现有的 |CL| Docker 映像中移除 :file:`pxe-server` 捆绑包：" #~ msgid "" #~ "The official base |CL-ATTR| container" @@ -214,3 +213,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "a container." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po index a6d64105..a466ddc3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po @@ -4,31 +4,30 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:4 msgid "Use DPDK to send packets between platforms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 DPDK 在平台之间发送数据包" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:6 msgid "This guide describes how to send packets between two platforms." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何在两个平台之间发送数据包。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:13 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -36,351 +35,351 @@ msgid "" "configuration. The example uses the :abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit " "(DPDK)`, which is a set of libraries, drivers, sample applications, and " "tools for fast packet processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1 显示了如何通过简单的配置在两个平台之间发送数据包。该示例使用了 :abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK)`，它是一套用于快速处理数据包的库、驱动程序、示例应用程序和工具。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:24 msgid "Figure 1: Environment for l3fwd DPDK application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：l3fwd DPDK 应用程序的环境" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:26 msgid "This example uses the following DPDK components:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本示例使用以下 DPDK 组件：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:28 msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen`_ documentation for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "pktgen：流量生成器。有关详细信息，请参阅 `pktgen`_ 文档。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:29 msgid "" "l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example application. See `l3fwd`_ documentation" " for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "l3fwd：第 3 层转发示例应用程序。有关详细信息，请参阅 `l3fwd`_ 文档。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:33 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:35 msgid "Two platforms using |CL-ATTR| release `13330`_ or higher." -msgstr "" +msgstr "两个平台使用 |CL-ATTR| `13330`_ 或更高版本。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:36 msgid "Both images must include the :command:`kernel-native` bundle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "两个映像都必须包含 :command:`kernel-native` 捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:37 msgid "Install the :command:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令安装 :command:`network-basic-dev` 捆绑包：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:43 msgid "" "Each platform must have at least one :abbr:`NIC (Network Interface " "Card)`. Check the `DPDK project`_ for the list of supported `dpdk.org " "NICs`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个平台必须至少有一个 :abbr:`NIC (Network Interface Card)`。查阅 `DPDK project`_ 了解受支持的 `dpdk.org NICs`_ 列表。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:46 msgid "Two network cables." -msgstr "" +msgstr "两根网线。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:49 msgid "Install dpdk and build l3fwd example (Platform B)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 dpdk 并构建 l3fwd 示例（平台 B）" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:51 msgid "Change to the :file:`l3fwd` example directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "切换到 :file:`l3fwd` 示例目录。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:57 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the makefiles path." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :envvar:`RTE_SDK` 变量分配给 makefiles 路径。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:63 msgid "" "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` variable to the location of the gcc\\* config" " file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` 变量分配给 gcc\\* 配置文件的位置。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:70 msgid "" "Build the `l3fwd` application and add the configuration header to the " ":makevar:`CFLAGS` variable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建 `l3fwd` 应用程序，并将配置头文件添加到 :makevar:`CFLAGS` 变量中。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:79 msgid "Build pktgen (Platform A)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建 pktgen（平台 A）" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:81 msgid "Download the `pktgen tar package`_ v3.1.2 or newer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载 `pktgen tar package`_ v3.1.2 或更高版本。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:83 msgid "Decompress packages and move to uncompressed source directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "解压缩软件包，并切换到未解压缩的源目录。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:85 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the path where makefiles are located." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :envvar:`RTE_SDK` 变量分配给 makefiles 所在的路径。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:91 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` to the location of the gcc config file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` 分配给 gcc 配置文件的位置。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:97 msgid "" "Build the `pktgen` project and set the " ":makevar:`CONFIG_RTE_BUILD_SHARED_LIB` variable to \"n\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建 `pktgen` 项目，并将 :makevar:`CONFIG_RTE_BUILD_SHARED_LIB` 变量设置为 \"n\"。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:105 msgid "Bind NICs to DPDK kernel drivers (Platforms A and B)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将网卡绑定到 DPDK 内核驱动程序（平台 A 和平台 B）" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:107 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application uses two NICs. The DPDK includes tools for " "binding NICs to DPDK modules to run DPDK applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l3fwd` 应用程序使用两个网卡。DPDK 包括将网卡绑定到 DPDK 模块以运行 DPDK 应用程序的工具。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:110 msgid "Load the DPDK I/O kernel module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加载 DPDK I/O 内核模块。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:116 msgid "" "Check the NIC status to determine which network cards are not busy. When " "another application is using them, the status shows \"Active\", and those" " NICs cannot be bound." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查网卡以确定哪些网卡为空闲状态。另一个应用程序正在使用网卡时，状态显示为 \"Active\"，此时这些网卡无法绑定。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:124 msgid "" "Bind two available NICs. The general syntax for binding is: :command" ":`dpdk-devbind --bind=vfio-pci `. A working example is " "shown below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "绑定两个可用的网卡。绑定操作的常规语法是 :command:`dpdk-devbind --bind=vfio-pci `。下面显示了一个工作示例：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:132 msgid "" "Check the NIC status to verify that the NICs are bound correctly. If " "successful, `drv` displays the value `igb_uio`, which confirms that the " "NICs are using the DPDK modules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查网卡状态，验证网卡绑定是否正确。如果绑定成功，`drv` 显示值 `igb_uio`，这确认了网卡正在使用 DPDK 模块。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:138 msgid "Set hugepages (Platforms A and B)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置大页（平台 A 和 B）" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:140 msgid "" "|CL| supports `hugepages` for the large memory pool allocation used for " "packet buffers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 支持 `hugepages`，即可以分配大内存池，并将其用于数据包缓冲区。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:143 msgid "Set the number of hugepages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置大页数量。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:149 msgid "Allocate pages on NUMA machines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 NUMA 计算机上分配页面。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:156 msgid "Make memory available for DPDK." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为 DPDK 分配内存。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:162 msgid "" "For more information, refer to the `DPDK guide`_ System Requirements " "section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 `DPDK guide`_ 系统要求一节。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:167 msgid "Set up the physical environment (Platforms A and B)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置物理环境（平台 A 和 B）" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:169 msgid "" "Connect the NICs on Platform A to the NICs on Platform B using the " "network cables as shown in figure 2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如图 2 所示，使用网线将平台 A 上的网卡连接到平台 B 上的网卡。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:174 msgid "Figure 2: Physical network environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 2：物理网络环境" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:178 msgid "Run l3fwd application (Platform B)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行 l3fwd 应用程序（平台 B）" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:180 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application is one of the DPDK examples available when you " "install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. `l3fwd` forwards packets from one " "NIC to another. For details, refer to the `l3fwd`_ documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l3fwd` 应用程序是安装 :file:`dpdk-dev` 捆绑包时可用的 DPDK 示例之一。`l3fwd` 将数据包从一个网卡转发到另一个网卡。有关详细信息，请参阅 `l3fwd`_ 文档。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:184 msgid "Open the l3fwd example directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开 l3fwd 示例目录。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:190 msgid "**This step is very important.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**这一步非常重要。**" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:192 msgid "DPDK needs poll mode drivers to operate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DPDK 需要借助轮询模式驱动程序才能运行。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:193 msgid "Poll mode drivers are shared objects in :file:`/usr/lib64`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "轮询模式驱动程序是 :file:`/usr/lib64` 中的共享对象。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:194 msgid "See the full list of supported NICs at `dpdk.org NICs`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请在 `dpdk.org NICs`_ 查看受支持的网卡的完整列表。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:195 msgid "" "You must know which kernel module each NIC is using and choose a poll " "mode driver that corresponds to your NICs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须知道每个网卡使用的是哪个内核模块，并选择与网卡相对应的轮询模式驱动程序。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:198 msgid "" "NIC binding and `pktgen` configuration depends upon network use cases and" " available system resources. Use the :command:`-d` flag to set the poll " "mode driver." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网卡绑定和 `pktgen` 配置取决于网络用例和可用的系统资源。使用 :command:`-d` 标志设置轮询模式驱动程序。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:202 msgid "" "The following example assumes that the NICs use the `e1000` network " "driver and the `e1000` poll mode driver. The :file:`librte_pmd_e1000.so` " "is located in :file:`/usr/lib64` in |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下示例假设网卡使用 `e1000` 网络驱动程序和 `e1000` 轮询模式驱动程序。:file:`librte_pmd_e1000.so` 位于 |CL| 中的 :file:`/usr/lib64` 中。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:210 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application shows port initialization details at startup. " "After port 0 initialization completes, `l3fwd` shows a MAC address and " "information for port 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l3fwd` 应用程序在启动时显示端口初始化详细信息。端口 0 初始化完成后，`l3fwd` 显示端口 1 的 MAC 地址和信息。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:214 msgid "Save the MAC address for configuring the `pktgen` project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存该 MAC 地址以配置 `pktgen` 项目。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:217 msgid "Run pktgen application (Platform A)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行 pktgen 应用程序（平台 A）" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:219 msgid "`pktgen` is a network traffic generator included in the DPDK." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`pktgen` 是 DPDK 中包含的网络流量生成器。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:221 msgid "" "`pktgen` configuration depends upon the network setup and the available " "system resources. The following example shows a basic configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`pktgen` 配置取决于网络设置和可用的系统资源。以下示例显示了一个基本配置。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:229 msgid "Enable active colorful output (optional)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用活动彩色输出（可选）。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:235 msgid "" "Use the MAC addresses shown by the `l3fwd` application during " "initialization. The command to set the MAC addresses in `pktgen` has the " "format:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用初始化期间 `l3fwd` 应用程序显示的 MAC 地址。在 `pktgen` 中设置 MAC 地址的命令格式如下：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:242 ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:301 #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:319 msgid "Here is a working example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是一个工作示例：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:249 msgid "Send packets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送数据包。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:255 msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen`_ documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 `pktgen`_ 文档。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:258 msgid "Appendix A: Use pass-through for virtual machines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "附录 A：为虚拟机使用直通" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:260 msgid "" "This section explains how to set up a virtual environment where virtual " "machines control the NICs on the host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节说明如何设置由虚拟机控制主机上网卡的虚拟环境。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:263 msgid "Create a new directory and move to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个新目录并切换到该目录。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:265 msgid "" "Download or create a :file:`start_qemu.sh` script for running a kvm " "virtual machine:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载或创建 :file:`start_qemu.sh` 脚本以运行 kvm 虚拟机：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:272 msgid "Download a bare-metal image of |CL| and rename it as :file:`clear.img`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载 |CL| 的裸机映像，并将其重命名为 :file:`clear.img`。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:274 msgid "Look for an Ethernet\\* device entry that contains vendor and device ID:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查找包含供应商和设备 ID 的 Ethernet\\* 设备条目：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:280 msgid "An example output:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例输出如下：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:286 msgid "" "where `03:00.0` is the device entry and `8086:1521` is the `vendor:device" " ID`. Record this information, because you need it to unbind the NICs " "from a host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其中 `03:00.0` 是设备条目，`8086:1521` 是 `vendor:device ID`。记下此信息，因为后面需要用到它将网卡与主机解除绑定。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:291 msgid "" "Unbind the NICs from the host to do pass-through with virtual machines. " "|CL| supports this action. The commands take the format:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解除网卡与主机的绑定，以便与虚拟机进行直通通信。|CL| 支持此类通信。命令采用以下格式：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:310 msgid "" "Assign the unbound NICs to the KVM virtual machine (guest). Modify the " ":file:`start_qemu.sh` script in `qemu-system-x86_64` arguments, and add " "the lines with the host's NICs information in the format:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将未绑定的网卡分配给 KVM 虚拟机（来宾）。修改 `qemu-system-x86_64` 参数中的 :file:`start_qemu.sh` 脚本，并按以下格式添加含有主机网卡信息的行：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:326 msgid "" "Add more NUMA machines to the virtual machine by adding lines to the " "Makefile boot target in the format:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照以下格式向 Makefile 引导目标添加行，从而将更多 NUMA 计算机添加到虚拟机：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:333 msgid "" "Here is a working example for a virtual machine with 4096 memory and four" " CPUs:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面是一个具有 4096 内存和四个 CPU 的虚拟机的工作示例：" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:341 msgid "Each NUMA machine must use the same quantity of memory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每台 NUMA 计算机必须使用相同数量的内存。" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:343 msgid "Run the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script." -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行 :file:`start_qemu.sh` 脚本。" #~ msgid "" #~ "This document describes how to send " @@ -435,3 +434,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen documentation`_." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po index 29157ea6..a4ced397 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po @@ -4,40 +4,39 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:4 msgid "Install over the network with iPXE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 iPXE 通过网络安装" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to install |CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot " "Execution Environment)` over the network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何通过网络使用 :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot Execution Environment)` 安装 |CL-ATTR|。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:14 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:16 msgid "" "PXE is an industry standard that describes client-server interaction with" " network-boot software and uses the DHCP and TFTP protocols. This guide " "shows one method of using the PXE environment to install |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PXE 是描述客户端-服务器与网络引导软件交互的行业标准，并使用 DHCP 和 TFTP 协议。本指南介绍了一种使用 PXE 环境安装 |CL| 的方法。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -46,78 +45,78 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`AoE (ATA over Ethernet\\*)`, and :abbr:`FCoE (Fiber Channel over " "Ethernet\\*)`. iPXE enables network booting on computers with no built-in" " PXE support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "名为 `iPXE`_ 的 PXE 扩展新增了对 HTTP、:abbr:`iSCSI (Internet Small Computer Systems Interface)`、:abbr:`AoE (ATA over Ethernet\\*)` 和 :abbr:`FCoE (Fiber Channel over Ethernet\\*)` 等协议的支持。iPXE 支持在没有内置 PXE 支持的计算机上使用网络引导。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:25 msgid "" "To install |CL| through iPXE, you must create a PXE client. Figure 1 " "depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要通过 iPXE 安装 |CL|，必须创建一个 PXE 客户端。图 1 描述了 PXE 服务器和 PXE 客户端之间的信息流。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:31 msgid "Figure 1: PXE information flow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：PXE 信息流。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:35 msgid "" "The |CL| image that boots through the PXE process automatically erases " "all data and partitions on the PXE client system and creates 3 new " "partitions to install onto." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 PXE 过程引导的 |CL| 映像会自动擦除 PXE 客户端系统上的所有数据和分区，并创建 3 个新分区来安装该映像。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:40 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:42 msgid "Before booting with iPXE, make the following preparations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 iPXE 引导之前，请做好以下准备。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:44 msgid "" "Connect the PXE server and PXE clients to a switch on a private network, " "as shown in figure 2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 PXE 服务器和 PXE 客户端连接到专用网络上的交换机，如图 2 所示。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:50 msgid "Figure 2: Network topology." -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 2：网络拓扑。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:52 msgid "" "Your PXE client must have a boot order where the network boot option is " "prioritized before the disk boot option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 PXE 客户端的引导顺序中，网络引导选项需要优先于磁盘引导选项。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:55 msgid "Your PXE server must have:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PXE 服务器必须：" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:57 msgid "Ethernet/LAN boot option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "具有以太网/局域网引导选项。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:58 msgid "At least two network adapters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "具有至少两个网络适配器。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:59 msgid "Connection to a public network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接到公共网络。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:60 msgid "Secure boot option disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁用安全引导选项。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:64 msgid "" "You must disable the secure boot option in the BIOS because the UEFI " "binaries used to boot |CL| are not signed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须在 BIOS 中禁用安全引导选项，因为用于引导 |CL| 的 UEFI 二进制文件未经签名。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:69 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -125,38 +124,38 @@ msgid "" "ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init Service)`. " "For additional instructions on the script, refer to the guide on the " "`ister-cloud-init-svc`_ GitHub\\* repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使用 iPXE 自动设置 |CL|，请使用随 :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init Service)` 附带的 :file:`configure-ipxe.sh` 脚本。有关该脚本的其他说明，请参阅 `ister-cloud-init-svc`_ GitHub\\* 存储库中的指南。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:76 msgid "To set up |CL| manually, perform the steps below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要手动设置 |CL|，请执行以下步骤。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:78 msgid "Define the variables used for iPXE boot configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义 iPXE 引导配置使用的变量。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:94 msgid "Log in and get root privilege." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录并获得 root 特权。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:100 msgid "" "Add the :command:`pxe-server` bundle to your |CL| system. The bundle " "contains all files needed to run a PXE server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :command:`pxe-server` 捆绑包添加到 |CL| 系统。该捆绑包含有运行 PXE 服务器所需的所有文件。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:107 msgid "" "Download the latest network-bootable release of |CL| and extract the " "files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载 |CL| 的最新网络引导版本，并提取文件。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:121 msgid "" "Ensure that the initial ramdisk file is named :file:`initrd` and the " "kernel file is named :file:`linux`, which is a symbolic link to the " "actual kernel file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保初始 ramdisk 文件命名为 :file:`initrd`，内核文件命名为 :file:`linux` （这是一个指向实际内核文件的符号链接）。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -164,38 +163,38 @@ msgid "" "boot, the iPXE boot script directs the PXE client to download the files " "to boot and install |CL|. Use the names previously given to the initial " "ramdisk and kernel files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建包含以下内容的 iPXE 引导脚本。在 iPXE 引导过程中，iPXE 引导脚本会指示 PXE 客户端下载引导和安装 |CL| 所需的文件。使用先前提供给初始 ramdisk 和内核文件的名称。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:141 msgid "" "The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight web-server known " "as nginx. Create a configuration file for nginx to serve |CL| to PXE " "clients with the following contents:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`pxe-server` 捆绑包含一个名为 nginx 的轻量级 Web 服务器。为 nginx 创建一个配置文件，以便 |CL| 为 PXE 客户端提供以下内容：" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:163 msgid "" "Create a separate nginx configuration file to serve network-bootable " "images on a non-standard port number. This action saves existing nginx " "configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个单独的 nginx 配置文件，以便在非标准端口号上提供网络引导映像。此操作会保存现有的 nginx 配置。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:167 msgid "Start nginx and enable the startup on boot option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 nginx 并启用引导时启动选项。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:174 msgid "" "The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight DNS server which " "conflicts with the DNS stub listener provided in `systemd-resolved`. " "Disable the DNS stub listener and temporarily stop `systemd-resolved`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`pxe-server` 捆绑包包含一个轻量级 DNS 服务器，该服务器与 `systemd-resolved` 中提供的 DNS 存根侦听器冲突。请禁用 DNS 存根侦听器，并暂时停止 `systemd-resolved`。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:188 msgid "" "Assign a static IP address to the network adapter for the private network" " and restart `systemd-networkd` with the following commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为专用网络的网络适配器分配一个静态 IP 地址，并使用以下命令重新启动 `systemd-networkd`：" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -203,19 +202,19 @@ msgid "" " the private network to the public network. This action makes the PXE " "server act as a router. To make these changes persistent during reboots, " "save the changes to the firewall with the following commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 :abbr:`NAT (Network Address Translation)`，将流量从专用网络路由到公共网络。此操作会让 PXE 服务器充当路由器。要使这些更改在重启期间保持不变，请使用以下命令将更改保存到防火墙：" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:220 msgid "" "The firewall masks packets to make them appear as coming from the PXE " "server and hides PXE clients from the public network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "防火墙会遮掩数据包，使其看起来像来自 PXE 服务器，并对公共网络隐藏 PXE 客户端。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:223 msgid "" "Configure the kernel to forward network packets to different interfaces. " "Otherwise, NAT will not work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置内核，将网络数据包转发到不同的接口。否则，NAT 将不起作用。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -223,7 +222,7 @@ msgid "" " computers without an iPXE implementation to perform an iPXE boot. Create" " a TFTP hosting directory and populate the directory with the iPXE " "firmware images with the following commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`pxe-server` 捆绑包包含 iPXE 固件映像，这些映像允许没有 iPXE 实现的计算机执行 iPXE 引导。创建一个 TFTP 托管目录，并用以下命令用 iPXE 固件映像填充该目录：" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -231,65 +230,65 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server known as `dnsmasq`. Create a configuration file for `dnsmasq`" " to listen on a dedicated IP address for those functions. PXE clients on " "the private network will use this IP address." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`pxe-server` 捆绑包包含一个名为 `dnsmasq` 的轻量级 TFTP、DNS 和 DHCP 服务器。为 `dnsmasq` 创建一个配置文件，以便监听这些功能的专用 IP 地址。专用网络上的 PXE 客户端将使用此 IP 地址。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:253 msgid "" "Add the options to serve iPXE firmware images to PXE clients over TFTP to" " the `dnsmasq` configuration file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将通过 TFTP 向 PXE 客户端提供 iPXE 固件映像的选项添加到 `dnsmasq` 配置文件中。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:263 msgid "" "Add the options to host a DHCP server for PXE clients to the " ":file:`dnsmasq` configuration file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将为 PXE 客户端托管 DHCP 服务器的选项添加到 `dnsmasq` 配置文件中。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:285 msgid "The configuration provides the following important functions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "该配置提供以下重要功能：" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:287 msgid "" "Directs PXE clients without an iPXE implementation to the TFTP server to " "acquire architecture-specific iPXE firmware images that allow them to " "perform an iPXE boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将没有 iPXE 实现的 PXE 客户端定向到 TFTP 服务器，以获取特定于体系结构的 iPXE 固件映像，从而允许这些客户端执行 iPXE 引导。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:290 msgid "" "Activates only on the network adapter that has an IP address on the " "defined subnet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "仅在具有指定子网中 IP 地址的网络适配器上激活。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:292 msgid "Directs PXE clients to the DNS server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 PXE 客户端定向到 DNS 服务器。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:293 msgid "Directs PXE clients to the PXE server for routing via NAT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 PXE 客户端定向到 PXE 服务器，以便通过 NAT 进行路由。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:294 msgid "" "Divides the private network into two pools of IP addresses. One pool is " "for network boot and one pool is used after boot. Each pool has their own" " lease times." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将专用网络分成两个 IP 地址池。一个地址池用于网络引导，一个地址池在引导后使用。每个地址池都有自己的租赁时间。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:298 msgid "" "Create a file for `dnsmasq` to record the IP addresses it provides to PXE" " clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为 `dnsmasq` 创建一个文件，记录它向 PXE 客户端提供的 IP 地址。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:306 msgid "Start `dnsmasq` and enable startup on boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 `dnsmasq` 并启用引导时启动。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:313 msgid "Start `systemd-resolved`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 `systemd-resolved`。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:321 msgid "" @@ -297,24 +296,24 @@ msgid "" "private network if you use the `dnsmasq` DNS server. The setup creates a " "pass-through DNS server that relies on the DNS servers listed in " ":file:`/etc/resolv.conf`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果使用 `dnsmasq` DNS 服务器，`systemd-resolved` 会动态更新专用网络的 DNS 服务器列表。该设置会创建一个直通 DNS 服务器，该服务器依赖于 :file:`/etc/resolv.conf` 中列出的 DNS 服务器。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:326 msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch the client boot and install |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开 PXE 客户端的电源，观看客户端引导并安装 |CL|。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:328 msgid "" "After booting, |CL| automatically partitions the hard drive, installs " "itself, updates to the latest version, and reboots." -msgstr "" +msgstr "引导后，|CL| 会自动对硬盘分区，自行安装，更新到最新版本，然后重新引导。" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:332 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You have successfully installed and configured a PXE" " server that enables PXE clients to boot and install |CL| over the " "network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "祝贺您！您已成功安装并配置了 PXE 服务器，使 PXE 客户端能够通过网络引导并安装 |CL|。" #~ msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| over the network with iPXE" #~ msgstr "" @@ -403,3 +402,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "`dnsmasq` configuration file." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po index ccad1e44..da7d18ed 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po @@ -4,51 +4,50 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:4 msgid "Combine multiple interfaces with network bonding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用网络捆绑聚合多个接口" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to configure systemd to use the " ":command:`bonding` driver." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何配置 systemd 以使用 :command:`bonding` 驱动程序。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:9 msgid "" "Network bonding combines multiple network interfaces into a single " "logical interface to provide redundancy and bandwidth aggregation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网络捆绑是指将多个网络接口组合成一个逻辑接口，从而提供冗余和带宽聚合。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:12 msgid "|CL-ATTR| includes the Linux `Bonding driver`_ and `Team driver`_ ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 包含 Linux `Bonding driver`_ 和 `Team driver`_。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:14 msgid "The example demonstrates how to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "该示例演示了如何：" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:16 msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in 802.3ad mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 802.3ad 模式下，捆绑四端口网卡的所有四个端口。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:18 msgid "Enable jumbo frames to optimize large data transfers on the local network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用巨型帧来优化本地网络上的大量数据传输。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -56,46 +55,46 @@ msgid "" "The example explains how to configure your NICs for both features. Your " "switch may require additional configuration. See your switch " "documentation for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的网卡和网络交换机必须支持 802.3ad 模式和巨型帧。该示例解释了如何为这两种功能配置网卡。您的交换机可能需要额外的配置。查阅交换器文档以了解详细信息。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:26 msgid "You must run all commands in this guide as root." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须以 root 用户身份运行本指南中的所有命令。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:28 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录并获得 root 特权。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:34 msgid "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 :file:`/etc/systemd/network` 目录。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:40 msgid "" "The :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory contains configuration files " "and network settings for the virtual device and its underlying physical " "interfaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`/etc/systemd/network` 目录包含虚拟设备及其底层物理接口的配置文件和网络设置。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:44 msgid "" "Configure systemd to create a virtual network device called `bond1`. Use " "a text editor to create a file named :file:`30-bond1.netdev`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 systemd 配置为创建一个名为 `bond1` 的虚拟网络设备。使用文本编辑器创建一个名为 :file:`30-bond1.netdev` 的文件。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:59 msgid "" "Refer to the `systemd.netdev`_ manpage for :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file " "syntax. This example is based on Example 9 on the manpage. Modify the " "example for your configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关 :file:`30-bond1.netdev` 文件语法，请参阅 `systemd.netdev`_ 手册页。本示例基于手册页上的示例 9。根据您的配置修改示例。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:63 msgid "" "Configure the slave interfaces. Create a text file named " ":file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`. Assign the slave interfaces to the " "virtual `bond1` device and use the syntax shown in `systemd.network`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置从属接口。创建一个名为 :file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network` 的文本文件。将从属接口分配给虚拟 `bond1` 设备，并使用 `systemd.network`_ 中所示的语法。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -103,57 +102,57 @@ msgid "" "`bond1`. The example uses a wildcard match because the NIC names are in " "the range `enp1s0f0-enp1s0f3`. If your NIC names are not wildcard-" "compatible, create a separate :file:`.network` file for each NIC." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本示例将四端口网卡的所有四个端口捆绑为 `bond1` 从属接口。本示例使用通配符匹配，因为网卡名称在 `enp1s0f0-enp1s0f3` 范围内。如果网卡名称不兼容通配符，请为每个网卡创建一个单独的 :file:`.network` 文件。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:83 msgid "" "For best results, do not assign addresses or DHCP support to the " "individual NICs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了获得最佳效果，请勿为单个网卡分配地址或 DHCP 支持。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:86 msgid "" "The `MTUBytes` setting enables jumbo frames of up to 9000 bytes. Your " "switch may require additional configuration to support this setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`MTUBytes` 设置支持高达 9000 字节的巨型帧。您的交换机可能需要额外的配置来支持此设置。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:89 msgid "Configure the bonded interface in a file named :file:`30-bond1.network`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在名为 :file:`30-bond1.network` 的文件中配置捆绑接口。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:103 msgid "`bond1` is a virtual interface with no physical link status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`bond1` 是一个没有物理链路状态的虚拟接口。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:105 msgid "" "`BindCarrier` indicates that the `bond1` link status is determined by the" " status of the listed slave devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`BindCarrier` 表示 `bond1` 链路状态由所列从属设备的状态决定。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:108 msgid "" "`Address` contains an IP address that you assign to the logical " "interface. DHCP bonded interfaces are complex and outside the scope of " "this example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Address` 包含分配给逻辑接口的一个 IP 地址。DHCP 捆绑接口十分复杂，不在本示例的讨论范围内。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:111 msgid "" "`MTUBytes` must be set to 9000 on all slave interfaces and on the bonded " "interface for successful jumbo frames operation. If `MTUBytes` is not the" " same on all interfaces, then the lowest value is used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要成功处理巨型帧，所有从属接口和捆绑接口上的 `MTUBytes` 必须设置为 9000。如果所有接口上的 `MTUBytes` 设置并不相同，将使用这些设置中的最小值。" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:115 msgid "Apply the new network configuration with the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令应用新的网络配置：" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:121 msgid "" "The `MTUBytes` settings do not take effect until you reboot or manually " "apply the settings with a utility such as ifconfig." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除非重启或使用 ifconfig 等实用程序手动应用设置，否则 `MTUBytes` 设置不会生效。" #~ msgid "" #~ "|CL-ATTR| includes Linux bonding_ and" @@ -198,3 +197,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "such as `ifconfig`." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/openssh-server.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/openssh-server.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..416c637e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/openssh-server.po @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:4 +msgid "Enable and configure SSH service" +msgstr "启用并配置 SSH 服务" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:6 +msgid "This guide describes how to set up SSH service." +msgstr "本指南介绍如何设置 SSH 服务。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The :command:`openssh-server` bundle provides the OpenSSH package that " +"enables an SSH service in |CL-ATTR|. Remote users require an SSH service " +"to be able to use an encrypted login shell." +msgstr ":command:`openssh-server` 捆绑包提供了用于在 |CL-ATTR| 中启用 SSH 服务的 OpenSSH 软件包。远程用户需要 SSH 服务才能使用加密登录 shell。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:19 +msgid "" +"|CL| enables the `sshd.socket` unit, which listens on port 22 by default " +"and starts the OpenSSH service as required. The first time OpenSSH " +"starts, it generates the server SSH keys needed for the service." +msgstr "|CL| 将启用 `sshd.socket` 单元，该单元默认侦听端口 22 并根据需要启动 OpenSSH 服务。OpenSSH 首次启动时，它会生成服务所需的服务器 SSH 密钥。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:24 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "必备条件" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:26 +msgid "Ensure the :command:`openssh-server` bundle is installed." +msgstr "确保已安装 :command:`openssh-server` 捆绑包。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:28 +msgid "To list all bundles on your host, enter:" +msgstr "要列出主机上的所有捆绑包，请输入：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:34 +msgid "To add the :command:`openssh-server` bundle, enter:" +msgstr "要添加 :command:`openssh-server` 捆绑包，请输入：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:41 +msgid "Change default port" +msgstr "更改默认端口" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Perform the following steps to change the default listening port for the " +"OpenSSH service." +msgstr "执行以下步骤以更改 OpenSSH 服务的默认侦听端口。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:46 +msgid "Open the :file:`sshd.socket` file:" +msgstr "打开 :file:`sshd.socket` 文件：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Add the `[Socket]` section and `ListenStream` option to the sshd.socket " +"file as shown below. The first `ListenStream` entry removes the |CL| " +"default listen port value. The second `ListenStream` entry sets the new " +"default listen port value. In this example, we set the new default port " +"to 4200:" +msgstr "将 `[Socket]` 部分和 `ListenStream` 选项添加到 sshd.socket 文件中，如下所示。第一个 `ListenStream` 条目用于删除 |CL| 默认侦听端口值。第二个 `ListenStream` 条目用于设置新的默认侦听端口值。在此示例中，我们将新的默认端口设置为 4200：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Make sure to include a new line after the last line of text in the " +":file:`sshd.socket` file." +msgstr "务必在 :file:`sshd.socket` 文件中的最后一行文本之后包含一个新行。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:67 +msgid "Verify your changes:" +msgstr "验证所做更改：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:73 +msgid "The following output is displayed:" +msgstr "将显示以下输出：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:81 +msgid "Reload the systemd daemon configurations:" +msgstr "重新加载 systemd 守护程序配置：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:87 +msgid "Restart the sshd.socket unit:" +msgstr "重新启动 sshd.socket 单元：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:93 +msgid "Confirm the sshd.socket unit is listening on your new port:" +msgstr "确认 sshd.socket 单元正在侦听新端口：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:101 +msgid "Output should show :guilabel:`Active:` as `active(listening)`." +msgstr "输出应该将 :guilabel:`Active:` 显示为 `active(listening)`。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:104 +msgid "Enable SFTP" +msgstr "启用 SFTP" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:106 +msgid "" +"|CL| *disables* the :abbr:`SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol)` subsystem " +"by default due to security considerations. To enable the SFTP subsystem, " +"you must configure the :abbr:`SSHD (SSH Daemon)` service file." +msgstr "出于安全考虑，|CL| 默认禁用 :abbr:`SFTP（SSH 文件传输协议）` 子系统。要启用 SFTP 子系统，您必须配置 :abbr:`SSHD（SSH 守护程序）` 服务文件。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:110 +msgid "Create a systemd drop-in directory for the SSHD service:" +msgstr "为 SSHD 服务创建 systemd 放置目录：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Create the following file: " +":file:`/etc/systemd/system/sshd@.service.d/sftp.conf`" +msgstr "创建以下文件：:file:`/etc/systemd/system/sshd@.service.d/sftp.conf`" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:119 +msgid "Add the OPTIONS environment variable to the :file:`sftp.conf` file." +msgstr "将 OPTIONS 环境变量添加到 :file:`sftp.conf` 文件中。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:126 +msgid "Reload systemd configuration:" +msgstr "重新加载 systemd 配置：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:132 +msgid "Congratulations! The SFTP subsystem is enabled." +msgstr "恭喜！SFTP 子系统已启用。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:135 +msgid "Enable root login" +msgstr "启用 root 登录" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:137 +msgid "To enable root login via SSH, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "要通过 SSH 启用 root 登录，请执行以下步骤：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:139 +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:162 +msgid "Create an *ssh* directory in :file:`/etc`, if it does not already exist." +msgstr "在 :file:`/etc` 中创建 *ssh* 目录（如果尚未存在）。" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:145 +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Create the following file, if it does not already exist: " +":file:`/etc/ssh/sshd_config`" +msgstr "创建以下文件（如果尚未存在）：:file:`/etc/ssh/sshd_config`" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:148 +msgid "Set the configuration variable in :file:`/etc/ssh/sshd_config`:" +msgstr "在 :file:`/etc/ssh/sshd_config` 中设置配置变量：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:155 +msgid "Enable X11-forwarding" +msgstr "启用 X11 转发" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:157 +msgid "" +"X11 forwarding allows you to securely run graphical applications (that " +"is, X clients) over the SSH conection. This enables remote GUI apps " +"without the need for full VNC or remote desktop setup. To enable " +"X11-forwarding via SSH, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "使用 X11 转发可以通过 SSH 连接安全地运行图形应用程序（即 X 客户端）。这使得无需完整 VNC 或远程桌面设置便可启用远程 GUI 应用程序。要通过 SSH 启用 X11 转发，请执行以下步骤：" + +#: ../../guides/network/openssh-server.rst:171 +msgid "Set the following configuration variables." +msgstr "设置以下配置变量。" + +#~ msgid "openssh-server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The **openssh-server** bundle provides " +#~ "the OpenSSH\\* package needed to enable" +#~ " an SSH service in |CL-ATTR|. " +#~ "Remote users require an SSH service " +#~ "to be able to use an encrypted " +#~ "login shell." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| enables the `sshd.socket` unit, " +#~ "which will listen on port 22 by" +#~ " default and start the OpenSSH " +#~ "service as required. The first time " +#~ "OpenSSH starts, it generates the server" +#~ " SSH keys needed for the service." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure the bundle :file:`openssh-server` is installed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To check it it's on your host, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To add it, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Perform the following steps to change" +#~ " the default listening port for the" +#~ " OpenSSH service:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Open the sshd.socket file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure to include a new line" +#~ " after the last line of text in" +#~ " the sshd.socket file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should see the following output:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Confirm the the sshd.socket unit is listening on your new port:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| *disables* the :abbr:`SFTP (SSH " +#~ "File Transfer Protocol)` subsystem by " +#~ "default due to security considerations. " +#~ "To enable the SFTP subsystem, perform" +#~ " the following configuration of the " +#~ ":abbr:`SSHD (SSH Daemon)` service file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Add the OPTIONS environment variable to the sftp.conf file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Create a *ssh* directory in :file:`/etc`, if it does not already exist." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set the configuration variable in /etc/ssh/sshd_config" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "X11 forwarding allows you to securely" +#~ " run graphical applications (i.e., X " +#~ "clients) over the ssh conection. This" +#~ " will alow for remote gui apps " +#~ "without the need for full " +#~ "VNC/remotedesktop. To enable X11-forwarding " +#~ "via SSH, perform the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set the configuration variables." +#~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po index 40be3800..ce46af8a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po @@ -4,210 +4,209 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:4 msgid "Remote-desktop to a host using VNC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 VNC 通过远程桌面连接到主机" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to use :abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` " "to connect to a remote |CL-ATTR| host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南介绍如何使用 :abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` 连接到远程 |CL-ATTR| 主机。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:9 msgid "" "VNC is a client-server GUI-based tool that allows you to connect via " "remote-desktop to your |CL| host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VNC 是一个基于 GUI 的客户端-服务器工具，使用它可以通过远程桌面连接到 |CL| 主机。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:17 msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在主机上安装 VNC 服务器和其他组件" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:19 msgid "To configure VNC to work on your |CL| host, install these bundles:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要配置 VNC，使其能在 |CL| 主机上正常工作，请安装以下捆绑包：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:21 msgid "" ":command:`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop " "Manager)`, sets it to start automatically on boot, and installs TigerVNC " "Viewer." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`desktop-autostart`：安装 :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop Manager)`，将其设置为在引导时自动启动，并安装 TigerVNC 查看器。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:23 msgid ":command:`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`vnc-server`：安装 TigerVNC 服务器。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:25 msgid "Follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遵照这些步骤操作：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:27 msgid "Log into your |CL| host and get root privileges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录 |CL| 主机并获得 root 特权。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:33 msgid "Install the |CL| bundles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 |CL| 捆绑包。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:39 msgid "Reboot your |CL| host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新引导 |CL| 主机。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:42 msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在主机上配置 VNC-server-start 方法" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:44 msgid "" "There are three methods you can use to configure and start the VNC server" " on your |CL| host:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有三种方法可以用来在 |CL| 主机上配置和启动 VNC 服务器：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:47 msgid "Table 1: VNC-server-start Configuration Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表 1：VNC-server-start 配置方法" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:51 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "属性" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:52 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:90 msgid "Method 1: Manually start a VNC session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "方法 1：手动启动 VNC 会话" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:53 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:151 msgid "Method 2: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" -msgstr "" +msgstr "方法 2：通过 systemd 服务脚本自动启动 VNC 会话" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:54 msgid "Method 3: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "方法 3：通过 GDM 身份验证创建多用户登录" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:55 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:56 msgid "" "This is the traditional method where you SSH into the |CL| host, manually" " start a VNC session to get a display ID, and connect to it by supplying " "the display ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里使用的是传统方法，即通过 SSH 登录 |CL| 主机，手动启动 VNC 会话以获取显示 ID，并通过提供显示 ID 来连接到它。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:59 msgid "" "The system administrator sets up a systemd service script for you with a " "pre-assigned display ID. You make a VNC connection and supply your pre-" "assigned display ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统管理员使用预先分配的显示 ID 来设置 systemd 服务脚本。建立一个 VNC 连接，并提供预先分配的显示 ID。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:62 msgid "" "The system adminstrator configures GDM to accept connection requests. " "When you make a VNC connection to the |CL| host, you see the GDM login " "screen and authenticate as if you are local." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统管理员将 GDM 配置为接受连接请求。与 |CL| 主机建立 VNC 连接时，您会看到 GDM 登录屏幕，并像本地用户一样进行身份验证。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:65 msgid "Who configures VNC settings?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "谁来配置 VNC 设置？" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:66 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:70 #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:74 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:75 msgid "You" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:67 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:68 msgid "System adminstrator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*系统管理员*" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:69 msgid "Who starts VNC session?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "谁来启动 VNC 会话？" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:71 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:72 msgid "Set to start automatically on boot by system administrator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置为由系统管理员在引导时自动启动" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:73 msgid "Who ends VNC sesssion?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "谁来终止 VNC 会话？" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:76 msgid "System administrator can disable VNC service altogether" -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统管理员可以完全禁用 VNC 服务" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:77 msgid "Requires VNC password to authenticate?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是否需要提供 VNC 密码以执行身份验证？" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:78 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:79 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:80 msgid "No. Use |CL| account username and password through GDM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不需要。通过 GDM 使用 |CL| 帐户用户名和密码" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:83 msgid "" "Although all three methods can coexist on the same |CL| host, we " "recommend you pick a method that suits your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "虽然这三种方法可以在同一个 |CL| 主机上共存，但我们建议您选择一种适合您的需求的方法。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:86 msgid "" "For simplicity, the rest of this guide refers to these methods as Method " "1, Method 2, and Method 3." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为简单起见，本指南的其余部分将这些方法称为方法 1、方法 2 和方法 3。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:92 msgid "" "You (and each user) must perform these steps to initialize your VNC " "settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您（和每个用户）必须执行这些步骤来初始化 VNC 设置。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:94 msgid "Log in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:95 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:554 msgid "Open a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开一个终端模拟器。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:96 msgid "" "Start VNC with the :command:`vncserver` command. Since this is your " "first time starting VNC, it adds default configuration files and asks you" " to set a VNC password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`vncserver` 命令启动 VNC。由于这是您第一次启动 VNC，它会添加默认配置文件，并要求您设置 VNC 密码。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:104 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:429 msgid "Example output:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结果示例：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:122 msgid "" "Upon completion, you can find the default configuration files and the " "password file hidden in the :file:`.vnc` directory in your home " "directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，您可以在主目录中的 :file:`.vnc` 目录中找到隐藏的默认配置文件和密码文件。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -215,57 +214,57 @@ msgid "" "following the hostname and the colon \":\". In the above example, the " "display ID is 2. In a later step, you will supply the display ID to your" " VNC viewer app for connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VNC 会话启动并显示一个唯一的显示 ID，该 ID 是主机名和冒号 \":\" 后面的数字。在上面的例子中，显示 ID 是 2。在稍后的步骤中，您将向 VNC 查看器应用程序提供显示 ID 以建立连接。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:130 msgid "" "Kill the active VNC session for the time being with the " ":command:`vncserver -kill :[display ID]` command. Substitute [display " "ID] with your active VNC session display ID. For example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`vncserver -kill :[display ID]` 命令暂时终止活动的 VNC 会话。使用您的活动 VNC 会话显示 ID 替换 [display ID]。例如：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:140 msgid "" "If you do not recall the active session display ID, use the " ":command:`vncserver -list` command to find it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您不记得活动会话显示 ID，请使用 :command:`vncserver -list` 命令查找它。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:143 msgid "Optional configurations:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选配置：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:145 msgid "" "To customize settings such as screen size, security type, etc., modify " "the :file:`$HOME/.vnc/config` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要自定义屏幕大小、安全类型等设置，请修改 :file:`$HOME/.vnc/config` 文件。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:147 msgid "" "To customize the applications to run at startup, modify the " ":file:`$HOME/.vnc/xstartup` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要自定义启动时运行的应用程序，请修改 :file:`$HOME/.vnc/xstartup` 文件。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:153 msgid "" "To configure VNC for this method, you must have root privileges. You " "will set up a systemd service file for all intended VNC users with their " "own preassigned unique display ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使用此方法配置 VNC，您必须具有 root 特权。您将为所有潜在的 VNC 用户设置一个 systemd 服务文件，而且这些用户拥有自己预先指定的唯一显示 ID。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:157 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:243 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录并获得 root 特权。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:163 msgid "" "Make sure the user accounts already exist. Use the following command to " "list all users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保用户帐户已经存在。使用以下命令列出所有用户。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:171 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:249 msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/systemd/system`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建路径 :file:`/etc/systemd/system`。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -274,33 +273,33 @@ msgid "" " Each user must be assigned a unique display ID. Be sure the correct " "username is entered in the :guilabel:`User` field. The example below " "shows user vnc-user-b who is assigned the display ID 5." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 systemd 服务脚本文件 :file:`vncserver@:[X].service`，其中 [X] 是显示 ID。对于 :file:`/etc/systemd/system` 中的每个用户，必须为每个用户分配一个唯一的显示 ID。请确保在 :guilabel:`User` 字段中输入正确的用户名。以下示例显示了用户 vnc-user-b 已分配了显示 ID 5。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:205 msgid "" "Have each user log into their account and set a VNC password with the " ":command:`vncpasswd` command before proceeding to the next step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让每个用户登录他们的帐户，并使用 :command:`vncpasswd` 命令设置 VNC 密码，然后继续下一步。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:208 msgid "" "Start the VNC service script and set it to start automatically on boot " "for each user. Replace the [X] with the display ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 VNC 服务脚本，并为每个用户将其设置在引导时自动启动。使用显示 ID 替换 [X]。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:217 msgid "After starting the services, verify they are running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动服务后，确认它们是否正在运行。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:223 msgid "" "The example below shows 2 VNC sessions that were successfully started for" " users vnc-user-b with display ID 5 and vnc-user-c with display ID 6." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下示例显示了已成功为显示 ID 为 5 的用户 vnc-user-b 以及显示 ID 为 6 的用户 vnc-user-c 启动两个 VNC 会话。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:235 msgid "Method 3: Multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "方法 3：通过 GDM 身份验证实现多用户登录" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -309,219 +308,219 @@ msgid "" "you make a VNC connection to your |CL| host, you are presented with the " "GDM login screen and you authenticate as if you are local. You must have" " root privileges to perform this configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此方法时，系统将 VNC 配置为监听端口 5900 的 systemd 服务，并将 GDM 配置为接受来自 VNC 的访问请求。与 |CL| 主机建立 VNC 连接时，您会看到 GDM 登录屏幕，并像本地用户一样进行身份验证。您必须具有 root 特权才能执行此配置。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:255 msgid "Create a systemd socket file :file:`xvnc.socket` and add the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 systemd 套接字文件 :file:`xvnc.socket`，并添加以下内容：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:273 msgid "Create a systemd service file :file:`xvnc@.service` and add the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 systemd 服务文件 :file:`xvnc@.service`，并添加以下内容：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:290 msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/gdm`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建路径 :file:`/etc/gdm`。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:297 msgid "Create a GDM :file:`custom.conf` file and add the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 GDM :file:`custom.conf` 文件，并添加以下内容：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:309 msgid "Start the VNC socket script and set it to start automatically on boot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 VNC 套接字脚本，并将其设置为在引导时自动启动。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:317 msgid "After starting the socket, verify it is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动套接字后，确认它是否正在运行。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:323 msgid "The example below shows the xvnc.socket is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面的示例显示 xvnc.socket 正在运行。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:332 msgid "See the vncserver Man page for additional information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关更多信息，请参阅 vncserver 手册页。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:335 msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在客户端系统上安装一个 VNC 查看器应用程序和一个 SSH 客户端" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:337 msgid "" "You need a VNC viewer app on your client system to connect to your |CL| " "host. An SSH client is only needed if you chose to use Method 1 or you " "plan to encrypt your VNC traffic, which is discussed later in this guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端系统上需要具有 VNC 查看器应用程序才能连接到 |CL| 主机。仅当选择使用方法 1 或打算加密 VNC 流量（这将在本指南后文讨论）时才需要 SSH 客户端。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:341 msgid "Perform the steps below to add these apps to your client system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "执行以下步骤将这些应用程序添加到客户端系统。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:344 msgid "Install a VNC viewer app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装一个 VNC 查看器应用程序" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:346 msgid "On |CL|:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 |CL| 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:352 msgid "On Ubuntu\\*, Mint\\*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Ubuntu\\*、Mint\\* 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:358 msgid "On Fedora\\*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Fedora\\* 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:364 msgid "On Windows\\*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows\\* 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:366 msgid "Install `RealVNC for Windows`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 `RealVNC for Windows`_" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:368 msgid "On macOS\\*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 macOS\\* 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:370 msgid "Install `RealVNC for macOS`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 `RealVNC for macOS`_" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:373 msgid "Install an SSH client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装一个 SSH 客户端" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:375 msgid "" "On most Linux distros (|CL|, Ubuntu, Mint, Fedora, etc.) and macOS, SSH " "is built-in so you don't need to install it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "大多数 Linux 发行版（|CL|、Ubuntu、Mint、Fedora 等）和 macOS 都内置了 SSH，因此无需进行安装。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:377 msgid "On Windows, you can install `Putty`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows 上，您可以安装 `Putty`_。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:380 msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "与主机建立 VNC 连接" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:382 msgid "" "Depending on the VNC-server-configuration method chosen, use the " "appropriate VNC connection:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据所选的 VNC-server-configuration 方法，使用适当的 VNC 连接：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:385 msgid "" "If you chose Method 1, you must take a few extra steps by using SSH to " "connect to your |CL| host and then manually launching VNC." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择方法 1，必须采取一些额外的步骤，即使用 SSH 连接到 |CL| 主机，然后手动启动 VNC。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:388 msgid "" "If you chose Method 2, get your preassigned VNC display ID from your " "system administrator first and then proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-" "session` section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择方法 2，请先从系统管理员处获取预先分配的 VNC 显示 ID，然后转到下面的 :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` 一节。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:392 msgid "If you chose Method 3, proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择方法 3，请转到下面的 :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session`。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:396 msgid "SSH into your host and launch VNC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 SSH 连接到主机并启动 VNC" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:398 msgid "SSH into your |CL| host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 SSH 连接到 |CL| 主机" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:400 msgid "On Linux distros and macOS:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Linux 发行版和 macOS 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:406 msgid "On Windows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:408 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:725 msgid "Launch Putty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 Putty。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:409 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:728 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, select :guilabel:`Session`. See " "Figure 1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Category` 部分下，选择 :guilabel:`Session`。请参阅图 1。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:411 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:730 msgid "" "Enter the IP address of your |CL| host in the :guilabel:`Host Name (or IP" " address)` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Host Name (or IP address)` 字段中输入 |CL| 主机的 IP 地址。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:413 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:732 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Connection type` option to :guilabel:`SSH`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`Connection type` 选项设置为 :guilabel:`SSH`。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:414 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:754 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Open` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Open` 按钮。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:420 msgid "Figure 1: Putty - configure SSH session settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1：Putty - 配置 SSH 会话设置" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:422 msgid "Log in with your |CL| username and password. Do not use your VNC password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用您的 |CL| 用户名和密码登录。不要使用您的 VNC 密码。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:423 msgid "Start a VNC session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动一个 VNC 会话。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:438 msgid "" "Take note of the generated display ID because you will input it into the " "VNC viewer app to establish the connection. The above example shows the " "display ID is 3." -msgstr "" +msgstr "记下生成的显示 ID，稍后需要将它输入到 VNC 查看器应用程序来建立连接。上述示例中显示的显示 ID 为 3。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:444 msgid "" "VNC automatically picks a unique display ID unless you specify one. To " "specify a display ID, enter a unique number that is not already in use " "after the colon. For example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "除非自行指定，否则 VNC 会自动选择唯一的显示 ID。要指定显示 ID，请在冒号后输入尚未使用的唯一数字。例如：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:452 msgid "" "You can now end the SSH connection by logging out. This does not " "terminate your active VNC session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以通过注销来终止 SSH 连接。这不会终止您的活动 VNC 会话。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:458 msgid "Connect to your VNC session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接到 VNC 会话" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:460 msgid "" "For Method 1 and Method 2, you must connect to a specific active session " "or display ID using one of two options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 1 和方法 2 时，您必须使用以下两个选项之一连接到特定的活动会话或显示 ID：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:463 msgid "" "Use a fully-qualified VNC port number, which consists of the default VNC " "server port (5900) plus the display ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用完全限定的 VNC 端口号，该端口号由默认 VNC 服务器端口 (5900) 加上显示 ID 组成" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:465 msgid "Use the display ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用显示 ID" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:467 msgid "" @@ -529,156 +528,156 @@ msgid "" "as 3. For Method 3, VNC does not expect a display ID. Use 5900. For " "simplicity, the instructions below use the fully-qualified VNC port " "number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果显示 ID 为 3，可以指定为 5903 或 3。使用方法 3 时，VNC 不期望显示 ID。使用 5900。为简单起见，以下说明使用完全限定的 VNC 端口号。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:471 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:763 msgid "**On Linux distros:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在 Linux 发行版上：**" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:473 msgid "Open a terminal emulator and enter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开终端仿真器并输入：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:479 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:508 msgid "Enter your credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入您的凭证。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:481 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:510 msgid "" "For Method 1 and Method 2, enter your VNC password. No username is " "required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 1 和方法 2 时，请输入您的 VNC 密码。不需要输入用户名。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:483 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:512 msgid "For Method 3, enter your |CL| account username and password through GDM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 3 时，通过 GDM 输入您的 |CL| 帐户用户名和密码。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:488 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:517 msgid "" "With Method 3, you cannot remotely log into your |CL| host through VNC if" " you are logged in locally and vice versa." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 3 时，如果已在本地登录，则不能通过 VNC 远程登录 |CL| 主机，反之亦然。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:491 msgid "**On Windows and macOS using RealVNC app:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在使用 RealVNC 应用程序的 Windows 和 macOS 上：**" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:493 msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app. See Figure 2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 RealVNC 查看器应用程序。见图 2。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:494 msgid "" "Enter the IP address of the |CL| host and the fully-qualified VNC port " "number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入 |CL| 主机的 IP 地址和完全限定的 VNC 端口号。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:497 msgid "" "The following screenshot shows connecting to |CL| host 192.168.25.54 with" " a fully-qualified VNC port number 5902." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下屏幕截图显示使用完全限定的 VNC 端口号 5902 连接到 |CL| 主机 192.168.25.54。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:504 msgid "Figure 2: RealVNC Viewer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 2：RealVNC 查看器" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:506 msgid "Press the :kbd:`Enter` key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按 :kbd:`Enter` 键。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:521 msgid "Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选：配置 RealVNC 图像质量" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:523 msgid "" "To increase the RealVNC viewer image quality, manually change the " ":guilabel:`ColorLevel` value. Follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要提高 RealVNC 查看器的图像质量，请手动更改 :guilabel:`ColorLevel` 值。遵照这些步骤操作：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:526 msgid "" "Right-click a connection node and select :guilabel:`Properties...`. See " "Figure 3." -msgstr "" +msgstr "右键点击连接节点并选择 :guilabel:`Properties...`。请参阅图 3。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:533 msgid "Figure 3: RealVNC Viewer - change connection node properties" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 3：RealVNC 查看器 - 更改连接节点属性" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:535 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Expert` tab. See Figure 4." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Expert` 选项卡。见图 4。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:537 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`ColorLevel` setting and change it to your preferred" " setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`ColorLevel` 设置，并将其更改为您的首选设置。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:544 msgid "Figure 4: RealVNC Viewer - change :guilabel:`ColorLevel`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 4：RealVNC 查看器 - 更改 :guilabel:`ColorLevel`" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:547 msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "终止与主机的 VNC 连接" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:549 msgid "" "For Method 1 and Method 2, once started, a VNC session remains active on " "your |CL| host even if you close your VNC viewer app. If you want to " "truly terminate an active VNC session, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 1 和方法 2 时，VNC 会话一旦启动，即会在 |CL| 主机上保持活动状态，即便关闭了 VNC 查看器应用程序也是如此。如果要真正终止活动的 VNC 会话，请按照下列步骤操作：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:553 msgid "SSH into your |CL| host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 SSH 连接到 |CL| 主机。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:555 msgid "" "Find the active VNC session display ID with the command " ":command:`vncserver -list`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`vncserver -list` 命令查找活动的 VNC 会话显示 ID。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:562 msgid "" "Terminate it with the :command:`vncserver -kill` command followed by a " "colon and the display ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`vncserver -kill` 命令且后跟冒号和显示 ID 来终止 VNC 会话。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:569 msgid "" "For Method 3, only the system administrator can stop and disable the VNC " "service by using these commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 3 时，只有系统管理员可以使用以下命令停止和禁用 VNC 服务：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:579 msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 SSH 隧道加密 VNC 流量" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:581 msgid "" "By default, VNC traffic is not encrypted. Figure 6 shows an example " "warning from RealVNC Viewer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，VNC 流量不加密。图 6 显示了 RealVNC 查看器的警告示例。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:588 msgid "Figure 6: RealVNC Viewer - Connection not encrypted warning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 6：RealVNC 查看器 - 连接未加密警告" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:590 msgid "" "To add security, VNC traffic can be routed through an SSH tunnel. This is" " accomplished by following these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了增加安全性，VNC 流量可以通过 SSH 隧道路由。这是通过以下步骤实现的：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:593 msgid "" "Configure the VNC server to only accept connection from localhost by " "adding the :command:`-localhost` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过添加 :command:`-localhost` 选项，将 VNC 服务器配置为仅接受来自 localhost 的连接。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:595 msgid "" @@ -686,214 +685,214 @@ msgid "" "client system will forward traffic from the localhost (the client) " "destined for a specified fully-qualified VNC port number (on the client) " "to your |CL| host with the same port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在您的客户端系统和您的 |CL| 主机之间设置一个 SSH 隧道。您的客户端系统将从 localhost（客户端）将发往（客户端上）指定的完全限定 VNC 端口号的流量转发到 |CL| 主机上相同的端口号。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:599 msgid "" "The VNC viewer app on your client system will now connect to localhost, " "instead of the IP address of your |CL| host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端系统上的 VNC 查看器应用程序现在将连接到 localhost，而不是 |CL| 主机的 IP 地址。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:603 msgid "Configure VNC to only accept connection from localhost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 VNC 配置为仅接受来自 localhost 的连接" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:605 msgid "For Method 1:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 1 时：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:607 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`config` file located in :file:`$HOME/.vnc` and uncomment " "the `# localhost` line. It should look like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑 :file:`$HOME/.vnc` 中的 :file:`config` 文件，并将 `# localhost` 行注释掉。编辑后的内容应该如下所示：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:623 msgid "If an active session exists, kill it, and then restart it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果存在活动会话，请将其终止，然后重新启动。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:625 msgid "For Method 2:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 2 时：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:627 msgid "" "Edit the systemd service script :file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in" " :file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add :command:`-localhost` to the " "`ExecStart` line. The example below uses vncserver@:5.service:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑 :file:`/etc/systemd/system` 中的 systemd 服务脚本 :file:`vncserver@:[X].service`，并将 :command:`-localhost` 添加到 `ExecStart` 行。以下示例使用 vncserver@:5.service：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:649 msgid "Restart the service script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新启动服务脚本：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:656 msgid "For Method 3:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用方法 3 时：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:658 msgid "No change is needed to the :file:`xvnc@service` script." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不需要更改 :file:`xvnc@service` 脚本。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:660 msgid "" "After you have restarted your VNC session, you can verify that it only " "accepts connections from localhost by using the :command:`netstat` " "command like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新启动 VNC 会话后，您可以使用以下 :command:`netstat` 命令验证它是否只接受来自 localhost 的连接：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:670 msgid "" "Add the |CL| :command:`network-basic` bundle to get the " ":command:`netstat` command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加 |CL| :command:`network-basic` 捆绑包以获得 :command:`netstat` 命令。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:673 msgid "" "Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections " "from any host as specified by the `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the " ":command:`-localhost` option was used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 7 显示了两个 VNC 会话（5901 和 5905），它们接受来自由 `0.0.0.0` 指定的任何主机的连接。这是在使用 :command:`-localhost` 选项之前的情况。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:681 msgid "Figure 7: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections from any host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 7：VNC 会话（5901 和 5905）接受来自任何主机的连接" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:683 msgid "" "Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting " "connections from localhost as specified by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after " "the :command:`-localhost` option was used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 8 显示了两个 VNC 会话（5901 和 5905），它们只接受来自由 `127.0.0.1` 指定的 localhost 的连接。这是在使用 :command:`-localhost` 选项之后的情况。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:691 msgid "" "Figure 8: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting connections from " "localhost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 8：VNC 会话（5901 和 5905）仅接受来自 localhost 的连接" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:694 msgid "Set up an SSH tunnel from your client system to your |CL| host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置从客户端系统到 |CL| 主机的 SSH 隧道" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:696 msgid "**On Linux distros and macOS:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在 Linux 发行版和 macOS 上：**" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:698 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:765 msgid "Open terminal emulator and enter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开终端仿真器并输入：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:705 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:755 msgid "Enter your |CL| account password (not your VNC password)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入 |CL| 帐户密码（不是 VNC 密码）。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:709 msgid "" "`-L` specifies that [client port number] on the localhost (on the client " "side) is forwarded to [fully-qualified VNC port number] (on the server " "side)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-L` 指定（客户端侧）localhost 上的 [client port number] 会转发到（服务器侧）[fully-qualified VNC port number]。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:712 msgid "" "Replace `[client port number]` with an available client port number (for " "example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `[client port number]` " "the same as the `[fully-qualified VNC port number]`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 `[client port number]` 替换为可用的客户端端口号（例如：1234）。为简单起见，您可以将 `[client port number]` 设置为与 `[fully-qualified VNC port number]` 相同。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:715 msgid "" "Replace `[fully-qualified VNC port number]` with 5900 (default VNC port) " "plus the display ID. For example, if the display ID is 2, the fully-" "qualified VNC port number is is 5902." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 `[fully-qualified VNC port number]` 替换为 5900（默认 VNC 端口）加上显示 ID。例如，如果显示 ID 为 2，则完全限定的 VNC 端口号为 5902。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:718 msgid "`-N` tells SSH to only forward ports and not execute a remote command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-N` 指示 SSH 只转发端口，不执行远程命令。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:720 msgid "`-f` tells SSH to go into the background before command execution." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-f` 指示 SSH 在命令执行前进入后台。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:721 msgid "`-l` specifies the username to log in as." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-l` 指定登录的用户名。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:723 msgid "**On Windows:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在 Windows 上：**" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:726 msgid "Specify the |CL| VNC host to connect to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "指定要连接到的 |CL| VNC 主机。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:734 msgid "Configure the SSH tunnel. See Figure 9 for an example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 SSH 隧道。请参阅图 9 的示例。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:736 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, go to :guilabel:`Connection` > " ":guilabel:`SSH` > :guilabel:`Tunnels`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Category` 部分下，转到 :guilabel:`Connection` > :guilabel:`SSH` > :guilabel:`Tunnels`。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:739 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source port` field, enter an available client port " "number (for example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `Source " "port` the same as the fully-qualified VNC port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Source port` 字段中，输入可用的客户端端口号（例如：1234）。为简单起见，您可以将 `Source port` 设置为与完全限定的 VNC 端口号相同。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:743 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Destination` field, enter `localhost:` plus the fully-" "qualified VNC port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Destination` 字段中，输入 `localhost:` 加上完全限定的 VNC 端口号。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:746 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Add` 按钮。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:752 msgid "Figure 9: Putty - configure SSH tunnel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 9：Putty - 配置 SSH 隧道" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:758 msgid "Connect to a VNC session through an SSH tunnel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 SSH 隧道连接到 VNC 会话" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:760 msgid "" "After you have set up an SSH tunnel, follow these instructions to connect" " to your VNC session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置 SSH 隧道后，请按照以下说明连接到您的 VNC 会话。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:771 msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC`:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在使用 `RealVNC` 的 Windows 和 macOS 上：" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:773 msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动 RealVNC 查看器应用程序。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:774 msgid "" "Enter `localhost` and the fully-qualified VNC port number. See Figure 10" " for an example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入 `localhost` 和完全限定的 VNC 端口号。请参阅图 10 的示例。" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:781 msgid "Figure 10: RealVNC viewer app connecting to `localhost:1234`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 10：连接至 `localhost:1234` 的 RealVNC 查看器应用程序" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:785 msgid "" "RealVNC will still warn that the connection is not encrypted even though " "its traffic is going through the SSH tunnel. You can ignore this " "warning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "即使流量通过 SSH 隧道传输，RealVNC 仍会警告连接未加密。您可以忽略此警告。" #~ msgid "Remote-desktop to a |CL-ATTR| host using VNC" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1146,3 +1145,5 @@ msgstr "" #~ "`-localhost` option was used." #~ msgstr "" + + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po index 5860287f..05030942 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po @@ -4,39 +4,39 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:4 msgid "Data Analytics Reference Stack" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据分析参考堆栈" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide explains how to use the :abbr:`DARS (Data Analytics Reference " "Stack)`, and to optionally build your own DARS container image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南说明了如何使用 :abbr:`DARS (Data Analytics Reference Stack)`，以及如何选择性地构建您自己的 DARS 容器映像。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:9 msgid "" "Any system that supports Docker\\* containers can be used with DARS. This" " steps in this guide use |CL-ATTR| as the host system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何支持 Docker\\* 容器的系统都可与 DARS 一起使用。本指南中的这些步骤使用 |CL-ATTR| 作为主机系统。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:17 msgid "The Data Analytics Reference Stack release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据分析参考堆栈版本" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -44,21 +44,22 @@ msgid "" "enterprises a straightforward, highly optimized software stack for " "storing and processing large amounts of data. More detail is available " "on the `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据分析参考堆栈 (DARS) 为开发人员和企业提供了一个简单、高度优化的软件堆栈来存储和处理大量数据。更多详细信息请参阅 `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:23 msgid "" "The Data Analytics Reference Stack provides two pre-built Docker images, " "available on `Docker Hub`_:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据分析参考堆栈提供了两个预构建的 Docker 映像，可在 `Docker Hub`_ 获得：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:26 msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with OpenBlas`_ stack optimized for `OpenBLAS`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个从 |CL| 派生且针对 `OpenBLAS`_ 优化的 `DARS with OpenBlas`_ 堆栈" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:27 msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with Intel® MKL`_ stack optimized for `MKL`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个从 |CL| 派生且针对 `MKL`_ 优化的 `DARS with MKL`_ 堆栈" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -67,7 +68,8 @@ msgid "" "repository. Because |CL| is a rolling distribution, the package version " "numbers in the |CL|-based containers may not be the latest released by " "|CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议您在 `DARS repository`_ 中找到 :file:`README`，查看每个映像的最新组件版本。由于 |CL| 是滚动发行的，基于 |CL| 的容器中的软件包版本号可能不是 |CL| 最新发布的版本号。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -75,77 +77,116 @@ msgid "" "of software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DARS " "Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Data " "Analytics Reference Stack." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据分析参考堆栈是一项集体成果，成果中的每一个软件都有自己的许可证。有关数据分析参考堆栈的许可和使用的更多详细信息，请参阅 `DARS Terms of Use`_。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:42 msgid "Using the Docker images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Docker 映像" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:44 msgid "" "To immediately start using the latest stable DARS images, pull an image " "directly from `Docker Hub`_. This example uses the `DARS with Intel® " "MKL`_ Docker image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要立即开始使用最新的稳定版 DARS 映像，请直接从 `Docker Hub`_ 提取。在本教程中，我们将使用 `Dars with MKL`_ 版本堆栈。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:48 msgid "Once you have downloaded the image, you can run it with" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载完映像后，您可以使用以下命令运行它：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:54 msgid "" "This will launch the image and drop you into a bash shell inside the " "container. You will see output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "此命令将启动映像，并进入容器内的 bash shell 中。您将看到类似以下内容的输出：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:75 msgid "" "The :command:`--ulimit nofile` parameter is currently required in order " "to increase the number of open files opened at certain point by the spark" " engine." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`--ulimit nofile` 参数是当前必需的参数，以便增加 spark 引擎在某一时点打开的打开文件的数量。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:80 msgid "Building DARS images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "构建 DARS 映像" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:82 msgid "" "If you choose to build your own DARS container images, you can customize " "them as needed. Use the provided Dockerfile as a baseline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择构建您自己的 DARS 容器映像，您可以根据需要对它们进行自定义。将提供的 Dockerfile 用作基准。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:85 msgid "" "To construct images with |CL|, start with a |CL| development platform " "that has the :command:`containers-basic-dev` bundle installed. Learn more" " about bundles and installing them by using :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使用 |CL| 构建映像，请从安装了 :command:`containers-basic-dev` 捆绑包的 |CL| 开发平台开始。使用 :ref:`swupd-guide` 了解有关捆绑包和安装捆绑包的更多信息。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:89 msgid "Clone the `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "克隆 `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* 存储库。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:95 msgid "" "Inside the DARS directory, run :command:`make` to build OpenBLAS and MKL " "images." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 DARS 目录中，运行 :command:`make` 来构建 OpenBLAS 和 MKL 映像。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:101 msgid "" "Run :command:`make baseline` to build the baseline CentOS image. " "Depending on the system, it may take a while to finish building." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后运行 :command:`make baseline` 构建基准 CentOS 映像。根据系统的不同，可能需要一段时间才能完成构建。完成后，使用 :command:`Docker` 检查生成的映像。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:108 msgid "Once completed, check the resulting images with :command:`Docker`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，使用 :command:`Docker` 检查生成的映像" #: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:114 msgid "" "You can use any of the resulting images to launch fully functional " "containers. If you need to customize the containers, you can edit the " "provided :file:`Dockerfile`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以使用任何一个生成的映像来启动功能齐全的容器。如果需要自定义容器，您可以编辑所提供的 :file:`Dockerfile`。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial shows you how to use" +#~ " the Data Analytics Reference Stack " +#~ "(DARS), and to optionally build your " +#~ "own images with the baseline Dockerfiles" +#~ " provided in the `DARS repository`_. " +#~ "Our assumption is that |CL-ATTR| " +#~ "is the host. However, any system " +#~ "that supports Docker\\* containers can " +#~ "be used to follow these steps." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "本教程介绍如何使用数据分析参考堆栈 (DARS)，以及如何使用 `DARS repository`_" +#~ " 中提供的基准 Dockerfiles 来选择构建您自己的映像。我们假设 |CL-" +#~ "ATTR| 是主机。但是，任何支持 Docker\\* 容器的系统都可以用来执行这些步骤。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose to build your own" +#~ " DARS container images, you can " +#~ "customize them as needed. Use the " +#~ "provided Dockerfile as a baseline. To" +#~ " construct images with |CL|, start " +#~ "with a |CL| development platform that" +#~ " has the :command:`containers-basic-dev`" +#~ " bundle installed. Learn more about " +#~ "bundles and installing them by using " +#~ ":ref:`swupd-guide`." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果选择构建您自己的 DARS 容器映像，您可以根据需要对它们进行自定义。将提供的 Dockerfile" +#~ " 用作基准。要使用 |CL| 构建映像，请从安装了 :command" +#~ ":`containers-basic-dev` 捆绑包的 |CL| 开发平台开始。使用" +#~ " :ref:`swupd-guide` 了解有关捆绑包和安装捆绑包的更多信息。" + +#~ msgid "First, clone the `DARS repository`_ from GitHub." +#~ msgstr "首先，从 GitHub 中克隆 `DARS repository`_。" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po index 81db0f29..ce5fa241 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po @@ -4,34 +4,35 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:4 msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack" -msgstr "" +msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to run benchmarking workloads for TensorFlow\\*," " PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow in |CL-ATTR| using the Deep Learning Reference " "Stack." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本教程介绍如何在 |CL-ATTR| 中使用深度学习参考堆栈运行 TensorFlow\\*、PyTorch\\* 和 Kubeflow 基准工作负载。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:14 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -41,11 +42,12 @@ msgid "" "flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly " "prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this guide to run " "benchmarking workloads on your solution." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们打造了深度学习参考堆栈来帮助 AI 开发人员在英特尔架构上获得最佳开发体验。此堆栈降低了深度学习软件组件常见的复杂性，为自定义解决方案提供了灵活性，并使您能够快速构建原型并部署深度学习工作负载。使用本教程可在您的解决方案上运行基准工作负载。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:23 msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈有以下版本：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -53,66 +55,69 @@ msgid "" "Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) primitives and " "introduces support for Intel® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions " "(VNNI)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_，它使用面向深度神经网络（英特尔® MKL-DNN）原语的英特尔®数学内核库进行优化，并支持英特尔® AVX-512 矢量神经网络指令 (VNI)。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:28 msgid "" "`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using" " Intel® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) " "primitives." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Intel MKL-DNN`_，它包括使用面向深度神经网络（英特尔® MKL-DNN）原语的英特尔®数学内核库进行优化的 TensorFlow 框架。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:31 msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for Intel® architecture." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Eigen`_，它包括针对英特尔®架构优化的 `TensorFlow`_。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:32 msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_，它包括 PyTorch with OpenBlas。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:33 msgid "" "`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using " "Intel® Math Kernel Library (Intel® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_，它包括使用英特尔®数学内核库（英特尔® MKL）和英特尔 MKL-DNN 进行优化的 PyTorch。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:38 msgid "" "To take advantage of the Intel® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality with the " "Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must use the following hardware:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要利用英特尔® AVX-512 和 VNI 功能以及深度学习参考堆栈，您必须使用以下硬件：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:41 msgid "Intel® AVX-512 images require an Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "英特尔® AVX-512 映像需要使用英特尔®至强®可扩展平台" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:42 msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VNNI 需要使用第二代英特尔®至强®可扩展平台" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:45 msgid "Stack features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "堆栈功能和特性" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:47 msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`DLRS V3.0`_ 发布公告。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:48 msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈 v2.0，包括最新的 `PyTorch benchmark results`_。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:50 msgid "" "Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow " "benchmark`_ results." -msgstr "" +msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈 v1.0，包括最新的 `TensorFlow benchmark results`_。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:52 msgid "" "`DLRS Release notes`_ on Github\\* for the latest release of Deep " "Learning Reference Stack." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`DLRS Release notes`_ on Github\\*，了解深度学习参考堆栈的最新版本。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -120,23 +125,24 @@ msgid "" " software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DLRS " "Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep " "Learning Reference Stack." -msgstr "" +msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈是一项集体成果，成果中的每一个软件都有自己的许可证。有关深度学习参考堆栈的许可和使用的更多详细信息，请参阅 `DLRS Terms of Use`_。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:62 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "必备条件" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Install ` |CL| on your host system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在主机系统上 :ref:`Install ` |CL|" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:65 msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`containers-basic` 捆绑包" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:66 msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`cloud-native-basic` 捆绑包" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -144,49 +150,50 @@ msgid "" "required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the " ":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and " ":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 |CL| 中，:command:`containers-basic` 包括 TensorFlow 和 PyTorch 基准测试所必需的 Docker\\*。使用 :command:`swupd` 实用程序检查 :command:`containers-basic` 和 :command:`cloud-native-basic` 是否存在：" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:77 msgid "" "To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-" "basic` bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要安装 :command:`containers-basic` 或 :command:`cloud-native-basic` 捆绑包，请输入：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:84 msgid "" "Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-" "basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 :command:`containers-basic` 捆绑包后 Docker 不会启动。要启动 Docker，请输入：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:91 msgid "" "To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow " "the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要确保正确安装和配置 Kubernetes，请遵循 :ref:`kubernetes` 中的说明。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:95 msgid "Version compatibility" -msgstr "" +msgstr "版本兼容性" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:97 msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们根据以下软件包版本验证了这些步骤：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:99 msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 26240（支持的最低版本）" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:100 msgid "Docker 18.06.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Docker 18.06.1" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:101 msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubernetes 1.11.3" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:102 msgid "Go 1.11.12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go 1.11.12" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -197,11 +204,12 @@ msgid "" "comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed " "above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages" " and manage Docker services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈是为了在 |CL| 主机上执行时获得最佳用户体验而开发的。但是，该堆栈在容器环境中运行时，您应该能够在其他 Linux* 发行版上完成本教程的以下部分，只要这些发行版满足上面列出的 Docker*、Kubernetes* 和 Go* 软件包版本。查找关于如何更新软件包和管理 Docker 服务的分发版文档。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:112 msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TensorFlow 单节点和多节点基准测试" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -209,80 +217,82 @@ msgid "" "node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These " "steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can " "invoke TensorFlow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本部分介绍在单节点中运行 `TensorFlow benchmarks`_。对于多节点测试，请为每个节点重复这些步骤。这些步骤提供了运行其他基准测试的模板，前提是它们可以调用 TensorFlow。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:121 msgid "" "Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for " "this guide were obtained using `runc` as the runtime." -msgstr "" +msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈和本教程的性能测试结果是使用 `runc` 作为运行时获得的。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:124 msgid "" "Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from " "`Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 `Docker Hub`_ 下载 `Eigen`_ 或 `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker 映像。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:127 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:169 msgid "Run the image with Docker:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Docker 运行映像：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:136 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:177 msgid "" "Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts " "interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in " "the running container." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`-i` 参数启动 Docker 映像，从而在容器内启动交互模式。在正在运行的容器中输入以下命令。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:140 msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "克隆容器中的基准测试存储库：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:146 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:187 msgid "Execute the benchmark script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "执行基准测试脚本：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:154 msgid "" "You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the " "TensorFlow benchmarks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以将该模型更换为 TensorFlow 支持的其他模型。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:157 msgid "" "If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 " "model using `Intel® quantization tools`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果使用基于 FP32 的模型，可以使用 `Intel® quantization tools`_ 将其转换为 int8 模型。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:161 msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PyTorch 单节点和多节点基准测试" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:163 msgid "" "This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in " "single node." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本部分介绍在单节点中运行针对 Caffe2 的 `PyTorch benchmarks`_。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:166 msgid "" "Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel " "MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 `Docker Hub`_ 下载 `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ 或 `PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker 映像。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:181 msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "克隆基准测试存储库：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:197 msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubeflow 多节点基准测试" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:199 msgid "" "The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The guide uses " "`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "基准测试工作负载在 Kubernetes 集群中运行。本教程使用 `Kubeflow`_ 在三个节点上部署机器学习工作负载。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -290,11 +300,12 @@ msgid "" "platform must support the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an " "*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you won’t be able to complete" " this guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择英特尔® MKL-DNN 或英特尔® MKL-DNN-VNNI 映像，您的平台必须支持英特尔® AVX-512 指令集。否则，可能会出现非法指令错误，导致无法完成本教程。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:210 msgid "Kubernetes setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubernetes 设置" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -302,11 +313,12 @@ msgid "" "on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has instructions for creating a " "cluster, described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with " "kubeadm`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照 :ref:`kubernetes` 教程中的说明在 |CL| 上进行设置。Kubernetes 社区也提供了 `Creating a single control-plane cluster with kubeadm`_。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:217 msgid "Kubernetes networking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubernetes 网络连接" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -314,11 +326,12 @@ msgid "" " a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes network documentation" " described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with kubeadm`_ for" " setup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这些测试中，我们使用 `flannel`_ 作为网络提供程序。如果青睐不同的网络层，请参阅 Kubernetes `Creating a single control-plane cluster with kubeadm`_ 进行设置。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:224 msgid "Kubectl" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubectl" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -326,26 +339,27 @@ msgid "" "Refer to the `Overview of kubectl`_ for details on syntax and operations." " Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML " "script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以使用 kubectl 对您的 Kubernetes 集群运行命令。有关语法和操作的详细信息，请参阅 `Overview of kubectl`_。建立一个 Kubernetes 工作集群后，请使用下面的 YAML 脚本启动一个含有简单 shell 脚本的 Pod，并保持该 Pod 处于打开状态。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:231 msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 example.yaml 脚本复制到您的系统中：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:248 msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 kubectl 执行该脚本：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:254 msgid "" "This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a " "deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the " "container." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该脚本打开一个 Pod。更稳健的解决方案是创建部署，或者将 python 脚本或更大的 shell 脚本注入容器。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:258 msgid "Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图像" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -353,101 +367,103 @@ msgid "" "Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct " "location. Note that this guide uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot guarantee" " results if you use a different version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须将 `launcher.py`_ 添加到 Docker 映像中，以包含深度学习参考堆栈，并将基准测试存储库放在正确的位置。请注意，本教程使用 Kubeflow v0.4.0。如果使用不同的版本，则不能保证结果。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:264 msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 Docker 映像中，运行以下命令：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:273 msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的入口点变成 :file:`/opt/launcher.py`。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:275 msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这会构建一个可供 TFJob 从 Kubeflow 直接使用的映像。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:278 msgid "ksonnet\\*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ksonnet\\*" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:280 msgid "" "Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it " "before setting up Kubeflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubeflow 使用 ksonnet\\* 来管理部署，因此您必须在设置 Kubeflow 之前安装它。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:283 msgid "" "ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| " "version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), " "you must manually install ksonnet as described below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ksonnet 已添加到 |CL| 版本 27550 中的 :command:`cloud-native-basic` 捆绑包中。如果使用的是较旧的 |CL| 版本（不推荐），您必须如下所述手动安装 ksonnet。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:287 msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 |CL| 上，请按照下列步骤操作：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:298 msgid "" "After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is " "accessible across the environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ksonnet 安装完成后，确保可在整个环境中访问 `ks` 二进制文件。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:302 msgid "Kubeflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubeflow" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:304 msgid "" "Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by " "following these instructions from the `Getting Started with Kubeflow`_ " "guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kubernetes 在节点上运行后，请按照 `Getting Started with Kubeflow`_ 中的说明设置 `Kubeflow`_。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:322 msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接下来，为我们的目的部署主要软件包：tf-job-operator。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:332 msgid "" "This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a " "TFJob." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这将创建 CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) 端点来启动 TFJob。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:335 msgid "Run a TFJob" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行 TFJob" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:337 msgid "Get the ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs from `dlrs-tfjob`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 `dlrs-tfjob`_ 获取用于部署 TFJobs 的 ksonnet 注册表。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:339 msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照以下步骤安装 TFJob 组件：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:347 msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导出用于部署的映像名称：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:355 msgid "Replace with the image name you specified in previous steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 替换为前述步骤中指定的映像名称。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:357 msgid "" "Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using " "these commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为工作负载生成 Kubernetes 清单，并使用以下命令应用这些清单：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:367 msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这会在 Kubernetes 集群中复制和部署三个测试设置。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:370 msgid "Results of running this guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行本教程的结果" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -456,11 +472,11 @@ msgid "" "‘Completed’ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect " "the benchmark results. More information about Kubernetes logging is " "available in the Kubernetes `Logging Architecture`_ documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须解析 Kubernetes Pod 的日志来检索性能数据。完成后，Pod 仍会存在，并将处于“已完成”状态。您可以从任何一个 Pod 中获取日志来检查基准测试结果。有关 Kubernetes 日志记录的更多信息，请参见 Kubernetes `Logging Architecture`_ 文档。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:379 msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Jupyter Notebook" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -468,19 +484,20 @@ msgid "" "is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the " "shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port " "8888." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本示例使用 `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ 容器映像。下载后，使用 :command:`-p` 运行 Docker 映像，以指定容器和主机之间的共享端口。本示例使用端口 8888。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:389 msgid "" "After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command " "is executed inside the container image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动容器后，启动 Jupyter Notebook。该命令在容器映像内执行。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:396 msgid "" "After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the " "following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加载笔记本后，您将看到类似以下内容的输出：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:404 msgid "" @@ -488,39 +505,40 @@ msgid "" "address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running " "the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP " "address of the host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从您的主机系统或任何可以访问主机 IP 地址的系统，使用以下命令启动 Web 浏览器。如果没有在主机系统上运行浏览器，请将 :command:`127.0.0.1` 更换为主机的 IP 地址。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:412 msgid "Your browser displays the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的浏览器会显示以下内容：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:418 msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 1： :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:421 msgid "" "To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select " ":guilabel:`Python 3`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建新笔记本，请点击 :guilabel:`New`，然后选择 :guilabel:`Python 3`。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:427 msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图 2：创建一个新笔记本" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:429 msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此时将显示一个新的空白笔记本，其中有一个单元格可供输入内容。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:436 msgid "" "To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the " "blank cell, and run the cell." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要验证 PyTorch 是否正在工作，请将以下片段复制到空白单元格中，并运行该单元格。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:450 msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行单元格时，您的输出将如下所示：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:456 msgid "" @@ -528,89 +546,111 @@ msgid "" "notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's " "optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for " "details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以继续在此笔记本中工作，也可以下载现有笔记本来利用深度学习参考堆栈的优化深度学习框架。详情请参阅 `Jupyter Notebook`_。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:461 msgid "Uninstallation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "卸载" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:463 msgid "" "To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop " "the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop " "the container and delete it to free storage space." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要卸载深度学习参考堆栈，您可以选择停止容器以使其不使用系统资源，或者可以停止容器并将其删除以释放存储空间。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:467 msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要停止容器，请从主机系统执行以下操作：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:469 msgid "Find the container's ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到容器的 ID" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:475 msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这将产生类似于以下内容的输出：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:482 msgid "" "You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This " "example uses the name \"oss\":" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，您可以使用 ID 或容器名称来停止容器。本示例使用名称 \"oss\"：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:490 msgid "Verify that the container is not running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证容器未在运行" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:497 msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要从系统中删除容器，您需要知道映像 ID：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:503 msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "该命令会产生类似于以下内容的输出：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:511 msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要移除映像，请使用映像 ID：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:527 msgid "" "Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only " "the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the" " system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，您可以只使用映像 ID 的前几个字符来执行 :command:`docker rmi` 命令，前提是它们在系统上是唯一的。" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:529 msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "移除映像后，您可以通过以下方式验证它是否已被移除：" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:537 msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "相关主题" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:539 msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`DLRS V3.0`_ 发布公告" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:540 msgid "`TensorFlow Benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`TensorFlow Benchmarks`_" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:541 msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:542 msgid "`Kubeflow`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Kubeflow`_" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:543 msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`kubernetes` 教程" #: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:544 msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Jupyter Notebook`_" + +#~ msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_." +#~ msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈 `V3.0 release announcement`_。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You must parse the logs of the " +#~ "Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance " +#~ "data. The pods will still exist " +#~ "post-completion and will be in " +#~ "‘Completed’ state. You can get the " +#~ "logs from any of the pods to " +#~ "inspect the benchmark results. More " +#~ "information about `Kubernetes logging`_ is " +#~ "available from the Kubernetes community." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您必须解析 Kubernetes Pod 的日志来检索性能数据。完成后，Pod " +#~ "仍会存在，并将处于“已完成”状态。您可以从任何一个 Pod 中获取日志来检查基准测试结果。有关 " +#~ "`Kubernetes logging`_ 的更多信息可从 Kubernetes 社区获取。" + +#~ msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_" +#~ msgstr "深度学习参考堆栈 `V3.0 release announcement`_" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po index cfe33192..180004cb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po @@ -4,49 +4,49 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:4 msgid "Enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINO™ toolkit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 AWS Greengrass\\* 和 OpenVINO™ 工具包" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide explains how to enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINO™ " "toolkit. Specifically, the guide demonstrates how to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本指南说明了如何启用 AWS Greengrass\\* 和 OpenVINO™ 工具包。具体而言，该指南演示了如何：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:9 msgid "Set up the Intel® edge device with |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 |CL-ATTR| 设置英特尔®边缘设备" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:10 msgid "" "Install the OpenVINO™ toolkit and Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) " "Greengrass\\* software stacks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 OpenVINO™ 工具包和 Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) Greengrass\\* 软件堆栈" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:12 msgid "" "Use AWS Greengrass\\* and AWS Lambda\\* to deploy the FaaS samples from " "the cloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 AWS Greengrass\\* 和 AWS Lambda\\* 从云中部署 FaaS 示例" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:20 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -59,48 +59,50 @@ msgid "" "accelerated FaaS provides the best-in-class performance by accessing " "optimized deep learning libraries on Intel® IoT edge devices with " "accelerators." -msgstr "" +msgstr "硬件加速的功能即服务 (FaaS) 有助于云开发人员在搭载加速器的英特尔® IoT 边缘设备（CPU、集成 GPU、英特尔® FPGA 和英特尔® Movidius™ 技术）上部署推理功能 [1]。这些功能使用容器化环境，为开发人员提供了出色的体验，有助于开发人员将可视化分析从云安全地迁移到边缘。硬件加速的 FaaS 支持在搭载加速器的英特尔® IoT 边缘设备上访问经过优化的深度学习库，实现业界最佳性能。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:32 msgid "Supported platforms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持的平台" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:34 msgid "Operating System: |CL| latest release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "操作系统：|CL| 最新版本" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:35 msgid "Hardware: Intel® core platforms (that support inference on CPU only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "硬件：英特尔®酷睿™平台（本教程仅支持 CPU 推理。）" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:38 msgid "Sample description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例说明" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:40 msgid "" "The AWS Greengrass samples are located at `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_. This " "guide uses the 1.0 version of the source code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AWS Greengrass 示例位于 `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_ 中。本教程使用 1.0 版本的源代码。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:43 msgid "|CL| provides the following AWS Greengrass samples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL| 提供以下 AWS Greengrass 示例：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:45 msgid "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:47 msgid "" "This AWS Greengrass sample classifies a video stream using classification" " networks such as AlexNet and GoogLeNet and publishes top-10 results on " "AWS\\* IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此 AWS Greengrass 示例使用 AlexNet 和 GoogLeNet 等分类网络对视频流进行分类，并每秒在 AWS\\* IoT 云上发布前十名结果。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:51 msgid "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -109,84 +111,87 @@ msgid "" " as SSD Squeezenet, SSD Mobilenet, and SSD300. This sample publishes " "detection outputs such as class label, class confidence, and bounding box" " coordinates on AWS IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此 AWS Greengrass 示例会检测视频流中的对象，并使用单步多框检测 (SSD) 网络（例如 SSD Squeezenet、SSD Mobilenet 和 SSD300）对它们进行分类。此示例每秒在 AWS IoT 云上发布检测输出，如类标签、类置信度和边界框坐标。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:61 msgid "Install the OS on the edge device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在边缘设备上安装操作系统" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:63 msgid "" "Start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system, using the :ref" ":`bare-metal-install-desktop`, found in :ref:`get-started`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :ref:`get-started` 中的 :ref:`bare-metal-install-desktop`，在新系统上安装干净的 |CL|。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:67 msgid "Create user accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建用户帐户" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:69 msgid "" "After |CL| is installed, create two user accounts. Create an " "administrative user in |CL| and create a user account for the Greengrass " "services to use ( see Greengrass user below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 |CL| 后，创建两个用户帐户。在 |CL| 中创建一个管理用户，并为要使用的 Greengrass 服务创建一个用户帐户（请参阅下面的 Greengrass 用户）。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:73 msgid "" "Create a new user and set a password for that user. Enter the following " "commands as ``root``:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新用户并为该用户设置密码。以 ``root`` 用户身份输入以下命令：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:81 msgid "" "Next, enable the :command:`sudo` command for your new . Add " " to the `wheel` group:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接下来，为新的 启用 :command:`sudo` 命令。将 添加到 `wheel` 组：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:88 msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/fstab` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 :file:`/etc/fstab` 文件。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:96 msgid "" "By default, |CL| does not create an :file:`/etc/fstab` file. You must " "create this file before the Greengrass service runs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，|CL| 不会创建 :file:`/etc/fstab` 文件。您必须在 Greengrass 服务运行之前创建此文件。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:100 msgid "Add required bundles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加所需的捆绑包" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:102 msgid "" "Use the :command:`swupd` software updater utility to add the prerequisite" " bundles for the OpenVINO software stack:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :command:`swupd` 软件更新程序实用程序添加 OpenVINO 软件堆栈必备的软件包：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:111 msgid "Learn more about how to :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "详细了解如何 :ref:`swupd-guide`。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:113 msgid "" "The :command:`computer-vision-basic` bundle installs the OpenVINO™ " "toolkit, and the sample models optimized for Intel® edge platforms." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`computer-vision-basic` 捆绑包会安装 OpenVINO™ 工具包以及针对英特尔®边缘平台优化的示例模型。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:117 msgid "Convert deep learning models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "转换深度学习模型" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:120 msgid "Locate sample models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到示例模型" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:122 msgid "" "There are two types of provided models that can be used in conjunction " "with AWS Greengrass for this guide: classification or object detection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本教程中提供了两种可以与 AWS Greengrass 配合使用的模型：分类和对象检测。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -195,7 +200,8 @@ msgid "" "`deploy.prototxt`_ to the default model_location at " ":file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. Any custom pre-trained classification" " models can be used with the classification sample." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使用图像分类模型完成本教程，请将 BVLC AlexNet 模型文件 `bvlc_alexnet.caffemodel`_ 和 `deploy.prototxt`_ 下载到 :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models` 处的默认 model_location。预先训练的任何自定义分类模型都可与分类示例配合使用。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -204,11 +210,12 @@ msgid "" " at :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. These models are provided as an " "example; you may also use a custom SSD model with the Greengrass object " "detection sample." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于对象检测，安装 computer-vision-basic 捆绑包时会在 :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models` 处附带针对英特尔®边缘平台优化的示例模型。这些模型作为示例提供；但是，您也可以将自定义 SSD 模型与 Greengrass 对象检测示例结合使用。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:137 msgid "Run model optimizer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行模型优化器" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -216,27 +223,27 @@ msgid "" "converting deep learning models to Intermediate Representation using " "Model Optimizer. To optimize either of the sample models described above," " run one of the following commands." -msgstr "" +msgstr "遵循 `Model Optimizer Developer Guide`_ 中的说明，使用 Model Optimizer 将深度学习模型转换为 Intermediate Representation。要优化上述任一示例模型，请运行以下命令之一。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:143 msgid "For classification using BVLC AlexNet model:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于使用 BVLC AlexNet 模型的分类：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:152 msgid "For object detection using SqueezeNetSSD-5Class model:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于使用 SqueezeNetSSD-5Class 模型的对象检测：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:161 msgid "In these examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这些示例中：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:163 msgid "`` is :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`` 是 :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:165 msgid "`` is FP32 or FP16, depending on target device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`` 是 FP32 或 FP16，具体取决于目标设备。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -244,7 +251,8 @@ msgid "" "(IR) is stored. IR contains .xml format corresponding to the network " "structure and .bin format corresponding to weights. This .xml file should" " be passed to :command:``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`` 是存储中间表示 (IR) 的目录。IR 包含与网络结构对应的 .xml 格式以及与权重对应的 .bin 格式。此 .xml 文件应传递给 :command:``。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -253,24 +261,27 @@ msgid "" "entire input shape must be provided as an argument to the model " "optimizer. For example, to use batch size 1, you must provide: " "`--input_shape [1,3,227,227]`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 BVLC AlexNet 模型中，默认情况下，prototxt 会定义批处理大小为 10 的输入形状。要使用任何其他批处理大小，必须将整个输入形状作为参数提供给模型优化器。例如，要使用批处理大小 1，您必须提供 `--input_shape [1,3,227,227]`" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:180 msgid "Configure AWS Greengrass group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 AWS Greengrass 组" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:182 msgid "" "For each Intel® edge platform, you must create a new AWS Greengrass group" " and install AWS Greengrass core software to establish the connection " "between cloud and edge." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于每个英特尔®边缘平台，您必须创建一个新的 AWS Greengrass 组，并安装 AWS Greengrass 核心软件，以在云和边缘之间建立连接。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:186 msgid "" "To create an AWS Greengrass group, follow the instructions in `Configure " "AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建 AWS Greengrass 组，请按照 `Configure AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_ 中的说明执行操作。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -278,143 +289,148 @@ msgid "" " instructions in `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_. In step " "8(b), download the x86_64 Ubuntu\\* configuration of the AWS Greengrass " "core software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在边缘平台上安装和配置 AWS Greengrass 核心，请按照 `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_ 中的说明执行操作。在步骤 8(b) 中，下载 AWS Greengrass 核心软件的 x86_64 Ubuntu\\* 配置。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:196 msgid "" "You do not need to run the :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` script in step #6 of" " Module 1 of the `AWS Greengrass Developer Guide`_ because this is " "enabled already in |CL|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您不需要在 `AWS Greengrass developer guide`_ 模块 1 的步骤 6 中运行 :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` 脚本，因为它已经在 |CL| 中启用。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:200 msgid "" "Be sure to download both the security resources and the AWS Greengrass " "core software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请务必下载安全资源和 AWS Greengrass 核心软件。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:205 msgid "Security certificates are linked to your AWS account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安全证书会链接到您的 AWS 帐户。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:209 msgid "Create and package Lambda function" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建并打包 Lambda 函数" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:211 msgid "" "Complete steps 1-4 of the AWS Greengrass guide at `Create and Package a " "Lambda Function`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 `Create and Package a Lambda Function`_ 中完成 AWS Greengrass 教程的步骤 1-4。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:216 msgid "" "This creates the tarball needed to create the AWS Greengrass environment " "on the edge device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这会创建必要的 tarball，以便在边缘设备上创建 AWS Greengrass 环境。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:220 msgid "" "In step 5, replace :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` with the " "classification or object detection Greengrass sample from `Edge-" "Analytics-Faas`_:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在步骤 5 中，将 :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` 替换为 `Edge-Analytics-Faas`_ 中的分类或对象检测 Greengrass 示例：" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:223 msgid "Classification: `greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分类：`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:225 msgid "Object Detection: `greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对象检测：`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:227 msgid "" "Zip the selected Greengrass sample with the extracted Greengrass SDK " "folders from the previous step into " ":file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将所选的 Greengrass 示例以及从上一步提取的 Greengrass SDK 文件夹压缩到 :file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:230 msgid "The zip should contain:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "压缩包应包含：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:232 msgid "greengrasssdk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "greengrasssdk" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:234 msgid "greengrass classification or object detection sample" -msgstr "" +msgstr "greengrass 分类或对象检测示例" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:236 msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:243 msgid "" "Return to the AWS documentation section called `Create and Package a " "Lambda Function`_ and complete the procedure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "返回名为 `Create and Package a Lambda Function`_ 的 AWS 文档部分，并完成步骤。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:248 msgid "" "In step 9(a) of the AWS documentation, while uploading the zip file, make" " sure to name the handler to one of the following, depending on the AWS " "Greengrass sample you are using:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 AWS 文档的步骤 9(a) 中，上传 Zip 文件，并确保根据使用的 AWS Greengrass 示例将处理程序命名为以下名称之一：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:252 msgid "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler" -msgstr "" +msgstr "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:253 msgid "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler" -msgstr "" +msgstr "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:257 msgid "Configure Lambda function" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 Lambda 函数" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:259 msgid "" "After creating the Greengrass group and the Lambda function, start " "configuring the Lambda function for AWS Greengrass." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 Greengrass 组和 Lambda 函数后，开始为 AWS Greengrass 配置 Lambda 函数。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:262 msgid "" "Follow steps 1-8 in `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT " "Greengrass`_ in the AWS documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照 AWS 文档中 `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_ 中的步骤 1-8 执行操作。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:265 msgid "" "In addition to the details mentioned in step 8, change the Memory limit " "to 2048 MB to accommodate large input video streams." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了步骤 8 中提到的细节之外，将内存限制更改为 2048 MB，以容纳较大的输入视频流。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:268 msgid "" "Add the following environment variables as key-value pairs when editing " "the Lambda configuration and click on update:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑 Lambda 配置时，添加以下环境变量作为键值对，然后点击更新：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:271 msgid "**Table 1. Environment variables: Lambda configuration**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**表 1.环境变量：Lambda 配置**" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:275 msgid "Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "键" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:276 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "值" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:277 msgid "PARAM_MODEL_XML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PARAM_MODEL_XML" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -422,148 +438,151 @@ msgid "" "IR.xml, the Intermediate Representation file from Intel® Model Optimizer." " For this guide, should be set to " "'/usr/share/openvino/models' or one of its subdirectories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "/，其中 是用户指定的，包含来自英特尔®模型优化器的中间表示文件 IR.xml。在本教程中， 应设置为 '/usr/share/openvino/models' 或其某个子目录。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:282 msgid "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:283 msgid "/input.webm to be specified by user. Holds both input and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "由用户指定的 /input.webm。保存输入和" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:284 msgid "output data. For webcam, set PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE to ‘/dev/video0’" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输出数据。对于网络摄像头，请将 PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE 设置为 ‘/dev/video0’" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:285 msgid "PARAM_DEVICE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PARAM_DEVICE" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:286 msgid "\"CPU\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"CPU\"" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:287 msgid "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:288 msgid "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:289 msgid "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:290 msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data" -msgstr "" +msgstr " 由用户指定。保存输入和输出数据" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:292 msgid "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:293 msgid "" "User specified for classification sample. (e.g. 1 for top-1 result, 5 for" " top-5 results)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为分类示例指定的用户。（例如，1 为 前 1 名结果，5 为前 5 名结果）" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:296 msgid "" "Add subscription to subscribe, or publish messages from AWS Greengrass " "Lambda function by completing the procedure in `Configure the Lambda " "Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成 `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_ 中的步骤，添加订阅以进行订阅或发布来自 AWS Greengrass Lambda 函数的消息。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:301 msgid "" "The optional topic filter field is the topic mentioned inside the Lambda " "function. In this guide, sample topics include the following: " ":command:`openvino/ssd` or :command:`openvino/classification`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选主题过滤器字段是 Lambda 函数中提到的主题。在本教程中，示例主题包括以下 :command:`openvino/ssd` 或 :command:`openvino/classification`" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:305 msgid "Add local resources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加本地资源" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:307 msgid "" "Refer to the AWS documentation `Access Local Resources with Lambda " "Functions and Connectors`_ for details about local resources and access " "privileges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关 `Access Local Resources with Lambda Functions and Connectors`_ 的详细信息，请参阅 AWS 文档。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:310 msgid "The following table describes the local resources needed for the CPU:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下表列出了 CPU 所需的本地资源：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:312 msgid "**Local resources**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**本地资源**" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:316 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "名称" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:317 msgid "Resource type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资源类型" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:318 msgid "Local path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地路径" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:319 msgid "Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:321 msgid "ModelDir" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ModelDir" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:322 #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:332 msgid "Volume" -msgstr "" +msgstr "卷" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:323 msgid " to be specified by user" -msgstr "" +msgstr " 由用户指定" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:324 #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:329 msgid "Read-Only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "只读" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:326 msgid "Webcam" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网络摄像头" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:327 msgid "Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设备" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:328 msgid "/dev/video0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/dev/video0" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:331 msgid "DataDir" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DataDir" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:333 msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data." -msgstr "" +msgstr " 由用户指定。保存输入和输出数据。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:335 msgid "Read and Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "读取和写入" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:338 msgid "Deploy Lambda function" -msgstr "" +msgstr "部署 Lambda 函数" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -571,11 +590,12 @@ msgid "" " Greengrass Core Device`_ for instructions on how to deploy the lambda " "function to AWS Greengrass core device. Select *Deployments* on the group" " page and follow the instructions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关如何 `Deploy Cloud Configurations to an AWS IoT Greengrass Core Device`_ 的说明，请参阅 AWS 文档。在组页面上选择 *Deployments*，并按照说明执行操作。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:344 msgid "Output consumption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输出的使用" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:346 msgid "" @@ -583,11 +603,12 @@ msgid "" "are used to report, stream, upload, or store inference output at an " "interval defined by the variable :command:`reporting_interval` in the AWS" " Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用输出时有四种可用选项。这些选项用于按 AWS Greengrass 示例中 :command:`reporting_interval` 变量定义的间隔，报告、流式传输、上传或存储推理输出。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:350 msgid "IoT cloud output:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT 云输出：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -600,17 +621,18 @@ msgid "" " For classification, top-1 result with class label are published to IoT " "cloud. For SSD object detection, detection results such as bounding box " "coordinates of objects, class label, and class confidence are published." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 AWS Greengrass 示例中，默认情况下使用 :command:`enable_iot_cloud_output` 变量启用此选项。您可以使用它来验证在边缘设备上运行的 lambda。它支持使用 lambda 中指定的订阅主题向 IoT 云发布消息。（例如，主题可能包括用于分类示例的 :command:`openvino/classification` 以及用于对象检测示例的 :command:`openvino/ssd`。） 对于分类，具有类标签的前 1 名结果会发布到 IoT 云。对于 SSD 对象检测，则发布对象的边界框坐标、类标签和类置信度等检测结果。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:362 msgid "" "Refer to the AWS documentation `Verify the Lambda Function Is Running on " "the Device`_ for instructions on how to view the output on IoT cloud." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关如何在 IoT 云上查看输出的说明，请参考 AWS 文档 `Verify the Lambda Function Is Running on the Device`_。" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:366 msgid "Kinesis streaming:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kinesis 流式传输：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:368 msgid "" @@ -619,11 +641,12 @@ msgid "" "is set to True. The edge devices act as data producers and continually " "push processed data to the cloud. You must set up and specify Kinesis " "stream name, Kinesis shard, and AWS region in the AWS Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":command:`enable_kinesis_output` 设置为 True 时，此选项支持使用 Kinesis [3] 流将推理输出从边缘设备流式传输到云。边缘设备充当数据生产者，并将处理后的数据不断推送到云中。您必须在 AWS Greengrass 示例中设置和指定 Kinesis 流名称、Kinesis shard 和 AWS 区域。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:375 msgid "Cloud storage using AWS S3 bucket:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 AWS S3 存储桶的云存储：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:377 msgid "" @@ -632,11 +655,12 @@ msgid "" " S3 bucket. You must set up and specify the S3 bucket name in the AWS " "Greengrass samples to store the JPEG images. The images are named using " "the timestamp and uploaded to S3." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` 变量设置为 True 时，它允许在 AWS S3 存储桶中上传和存储已处理的帧（jpeg 格式）。您必须在 AWS Greengrass 示例中设置和指定用来存储 JPEG 图像的 S3 存储桶名称。这些映像使用时间戳命名，并上传到 S3。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:383 msgid "Local storage:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地存储：" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:385 msgid "" @@ -644,21 +668,44 @@ msgid "" "enables storing processed frames (in jpeg format) on the edge device. The" " images are named using the timestamp and stored in a directory specified" " by :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` 变量设置为 True 时，它允许在边缘设备上存储已处理的帧（jpeg 格式）。这些映像使用时间戳命名，并存储在由 :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY` 指定的目录中。" + #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:391 msgid "References" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参考" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:393 msgid "AWS Greengrass: https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AWS Greengrass：https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:394 msgid "AWS Lambda: https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AWS Lambda：https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/" #: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:395 msgid "AWS Kinesis: https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AWS Kinesis：https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/" + +#~ msgid "This tutorial demonstrates how to:" +#~ msgstr "本教程演示了如何：" + +#~ msgid "Refer to the following topics:" +#~ msgstr "请参阅以下主题：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Follow these instructions for `converting " +#~ "deep learning models to Intermediate " +#~ "Representation using Model Optimizer`_. To " +#~ "optimize either of the sample models " +#~ "described above, run one of the " +#~ "following commands." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "按照 `converting deep learning models to" +#~ " Intermediate Representation using Model " +#~ "Optimizer`_ 中的说明执行操作。要优化上述任一示例模型，请运行以下命令之一。" + +#~ msgid "Follow the instructions here to `view the output on IoT cloud`_." +#~ msgstr "按照这里的说明`view the output on IoT cloud`_。" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po deleted file mode 100644 index d0bcc61b..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1740 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:4 -msgid "Telemetrics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:6 -msgid "This guide describes the |CL-ATTR| telemetry solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Telemetry in |CL| is **opt-in**. The telemetry client is **not** active " -"and sends **no** data until you explicitly enable it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The telemetry functionality adheres to `Intel privacy policies`_ " -"regarding the collection and use of :abbr:`PII (Personally Identifiable " -"Information)` and is open source." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:19 -msgid "" -"No intentionally identifiable information about the user or system owner " -"is collected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:27 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Telemetrics in |CL| is a client and server solution used to collect data " -"from running |CL| systems to help quickly identify and fix bugs in the " -"OS. Both client and server are customizable, and an API is available on " -"the client side for instrumenting your code for debug and analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Telemetry, one of the key features of |CL|, enables developers to observe" -" and proactively address issues in the OS before end users are impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:37 -msgid "Telemetrics is a combination word made from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:39 -msgid "Telemetry, which is sensing and reporting data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Analytics, which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to " -"make sense of the reported data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:43 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using " -"specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as swupd, kernel" -" oops, machine error checks, and the BIOS error report table for " -"unhandled hardware failures. Telemetry enables real-time issue reporting " -"to allow system developers to focus quickly on an issue and monitor " -"corrective actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:49 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software " -"development for debugging purposes. You can use the libtelemetry library " -"in your code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use the " -"telem-record-gen utility in script files for light-touch record creation " -"where instrumenting code files doesn't make sense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The |CL| telemetrics solution is an **opt-in** choice on the client side." -" By default, the telemetry client is disabled until you choose to enable " -"it. Enabling the client is covered in this guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:60 -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:62 -msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in Figure " -"1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Backend: receives records sent from the client and displays the " -"cumulative content through a specialized web interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:72 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`|CL| Telemetry Architecture`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:74 -msgid "" -"The telemetry client provides the front end of the telemetrics solution " -"and includes the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:77 -msgid "" -"telemprobd, which is a daemon that receives and prepares telemetry " -"records from probes and spools them to disk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:79 -msgid "" -"telempostd, which is a daemon that manages spooled telemetry records and " -"delivers these records according to configurable settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:81 -msgid "probes, which collect specific types of data from the operating system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:82 -msgid "" -"libtelemetry, which is the API that telemetrics probes use to create " -"records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of the " -"telemetrics solution and consists of:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:87 -msgid "Nginx web server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:88 -msgid "Two Flask apps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Collector, which is an ingestion web app for records received from client" -" probes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:92 -msgid "" -"TelemetryUI, which is a web app that exposes different views to visualize" -" the telemetry data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:94 -msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:98 -msgid "" -"The default telemetry backend server is hosted by the Intel |CL| " -"development team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. To " -"collect your own records, you must set up your own telemetry backend " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:103 -msgid "How to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:105 -msgid "" -"From a workflow perspective, the |CL| telemetrics system is " -"straightforward. On the client side, the main decisions after " -"installation and enabling telemetry involve what to do with the record " -"data generated by the probes. You can send the data to the default or a " -"custom backend server, keep the data local to the system, or both. The " -"backend server has a more complex setup, but once it's running, it is " -"simple to use and configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:112 -msgid "" -"This section describes some of the possible scenarios for configuring the" -" |CL| telemetrics system, and suggests which ones make sense according to" -" your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:117 -msgid "Scenarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:119 -msgid "Enable telemetry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Before probes can generate records, the telemetry client daemons must be " -"enabled. You can configure the client before enabling by creating a " -"custom :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you place in the " -":file:`/etc/telemetrics` directory. If you choose to use the default " -"settings, records will be sent to the telemetrics backend server managed " -"by the |CL| development team at Intel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:128 -msgid "Save record data locally:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can configure the telemetry client to save records locally. This is " -"convenient when you want instant feedback during a development cycle, or " -"to track system issues if you believe there is a machine specific " -"problem. The client can be set not to send records at all, or to both " -"keep the records locally and send to the backend server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:136 -msgid "Set up a server to collect data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Whether you are managing a network of |CL| systems or you don't want to " -"send records to the default telemetry server, you can set up a backend " -"server to collect your records. The backend server can be installed on " -"any Linux system and provides the same dashboard as the default server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:144 -msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:146 -msgid "" -"The :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C library, " -"which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You " -"can use these in your applications as well. The API documentation is " -"found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics client`_ " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:153 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:160 -msgid "Enable or disable telemetry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:162 -msgid "Enabling during installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:164 -msgid "" -"During the initial installation of |CL|, you are requested to join the " -"stability enhancement program and allow |CL| to collect anonymous reports" -" to improve system stability. If you choose not to join this program, " -"then the telemetry software bundle is not added to your system. Choosing " -"to join will automatically enable telemetry on your system after " -"installation is complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:171 -msgid "Enabling after install:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:173 -msgid "To start telemetry on your system, run the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:179 -msgid "" -"This enables and starts the :command:`telemprobd` and " -":command:`telempostd` daemons. Your system will begin to send telemetry " -"data to the server defined in the file " -":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`. If this file does not exist, " -"the :command:`telemprobd` and :command:`telempostd` daemons will use the " -"file :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:185 -msgid "Disabling after install:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:187 -msgid "To disable both of the telemetry daemons, run the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:193 -msgid "Opt in to telemetry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:195 -msgid "" -"To opt-in to the telemetry services, simply enter the opt-in command, " -"which also starts the service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:202 -msgid "" -"This removes the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` file, if it exists, and" -" starts the telemetry services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:207 -msgid "" -"To opt-in but not immediately start telemetry services, you must run the " -"command :command:`sudo telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-in` command" -" is entered. Once you are ready to start the service, enter the command " -":command:`sudo telemctl start`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:212 -msgid "Opt out of telemetry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:214 -msgid "" -"To stop sending telemetrics data from your system, opt out of the " -"telemetry service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:221 -msgid "" -"This creates the file :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` and stops the " -"telemetry services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:226 -msgid "Saving data locally" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:228 -msgid "" -"This example requires |CL| to be installed and telemetry to be enabled on" -" the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:231 -msgid "" -"To change how records are managed, copy the default " -":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file to " -":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and edit it. The changes in the" -" :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will override the " -"defaults in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` " -"file. You may need root permissions to create and edit files in " -":file:`/etc`. For each example, and for any time you make changes to the " -"configuration file, you must restart the client daemons to pick up the " -"changes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:245 -msgid "" -"The :command:`telemctl journal` command gives you access to features and " -"options of the telemetry journal to assist with system analytics and " -"debug. :command:`telemctl journal` has a number of options to help filter" -" records. Use :command:`-h` or :command:`--help` to view usage options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:251 -msgid "Keep a local copy and send records to backend server:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:253 -msgid "" -"To keep a local copy of the telemetry record and also send it on to the " -"backend server, we will need to change the " -":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value to " -":guilabel:`true`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:258 -msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:260 -msgid "" -"To keep records on the system without sending them to a backend server, " -"set the :guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value to " -":guilabel:`false`. Note that you will also need to ensure the " -":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value is set to " -":guilabel:`true` or the system will not keep local copies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:266 -msgid "Keep and send records to custom server:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:268 -msgid "" -"This assumes you have set up a custom server according to the next " -"example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"The server is identified by the :guilabel:`server` setting, and by " -"default records are sent to the |CL| server " -":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. To " -"change this, you can use an IP address or fully qualified domain name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:277 -msgid "Set up a back-end server to collect telemetry records" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:279 -msgid "" -"For this example, start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system" -" using the :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` getting started guide and:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:282 -msgid "" -"Join the :guilabel:`Stability Enhancement Program` to install and enable " -"the telemetrics components." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:285 -msgid "Select the manual installation method with the following settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:287 -msgid "Set the hostname to :guilabel:`clr-telem-server`," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:288 -msgid "" -"Create an administrative user named :guilabel:`clear` and add this user " -"to sudoers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:291 -msgid "" -"Log in with your administrative user, from your :file:`$HOME` directory, " -"run :command:`git` to clone the :guilabel:`telemetrics-backend` " -"repository into the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend` directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:301 -msgid "" -"You may need to set up the :envvar:`https_proxy` environment variable if " -"you have issues reaching github.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:304 -msgid "" -"Change your current working directory to :file:`telemetrics-" -"backend/scripts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Before you install the telemetrics backend with the :file:`deploy.sh` " -"script file in the next step, here is an explanation of the options to be" -" specified:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:308 -msgid ":command:`-a install` to perform an install" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:309 -msgid ":command:`-d clr` to install to a |CL| distro" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:310 -msgid ":command:`-H localhost` to set the domain to localhost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:313 -msgid "" -"The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has minimal error checking and makes " -"several changes to your system. Be sure that the options you define on " -"the cmdline are correct before proceeding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:317 -msgid "" -"Run the shell script from the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend/scripts` " -"directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:326 -msgid "" -"The script starts and lists all the defined options and prompts you for " -"the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:340 -msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`DB password:`, press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept " -"the default password `postgres`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:345 -msgid "" -"The :file:`deploy.sh` script uses :command:`sudo` to run commands and you" -" may be prompted to enter your user password at any time while the script" -" is executing. If this occurs, enter your user password to execute the " -":command:`sudo` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:351 -msgid "" -"After all the server components have been installed, you are prompted to " -"enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password to change it as " -"illustrated below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Enter `postgres` for the current value of the password and then enter a " -"new password, retype it to verify the new password and the " -":guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password will be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:366 -msgid "" -"After the installation is complete, you can use your web browser to view " -"the new server by opening the browser on the system and typing in " -"localhost in the address bar. You should see a web page similar to the " -"one shown in Figure 2 below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:374 -msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:377 -msgid "Create records with telem-record-gen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:379 -msgid "" -"The telemetrics bundle provides a record generator tool called `telem-" -"record-gen`. This tool can be used to create records from shell scripts " -"or the command line when writing a probe in C is not desirable. Records " -"are sent to the backend server, and can also be echoed to stdout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:384 -msgid "There are three ways to supply the payload to the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:386 -msgid "On the command line, use the :command:`-p ` option:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Specify a file that contains the payload with the option :command:`-P " -"path/to/file`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:439 -msgid "" -"If the :command:`-p` or :command:`-P` options are absent, the tool reads " -"from stdin so you can use it in a :file:`heredoc` in scripts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:469 -msgid "Set a static machine id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The machine id reported by the telemetry client is rotated every three " -"days for privacy reasons. If you wish to have a static machine id for " -"testing purposes, you can opt in by creating a file named `opt-in-static-" -"machine-id` in the directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:476 -msgid "Create a directory `telemetrics`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:483 -msgid "" -"Create the file and replace the \"unique machine ID\" with your desired " -"static machine ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:492 -msgid "The machine ID is different than the system hostname." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:495 -msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:498 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:500 -msgid "" -"Confirm that the telemetrics header file is located on the system at " -":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest version`_ of the file can " -"also be found on github for reference, but installing the " -":command:`telemetry` bundle will install the header file that matches " -"your |CL| version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:505 -msgid "Includes and variables:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:507 -msgid "You must include the following headers in your code to use the API:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:518 -msgid "" -"Use the following code to create the variables needed to hold the data " -"for the record to be created:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:537 -msgid "Severity:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:533 -msgid "" -"Type: uint32_t Value: Severity field value. Accepted values are in the " -"range 1-4, with 1 being the lowest severity, and 4 being the highest " -"severity. Values provided outside of this range are clamped to 1 or 4. " -"[low, med, high, crit]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:543 -msgid "Payload_version:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:540 -msgid "" -"Type: uint32_t Value: Payload format version. The only supported value " -"right now is 1, which indicates that the payload is a freely-formatted " -"(unstructured) string. Values greater than 1 are reserved for future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:552 -msgid "Classification:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:546 -msgid "" -"Type: char array Value: It should have the form, DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: " -"DOMAIN is the reverse domain to use as a namespace for the probe (e.g. " -"org.clearlinux); PROBENAME is the name of the probe; and REST is an " -"arbitrary value that the probe should use to classify the record. The " -"maximum length for the classification string is 122 bytes. Each sub-" -"category may be no longer than 40 bytes long. Two / delimiters are " -"required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:557 -msgid "Tm_handle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:555 -msgid "" -"Type: Telem_ref struct pointer Value: Struct pointer declared by the " -"caller, The struct is initialized if the function returns success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:561 -msgid "Payload:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:560 -msgid "Type: char pointer Value: The payload to set" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:563 -msgid "" -"For this example, we'll set the payload to “hello” by using " -":command:`asprintf()`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The functions :command:`asprintf()` and :command:`vasprintf()` are " -"analogs of :command:`sprintf(3)` and :command:`vsprintf(3)`, except that " -"they allocate a string large enough to hold the output including the " -"terminating null byte ('\\0'), and return a pointer to it via the first " -"argument. This pointer should be passed to :command:`free(3)` to release " -"the allocated storage when it is no longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:579 -msgid "Create the new telemetry record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:581 -msgid "" -"The function :command:`tm_create_record()` initializes a telemetry " -"record and sets the severity and classification of that record, as well " -"as the payload version number. The memory needed to store the telemetry " -"record is allocated and should be freed with :command:`tm_free_record()` " -"when no longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:594 -msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:596 -msgid "" -"The function :command:`tm_set_payload()` attaches the provided telemetry " -"record data to the telemetry record. The current maximum payload size is " -"8192b." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:608 -msgid "" -"The :command:`free()` function frees the memory space pointed to by " -"`ptr`, which must have been returned by a previous call to " -":command:`malloc()`, :command:`calloc()`, or :command:`realloc()`. " -"Otherwise, or if :command:`free(ptr)` has already been called before, " -"undefined behavior occurs. If `ptr` is NULL, no operation is performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:614 -msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:616 -msgid "" -"The function :command:`tm_send_record()` delivers the record to the local" -" :command:`telemprobd(1)` service. Since the telemetry record was " -"allocated by the program it should be freed with " -":command:`tm_free_record()` when it is no longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:638 -msgid "A full sample application with compiling flags:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:640 -msgid "Create a new file :file:`test.c` and add the following code:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:695 -msgid "Compile with the gcc compiler, using this command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:702 -msgid "Test to ensure the program is working:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:711 -msgid "" -"A full example of the `heartbeat probe`_ in C is documented in the source" -" code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:715 -msgid "Reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:722 -msgid "The telemetry API" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:724 -msgid "" -"Installing the :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C " -"library, which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd " -"daemons. You can use these in your applications as well. The API " -"documentation is found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics " -"client`_ repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:730 -msgid "Client configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:732 -msgid "" -"The telemetry client will look for the configuration file located at " -":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and use it if it exists. If the" -" file does not exist, the client will use the default configuration " -"located at :file:`/usr/share/defaults telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`. To " -"modify or customize the configuration, copy the file from " -":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics` to :file:`/etc/telemetrics` and " -"edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:740 -msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:742 -msgid "The client uses the following configuration options from the config file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:744 -msgid "server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:745 -msgid "" -"This specifies the web server to which telempostd sends the telemetry " -"records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 -msgid "socket_path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 -msgid "" -"This specifies the path of the unix domain socket on which the telemprobd" -" listens for connections from the probes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:753 -msgid "spool_dir" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:750 -msgid "" -"This configuration option is related to spooling. If the daemon is not " -"able to send the telemetry records to the backend server due to reasons " -"such as the network availability, then it stores the records in a spool " -"directory. This option specifies the path of the spool directory. This " -"directory should be owned by the same user as the daemon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 -msgid "record_expiry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 -msgid "" -"This is the time, in minutes, after which the records in the spool " -"directory are deleted by the daemon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:764 -msgid "spool_process_time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:759 -msgid "" -"This specifies the time interval, in seconds, that the daemon waits for " -"before checking the spool directory for records. The daemon picks up the " -"records in the order of modification date and tries to send the record to" -" the server. It sends a maximum of 10 records at a time. If it was able " -"to send a record successfully, it deletes the record from the spool. If " -"the daemon finds a record older than the \"record_expiry\" time, then it " -"deletes that record. The daemon looks at a maximum of 20 records in a " -"single spool run loop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:768 -msgid "rate_limit_enabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:767 -msgid "" -"This determines whether rate-limiting is enabled or disabled. When " -"enabled, there is a threshold on both records sent within a window of " -"time, and record bytes sent within a window a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:772 -msgid "record_burst_limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:771 -msgid "" -"This is the maximum amount of records allowed to be passed by the daemon " -"within the record_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " -"for record bursts is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:777 -msgid "record_window_length" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:775 -msgid "" -"The time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length for the " -"record_burst_limit. For example, if record_burst_window=1000 and " -"record_window_length=15, then no more than 1000 records can be passed " -"within any given fifteen-minute window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:781 -msgid "byte_burst_limit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:780 -msgid "" -"This is the maximum amount of bytes that can be passed by the daemon " -"within the byte_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " -"for byte bursts is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 -msgid "byte_window_length" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 -msgid "" -"This is the time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length " -"for the byte_burst_limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:788 -msgid "rate_limit_strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:787 -msgid "" -"This is the strategy chosen once the rate-limiting threshold has been " -"reached. Currently the options are 'drop' or 'spool', with spool being " -"the default. If spool is chosen, records will be spooled and sent at a " -"later time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:793 -msgid "record_retention_enabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:791 -msgid "" -"When this key is enabled (true) the daemon saves a copy of the payload on" -" disk from all valid records. To avoid the excessive use of disk space " -"only the latest 100 records are kept. The default value for this " -"configuration key is false." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:807 -msgid "record_server_delivery_enabled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:796 -msgid "" -"This key controls the delivery of records to server; when enabled " -"(default value), the record will be posted to the address in the " -"configuration file. If this configuration key is disabled (false), " -"records will not be spooled or posted to backend. This configuration key " -"can be used in combination with record_retention_enabled to keep copies " -"of telemetry records locally only." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:804 -msgid "" -"Configuration options may change as the telemetry client evolves. Please " -"use the comments in the file itself as the most accurate reference for " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:810 -msgid "Client run-time options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:812 -msgid "" -"The |CL| telemetry client provides an admin tool called " -":guilabel:`telemctl` for managing the telemetry services and probes. The " -"tool is located in :file:`/usr/bin`. Running it with no argument results " -"in the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:833 -msgid "start/stop/restart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:835 -msgid "" -"The commands to start, stop and restart the telemetry services manage all" -" required services and probes on the system. There is no need to " -"separately start/stop/restart the two client daemons telemprobd and " -"telempostd. The :command:`restart` command option will call " -":command:`telemctl stop` followed by :command:`telemctl start` ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:842 -msgid "is-active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:844 -msgid "" -"The :command:`is-active` option reports whether the two client daemons " -"are active. This is useful to verify that the :command:`opt-in` and " -":command:`opt-out` options have taken effect, or to ensure that telemetry" -" is functioning on the system. Note that both daemons are verified." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Telemetrics in |CL-ATTR| is a " -#~ "client and server solution used to " -#~ "collect data from running |CL| systems" -#~ " to help quickly identify and fix " -#~ "bugs in the OS. Both client and" -#~ " server are customizable, and an API" -#~ " is available on the client side " -#~ "for instrumenting your code for debug" -#~ " and analysis." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The telemetry functionality adheres to " -#~ "`Intel privacy policies`_ regarding the " -#~ "collection and use of :abbr:`PII " -#~ "(Personally Identifiable Information)` and is" -#~ " open source. Specifically, no " -#~ "intentionally identifiable information about " -#~ "the user or system owner is " -#~ "collected." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Description" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| telemetry reports system-level " -#~ "debug/crash information using specialized " -#~ "probes. The probes monitor system tasks" -#~ " such as swupd, kernel oops, machine" -#~ " error checks, and the BIOS error " -#~ "report table for unhandled hardware " -#~ "failures. Telemetry enables real-time " -#~ "issue reporting to allow system " -#~ "developers to quickly focus on an " -#~ "issue and monitor corrective actions." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and" -#~ " can be used during software " -#~ "development for debugging purposes. You " -#~ "can use the libtelemetry library in " -#~ "your code to create custom telemetry " -#~ "records. You can also use the " -#~ "telem-record-gen utility in script " -#~ "files for light touch record creation" -#~ " where instrumenting code files doesn't " -#~ "make sense." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The |CL| telemetrics solution is an " -#~ "**opt-in** choice on the client " -#~ "side. By default, the telemetry client" -#~ " is disabled until you choose to " -#~ "enable it. Enabling the client is " -#~ "covered in this guide." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| telemetry has two fundamental " -#~ "components, which are shown in figure" -#~ " 1:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Client: generates and delivers records " -#~ "to the backend server via the " -#~ "network" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "telemprobd, a daemon that receives and" -#~ " prepares telemetry records from probes " -#~ "and spools them to disk." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "telempostd, a daemon that manages " -#~ "spooled telemetry records and delivers " -#~ "these records according to configurable " -#~ "settings." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "probes, that collect specific types of data from the operating system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "libtelemetry, the API that telemetrics probes use to create records." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Two Flask apps: * Collector, an " -#~ "ingestion web app for records received" -#~ " from client probes. * TelemetryUI, a" -#~ " web app that exposes different views" -#~ " to visualize the telemetry data." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "How To Use" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "From a workflow perspective, the |CL|" -#~ " telemetrics system is straightforward. On" -#~ " the client side, the main decisions" -#~ " after installation and enabling telemetry" -#~ " concern what to do with the " -#~ "record data generated by the probes." -#~ " You can send the data to the" -#~ " default or a custom backend server," -#~ " keep the data local to the " -#~ "system, or both. The backend server " -#~ "has a more complex setup, but once" -#~ " it's running, it is simple to " -#~ "use and configure." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section walks through some of " -#~ "the possible scenarios for configuring " -#~ "the |CL| telemetrics system, and " -#~ "suggests which make sense according to" -#~ " your needs." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Enable telemetry" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Before probes can generate records, the" -#~ " telemetry client daemons must be " -#~ "enabled. You can configure the client" -#~ " before enabling by creating a custom" -#~ " :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you " -#~ "place in the :file:`/etc/telemetrics` " -#~ "directory. If you choose to use " -#~ "the default settings, records will be" -#~ " sent to the telemetrics backend " -#~ "server managed by the |CL| development" -#~ " team at Intel." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Save record data locally" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can configure the telemetry client" -#~ " to save records locally. This is" -#~ " convenient when you want instant " -#~ "feedback during a development cycle, or" -#~ " to track system issues if you " -#~ "believe there is a machine specific " -#~ "problem. The client can be set to" -#~ " not send records at all, or to" -#~ " both keep the records locally and" -#~ " send to the backend server." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Set up a server to collect data" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Whether you are managing a network " -#~ "of |CL| systems or you don't want" -#~ " to send records to the default " -#~ "telemetry server, you can set up a" -#~ " backend server to collect your " -#~ "records. The backend server can be " -#~ "installed on any Linux system and " -#~ "will give you the same dashboard " -#~ "as the default server." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the " -#~ "libtelemetry C library, which exposes an" -#~ " API used by the telemprobd and " -#~ "telempostd daemons. You can use these" -#~ " in your applications as well. The" -#~ " API documentation is found in the" -#~ " :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics " -#~ "client`_ repository." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Enable or Disable Telemetry" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Enabling during installation" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "During the initial installation of |CL|," -#~ " you are requested to join the " -#~ "stability enhancement program and allow " -#~ "|CL| to collect anonymous reports to " -#~ "improve system stability. If you choose" -#~ " not to join this program, then " -#~ "the telemetry software bundle is not " -#~ "added to your system. Choosing to " -#~ "join will automatically enable telemetry " -#~ "on your system after installation is " -#~ "commplete." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Enabling after install" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Disabling after install" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Opt in to telemetry" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To opt-in to the telemetry " -#~ "services, simply enter the opt-in " -#~ "command and start the service:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To opt-in but not immediately " -#~ "start telemetry services, you will need" -#~ " to run the command :command:`sudo " -#~ "telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-" -#~ "in` command is entered. Once you " -#~ "are ready to start the service, " -#~ "enter the command :command:`sudo telemctl " -#~ "start`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Opt out of telemetry" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Saving Data Locally" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This example requires |CL| to be " -#~ "installed, and telemetry to be enabled" -#~ " on the system." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change how records are managed, " -#~ "we will be copying the default " -#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file" -#~ " to :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and " -#~ "editing it. The changes in the " -#~ ":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will " -#~ "override the defaults in the " -#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file." -#~ " You may need ``root`` permissions to" -#~ " create and edit files in " -#~ ":file:`/etc`. For each example, and for" -#~ " any time you make changes to " -#~ "the configuration file, you will need" -#~ " to restart the client daemons to " -#~ "pick up the changes:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Keep local copy and send records to backend server" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To keep records on the system " -#~ "without sending them to a backend " -#~ "server, set the " -#~ ":guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value " -#~ "to :guilabel:`false`. Note that you " -#~ "will also need to ensure the " -#~ ":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key " -#~ "value is set to :guilabel:`true` or " -#~ "the system will not keep local " -#~ "copies." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Keep and send records to custom server" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The server is identified by the " -#~ ":guilabel:`server` setting, and by default " -#~ "records will be sent to the |CL|" -#~ " server " -#~ ":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. " -#~ "To change this, you can use an " -#~ "IP address or fully qualified domain " -#~ "name." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Set up a backend server to collect telemetry records" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We will install the telemetrics backend" -#~ " with the :file:`deploy.sh` script file." -#~ " We will set the following options" -#~ " and leave the remainder as default:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "*-a install* to perform an install" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "*-d clr* to install to a |CL| distro" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "*-H localhost* to set the domain to localhost" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has " -#~ "minimal error checking and makes several" -#~ " changes to your system. Be sure " -#~ "that the options you define on the" -#~ " cmdline are correct before proceeding." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The script will start and list all" -#~ " the defined options and prompt you" -#~ " for the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database " -#~ "password" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once all the server components have " -#~ "been installed you are prompted to " -#~ "enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database " -#~ "password to change it as illustrated " -#~ "below:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the installation is complete you" -#~ " can use your web browser to " -#~ "view the new server by opening the" -#~ " browser on the system and typing " -#~ "in ``localhost`` in the address bar." -#~ " You should see a web page " -#~ "similar to the one shown in figure" -#~ " 1:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The telemetrics bundle provides a record" -#~ " generator tool called ``telem-record-" -#~ "gen``. This tool can be used to" -#~ " create records from shell scripts or" -#~ " the command line when writing a " -#~ "probe in C is not desirable. " -#~ "Records are sent to the backend " -#~ "server, and can also be echoed to" -#~ " stdout." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The machine id reported by the " -#~ "telemetry client is rotated every three" -#~ " days for privacy reasons. If you " -#~ "wish to have a static machine id" -#~ " for testing purposes, you can opt" -#~ " in by creating a file named " -#~ "\"opt-in-static-machine-id\" in the" -#~ " directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The `machine id` is different than the system hostname." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Confirm that the telemetrics header file" -#~ " is located on the system at " -#~ ":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest " -#~ "version`_ of the file can also be" -#~ " found on github for reference, but" -#~ " installing the `telemetry` bundle will " -#~ "install the header file that matches " -#~ "your |CL| version." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Includes and variables" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You will need to include the " -#~ "following headers in your code to " -#~ "use the API:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the following code to create " -#~ "the variables we need to hold the" -#~ " data for the record we will be" -#~ " creating:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Type: uint32_t" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Value: Severity field value. Accepted " -#~ "values are in the range 1-4, with" -#~ " 1 being the lowest severity, and " -#~ "4 being the highest severity. Values " -#~ "provided outside of this range are " -#~ "clamped to 1 or 4. [low, med, " -#~ "high, crit]" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Value: Payload format version. The only" -#~ " supported value right now is 1, " -#~ "which indicates that the payload is " -#~ "a freely-formatted (unstructured) string. " -#~ "Values greater than 1 are reserved " -#~ "for future use." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Type: char array" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Value: It should have the form, " -#~ "DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: DOMAIN is the reverse" -#~ " domain to use as a namespace " -#~ "for the probe (e.g. org.clearlinux); " -#~ "PROBENAME is the name of the " -#~ "probe; and REST is an arbitrary " -#~ "value that the probe should use to" -#~ " classify the record. The maximum " -#~ "length for the classification string is" -#~ " 122 bytes. Each sub-category may " -#~ "be no longer than 40 bytes long." -#~ " Two / delimiters are required." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Type: Telem_ref struct pointer" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Value: Struct pointer declared by the" -#~ " caller, The struct is initialized if" -#~ " the function returns success." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Type: char pointer" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Value: The payload to set" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this example, we'll set the " -#~ "payload to “hello” by using " -#~ "``asprintf()``" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The functions ``asprintf()`` and " -#~ "``vasprintf()`` are analogs of ``sprintf(3)``" -#~ " and ``vsprintf(3)``, except that they" -#~ " allocate a string large enough to" -#~ " hold the output including the " -#~ "terminating null byte ('\\0'), and " -#~ "return a pointer to it via the " -#~ "first argument. This pointer should be" -#~ " passed to ``free(3)`` to release the" -#~ " allocated storage when it is no " -#~ "longer needed." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Create the new telemetry record" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The function ``tm_create_record()`` initializes" -#~ " a telemetry record and sets the " -#~ "severity and classification of that " -#~ "record, as well as the payload " -#~ "version number. The memory needed to " -#~ "store the telemetry record is allocated" -#~ " and should be freed with " -#~ "``tm_free_record()`` when no longer needed." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The function ``tm_set_payload()`` attaches the" -#~ " provided telemetry record data to " -#~ "the telemetry record. The current " -#~ "maximum payload size is 8192b." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The ``free()`` function frees the memory" -#~ " space pointed to by ptr, which " -#~ "must have been returned by a " -#~ "previous call to ``malloc()``, ``calloc()``," -#~ " or ``realloc()``. Otherwise, or if " -#~ "``free(ptr)`` has already been called " -#~ "before, undefined behavior occurs. If " -#~ "ptr is NULL, no operation is " -#~ "performed." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The function ``tm_send_record()`` delivers the" -#~ " record to the local ``telemprobd(1)`` " -#~ "service. Since the telemetry record was" -#~ " allocated by the program it should" -#~ " be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when" -#~ " it is no longer needed." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Full sample application with compiling flags" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Create a new file test.c add the following code." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "The Telemetry API" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installing the ``telemetrics`` bundle includes" -#~ " the libtelemetry C library, which " -#~ "exposes an API used by the " -#~ "telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You " -#~ "can use these in your applications " -#~ "as well. The API documentation is " -#~ "found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in" -#~ " `Telemetrics client`_ repository." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Options" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**server**: This specifies the web " -#~ "server to which telempostd sends the " -#~ "telemetry records." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**socket_path**: This specifies the path " -#~ "of the unix domain socket that the" -#~ " telemprobd listens on for connections " -#~ "from the probes." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**spool_dir**: This configuration option is" -#~ " related to spooling. If the daemon" -#~ " is not able to send the " -#~ "telemetry records to the backend server" -#~ " due to reasons such as the " -#~ "network availability, then it stores the" -#~ " records in a spool directory. This" -#~ " option specifies that path of the" -#~ " spool directory. This directory should " -#~ "be owned by the same user as " -#~ "the daemon." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**record_expiry**: This is the time in" -#~ " minutes after which the records in" -#~ " the spool directory are deleted by" -#~ " the daemon." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**spool_process_time**: This specifies the " -#~ "time interval in seconds that the " -#~ "daemon waits for before checking the " -#~ "spool directory for records. The daemon" -#~ " picks up the records in the " -#~ "order of modification date and tries " -#~ "to send the record to the server." -#~ " It sends a maximum of 10 " -#~ "records at a time. If it was " -#~ "able to send a record successfully, " -#~ "it deletes the record from the " -#~ "spool. If the daemon finds a " -#~ "record older than the \"record_expiry\" " -#~ "time, then it deletes that record. " -#~ "The daemon looks at a maximum of" -#~ " 20 records in a single spool " -#~ "run loop." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**rate_limit_enabled**: This determines whether " -#~ "rate-limiting is enabled or disabled." -#~ " When enabled, there is a threshold" -#~ " on both records sent within a " -#~ "window of time, and record bytes " -#~ "sent within a window a time." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**record_burst_limit**: This is the maximum" -#~ " amount of records allowed to be " -#~ "passed by the daemon within the " -#~ "record_window_length of time. If set to" -#~ " -1, the rate-limiting for record " -#~ "bursts is disabled." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**record_window_length**: The time in minutes" -#~ " (0-59) that establishes the window " -#~ "length for the record_burst_limit. EX: " -#~ "if record_burst_window=1000 and " -#~ "record_window_length=15, then no more than " -#~ "1000 records can be passed within " -#~ "any given fifteen minute window." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**byte_burst_limit**: This is the maximum " -#~ "amount of bytes that can be passed" -#~ " by the daemon within the " -#~ "byte_window_length of time. If set to" -#~ " -1, the rate-limiting for byte " -#~ "bursts is disabled." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**byte_window_length**: This is the time, " -#~ "in minutes (0-59), that establishes the" -#~ " window length for the byte_burst_limit." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**rate_limit_strategy**: This is the strategy" -#~ " chosen once the rate-limiting " -#~ "threshold has been reached. Currently " -#~ "the options are 'drop' or 'spool', " -#~ "with spool being the default. If " -#~ "spool is chosen, records will be " -#~ "spooled and sent at a later time." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**record_retention_enabled**: When this key is" -#~ " enabled (true) the daemon saves a" -#~ " copy of the payload on disk " -#~ "from all valid records. To avoid " -#~ "the excessive use of disk space " -#~ "only the latest 100 records are " -#~ "kept. The default value for this " -#~ "configuration key is false." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "**record_server_delivery_enabled**: This key " -#~ "controls the delivery of records to " -#~ "server; when enabled (default value), " -#~ "the record will be posted to the" -#~ " address in the configuration file. " -#~ "If this configuration key is disabled" -#~ " (false), records will not be spooled" -#~ " or posted to backend. This " -#~ "configuration key can be used in " -#~ "combination with record_retention_enabled to " -#~ "keep copies of telemetry records locally" -#~ " only." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Client Run-time Options" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The commands to start, stop and " -#~ "restart the telemetry services manage " -#~ "all required services and probes on " -#~ "the system. There is no need to" -#~ " separately start/stop/restart the two " -#~ "client daemons **telemprobd** and " -#~ "**telempostd**. The **restart** command option" -#~ " will call **telemctl stop** followed " -#~ "by **telemctl start** ." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `is-active` option reports whether" -#~ " the two client daemons are active." -#~ " This is useful to verify that " -#~ "the **opt-in** and **opt-out** " -#~ "options have taken effect, or to " -#~ "ensure that telemetry is functioning on" -#~ " the system. Note that both daemons" -#~ " are verified." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 700ac6a4..af9fa77a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -4,91 +4,141 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:15-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../index.rst:4 msgid "|CL-PRJ|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|CL-PRJ|" #: ../../index.rst:6 msgid "" "Welcome to the |CL-ATTR| documentation pages, the source for |CL| " "documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "欢迎来到 |CL-ATTR| 文档页面，这是 |CL| 文档的资料来源。" -#: ../../index.rst:12 +#: ../../index.rst:8 msgid "Our documentation is divided into the following sections:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的文档分为以下几个部分：" -#: ../../index.rst:15 +#: ../../index.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`get-started`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`get-started`" -#: ../../includes/get-started.txt:1 +#: ../../index.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you are new to |CL|, get started fast with tutorials for installing " -"|CL| on bare metal, in a virtual environment, or as a live image on a USB" -" stick." -msgstr "" +"If you are new to |CL|, get started quickly with step-by-step " +"instructions for installing |CL| on bare metal, in a virtual environment," +" or as a live image on a USB stick." +msgstr "如果您刚开始使用 |CL|，请按照详细的步骤说明来快速将 |CL| 安装在裸机上、安装在虚拟环境中或将 Clear Linux OS 实时映像烧录至 U 盘。" + +#: ../../index.rst:17 +msgid ":ref:`about`" +msgstr ":ref:`about`" #: ../../index.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`tooling`" -msgstr "" +msgid "|CL| is different from other Linux distributions." +msgstr "|CL| 与其他的 Linux 分发版不同。" -#: ../../index.rst:18 +#: ../../index.rst:21 msgid "" -"Clear Linux is a little different from other distros. Here are some " -"important tools and concept for managing your install." -msgstr "" +"Updates, ease of use, and custom derivatives are a few of the differences" +" this section explains. Orient yourself to these differences and why they" +" matter to you." +msgstr "本页面将解释更新、易用性和自定义衍生工具的一些区别。您可了解这些差异以及其重要性。" -#: ../../index.rst:24 +#: ../../index.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`guides`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Guides show how to complete common tasks that help you leverage |CL| " -"native features effectively. From basic system configuration to advanced " -"management of a cloud installation, there is a guide for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`tutorials`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:27 -msgid "" -"|CL| tutorials provide step-by-step instructions on how |CL| features can" -" be used and extended, frequently with third-party tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../index.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`reference`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`guides`" #: ../../index.rst:31 msgid "" -"Find the detailed information you need to enable your configuration or " -"task in our |CL| reference section." -msgstr "" +"Guides cover a range of topics from |CL| features and tooling, to system " +"maintenance, network, and stacks." +msgstr "指南页面涵盖了从 |CL| 功能和工具到系统维护、网络和堆栈的一系列主题。" -#: ../../index.rst:35 +#: ../../index.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Use case tutorials `" +msgstr ":ref:`Use case tutorials `" + +#: ../../index.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Sample use cases, with step-by-step instructions, show how to set up " +"third-party tools and software with |CL|." +msgstr "通过分步说明的示例用例，来介绍如何使用 |CL| 设置第三方工具和软件。" + +#: ../../index.rst:39 +msgid ":ref:`reference`" +msgstr ":ref:`reference`" + +#: ../../index.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This section provides additional reference information on the |CL| " +"project." +msgstr "本页面提供了有关 |CL| Project 的其他参考信息。" + +#: ../../index.rst:43 msgid ":ref:`faq`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`faq`" + +#: ../../index.rst:45 +msgid "The FAQ section provides answers to commonly asked questions about |CL|." +msgstr "FAQ 页面提供了有关 |CL| 的常见问题与解答。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are new to |CL|, get " +#~ "started fast with tutorials for " +#~ "installing |CL| on bare metal, in " +#~ "a virtual environment, or as a " +#~ "live image on a USB stick." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`tooling`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Clear Linux is a little different " +#~ "from other distros. Here are some " +#~ "important tools and concept for managing" +#~ " your install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Guides show how to complete common " +#~ "tasks that help you leverage |CL| " +#~ "native features effectively. From basic " +#~ "system configuration to advanced management" +#~ " of a cloud installation, there is" +#~ " a guide for you." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`tutorials`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| tutorials provide step-by-step " +#~ "instructions on how |CL| features can" +#~ " be used and extended, frequently " +#~ "with third-party tools." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the detailed information you need" +#~ " to enable your configuration or task" +#~ " in our |CL| reference section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Refer to our FAQ section to read commonly asked questions and answers." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../index.rst:35 -msgid "Refer to our FAQ section to read commonly asked questions and answers." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4691ea79..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundle-commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:4 -msgid "Useful bundle commands" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:6 -msgid "To see a list of currently installed bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:12 -msgid "To see the list of all available bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can view our :ref:`available bundles ` " -"webpage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:21 -msgid "To search for bundles and their contents, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:27 -msgid "To add a bundle, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:34 -msgid "Additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:36 -msgid "For additional :command:`swupd` commands, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundle-commands.rst:42 -msgid "To reference the :command:`swupd` man page, enter:" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po index 44329562..aa78e034 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/bundles.po @@ -4,38 +4,44 @@ # Project Docs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-08-21 11:09-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" +"Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:4 msgid "Available bundles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可用的捆绑包" #: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:6 msgid "" "This document provides a current list of available bundles. View the " "`clr-bundles repo`_ on GitHub\\*, or select the bundle :file:`Name` for " "more details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档提供了可用捆绑包的当前列表。有关更多详细信息，请查看 GitHub\\* 上的 `clr-bundles repo`_，或者选择 :file:`Name` 捆绑包。" #: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:9 msgid "" "To learn more about how |CL-ATTR| uses bundles for software deployment, " -"visit :ref:`bundles-about`." -msgstr "" +"visit :ref:`bundles-guide`." +msgstr "要了解有关 |CL-ATTR| 如何使用捆绑包进行软件部署的更多信息，请参见 :ref:`bundles-guide`。" #: ../../reference/bundles/bundles.rst:13 msgid "Bundle list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "捆绑包列表" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To learn more about how |CL-ATTR|" +#~ " uses bundles for software deployment, " +#~ "visit :ref:`bundles-about`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.po deleted file mode 100644 index d0cefde9..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/bundles/openssh-server.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:4 -msgid "openssh-server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The **openssh-server** bundle provides the OpenSSH\\* package needed to " -"enable an SSH service in |CL-ATTR|. Remote users require an SSH service " -"to be able to use an encrypted login shell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:10 -msgid "" -"|CL| enables the `sshd.socket` unit, which will listen on port 22 by " -"default and start the OpenSSH service as required. The first time OpenSSH" -" starts, it generates the server SSH keys needed for the service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:15 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:17 -msgid "Assure the bundle :file:`openssh-server` is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:19 -msgid "To check it it's on your host, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:25 -msgid "To add it, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:32 -msgid "Change default port" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Perform the following steps to change the default listening port for the " -"OpenSSH service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:37 -msgid "Open the sshd.socket file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Add the `[Socket]` section and `ListenStream` option to the sshd.socket " -"file as shown below. The first `ListenStream` entry removes the |CL| " -"default listen port value. The second `ListenStream` entry sets the new " -"default listen port value. In this example, we set the new default port " -"to 4200:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Make sure to include a new line after the last line of text in the " -"sshd.socket file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:58 -msgid "Verify your changes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:64 -msgid "You should see the following output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:72 -msgid "Reload the systemd daemon configurations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:78 -msgid "Restart the sshd.socket unit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:84 -msgid "Confirm the the sshd.socket unit is listening on your new port:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:92 -msgid "Output should show :guilabel:`Active:` as `active(listening)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:95 -msgid "Enable SFTP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:97 -msgid "" -"|CL| *disables* the :abbr:`SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol)` subsystem " -"by default due to security considerations. To enable the SFTP subsystem, " -"perform the following configuration of the :abbr:`SSHD (SSH Daemon)` " -"service file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:101 -msgid "Create a systemd drop-in directory for the SSHD service:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Create the following file: " -":file:`/etc/systemd/system/sshd@.service.d/sftp.conf`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:110 -msgid "Add the OPTIONS environment variable to the sftp.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:117 -msgid "Reload systemd configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:123 -msgid "Congratulations! The SFTP subsystem is enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:126 -msgid "Enable root login" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:128 -msgid "To enable root login via SSH, perform the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:130 -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:153 -msgid "Create a *ssh* directory in :file:`/etc`, if it does not already exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:136 -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:159 -msgid "" -"Create the following file, if it does not already exist: " -":file:`/etc/ssh/sshd_config`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:139 -msgid "Set the configuration variable in /etc/ssh/sshd_config" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:146 -msgid "Enable X11-forwarding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:148 -msgid "" -"X11 forwarding allows you to securely run graphical applications (i.e., X" -" clients) over the ssh conection. This will alow for remote gui apps " -"without the need for full VNC/remotedesktop. To enable X11-forwarding via" -" SSH, perform the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/bundles/openssh-server.rst:162 -msgid "Set the configuration variables." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.po deleted file mode 100644 index f6cbfb7f..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/how-to-clear-overview.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:4 -msgid "How to Clear training overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The existing Linux\\* ecosystem can be challenging to users because of " -"long intervals between :abbr:`OS (operating system)` updates, which leads" -" to large update downloads. Users can also be frustrated when managing " -"complicated component dependencies. |CL-ATTR| solves these problems by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:11 -msgid "Allowing you to update frequently, even multiple times per day" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:12 -msgid "Preventing you from combining incompatible components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The |CL| team delivers technology advances with the |CL| OS and its " -"tooling, concepts, and content. The team has created training materials " -"as a GitHub\\* project to get you up and running quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The training provides complete details on the methods used to create " -"updates and how to deploy the updates to targets. The following items " -"provide an overview of these |CL| mechanisms:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Update server: an https-enabled web server where the content files are " -"served as static content. |CL| periodically queries the data on the " -"update server and determines whether updates are available. The update " -"content files provide the data and metadata to perform the required " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Software delivery mechanism: :abbr:`swupd (software updater)` queries " -"metadata from the update server and calculates what to do and which " -"content to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Tools: `mixer-tools` software suite generates the update server content " -"using |CL| official software update content, local bundle definitions, " -"and local RPM files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The training helps you create a customized OS that is based on |CL|. The " -"training content is self-contained and hosted on GitHub. You need a clean" -" |CL| installation and a functional network connection to complete the " -"training. For convenience, the project includes the training files you " -"need for the exercises." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/how-to-clear-overview.rst:40 -msgid "" -"We appreciate your feedback and comments, especially in the form of Pull " -"Requests. Please visit the `how-to-clear project`_ page to access the " -"training materials, open a ticket, or clone/branch the training and help " -"us improve |CL|." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/index.po similarity index 78% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/index.po index f2de2b3a..14d18933 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/index.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,17 +18,16 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../reference/reference.rst:4 +#: ../../reference/index.rst:4 msgid "Reference" msgstr "" -#: ../../reference/reference.rst:6 +#: ../../reference/index.rst:6 msgid "" "This section provides additional information on the |CL| project and " "features." msgstr "" -#: ../../reference/reference.rst:24 -msgid "Clear Linux concepts" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Clear Linux concepts" +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.po deleted file mode 100644 index f2de2b3a..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/reference.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../reference/reference.rst:4 -msgid "Reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/reference.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This section provides additional information on the |CL| project and " -"features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../reference/reference.rst:24 -msgid "Clear Linux concepts" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po index be0e51d1..b4bfe376 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/reference/system-requirements.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-25 11:20-0008\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-04 16:21-0008\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language: zh-Hans\n" "Language-Team: zh-Hans\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Intel® International Developer Studio Version 4.1.273.0\n" -"Language: zh-Hans\n" #: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:4 msgid "Recommended minimum system requirements" @@ -28,12 +29,14 @@ msgid "" "core, 1 GB RAM, and 2 GB of disk space." msgstr "|CL-ATTR| 可以在大多数现代硬件上运行，而且能够在占用最少硬件资源的情况下运行。默认情况下，|CL| 可以在单核 CPU、1 GB RAM 和 2 GB 硬盘空间配置下运行。" + #: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:10 msgid "" -"For use cases requiring minimal resources, |CL| :ref:`tooling ` " -"can be used to create a highly customized installation that can even run " -"on a system with a 128MB of memory and 600MB of disk space, for example." -msgstr "对于需要最少资源的使用情况，可利用 |CL| :ref:`tooling ` 创建一个高度定制的安装，甚至可以在包含 128MB 内存和 600MB 磁盘空间的系统上运行。" +"For use cases requiring minimal resources, |CL| :ref:`about ` can " +"be used to create a highly customized installation that can even run on a" +" system with a 128MB of memory and 600MB of disk space, for example." +msgstr "对于需要最少资源的使用情况，可利用 |CL| :ref:`关于 ` 创建一个高度定制的安装，甚至可以在包含 128MB 内存和 600MB 磁盘空间的系统上运行。" + #: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:16 msgid "Installer requirements" @@ -67,13 +70,15 @@ msgid "" "supports UEFI." msgstr "|CL| 需要 x86 64 位处理器，支持 Intel® Streaming SIMD Extensions 4.1 (Intel® SSE 4.1)，而且它要求采用支持 UEFI 的系统。" + #: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:34 msgid "" "The |CL| installer performs a system compatibility check upon booting. To" " manually verify system compatibility with |CL|, run the " ":ref:`compatibility check tool` or go to " "http://ark.intel.com and check for these features:" -msgstr "|CL| 安装程序在引导时执行系统兼容性检查。要手动确认 |CL| 的系统兼容性，需要运行 :ref:`compatibility check tool` 或转到 http://ark.intel.com 查看这些功能：" +msgstr "|CL| 安装程序在引导时执行系统兼容性检查。要手动确认 |CL| 的系统兼容性，需要运行 :ref:`检查兼容性的工具` 或转到 http://ark.intel.com 查看这些功能：" + #: ../../reference/system-requirements.rst:39 msgid "Instruction Set:" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9fd5da6b..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/autospec.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,590 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:4 -msgid "autospec" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:6 -msgid "" -"**autospec** is a tool used to assist with the automated creation and " -"maintenance of RPM packaging in |CL-ATTR|. Where a standard :abbr:`RPM " -"(RPM Package Manager)` build process using :command:`rpmbuild` requires a" -" tarball and :file:`.spec` file to start, autospec requires only a " -"tarball and package name to start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The autospec tool attempts to infer the requirements of the :file:`.spec`" -" file by analyzing the source code and :file:`Makefile` information. It " -"continuously runs updated builds based on new information discovered from" -" build failures until it has a complete and valid :file:`.spec` file. If " -"needed, you can influence the behavior of autospec and customize the " -"build by providing optional `control files`_ to the autospec tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:25 -msgid "" -"autospec uses **mock** as a sandbox to run the builds. Visit the `mock " -"wiki`_ for additional information on using mock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:28 -msgid "" -"For a general understanding of how an RPM works, visit the `rpm website`_" -" or the `RPM Packaging Guide`_ ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:32 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:34 -msgid "Learn the autospec tool set up and process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:41 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The setup for building source in |CL| must be completed before using the " -"autospec tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Refer to `Setup environment to build source`_ for instructions on " -"completing the setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:50 -msgid "Create an RPM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:52 -msgid "The basic autospec process is described in the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The :command:`make autospec` command generates a :file:`.spec` file based" -" on the analysis of code and existing control files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Any control files should be located in the same directory as the " -"resulting :file:`.spec` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:60 -msgid "View the `autospec README`_ for more information on `control files`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:62 -msgid "autospec creates a build root with mock config." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:64 -msgid "autospec attempts to build an RPM from the generated :file:`.spec`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:66 -msgid "autospec detects any missed declarations in the :file:`.spec`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:68 -msgid "" -"If build errors occur, autospec scans the build log to try to detect the " -"root cause." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If autospec detects the root cause and knows how to continue, it restarts" -" the build automatically at step 1 with updated build instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, autospec stops the build for user inspection to resolve the " -"errors. Respond to the build process output by fixing source code issues " -"and/or editing control files to resolve issues, which may include " -"dependencies or exclusions. See `autospec README`_ for more information " -"on control files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:80 -msgid "The user resumes the process at step 1 after errors are resolved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If a binary dependency doesn't exist in |CL|, you must build it before " -"running autospec again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Following these steps, autospec continues to rebuild the package, based " -"on new information discovered from build failures, until it has a valid " -":file:`.spec`. If no build errors occur, RPM packages are successfully " -"built." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:90 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:92 -msgid "Complete `Setup environment to build source`_ before using these examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:99 -msgid "Example 1: Build RPM with an existing spec file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:101 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to build a RPM from a pre-packaged upstream " -"package with an existing spec file. The example uses the ``dmidecode`` " -"package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:104 ../../tooling/autospec.rst:160 -msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace and clone the ``dmidecode`` package:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:113 -msgid "You can clone all package repos at once using the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:119 ../../tooling/autospec.rst:216 -msgid "The optional NUM is the number of threads to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For a list of available packages, view the " -":file:`~/clearlinux/projects/common/packages` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:124 -msgid "Navigate to the local copy of the ``dmidecode`` package and build it:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Build logs and additional RPMs " -"are in :file:`./results`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:135 -msgid "Example 2: Build a new RPM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:137 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to build a new RPM with no spec file. The example " -"will create a simple helloclear RPM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the autospec workspace and build the helloclear RPM. The " -":file:`Makefile` provides a :command:`make autospecnew` that can " -"automatically generate an RPM package using the autospec tool. You must " -"pass the URL to the source tarball and the NAME of the RPM you wish to " -"create:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/rpms`. Build logs " -"and additional RPMs are in :file:`./packages/helloclear/results`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:154 -msgid "Example 3: Generate a new spec file with a pre-defined package" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:156 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to modify an existing package to create a custom " -"RPM. In this example you will make a simple change to the ``dmidecode`` " -"package and rebuild the package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:167 -msgid "Navigate into the *dmidecode* directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:173 -msgid "Open the :file:`excludes` file with an editor and add these lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:186 -msgid "" -"These files aren't needed by dmidecode, so we can remove them without any" -" issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:189 -msgid "" -"In the :file:`dmidecode` directory, build the modified ``dmidecode`` " -"package:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:195 -msgid "The resulting RPMs are in :file:`./rpms`. Logs are in :file:`./results`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:198 -msgid "Example 4: Provide control files to autospec" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:200 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to modify control files to correct build failures " -"that autospec is unable to resolve. In this example, you will add a " -"missing license and dependencies so autospec can complete a successful " -"build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:204 -msgid "Navigate to the autospec workspace:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:210 -msgid "If you have not already, clone all upstream package repos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:220 -msgid "" -"In a later step of this example, we will search the cloned package repos " -"for a missing dependency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:223 -msgid "Build the opae-sdk RPM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:229 -msgid "This results in an error for a missing license file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:235 -msgid "Navigate to the package with build failures:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:241 -msgid "" -"Add one or more valid license identifiers from the `SPDX License List " -"`_. In the example below, two different " -"licenses are appropriate based on the opae-sdk project licensing:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:250 -msgid "Run autospec again:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:256 -msgid "This results in a generic error:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:262 -msgid "Open the build log to view the error details:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:268 -msgid "" -"The build log contains details for the specific failures. In this " -"instance, there are missing dependencies:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:281 -msgid "" -"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the json-c " -"library is available. In this case, it does exist and we'll add the " -"json-c 'dev' package into the buildreq_add:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:292 -msgid "" -"This search step works only if the user cloned all of the upstream " -"package repos. In this example, upstream package repos were cloned in a " -"previous step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:296 -msgid "" -"Search the spec files of upstream |CL| packages to see if the libuuid " -"library is available. In this case, it exists in the util-linux package, " -"so we'll add util-linux-dev package into the buildreq_add:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Run autospec again and find the successfully-generated RPMs in the " -":file:`rpms` directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:314 -msgid "" -"If you need a dependency that does not exist in the |CL| repo, you must " -"first build it manually (see `Example 2: Build a new RPM`_), then add the" -" repo so that autospec knows the package exists. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:324 -msgid "" -"You only need to add the dependency to the :file:`buildreq_add` control " -"file if autospec is not able to automatically find the correct dependency" -" on its own." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:329 -msgid "Test packaged software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:331 -msgid "" -"After software has been packaged with autospec, the resulting RPMs can be" -" tested for functionality before being integrated and deployed into a " -"|CL| image with the :ref:`Mixer tool `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:335 -msgid "" -"The |CL| development tooling offers two ways to quickly test autospec " -"generated RPMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:339 -msgid "" -"The methods outlined below should only be used for temporary testing on " -"development systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:344 -msgid "Test in a |CL| virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:346 -msgid "" -"The |CL| development tooling includes a method to install RPMs into a " -"|CL| virtual machine running on the KVM hypervisor. Using a :abbr:`VM " -"(Virtual Machine)` allows testing in a completely isolated environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:350 -msgid "To test an autospec-created package inside a VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Download the |CL| KVM image into the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory as " -":file:`clear.img`. The location and name :file:`clear.img.xz` is " -"important for the tooling to work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:361 -msgid "Extract the downloaded |CL| KVM image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:367 -msgid "" -"Copy the QEMU start script and virtual firmware needed for KVM into the " -":file:`~/clearlinux` directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Run :command:`make install` from the package's autospec directory. The " -":command:`make install` command mounts the downloaded |CL| KVM image and " -"installs the autospec-created RPM into it:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:384 -msgid "" -"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the " -"*install:* target in the `Makefile.common`_ file on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:387 -msgid "Return to the :file:`~/clearlinux` directory and start the |CL| VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:394 -msgid "" -"A new |CL| VM will launch in the console. Log into the VM as *root* and " -"set a new pasword for the VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:397 -msgid "" -"Check that the software is installed in the |CL| VM as expected and " -"perform any relevant tests." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:400 -msgid "" -"After testing has been completed, the |CL| VM can be powered off and " -"deleted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:410 -msgid "Test directly on a development machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:412 -msgid "" -"The |CL| development tooling also includes a method to extract autospec-" -"created RPMs locally onto a |CL| development system for testing. " -"Extracting an RPM directly onto a system offers quicker testing; however" -" conflicts may occur and responsibility to remove the software after " -"testing is up to the developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:418 -msgid "" -"To test an autospec created package directly on the |CL| development " -"system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:420 -msgid "" -"Run :command:`make install-local` from the package's autospec directory. " -"The :command:`make install-local` command extracts the RPM directly onto " -"the filesystem of the running |CL| system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:429 -msgid "" -"The code that makes this possible can be viewed by searching for the " -"*install-local:* target in the `Makefile.common`_ file on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:432 -msgid "" -"Check that the software is installed as expected and perform any relevant" -" tests." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:435 -msgid "" -"After testing has been completed, the software and any related files must" -" be identified and deleted. The :command:`swupd repair --picky` command " -"can help restore the state of the :file:`/usr` directory (see :ref:`swupd" -" `) however any other files must be cleaned up manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:443 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:445 -msgid "" -"Reference the `autospec README`_ for details regarding `autospec` " -"commands and options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:448 -msgid "Setup environment to build source" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:452 -msgid "" -"Setup of the workspace and tooling used for building source in |CL| is " -"mostly automated for you with a setup script. It uses tools from the " -":command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:456 -msgid "" -"The setup script creates a workspace in the :file:`clearlinux` folder, " -"with the subfolders :file:`Makefile`, :file:`packages`, and " -":file:`projects`. The :file:`projects` folder contains the main tools " -"used for making packages in |CL| :file:`autospec` and :file:`common`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:461 -msgid "Follow these steps to setup the workspace and tooling for building source:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:463 -msgid "Install the :command:`os-clr-on-clr` bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:469 -msgid "Download the :file:`user-setup.sh` script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:475 -msgid "Make :file:`user-setup.sh` executable:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:481 -msgid "Run the script as an unprivileged user:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:487 -msgid "" -"After the script completes, log out and log in again to complete the " -"setup process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:490 -msgid "Set your Git user email and username for the repos on your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:497 -msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:502 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/autospec.rst:504 -msgid ":ref:`Mixer tool `" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The code that makes this possible " -#~ "can be viewed by searching for the" -#~ " *install:* target in the `Makefile.common" -#~ " file on GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The code that makes this possible " -#~ "can be viewed by searching for the" -#~ " *install-local:* target in the " -#~ "`Makefile.common file on GitHub`_." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.po deleted file mode 100644 index af1d438b..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/debug.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:4 -msgid "Debug system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| introduces a novel approach to system software debugging using " -"*clr-debug-info*. On the client side, the |CL| debug system obtains any " -"necessary debug information on-the-fly over a network during a debugging " -"session. On the server side, the system curates and compresses debug " -"information into small pieces for efficient downloading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For developers, this avoids the interruption during debugging that " -"usually happens when debug information is missing. This can be especially" -" useful on systems where storage is limited." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:22 -msgid "Background" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Software that is compiled and packaged for general usage in an operating " -"system typically only contains components that are used to execute the " -"program, such as binaries and libraries. Extra developer data, such as " -"the actual source code and symbol information, are separated and excluded" -" for efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The debug information helps relate binary code to human readable source " -"code lines and variables. Most of the time, this auxiliary information is" -" not needed; however without it, debugging a program results in limited " -"visibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:37 -msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The clr-debug-info system is integrated into |CL| and seamlessly engages " -"once installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:42 -msgid "Install the *dev-utils* bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The *telemetrics* and *performance-tools* bundles also include clr-debug-" -"info." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Start a debugging session against a program using a debugger, such as " -"GDB. For example, to debug *gnome-control-center* execute the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As you step through the program and debug information is needed, the " -"clr_debug_daemon obtains it in the background." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:67 -msgid "Implementation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The implementation of the |CL| debug system is open source and available " -"on GitHub at: https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-debug-info/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:76 -msgid "Figure 1: The communication flow of the |CL| debug system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The |CL| debug system implements a :abbr:`FUSE (filesystem in userspace)`" -" filesystem mounted at :file:`/usr/lib/debug` and :file:`/usr/src/debug`." -" The FUSE filesystem starts automatically. You can verify its status by " -"executing :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_fuse.service`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:83 -msgid "" -"The *clr_debug_daemon* is responsible for fetching the appropriate " -"package debug content from the server and making it available for any " -"debugging programs that need it. It is socket activated whenever a " -"request to the local FUSE filesystem occurs. You can verify its status " -"with :command:`systemctl status clr_debug_daemon.service`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/debug.rst:90 -msgid "" -"|CL| hosts debuginfo content packaged for consumption by |CL| debug " -"clients at https://download.clearlinux.org/debuginfo/" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Debug System" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9c1b26f7..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/ister.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:4 -msgid "ister.py image builder" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:6 -msgid "" -"The `ister.py`_ tool is a template-based installer used by |CL-ATTR| to " -"produce images for each release. The same ister tool is available for use" -" in |CL| to create custom images based on an upstream image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:15 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:17 -msgid "" -"|CL| is a rolling release and produces an average of 10 releases per week" -" using the ister tool. With each release we produce multiple :ref:`image " -"types for different environments ` and use cases such as " -"installers, Hyper-V, KVM, or VMWare." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Each image has a JSON configuration file that is used by ister to " -"generate the image. These JSON configuration files describe the image " -"type, partitions, version, and bundles that will be preinstalled by " -"default with the image. For each image type we produce, the corresponding" -" JSON configuration file for the image also is published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The :ref:`mixer` tool also uses ister to build images for your " -"custom mix. Like upstream images, a JSON configuration file is defined " -"for the image, which ister uses to generate the image. Refer to the " -":ref:`mixer` guide for instructions on using ister to build an " -"image for a custom mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:34 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:37 -msgid "Recreate an upstream image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The published configuration files for upstream images may be used to " -"recreate an image. Here are some examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Use an older version of |CL| and the image is no longer available (only " -"after March 2017)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:44 -msgid "Customize the partitions of an image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:45 -msgid "Customize the bundles preinstalled in an image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:46 -msgid "Run your own post installation script." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Follow these steps to recreate an upstream image based on the image's " -"JSON configuration file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Install the :command:`os-installer` bundle. Refer to :ref:`swupd-guide` " -"for more information on installing bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:55 -msgid "Download the `ister.py`_ tool and grant it sudo privileges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Download the JSON configuration file for the desired image (located in " -":file:`config/image/`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:60 -msgid "`Current release`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:61 -msgid "`Previous releases`_ (only after March 2017)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For a previous release, navigate to `Previous releases`_, select the " -"version you want, and find the JSON configuration file under " -":file:`/clear/config/image`. For example: " -"``https://cdn.download.clearlinux.org/releases/15700/clear/config/image/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:68 -msgid "Download the “PostNonChroot” script (if applicable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The JSON configuration file for the image may have an accompanying " -"“PostNonChroot” script that is executed at the end of the image creation " -"process. If it does, download the script and make it executable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:74 -msgid "Edit the JSON configuration file as needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If your configuration file has an accompanying \"PostNonChroot\" script, " -"change the default path of the script to match your path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:79 -msgid "Generate the new image with the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:86 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:88 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/ister.rst:89 -msgid ":ref:`bulk-provision`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The `ister.py tool`_ is a template-" -#~ "based installer used by |CL-ATTR| " -#~ "to produce images for each release. " -#~ "The same ister tool is available " -#~ "for use in |CL| to create custom" -#~ " images based on an upstream image." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Install the :command:`os-installer` bundle." -#~ " Refer to `Install a bundle`_ for " -#~ "more details." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download the `ister.py tool`_ and grant it sudo privileges." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Download the JSON configuration file for the desired image:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "`Configuration files for the current release`_" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po deleted file mode 100644 index fd506e00..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1145 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:4 -msgid "mixer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:6 -msgid "" -"**mixer** is the tool used by the |CL-ATTR| team to generate official " -"update content and releases. The update content generated by mixer is " -"then consumed by swupd on a downstream client. The same mixer tool is " -"available as part of |CL| to create your own customized update content " -"and releases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:16 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:18 -msgid "mixer uses the following sources as inputs to generate update content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:20 -msgid "Upstream |CL| bundles with their corresponding RPM packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:21 -msgid "Locally-defined bundles with their corresponding local RPM packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:22 -msgid "Locally-defined bundles with upstream RPM packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Using the mixer tool, you select which set of content from these sources " -"will be part of your update. You can select content from each of these " -"sources to make a unique combination of functionality for your custom " -"update content, known as a **mix**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The update content that mixer generates consists of various pieces of OS " -"content, update metadata, as well as a complete image. The OS content " -"includes all files in an update, as well as zero- and delta-packs for " -"improved update performance. The update metadata, stored as manifests, " -"describes all of the bundle information for the update. Update content " -"produced by mixer is then published to a web server and consumed by " -"clients via swupd. Refer to :ref:`swupd ` for additional " -"information regarding updates and update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:32 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:34 -msgid "Learn the mixer tool set up and workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:41 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:43 -msgid ":command:`mixer` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add the mixer tool with the :command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to :ref" -":`swupd-guide` for more information on installing bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:48 -msgid "Docker\\* container" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:50 -msgid "" -"mixer by default runs all build commands in a Docker container to ensure " -"the correct tool versions are used. This also allows custom mixes to " -"automatically perform downstream format bumps when the upstream releases " -"a format bump. See `Format version`_ for additional information regarding" -" format bumps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:56 -msgid "Refer to `Configure and enable Docker`_ for instruction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:58 -msgid "Docker proxy (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " -"and create a proxy configuration file for the Docker daemon and " -"container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Consult your IT department for the correct values if you are behind a " -"corporate proxy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:66 -msgid "Refer to `Configure Docker proxy info`_ for instruction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:68 -msgid "Location to host the update content and images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:70 -msgid "" -"In order for swupd to make use of your mix, the update content for your " -"mix must be hosted on a web server. Your mix will be configured with an " -"update location URL, which swupd will use to pull down updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Refer to `Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_ for an simple example of " -"setting up an update location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:78 -msgid "Mix setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Follow these steps to create and initialize the mixer workspace. Complete" -" the setup before you create a mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:83 -msgid "Create workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The mixer tool uses a simple workspace to contain all input and output in" -" a basic directory structure. The workspace is simply an empty folder " -"from which you execute the mixer commands. Each mix uses its own separate" -" workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:90 -msgid "Initialize the workspace and mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Before you create a mix, you must explicitly initialize the mixer " -"workspace. During initialization, the mixer workspace is configured and " -"the base for your mix is defined. By default, your mix is based on the " -"latest upstream version and starts with the minimum set of bundles. Your " -"first custom mix version number starts at 10. Alternatively, you can " -"select other versions or bundle sets from which to start." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Initialization creates the directory structure within the workspace and " -"adds the :file:`builder.conf` file, which is used to configure the mixer " -"tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:102 -msgid "" -"View the `mixer.init man page`_ for more information on mixer " -"initialization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:105 -msgid "View the list of suitable `releases`_ from which to mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:107 -msgid "Edit builder.conf." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:109 -msgid "" -":file:`builder.conf` tells the mixer tool how to configure the mix. For " -"example, it allows you to configure where mixer output is located and " -"where swupd update content will be located." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:113 -msgid "" -"At minimum, set the URL of your update server so your custom OS knows " -"where to get update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:116 -msgid "Refer to the `builder.conf`_ section for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:119 -msgid "Create a mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:121 -msgid "A mix is created with the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:123 -msgid "Add custom RPMs and set up local repo (optional)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:125 -msgid "" -"If you are adding custom RPMs to your mix, you must add the RPMs to your " -"mix workspace and set up a corresponding local repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Go to the :ref:`autospec` guide to learn to build RPMs from " -"scratch. If the RPMs are not built on |CL|, make sure your configuration " -"and toolchain builds them correctly for |CL|. Otherwise there is no " -"guarantee they will be compatible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Refer to the :ref:`autospec` guide for more information on using autospec" -" to build RPMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:136 -msgid "Update and build bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Add, edit, or remove bundles that will be part of your content and build " -"them. mixer automatically updates the :file:`mixbundles` file when you " -"update the bundles in your mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:142 -msgid "" -"View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for more information on configuring " -"bundles in a mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:145 -msgid "View the `mixer.build man page`_ for more information on building bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:147 -msgid "" -"View the `Bundles`_ section for more information on how mixer manages " -"bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:150 -msgid "Create the update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:152 -msgid "" -"mixer creates update content with this step. Zero-packs are created " -"automatically, and delta-packs can be optionally created at the same time" -" (for all builds after version 0)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:156 -msgid "" -"A zero-pack is the full set of content needed to go from mix version 0 " -"(nothing) to the mix version for which you just built content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:159 -msgid "" -"A delta-pack provides the content *delta* between a `PAST_VERSION` to a " -"`MIX_VERSION` that allows the transition from one mix version to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:162 -msgid "View :ref:`swupd-guide` for more information on update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:164 -msgid "Create image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:166 -msgid "" -"mixer creates a bootable image from your updated content using the " -":ref:`ister` tool. In this step you can specify which bundles you want " -"*preinstalled* in the image. Users can later install other bundles " -"available in your mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:171 -msgid "Make update available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:173 -msgid "Deploy update content and images to your update server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:175 -msgid "" -"View the `Example 3: Deploy updates to target`_ for a simple deployment " -"scenario." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:179 -msgid "Maintain or modify mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Update or modify your content to a new version by following the steps to " -"create a mix. Increment the mix version number for the next mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:185 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The following examples are designed to work together and in order. The " -"examples use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:190 -msgid "A stock installation of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:191 -msgid "A web server that comes with |CL| to host the content updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:192 -msgid "" -"A simple VM that updates against the locally produced content created in " -"Example 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:195 -msgid "Complete all `Prerequisites`_ before using these examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:198 -msgid "Example 1: Mix set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:200 -msgid "" -"This example shows the basic steps for the first-time setup of mixer for " -"a new mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:203 -msgid "Create an empty directory to use as a workspace for mixer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:209 -msgid "" -"In your mixer workspace, generate an initial mix based on the latest " -"upstream |CL| version, with minimum bundles. In the initialization " -"output, be aware that your initial mix version is set to 10 and that the " -"minimum bundles have been added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Edit :file:`builder.conf` to set the value of CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL " -"to the IP address of the nginx\\* server you set up in the prerequisite " -"`Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:229 -msgid "Example 2: Create a simple mix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:231 -msgid "" -"This example shows how to create a simple custom mix using upstream " -"content. We'll create an image for a QEMU virtual machine that we can use" -" later to test our mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:235 -msgid "" -"We can use the default bundles that were added during initialization, but" -" these include the :command:`native-kernel` bundle that is intended to be" -" used on a bare metal system instead of a VM. So we will modify the " -"default bundle set to get a smaller kernel image, which will also be " -"faster to load." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:240 -msgid "Update bundles in mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:247 -msgid "" -"In this case, we will add the `editors` bundle from upstream, but we will" -" remove the `joe` editor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:255 -msgid "Use an editor and manually remove `joe` from the bundle definition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:261 -msgid "List the bundles in the mix again to confirm removal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:268 -msgid "Build bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:274 -msgid "" -"Look in ~/mixer/update/image//full for the full chroot after" -" the :command:`build` command completes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Build update content. Browse to your \\http://localhost site and you'll " -"see the web page is now up, but with no update content. Build the update " -"content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:284 -msgid "" -"Refresh your \\http://localhost site and now you can see the update " -"content for mix version 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:287 ../../tooling/mixer.rst:351 -msgid "" -"Look in ~/mixer/update/www/ to see the update content in " -"your workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Configure image. Edit the ister configuration file for your image to " -"include all of the bundles you want preinstalled in the image. If this is" -" the first time creating an image, first get a copy of the :file" -":`release-image-config.json` template file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:299 -msgid "" -"For this example, edit :file:`release-image-config.json` so that the root" -" partition size is \"5G\" and replace the \"kernel-native\" bundle with " -"\"kernel-kvm\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:319 -msgid "Build the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:325 -msgid "" -"The output from this step will be :file:`release.img`, which is a live " -"image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:327 -msgid "" -"Make the next mix. Create a new version of your mix, for the live image " -"to update to. Increment your mix version by 10:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:334 -msgid "Repeat steps 1-3 to add the upstream :command:`curl` bundle to the mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:342 -msgid "Build optional delta-packs, which helps reduce client update time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:348 -msgid "" -"Refresh your \\http://localhost site to see the update content for mix " -"version 20." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:355 -msgid "Example 3: Deploy updates to target" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:357 -msgid "" -"The image created in Example 2 is directly bootable in QEMU. In this " -"example, we'll boot the image from Example 2 to verify it, and update the" -" image from mix version 10 (from which the image was built), to mix " -"version 20." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:361 -msgid "Set up the QEMU environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:363 -msgid "Install the :command:`kvm-host` bundle to your |CL|:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:369 -msgid "" -"Get the virtual EFI firmware, download the image launch script, and make " -"it executable:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:378 -msgid "Start your VM image (created in Example 2):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:384 -msgid "Log in as root and set a password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:386 -msgid "Try out your mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:388 -msgid "Take a look at the default bundles installed in your mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:396 -msgid "Now we will add the `editors` bundle that we modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Try to start the `joe` editor. It should not appear because we removed " -"it from the original `editors` bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:405 -msgid "" -"Next we will update from version 10 to 20 to capture the newly available " -"bundles. Use :command:`swupd` to update your mix:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:414 -msgid "" -"Now your mix should be at version 20 and curl is now available. Try using" -" curl. This will fail because curl is not yet installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:422 -msgid "" -"Add the new bundle from your update server to your VM. Retry curl. It " -"works!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:429 -msgid "Shutdown your VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:441 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:443 -msgid "" -"Reference the `mixer man page`_ for details regarding mixer commands and " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:452 -msgid "builder.conf" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:454 -msgid "" -"mixer initialization creates a :file:`builder.conf` that stores the basic" -" configuration for the mixer tool. The items of primary interest are " -"CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL, which will be used by systems updating against" -" your custom content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:487 -msgid "" -"Additional explanation of variables in :file:`builder.conf` is provided " -"in Table 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 -msgid "**Variable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 -msgid "**Explanation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 -msgid "`CERT`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Sets the path where mixer stores the certificate file used to sign " -"content for verification. mixer automatically generates the certificate " -"if you do not provide the path to an existing one, and signs the " -":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for the updated content you" -" create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:500 -msgid "" -"chroot-builder uses the certificate file to sign the root " -":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for content verification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:504 -msgid "" -"swupd uses this certificate to verify the :file:`Manifest.MoM` file's " -"signature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:507 -msgid "" -"For now, we strongly recommend that you do not modify this variable, as " -"swupd expects a certificate with a very specific configuration to sign " -"and verify properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 -msgid "`CONTENTURL` and `VERSIONURL`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 -msgid "" -"Set these variables to the IP address of the web server hosting the " -"update content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:515 -msgid "" -"VERSIONURL is the IP address where the swupd client looks to determine if" -" a new version is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:518 -msgid "CONTENTURL is the location from which swupd pulls content updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:521 -msgid "" -"If the web server is on the same machine as the SERVER_STATE_DIR " -"directory, you can create a symlink to the directory in your web server's" -" document root to easily host the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:526 -msgid "These URLs are embedded in the images created by mixer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 -msgid "`DOCKER_IMAGE_PATH`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 -msgid "" -"Sets the base name of the docker image that mixer pulls down to run " -"builds in the proper container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 -msgid "`LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Sets the path where mixer stores the local bundle definition files. The " -"bundle definition files include any new, original bundles you create, " -"along with any edited versions of upstream bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 -msgid "`SERVER_STATE_DIR`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 -msgid "" -"Sets the path to which mixer outputs content. By default, mixer " -"automatically sets the path." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 -msgid "`VERSIONS_PATH`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 -msgid "" -"Sets the path for the mix version and upstream version's two state files:" -" :file:`mixversion` and :file:`upstreamversion`. mixer creates both files" -" for you when you set up the workspace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 -msgid "`YUM_CONF`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 -msgid "" -"Sets the path where mixer automatically generates the :file:`.yum-" -"mix.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:547 -msgid "" -"The yum configuration file points the chroot-builder to where the RPMs " -"are stored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:550 -msgid "**Table 1**: *Variables in builder.conf*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:554 -msgid "Format version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:556 -msgid "" -"Compatible versions of an OS are tracked with an OS *compatibility " -"epoch*. Versions of an OS within an epoch are fully compatible and can " -"update to any other version within that epoch. The compatibility epoch is" -" set as the `Format` variable in the :file:`mixer.state` file. Variables " -"in the :file:`mixer.state` are used by mixer between executions and " -"should not be manually changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:563 -msgid "" -"A format bump is like modifying the foundation of a house to create a new" -" level. If `Format` increments to a new epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS" -" has changed in such a way that updating from build A in format X to " -"build B in format Y will not work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:568 -msgid "A format bump is required when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:570 -msgid "" -"The software updater, :command:`swupd`, or the software is no longer " -"compatible with the previous update scheme" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:573 -msgid "" -"A package is removed from the update stream and the update must ensure " -"the files associated with that package are removed from the system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:576 -msgid "" -"Using a format increment, we make sure pre- and co-requisite changes flow" -" out with proper ordering. The updated client will only update to the " -"latest release in its respective format version, unless overridden by " -"command line flags. In this way, we can guarantee that all clients update" -" to the final version in their given format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:582 -msgid "" -"The given format *must* contain all the changes needed to understand the " -"content built in the next format. Only after reaching the final release " -"in the old format can a client continue to update to releases in the new " -"format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:584 -msgid "" -"The format version is incremented only when a compatibility breakage is " -"introduced. Normal updates, such as updating a software package, do not " -"require a format increment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:590 -msgid "Bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:592 -msgid "" -"mixer stores information about the bundles included in a mix in a flat " -"file called :file:`mixbundles`, which is located in the path set by the " -"VERSIONS_PATH variable in :file:`builder.conf`. :file:`mixbundles` is " -"automatically created when the mix is initiated. mixer will refresh the " -"file each time you change the bundles in the mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:595 -msgid "" -"Bundles can include other bundles. Nested bundles can themselves include " -"other bundles. If you see an unexpected bundle in your mix, it is likely " -"a nested bundle in one of the bundles you explicitly added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:599 -msgid "" -"A bundle will fill into one of two categories: upstream or local. " -"Upstream bundles are those provided by |CL|. Local bundles are either " -"modified upstream bundles or new local bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:603 -msgid "Upstream bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:605 -msgid "" -"mixer automatically downloads and caches upstream bundle definition " -"files. These definition files are stored in the upstream-bundles " -"directory in the workspace. Do not modify the files in this directory. " -"This directory is simply a mirror for mixer to use. mixer will " -"automatically delete the contents of this directory before repopulating " -"it on-the-fly if a new version must be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:612 -msgid "" -"The mixer tool automatically caches the bundles for the |CL| version " -"configured in the :file:`upstreamversion` file. mixer also cleans up old " -"versions once they are no longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:617 -msgid "Local bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:619 -msgid "" -"Local bundles are bundles that you create, or are edited versions of " -"upstream bundles. Local bundle definition files are stored in the local-" -"bundles directory in the workspace. The LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR variable sets " -"the path of this directory in the :file:`builder.conf` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:623 -msgid "" -"*mixer always checks for local bundles first and the upstream bundles " -"second.* So bundles in the local-bundles directory will always take " -"precedence over any upstream bundles that have the same name. This " -"precedence enables you to copy upstream bundles locally, and edit into a " -"local variation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:630 -msgid "Bundle configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:632 -msgid "" -"mixer provides commands to configure the bundles for a mix, such as to " -"add a bundle to a mix, to create a new bundle for a mix, or to remove a " -"bundle from a mix. View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for a full list of " -"commands and more information on configuring bundles in a mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Editing an existing local bundle is as simple as opening the bundle " -"definition file in your favorite editor, making the desired edits, and " -"saving your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:642 -msgid "" -"Removing bundles from a mix: By default, removing a bundle will only " -"remove the bundle from the mix. The local bundle definition file will " -"still remain. To completely remove a bundle, including its local bundle " -"definition file, use the :command:`--local` flag." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:646 -msgid "" -"If you remove the bundle definition file for a local, edited version of " -"an upstream bundle in a mix, the mix reverts to reference the original " -"upstream version of the bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:652 -msgid "Configure and enable Docker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:654 -msgid "" -"Use these steps to enable Docker for the mixer tool. Make sure to " -"`Configure Docker proxy info`_ first if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:657 -msgid "Start the Docker daemon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:665 -msgid "Add user to the docker group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:672 -msgid "Pull Docker container manually (optional)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:674 -msgid "" -"By default, mixer automatically pulls a Docker container for mixing if " -"one does not already exist. If you need to troubleshoot the mixer " -"container, it may be useful to manually pull a mixer Docker container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:678 -msgid "" -"Versions of the mixer Docker container are available under the tags for " -"the `clearlinux/mixer repo " -"`_ on Docker Hub. Each " -"version of the mixer Docker container is named after the associated |CL| " -"upstream format version. Refer to `Format version`_ for additional " -"information on upstream format versions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:684 -msgid "Use the following steps to manually pull a mixer Docker container:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:686 -msgid "" -"Find the version of the container you need by viewing the tags for the " -"`clearlinux/mixer repo " -"`_ on Docker Hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:690 -msgid "Pull the latest container version:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:696 -msgid "View local docker images:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:705 -msgid "Configure Docker proxy info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:707 -msgid "If needed, use these steps to configure the Docker proxy information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:709 -msgid "Create the Docker daemon proxy config directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:715 -msgid "" -"Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and " -"add the following using your own proxy values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:724 -msgid "Reload the Docker daemon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:730 -msgid "" -"Configure the Docker container proxies, to pass proxy settings to " -"containers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:733 -msgid "Create a directory for your container config:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:739 -msgid "" -"Create the config file :file:`~/.docker/config.json` and add the " -"following entries, using your own proxy values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:755 -msgid "Set ownership and permission on the docker config directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:762 -msgid "" -"Configure proxies to allow mixer to access upstream content from behind a" -" firewall." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:765 -msgid "" -"Open your :file:`$HOME/.bashrc` file and add proxy and port values for " -"the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:776 -msgid "Log out and log back in for the proxies to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:781 -msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:783 -msgid "" -"A web server is needed to host your update content. In this example, we " -"use the nginx web server, which comes with |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:786 -msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer with the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:788 -msgid "Install the :command:`nginx` bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:794 -msgid "Make the directory where mixer updates will reside:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:800 -msgid "" -"Create a symbolic link between your workspace updates and the updates on " -"the local nginx web server. In this example, `$HOME/mixer` is the " -"workspace for the mix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:808 -msgid "Set up ``nginx`` configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:814 -msgid "Copy the default example configuration file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:820 -msgid "" -"Configure the mixer update server. Create and add the following server " -"configuration content to :file:`/etc/nginx/conf.d/mixer.conf` (sudo " -"required):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:833 -msgid "Restart the daemon, enable nginx on boot, and start the service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:843 -msgid "" -"Verify the web server is running at \\http://localhost. At this point you" -" should no longer see a \"404 Not Found\" message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:847 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:849 -msgid ":ref:`About mixer `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:850 -msgid ":ref:`autospec-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:851 -msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:852 -msgid ":ref:`swupd-about`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the mixer tool with the " -#~ ":command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to `Install " -#~ "a bundle`_ for more details." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "View the list of `suitable versions`_ from which to mix." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You cannot see the curl bundle " -#~ "that you added in Example 2 " -#~ "because your mix is still on " -#~ "version 10." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check for updates. You should see " -#~ "that version 20 is available. Use " -#~ "swupd to update your mix:" -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If `Format` increments to a new " -#~ "epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS " -#~ "has changed in such a way that " -#~ "updating from build M in format X" -#~ " to build N in format Y will" -#~ " not work. Generally, this scenario " -#~ "occurs when the software updater or " -#~ "the software has a change such " -#~ "that it is no longer compatible " -#~ "with the previous update scheme, or " -#~ "when a package is removed from the" -#~ " update stream and the update must" -#~ " ensure the files associated with " -#~ "that package are removed from the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po deleted file mode 100644 index 71d85f32..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,196 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:4 -msgid "Stateless" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:6 -msgid "" -"In most operating systems, user data, system data, and configuration " -"files can become intermingled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the " -"filesystem over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:16 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy with the goal to provide an " -":abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive user " -"configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does *not* mean" -" ephemeral or non-persistent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:25 -msgid "File-level separation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is " -"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the " -"filesystem." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:38 -msgid "System areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:39 -msgid "" -"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system " -"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get " -"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd `.This " -"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of " -"system files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:45 -msgid "User areas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` " -"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| " -"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` " -"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. " -"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the " -"configuration that makes their system unique." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:54 -msgid "Software configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:56 -msgid "" -"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in " -"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-" -"provided configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:61 -msgid "Default configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is " -"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:66 -msgid "" -"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include " -"default configuration values or default configuration files may be " -"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be " -"referenced as templates for customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed " -"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:76 -msgid "Overriding configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be " -"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does " -"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:82 -msgid "" -"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of " -"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:85 -msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:87 -msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:93 -msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:99 -msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:105 -msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:111 -msgid "" -"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs " -"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:115 -msgid "System reset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be" -" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and " -":file:`/var`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it " -"was just installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that " -"renders a system unable to boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:133 -msgid "Additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:135 -msgid "`stateless man page`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.po deleted file mode 100644 index 567cdf39..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/swupd-guide.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,459 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:4 -msgid "swupd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:6 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` links a |CL-ATTR| installation with upstream updates and" -" software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:14 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:16 -msgid ":command:`swupd` has two main functions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Manage software and replace APT or YUM, by installing bundles rather than" -" packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:20 -msgid "Check for system updates and install them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:22 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` manages overlapping dependencies behind the scenes, " -"ensuring that all software is compatible across the system. It can be " -"used to verify the OS, clean cached files, and fix issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:26 -msgid "" -":ref:`Bundles ` contain everything needed to deliver a software " -"capability. They are the smallest granularity component that is managed " -"by |CL|. A bundle comes with all of its dependencies rather than " -"downloading a cascade of package dependencies when installing a piece of " -"software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:33 -msgid "Versioning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Using package managers to monitor software version compatibility or " -"compare multiple systems on many Linux distributions can be cumbersome." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:38 -msgid "" -"With |CL| :command:`swupd`, versioning happens at the individual file " -"level. This means |CL| generates an entirely new OS version with any set " -"of software changes to the system, including software downgrades or " -"removals. This rolling release versioning model is similar to " -":command:`git` internal version tracking, where any of the individual " -"file commits are tracked and move the pointer forward when changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:45 -msgid "" -"A number that represents the **current** release of the OS describes the " -"versions of all the software on the OS. Each build is composed of a " -"specific set of bundles made from a particular version of packages. On a " -"daily basis, this matters to system administrators who need to determine " -"which of their systems do not have the latest security fixes, or which " -"combinations of software have been tested. Every release of the same " -"number is guaranteed to contain the same versions of software, so there's" -" no ambiguity between two systems running the same version of |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:55 -msgid "Updating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:57 -msgid "" -"|CL| enforces regular updating of the OS by default and automatically " -"checks for updates against a version server. The content server provides " -"the file and metadata content for all versions and can be the same as the" -" version server. The content url server provides metadata in the form of " -"*manifests*, which list and describe file contents, symlinks, and " -"directories. Additionally, the actual content is provided to clients in " -"the form of archive files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Software updates with |CL| are also efficient. Unlike package-based " -"distributions, :command:`swupd` only updates files that have changed, " -"rather than entire packages. For example, it is quite common for an OS " -"security patch to be as small as 15 KB. Using binary deltas, |CL| is able" -" to apply only what is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For details on how to generate update content for |CL|, see the " -":ref:`mixer ` tool." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:75 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:78 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:80 -msgid "The device is on a well-connected network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The device is able to connect to an update server. The default server is:" -" http://update.clearlinux.org" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:85 -msgid "Updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:87 -msgid "" -"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on " -"demand. :command:`swupd` makes sure that regular updates are simple and " -"secure. It can also check the validity of currently installed files and " -"software, and can correct any problems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:93 -msgid "Manifests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:95 -msgid "" -"The |CL| software update content consists of data and metadata. The data " -"is the files that end up in the OS. The metadata contains relevant " -"information to properly provision the data to the OS file system, as well" -" as update the system and add or remove additional content to the OS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:100 -msgid "" -"The manifests are mostly long lists of hashes that describe content. Each" -" bundle gets its own manifest file. There is a master manifest file that " -"describes all manifests to tie it all together." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:105 -msgid "Fullfiles, packs, and delta packs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:107 -msgid "" -"To speed up updates and optimize content delivery, update data " -"provisioned to a system is obtained by one of the following methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:110 -msgid "" -"*Fullfiles* are always generated for every file in every release. This " -"allows any |CL| to obtain the exact copy of the content for each version " -"directly. This is used if the OS verification needs to replace a single " -"file, for instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:115 -msgid "" -"*Packs* are available for some releases. They combine many files to speed" -" up the creation of installation media and large updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:118 -msgid "" -"*Delta packs* are an optimized version of packs that only contain updates" -" (binary diffs). They cannot be used without having the original file " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:122 -msgid "Bundle search" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:124 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` searches download manifest data for bundles that match " -"the term. Enter only one term, or hyphenated term, per search. Use the " -"command :command:`man swupd` to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Only the base bundle is returned. Bundles can contain other bundles via " -"includes. For more details, see `Bundle Definition Files`_ and its " -"subdirectory bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Bundles that are already installed are marked **(installed)** in search " -"results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:135 -msgid "Optionally, you can review our `bundles`_ on GitHub\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:138 -msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:141 -msgid "Example 1: Disable and enable automatic updates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:143 -msgid "" -"|CL| updates are automatic by default, but can be set to occur only on " -"demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:146 -msgid "Verify your current auto-update setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:156 -msgid "Disable automatic updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:170 -msgid "Check manually for updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:176 -msgid "Install an update after identifying one that you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:182 -msgid "Re-enable automatic installs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:191 -msgid "Example 2: Find and install Kata Containers\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Kata Containers is a popular container implementation. Unlike other " -"container implementations, each Kata Container has its own kernel " -"instance and runs on its own :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` for improved " -"security." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:198 -msgid "" -"|CL| makes it very easy to install, since you only need to add one bundle" -" to use `Kata Containers`_: `containers-virt`_, despite a number of " -"dependencies. Also, check out our tutorial: :ref:`kata`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:202 -msgid "Find the correct bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:204 -msgid "" -"To return all possible matches for the search string, enter " -":command:`swupd search`, followed by 'kata':" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:211 -msgid "The output should be similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If your search does not produce results with a specific term, shorten the" -" search term. For example, use *kube* instead of *kubernetes*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:232 -msgid "Add the bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:240 -msgid "To add multiple bundles, add a space followed by the bundle name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:242 -msgid "The output of a successful installation should be similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:261 -msgid "Example 3: Verify and correct system file mismatch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:263 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` can determine whether system directories and files have " -"been added to, overwritten, removed, or modified (e.g., permissions)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:270 -msgid "" -"All directories that are watched by :command:`swupd` are verified " -"according to the manifest data. Hash mismatches are flagged as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:287 -msgid "" -"In this case, Python\\* packages that were installed on top of the " -"default install were flagged as mismatched. :command:`swupd` can be " -"directed to ignore or fix issues based on command line options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:291 -msgid "" -":command:`swupd` can correct any issues it detects. Additional directives" -" can be added including a white list of directories to be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The following command repairs issues, removes unknown items, and ignores " -"files or directories matching :file:`/usr/lib/python`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:302 -msgid "Quick reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:305 -msgid "swupd info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:305 -msgid "Returns the currently installed version and update servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:309 -msgid "swupd update " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:308 -msgid "" -"Updates to a specific version or updates to latest version if no " -"arguments are used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:312 -msgid "swupd bundle-list [--all]" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:312 -msgid "Lists installed bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:315 -msgid "swupd bundle-add [-b] " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:315 -msgid "Finds a bundle that contains your search term." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:318 -msgid "swupd bundle-add " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:318 -msgid "Adds a bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:321 -msgid "swupd bundle-remove " -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:321 -msgid "Removes a bundle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:324 -msgid "swupd --help" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:324 -msgid "Lists additional :command:`swupd` commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:327 -msgid "man swupd" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:327 -msgid "Opens the :command:`swupd` man page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:329 -msgid "Refer to `swupd source documentation`_ on GitHub for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:332 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:334 -msgid ":ref:`autospec`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:335 -msgid ":ref:`mixer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/swupd-guide.rst:336 -msgid ":ref:`bundles`" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "|CL| makes it very easy to " -#~ "install, since you only need to " -#~ "add `one bundle`_ to use `Kata " -#~ "Containers`_: `containers-virt`, despite a " -#~ "number of dependencies. Also, check out" -#~ " our tutorial: :ref:`kata`." -#~ msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Refer to :command:`swupd` `source " -#~ "documentation`_ on GitHub for more " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po deleted file mode 100644 index 880383f4..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:4 -msgid "How to Clear" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Clear Linux is a little different from other distros. Here are some " -"important tools and concepts for managing your install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:18 -msgid "Training" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Additional training materials are available in the `how-to-clear`_ " -"GitHub\\* project to help you get started with |CL| tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The training helps you create a customized OS that is based on |CL| and " -"provides complete details on the methods and tools used to create updates" -" and how to deploy updates to targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To complete the training, you will need a clean |CL| installation and a " -"network connection. The project includes all files needed to complete the" -" exercises." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:29 -msgid "`how-to-clear`_ training on GitHub" -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "Tooling" -#~ msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/apache-hadoop.po similarity index 69% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/apache-hadoop.po index bb1ad7ee..26645acc 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/apache-hadoop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,74 +18,74 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:4 -msgid "Set up a single node cluster with Hadoop\\*" +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:4 +msgid "Apache\\* Hadoop\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial walks you through the process of installing, configuring, " -"and running Apache\\* Hadoop on |CL-ATTR|. The Apache Hadoop software " +"and running Apache Hadoop on |CL-ATTR|. The Apache Hadoop software " "library is a framework for distributed processing of large data sets " "across clusters of computers using simple programming models. It is " "designed to scale up from single servers to thousands of machines, with " "each machine offering local computation and storage." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:14 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:16 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:16 msgid "" "Before following this tutorial, you should follow the :ref:`bare-metal-" "install-desktop` to ensure you have installed |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:19 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:19 msgid "" "Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " "command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:25 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:25 msgid "" "For the purposes of this tutorial, we will install Hadoop in a single " "machine running both the master and slave daemons." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:29 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:29 msgid "Install Apache Hadoop" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:31 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:31 msgid "" "Apache Hadoop is included in the `big-data-basic` bundle. To install the " "framework, enter the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:39 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:39 msgid "Configure Apache Hadoop" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:41 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:41 msgid "To create the configuration directory, enter the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:47 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:47 msgid "" "Copy the defaults from :file:`/usr/share/defaults/hadoop` to " ":file:`/etc/hadoop` with the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:54 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:54 msgid "" "Since |CL| is a stateless system, you should never modify the files under" " the :file:`/usr/share/defaults` directory. The software updater will " "overwrite those files." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:58 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:58 msgid "" "Once all the configuration files are in :file:`/etc/hadoop`, we must edit" " them to fit our needs. The `NameNode` server is the master server. It " @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ msgid "" "site.xml`, informs the Hadoop daemon where `NameNode` is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:64 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:64 msgid "" "In this tutorial, our `NameNode` runs in our `localhost`. Follow these " "steps to set it up correctly:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:67 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:67 msgid "" "Open the :file:`/etc/hadoop/core-site.xml` file using the editor of your " "choice and modify the file as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:81 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:81 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/hdfs-site.xml` file. This file configures the" " :abbr:`HDFS (Hadoop Distributed File System)` daemons. This " @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ msgid "" "block replication to 1 from the default of 3 as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:103 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:103 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/mapred-site.xml` file. This file configures " "all daemons related to `MapReduce`: `JobTracker` and `TaskTrackers`. With" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgid "" "our runtime framework for executing `MapReduce` jobs as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:121 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:121 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/yarn-site.xml` file. This file configures all" " daemons related to `YARN`: `ResourceManager` and `NodeManager`. In our " @@ -132,100 +132,117 @@ msgid "" "default as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:142 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:142 msgid "Configure your SSH key" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:144 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:144 msgid "Create a SSH key. If you already have one, skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:151 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:151 msgid "Copy the key to your authorized keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:157 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:157 msgid "" "Log into the localhost. If no password prompt appears, you are ready to " "run the Hadoop daemons." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:165 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:165 msgid "Run the Hadoop daemons" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:167 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:167 msgid "" "With all the configuration files properly edited, we are ready to start " "the daemons." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:170 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:170 msgid "" "When we format the `NameNode` server, it formats the meta-data related to" " data nodes. Thus, all the information on the data nodes is lost and the " "nodes can be reused for new data." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:174 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:174 msgid "Format the `NameNode` server with the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:180 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:180 msgid "Start the DFS in `NameNode` and `DataNodes` with the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:186 ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:211 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:186 ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:211 msgid "The console output should be similar to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:196 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:196 msgid "Enter `yes` to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:198 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:198 msgid "" "Start the `YARN` daemons `ResourceManager` and `NodeManager` with the " "following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:205 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:205 msgid "Ensure everything is running as expected with the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:223 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:223 msgid "Run the MapReduce wordcount example" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:225 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:225 msgid "Create the input directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:231 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:231 msgid "Copy a file from the local file system to the HDFS." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:237 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:237 msgid "Run the `wordcount` example." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:243 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:243 msgid "" "Read output file \"part-r-00000\". This file contains the number of times" " each word appears in the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:250 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:250 msgid "**Congratulations!**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:252 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:252 msgid "" "You successfully installed and setup a single node Hadoop cluster. " "Additionally, you ran a simple wordcount example." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:255 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-hadoop.rst:255 msgid "Your single node Hadoop cluster is up and running!" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Set up a single node cluster with Hadoop\\*" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial walks you through the " +#~ "process of installing, configuring, and " +#~ "running Apache\\* Hadoop on |CL-ATTR|." +#~ " The Apache Hadoop software library " +#~ "is a framework for distributed " +#~ "processing of large data sets across " +#~ "clusters of computers using simple " +#~ "programming models. It is designed to" +#~ " scale up from single servers to " +#~ "thousands of machines, with each machine" +#~ " offering local computation and storage." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/apache-spark.po similarity index 74% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/apache-spark.po index a73c55c1..2812eac7 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/apache-spark.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,90 +18,90 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:4 -msgid "Set up a standalone cluster system using Apache\\* Spark\\*" +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:4 +msgid "Apache\\* Spark\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run Apache Spark " "on |CL-ATTR|. Apache Spark is a fast general-purpose cluster computing " "system with the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:10 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:10 msgid "Provides high-level APIs in Java\\*, Scala\\*, Python\\*, and R\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:11 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:11 msgid "Includes an optimized engine that supports general execution graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:12 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:12 msgid "" "Supports high-level tools including Spark SQL, MLlib, GraphX, and Spark " "Streaming." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:15 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:15 msgid "" "In this tutorial, you will install Spark on a single machine running the " "master daemon and a worker daemon." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:19 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:19 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:21 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:21 msgid "" "This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " "detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " "the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:25 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:25 msgid "" "Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " "command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:32 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:32 msgid "Install Apache Spark" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:34 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:34 msgid "" "Apache Spark is included in the :file:`big-data-basic` bundle. To install" " the framework, enter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:42 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:42 msgid "Configure Apache Spark" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:44 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:44 msgid "Create the configuration directory with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:50 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:50 msgid "" "Copy the default templates from :file:`/usr/share/defaults/spark` to " ":file:`/etc/spark` with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:57 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:57 msgid "" "Since |CL| is a stateless system, you should never modify the files under" " the :file:`/usr/share/defaults` directory. The software updater " "overwrites those files." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:62 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:62 msgid "Copy the template files below to create custom configuration files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:70 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:70 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`/etc/spark/spark-env.sh` file and add the " ":envvar:`SPARK_MASTER_HOST` variable. Replace the example address below " @@ -109,68 +109,71 @@ msgid "" ":command:`hostname -I` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:79 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:79 msgid "" "This optional step enables the master's web user interface to view " "information needed later in this tutorial." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:82 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:82 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`/etc/spark/spark-defaults.conf` file and update the " "`spark.master` variable with the `SPARK_MASTER_HOST` address and port " "`7077`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:90 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:90 msgid "Start the master server and a worker daemon" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:92 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:92 msgid "Start the master server using:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:98 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:98 msgid "" "Start one worker daemon and connect it to the master using the " "`spark.master` variable defined earlier:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:105 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:105 msgid "" "Open an internet browser and view the worker daemon information using the" " master's IP address and port `8080`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:113 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:113 msgid "Run the Spark wordcount example" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:115 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:115 msgid "" "Run the wordcount example using a file on your local host and output the " "results to a new file with the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:122 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:122 msgid "" "Open an internet browser and view the application information using the " "master's IP address and port `8080`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:129 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:129 msgid "" "View the results of the wordcount application in the " ":file:`~/Documents/results` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:131 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:131 msgid "**Congratulations!**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:133 +#: ../../tutorials/apache-spark.rst:133 msgid "" "You successfully installed and set up a standalone Apache Spark cluster. " "Additionally, you ran a simple wordcount example." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Set up a standalone cluster system using Apache\\* Spark\\*" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/archive/kata_migration.po similarity index 100% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/archive/kata_migration.po diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.po deleted file mode 100644 index a4cc924e..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,379 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:4 -msgid "Create and launch |CL-ATTR| from Amazon Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial walks you through creating and launching a |CL| :abbr:`AMI " -"(Amazon Machine Image)` instance from the :abbr:`AWS (Amazon Web " -"Services)` console and complete the following tasks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:10 -msgid "Locate and select the |CL| OS Basic AMI in the AWS Marketplace." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Create a new public and private key pair to allow you to connect to your " -"|CL| instance securely." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:13 -msgid "Launch the new |CL| instance and connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:14 -msgid "Update your instance of |CL| using the :command:`swupd` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:15 -msgid "Stop the |CL| instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:18 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:20 -msgid "This tutorial assumes the following statements are true:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You are using a linux-based system to access AWS and can run " -":command:`SSH` to access the remote |CL| AWS image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Your browser puts downloaded files in the :file:`$HOME/Downloads` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You have already set up an AWS user account and logged into the AWS " -"console." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:30 -msgid "" -"This tutorial uses a |CL| AMI t2.micro instance that is eligible for the " -"AWS free tier. To learn more about AWS and setting up an account, visit " -"the AWS website at http://aws.amazon.com." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:35 -msgid "Locate, select, and launch the |CL| Basic AMI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Start from your main AWS services console menu in your browser and select" -" the :guilabel:`EC2` text as shown in figure 1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:44 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`AWS Console`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:46 -msgid "This selection brings up your :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To create a new |CL| instance from the :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard` menu, " -"select the :guilabel:`Launch Instance` button as shown in figure 2:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:55 -msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`EC2 Dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This selection takes you to the :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose an Amazon " -"Machine Image (AMI)` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To find the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI in the :guilabel:`Step " -"1: Choose an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)` menu, do the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the lefthand navigation window, select the :guilabel:`AWS Marketplace`" -" menu item to bring up the search bar to :guilabel:`Search AWS " -"Marketplace Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In the search bar, type \"clear linux os\" and hit the :kbd:`Enter` key " -"to search for and locate the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI by clicking on the " -":guilabel:`Select` button as shown in figure 3:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:78 -msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Step 1: Choose AMI`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A pop-up dialog box appears showing you more information about the " -":guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic` AMI along with the pricing details for " -"running |CL| on different platform configurations as shown in figure 4. " -"Select the :guilabel:`Continue` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:89 -msgid "Figure 4: :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS Basic`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:91 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Choose Instance Type` menu appears as shown in figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:97 -msgid "Figure 5: :guilabel:`Choose an Instance Type`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`t2.micro` type by clicking the box on the left side" -" of the instance and then select the :guilabel:`Review and Launch` button" -" to move to the :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:105 -msgid "" -"You can configure the instance details, add additional storage, add tags," -" and configure the security group before selecting the :guilabel:`Review " -"and Launch` button if you want to further customize this |CL| instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch` menu, shown in figure " -"6, allows you to :guilabel:`Cancel` the process, return to the " -":guilabel:`Previous` screen to change the configuration or " -":guilabel:`Launch` the instance defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:119 -msgid "Figure 6: :guilabel:`Step 7: Review the Instance Launch`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Launch` button. A dialog box appears, as shown in " -"figure 7, asking you to :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create " -"a new pair`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:129 -msgid "Figure 7: :guilabel:`Select an existing key pair or create a new pair`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:131 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new key pair` option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:133 -msgid "For the :guilabel:`Key pair name` field, enter `AWSClearTestKey`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`Download Key Pair` button to download the " -":file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` to your browser's defined :file:`Downloads` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:139 -msgid "" -"When the file finishes downloading, select the :guilabel:`Launch " -"Instances` button to proceed to the :guilabel:`Launch Status` menu shown " -"in figure 8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:147 -msgid "Figure 8: :guilabel:`Launch Status`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Once the :guilabel:`Launch Status` page changes to what is shown in " -"figure 9, select the :guilabel:`View Instances` button to view your " -":guilabel:`Instances` dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:157 -msgid "Figure 9: :guilabel:`View Instance`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:160 -msgid "Connect to your Clear Linux OS Basic instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:162 -msgid "" -"Your :guilabel:`Instances` Dashboard is shown in figure 10 with the new " -"|CL| OS basic instance already selected and in the running state. If " -"there are other instances available, they are also listed but not " -"selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:170 -msgid "Figure 10: :guilabel:`Instance Dashboard`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:172 -msgid "" -"To connect to your running instance, click the :guilabel:`Connect` button" -" located at the top of your dashboard. AWS brings up the pop-up dialog " -"box shown in figure 11 describing how to connect to your running " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:182 -msgid "Figure 11: :guilabel:`Connect to Your Instance`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Open a terminal on your system. You should be in your :file:`$HOME` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Copy the previously downloaded keyfile from the :file:`Downloads` " -"directory to the current directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Change the attributes of the :file:`AWSClearTestKey.pem` using the " -":command:`chmod` command as instructed in the dialog box shown in figure " -"11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Copy the text highlighted in the :guilabel:`Example:` section that is " -"shown in :ref:`figure 11`. Paste the copied text into " -"your terminal, change the text before the `@` sign to the username " -"`clear`, and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to execute the command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:211 -msgid "" -"A message appears on the terminal stating the authenticity of the host " -"can't be established and prompts you with the message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Type `yes` and hit the :kbd:`Enter` key. Another warning is printed to " -"the terminal and you are now at the command prompt of your new |CL| " -"instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:229 -msgid "Update the |CL| instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:231 -msgid "" -"Run the :command:`sudo swupd update` command to update the operating " -"system as shown in figure 12:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:238 -msgid "Figure 12: :guilabel:`sudo swupd update`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:240 -msgid "In this example we updated from version 18940 to 19100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:243 -msgid "Stop the |CL| instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:245 -msgid "" -"When you are finished using your AWS |CL| instance you need to stop it " -"using the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to stop accruing charges. " -"Complete the following steps from the :guilabel:`Instances` dashboard to " -"stop your AWS |CL| instance from running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:250 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` button to bring up a pull-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:252 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Instance State` menu item to expand the options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:254 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Stop` menu item to shut down the running instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:256 -msgid "Figure 13 illustrates these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:262 -msgid "Figure 13: :guilabel:`Stop Instance`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:264 -msgid "" -"A pop-up dialog box appears warning you that any ephemeral storage of " -"your instance will be lost. Select the :guilabel:`Yes, Stop` button to " -"stop your |CL| instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:272 -msgid "Figure 14: :guilabel:`Stop Instances`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/aws-web/aws-web.rst:274 -msgid "" -"Congratulations! You are up and running with |CL| on AWS. To see what you" -" can do with your |CL| instance, visit our :ref:`tutorials ` " -"section for examples on using your |CL| system." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.po deleted file mode 100644 index 75be9084..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/azure.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,445 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:4 -msgid "Run |CL-ATTR| using Microsoft Azure CLI 2.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:6 -msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| is available for you to use in the Microsoft* Azure* " -"marketplace and is offered with three different images, also known as a " -":abbr:`SKU (Stock Keeping Unit)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:10 -msgid "" -"|CL| Basic - This SKU consists of a bare-bones system which can be used " -"as a starting point for those wanting to explore and build out a system " -"with additional software bundles of their choosing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:14 -msgid "" -"|CL| Containers - This SKU comes with the containers-basic software " -"bundle already installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:17 -msgid "" -"|CL| Machine-learning - This SKU comes pre-loaded with popular open " -"source tools for developing machine learning applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can access these images directly from your MS Azure dashboard through" -" the `Azure portal`_ or by using the MS Azure :abbr:`CLI (Command Line " -"Interface)` 2.0. If you do not already have an account set up with MS " -"Azure, you can sign up for a `MS Azure free account`_ to access the |CL| " -":abbr:`VM(Virtual Machine)` images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:26 -msgid "" -"The Azure CLI offers the ability to create and manage resources in MS " -"Azure from the command line. In this tutorial you learn to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:29 -msgid "Install the latest MS Azure CLI on your |CL| machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:31 -msgid "Log into MS Azure using the CLI 2.0 interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:33 -msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:35 -msgid "Locate the |CL| images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:37 -msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:39 -msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To use the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on your |CL| system, your system must have " -"the following packages installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:44 -msgid "Python 2.7 or later" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:46 -msgid "libffi" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:48 -msgid "OpenSSL 1.0.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can check to see what versions you have installed on your system by " -"running the individual commands as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If you do not have these packages installed on your |CL| system, install " -"the sysadmin-basic software bundle using the :command:`swupd` command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:87 -msgid "" -"These instructions are for installing the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools on a " -"|CL| system. If you are installing the CLI on another platform, follow " -"the instructions in the `MS Azure Install Azure CLI tutorial`_ for your " -"specific operating system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:93 -msgid "Install MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:95 -msgid "" -"To install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 on |CL|, use the :command:`curl` command " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you get an error message from :command:`curl` related to the -L " -"parameter or an error message is generated that includes the text " -"\"Object Moved\", use the full URL instead of the aka.ms redirect " -"address:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The installation script begins and prompts you several times during " -"execution for information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The console output from the script displays your username instead of the " -"**[user]** variable shown on this tutorial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another" -" directory to install the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tools into." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or you can chose another" -" directory to install the :command:`az` executable in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The installation downloads and builds all required tools and when " -"complete prompts you with:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:139 -msgid "Type :kbd:`Y` and press the :kbd:`Enter` key to allow this modification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept the default or enter the pathname to" -" your :file:`.bashrc` file. The installation completes with the final " -"output shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:160 -msgid "" -"The installation program finishes and you must restart your shell for the" -" changes to take effect. When the installation is successful, run the " -"following command to restart your shell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With the MS Azure CLI 2.0 executable successfully built and installed, " -"run the :command:`az` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:175 -msgid "The output from the :command:`az` command is shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:254 -msgid "Log into your Microsoft Azure account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:256 -msgid "" -"With the :command:`az` command properly installed and functional, login " -"to your MS Azure account using the :command:`az login` command shown " -"below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:263 -msgid "The output from this command is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Open your browser and enter the page `https://aka.ms/devicelogin` as " -"shown in figure 1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:276 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Enter the code `BQ9MG442B` to authenticate your device as shown in figure" -" 2. The code `BQ9MG442B` is a random authentication code generated for " -"each session login and will be different each time you log into MS Azure " -"using the :command:`az login` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:287 -msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Microsoft Device Login - Azure CLI`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:289 -msgid "" -"Once you enter the authentication code, the website changes to a screen " -"to enter your existing Microsoft Azure credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Log in with your existing MS Azure account credentials. Once complete, " -"the browser screen changes again as shown in figure 3. The screen shows " -"you have signed into the Microsoft Cross-platform Command Line Interface " -"application on your device and you can close the window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:301 -msgid "Figure 3: :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Cross-platform CLI`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:303 -msgid "" -"The MS Azure CLI 2.0 interface is now active using your existing MS Azure" -" account credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:307 -msgid "Create a MS Azure resource group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:309 -msgid "" -"To learn more about MS Azure resource groups, visit the `Azure Resource " -"Manager overview`_ for an overview and detailed description of resources " -"within MS Azure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:313 -msgid "" -"To create our new resource group, run the :command:`az group create ...` " -"command shown below to create a resource group named `ClearResourceGroup`" -" using the `-n` parameter and locate it in the `westus` region using the " -"`-l` parameter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:322 -msgid "" -"When the command has completed, the output from this command is similar " -"to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:339 -msgid "Create and log into the |CL| virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:341 -msgid "For this tutorial, we are using the |CL| Basic SKU for our VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:343 -msgid "" -"To locate the available |CL| Basic VM SKU images in the MS Azure " -"marketplace, run the :command:`az vm image ...` command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:350 -msgid "" -"This command may take some time to finish. The output lists all available" -" |CL| Basic images available in the Microsoft Azure marketplace as shown " -"below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:370 -msgid "" -"The output list shows current offerings. New versions are added to the MS" -" Azure marketplace all the time. To reference the latest version of an " -"image, you can use the version label `latest` when specifying an image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:374 -msgid "" -"The information shown in the `Urn` column lists the " -"`Publisher:Offer:Sku:Version` for each image available and this is the " -"information we want to create the |CL| Basic VM. Since we are creating a " -"|CL| Basic VM, highlight the `clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:` " -"string and copy it to your clipboard. Use the label `latest` instead of " -"referencing a specific version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:381 -msgid "" -"Create the new |CL| Basic VM. Run the :command:`az vm create ...` command" -" using the URN `:clear-linux-project:clear-linux-os:basic:latest` that we" -" copied to the clipboard on the previous step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:391 -msgid "" -"If you have already defined your public/private SSH key pair and they are" -" stored in your :file:`$HOME/.ssh` directory, you do not need to include " -"the *--generate-ssh-keys* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:395 -msgid "" -"Your output from this command will look similar to this output, where " -"[user] is your user name:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:416 -msgid "Take note of the public IP address from the output." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Login into the new |CL| Basic VM, run the :command:`ssh` command with the" -" public IP address obtained from the previous step as shown:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:425 -msgid "" -"You may see the following message about the authenticity of the host. If " -"this appears, type `yes` to proceed connecting to your new |CL| VM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:437 -msgid "" -"You are now logged into your new |CL| VM as [user], where [user] is your " -"user name. To check which software bundles are included with this VM " -"image, run the :command:`sudo swupd bundle-list` command inside the VM:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:445 -msgid "The output shown should be similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:467 -msgid "" -"When you are finished using your new |CL| VM, type :command:`exit` to " -"close the :command:`SSH` terminal and logout." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:471 -msgid "Stop and deallocate the |CL| VM and resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:473 -msgid "" -"When you finish using your new |CL| instance, you must stop the VM and " -"deallocate the resources in your resource group. If you only stop a VM, " -"the OS image shuts down but the resources associated with it in your " -"resource group remain allocated and incurring charges. For instance, if " -"you stop and then later start the VM using the :command:`az vm start...` " -"without deallocating the resources, the IP address is retained and you " -"can access the VM using that same IP address. To release the resources " -"associated with the VM and stop incurring charges for them, you must " -"deallocate the resources as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:482 -msgid "" -"At the command prompt, enter the :command:`az vm stop...` command as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:489 -msgid "This will stop the VM and then output text similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Once the VM stops, deallocate the VM resources to stop incurring charges " -"for the |CL| instance. Enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:508 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:510 -msgid "" -"You are up and running with |CL| on MS Azure using the Azure CLI 2.0 " -"command line tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:514 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:516 -msgid "" -"To see use cases you can fulfill with your |CL| instance, visit our " -":ref:`tutorials ` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:519 -msgid "" -"For additional information visit the |CL| `Azure Partner Mini Case " -"Study`_ and the `Azure Partner Datasheet`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/azure.rst:522 -msgid "" -"To learn more about the MS Azure CLI 2.0 tool and options that are " -"available, visit the `MS Azure documentation and tutorials`_ website." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.po deleted file mode 100644 index cb22e9df..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dars.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:4 -msgid "Data Analytics Reference Stack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial shows you how to use the Data Analytics Reference Stack " -"(DARS), and to optionally build your own images with the baseline " -"Dockerfiles provided in the `DARS repository`_. Our assumption is that " -"|CL-ATTR| is the host. However, any system that supports Docker\\* " -"containers can be used to follow these steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:17 -msgid "The Data Analytics Reference Stack release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack (DARS) provides developers and " -"enterprises a straightforward, highly optimized software stack for " -"storing and processing large amounts of data. More detail is available " -"on the `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack provides two pre-built Docker images, " -"available on `Docker Hub`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:23 -msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with OpenBlas`_ stack optimized for `OpenBLAS`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:24 -msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with MKL`_ stack optimized for `MKL`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:26 -msgid "" -"We recommend you view the latest component versions for each image in the" -" :file:`README` found in the `DARS repository`_. Because |CL| is a " -"rolling distribution, the package version numbers in the |CL|-based " -"containers may not be the latest released by |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The Data Analytics Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece " -"of software within the work has its own license. Please see the `terms " -"of use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Data Analytics" -" Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:38 -msgid "Using the Docker Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To immediately start using the latest stable DARS images, pull directly " -"from `Docker Hub`_. For this tutorial we'll use the `Dars with MKL`_ " -"version of the stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:43 -msgid "Once you have downloaded the image, you can run it with" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:49 -msgid "" -"This will launch the image and drop you into a bash shell inside the " -"container. You will see output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The :command:`--ulimit nofile` parameter is currently required in order " -"to increase the number of open files opened at certain point by the spark" -" engine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:75 -msgid "Building DARS Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If you choose to build your own DARS container images, you can customize " -"them as needed. Use the provided Dockerfile as a baseline. To construct " -"images with |CL|, start with a |CL| development platform that has the " -":command:`containers-basic-dev` bundle installed. Learn more about " -"bundles and installing them by using :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:83 -msgid "First, clone the `DARS repository`_ from GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Then, inside the DARS directory, run :command:`make` to build OpenBLAS " -"and MKL images, and run :command:`make baseline` to build the baseline " -"CentOS image. Depending on the system, it may take a while to finish " -"building. Once completed, check the resulting images with " -":command:`Docker`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dars.rst:98 -msgid "" -"You can use any of the resulting images to launch fully functional " -"containers. If you need to customize the containers, you can edit the " -"provided :file:`Dockerfile`." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f866fb71 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs.po @@ -0,0 +1,998 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-29 17:26-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:4 +msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide gives examples for using the Deep Learning Reference stack to " +"run real-world usecases, as well as benchmarking workloads for " +"TensorFlow\\*, PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow\\* in |CL-ATTR|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:16 +msgid "" +"We created the Deep Learning Reference Stack to help AI developers " +"deliver the best experience on Intel® Architecture. This stack reduces " +"complexity common with deep learning software components, provides " +"flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly " +"prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this guide to run " +"benchmarking workloads on your solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:23 +msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:25 +msgid "" +"`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_, which is optimized using Intel® Math Kernel " +"Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) primitives and " +"introduces support for Intel® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions " +"(VNNI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:28 +msgid "" +"`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using" +" Intel® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) " +"primitives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:31 +msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for Intel® architecture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:32 +msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using " +"Intel® Math Kernel Library (Intel® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To take advantage of the Intel® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality (including" +" the MKL-DNN releases) with the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must " +"use the following hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:41 +msgid "Intel® AVX-512 images require an Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:42 +msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:45 +msgid "Stack features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:47 +msgid "`DLRS V4.0`_ release announcement, including benchmark results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:48 +msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:49 +msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow " +"benchmark`_ results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:53 +msgid "" +"`DLRS Release notes`_ on Github\\* for the latest release of Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Deep Learning Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece of" +" software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DLRS " +"Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:63 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:65 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` |CL| on your host system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:66 +msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:67 +msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In |CL|, :command:`containers-basic` includes Docker\\*, which is " +"required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the " +":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and " +":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-" +"basic` bundles, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-" +"basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow " +"the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:96 +msgid "Version compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:98 +msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:100 +msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:101 +msgid "Docker 18.06.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:102 +msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:103 +msgid "Go 1.11.12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The Deep Learning Reference Stack was developed to provide the best user " +"experience when executed on a |CL| host. However, as the stack runs in a" +" container environment, you should be able to complete the following " +"sections of this guide on other Linux* distributions, provided they " +"comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed " +"above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages" +" and manage Docker services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:113 +msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:115 +msgid "" +"This section describes running the `TensorFlow Benchmarks`_ in single " +"node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These " +"steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can " +"invoke TensorFlow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for " +"this guide were obtained using `runc` as the runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from " +"`Docker Hub`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:128 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:170 +msgid "Run the image with Docker:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:137 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts " +"interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in " +"the running container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:141 +msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:147 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:188 +msgid "Execute the benchmark script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:155 +msgid "" +"You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the " +"TensorFlow benchmarks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 " +"model using `Intel® quantization tools`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:162 +msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:164 +msgid "" +"This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in " +"single node." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel " +"MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:182 +msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:198 +msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The guide uses " +"`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you choose the Intel® MKL-DNN or Intel® MKL-DNN-VNNI image, your " +"platform must support the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an " +"*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you won’t be able to complete" +" this guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:211 +msgid "Kubernetes setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions in the :ref:`kubernetes` tutorial to get set up " +"on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has instructions for creating a " +"cluster, described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with " +"kubeadm`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:218 +msgid "Kubernetes networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:220 +msgid "" +"We used `flannel`_ as the network provider for these tests. If you prefer" +" a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes network documentation" +" described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with kubeadm`_ for" +" setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:225 +msgid "Kubectl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can use kubectl to run commands against your Kubernetes cluster. " +"Refer to the `Overview of kubectl`_ for details on syntax and operations." +" Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML " +"script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:232 +msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:249 +msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:255 +msgid "" +"This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a " +"deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the " +"container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:259 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:261 +msgid "" +"You must add `launcher.py`_ to the Docker image to include the Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct " +"location. Note that this guide uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot guarantee" +" results if you use a different version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:265 +msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:274 +msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:276 +msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:279 +msgid "ksonnet\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it " +"before setting up Kubeflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:284 +msgid "" +"ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| " +"version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), " +"you must manually install ksonnet as described below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:288 +msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:299 +msgid "" +"After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is " +"accessible across the environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:303 +msgid "Kubeflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by " +"following these instructions from the `Getting Started with Kubeflow`_ " +"guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:323 +msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:333 +msgid "" +"This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a " +"TFJob." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:336 +msgid "Run a TFJob" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:338 +msgid "Get the ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs from `dlrs-tfjob`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:340 +msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:348 +msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:356 +msgid "Replace with the image name you specified in previous steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:358 +msgid "" +"Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using " +"these commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:368 +msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:371 +msgid "Results of running this section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:373 +msgid "" +"You must parse the logs of the Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance " +"data. The pods will still exist post-completion and will be in " +"‘Completed’ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect " +"the benchmark results. More information about Kubernetes logging is " +"available in the Kubernetes `Logging Architecture`_ documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:381 +msgid "TensorFlow Training (TFJob) with Kubeflow and DLRS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:383 +msgid "" +"A `TFJob`_ is Kubeflow's custom resource used to run TensorFlow training" +" jobs on Kubernetes. This example shows how to use a TFJob within the " +"DLRS container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:385 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:509 +msgid "Pre-requisites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:387 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:511 +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:532 +msgid "A running :ref:`kubernetes` cluster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:389 +msgid "Deploying Kubeflow with kfctl/kustomize in |CL|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:393 +msgid "" +"This example proposes a Kubeflow installation with the binary kfctl " +"maintained by `Arrikto`_. Please download the `kfctl tarball`_ to " +"complete the following steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:395 +msgid "Download, untar and add to your PATH if necessary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:404 +msgid "Install `MetalLB`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:410 +msgid "Install Kubeflow resource and TFJob operators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:425 +msgid "List the resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:427 +msgid "" +"Deployment takes around 15 minutes (or more depending on the hardware) to" +" be ready to use. After that you can use kubectl to list all the Kubeflow" +" resources deployed and monitor their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:434 +msgid "Submitting TFJobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:436 +msgid "" +"We provide several `DLRS TFJob`_ examples that use the Deep Learning " +"Reference Stack as the base image for creating the containers to run " +"training workloads in your Kubernetes cluster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:441 +msgid "Customizing a TFJob" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A TFJob is a resource with a YAML representation like the one below. Edit" +" to use the DLRS image containing the code to be executed and modify the " +"command for your own training code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:445 +msgid "" +"If you'd like to modify the number and type of replicas, resources, " +"persistent volumes and environment variables, please refer to the " +"`Kubeflow documentation`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:499 +msgid "" +"For more information, please refer to: * `Distributed TensorFlow`_ * " +"`TFJobs`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:505 +msgid "PyTorch Training (PyTorch Job) with Kubeflow and DLRS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:507 +msgid "" +"A `PyTorch Job`_ is Kubeflow's custom resource used to run PyTorch " +"training jobs on Kubernetes. This example builds on the framework set up " +"in the previous example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:512 +msgid "" +"Please follow steps 1 - 5 of the previous example to set up your " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:516 +msgid "Submitting PyTorch Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:518 +msgid "" +"We provide several `DLRS PytorchJob`_ examples that use the Deep Learning" +" Reference Stack as the base image for creating the container(s) that " +"will run training workloads in your Kubernetes cluster. Select one form " +"the list below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:526 +msgid "Using Kubeflow Seldon and OpenVINO* with the Deep Learning Reference Stack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:528 +msgid "" +"`Seldon Core`_ is an open source platform for deploying machine learning" +" models on a Kubernetes cluster. Seldon Core is supported in the `DLRS " +"V4.0`_ release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:531 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Instead of using Arrikto's configuration manifest as shown in the " +"preceeding example, you should use the manifest provided by `Istio`_, for" +" this example, as Seldon deployments depend on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:538 +msgid "Install deployment tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:550 +msgid "Install Helm*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:558 +msgid "Clean the environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:564 +msgid "Prepare the DLRS image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:566 +msgid "" +"The DLRS base image needs to be rebuilt with the " +"`Dockerfile_openvino_base`_ to add Seldon and the OpenVINO inference " +"engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:572 +msgid "Mount pre-trained models into a persistent volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:574 +msgid "This will also apply all PV manifests to the cluster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:582 +msgid "Start a shell for the container used as pv:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:588 +msgid "Save pre-trained models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:590 +msgid "" +"Now that you're inside the running container, fetch your pre-trained " +"models and save them at `/opt/ml`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:598 +msgid "Deploy the model server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:600 +msgid "Now you're ready to deploy the model server using the Helm chart provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:615 +msgid "Using the Intel® OpenVINO Model Optimizer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:617 +msgid "" +"The Intel OpenVINO toolkit has two primary tools for deep learning, the " +"inference engine and the model optimizer. The inference engine is " +"integrated into the Deep Learning Reference Stack. It is better to use " +"the model optimizer after training the model, and before inference " +"begins. This example will explain how to use the model optimizer by going" +" through a test case with a pre-trained TensorFlow model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:619 +msgid "" +"This example uses resources found in the following OpenVino Toolkit " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:621 +msgid "`Converting a TensorFlow Model`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:623 +msgid "`Converting TensorFlow Object Detection API Models`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:625 +msgid "In this example, you will:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:627 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:632 +msgid "Download a TensorFlow model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:628 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:645 +msgid "Clone the Model Optimizer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:629 +msgid "Install Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:630 ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:678 +msgid "Run the Model Optimizer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:634 +msgid "" +"We will be using an OpenVINO supported topology with the Model Optimizer." +" We will use a TensorFlow Inception V2 frozen model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:636 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the `OpenVINO TensorFlow Model page`_. Then scroll down to " +"the second section titled \"Supported Frozen Topologies from TensorFlow " +"Object Detection Models Zoo\" and download \"SSD Inception V2 COCO.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:638 +msgid "" +"Unpack the file into your chosen working directory. For example, if the " +"tar file is in your Downloads folder and you have navigated to the " +"directory you want to extract it into, run:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:647 +msgid "" +"Next we need the model optimizer directory, named `dldt`_. This example" +" assumes the parent directory is on the same level as the model " +"directory, ie:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:656 +msgid "To clone the Model Optimizer, run this from inside the working directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:663 +msgid "" +"If you explore the :file:`dldt` directory, you'll see both the inference " +"engine and the model optimizer. We are only concerned with the model " +"optimizer at this stage. Navigating into the model optimizer folder " +"you'll find several python scripts and text files. These are the scripts " +"you call to run the model optimizer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:666 +msgid "Install Prerequisites for Model Optimizer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:668 +msgid "" +"Install the Python packages required to run the model optimizer by " +"running the script dldt/model-" +"optimizer/install_prerequisites/install_prerequisites_tf.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Running the model optimizer is as simple as calling the appropriate " +"script, however there are many configuration options that are explainedin" +" the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:691 +msgid "" +"You should now see three files in your working directory, " +":file:`frozen_inference_graph.bin`, " +":file:`frozen_inference_graph.mapping`, and " +":file:`frozen_inference_graph.xml`. These are your new models in the " +"Intermediate Representation (IR) format and they are ready for use in the" +" OpenVINO Inference Engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:694 +msgid "Using the OpenVino Inference Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:696 +msgid "" +"This example walks through the basic instructions for using the inference" +" engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:698 +msgid "Starting the Model Server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:700 +msgid "" +"The process is similar to how we start `Jupter notebooks` on our " +"containers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:702 +msgid "Run this command to spin up a OpenVino model fetched from GCP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Once the server is setup, use a :command:`grpc` client to communicate " +"with served model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:723 +msgid "The results of these commands will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:766 +msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:768 +msgid "" +"This example uses the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ container image. After it " +"is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the " +"shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port " +"8888." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:776 +msgid "" +"After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command " +"is executed inside the container image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:783 +msgid "" +"After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:791 +msgid "" +"From your host system, or any system that can access the host's IP " +"address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running " +"the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP " +"address of the host." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:799 +msgid "Your browser displays the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:805 +msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:808 +msgid "" +"To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select " +":guilabel:`Python 3`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:814 +msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:816 +msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:823 +msgid "" +"To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the " +"blank cell, and run the cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:837 +msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:843 +msgid "" +"You can continue working in this notebook, or you can download existing " +"notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's " +"optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:848 +msgid "Uninstallation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:850 +msgid "" +"To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop " +"the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop " +"the container and delete it to free storage space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:854 +msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:856 +msgid "Find the container's ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:862 +msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:869 +msgid "" +"You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This " +"example uses the name \"oss\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:877 +msgid "Verify that the container is not running" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:884 +msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:890 +msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:898 +msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:914 +msgid "" +"Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only " +"the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the" +" system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:916 +msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:923 +msgid "Compiling AIXPRT with OpenMP on DLRS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:925 +msgid "" +"To compile AIXPRT for DLRS, you will have to get the community edition of" +" AIXPRT and update the `compile_AIXPRT_source.sh` file.AIXPRT utilizes " +"build configuration files, so to build AIXPRT on the image, copy, the " +"build files from the base image, this can be done by adding these " +"commands to the end of the stacks-tensorflow-mkl dockerfile:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:938 +msgid "" +"AIXPRT requires OpenCV. On |CL|, the OpenCV bundle also installs the DLDT" +" components. To use AIXPRT in the DLRS environment you need to either " +"remove the shared libraries for DLDT from :file:`/usr/lib64` before you " +"run the tests, or ensure that the DLDT components in the " +":file:`/usr/local/lib` are being used for AIXPRT. This can be achieved " +"using adding LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable before testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:945 +msgid "" +"The updates to the AIXPRT community edition have been captured in the " +"diff file :file:`compile_AIXPRT_source.sh.patch`. The core of these " +"changes relate to the version of model files(2019_R1) we download from " +"the `OpenCV open model zoo`_ and location of the build files, which in " +"our case is `/dldt`. Please refer to the patch files and make changes as " +"necessary to the compile_AIXPRT_source.sh file as required for your " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:949 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:951 +msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:952 +msgid "`TensorFlow Benchmarks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:953 +msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:954 +msgid "`Kubeflow`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:955 +msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/dlrs.rst:956 +msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.po deleted file mode 100644 index 936cb860..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,615 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:4 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial describes how to run benchmarking workloads for " -"TensorFlow\\*, PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow in |CL-ATTR| using the Deep " -"Learning Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:14 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:16 -msgid "" -"We created the Deep Learning Reference Stack to help AI developers " -"deliver the best experience on Intel® Architecture. This stack reduces " -"complexity common with deep learning software components, provides " -"flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly " -"prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this tutorial to run " -"benchmarking workloads on your solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:22 -msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:24 -msgid "" -"`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_, which is optimized using Intel® Math Kernel " -"Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) primitives and " -"introduces support for Intel® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions " -"(VNNI)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:27 -msgid "" -"`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using" -" Intel® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (Intel® MKL-DNN) " -"primitives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:30 -msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for Intel® architecture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:31 -msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using " -"Intel® Math Kernel Library (Intel® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To take advantage of the Intel® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality with the " -"Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must use the following hardware:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:40 -msgid "Intel® AVX-512 images require an Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:41 -msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:44 -msgid "Stack features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:46 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark " -"results`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow " -"benchmark results`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:51 -msgid "" -"`Release notes on Github\\*`_ for the latest release of Deep Learning " -"Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Deep Learning Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece of" -" software within the work has its own license. Please see the `terms of " -"use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep Learning " -"Reference Stack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:61 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:63 -msgid ":ref:`Install ` |CL| on your host system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:64 -msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:65 -msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In |CL|, :command:`containers-basic` includes Docker\\*, which is " -"required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the " -":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and " -":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-" -"basic` bundles, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-" -"basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:90 -msgid "" -"To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow " -"the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:94 -msgid "Version compatibility" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:96 -msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:98 -msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:99 -msgid "Docker 18.06.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:100 -msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:101 -msgid "Go 1.11.12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Deep Learning Reference Stack was developed to provide the best user " -"experience when executed on a |CL| host. However, as the stack runs in a" -" container environment, you should be able to complete the following " -"sections of this tutorial on other Linux* distributions, provided they " -"comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed " -"above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages" -" and manage Docker services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:109 -msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:111 -msgid "" -"This section describes running the `TensorFlow benchmarks`_ in single " -"node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These " -"steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can " -"invoke TensorFlow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for " -"this tutorial were obtained using `runc` as the runtime." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from " -"`Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:125 ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:167 -msgid "Run the image with Docker:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:134 ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:175 -msgid "" -"Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts " -"interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in " -"the running container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:138 -msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:144 ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:185 -msgid "Execute the benchmark script:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:152 -msgid "" -"You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the " -"TensorFlow benchmarks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 " -"model using `Intel® quantization tools`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:159 -msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:161 -msgid "" -"This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in " -"single node." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel " -"MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:179 -msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:195 -msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:197 -msgid "" -"The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The tutorial uses " -"`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:202 -msgid "" -"If you choose the Intel® MKL-DNN or Intel® MKL-DNN-VNNI image, your " -"platform must support the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an " -"*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you won’t be able to complete" -" this tutorial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:206 -msgid "Kubernetes setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:208 -msgid "" -"Follow the instructions in the :ref:`kubernetes` tutorial to get set up " -"on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has `instructions for creating a " -"cluster`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:213 -msgid "Kubernetes networking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:215 -msgid "" -"We used `flannel`_ as the network provider for these tests. If you prefer" -" a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes `networking " -"documentation`_ for setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:220 -msgid "Kubectl" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:222 -msgid "" -"You can use kubectl to run commands against your Kubernetes cluster. " -"Refer to the `kubectl overview`_ for details on syntax and operations. " -"Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML " -"script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:227 -msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:244 -msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:250 -msgid "" -"This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a " -"deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the " -"container." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:254 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:256 -msgid "" -"You must add `launcher.py`_ to the Docker image to include the Deep " -"Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct " -"location. Note that this tutorial uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot " -"guarantee results if you use a different version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:260 -msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:269 -msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:271 -msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:274 -msgid "ksonnet\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it " -"before setting up Kubeflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:279 -msgid "" -"ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| " -"version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), " -"you must manually install ksonnet as described below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:283 -msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:294 -msgid "" -"After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is " -"accessible across the environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:298 -msgid "Kubeflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:300 -msgid "" -"Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by " -"following these instructions from the `quick start guide`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:318 -msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:328 -msgid "" -"This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a " -"TFJob." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:331 -msgid "Run a TFJob" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:333 -msgid "Select this link for the `ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:335 -msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:343 -msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:351 -msgid "Replace with the image name you specified in previous steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:353 -msgid "" -"Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using " -"these commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:363 -msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:366 -msgid "Results of running this tutorial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:368 -msgid "" -"You must parse the logs of the Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance " -"data. The pods will still exist post-completion and will be in " -"‘Completed’ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect " -"the benchmark results. More information about `Kubernetes logging`_ is " -"available from the Kubernetes community." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:375 -msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:377 -msgid "" -"This example uses the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ container image. After it " -"is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the " -"shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port " -"8888." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:385 -msgid "" -"After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command " -"is executed inside the container image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:392 -msgid "" -"After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the " -"following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:400 -msgid "" -"From your host system, or any system that can access the host's IP " -"address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running " -"the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP " -"address of the host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:408 -msgid "Your browser displays the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:414 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:417 -msgid "" -"To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select " -":guilabel:`Python 3`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:423 -msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:425 -msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:432 -msgid "" -"To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the " -"blank cell, and run the cell." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:446 -msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:452 -msgid "" -"You can continue working in this notebook, or you can download existing " -"notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's " -"optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:457 -msgid "Uninstallation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop " -"the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop " -"the container and delete it to free storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:461 -msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:463 -msgid "Find the container's ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:469 -msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:476 -msgid "" -"You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This " -"example uses the name \"oss\":" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:483 -msgid "Verify that the container is not running" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:490 -msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:496 -msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:504 -msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:520 -msgid "" -"Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only " -"the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the" -" system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:522 -msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:530 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:532 -msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack `V3.0 release announcement`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:533 -msgid "`TensorFlow benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:534 -msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:535 -msgid "`Kubeflow`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:536 -msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/dlrs/dlrs.rst:537 -msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker.po similarity index 77% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker.po index c4da51d3..6d4df2fc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:4 -msgid "Run Docker\\* on |CL-ATTR|" +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:4 +msgid "Docker\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:6 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization platforms, including a " "Docker solution. |CL| has many unique features including a minimal " @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ msgid "" "container workloads, management, and orchestration." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:11 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:11 msgid "This tutorial covers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:18 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:18 msgid "" "This tutorial focuses on the installaton of the Docker ecosystem. If you " "want to use |CL| as a Docker container image, refer to the official |CL| " @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ msgid "" "clear-container`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:25 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:25 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:27 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:27 msgid "" "This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " "detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow " @@ -55,71 +55,71 @@ msgid "" "server>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:31 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:31 msgid "" "Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " "command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:37 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:37 msgid "Additionally, you should have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:39 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:39 msgid "A basic understanding of Linux\\* and Docker." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:41 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:41 msgid "" "|CL| environment that has transparent network access to the Internet. If " "you are behind a HTTP proxy server, in a corporate setting for example, " "please refer to the `Docker proxy instructions`_ ." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:46 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:46 msgid "Install the containers-basic bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:48 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:48 msgid "" -"Software in |CL| is offered in the form of `bundles`_ to provide a " +"Software in |CL| is offered in the form of :ref:`bundles` to provide a " "complete function. The *containers-basic* provides all the required " "software packages to run Docker images as containers." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:52 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:52 msgid "" "First, install the *containers-basic* bundle by running this " ":command:`swupd` command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:59 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:59 msgid "Start the Docker daemon through systemd manager by running this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:65 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:65 msgid "" "If you want Docker to start automatically on boot, enable the systemd " "service by running this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:72 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:72 msgid "" "Finally, verify :command:`docker` has been installed by running this " "command and checking the version output for both *client* and *server*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:79 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:79 msgid "" "Congratulations! At this point, you have a working installation of Docker" " on |CL|. You are ready to start using container images on your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:83 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:83 msgid "Integration with Kata Containers\\* (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:85 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:85 msgid "" "`Kata Containers`_, is an open source project aiming to increase security" " of containers by using a hardware-backed virtual machine container " @@ -127,14 +127,14 @@ msgid "" "the standard Docker *runc* runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:90 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:90 msgid "" "|CL| provides easy integration of the *kata-runtime* with Docker. More " "information on installing and using the *kata-runtime* may be found at " ":ref:`kata`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:96 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:96 msgid "" "The remaining sections of this tutorial are standard to Docker setup and " "configuration. If you are familiar with Docker basics, you do not need to" @@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ msgid "" "completeness." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:104 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:104 msgid "Additional Docker configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:106 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:106 msgid "" "Perform additional Docker daemon configuration via a configuration file " "typically located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| features a " @@ -154,144 +154,144 @@ msgid "" "does *NOT* exist by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:111 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:111 msgid "Create the :file:`daemon.json` by running this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:119 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:119 msgid "" "Refer to the `Docker documentation on daemon configuration`_ for the full" " list of available configuration options and examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:122 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:122 msgid "" "For production systems, we follow Docker's recommendation to use the " "`OverlayFS storage driver`_ `overlay2`, shown below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:133 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:133 msgid "" "A testing version is found in `Docker Device Mapper storage driver`_. If " "using this storage driver, a warning message may appear: \"usage of " "loopback devices is strongly discouraged for production use\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:137 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:137 msgid "Save and close :file:`daemon.json`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:139 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:139 msgid "" "Once you've made any required changes, be sure to restart the Docker " "daemon through systemd manager by running this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:147 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:147 msgid "Pulling and running an image from Docker Hub" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:149 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:149 msgid "" "`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available container image repository which " -"comes preconfigured with Docker. In the example below we will pull and " +"comes pre-configured with Docker. In the example below we will pull and " "run an the official Docker image for nginx\\*, an open source reverse " "proxy server." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:153 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:153 msgid "" "First, pull a container image from Docker Hub using the :command:`docker " "pull` command. Download the latest nginx\\* Docker container image by " "running this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:161 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:161 msgid "" "Create and launch a new container using the :command:`docker run` " "command. Launch a nginx container by running this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:170 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:170 msgid "" "Below is an explanation of switches used in the command above. For " "detailed :command:`docker run` switches and syntax, refer to the `Docker " "Documentation`_ ." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:174 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:174 msgid "" "The *--name* switch lets you provide a friendly name to target the " "container for future operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:177 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:177 msgid "The *-d* switch launches the container in the background" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:179 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:179 msgid "" "The *-p* switch allows the container's HTTP port (80) to be accessible " "from the |CL| host on port 8080" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:182 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:182 msgid "" "You can access the Welcome to Nginx! splash page running in the container" " by browsing to \\http://127.0.0.1:8080 or by running this " ":command:`curl` command from your |CL| machine:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:190 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:190 msgid "" "Finally, stop and delete the nginx container by running the " ":command:`docker stop` and :command:`docker rm` commands." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:198 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:198 msgid "" "Congratulations! At this point, you have successfully pulled a nginx " "container image from `Docker Hub`_ and have run an example container." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:202 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:202 msgid "Creating a Docker swarm cluster" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:204 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:204 msgid "Clusters of Docker hosts are referred to as *swarms*." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:206 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:206 msgid "" "The process in this tutorial can be repeated to install Docker on " "multiple |CL| hosts with the intent to form a Docker swarm cluster." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:209 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:209 msgid "" "The `Docker documentation on swarm key concepts`_ and `Docker " "documentation on creating a swarm`_ can be referenced for further " "instructions on setting up a swarm." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:214 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:214 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:216 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:216 msgid "`Docker Home`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:217 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:217 msgid "`Docker Documentation`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:218 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:218 msgid "`Docker Hub`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:219 +#: ../../tutorials/docker.rst:219 msgid "`Kata Containers`_" msgstr "" @@ -348,3 +348,25 @@ msgstr "" #~ "this command:" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Run Docker\\* on |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Software in |CL| is offered in the" +#~ " form of `bundles`_ to provide a " +#~ "complete function. The *containers-basic* " +#~ "provides all the required software " +#~ "packages to run Docker images as " +#~ "containers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available" +#~ " container image repository which comes " +#~ "preconfigured with Docker. In the " +#~ "example below we will pull and run" +#~ " an the official Docker image for " +#~ "nginx\\*, an open source reverse proxy" +#~ " server." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..162e921b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak.po @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-06 11:29-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:4 +msgid "Flatpak\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:6 +msgid "" +"`Flatpak`_ is a framework for building and distributing desktop apps on " +"Linux\\*. It allows you to build a single app and install it on different" +" distributions of Linux. Flatpak apps are available through `Flathub`_ or" +" the `Clear Linux Store`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This tutorial shows how to install a Flatpak app on |CL| using Gnome\\* " +"Software and the command line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:15 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:17 +msgid "|CL| installed on host system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:19 +msgid "Refer to :ref:`Get started ` for installation instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:21 +msgid "`desktop-autostart` bundle installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Flatpak is included via `desktop`, which is included in the `desktop-" +"autostart` bundle. The Flathub repository is pre-configured when the " +"`desktop-autostart` bundle is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:27 +msgid "Install the `desktop-autostart` bundle with the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:34 +msgid "Install a Flatpak app with Gnome Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:36 +msgid "" +"|CL| desktop comes with `Gnome Software` installed. Flatpak apps can be " +"installed from within `Gnome Software`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:39 +msgid "Launch `Gnome Software` from your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:41 +msgid "Search for the Flatpak app that you want to install, as shown in Figure 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:47 +msgid "Figure 1: Searching for Filezilla app in Gnome Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When you find the app you want to install, click it to view application " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On the app detail page, click the :guilabel:`Install` button, as shown in" +" Figure 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:59 +msgid "Figure 2: Filezilla Flatpak detail page in Gnome Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:61 +msgid "" +"After installation is complete, you will see the new application in your " +"Gnome applications list, as shown in Figure 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:68 +msgid "Figure 3: Newly installed Filezilla application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:70 +msgid "Click the application icon to launch the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:73 +msgid "Install a Flatpak with the command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Both Flathub and the Clear Linux Store provide the command line " +"instructions for installing a Flatpak. Figure 4 shows the command line " +"instructions to install Filezilla from the Clear Linux Store:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Figure 4: Command line instructions to install Filezilla from the Clear " +"Linux Store" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:85 +msgid "In this example, we install Filezilla." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:87 +msgid "Open a terminal and enter the install command for the desired app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:93 +msgid "You may be prompted to select which repository to use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/flatpak.rst:120 +msgid "After installation, run the application with the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use Flatpak\\* to install applications on |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial provides all the required" +#~ " steps to install Flatpak as well " +#~ "as downloading, installing, and running " +#~ "LibreOffice\\* on |CL-ATTR|." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Please visit the `Flatpak website`_ for" +#~ " more information about Flatpak and " +#~ "how to use it. You can also " +#~ "`download it here`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Before you begin" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial assumes you have installed" +#~ " |CL| on your host system. For " +#~ "detailed instructions on installing |CL| " +#~ "on a bare metal system, visit our" +#~ " :ref:`bare metal installation guide " +#~ "`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install Flatpak on your host system" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flatpak is included as part of the" +#~ " bundle `desktop`. To install the " +#~ "application, log in to your user " +#~ "account and enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install and run the LibreOffice Flatpak image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Application developers have the option " +#~ "to bundle their applications using " +#~ "Flatpak to allow the installation of " +#~ "a single distribution of their " +#~ "application on different distributions of " +#~ "Linux, including |CL|. Flatpak provides " +#~ "a `list of applications`_ available " +#~ "through Flathub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "|CL| enables the Flathub repository by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Installing using gnome software" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All you need to do is to " +#~ "launch `gnome software`, search for the" +#~ " LibreOffice app, and click the " +#~ "install button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: Installing LibreOffice using gnome-software" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Installing using the command line" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the `gnome-terminal` and type " +#~ "the following command to install the " +#~ "LibreOffice app." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Launch LibreOffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A new set of icons will appear " +#~ "in your Gnome applications list titled" +#~ " :guilabel:`LibreOffice.` To execute the " +#~ "application, highlight the application and " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`LibreOffice` icon. " +#~ "LibreOffice will start normally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 2: Select :guilabel:`LibreOffice` app" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Using the command line" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.po deleted file mode 100644 index e4b094b6..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:4 -msgid "Use Flatpak\\* to install applications on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial provides all the required steps to install Flatpak as well " -"as downloading, installing, and running LibreOffice\\* on |CL-ATTR|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please visit the `Flatpak website`_ for more information about Flatpak " -"and how to use it. You can also `download it here`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:13 -msgid "Before you begin" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " -"our :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:20 -msgid "Install Flatpak on your host system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Flatpak is included as part of the bundle `desktop`. To install the " -"application, log in to your user account and enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:30 -msgid "Install and run the LibreOffice Flatpak image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Application developers have the option to bundle their applications using" -" Flatpak to allow the installation of a single distribution of their " -"application on different distributions of Linux, including |CL|. Flatpak " -"provides a `list of applications`_ available through Flathub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:37 -msgid "|CL| enables the Flathub repository by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:41 -msgid "Installing using gnome software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:43 -msgid "" -"All you need to do is to launch `gnome software`, search for the " -"LibreOffice app, and click the install button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:49 -msgid "Figure 1: Installing LibreOffice using gnome-software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:54 -msgid "Installing using the command line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Open the `gnome-terminal` and type the following command to install the " -"LibreOffice app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:79 -msgid "Launch LibreOffice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A new set of icons will appear in your Gnome applications list titled " -":guilabel:`LibreOffice.` To execute the application, highlight the " -"application and click on the :guilabel:`LibreOffice` icon. LibreOffice " -"will start normally." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:87 -msgid "Figure 2: Select :guilabel:`LibreOffice` app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/flatpak/flatpak.rst:90 -msgid "Using the command line" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po index def50a5a..5c951309 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/fmv.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:4 -msgid "Use the function multi-version patch generator" +msgid "Function multi-versioning" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/fmv.rst:6 @@ -201,3 +201,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ " a build log file similar to:" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Use the function multi-version patch generator" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.po deleted file mode 100644 index d73f9c53..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/greengrass.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,658 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:4 -msgid "Enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINO™ toolkit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Hardware accelerated Function-as-a-Service (FaaS) enables cloud " -"developers to deploy inference functionalities [1] on Intel® IoT edge " -"devices with accelerators (CPU, Integrated GPU, Intel® FPGA, and Intel® " -"Movidius™ technology). These functions provide a great developer " -"experience and seamless migration of visual analytics from cloud to edge " -"in a secure manner using a containerized environment. Hardware-" -"accelerated FaaS provides the best-in-class performance by accessing " -"optimized deep learning libraries on Intel® IoT edge devices with " -"accelerators." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:15 -msgid "This tutorial demonstrates how to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:17 -msgid "Set up the Intel® edge device with |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Install the OpenVINO™ toolkit and Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) " -"Greengrass\\* software stacks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Use AWS Greengrass\\* and AWS Lambda\\* to deploy the FaaS samples from " -"the cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:22 -msgid "Refer to the following topics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:29 -msgid "Supported platforms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:31 -msgid "Operating System: |CL| latest release" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hardware: Intel® core platforms (This tutorial supports inference " -"on CPU only.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:35 -msgid "Sample description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The AWS Greengrass samples are located at `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_. This " -"tutorial uses the 1.0 version of the source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:40 -msgid "|CL| provides the following AWS Greengrass samples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:42 -msgid "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:44 -msgid "" -"This AWS Greengrass sample classifies a video stream using classification" -" networks such as AlexNet and GoogLeNet and publishes top-10 results on " -"AWS\\* IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:48 -msgid "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This AWS Greengrass sample detects objects in a video stream and " -"classifies them using single-shot multi-box detection (SSD) networks such" -" as SSD Squeezenet, SSD Mobilenet, and SSD300. This sample publishes " -"detection outputs such as class label, class confidence, and bounding box" -" coordinates on AWS IoT Cloud every second." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:58 -msgid "Install the OS on the edge device" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system, using the :ref" -":`bare-metal-install-desktop`, found in :ref:`get-started`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:64 -msgid "Create user accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:66 -msgid "" -"After |CL| is installed, create two user accounts. Create an " -"administrative user in |CL| and create a user account for the Greengrass " -"services to use ( see Greengrass user below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Create a new user and set a password for that user. Enter the following " -"commands as ``root``:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Next, enable the :command:`sudo` command for your new ````. Add " -"```` to the *wheel* group:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:85 -msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/fstab` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:93 -msgid "" -"By default, |CL| does not create an :file:`/etc/fstab` file. You must " -"create this file before the Greengrass service runs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:97 -msgid "Add required bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Use the :command:`swupd` software updater utility to add the prerequisite" -" bundles for the OpenVINO software stack:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:108 -msgid "Learn more about how to :ref:`swupd-guide`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The :command:`computer-vision-basic` bundle installs the OpenVINO™ " -"toolkit, and the sample models optimized for Intel® edge platforms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:114 -msgid "Convert deep learning models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:117 -msgid "Locate sample models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:119 -msgid "" -"There are two types of provided models that can be used in conjunction " -"with AWS Greengrass for this tutorial: classification or object " -"detection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:122 -msgid "" -"To complete this tutorial using an image classification model, download " -"the BVLC AlexNet model files `bvlc_alexnet.caffemodel`_ and " -"`deploy.prototxt`_ to the default model_location at " -":file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. Any custom pre-trained classification" -" models can be used with the classification sample." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For object detection, the sample models optimized for Intel® edge " -"platforms are included with the computer-vision-basic bundle installation" -" at :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. These models are provided as an " -"example; however, you may also use a custom SSD model with the Greengrass" -" object detection sample." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:134 -msgid "Run model optimizer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Follow these instructions for `converting deep learning models to " -"Intermediate Representation using Model Optimizer`_. To optimize either " -"of the sample models described above, run one of the following commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:138 -msgid "For classification using BVLC AlexNet model:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:147 -msgid "For object detection using SqueezeNetSSD-5Class model:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:156 -msgid "In these examples:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:158 -msgid "```` is :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:160 -msgid "```` is FP32 or FP16, depending on target device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:162 -msgid "" -"```` is the directory where the Intermediate Representation " -"(IR) is stored. IR contains .xml format corresponding to the network " -"structure and .bin format corresponding to weights. This .xml file should" -" be passed to :command:``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:167 -msgid "" -"In the BVLC AlexNet model, the prototxt defines the input shape with " -"batch size 10 by default. In order to use any other batch size, the " -"entire input shape must be provided as an argument to the model " -"optimizer. For example, to use batch size 1, you must provide: " -"``--input_shape [1,3,227,227]``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:175 -msgid "Configure AWS Greengrass group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For each Intel® edge platform, you must create a new AWS Greengrass group" -" and install AWS Greengrass core software to establish the connection " -"between cloud and edge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To create an AWS Greengrass group, follow the instructions in `Configure " -"AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:184 -msgid "" -"To install and configure AWS Greengrass core on edge platform, follow the" -" instructions in `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_. In step " -"8(b), download the x86_64 Ubuntu\\* configuration of the AWS Greengrass " -"core software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:191 -msgid "" -"You do not need to run the :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` script in step #6 of" -" Module 1 of the `AWS Greengrass developer guide`_ because this is " -"enabled already in |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Be sure to download both the security resources and the AWS Greengrass " -"core software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:200 -msgid "Security certificates are linked to your AWS account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:204 -msgid "Create and package Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Complete steps 1-4 of the AWS Greengrass tutorial at `Create and Package " -"a Lambda Function`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:210 -msgid "" -"This creates the tarball needed to create the AWS Greengrass environment " -"on the edge device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:214 -msgid "" -"In step 5, replace :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` with the " -"classification or object detection Greengrass sample from `Edge-" -"Analytics-Faas`_:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:217 -msgid "Classification: `greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:219 -msgid "Object Detection: `greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Zip the selected Greengrass sample with the extracted Greengrass SDK " -"folders from the previous step into " -":file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:224 -msgid "The zip should contain:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:226 -msgid "greengrasssdk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:228 -msgid "greengrass classification or object detection sample" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:230 -msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:237 -msgid "" -"Return to the AWS documentation section called `Create and Package a " -"Lambda Function`_ and complete the procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:242 -msgid "" -"In step 9(a) of the AWS documentation, while uploading the zip file, make" -" sure to name the handler to one of the following, depending on the AWS " -"Greengrass sample you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:246 -msgid "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:247 -msgid "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:251 -msgid "Configure Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:253 -msgid "" -"After creating the Greengrass group and the Lambda function, start " -"configuring the Lambda function for AWS Greengrass." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:256 -msgid "" -"Follow steps 1-8 in `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT " -"Greengrass`_ in the AWS documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:259 -msgid "" -"In addition to the details mentioned in step 8, change the Memory limit " -"to 2048 MB to accommodate large input video streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Add the following environment variables as key-value pairs when editing " -"the Lambda configuration and click on update:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:265 -msgid "**Table 1. Environment variables: Lambda configuration**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:269 -msgid "Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:270 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:271 -msgid "PARAM_MODEL_XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:272 -msgid "" -"/, where is user specified and contains " -"IR.xml, the Intermediate Representation file from Intel® Model Optimizer." -" For this tutorial, should be set to " -"'/usr/share/openvino/models' or one of its subdirectories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:276 -msgid "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:277 -msgid "/input.webm to be specified by user. Holds both input and" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:278 -msgid "output data. For webcam, set PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE to ‘/dev/video0’" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:279 -msgid "PARAM_DEVICE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:280 -msgid "\"CPU\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:281 -msgid "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:282 -msgid "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:283 -msgid "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:284 -msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:286 -msgid "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:287 -msgid "" -"User specified for classification sample. (e.g. 1 for top-1 result, 5 for" -" top-5 results)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:290 -msgid "" -"Add subscription to subscribe, or publish messages from AWS Greengrass " -"Lambda function by completing the procedure in `Configure the Lambda " -"Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:295 -msgid "" -"The optional topic filter field is the topic mentioned inside the Lambda " -"function. In this tutorial, sample topics include the following: " -":command:`openvino/ssd` or :command:`openvino/classification`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:300 -msgid "Add local resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:302 -msgid "" -"Refer to the AWS documentation for details about `local resources and " -"access privileges`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:304 -msgid "The following table describes the local resources needed for the CPU:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:306 -msgid "**Local resources**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:310 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:311 -msgid "Resource type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:312 -msgid "Local path" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:313 -msgid "Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:315 -msgid "ModelDir" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:316 ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:326 -msgid "Volume" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:317 -msgid " to be specified by user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:318 ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:323 -msgid "Read-Only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:320 -msgid "Webcam" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:321 -msgid "Device" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:322 -msgid "/dev/video0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:325 -msgid "DataDir" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:327 -msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:329 -msgid "Read and Write" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:332 -msgid "Deploy Lambda function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:334 -msgid "" -"Refer to the AWS documentation for instructions on how to `deploy the " -"lambda function to AWS Greengrass core device`_. Select *Deployments* on " -"the group page and follow the instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:339 -msgid "Output consumption" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:341 -msgid "" -"There are four options available for output consumption. These options " -"are used to report, stream, upload, or store inference output at an " -"interval defined by the variable :command:`reporting_interval` in the AWS" -" Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:345 -msgid "IoT cloud output:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:347 -msgid "" -"This option is enabled by default in the AWS Greengrass samples using the" -" :command:`enable_iot_cloud_output` variable. You can use it to verify " -"the lambda running on the edge device. It enables publishing messages to " -"IoT cloud using the subscription topic specified in the lambda. (For " -"example, topics may include :command:`openvino/classification` for " -"classification and :command:`openvino/ssd` for object detection samples.)" -" For classification, top-1 result with class label are published to IoT " -"cloud. For SSD object detection, detection results such as bounding box " -"coordinates of objects, class label, and class confidence are published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:357 -msgid "Follow the instructions here to `view the output on IoT cloud`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:359 -msgid "Kinesis streaming:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:361 -msgid "" -"This option enables inference output to be streamed from the edge device " -"to cloud using Kinesis [3] streams when :command:`enable_kinesis_output` " -"is set to True. The edge devices act as data producers and continually " -"push processed data to the cloud. You must set up and specify Kinesis " -"stream name, Kinesis shard, and AWS region in the AWS Greengrass samples." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:368 -msgid "Cloud storage using AWS S3 bucket:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:370 -msgid "" -"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " -"enables uploading and storing processed frames (in jpeg format) in an AWS" -" S3 bucket. You must set up and specify the S3 bucket name in the AWS " -"Greengrass samples to store the JPEG images. The images are named using " -"the timestamp and uploaded to S3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:376 -msgid "Local storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:378 -msgid "" -"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " -"enables storing processed frames (in jpeg format) on the edge device. The" -" images are named using the timestamp and stored in a directory specified" -" by :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:384 -msgid "References" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:386 -msgid "AWS Greengrass: https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:387 -msgid "AWS Lambda: https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/greengrass.rst:388 -msgid "AWS Kinesis: https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.po deleted file mode 100644 index bb1ad7ee..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/hadoop.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:4 -msgid "Set up a single node cluster with Hadoop\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial walks you through the process of installing, configuring, " -"and running Apache\\* Hadoop on |CL-ATTR|. The Apache Hadoop software " -"library is a framework for distributed processing of large data sets " -"across clusters of computers using simple programming models. It is " -"designed to scale up from single servers to thousands of machines, with " -"each machine offering local computation and storage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Before following this tutorial, you should follow the :ref:`bare-metal-" -"install-desktop` to ensure you have installed |CL|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:25 -msgid "" -"For the purposes of this tutorial, we will install Hadoop in a single " -"machine running both the master and slave daemons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:29 -msgid "Install Apache Hadoop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Apache Hadoop is included in the `big-data-basic` bundle. To install the " -"framework, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:39 -msgid "Configure Apache Hadoop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:41 -msgid "To create the configuration directory, enter the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Copy the defaults from :file:`/usr/share/defaults/hadoop` to " -":file:`/etc/hadoop` with the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Since |CL| is a stateless system, you should never modify the files under" -" the :file:`/usr/share/defaults` directory. The software updater will " -"overwrite those files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once all the configuration files are in :file:`/etc/hadoop`, we must edit" -" them to fit our needs. The `NameNode` server is the master server. It " -"manages the namespace of the files system and regulates the clients' " -"access to files. The first file we edit, :file:`/etc/hadoop/core-" -"site.xml`, informs the Hadoop daemon where `NameNode` is running." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In this tutorial, our `NameNode` runs in our `localhost`. Follow these " -"steps to set it up correctly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Open the :file:`/etc/hadoop/core-site.xml` file using the editor of your " -"choice and modify the file as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/hdfs-site.xml` file. This file configures the" -" :abbr:`HDFS (Hadoop Distributed File System)` daemons. This " -"configuration includes the list of permitted and excluded data nodes and " -"the size of said blocks. In this example, we are setting the number of " -"block replication to 1 from the default of 3 as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/mapred-site.xml` file. This file configures " -"all daemons related to `MapReduce`: `JobTracker` and `TaskTrackers`. With" -" `MapReduce`, Hadoop can process big amounts of data in multiple systems." -" In our example, we set :abbr:`YARN (Yet Another Resource Manager)` as " -"our runtime framework for executing `MapReduce` jobs as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Edit the :file:`/etc/hadoop/yarn-site.xml` file. This file configures all" -" daemons related to `YARN`: `ResourceManager` and `NodeManager`. In our " -"example, we implement the `mapreduce_shuffle` service, which is the " -"default as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:142 -msgid "Configure your SSH key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:144 -msgid "Create a SSH key. If you already have one, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:151 -msgid "Copy the key to your authorized keys." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Log into the localhost. If no password prompt appears, you are ready to " -"run the Hadoop daemons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:165 -msgid "Run the Hadoop daemons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:167 -msgid "" -"With all the configuration files properly edited, we are ready to start " -"the daemons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When we format the `NameNode` server, it formats the meta-data related to" -" data nodes. Thus, all the information on the data nodes is lost and the " -"nodes can be reused for new data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:174 -msgid "Format the `NameNode` server with the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:180 -msgid "Start the DFS in `NameNode` and `DataNodes` with the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:186 ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:211 -msgid "The console output should be similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:196 -msgid "Enter `yes` to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Start the `YARN` daemons `ResourceManager` and `NodeManager` with the " -"following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:205 -msgid "Ensure everything is running as expected with the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:223 -msgid "Run the MapReduce wordcount example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:225 -msgid "Create the input directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:231 -msgid "Copy a file from the local file system to the HDFS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:237 -msgid "Run the `wordcount` example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Read output file \"part-r-00000\". This file contains the number of times" -" each word appears in the file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:250 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:252 -msgid "" -"You successfully installed and setup a single node Hadoop cluster. " -"Additionally, you ran a simple wordcount example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/hadoop.rst:255 -msgid "Your single node Hadoop cluster is up and running!" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/index.po similarity index 70% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/index.po index d31563df..0e95da73 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorials.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/index.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,11 +18,19 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorials.rst:4 +#: ../../tutorials/index.rst:4 msgid "Tutorials" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorials.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/index.rst:6 msgid "Explore our tutorials to discover what you can do with |CL|!" msgstr "" +#: ../../tutorials/index.rst:15 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/index.rst:17 +msgid "Older tutorials that may still be relevant to some users." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po index faaa3d83..f468eb3d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,125 +19,148 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:4 -msgid "Install Kata Containers\\*" +msgid "Kata Containers\\*" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run `Kata " -"Containers`_ on |CL-ATTR|. Kata Containers is an open source project " -"developing a lightweight implementation of :abbr:`VMs (Virtual Machines)`" -" that offer the speed of containers and the security of VMs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:12 -msgid "Prerequisites" +"Containers`_ on |CL-ATTR|." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:14 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Kata Containers is an open source project developing a lightweight " +"implementation of :abbr:`VMs (Virtual Machines)` that offer the speed of " +"containers and the security of VMs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:21 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:23 msgid "" "This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " "detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow " "the :ref:`bare metal installation tutorial`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:18 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have Clear Containers installed on your |CL| system, then follow " "the :ref:`migrate Clear Containers to Kata Containers " "tutorial`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:21 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:30 msgid "" "Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " "command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:28 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:37 msgid "Install Kata Containers" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:30 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:39 msgid "" "Kata Containers is included in the :file:`containers-virt` bundle. To " "install the framework, enter the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:37 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:46 msgid "Restart the Docker\\* and Kata Containers systemd services." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:45 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:54 msgid "Run Kata Containers" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:53 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:62 msgid "" "If you use a proxy server and your proxy environment variables are " "already set, run the following commands as a shell script to configure " "Docker:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:70 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:79 msgid "**Congratulations!**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:72 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:81 msgid "You've successfully installed and set up Kata Containers on |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:75 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:84 msgid "More information about Docker" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:77 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:86 msgid "" "Docker on |CL| provides a :file:`docker.service` file to start the Docker" " daemon. The daemon will use runc or kata-runtime depending on the " "environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:81 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:90 msgid "" "If you are running |CL| on bare metal or on a VM with Nested " "Virtualization activated, Docker uses kata-runtime as the default " "runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:84 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:93 msgid "" "If you are running |CL| on a VM without Nested Virtualization, Docker " "uses runc as the default runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:87 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:96 msgid "" "You do not need to manually configure the runtime for Docker, because it " "automatically uses the runtime supported by the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:91 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:100 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:93 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:102 msgid "" "To change the Docker storage driver, see :ref:`additional-docker-" "configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:96 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:105 msgid "" "For some |CL| versions before 27000, you may need to manually configure " "Docker\\* to use Kata Containers by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:99 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:108 msgid "To do so, enter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:109 +#: ../../tutorials/kata.rst:118 msgid "To check the version of |CL| on your system, enter:" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Install Kata Containers\\*" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial describes how to install," +#~ " configure, and run `Kata Containers`_ " +#~ "on |CL-ATTR|. Kata Containers is " +#~ "an open source project developing a " +#~ "lightweight implementation of :abbr:`VMs " +#~ "(Virtual Machines)` that offer the speed" +#~ " of containers and the security of" +#~ " VMs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.po deleted file mode 100644 index 32c6f182..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kata_migration.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:4 -msgid "Migrate Clear Containers to Kata Containers\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:6 -msgid "" -"`Clear Containers`_ and `Kata Containers`_ can co-exist in the same " -"system. Both can be installed through the :file:`containers-virt bundle`." -" However, we recommend that you migrate to Kata Containers because Clear " -"Containers is no longer maintained_ and will soon be deprecated on |CL-" -"ATTR|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:11 -msgid "This guide describes how to migrate to Kata Containers and assumes that:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:13 -msgid "Clear Containers is on a Docker\\* system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:14 -msgid "Kata Containers is installed. See :ref:`kata`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:18 -msgid "Stop Clear Containers instances" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:20 -msgid "As an unprivileged user, stop all running instances of Clear Containers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:28 -msgid "Manually migrate customized configuration files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you have made changes to your `Clear Containers configuration`_, " -"review those changes and decide whether to manually apply those changes " -"to your `Kata Containers configuration`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:34 -msgid "Make any required changes before continuing this process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:38 -msgid "You do not need to manually remove any Clear Containers packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:42 -msgid "Enable Kata Containers as default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:44 -msgid "Configure Docker to use the Kata Containers runtime by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:54 -msgid "Restart the Docker systemd services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:61 -msgid "Verify Docker is using Kata Containers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:69 -msgid "Run Kata Containers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:71 -msgid "Use the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:77 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kata_migration.rst:79 -msgid "You've successfully migrated from Clear Containers to Kata Containers." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes-bp.po similarity index 68% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes-bp.po index 2dc71062..0b5f23f0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes-bp.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,21 +18,21 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:4 -msgid "Kubernetes Best Practices on |CL|" +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:4 +msgid "Kubernetes\\* Best Practices" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:7 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:7 msgid "Use swupd to update clusters" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:9 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:9 msgid "" "This tutorial shows you how to manage your Kubernetes cluster while using" " :command:`swupd` to update |CL-ATTR|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:12 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:12 msgid "" "In our tutorial :ref:`kubernetes`, we explain how to set up a Kubernetes " "cluster on |CL| using `kubeadm`. `Kubeadm documentation`_ often builds on" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgid "" "(e.g., RPM/DEB)." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:17 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:17 msgid "" "In contrast, |CL| uses `swupd` to update the OS, which in this case " "updates all of the kubernetes node and client binaries simultaneously, as" @@ -49,48 +49,48 @@ msgid "" "ensure the OS incorporates the latest Kubernetes upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:23 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:23 msgid "" "This document describes best practices to manage cluster upgrades with " "`kubeadm` on a |CL|-based cluster." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:27 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:27 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:29 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:29 msgid "Assure that you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:31 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:31 msgid "Completed :ref:`kubernetes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:32 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:32 msgid "Installed the bundle `cloud-native-basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:36 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:36 msgid "" "Other Linux\\* distros shown in Kubernetes upgrade documentation reflect " "`apt-get update`, `apt-mark hold kubeadm`, and similar commands; however," " such commands **are not valid** on |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:40 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:40 msgid "Update the control plane" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:42 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:42 msgid "Read kubernetes documentation `before you begin`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:44 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:44 msgid "On your master node, run the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:52 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:52 msgid "" "If the minor version of Kubernetes changes, |CL| shows a message-of-the-" "day, or `motd`. When the `motd` appears, you **must postpone** a kubelet " @@ -99,40 +99,42 @@ msgid "" "explicitly configured to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:54 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:54 msgid "Now follow these instructions in kubernetes documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:56 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:56 msgid "`Upgrade control plane`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:57 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:57 msgid "`Drain control plane node`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:58 -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:73 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:58 ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:73 msgid "`Restart Kubelet and undrain node`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:61 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:61 msgid "Update worker nodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:63 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:63 msgid "On each worker node, run the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:69 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:69 msgid "Now follow these instructions in kubernetes documentation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:71 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:71 msgid "`Drain node`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes-bp.rst:72 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes-bp.rst:72 msgid "`Update kubelet configuration`_" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Kubernetes Best Practices on |CL|" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes.po similarity index 59% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes.po index e51bcdc0..7cbaaed3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,209 +18,214 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:4 -msgid "Run Kubernetes\\*" +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:4 +msgid "Kubernetes\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run the " "`Kubernetes container orchestration system`_ on |CL-ATTR| using CRI+O and" " kata-runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Kubernetes\\* is an open source system for automating deployment, " -"scaling, and management of containerized applications. It groups " -"containers that make up an application into logical units for easy " -"management and discovery." +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:15 +msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:14 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Kubernetes is an open source system for automating deployment, scaling, " +"and management of containerized applications. It groups containers that " +"make up an application into logical units for easy management and " +"discovery. Get up and running quickly with our `Cloud native setup " +"automation`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:22 msgid "" "Kata Containers\\* kata-runtime adheres to :abbr:`OCI (Open Container " -"Initiative*)` guidelines and work seamlessly with Kubernetes. `Kata " -"Containers`_ provide strong isolation for untrusted workloads or multi-" -"tenant scenarios. Kata Containers can be allocated on a per-pod basis so " -"you can mix and match both on the same host to suit your needs." +"Initiative*)` guidelines and works seamlessly with Kubernetes. `Kata " +"Containers`_ provides strong isolation for untrusted workloads or multi-" +"tenant scenarios. Kata Containers can be allocated on a per-pod basis, so" +" you can mix and match both on the same host to suit your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:25 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:30 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:27 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:32 msgid "" "This tutorial assumes you have already installed |CL|. For detailed " "instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow the " ":ref:`bare metal installation tutorial`. " "Learn about the benefits of having an up-to-date system for cloud " -"orchestration on the :ref:`swupd-about` page." +"orchestration on the :ref:`swupd-guide` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:33 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:38 msgid "" "Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " "command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:40 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:45 msgid "Install Kubernetes and CRI runtimes" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:42 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:47 msgid "" "Kubernetes, a set of supported :abbr:`CRI (Container Runtime Interface)` " "runtimes, and networking plugins, are included in the `cloud-native-" "basic`_ bundle." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:46 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:51 msgid "To install this framework, enter the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:54 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:59 msgid "For more on networking plugins, see `Install pod network add-on`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:57 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:62 msgid "Configure Kubernetes" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:59 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:64 msgid "" "This tutorial uses the basic default Kubernetes configuration for " "simplicity. You must define your Kubernetes configuration according to " "your specific deployment and your security needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:63 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:68 msgid "Enable IP forwarding to avoid kubeadm `preflight check`_ errors:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:65 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:70 msgid "" "Create (or edit if it exists) the file :file:`/etc/sysctl.d/60-k8s.conf` " "and include the following line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:72 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:77 msgid "Apply the change:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:78 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:83 msgid "Enable the kubelet service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:84 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:89 msgid "Disable swap using one of the following methods, either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:86 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:91 msgid "Temporarily:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:94 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:99 msgid "Swap will be enabled at next reboot, causing failures in your cluster." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:97 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:102 msgid "or:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:99 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:104 msgid "Permanently:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:101 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:106 msgid "Mask the swap partition:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:110 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:115 msgid "" "On systems with limited resources, some performance degradation may be " "observed while swap is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:113 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:118 msgid "Switch to root to modify the `hosts` file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:119 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:124 msgid "" "Create (or edit if it exists) the hosts file that Kubernetes will read to" " locate the master's host:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:126 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:131 msgid "Exit root:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:133 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:138 msgid "Configure and run Kubernetes" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:135 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:140 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure and run Kubernetes with CRI-O and" " kata-runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:139 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:144 msgid "Configure and run CRI-O + kata-runtime" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:141 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:146 msgid "Enable the CRI-O service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:147 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:152 msgid "Enter the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:154 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:159 msgid "" "Initialize the master control plane with the command below and follow the" " displayed instructions to set up `kubectl`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:161 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:166 msgid "Register kata-runtime as a RuntimeClass handler:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:180 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:185 msgid "Install pod network add-on" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:182 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:187 msgid "" "You must choose and install a `pod network add-on`_ to allow your pods to" " communicate. Check whether or not your add-on requires special flags " "when you initialize the master control plane." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:186 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:191 msgid "**Notes about flannel add-on**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:188 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:193 msgid "" "If you choose the `flannel` add-on, then you must add the following to " "the `kubeadm init` command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:195 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:200 msgid "" "Furthermore, if you are using CRI-O and `flannel` and you want to use " "Kata Containers, edit the :file:`/etc/crio/crio.conf` file to add:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:204 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:209 msgid "Use your cluster" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:206 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:211 msgid "" "Once your master control plane is successfully initialized, instructions " "on how to use your cluster and its *IP*, *token*, and *hash* values are " @@ -229,11 +234,11 @@ msgid "" "have a valid period. The values are presented in a format similar to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:216 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:221 msgid "**Congratulations!**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:218 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:223 msgid "" "You've successfully installed and set up Kubernetes in |CL| using CRI-O " "and kata-runtime. You are now ready to follow on-screen instructions to " @@ -241,46 +246,54 @@ msgid "" "displayed token and IP information." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:224 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:229 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:226 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:231 msgid "Read the Kubernetes documentation to learn more about:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:228 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:233 +msgid "Deploying Kubernetes with a `cloud-native-setup`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:235 +msgid ":ref:`Kubernetes best practices `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:237 msgid "`Understanding basic Kubernetes architecture`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:230 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:239 msgid "`Deploying an application to your cluster`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:232 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:241 msgid "Installing a `pod network add-on`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:234 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:243 msgid "`Joining your nodes`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:237 -msgid "Cloud native setup automation (optional)" +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:246 +msgid "Cloud native setup automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:239 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:248 msgid "" -"Clone the `cloud-native-setup`_ repository on your system and follow the " -"instructions. This repository includes helper scripts to automate " -"configuration." +"Optional: Clone the `cloud-native-setup`_ repository on your system and " +"follow the instructions. This repository includes helper scripts to " +"automate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:243 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:253 msgid "Package configuration customization (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:245 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:255 msgid "" "|CL| is a stateless system that looks for user-defined package " "configuration files in the :file:`/etc/` directory to be " @@ -288,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "" "distribution-provided configuration files for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:250 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:260 msgid "" "If you customize any of the default package configuration files, you " "**must** store the customized files in the :file:`/etc/` directory. If " @@ -296,23 +309,21 @@ msgid "" "will be lost in the next system update." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:255 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:265 msgid "" "For example, to customize CRI-O configuration in your system, run the " "following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Learn more about :ref:`stateless` in |CL| and view the |CL| " -"`documentation`_." +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:274 +msgid "Learn more about :ref:`stateless` in |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:267 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:277 msgid "Proxy configuration (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:269 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:279 msgid "" "If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " "and create an appropriate proxy configuration file for both CRI-O " @@ -322,78 +333,70 @@ msgid "" "is not enough.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:274 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:285 msgid "" "If you have already set your proxy environment variables, run the " "following commands as a shell script to configure all of these services " "in one step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:292 -msgid "Next steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:294 -msgid ":ref:`kubernetes-bp`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:298 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:303 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:300 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:305 msgid " not found in message." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:302 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:307 msgid "" "Your DNS server may not be appropriately configured. Try adding an entry " "to the :file:`/etc/hosts` file with your host's IP and Name." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:305 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:310 msgid "For example: 100.200.50.20 myhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:307 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:312 msgid "" "Use the commands :command:`hostname` and :command:`hostname -I` to " "retrieve them." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:309 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:315 msgid "Images cannot be pulled." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:311 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:317 msgid "" "You may be behind a proxy server. Try configuring your proxy settings, " "using the environment variables *HTTP_PROXY*, *HTTPS_PROXY*, and " "*NO_PROXY* as required in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:315 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:321 msgid "Connection refused error." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:317 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:323 msgid "" "If you are behind a proxy server, you may need to add the master's IP to " "the environment variable *NO_PROXY*." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:320 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:326 msgid "Connection timed-out or Access Refused errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:322 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:328 msgid "" "You must ensure that the appropriate proxy settings are available from " "the same terminal where you will initialize the control plane. To verify " "the proxy settings that Kubernetes will actually use, run the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:332 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:338 msgid "" "If the displayed proxy values are different from your assigned values, " "the cluster initialization will fail. Contact your IT support team to " @@ -402,47 +405,49 @@ msgid "" "SSH access." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:337 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:343 msgid "" "If the result of the above commands is blank, you may need to add a " "``profile`` to the :file:`/etc` directory. To do so, follow these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:340 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:346 msgid "Create a `profile` in :file:`/etc`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:346 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:352 msgid "" -"With a preferred editor, open `profile`, and enter your proxy settings. " -"Example shown below." +"With your preferred editor, open `profile`, and enter your proxy " +"settings. An example is shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:358 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:364 msgid " can be obtained by running :command:`ifconfig`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:360 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:366 msgid "Save and exit the `profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:362 -msgid "Run:" +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Update your system's environment settings by executing the following " +"command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:368 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:375 msgid "To ensure your system isn't running previous session variables, run:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:374 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:381 msgid "Continue below while passing `-E` in the command as shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:376 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:383 msgid "Missing environment variables." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:378 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes.rst:385 msgid "" "If you are behind a proxy server, pass environment variables by adding " "*-E* to the command that initializes the master control plane." @@ -453,3 +458,70 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and view the |CL| `documentation`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Run Kubernetes\\*" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kubernetes\\* is an open source system" +#~ " for automating deployment, scaling, and" +#~ " management of containerized applications. " +#~ "It groups containers that make up " +#~ "an application into logical units for" +#~ " easy management and discovery." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kata Containers\\* kata-runtime adheres " +#~ "to :abbr:`OCI (Open Container Initiative*)`" +#~ " guidelines and work seamlessly with " +#~ "Kubernetes. `Kata Containers`_ provide strong" +#~ " isolation for untrusted workloads or " +#~ "multi-tenant scenarios. Kata Containers " +#~ "can be allocated on a per-pod " +#~ "basis so you can mix and match " +#~ "both on the same host to suit " +#~ "your needs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial assumes you have already" +#~ " installed |CL|. For detailed instructions" +#~ " on installing |CL| on a bare " +#~ "metal system, follow the :ref:`bare " +#~ "metal installation tutorial`. Learn about the benefits" +#~ " of having an up-to-date system" +#~ " for cloud orchestration on the :ref" +#~ ":`swupd-about` page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cloud native setup automation (optional)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Clone the `cloud-native-setup`_ " +#~ "repository on your system and follow " +#~ "the instructions. This repository includes " +#~ "helper scripts to automate configuration." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn more about :ref:`stateless` in " +#~ "|CL| and view the |CL| `documentation`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next steps" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`kubernetes-bp`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With a preferred editor, open `profile`," +#~ " and enter your proxy settings. " +#~ "Example shown below." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Run:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.po deleted file mode 100644 index b82bc2cd..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:4 -msgid "TensorFlow\\* machine learning on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial will demonstrate the installation and execusion of a " -"TensorFlow\\* machine learning example on |CL-ATTR|. It uses a Jupyter\\*" -" Notebook and MNIST data for handwriting recognition." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The initial steps will have you set up a Jupyter kernel and run a " -"Notebook on a bare-metal |CL| system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow " -"the :ref:`bare metal installation tutorial`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:26 -msgid "Once your system is updated, add the following bundles to your system:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:28 -msgid "`machine-learning-web-ui`: This bundle contains the Jupyter application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:30 -msgid "" -"`machine-learning-basic`: This bundle contains TensorFlow and other " -"useful tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To install the bundles, run the following commands in your :file:`$HOME` " -"directory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:43 -msgid "Set up a Jupyter notebook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:45 -msgid "" -"With all required packages and libraries installed, set up the file " -"structure for the Jupyter Notebook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In the :file:`$HOME` directory, create a directory for the Jupyter " -"Notebooks named :file:`Notebooks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:55 -msgid "Within :file:`Notebooks`, create a directory named :file:`Handwriting`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:61 -msgid "Change to the new directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Copy the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file into the :file:`Handwriting` " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:71 -msgid "" -"After installing the `machine-learning basic` bundle, you can find the " -"example code under :file:`/usr/share/doc/tensorflow/MNIST_example.ipynb`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The example code downloads and decompresses the MNIST data directly into " -"the :file:`./mnist` directory. Alternatively, download the four files " -"directly from the Yann LeCun’s `MNIST Database website`_ and save them " -"into a :file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`Handwriting` directory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:81 -msgid "The files needed are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:83 -msgid "`train-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Training set images (9912422 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:85 -msgid "`train-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Training set labels (28881 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:87 -msgid "`t10k-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Test set images (1648877 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:89 -msgid "`t10k-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Test set labels (4542 bytes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:92 -msgid "Run the Jupyter machine learning example code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:94 -msgid "" -"With |CL|, Jupyter, and TensorFlow installed and configured, we can run " -"the example code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Go to the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks` directory and start Jupyter with the " -"following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Jupyter server starts and opens a web browser showing the Jupyter " -"file manager with a list of files in the current directory, see figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:112 -msgid "Figure 1: The Jupyter file manager shows the list of available files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on the :file:`Handwriting` directory. The " -":file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file created earlier should be listed there, " -"see figure 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:120 -msgid "Figure 2: The example file within the Jupyter file manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:122 -msgid "" -"To run the hand writing example, click on the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb`" -" file to load the notebook, see figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Figure 3: The loaded MNIST_example notebook within the Jupyter file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Click the |run-cell| button to execute the code in the current cell and " -"move to the next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Select the :guilabel:`In [2]` cell and click the |run-cell| button to " -"load the MNIST data. The successful output is shown on figure 4." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:140 -msgid "Figure 4: Output after successfully importing the MNIST data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:143 -msgid "" -"After the MNIST data was successfully downloaded and extracted into the " -":file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks/Handwriting` " -"directory, four .gz files are present and the four data sets were " -"created: `trainX`, `trainY`, `testX` and `testY`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:148 -msgid "" -"To inspect the imported data, the function in :guilabel:`In [3]` first " -"instructs Jupyter to reshape the data into an array of 28 x 28 images and" -" to plot the area in a 28 x 28 grid. Click the |run-cell| button twice to" -" show the first two digits in the `trainX` dataset, see figure 5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Figure 5: A function reshapes the data and displays the first two digits " -"in the `trainX` dataset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`In [4]` cell defines the neural network. It provides the " -"inputs, defines the hidden layers, runs the training model, and sets up " -"the output layer, see figure 6. Click the |run-cell| button four times to" -" perform these operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:167 -msgid "Figure 6: Defining, building and training the neural network model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To test the accuracy of the prediction the system makes, select the " -":guilabel:`In [8]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. In this example," -" the number 6 was predicted with a 99% accuracy, see figure 7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Figure 7: The system predicts a number providing the accuracy of the " -"prediction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:181 -msgid "" -"To retest the accuracy of a random data point's prediction, run the cell " -":guilabel:`In [8]` again. It will take another random data point and " -"predict its value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:185 -msgid "" -"To check the accuracy for the whole dataset, select the :guilabel:`In " -"[10]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. Our example's accuracy is " -"calculated as 97.17%, see figure 8." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:192 -msgid "Figure 8: The system's accuracy for the entire data set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:194 -msgid "" -"For more in-depth information on the model used and the mathematics it " -"entails, visit the TensorFlow tutorials `TensorFlow MNIST beginners " -"demo`_ and `TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:198 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:200 -msgid "" -"You have successfully installed a Jupyter kernel on |CL|. In addition, " -"you trained a neural network to successfully predict the values contained" -" in a data set of hand-written number images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:205 -msgid "Related topics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:207 -msgid "`MNIST Database website`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:208 -msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST beginners demo`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:209 -msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:210 -msgid "`Jupyter main website`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:211 -msgid "`Jupyter documentation`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/machine-learning/machine-learning.rst:212 -msgid "`MNIST at Wikipedia`_" -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia-cuda.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia-cuda.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6dd3159e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia-cuda.po @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:4 +msgid "NVIDIA\\* CUDA Toolkit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:6 +msgid "" +"NVIDIA is a manufacturer of graphics processing units (GPU), also known " +"as graphics cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:9 +msgid "" +"CUDA is a parallel computing platform and application programming " +"interface model created by NVIDIA. It allows software developers and " +"software engineers to use a CUDA-enabled graphics processing unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These instructions show how to install the CUDA Toolkit on |CL| after the" +" :ref:`proprietary NVIDIA drivers ` have been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Software installed outside of :ref:`swupd ` is not updated " +"with |CL| updates and must be updated and maintained manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:29 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A |CL| system with a `CUDA-Enabled NVIDIA device " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:32 +msgid "The :ref:`proprietary NVIDIA drivers ` have been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:38 +msgid "Compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:41 +msgid "Check compatibility of NVIDIA components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To install the appropriate NVIDIA CUDA Toolkit version, it is important " +"to understand the compute capability and compatible driver versions of " +"your NVIDIA hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Information about NVIDIA compute capability, driver, and toolkit " +"compatibility can be found at: https://developer.nvidia.com/cuda-gpus " +"and https://docs.nvidia.com/deploy/cuda-compatibility/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:54 +msgid "Check GCC compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is only required for the development or compilation of CUDA " +"applications. It is not required to run pre-built applications that have " +"a dependency on CUDA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:62 +msgid "From the NVIDIA documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The CUDA development environment relies on tight integration with the " +"host development environment, including the host compiler and C runtime " +"libraries, and is therefore only supported on distribution versions that " +"have been qualified for this CUDA Toolkit release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Refer to the `NVIDIA documentation on CUDA system requirements " +"`_ for the latest kernel and compiler compatibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For example, CUDA 10.1 on a system with the latest Linux kernel requires " +"GCC7, which is older than the default GCC version for |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:76 +msgid "Install the compatible version of GCC, if required:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:78 +msgid "Install the :ref:`bundle ` with the appropriate GCC version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:84 +msgid "Create the directory :file:`/usr/local/cuda/bin`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Add symlinks to the older GCC version in the :file:`/usr/local/cuda/bin` " +"directory. This will cause the older version of GCC to be used when " +":file:`/usr/local/cuda/bin` is in the $PATH environment variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:103 +msgid "Downloading and Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:107 +msgid "Download the NVIDIA CUDA Toolkit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Go to the `NVIDIA CUDA downloads website`_ to get the latest CUDA " +"Toolkit. If an older version of the CUDA Toolkit is required, go to the " +"`CUDA Toolkit Archive `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:113 +msgid "Choose the following settings and click *Download*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:115 +msgid "Operating System: *Linux*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:116 +msgid "Architecture: *x86_64*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:117 +msgid "Distribution: *any*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:118 +msgid "Version: *any*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:119 +msgid "Installer Type: *runfile(local)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Open a terminal and navigate to where the " +":file:`cuda__linux.run` file was saved. In this example, it was " +"saved in the Downloads folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:131 +msgid "Make the :file:`cuda__linux.run` file executable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:140 +msgid "Install the NVIDIA CUDA Toolkit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The NVIDIA CUDA installer will be directed to install files under " +":file:`/opt/cuda` as much as possible to keep its contents isolated from " +"the rest of the |CL| files under :file:`/usr`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:146 +msgid "" +"The CUDA installer automatically creates a symbolic link that allows the " +"CUDA Toolkit to be accessed from :file:`/usr/local/cuda` regardless of " +"where it was installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Configure the dynamic linker to look for and cache shared libraries under" +" :file:`/opt/cuda/lib64` where the NVIDIA installer will place libraries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The CUDA installer will automatically create a file " +":file:`/etc/ld.so.conf.d/cuda-.conf`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:163 +msgid "Navigate into the directory where the NVIDIA installer was downloaded:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:170 +msgid "Run the installer with the advanced options below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Validate the CUDA Toolkit was installed by checking the NVIDIA CUDA " +"compiler version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The CUDA Toolkit is now installed and can be used to compile and run CUDA" +" applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:195 +msgid "Using the NVIDIA CUDA Toolkit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Verify that the NVIDIA device characters files /dev/nvidia* exist and " +"have the correct (0666) file permissions. The character devices should be" +" automatically created on system with the NVIDIA driver loaded through X " +"server, but will not be on systems that do not automatically load the " +"NVIDIA driver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:208 +msgid "" +"If your system does not have the NVIDIA character devices created " +"automatically, run the `script from NVIDIA documentation " +"`_ with root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Alternatively a setuid utility, :command:`nvidia-modprobe`, can be " +"compiled and installed to automatically create the device character files" +" on-demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:227 +msgid "" +"When the CUDA toolkit is needed, export PATH variables pointing to the " +"CUDA directories. This will temporarily add CUDA files to the PATH and " +"use the specified linked version of GCC for the terminal session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Source code for CUDA sample located at " +":file:`/usr/local/cuda/NVIDIA_CUDA-_Samples`. See the `CUDA " +"documentation on compiling samples `_ to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:245 +msgid "Uninstalling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The NVIDIA drivers and associated software can be uninstalled and nouveau" +" driver restored by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:250 +msgid "Run the :command:`sudo /usr/local/cuda/bin/cuda-uninstaller`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:252 +msgid "Follow the prompts on the screen and reboot the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:256 +msgid "Debugging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The NVIDIA CUDA installer places logs under :file:`/tmp/cuda-" +"installer.log`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:263 +msgid "Additional resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:264 +msgid "`NVIDIA CUDA Toolkit Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`Why aren't the NVIDIA Linux drivers open source? " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:268 +msgid "" +"`Where can I get support for NVIDIA Linux drivers? " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia-cuda.rst:270 +msgid "" +"`NVIDIA Accelerated Linux Graphics Driver Installation Guides " +"`_" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po index a44ab12f..518c7f0d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:4 -msgid "Install NVIDIA\\* Drivers" +msgid "NVIDIA\\* Drivers" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:6 @@ -45,46 +45,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:20 msgid "" -"Software installed outside of :ref:`swupd ` is not updated " +"Software installed outside of :ref:`swupd ` is not updated " "with |CL| updates and must be updated and maintained manually." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:23 msgid "" -"For example, the file :file:`/usr/lib/libGL.so` conflicts between the one" -" provided by the mesa package in |CL| and the one NVIDIA provides. If a " +"For example, the file :file:`/usr/lib/libGL.so` conflicts with the file " +"provided by the mesa package in |CL| and the file NVIDIA provides. If a " "|CL| update overwrites these files, a reinstallation of the NVIDIA driver" " might be required." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:36 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:32 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:38 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:34 msgid "A |CL| system with a desktop installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:39 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:35 msgid "An NVIDIA device installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:43 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:38 msgid "Install DKMS" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:45 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:40 msgid "" "The :ref:`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS) ` " "allows the NVIDIA kernel modules to be automatically integrated when " "kernel updates occur in |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:49 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:44 msgid "Install the appropriate DKMS bundle using the instructions below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:52 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:47 msgid "" "The Long Term Support (LTS) kernel variant is more likely to remain " "compatible between updates with NVIDIA drivers." @@ -161,259 +161,259 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:62 -msgid "Download and install the NVIDIA Drivers" +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:55 +msgid "Download and install the NVIDIA drivers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:58 +msgid "Download the NVIDIA drivers for Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:60 +msgid "Identify the NVIDIA GPU model that is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:66 -msgid "Download the NVIDIA Drivers for Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:68 -msgid "Identify the model of NVIDIA GPU that is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to the `NVIDIA Driver Downloads website`_ . Search for and download " -"the appropriate driver based on the model of NVIDIA GPU you have with " -"*Linux 64-bit* selected as the Operating System ." +"the appropriate driver based on the NVIDIA GPU model you have with *Linux" +" 64-bit* selected as the Operating System ." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:80 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:70 msgid "" "Open a terminal and navigate to where the :file:`NVIDIA-" "Linux-x86_64-.run` file was saved. In this example, it was saved" " in the Downloads folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:88 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:78 msgid "Make the :file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-.run` file executable." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:96 -msgid "Disable the nouveau Driver" +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:85 +msgid "Disable the nouveau driver" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:98 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:87 msgid "" "The proprietary NVIDIA driver is incompatible with the nouveau driver and" " must be disabled before installation can continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:101 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:90 msgid "" "Disable the nouveau driver by creating a blacklist file under " ":file:`/etc/modprobe.d` and reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:111 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:99 msgid "" "Reboot the system and log back in. It is normal for the graphical " "environment not to start without the NVIDIA driver loaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:118 -msgid "Configure Alternative Software Paths" +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:103 +msgid "Configure alternative software paths" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:120 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:105 msgid "" -"The NVIDIA installer will be directed to install files under " +"The NVIDIA installer is directed to install files under " ":file:`/opt/nvidia` as much as possible to keep its contents isolated " "from the rest of the |CL| system files under :file:`/usr`. The dynamic " "linker and X server must be configured to use the content under " ":file:`/opt/nvidia`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:127 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:111 msgid "" "Configure the dynamic linker to look for and to cache shared libraries " "under :file:`/opt/nvidia/lib` and :file:`/opt/nvidia/lib32` in addition " "to the default paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:138 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:122 msgid "Reload the dynamic linker run-time bindings and library cache." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:144 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:128 msgid "" "Create a Xorg configuration file to search for modules under " ":file:`/opt/nvidia` in addition to the default path." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:160 -msgid "Install the NVIDIA Drivers" +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:143 +msgid "Install the NVIDIA drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:163 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:145 msgid "" "A terminal not running on */dev/tty1* is useful to view uninterrupted " "installation progress. Switch to a secondary virtual terminal by pushing " ":command:`CTRL + ALT + F2` or remotely login over SSH." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:168 -msgid "Navigate into the directory where the NVIDIA installer was downloaded." +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:149 +msgid "Navigate to the directory where the NVIDIA installer was downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:175 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:155 msgid "Run the installer with the advanced options below." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:199 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:179 msgid "" "The graphical interface may automatically start after the NVIDIA driver " "is loaded. Return to the working terminal and log back in if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:203 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:182 msgid "Confirm that the NVIDIA kernel modules are loaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:210 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:188 msgid "" "Run a |CL| system verification to restore files that the NVIDIA installer" " likely deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:219 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:197 msgid "" "The NVIDIA software places some files under the :file:`/usr` subdirectory" -" which are not managed by |CL| and conflict with the |CL| stateless " +" that are not managed by |CL| and conflict with the |CL| stateless " "design." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:222 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:200 msgid "" "Although a limited version of :command:`swupd repair` is run above, other" " uses of the :command:`swupd repair` command should be avoided with the " "proprietary NVIDIA drivers installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:228 -msgid "Updating the NVIDIA Drivers" +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:205 +msgid "Updating the NVIDIA drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:230 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:207 msgid "" "The proprietary NVIDIA drivers are installed manually outside of " -":ref:`swupd ` and must be updated manually when needed." +":ref:`swupd ` and must be updated manually when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:233 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:210 msgid "" "Updating the NVIDIA drivers follows the same steps as initial " "installation, however the desktop environment must first be stopped so " "that the drivers are not in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:237 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:214 msgid "" "Follow the steps in the `Download the NVIDIA Drivers for Linux`_ section " "to get the latest NVIDIA drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:240 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:217 msgid "" "Temporarily set the default boot target to the *multi-user*, which is a " "non-graphical runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:248 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:224 msgid "" "Reboot the system and log back in. It is normal for the graphical " "environment not to start." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:251 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:227 msgid "" "Follow the steps in the `Install the NVIDIA Drivers`_ section to update " "the NVIDIA drivers. This installation will overwrite the previous NVIDIA " "drivers and files." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:255 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:231 msgid "Set the default boot target back to the *graphical* target." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:262 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:237 msgid "Reboot the system and log back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:264 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:239 msgid "" -"Trigger a flatpak update which will download the runtime corresponding " +"Trigger a flatpak update that will download the runtime corresponding " "with the new NVIDIA drivers for the flatpak apps that require it." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:273 -msgid "Uninstalling the NVIDIA Drivers" +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:247 +msgid "Uninstalling the NVIDIA drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:275 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:249 msgid "" "The NVIDIA drivers and associated software can be uninstalled and nouveau" " driver restored with the instructions in this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:278 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:252 msgid "Remove the :file:`modprobe.d` file that prevents nouveau from loading." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:285 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:258 msgid "Remove the :file:`xorg.conf.d` file that adds a search path for X modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:291 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:264 msgid "Run the :command:`sudo /opt/nvidia/bin/nvidia-uninstall`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:293 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:266 msgid "Follow the prompts on the screen and reboot the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:297 -msgid "Debugging Installation of NVIDIA Drivers" +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:269 +msgid "Debugging installation of NVIDIA drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:299 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:271 msgid "" "The NVIDIA driver places installer and uninstaller logs under " ":file:`/var/log/nvidia-install` and :file:`/var/log/nvidia-uninstall`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:302 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:274 msgid "" ":file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-.run --advanced-options` shows many " "parameters to control installation behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:305 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:277 msgid "" ":file:`NVIDIA-Linux-x86_64-.run --extract-only` extracts " "installation files into a directory named :file:`NVIDIA-" "Linux-x86_64-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:312 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:282 msgid "Additional resources" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:314 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:284 msgid "" "`Why aren't the NVIDIA Linux drivers open source? " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:316 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:286 msgid "" "`Where can I get support for NVIDIA Linux drivers? " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:318 +#: ../../tutorials/nvidia.rst:288 msgid "" "`NVIDIA Accelerated Linux Graphics Driver Installation Guides " "`_" @@ -438,3 +438,94 @@ msgstr "" #~ "guide>`." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Install NVIDIA\\* Drivers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Software installed outside of :ref:`swupd " +#~ "` is not updated with " +#~ "|CL| updates and must be updated " +#~ "and maintained manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, the file " +#~ ":file:`/usr/lib/libGL.so` conflicts between the " +#~ "one provided by the mesa package " +#~ "in |CL| and the one NVIDIA " +#~ "provides. If a |CL| update overwrites" +#~ " these files, a reinstallation of the" +#~ " NVIDIA driver might be required." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download and install the NVIDIA Drivers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download the NVIDIA Drivers for Linux" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Identify the model of NVIDIA GPU that is installed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Go to the `NVIDIA Driver Downloads " +#~ "website`_ . Search for and download " +#~ "the appropriate driver based on the " +#~ "model of NVIDIA GPU you have with" +#~ " *Linux 64-bit* selected as the " +#~ "Operating System ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Disable the nouveau Driver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Configure Alternative Software Paths" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The NVIDIA installer will be directed" +#~ " to install files under :file:`/opt/nvidia`" +#~ " as much as possible to keep " +#~ "its contents isolated from the rest " +#~ "of the |CL| system files under " +#~ ":file:`/usr`. The dynamic linker and X" +#~ " server must be configured to use " +#~ "the content under :file:`/opt/nvidia`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install the NVIDIA Drivers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Navigate into the directory where the NVIDIA installer was downloaded." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The NVIDIA software places some files" +#~ " under the :file:`/usr` subdirectory which" +#~ " are not managed by |CL| and " +#~ "conflict with the |CL| stateless design." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Updating the NVIDIA Drivers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The proprietary NVIDIA drivers are " +#~ "installed manually outside of :ref:`swupd " +#~ "` and must be updated " +#~ "manually when needed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trigger a flatpak update which will " +#~ "download the runtime corresponding with " +#~ "the new NVIDIA drivers for the " +#~ "flatpak apps that require it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Uninstalling the NVIDIA Drivers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Debugging Installation of NVIDIA Drivers" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/parallels.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/parallels.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85da1f65 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/parallels.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-29 17:26-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:4 +msgid "Parallels\\* Desktop for Mac\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This tutorial describes how to run |CL| Server in :abbr:`CLI (command-" +"line interface)` mode as a guest OS in Parallels Desktop 14 for Mac." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Parallels Desktop for Mac is virtualization software that allows other " +"operating systems, such as Linux, to run side-by-side with macOS\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:14 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:16 +msgid "Install Parallels Desktop 14 for Mac." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:19 +msgid "Download ISO image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Download a live-server ISO installation file from " +"https://clearlinux.org/downloads. This tutorial uses |CL| Server 30140 as" +" its example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:24 +msgid "Unzip the ISO image with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:31 +msgid "Initialize new VM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Start Parallels and initialize your :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` with the" +" following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:36 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`File > New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In the opening dialog window, select :guilabel:`Install Windows or " +"another OS from a DVD or image`, then click :guilabel:`Continue`. (See " +"Figure 1.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:45 +msgid "Figure 1: Parallels opening dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the next screen, select :guilabel:`Image File`, then click " +":guilabel:`Select a file...` as shown in Figure 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:53 +msgid "Figure 2: Dialog to select source for VM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select your ISO file. The system displays the warning message \"Unable to" +" detect operating system\", as shown in Figure 3. This message is " +"expected and can be ignored. Click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:62 +msgid "Figure 3: Warning that OS is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:64 +msgid "" +"You are prompted to select your OS, as shown in Figure 4. Select " +":menuselection:`More Linux > Other Linux` from the drop-down menu and " +"click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:71 +msgid "Figure 4: Select OS from drop-down menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Name your VM and check :guilabel:`Customize settings before " +"installation`. (See Figure 5.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:79 +msgid "Figure 5: Name and Location screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create`. The Configuration window for the new VM opens, " +"as shown in Figure 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:84 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Hardware > Boot Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:89 +msgid "Figure 6: VM Configuration window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Expand :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`. Set :guilabel:`BIOS` to “EFI " +"64-bit” and in the :guilabel:`Boot flags` field, enter “vm.bios.efi=1” as" +" shown in Figure 7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:98 +msgid "Figure 7: Advanced configuration settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:100 +msgid "Close the Configuration window and click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If camera and microphone access restriction warnings are displayed, you " +"can ignore them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:106 +msgid "Install |CL| on VM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Follow the prompts and install |CL| using the text-based installer as " +"shown in Figure 8." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Refer to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` for additional installation " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:117 +msgid "Figure 8: On screen instructions from text-based installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:119 +msgid "" +"After installation, reboot the VM. You are prompted to log in, as shown " +"in Figure 9. Log in with the credentials you used when you installed |CL|" +" on the VM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:126 +msgid "Figure 9: Log in prompt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/parallels.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Congratulations! You have successfully set up a |CL| VM using Parallels " +"Desktop for Mac." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/proxy.po similarity index 68% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/proxy.po index 4dfdc240..94006775 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tutorial-proxy.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/proxy.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,104 +18,110 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:4 -msgid "Setting up proxy" +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:4 +msgid "Proxy configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial shows you how to configure your system for use behind an " "outbound proxy to access the Internet." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:9 -msgid "" -"|CL| :ref:`tooling` applications already benefit from the " -":ref:`autoproxy` feature." +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:9 +msgid "|CL| applications already benefit from the :ref:`autoproxy` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:17 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:17 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:19 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:19 msgid "" "This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " "detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " "the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:24 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:24 msgid "Shells and programs in a desktop session" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:27 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:27 msgid "Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:29 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:29 msgid "Add the following to your ~/.bashrc:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:45 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:45 msgid "wget" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:47 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:47 msgid "Run this command to enable downloading from websites from the terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:59 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:59 msgid "System service (Docker)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:61 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:61 msgid "" "For Docker (and other services that use systemd), you can follow these " "steps to configure and check proxy settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:65 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:65 msgid "Be sure to use :command:`sudo`, as you will need elevated permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:67 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:67 msgid "" "Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d` directory to host " "configuration information for the Docker service." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:70 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:70 msgid "" "Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and " "add:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:78 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:78 msgid "Load the changes and restart the service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:85 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:85 msgid "Verify that changes have loaded:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:97 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:97 msgid "" "This process enables the ability to successfully run ``docker pull``. " "Containers themselves must be configured independently." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:101 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:101 msgid "git over ssh" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:103 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:103 msgid "Add the following to your :file:`~/.ssh/config`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/tutorial-proxy.rst:114 +#: ../../tutorials/proxy.rst:114 msgid "" "Though netcat is included with Clear Linux, it is not the BSD version, " "which is the one usually used to enable git over ssh." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Setting up proxy" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| :ref:`tooling` applications already " +#~ "benefit from the :ref:`autoproxy` feature." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po index 5199c5b1..2920c144 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/redis.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:4 -msgid "Run Redis on |CL-ATTR|" +msgid "Redis\\*" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/redis.rst:6 @@ -181,3 +181,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Learn to :ref:`docker`." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Run Redis on |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb-desktop.po similarity index 71% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb-desktop.po index 179f5bdf..60ad54c3 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb-desktop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:4 -msgid "Connect to Windows\\* shared location from |CL-ATTR| desktop" +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:4 +msgid "Samba\\* as a client" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial explains how to access an existing shared drive on " "Windows\\* via Server Message Block (SMB) / Common Internet File System " @@ -30,81 +30,84 @@ msgid "" " access shared storage locations, or share files." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:12 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:12 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:14 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:14 msgid "You have already `set up a shared location on Windows`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:17 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:17 msgid "Connect to Windows shared location with Nautilus" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:19 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:19 msgid "From the desktop, select :guilabel:`Files` from the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:23 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:23 msgid "GNOME Files is also known as `Nautilus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:25 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:25 msgid "In :guilabel:`Files`, select :guilabel:`Other Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:31 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:31 msgid "Figure 1: Files, Other Locations" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:33 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:33 msgid "" "In the lower taskbar, beside :guilabel:`Connect to Server`, enter the " "file-sharing address using the Windows sharing schema:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:44 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:44 msgid "Figure 2: Connect to Server" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:46 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:46 msgid "" "Optional: If there are issues with DNS, you can use an IP address in " "place of the `servername` above. You must still specify the share." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:49 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:49 msgid "" "Optional: On the Windows machine, in a CLI, retrieve the IP address by " "entering the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:58 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:58 msgid "If using the IP address, assure that it is accessible and secure." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:60 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:60 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:62 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:62 msgid "The server will request authentication, as shown in Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:68 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:68 msgid "Figure 3: Authentication" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:70 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:70 msgid "" "Log in with the same Windows system credentials for which you granted " "access to the share." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:73 +#: ../../tutorials/smb-desktop.rst:73 msgid "" "Select the appropriate checkbox to save your credentials. Consider " "carefully the security risks as a result of your selection." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Connect to Windows\\* shared location from |CL-ATTR| desktop" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb.po similarity index 80% rename from locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb.po index 3c148d6c..9eade4ea 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,51 +18,51 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:4 -msgid "Enable simple file sharing with a Windows\\* machine using Samba\\*" +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:4 +msgid "Samba\\* as a host" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial describes how to enable simple file sharing from a system " "running |CL-ATTR| to a Windows machine using Samba. For more advanced " "sharing, refer to the `Samba guide`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:11 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:11 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:13 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:13 msgid "" "This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " "detailed instructions, follow the steps in :ref:`bare-metal-install-" "desktop`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:16 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:16 msgid "" "Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " "command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:24 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:24 msgid "Set up file sharing" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:26 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:26 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:32 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:32 msgid "Add the storage-utils bundle, which includes the Samba binaries." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:40 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:40 msgid "The os-clr-on-clr bundle also includes the Samba binaries." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:42 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:42 msgid "" "Create a configuration file called :file:`/etc/samba/smb.conf`. In this " "example, `[Downloads]` enables a folder share with a specific user. " @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgid "" "that a user account `clearlinuxuser` already exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:47 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:47 msgid "" "If `valid users` is not specified, then anyone with a user account on the" " machine and with their Samba password already set can access the folder." @@ -78,17 +78,17 @@ msgid "" "they have appropriate permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:52 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:52 msgid "" "Use :command:`chown` or :command:`chmod` to change either the owner of " "the file or the permissions to allow other users to access the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:72 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:72 msgid "Enable the Samba daemon to start every time." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:79 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:79 msgid "" "Use :command:`smbpasswd` to add the initial password for the user account" " to access the share. Be aware that Samba maintains its own list of " @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgid "" "than the password used to log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:88 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:88 msgid "" "Setup is complete and a Windows machine on the same network can access " "the shares. Windows uses the format :file:`\\\\\\\\[server IP or " @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" "Windows Explorer or by mapping a network drive." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:93 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:93 msgid "" "Use the IP address of the |CL| machine for an easy access method. If the " "|CL| machine is behind an Active Directory domain controller or a DNS " @@ -113,40 +113,43 @@ msgid "" "Samba guide`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:100 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:100 msgid "Map |CL| drive in Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:102 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:102 msgid "" "Open Windows Explorer and click on the left sidebar on :guilabel:`This " "PC` to change the options available at the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:105 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:105 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Map Network Drive` icon and enter the path in the " "format: :file:`\\\\\\\\[server IP or hostname]\\\\[shared folder]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:108 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:108 msgid "" "Check the box :guilabel:`Connect using different credentials`. Enter the " "Samba user `clearlinuxuser` and the password created with " ":command:`smbpasswd`. See Figure 1 for details." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:116 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:116 msgid "Figure 1: Map a network drive in Windows Explorer." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:118 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:118 msgid "" "When complete, Windows Explorer displays the share drive as shown in " "Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb.rst:124 +#: ../../tutorials/smb.rst:124 msgid "Figure 2: View a share drive in Windows Explorer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Enable simple file sharing with a Windows\\* machine using Samba\\*" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.po deleted file mode 100644 index 179f5bdf..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:4 -msgid "Connect to Windows\\* shared location from |CL-ATTR| desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial explains how to access an existing shared drive on " -"Windows\\* via Server Message Block (SMB) / Common Internet File System " -"(CIFS) from the |CL| GNOME desktop. CIFS filesystem is generally used to" -" access shared storage locations, or share files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:14 -msgid "You have already `set up a shared location on Windows`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:17 -msgid "Connect to Windows shared location with Nautilus" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:19 -msgid "From the desktop, select :guilabel:`Files` from the application menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:23 -msgid "GNOME Files is also known as `Nautilus`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:25 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Files`, select :guilabel:`Other Locations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:31 -msgid "Figure 1: Files, Other Locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In the lower taskbar, beside :guilabel:`Connect to Server`, enter the " -"file-sharing address using the Windows sharing schema:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:44 -msgid "Figure 2: Connect to Server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Optional: If there are issues with DNS, you can use an IP address in " -"place of the `servername` above. You must still specify the share." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Optional: On the Windows machine, in a CLI, retrieve the IP address by " -"entering the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:58 -msgid "If using the IP address, assure that it is accessible and secure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:60 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Connect`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:62 -msgid "The server will request authentication, as shown in Figure 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:68 -msgid "Figure 3: Authentication" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Log in with the same Windows system credentials for which you granted " -"access to the share." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/smb/smb-desktop.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate checkbox to save your credentials. Consider " -"carefully the security risks as a result of your selection." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.po deleted file mode 100644 index a73c55c1..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/spark.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:4 -msgid "Set up a standalone cluster system using Apache\\* Spark\\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial describes how to install, configure, and run Apache Spark " -"on |CL-ATTR|. Apache Spark is a fast general-purpose cluster computing " -"system with the following features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:10 -msgid "Provides high-level APIs in Java\\*, Scala\\*, Python\\*, and R\\*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:11 -msgid "Includes an optimized engine that supports general execution graphs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Supports high-level tools including Spark SQL, MLlib, GraphX, and Spark " -"Streaming." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In this tutorial, you will install Spark on a single machine running the " -"master daemon and a worker daemon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:19 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:21 -msgid "" -"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " -"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " -"the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:32 -msgid "Install Apache Spark" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Apache Spark is included in the :file:`big-data-basic` bundle. To install" -" the framework, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:42 -msgid "Configure Apache Spark" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:44 -msgid "Create the configuration directory with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Copy the default templates from :file:`/usr/share/defaults/spark` to " -":file:`/etc/spark` with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Since |CL| is a stateless system, you should never modify the files under" -" the :file:`/usr/share/defaults` directory. The software updater " -"overwrites those files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:62 -msgid "Copy the template files below to create custom configuration files:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Edit the :file:`/etc/spark/spark-env.sh` file and add the " -":envvar:`SPARK_MASTER_HOST` variable. Replace the example address below " -"with your localhost IP address. View your IP address using the " -":command:`hostname -I` command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:79 -msgid "" -"This optional step enables the master's web user interface to view " -"information needed later in this tutorial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Edit the :file:`/etc/spark/spark-defaults.conf` file and update the " -"`spark.master` variable with the `SPARK_MASTER_HOST` address and port " -"`7077`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:90 -msgid "Start the master server and a worker daemon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:92 -msgid "Start the master server using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Start one worker daemon and connect it to the master using the " -"`spark.master` variable defined earlier:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Open an internet browser and view the worker daemon information using the" -" master's IP address and port `8080`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:113 -msgid "Run the Spark wordcount example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Run the wordcount example using a file on your local host and output the " -"results to a new file with the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Open an internet browser and view the application information using the " -"master's IP address and port `8080`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:129 -msgid "" -"View the results of the wordcount application in the " -":file:`~/Documents/results` file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:131 -msgid "**Congratulations!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/spark.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You successfully installed and set up a standalone Apache Spark cluster. " -"Additionally, you ran a simple wordcount example." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6861990b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.po @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:4 +msgid "TensorFlow\\* machine learning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This tutorial demonstrates the installation and execution of a " +"TensorFlow\\* machine learning example on |CL-ATTR|. It uses a Jupyter\\*" +" Notebook and MNIST data for handwriting recognition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The initial steps show how to set up a Jupyter kernel and run a Notebook " +"on a bare-metal |CL| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:18 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:20 +msgid "" +"This tutorial assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " +"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, follow " +"the :ref:`bare metal installation tutorial`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:30 +msgid "After your system is updated, add the following bundles to your system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:32 +msgid "" +":command:`machine-learning-web-ui`: This bundle contains the Jupyter " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:34 +msgid "" +":command:`machine-learning-basic`: This bundle contains TensorFlow and " +"other useful tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To install the bundles, run the following commands in your :file:`$HOME` " +"directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:47 +msgid "Set up a Jupyter Notebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:49 +msgid "" +"With all required packages and libraries installed, set up the file " +"structure for the Jupyter Notebook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the :file:`$HOME` directory, create a directory for the Jupyter " +"Notebooks named :file:`Notebooks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:59 +msgid "Within :file:`Notebooks`, create a directory named :file:`Handwriting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:65 +msgid "Change to the new directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Copy the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file into the :file:`Handwriting` " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:76 +msgid "" +"After installing the :command:`machine-learning basic` bundle, you can " +"find the example code under " +":file:`/usr/share/doc/tensorflow/MNIST_example.ipynb`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The example code downloads and decompresses the MNIST data directly into " +"the :file:`./mnist` directory. Alternatively, download the four files " +"directly from the Yann LeCun’s `MNIST Database website`_ and save them " +"into a :file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`Handwriting` directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:85 +msgid "The files needed are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:87 +msgid "`train-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Training set images (9912422 bytes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:89 +msgid "`train-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Training set labels (28881 bytes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:91 +msgid "`t10k-images-idx3-ubyte.gz`_: Test set images (1648877 bytes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:93 +msgid "`t10k-labels-idx1-ubyte.gz`_: Test set labels (4542 bytes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:96 +msgid "Run the Jupyter machine learning example code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:98 +msgid "" +"With |CL|, Jupyter, and TensorFlow installed and configured, you can run " +"the example code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks` directory and start Jupyter with the " +"following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The Jupyter server starts and opens a web browser showing the Jupyter " +"file manager with a list of files in the current directory, as shown in " +"Figure 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:117 +msgid "Figure 1: The Jupyter file manager shows the list of available files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Click on the :file:`Handwriting` directory. The " +":file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file created earlier should be listed there, " +"as shown in Figure 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:125 +msgid "Figure 2: The example file within the Jupyter file manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To run the handwriting example, click on the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` " +"file to load the notebook, as shown in Figure 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Figure 3: The loaded MNIST_example notebook within the Jupyter file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Click the |run-cell| button to execute the code in the current cell and " +"move to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`In [2]` cell and click the |run-cell| button to " +"load the MNIST data. The successful output is shown on Figure 4." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:145 +msgid "Figure 4: Output after successfully importing the MNIST data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After the MNIST data is successfully downloaded and extracted into the " +":file:`mnist` directory within the :file:`($HOME)/Notebooks/Handwriting` " +"directory, four .gz files are present and the four data sets are created:" +" `trainX`, `trainY`, `testX` and `testY`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To inspect the imported data, the function in :guilabel:`In [3]` first " +"instructs Jupyter to reshape the data into an array of 28 x 28 images and" +" to plot the area in a 28 x 28 grid. Click the |run-cell| button twice to" +" show the first two digits in the `trainX` dataset. An example is shown " +"in Figure 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Figure 5: A function reshapes the data and displays the first two digits " +"in the `trainX` dataset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`In [4]` cell defines the neural network. It provides the " +"inputs, defines the hidden layers, runs the training model, and sets up " +"the output layer, as shown in Figure 6. Click the |run-cell| button four " +"times to perform these operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:173 +msgid "Figure 6: Defining, building, and training the neural network model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To test the accuracy of the prediction that the system makes, select the " +":guilabel:`In [8]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. In this example," +" the number 6 was predicted with a 99% accuracy, as shown in Figure 7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Figure 7: The system predicts a number providing the accuracy of the " +"prediction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To retest the accuracy of a random data point's prediction, run the cell " +":guilabel:`In [8]` again. It will take another random data point and " +"predict its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To check the accuracy for the whole dataset, select the :guilabel:`In " +"[10]` cell and click the |run-cell| button. Our example's accuracy is " +"calculated as 97.17%, as shown in Figure 8." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:198 +msgid "Figure 8: The system's accuracy for the entire data set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:200 +msgid "" +"For more in-depth information on the model used and the mathematics it " +"entails, visit the TensorFlow tutorials `TensorFlow MNIST beginners " +"demo`_ and `TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:204 +msgid "**Congratulations!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:206 +msgid "" +"You have successfully installed a Jupyter kernel on |CL|. In addition, " +"you trained a neural network to successfully predict the values contained" +" in a data set of hand-written number images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:211 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:213 +msgid "`MNIST Database website`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:214 +msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST beginners demo`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:215 +msgid "`TensorFlow MNIST pros demo`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:216 +msgid "`Jupyter main website`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:217 +msgid "`Jupyter documentation`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tutorials/tensorflow-machine-learning.rst:218 +msgid "`MNIST at Wikipedia`_" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TensorFlow\\* machine learning on |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial will demonstrate the " +#~ "installation and execusion of a " +#~ "TensorFlow\\* machine learning example on " +#~ "|CL-ATTR|. It uses a Jupyter\\* " +#~ "Notebook and MNIST data for handwriting" +#~ " recognition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The initial steps will have you " +#~ "set up a Jupyter kernel and run" +#~ " a Notebook on a bare-metal " +#~ "|CL| system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once your system is updated, add the following bundles to your system:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`machine-learning-web-ui`: This bundle" +#~ " contains the Jupyter application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`machine-learning-basic`: This bundle " +#~ "contains TensorFlow and other useful " +#~ "tools." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set up a Jupyter notebook" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installing the `machine-learning " +#~ "basic` bundle, you can find the " +#~ "example code under " +#~ ":file:`/usr/share/doc/tensorflow/MNIST_example.ipynb`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With |CL|, Jupyter, and TensorFlow " +#~ "installed and configured, we can run " +#~ "the example code." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Jupyter server starts and opens " +#~ "a web browser showing the Jupyter " +#~ "file manager with a list of files" +#~ " in the current directory, see figure" +#~ " 1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on the :file:`Handwriting` " +#~ "directory. The :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file " +#~ "created earlier should be listed there," +#~ " see figure 2." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To run the hand writing example, " +#~ "click on the :file:`MNIST_example.ipynb` file" +#~ " to load the notebook, see figure " +#~ "3." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the :guilabel:`In [2]` cell and" +#~ " click the |run-cell| button to " +#~ "load the MNIST data. The successful " +#~ "output is shown on figure 4." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the MNIST data was successfully" +#~ " downloaded and extracted into the " +#~ ":file:`mnist` directory within the " +#~ ":file:`($HOME)/Notebooks/Handwriting` directory, four " +#~ ".gz files are present and the four" +#~ " data sets were created: `trainX`, " +#~ "`trainY`, `testX` and `testY`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To inspect the imported data, the " +#~ "function in :guilabel:`In [3]` first " +#~ "instructs Jupyter to reshape the data" +#~ " into an array of 28 x 28 " +#~ "images and to plot the area in " +#~ "a 28 x 28 grid. Click the " +#~ "|run-cell| button twice to show the" +#~ " first two digits in the `trainX` " +#~ "dataset, see figure 5." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`In [4]` cell defines the" +#~ " neural network. It provides the " +#~ "inputs, defines the hidden layers, runs" +#~ " the training model, and sets up " +#~ "the output layer, see figure 6. " +#~ "Click the |run-cell| button four " +#~ "times to perform these operations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 6: Defining, building and training the neural network model." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To test the accuracy of the " +#~ "prediction the system makes, select the" +#~ " :guilabel:`In [8]` cell and click " +#~ "the |run-cell| button. In this " +#~ "example, the number 6 was predicted " +#~ "with a 99% accuracy, see figure 7." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the accuracy for the " +#~ "whole dataset, select the :guilabel:`In " +#~ "[10]` cell and click the |run-" +#~ "cell| button. Our example's accuracy is" +#~ " calculated as 97.17%, see figure 8." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress.po similarity index 77% rename from locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.po rename to locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress.po index 78f37045..833b8eba 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -18,34 +18,37 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:4 -msgid "WordPress\\* on |CL-ATTR|" +#: ../../tutorials/wordpress.rst:4 +msgid "WordPress\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:6 +#: ../../tutorials/wordpress.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial describes how to setup a web server to host a WordPress\\* " "site on a |CL-ATTR| system. The tutorial is split into two sections:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:9 +#: ../../tutorials/wordpress.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`web-server-install`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:11 +#: ../../tutorials/wordpress.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`wp-install`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:13 +#: ../../tutorials/wordpress.rst:13 msgid "" "If you already have a |CL| based :abbr:`LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)`" " web server, you can skip ahead to the second section of this tutorial." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:18 +#: ../../tutorials/wordpress.rst:18 msgid "" "This tutorial is for development and testing purposes only. Additional " "steps are required to secure production systems. Those steps are beyond " "the scope of this tutorial." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "WordPress\\* on |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.po deleted file mode 100644 index 78f37045..00000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2019, many -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* -# Project Docs package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:4 -msgid "WordPress\\* on |CL-ATTR|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This tutorial describes how to setup a web server to host a WordPress\\* " -"site on a |CL-ATTR| system. The tutorial is split into two sections:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:9 -msgid ":ref:`web-server-install`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:11 -msgid ":ref:`wp-install`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you already have a |CL| based :abbr:`LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)`" -" web server, you can skip ahead to the second section of this tutorial." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tutorials/wordpress/wordpress.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This tutorial is for development and testing purposes only. Additional " -"steps are required to secure production systems. Those steps are beyond " -"the scope of this tutorial." -msgstr "" - diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po index 5f511f39..c3574d8f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/yubikey-u2f.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-08-09 14:33-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:4 -msgid "Enable YubiKey U2F Support" +msgid "YubiKey\\* Support" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/yubikey-u2f.rst:6 @@ -157,3 +157,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|CL| :ref:`security`" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Enable YubiKey U2F Support" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/notravis.yml b/notravis.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1e0cc6a --- /dev/null +++ b/notravis.yml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +language: python + +python: + - "3.6" + +# command to install dependencies +install: + - pip3 install -q -r requirements.txt + +# command to run tests +script: + - make py + - make htmlall + +before_deploy: + - make linkcheck + # only deploy the latest tagged release of Simplified Chinese docs + - wget https://github.com/clearlinux/clear-linux-documentation-zh-CN/releases/latest/download/clearlinux-docs-zh-CN.tar.gz + - mkdir source/_build/html/zh_CN + - tar xvzf clearlinux-docs-zh-CN.tar.gz -C source/_build/html/zh_CN + +deploy: + - provider: pages + skip_cleanup: true + github_token: $GITHUB_TOKEN + target-branch: latestHTML + on: + branch: publish + local_dir: source/_build/html/ + - provider: pages + skip_cleanup: true + github_token: $GITHUB_TOKEN + target-branch: developmentHTML + on: + branch: master + local_dir: source/_build/html/ + - provider: pages + skip_cleanup: true + github_token: $GITHUB_TOKEN + target-branch: developmentHTML + on: + branch: development + local_dir: source/_build/html/ + - provider: releases + skip_cleanup: true + api_key: $GITHUB_TOKEN + file: clearlinux-docs-zh-CN.tar.gz + on: + tags: true + + +after_deploy: + - wget $PUBLISH_URL + - cat clearlinux-latest diff --git a/requirements.txt b/requirements.txt index 29fa6ef8..43d8b674 100644 --- a/requirements.txt +++ b/requirements.txt @@ -2,4 +2,8 @@ breathe==4.9.1 sphinx==1.8 docutils==0.14 sphinx_rtd_theme -sphinx-intl==2.0.0 \ No newline at end of file +sphinx-intl==2.0.0 +sphinx-sitemap==1.0.2 +Jinja2==2.10.1 +GitPython==3.0.8 +sphinx-tabs diff --git a/source/FAQ/faq.rst b/source/FAQ/faq.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 4b7be4f2..00000000 --- a/source/FAQ/faq.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -.. _faq: - -FAQ -### - -Below is a list of commonly asked questions with answers sourced from the -|CL-ATTR| team and `Clear Linux community forums`_. - -.. contents:: :local: - :depth: 2 - - -General -******* - -Why did you make another distro? -================================ - -The |CL| team felt that performance was left on the table with Linux software. -|CL| takes a holistic approach to improving performance across the stack. We -also wanted to take more modern approaches with OS updates and tooling. - -| - -Can other distros copy |CL| improvements? -========================================= - -Yes, we absolutely love open source reuse and upstreaming improvements. - -| - -How often do you update? -======================== - -The |CL| team puts out multiple releases a week, often releasing 2 or more -times a day. This rolling release approach allows |CL| to remain agile to -upstream changes and security patches. - -| - -Is telemetry required? -====================== - -The telemetry solution provided by |CL| is entirely optional and customizable. -It is disabled by default. If you do choose to enable telemetry, the data -helps the |CL| team proactively identify and resolve bugs. See the -:ref:`telemetry ` page for more information. - -| - -What is the default firewall? -============================= - -|CL| packages :command:`iptables` as a bundle, however, there are no default -firewall rules. All network traffic is allowed by default. - -| - -Where are the files that I usually see under /etc like fstab? -============================================================= - -|CL| has a stateless design that maintains a separation between system files -and user files. Default values are stored under :file:`/usr/share/defaults/`. -Files under :file:`/etc/` are not created unless you create one. - -A blog post explaining how this is accomplished with :file:`/etc/fstab/` -specifically is available here: -https://clearlinux.org/news-blogs/where-etcfstab-clear-linux - -| - -Software packages -***************** - -How is software installed and updated? -====================================== - -|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles ` and -updates software with :ref:`swupd `. - -:ref:`FlatPak\* ` is an application virtualization solution that allows -more software to be available to |CL| users by augmenting the software |CL| -packages natively with software available through FlatPak. - -Our goal is to have software packaged natively and made available through -bundles whenever possible. - -| - -Does |CL| use RPMs like other distros? -====================================== - -|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles `. The RPM -format is used as an intermediary step for packaging and determining software -dependencies at OS build time. - -Individual RPMs can sometimes be manually installed on a |CL| system with the -right tools, but that is not the intended use case. - -| - -Can I install a software package from another OS on |CL|? -========================================================= - -Software that is packaged in other formats for other Linux distributions is -not guaranteed to work on |CL| and may be impacted by |CL| updates. - -If the software you're seeking is open source, please submit a request to add -it to |CL|. Submit requests on GitHub\* here: -https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues - -| - -Software availability -********************* - -What software is available on |CL|? -=================================== - -Available software can be found in the `Software Store`_, through the GNOME\* -Software application on the desktop, or by using :ref:`swupd search `. - -| - -Is Google\* Chrome\* available? -=============================== - -The Google Chrome web browser is not distributed as a bundle in |CL| due to -copyright and licensing complexities. - -A discussion on manually installing and maintaining Google Chrome can be found -on GitHub: https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/422 - -| - -Is FFmpeg available? -==================== - -`FFmpeg`_ is a multimedia software suite, which is commonly used for -various media encoding/decoding, streaming, and playback. - -|CL| does not distribute FFmpeg due to well-known licensing and legal -complexities (See https://www.ffmpeg.org/legal.html and -http://blog.pkh.me/p/13-the-ffmpeg-libav-situation.html). - -Read more in the |CL| repository, including discussion of an alternative -hardware-based solution: -https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/429. - -While |CL| cannot distribute FFmpeg, a manual solution to build and install -FFmpeg under :file:`/usr/local` has been shared on the community forums: -https://community.clearlinux.org/t/how-to-h264-etc-support-for-firefox-including-ffmpeg-install. - -| - -Is ZFS\* available? -=================== - -ZFS is not available with |CL| because of copyright and licensing -complexities. BTRFS is an alternative filesystem that is available in |CL| -natively. - -A user on GitHub notes that the ZFS kernel module can be compiled, built, and -installed manually: https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues/631 - -| - -Can you add a driver that I need? -================================= - -If a kernel module is available as part of the Linux kernel source tree but -not enabled in the |CL| kernels, in many cases the |CL| team will enable it -upon request. Submit requests on GitHub here: -https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues - -The |CL| team does not typically add out-of-tree kernel modules as a matter of -practice because of the maintenance overhead. If the driver was unable to be -merged upstream, there is a good chance we may be unable to merge it for -similar reasons. - -Kernel modules can be individually built and installed on |CL|. See the -:ref:`kernel modules ` page for more information. - -| - - -.. _`Clear Linux community forums`: https://community.clearlinux.org -.. _`Software Store`: https://clearlinux.org/software -.. _`FFmpeg`: https://ffmpeg.org/ diff --git a/source/FAQ/index.rst b/source/FAQ/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6019085 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/FAQ/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +.. _faq: + +FAQ +### + +Below is a list of commonly asked questions with answers sourced from the +|CL-ATTR| team and `Clear Linux community forums`_. + +.. contents:: :local: + :depth: 2 + +General +******* + +What is |CL|? +============= + +|CL| is an open source, rolling release Linux distribution optimized for +performance and security. See `the about page `_ +for more information. + +| + +Why another Linux distribution? +=============================== + +The |CL| team felt that performance was left on the table with Linux software. +|CL| takes a holistic approach to improve performance across the stack. We +also wanted to take more modern approaches with OS updates and tooling. + +| + +Is it a derivative of another Linux distribution? +================================================= + +No. |CL| is a new Linux distribution. It is not a fork and does not have a +parent Linux distribution. + +| + +Can others copy improvements from |CL|? +======================================= + +Yes, we absolutely love open source reuse and upstreaming improvements. + +| + +How often does it update? +========================= + +The |CL| team puts out multiple releases a week, often releasing two or more +times a day. This rolling release approach allows |CL| to remain agile to +upstream changes and security patches. + +| + +Is telemetry required? +====================== + +The telemetry solution provided by |CL| is entirely optional and customizable. +It is disabled by default. If you do choose to enable telemetry, the data +helps the |CL| team proactively identify and resolve bugs. See the +:ref:`telemetry ` guide for more information. + +| + +What is the default firewall? +============================= + +|CL| packages :command:`iptables` and :command:`firewalld` as optional +bundles, however, there are no default firewall rules. All network traffic is +allowed by default. + +| + +Where are the files that I usually see under /etc like fstab? +============================================================= + +|CL| has a stateless design that maintains a separation between system files +and user files. Default values are stored under :file:`/usr/share/defaults/`. +|CL| starts with a mostly empty :file:`/etc` directory to store user-defined +configurations. See the :ref:`stateless ` page for more information. + +See `this blog post +`_ for an +example explaining how this is accomplished with :file:`/etc/fstab/` +specifically. + + +| + +Does it use the Intel Compiler (icc)? +===================================== + +No. |CL| uses open source compilers: :command:`gcc` and :command:`clang`. |CL| +does not compile any packages with :command:`icc`. + +For a more detailed explanation, see `this discussion on the community forum +`_. + +| + +Software +******** + +How is software installed and updated? +====================================== + +|CL| provides software in the form of :ref:`bundles ` and +updates software with :ref:`swupd `. + +:ref:`Flatpak\* ` is an application virtualization solution +that allows more software to be available to |CL| users by augmenting the +software |CL| packages natively with software available through Flatpak. + +Our goal is to have software packaged natively and made available through +bundles whenever possible. + +| + +Does it use RPMs or DEBs packages like other distros? +===================================================== + +No. |CL| provides software to systems in the form of :ref:`bundles-guide`. +Under the hood, |CL| developers use the RPM format as an intermediary step for +packaging and determining software dependencies at OS build time. + +Individual RPMs and DEBs can sometimes be manually extracted and installed on +a |CL| system with the right tools, but that is not the intended use case. + +| + +Why does it have a different approach to software management? +============================================================= + +The |CL| team wants software *installation* and *updates* to be as efficient +and error free as possible. |CL| packages software differently and uses a +novel updater to solve some of the classic problems with how the software +packages are on Linux. + +For a more detailed explanation, see `this discussion on our community forum +`_. + + +| + +Can I install a software package from another OS on |CL|? +========================================================= + +Software that is packaged in other formats for other Linux distributions is +not guaranteed to work on |CL| and may be impacted by |CL| updates. + +If the software you're seeking is open source, please submit a request to add +it to |CL|. Submit requests on GitHub\* here: +https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues + +| + +Software availability +********************* + +What software is available on |CL|? +=================================== + +Available software can be found in the `Software Store`_, through the GNOME\* +Software application on the desktop, or by using :ref:`swupd search `. + +| + +Is Google\* Chrome\* available? +=============================== + +The Google Chrome web browser is not distributed as a bundle in |CL| due to +copyright and licensing complexities. + +A `discussion on manually installing and maintaining Google Chrome +`_ can be found on +GitHub. + +| + +Is Microsoft\* Visual Studio Code\* available? +============================================== + +Yes. Find the CLI command for installing `VS Code`_ and other Flatpak apps in +the `software store`_. Installing Flatpak apps is also covered in our +:ref:`tutorial `. + +The |CL| team is working on a natively packaged version of Visual Studio Code +for future release. + +Join a community `forum discussion about manually installing and maintaining +Visual Studio Code +`_. + + +.. _VS Code: https://clearlinux.org/software?search_api_fulltext=vscode + +| + +.. _licensing_restrict: + +Is FFmpeg available? +==================== + +`FFmpeg`_ is a multimedia software suite, which is commonly used for +various media encoding/decoding, streaming, and playback. + +|CL| does not distribute FFmpeg due to well-known licensing and legal +complexities (See https://www.ffmpeg.org/legal.html and +http://blog.pkh.me/p/13-the-ffmpeg-libav-situation.html). + + +While |CL| cannot distribute FFmpeg, solutions for manually building and +installing FFmpeg have been shared by users `on GitHub +`_ and `the community +forums +`_. + +| + +Is ZFS\* available? +=================== + +ZFS is not available with |CL| because of copyright and licensing +complexities. BTRFS is an alternative filesystem that is available in |CL| +natively. + +A user on GitHub notes that the `ZFS kernel module can be compiled, built, and +installed manually `_. + +| + +Can you add a driver that I need? +================================= + +If a kernel module is available as part of the Linux kernel source tree but +not enabled in the |CL| kernels, in many cases the |CL| team will enable it +upon request. Submit requests on GitHub here: +https://github.com/clearlinux/distribution/issues + +The |CL| team does not typically add out-of-tree kernel modules as a matter of +practice because of the maintenance overhead. If the driver was unable to be +merged upstream, there is a good chance we may be unable to merge it for +similar reasons. + +Kernel modules can be individually built and installed on |CL|. See the +:ref:`kernel modules ` page for more information. + +| + + +.. _`Clear Linux community forums`: https://community.clearlinux.org +.. _`Software Store`: https://clearlinux.org/software +.. _`FFmpeg`: https://ffmpeg.org/ diff --git a/source/Makefile b/source/Makefile index c30a7ebb..8be0a724 100644 --- a/source/Makefile +++ b/source/Makefile @@ -53,10 +53,11 @@ help: clean: rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* + rm -rf reference/bundles/*.txt -htmlall: +htmlall: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ERROROPTS) $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ERROROPTS) -D language='zh_CN' $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html/zh_CN + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ERROROPTS) -D language='zh_CN' $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/zh_CN htmlde: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html -D language='de' $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html/de diff --git a/source/_figures/about/clear-lifecycle.png b/source/_figures/about/clear-lifecycle.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a45449ea Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/about/clear-lifecycle.png differ diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-1.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-1.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-1.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-10.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-10.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-10.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-10.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-11.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-11.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-11.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-11.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-12.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-12.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-12.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-12.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-13.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-13.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-13.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-13.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-14.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-14.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-14.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-14.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-2.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-2.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-2.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-3.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-3.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-3.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-4.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-4.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-4.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-4.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-5.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-5.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-5.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-5.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-6.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-6.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-6.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-6.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-7.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-7.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-7.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-7.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-8.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-8.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-8.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-8.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-9.png b/source/_figures/aws/aws-web-9.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/aws-web/figures/aws-web-9.png rename to source/_figures/aws/aws-web-9.png diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-01.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-01.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45c8ac63 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-01.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-02.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-02.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f4d1c46 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-02.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-03.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-03.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88104eb2 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-03.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-04.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-04.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..236cac4e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-04.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-05.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-05.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73e3fa46 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-05.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-06.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-06.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b92cf8d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-06.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-07.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-07.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0460dd61 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-07.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-08.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-08.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86312beb Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-08.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-09.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-09.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b918243 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-09.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-10.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a8396e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-10.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-11.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-11.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e51fb39b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-11.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-12.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-12.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abed9621 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-12.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-13.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-13.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e84cc103 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-13.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-14.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-14.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea759c73 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-14.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-15.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-15.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e91bb85 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-15.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-16.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-16.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..451baa2e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-16.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-17.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-17.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3eb22a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-17.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-18.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-18.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8ddabf1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-18.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-19.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-19.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76c1427b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-19.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-20.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-20.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ff3e5ba Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-20.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-21.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-21.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fd9f68a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-21.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-22.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-22.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9464e6f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-22.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-23.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-23.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eaaac37b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-23.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-24.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-24.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9831dd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-24.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-25.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-25.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ab4a5a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-25.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-26.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-26.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..464a20bf Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-26.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-27.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-27.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6230e39 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-27.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-28.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-28.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e23e9b94 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-28.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-01-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-01-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45c8ac63 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-01-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-02-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-02-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7cee94f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-02-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-03-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-03-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a08d6236 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-03-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-04-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-04-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..236cac4e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-04-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-05-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-05-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73e3fa46 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-05-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-06-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-06-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12782a14 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-06-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-07-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-07-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55c01c3b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-07-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-08-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-08-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e56dae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-08-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-09-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-09-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4371ca5a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-09-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-10-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-10-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fcce2a47 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-10-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-11-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-11-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e51fb39b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-11-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-12-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-12-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abed9621 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-12-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-13-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-13-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e84cc103 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-13-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-14-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-14-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43f97ac6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-14-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-15-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-15-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e010662c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-15-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-16-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-16-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18510ec4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-16-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-17-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-17-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e706cb6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-17-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-18-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-18-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec31a0b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-18-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-19-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-19-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cb68d9a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-19-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-20-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-20-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..620a497e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-20-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-21-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-21-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b72bd9b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-21-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-22-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-22-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2710e41 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-22-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-23-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-23-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3311b168 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-23-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-24-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-24-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36d12cc1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-24-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-25-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-25-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cf90912 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-25-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-26-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-26-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2710e41 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-26-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-27-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-27-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8bfdd6d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-27-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-28-original.png b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-28-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f57ff5dc Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/aws/import-clr-aws-originals/import-clr-aws-28-original.png differ diff --git a/source/tutorials/azure/figures/azure-1.png b/source/_figures/azure/azure-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/azure/figures/azure-1.png rename to source/_figures/azure/azure-1.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/azure/figures/azure-2.png b/source/_figures/azure/azure-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/azure/figures/azure-2.png rename to source/_figures/azure/azure-2.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/azure/figures/azure-3.png b/source/_figures/azure/azure-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/azure/figures/azure-3.png rename to source/_figures/azure/azure-3.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-01.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-01.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-01.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-01.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-02.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-02.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-02.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-02.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-03.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-03.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-03.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-03.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-05.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-04.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-05.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-04.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-06.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-05.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-06.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-05.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-07.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-06.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-07.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-06.png diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-07.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-07.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..059625e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-07.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-09.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-08.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-09.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-08.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-10.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-09.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-10.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-09.png diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-10.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96dec049 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-10.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-11.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-11.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5973cd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-11.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-12.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-12.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dbcfae3f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-12.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-13.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-13.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f64a847 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-13.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-14.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-14.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1986af12 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-14.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-15.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-15.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75ef9436 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-15.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-11.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-16.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-11.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-16.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-12.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-17.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-12.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-17.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-13.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-18.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-13.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-18.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-14.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-19.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-14.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-19.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-15.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-20.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-15.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-20.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-16.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-21.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-16.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-21.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-17.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-22.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-17.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-22.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-18.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-23.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-18.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-23.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-19.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-24.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/figures/bare-metal-install-desktop-19.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop-24.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-01.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-01.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-01.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-01.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-02.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-02.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-02.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-02.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-03.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-03.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-03.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-03.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-04.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-04.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-04.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-04.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-05.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-05.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-05.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-05.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-06.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-06.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-06.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-06.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-07.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-07.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-07.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-07.png diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-08.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-08.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63c9bb66 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-08.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-09.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-09.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50f6c361 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-09.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-10.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0af6f922 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-10.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-11.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-11.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae967bd7 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-11.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-12.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-12.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a2b87e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-12.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-13.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-13.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea195577 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-13.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-14.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-14.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22b3b3b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-14.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-15.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-15.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48061408 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-15.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-16.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-16.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32a5ec49 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-16.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-17.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-17.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b96aca8f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-17.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-18.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-18.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1816d84c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-18.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-19.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-19.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1b1ce64 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-19.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-20.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-20.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3741d40 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-20.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-21.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-21.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8045633f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-21.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-22.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-22.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14f3492f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-22.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-17.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-23.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-17.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-23.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-18.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-24.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-18.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-24.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-22.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-24X.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-22.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-24X.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-19.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-25.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-19.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-25.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-20.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-26.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-20.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-26.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-21.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-27.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-21.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-27.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-29.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-28.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-29.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-28.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-26.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-29.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-26.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-29.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-27.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-30.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-27.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-30.png diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-31.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-31.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc885d5f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-31.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-32.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-32.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36073c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-32.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-31.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-33.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-31.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-33.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-32.png b/source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-34.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/figures/bare-metal-install-server-32.png rename to source/_figures/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server-34.png diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Done.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Done.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2c884fc Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Done.PNG differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_DriveSlect.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_DriveSlect.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1bb0f2cf Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_DriveSlect.PNG differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Flashing.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Flashing.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cf9c5ce Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Flashing.PNG differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ImageSelect.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ImageSelect.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1836bfd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ImageSelect.PNG differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ImgaeSlect.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ImgaeSlect.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63812043 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ImgaeSlect.PNG differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ReadyToFlash.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ReadyToFlash.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4662cbe5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_ReadyToFlash.PNG differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Start.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Start.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b02db9a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_Start.PNG differ diff --git a/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_StartingToFlash.PNG b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_StartingToFlash.PNG new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0b6f7ff Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/balenaEtcher_StartingToFlash.PNG differ diff --git a/source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/bootable-usb-mac-01.png b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/bootable-usb-mac-01.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/bootable-usb-mac-01.png rename to source/_figures/bootable-usb/bootable-usb-mac-01.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/bootable-usb-windows-02.png b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/bootable-usb-windows-02.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/bootable-usb-windows-02.png rename to source/_figures/bootable-usb/bootable-usb-windows-02.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/bootable-usb-windows-03.png b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/bootable-usb-windows-03.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/bootable-usb-windows-03.png rename to source/_figures/bootable-usb/bootable-usb-windows-03.png diff --git a/source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/download-verify-decompress-windows-fig-1.png b/source/_figures/bootable-usb/download-verify-decompress-windows-fig-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/bootable-usb/figures/download-verify-decompress-windows-fig-1.png rename to source/_figures/bootable-usb/download-verify-decompress-windows-fig-1.png diff --git a/source/_figures/cpu-perf-guide/dptf_bios.png b/source/_figures/cpu-perf-guide/dptf_bios.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d99080d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/cpu-perf-guide/dptf_bios.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/01-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/01-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..62ab7b27 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/01-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/01-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/01-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..399c81fe Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/01-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/02-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/02-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fc13147 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/02-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/02-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/02-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c93fd83 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/02-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/03-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/03-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18765a5b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/03-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/03-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/03-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..313cc6f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/03-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/04-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/04-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cb8a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/04-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/04-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/04-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72f17284 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/04-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/05-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/05-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1166b9fd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/05-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/05-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/05-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81fe8b1b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/05-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/06-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/06-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58e78cad Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/06-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/06-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/06-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed914674 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/06-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/07-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/07-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..101da446 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/07-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/07-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/07-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15b694d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/07-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/08-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/08-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5bcb6d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/08-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/08-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/08-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c336241 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/08-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/09-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/09-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ee26a9f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/09-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/09-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/09-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ecd4231 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/09-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/10-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/10-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fd2b61a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/10-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/10-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/10-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a182643d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/10-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/11-digitalocean-original.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/11-digitalocean-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bed8b160 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/11-digitalocean-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/11-digitalocean.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/11-digitalocean.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb24087b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/11-digitalocean.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/AA-digitalocean-original-extra.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/AA-digitalocean-original-extra.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b51cb187 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/AA-digitalocean-original-extra.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/BB-digitalocean-original-extra.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/BB-digitalocean-original-extra.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6428b3cc Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/BB-digitalocean-original-extra.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/CC-digitalocean-original-extra.png b/source/_figures/digitalocean/CC-digitalocean-original-extra.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b0d06fd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/CC-digitalocean-original-extra.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/Readme.txt b/source/_figures/digitalocean/Readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52594a3f --- /dev/null +++ b/source/_figures/digitalocean/Readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +1) Capture screenshot +2) Open in GIMP 2.10 +3) Select the area of interest +4) Copy the selection; take note of X, Y dimensions of the selection +5) "File" > "New" + - Add 100 extra pixels to X for the "Width" + - Add 100 extra pixels to Y for the "Height" + - Set "Fill with" to "Transparency" +6) Switch from the "Selection" tool to the "Move" tool and move the + the top-left corner of the image to 2 squares down and 2 squares across +7) Right-click the image and select "Layer" > "Anchor Layer" +8) "Filters" > "Decor" > "Light and Shadow" > "Drop Shadow" + - X = 20.0 + - Y = 20.0 + - Radius = 20.0 + - Opacity = 0.2 + + diff --git a/source/_figures/digitalocean/Thumbs.db b/source/_figures/digitalocean/Thumbs.db new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37a4ee5e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/digitalocean/Thumbs.db differ diff --git a/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-01.png b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-01.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cc7b7cd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-01.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-02.png b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-02.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55f0f6f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-02.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-03.png b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-03.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec4950c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-03.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-04.png b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-04.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af9137fa Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/flatpak/flatpak-04.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/00-sign-in.png b/source/_figures/gce/00-sign-in.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/00-sign-in.png rename to source/_figures/gce/00-sign-in.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/01-cloud-storage.png b/source/_figures/gce/01-cloud-storage.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/01-cloud-storage.png rename to source/_figures/gce/01-cloud-storage.png diff --git a/source/_figures/gce/02-storage-browser.png b/source/_figures/gce/02-storage-browser.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72db76fd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/gce/02-storage-browser.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/gce/03-create-bucket.png b/source/_figures/gce/03-create-bucket.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad00ca00 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/gce/03-create-bucket.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/04-bucket-created.png b/source/_figures/gce/04-bucket-created.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/04-bucket-created.png rename to source/_figures/gce/04-bucket-created.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/10-image-upload.png b/source/_figures/gce/10-image-upload.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/10-image-upload.png rename to source/_figures/gce/10-image-upload.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/11-bucket-uploaded.png b/source/_figures/gce/11-bucket-uploaded.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/11-bucket-uploaded.png rename to source/_figures/gce/11-bucket-uploaded.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/20-gce-image.png b/source/_figures/gce/20-gce-image.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/20-gce-image.png rename to source/_figures/gce/20-gce-image.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/20-image-library.png b/source/_figures/gce/20-image-library.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/20-image-library.png rename to source/_figures/gce/20-image-library.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/21-create-image.png b/source/_figures/gce/21-create-image.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/21-create-image.png rename to source/_figures/gce/21-create-image.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/22-image-list.png b/source/_figures/gce/22-image-list.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/22-image-list.png rename to source/_figures/gce/22-image-list.png diff --git a/source/_figures/gce/30-create-vm.png b/source/_figures/gce/30-create-vm.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49854b5f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/gce/30-create-vm.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/30-vm-catalog.png b/source/_figures/gce/30-vm-catalog.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/30-vm-catalog.png rename to source/_figures/gce/30-vm-catalog.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/30-vm-instances.png b/source/_figures/gce/30-vm-instances.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/30-vm-instances.png rename to source/_figures/gce/30-vm-instances.png diff --git a/source/_figures/gce/30-vm-none.png b/source/_figures/gce/30-vm-none.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c118f49 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/gce/30-vm-none.png differ diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/31-select-boot-disk.png b/source/_figures/gce/31-select-boot-disk.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/31-select-boot-disk.png rename to source/_figures/gce/31-select-boot-disk.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/40-clear-vm-security.png b/source/_figures/gce/40-clear-vm-security.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/40-clear-vm-security.png rename to source/_figures/gce/40-clear-vm-security.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/40-ssh-key.png b/source/_figures/gce/40-ssh-key.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/40-ssh-key.png rename to source/_figures/gce/40-ssh-key.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/41-vm-created.png b/source/_figures/gce/41-vm-created.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/41-vm-created.png rename to source/_figures/gce/41-vm-created.png diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/42-ssh-vm.png b/source/_figures/gce/42-ssh-vm.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/gce/42-ssh-vm.png rename to source/_figures/gce/42-ssh-vm.png diff --git a/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/01-increase-virtual-disk-size-original.png b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/01-increase-virtual-disk-size-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db6ec855 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/01-increase-virtual-disk-size-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/01-increase-virtual-disk-size.png b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/01-increase-virtual-disk-size.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63a23b1c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/01-increase-virtual-disk-size.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/02-increase-virtual-disk-size-original.png b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/02-increase-virtual-disk-size-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91443668 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/02-increase-virtual-disk-size-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/02-increase-virtual-disk-size.png b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/02-increase-virtual-disk-size.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..207888c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/02-increase-virtual-disk-size.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/Thumbs.db b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/Thumbs.db new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff6c5c9a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/increase-virtual-disk-size/Thumbs.db differ diff --git a/source/_figures/ipxe/ipxe-install-1.png b/source/_figures/ipxe/ipxe-install-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52bab4b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/ipxe/ipxe-install-1.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/ipxe/ipxe-install-2.png b/source/_figures/ipxe/ipxe-install-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfa3f517 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/ipxe/ipxe-install-2.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/mixer/format-bump.png b/source/_figures/mixer/format-bump.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d95e642d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/mixer/format-bump.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/Thumbs.db b/source/_figures/multi-boot/Thumbs.db new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c489a252 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/Thumbs.db differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-01.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-01.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4a0d2ba Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-01.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-02.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-02.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc610221 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-02.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-03.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-03.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7120b7d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-03.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-04.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-04.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e297d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-04.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-05.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-05.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..262306e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-05.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-06.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-06.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41e9fbe9 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-06.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-07.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-07.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e541be8 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-07.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-08.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-08.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..776feacf Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-08.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-09.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-09.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3e0bef3 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-09.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-10.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a7e142c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-10.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-11.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-11.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..040d0fe5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-11.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-12.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-12.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a26e29d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-linux-12.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-01-original.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-01-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9dcbadd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-01-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-01.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-01.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1a99feb Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-01.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-02-original.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-02-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a8ad707 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-02-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-02.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-02.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6110b47e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-02.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-03.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-03.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23e9026c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-03.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-04.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-04.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9eff8198 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-04.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-06-original.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-06-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5e692c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-06-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-06.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-06.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d7e0a95 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-06.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-07-original.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-07-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..039ac44e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-07-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-07.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-07.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0fba462 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-07.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-08-original.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-08-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d98d8682 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-08-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-08.png b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-08.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25c4fe75 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/multi-boot/dual-boot-win-08.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/nvidia/nvidia-gnome-crash.png b/source/_figures/nvidia/nvidia-gnome-crash.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e11eb95 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/nvidia/nvidia-gnome-crash.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-function-output.png b/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-function-output.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74f940f4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-function-output.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-invoke-function.png b/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-invoke-function.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..320d27f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-invoke-function.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-login.png b/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-login.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff905d9d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/openfaas/openfaas-login.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/openvino/automobile.png b/source/_figures/openvino/automobile.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..601bee73 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/openvino/automobile.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-01.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-01.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ba5dcc1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-01.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-02.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-02.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7764b351 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-02.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-03.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-03.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67bb0d7f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-03.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-04.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-04.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..672797d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-04.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-05.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-05.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57bf13e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-05.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-06.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-06.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32b7bf38 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-06.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-07.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-07.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e110b66a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-07.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-08.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-08.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..668c72dd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-08.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-09.png b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-09.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a1a2f54 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/parallels/parallels-09.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-01-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-01-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..234966ee Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-01-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-01.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-01.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0dd781b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-01.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-02-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-02-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36e1251b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-02-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-02.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-02.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..feb4cb42 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-02.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-03-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-03-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0761b87b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-03-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-03.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-03.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..829de890 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-03.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-04-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-04-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8457d79 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-04-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-04.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-04.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28be650f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-04.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-05-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-05-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ca8a126 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-05-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-05.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-05.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fee1a2b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-05.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-06-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-06-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..863586f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-06-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-06.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-06.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f64ae361 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-06.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-07-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-07-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ad6e1c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-07-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-07.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-07.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43bb7fa6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-07.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-08-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-08-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ae8ebd9 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-08-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-08.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-08.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cce7f0ea Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-08.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-09-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-09-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02c5c858 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-09-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-09.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-09.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7dc1794c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-09.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-10-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-10-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..edc85ec9 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-10-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-10.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..960661b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-10.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-11-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-11-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ae48333 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-11-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-11.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-11.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..501f4bfc Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-11.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-12-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-12-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..428506ad Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-12-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-12.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-12.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43675134 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-12.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-13-original.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-13-original.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2caac03e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-13-original.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-13.png b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-13.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9656b6cc Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/proxmox/proxmox-13.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-1.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c3b3c1b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-1.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-10.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79919743 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-10.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-11.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-11.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a29370a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-11.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-12.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-12.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d344d368 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-12.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-13.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-13.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c0a9f87 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-13.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-14.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-14.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61caa0a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-14.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-15.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-15.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0152fca4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-15.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-16.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-16.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48040924 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-16.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-17.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-17.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99827193 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-17.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-18.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-18.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8c47b82 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-18.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-19.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-19.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba6c26b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-19.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-2.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed9d5701 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-2.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-20.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-20.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c71dae6d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-20.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-21.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-21.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..990e7cff Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-21.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-3.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-3.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd326a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-3.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-4.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-4.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35f480ba Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-4.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-5.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-5.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78ed8d27 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-5.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-6.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-6.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a800fe1e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-6.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-7.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-7.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1f3d880 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-7.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-8.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-8.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..688ad825 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-8.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-9.png b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-9.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f79ee9dd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/qingcloud/QingCloud-9.png differ diff --git a/source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-1.png b/source/_figures/samba/smb-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-1.png rename to source/_figures/samba/smb-1.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-2.png b/source/_figures/samba/smb-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-2.png rename to source/_figures/samba/smb-2.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-desktop-1.png b/source/_figures/samba/smb-desktop-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-desktop-1.png rename to source/_figures/samba/smb-desktop-1.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-desktop-2.png b/source/_figures/samba/smb-desktop-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-desktop-2.png rename to source/_figures/samba/smb-desktop-2.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-desktop-3.png b/source/_figures/samba/smb-desktop-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/smb/figures/smb-desktop-3.png rename to source/_figures/samba/smb-desktop-3.png diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_charts.png b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_charts.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27e52eca Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_charts.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_exception.png b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_exception.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07303c48 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_exception.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_failures.png b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_failures.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..388af55d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_failures.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_statistics.png b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_statistics.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0073dfcc Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/Locust_statistics.png differ diff --git a/source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-1.png b/source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-1.png rename to source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-1.png diff --git a/source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-2.png b/source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-2.png rename to source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-2.png diff --git a/source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-3.png b/source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-3.png rename to source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-3.png diff --git a/source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-4.png b/source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-4.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-4.png rename to source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-4.png diff --git a/source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-5.png b/source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-5.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/stacks/dlrs/figures/dlrs-fig-5.png rename to source/_figures/stacks/dlrs-fig-5.png diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/htop.png b/source/_figures/stacks/htop.png new file mode 100755 index 00000000..89e50940 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/htop.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/kubeflow-seldon-dlrs-example-diagram.png b/source/_figures/stacks/kubeflow-seldon-dlrs-example-diagram.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64d60219 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/kubeflow-seldon-dlrs-example-diagram.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/mers-fig-1.png b/source/_figures/stacks/mers-fig-1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..799c6fbf Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/mers-fig-1.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/stacks/mers-fig-2.png b/source/_figures/stacks/mers-fig-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cefd8b1d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/stacks/mers-fig-2.png differ diff --git a/source/guides/telemetrics/figures/telemetry-backend-1.png b/source/_figures/telemetrics/telemetry-backend-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/telemetrics/figures/telemetry-backend-1.png rename to source/_figures/telemetrics/telemetry-backend-1.png diff --git a/source/guides/telemetrics/figures/telemetry-e2e.png b/source/_figures/telemetrics/telemetry-e2e.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/telemetrics/figures/telemetry-e2e.png rename to source/_figures/telemetrics/telemetry-e2e.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-1.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-1.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-1.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-2.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-2.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-2.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-3.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-3.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-3.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-4.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-4.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-4.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-4.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-5.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-5.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-5.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-5.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-6.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-6.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-6.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-6.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-7.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-7.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-7.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-7.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-8.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-8.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/machine-learning-8.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/machine-learning-8.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/run-cell-button.png b/source/_figures/tensorflow/run-cell-button.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/machine-learning/figures/run-cell-button.png rename to source/_figures/tensorflow/run-cell-button.png diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-01.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-01.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ece95983 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-01.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-01.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-01.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..91abf770 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-01.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-02.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-02.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3498a786 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-02.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-02.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-02.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..b2b3c90d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-02.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-03.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-03.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d5cdcb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-03.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-03.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-03.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..b0d1759b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-03.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-04.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-04.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..719ee1b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-04.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-04.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-04.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..fee537cb Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-04.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-05.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-05.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9a867e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-05.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-05.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-05.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..fd3141f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-05.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-06.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-06.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b40b499c Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-06.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-06.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-06.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..524429ec Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-06.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-07.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-07.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c78ae36 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-07.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-07.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-07.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..a840144e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-07.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-08.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-08.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6842c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-08.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-08.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-08.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..53ca3644 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-08.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png new file mode 100755 index 00000000..9ef2d938 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..01a389f6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-10.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-10.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b7f6b65 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-10.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-10.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-10.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..669dc47b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-10.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-11.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-11.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4281ace Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-11.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-11.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-11.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..387867df Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-11.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-12.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-12.png new file mode 100755 index 00000000..08744dc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-12.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-12.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-12.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..8948c5d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-12.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-13.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-13.png new file mode 100755 index 00000000..f09ccedd Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-13.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-13.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-13.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..f5587e7f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-13.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-14.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-14.png new file mode 100755 index 00000000..6daf0f80 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-14.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-14.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-14.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..2a084eb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-14.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-15.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-15.png new file mode 100755 index 00000000..339e70ad Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-15.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-15.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-15.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..76c271e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-15.png.original differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-16.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-16.png new file mode 100755 index 00000000..6b983f01 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-16.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-16.png.original b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-16.png.original new file mode 100755 index 00000000..103e6b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-16.png.original differ diff --git a/source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png b/source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-17.png similarity index 100% rename from source/get-started/virtual-machine-install/figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-09.png rename to source/_figures/vmw-player/vmw-player-17.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-1.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-1.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-1.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-10.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-10.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-10.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-10.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-11.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-11.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-11.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-11.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-2.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-2.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-2.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-3.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-3.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-3.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-4.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-4.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-4.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-4.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-5.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-5.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-5.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-5.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-6.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-6.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-6.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-6.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-7.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-7.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-7.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-7.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-8.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-8.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-8.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-8.png diff --git a/source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-9.png b/source/_figures/vnc/vnc-9.png similarity index 100% rename from source/guides/network/figures/vnc/vnc-9.png rename to source/_figures/vnc/vnc-9.png diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_1.png b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22848744 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_1.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_2.png b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d925699 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_2.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_3.png b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_3.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..94ac3f03 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_3.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_4.png b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_4.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0fb8677b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_4.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_5.png b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_5.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f27df24a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/nmtui_5.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-1.1.png b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-1.1.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44ac556a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-1.1.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-2.png b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-2.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b1fc490 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-2.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-3.png b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-3.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a8b4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-3.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-4.png b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-4.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e69f736 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-4.png differ diff --git a/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-5.png b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-5.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41442245 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_figures/wifi/wifi-5.png differ diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-1.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-1.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-1.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-2.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-2.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-2.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-3.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-3.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-3.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-4.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-4.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-4.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-4.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-5.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-5.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-5.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-5.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-6.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-6.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-6.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-6.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-7.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-7.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-7.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-7.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-8.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-8.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/web-server-install-8.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/web-server-install-8.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-1.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-1.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-1.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-1.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-2.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-2.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-2.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-2.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-3.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-3.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-3.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-3.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-4.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-4.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-4.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-4.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-5.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-5.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-5.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-5.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-6.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-6.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-6.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-6.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-7.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-7.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-7.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-7.png diff --git a/source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-8.png b/source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-8.png similarity index 100% rename from source/tutorials/wordpress/figures/wp-install-8.png rename to source/_figures/wordpress/wp-install-8.png diff --git a/source/_html_extra/_errors/403.html b/source/_html_extra/_errors/403.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bca14094 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/_html_extra/_errors/403.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + + Page Not Found + + + + + + + + +

403 Forbidden

+

Sorry, looks like you don't have permission to access this page.

+

Please go back to the documentation home page or try searching:

+ +
+
+ + + +
+
+ + diff --git a/source/_html_extra/_errors/404.html b/source/_html_extra/_errors/404.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32046bfb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/_html_extra/_errors/404.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + + Page Not Found + + + + + + + + +

404 Not Found

+

Sorry, we didn't find the page you're looking for.

+

Please go back to the documentation home page or try searching:

+ +
+
+ + + +
+
+ + diff --git a/source/_images/favicon.ico b/source/_images/favicon.ico new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73c917b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/_images/favicon.ico differ diff --git a/source/_scripts/_python/Makefile b/source/_scripts/_python/Makefile index 0b6c6d7b..a0775a93 100644 --- a/source/_scripts/_python/Makefile +++ b/source/_scripts/_python/Makefile @@ -1,9 +1,6 @@ - py: - python bundle_lister.py + python3 bundle_lister.py cp bundles.html.txt ../../reference/bundles - rm -rf bundle_lister/cloned_repo/* + rm -rf ./cloned_repo/* rm bundles.html.txt @echo "Python script finished successfully!" - - diff --git a/source/_scripts/_python/bundle_lister.py b/source/_scripts/_python/bundle_lister.py index a9360e19..5d84288a 100644 --- a/source/_scripts/_python/bundle_lister.py +++ b/source/_scripts/_python/bundle_lister.py @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env python3 + import io import os import re @@ -9,13 +11,11 @@ from operator import itemgetter from datetime import datetime GITHUB_BASE = "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-bundles/tree/master/bundles/" -PUNDLES = "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-bundles/blob/master/packages" PATTERN1 = re.compile(r"#\s?\[TITLE]:\w?(.*)") PATTERN2 = re.compile(r"#\s?\[DESCRIPTION]:\w?(.*)") -PATTERN3 = re.compile(r"\(([^()]*|include)\)", re.MULTILINE) -PATTERN4 = re.compile(r"^((?:(?!#)\w+[^-\s][-])\w+|\w+[^\s-])", re.MULTILINE) -PATTERN5 = re.compile(r"^\w.+\s[#]\s(\w?.*)?", re.MULTILINE) +PATTERN3 = re.compile(r"(?<=include)\(.*\)", re.MULTILINE) +PATTERN4 = re.compile(r"(#\s?\[STATUS]):\s?(.*)") def extractor(lines): bundle_title = "title" @@ -23,51 +23,28 @@ def extractor(lines): url = "url" include_list = [] include_unique = [] + status = "status" for i in lines: title = PATTERN1.match(i) desc = PATTERN2.match(i) includes = PATTERN3.findall(i) - + curr_status = PATTERN4.match(i) if title: bundle_title = title.groups(0)[0].strip() if desc: data_desc = desc.groups(0)[0].strip() if url: url = os.path.join(GITHUB_BASE, bundle_title) + if curr_status: + status = curr_status.group(2) if includes: include_text = includes[0].strip("()") include_list.append(include_text) include_unique = set(include_list) - return {"title": bundle_title, "data_desc": data_desc, "include_list": include_unique, "url": url} + return {"title": bundle_title, "data_desc": data_desc, "include_list": include_unique, "url": url, "status": status} -def pundler(): - with io.open("./cloned_repo/clr-bundles/packages") as file_obj: - lines = file_obj.readlines() - pundle_title = "pundle_title" - pundle_desc = "pundle_desc" - purl = "purl" - pundle_list = [] - pun_desc = [] - pundle_master = [] - - for i in lines: - pundle = PATTERN4.findall(i) - pundle_plus = PATTERN5.findall(i) - - if pundle: - pundle_title = pundle[0] - pundle_list.append(pundle_title) - - if pundle_plus: - pundle_desc = pundle_plus[0].strip("[]") - pun_desc.append(pundle_desc) - - for pun, desc in zip(pundle_list, pun_desc): - pundle_master.append({"title": pun, "pun_desc": desc, "purl": PUNDLES}) - return pundle_master - -def bundler(): +def main(): data = [] try: git.Git("./cloned_repo/").clone("https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-bundles.git") @@ -79,18 +56,15 @@ def bundler(): lines = file_obj.readlines() data.append(extractor(lines)) - pundle_master = pundler() - data = data + pundle_master filtered = list(filter(lambda x: x.get('title'), data)) sortedData = sorted(filtered, key=lambda x:x['title'].lower()) - #ALT sortedData2 = sorted(sortedData, key=itemgetter('title')) loader = jinja2.FileSystemLoader(searchpath='./') env = jinja2.Environment(loader=loader) template = env.get_template('template.html') template.globals['now'] = datetime.utcnow - output = template.render(data=sortedData, now=datetime.utcnow()) with io.open('bundles.html.txt', 'w') as file: file.write(output) -bundler() +if __name__ == "__main__": + main() diff --git a/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/link-whitelist.txt b/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/link-whitelist.txt index 4d370ac9..48ea5a19 100644 --- a/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/link-whitelist.txt +++ b/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/link-whitelist.txt @@ -11,4 +11,9 @@ https://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/OpenVINO-ModelOptimizer https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/privacy/intel-privacy-notice.html http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/nuc/nuc-kit-nuc6i5syh.html https://software.intel.com/en-us/mkl -https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/architecture-and-technology/turbo-boost/turbo-boost-technology.html \ No newline at end of file +https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/architecture-and-technology/turbo-boost/turbo-boost-technology.html +https://www.nvidia.com/download/index.aspx +https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/architecture-and-technology/optane-technology/optane-for-data-centers.html +https://downloadcenter.intel.com/download/28695/Intel-Server-Board-S2600WF-Family-BIOS-and-Firmware-Update-Package-for-UEFI +https://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/quick-start-guide-configure-intel-optane-dc-persistent-memory-on-linux +https://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/configure-manage-and-profile-intel-optane-dc-persistent-memory-modules \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/parse-link-check.py b/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/parse-link-check.py index e703a0b0..4cab80e8 100644 --- a/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/parse-link-check.py +++ b/source/_scripts/_python/linkcheck/parse-link-check.py @@ -77,12 +77,15 @@ for line in lines: if link in whitelist: whiteListLines.append("" + strings[0] + "\n
[whitelist] " + link + "
\n") numWhiteListMatches += 1 + print("[White list match] " + link) elif "Anchor '" in line: anchorLines.append("" + strings[0] + "\n
[anchor] " + link + "
\n") numAnchors += 1 + print("[Anchor not found] " + link) else: newLines.append("" + strings[0] + "\n
[broken] " + link + "
\n") numBrokenLinks += 1 + print("[broken link] " + link) newLines.insert(0,"

" + str(numBrokenLinks + numWhiteListMatches) + " broken links found in Sphinx link check

\n") newLines.insert(1,"

" + str(numBrokenLinks) + " unmatched broken links

\n") diff --git a/source/_scripts/_python/requirements.txt b/source/_scripts/_python/requirements.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7b142b78..00000000 --- a/source/_scripts/_python/requirements.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Jinja2==2.10 -GitPython==2.1.11 diff --git a/source/_scripts/_python/styles.css b/source/_scripts/_python/styles.css index 5f18a5af..19e8be74 100644 --- a/source/_scripts/_python/styles.css +++ b/source/_scripts/_python/styles.css @@ -1,48 +1,49 @@ -table { - margin: 32px; - border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; - border-collapse: collapse; - width: auto; -} -th { - font-family: IntelClear-Regular,Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; - align-content: center; - padding: 5px; - border: #ccc solid 1px; - background-color: #555; - color: #fff; - text-transform: uppercase; - font-size: 18px; -} -tr { - padding-top: 20px ; - padding-bottom: 10px; -} - tbody tr:nth-child(odd) { - background-color: #e0e0e0; -} - .bundlename { - font-family: IntelClear-Regular,Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; - font-size: 16px; - font-weight: bolder; - padding-left: 6px; - line-height: 18px; - padding-top:7px ; - padding-bottom: 5px; -} -.bundledesc { - font-family: IntelClear-Regular,Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; - font: italic; - font-size: 16px; - padding-left: 6px; - line-height: 18px; - padding-top: 7px ; - padding-bottom: 5px; -} - ul, li { - margin-left: 8px; - /* padding: 0; */ - padding-left: 5px; - padding-top: 2px; - line-height: 16px; -} +table { + margin: 32px; + border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; + border-collapse: collapse; + width: auto; +} +th { + font-family: IntelClear-Regular,Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; + align-content: center; + padding: 5px; + border: #ccc solid 1px; + background-color: #555; + color: #fff; + text-transform: uppercase; + font-size: 18px !important; +} +tr { + padding-top: 20px ; + padding-bottom: 10px; +} + tbody tr:nth-child(odd) { + background-color: #e0e0e0; +} + .bundlename { + font-family: IntelClear-Regular,Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; + font-size: 16px !important; + font-weight: bolder; + padding-left: 6px; + line-height: 18px; + padding-top:7px ; + padding-bottom: 5px; +} +.bundledesc, p { + font-family: IntelClear-Regular,Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; +/* font: italic;*/ + font-size: 16px !important; + padding-left: 6px; + line-height: normal; + padding-top: 7px ; + padding-bottom: 5px; +} + ul, li { + line-height: normal; + font-size: 16px; + padding: 0; + padding-left: 5px; + padding-top: 2px; +/* margin-left: 8px;*/ +} diff --git a/source/_scripts/_python/template.html b/source/_scripts/_python/template.html index 7e8d581d..115379aa 100644 --- a/source/_scripts/_python/template.html +++ b/source/_scripts/_python/template.html @@ -5,10 +5,12 @@ Bundles in Clear Linux* OS + - +
+
@@ -23,21 +25,35 @@ - - - - + {% for d in data %} {% if d.url %} @@ -50,6 +66,7 @@ {% endfor %}
{{d.title}} {{d.data_desc}}
+ +
Status: + {% if d.status=="Pending-Delete" %} + {{d.status}} + {% elif d.status=="Active" %} + {{d.status}} + {% elif d.status=="WIP" %} + {{d.status}} + {% elif d.status=="Deprecated" %} + {{d.status}} + {% else %} + {{d.status}} + {% endif %} +
+ {% if d.include_list %} -

Includes bundle(s): - {% for include in d.include_list %} -

  • {{include}}
    • - {% endfor %} -

    +
    Includes bundle(s): +
      + {% for include in d.include_list %} +
    • {{include}}
      • + {% endfor %} +
    +
    {% endif %}
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/_themes/otc_tcs_sphinx_theme/layout.html b/source/_themes/otc_tcs_sphinx_theme/layout.html index 3edaf20a..c9741d66 100644 --- a/source/_themes/otc_tcs_sphinx_theme/layout.html +++ b/source/_themes/otc_tcs_sphinx_theme/layout.html @@ -1,5 +1,12 @@ {% extends "sphinx_rtd_theme/layout.html" %} +{% block htmltitle %} + + +{{ super() }} + +{% endblock %} + {% block extrahead %} @@ -13,18 +20,20 @@
    - Clear Linux* Project